View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic. Please listen, when you can safely Close your eyes, this is going to be a kind of a visualization. Very short recording is not going to be any version with music. It's just a technique that you might want to try out. Now a guest really appreciate this recording, you need to know about Superman. And most people know about Superman, they would have watched the movie, like a movie, at least one Superman movie during their life. If you haven't ever watched Superman, then doesn't really matter, I'll describe what I'm going to be doing. Now the idea behind this is it's something we all need. I sound a bit blocked up today deny sound a bit cold, either I'm not must be my just my voice. We all need need to recuperate, to relax, to let go to almost reboots, you know, to take time out. But not just to relax, but also to to fill ourselves up with energy again. You know, to fill ourselves up with that healing energy. And also with that confidence and the general go get it like, you know, feeling so we can carry on with the day or, you know, tomorrow start a new day fresh. Sometimes it's useful to have that ability to let go of everything, and to fill yourself up and recharge yourself with that healing energy in quite a short period of time. Because we don't always have the opportunity to lie down on the bed for an hour or two sit in a chair with your eyes closed for, you know, even 20 minutes. Sometimes it's it might be as simple as you just need a couple of minutes to recuperate. And I'm going to call this the Superman technique. Okay, the Superman recharge technique, something like that something groovy like that. Now anyone that's watched a Superman movie, or if they're into the comics, you'll know that when Superman gets depleted, you know he's in a battle against an alien or generals Zald or whatever. And he gets very tired. And he's been blasted with a nuclear missile or something you know, it is, is completely exhausted. And no matter how badly exhausted and bad up he is. He flies up into space. And he just puts his arms out and just gets healed by the sun. Because the sun has huge replenishing energy for Superman. And he basically recharges his batteries. But, you know, it's ultimately just a wireless recharging. He doesn't have to plug himself into the sun, which would be weird. Where would you find a plug? So any just is there for a short time the sun shines on him. It's almost like the beams of the Sun are going through him, recharging him, healing him. And then after a couple of minutes, he's reenergized and he flies down to the back down to earth and finishes and becomes victorious.
I guess there's not that many similarities between us and Superman. So you know, we're not going to be battling aliens and stuff. But that feeling of, you know, feeling drained feeling that you just, you know, all the energies just kind of gone out of you. And maybe the stress levels are too high, he can't function or you don't feel like he can function you need, you might feel you do need to sort of climb under your desk and go to sleep. But you can't do that. So here's something you can do. Take yourself away from the situation you're in, if you can, even if it's only for five minutes, go to the toilet, go for a walk going, just get out of the environment. If you can go outside, it's a nice day, somewhere where you can ideally be alone. You know, sit on a wall, sit on the grass, close your eyes. Or, as I said, you go into the toilet or going to go anyway, even if there's people around and there's a canteen. If you close your eyes, people are very unlikely to bother you.
But you don't need to close your eyes for it. But you know, is it's it's a way that I would do it. But of course you can adapt to suit your own specifications as a word of the day specifications. And all you do is just imagine that you're flying into space. It only takes, you know, five seconds to get into space from where you are. And you can see the sun and the kiss you in space, all the stress has already left you because you can't have stress without the atmosphere of the planet. without gravity, stress can't exist. So you get into space. There's nothing pulling you down, you're just there, just floating. And now the sun can shine on you. Shining not just on you, but through you energizing and recharging you. Almost as if you literally had a battery pack in your back and the sun is recharging that battery. And as you're just floating there you can feel not only the benefit of all the stress being sucked out of your body as you leave the atmosphere of Earth. But as you're in space, the sun shining on you those special rays of healing and energy, increasing your strength, increasing your concentration, increasing your sense of well being. Increasing your health. Maybe even increasing your sense of being awake. Confidence, positivity, all increase in with that healing, positive energy not just shining on you but shining through you through every atom of your existence. Buildings stronger and stronger, filling you up more and more. To the point where there's no more room, you're completely recharged, completely recharged and you're ready to continue with your day. feeling confident positive and focused,
confident, positive and focused. And you can feel awake, aware and really, really feeling good. And you can repeat this exercise as often as you want. You can fly back down to earth. Basically just open your eyes. So we need to do and you can maybe stand up, move around, and notice how you physically feel improved. Let me know how you get on. And thank you for listening. So remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love. Bye.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/274-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-superman-re-energising-7th-may-2021

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is a relaxation session. The podcast is relaxing, hypnosis, relaxation, hypnosis, for stress, anxiety and panic attacks, I hope that you're well. And there's gonna be two versions of this recording. There'll be one with and one without music. And you can use this recording for both relaxing, and for drifting off to sleep. So it really is up to you what you decide. So for example, if you're looking to just relax, take a bit of time out and relax for 20 minutes or, you know, however long, then I suggest you sit in a comfortable chair. I also suggest that you may be set an alarm to wake yourself up, because there's a good chance that you drift off to sleep because of my incredibly boring voice. And if you're listening, because you're wanting to drift off to the sound of my incredibly boring, boring voice, I suggest that you lie down on your bed. And just get comfortable. There really isn't anything for you to do. Except allow yourself, give yourself permission to just sell down. Give yourself permission to to choose for yourself to take a little bit of time out of the day to let go of that stuff that was perhaps on your mind before. And you can take this opportunity to just almost, you know like a dog that gets wet. To shake it off. Like a wet damp dog. Just I'm not saying that you're a damp dog to say like that, you know, just shake it off. Let it let the water just splash everywhere. As long as it's not on you. Let's have dogs feel, just get rid of that was not on me. I don't care if it's all over the wall. And then you can move forward. relaxing. And I'm not sure if I've said this already, but only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. So if you're in the middle of transatlantic flight and you're, you know, the pilot, please turn this off until you've landed preferably unless you've got auto pilot, I don't know. But staying safe is the most important thing. But also not putting too much pressure upon yourself to relax or to fall asleep because it doesn't work. It's like shouting at a small child to stop crying. You know, the small child is gonna probably cry more. And rightly so. Because they're scared probably. So it's that kind of mentality, the that we've all got apart. We've all got that stupid thinking that we all have.
We're all we're all available to that kind of thoughts. Which is not very logical, yet we have a tendency as human beings to do it. For example, trying to force yourself to fall asleep, doesn't work never has worked, never will work, it can't work because it's the opposite of falling asleep. trying to force yourself to be hungry, you can't force yourself to be hungry, you can work up an appetite, maybe go for a run, may do something, watch a video on cooking, that might get you, you know, your taste buds jumping around excited. You can't force yourself to be able to feel hungry, you can't force yourself, really to feel anything, you can't force yourself to feel a certain way towards another person. Those are natural processes. I'm not gonna go through every single natural process that we have. Because there's no time for that. Roger, if I did, you would fall asleep. And I would probably fall asleep myself, whilst listing all the different things that just natural to us as humans. Relaxing is one of those things. And so sleeping is saying that. I'm not saying that you can't manipulate it. Set up circumstances that will create relaxation, because of course you can. There's lots of lots of different ways to create a relaxed feeling that none of it involves forcing yourself. None of it involves shouting at yourself and putting yourself down. You know, none of that doesn't work. But there's lots and lots of different ways that can entice that feeling of calmness to rise, and create that safe space for your body to relax, and your mind to calm down. listening to me is one of those ways. But there are four brief 1000s of different ways to get there. It's not just one road to feeling relaxed, lots of different roads, lots of different journeys that can get you there. Which is why I make so many different recordings because that way you have a choice. And you can choose a different road because in a way each individual recording that I produce is a different journey. However, similar it may be to, you know, another recording. It's always different. And if you've listened to me before, for using my recordings for relaxation, and 1000s of people listen every day to my recordings. So people do come back. Which means when you hear my voice, there's that neurological connection between hearing my voice now in this moment and previous times of listening to my voice and the way that you felt at those times The level of calmness and physical as well as emotional relaxation that you experienced back then, when you listen to me previously
is then connected to listening to me now, which creates almost a continuous sensation. Almost as if you continue in front then if it was a positive experience of relaxation, or sleep, this can be carrying on from that moment. So that you can, if you choose to re experience some of those feelings of calmness in your mind, you know where the mental chatter slows down, the muscles in your body relax and become loose sometimes may feel as if the muscles actually melting away.
And when you focus on your eyes, and your forehead at the same time, with your eyes closed, and you just look up slightly. Even if you lie down on your bed, you can just move your eyes up a little bit, move in between your eyes and your forehead. So kind of look in maybe just above your eyebrows. But you know, internally when you do that, when I do that, I can tell you how I feel. And maybe you feel the same or have a similar experience. And this comes from having spent many years meditating in the past
and being able to notice changes in how you feel in this moment, just by moving your eyes up when you've got your eyes closed, of course, moving your eyes up.
And just as if you were looking just above your eyebrows.
Notice if you wish to notice how calm your mind is.
In fact, you may be surprised that there's very little going on at all. Very little in New Wave thinking. Thoughts almost silent and very peaceful. Now I don't know why. Just looking up with your eyes closed to just above your eyebrows, between your eyes and your forehead. Why that would Be
almost like an instant meditative state of mind Yeah, I find that it does in fact feel so so peaceful it's a safe there's nothing going on this is if there's no thoughts whatsoever
because no thinking is actually required at this time you're just sitting there or lying down with your eyes closed your body relaxing deeply. And your mind is calm because this there's no reason
for your mind to feel any other way. Except feeling deeply relaxed and calm deeply still, and bass and this is really nice feeling. First of all, I think it's quite good because I'm a very lazy person and I love the fact that it takes zero effort I like that you can literally just sit down or lie down close your eyes and just allow
that feeling of comfort to spread through your body waves of pleasurable comfort massaging the muscles of your body. So loose and so free as your mind slows down, then you just review eyes close look up as if looking just above your eyebrows, between your eyes and your forehead.
You realized actually feel really good. You actually are experiencing sense real pleasurable sense of comfort and safety. When you feel this deeply relaxed can start possibly be aware that your mind starts to wonder because there's nothing to think about. And then your mind starts to move towards the feed in little gap between feed in so incredibly relaxed to just drift into sleep it's such a small gap which is why most people wouldn't remember falling asleep because it is actually very quick process there is literally no difference really between lying down enjoying feeling completely relaxed and just being asleep differences when you are asleep you just no longer aware of how relaxed you feel. Even though you relax even more every passing second and of course you can enjoy feeling sad so amazingly pace comm then if you choose you can drift off to the sound of me counting down 20 down to one with every number you hear me say you feel more relaxed, more deeply relaxed and your mind starts to move towards that gap between fee and sowing. credibly incredibly comfortable and drifting into deep sleep now 2009 teen a chain chain si si for two Chain.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/229-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-listen-to-my-boring-voice-relax-sleep-12th-march-2021

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is just going to be relaxation session. So I hope you're well. Hopefully, you can take a little bit of time to just let go of the world as he is, you know, just for 10 minutes. So there's going to be a short recording. It's also on video in it as well. So that will be available on YouTube. And I will share that on Facebook and tweet. When I eventually figure out how to use Instagram, I do have an Instagram account. I want to figure out how to share stuff on there. And also good there too. I will also share there some kind of Oh yeah, only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Of course on you listen to watch the videos when you can safely Close your eyes. So which might seem a bit weird when it's a video. But you're probably gonna want to close your eyes for a few minutes to relax, and you can listen to my voice. And also, please subscribe. I don't normally ask people that. Yeah, please subscribe, wherever you're listening, or wherever you're watching a large proportion of the people that watch me on video on YouTube, not they'll go on a massive audience, but the majority aren't actually subscribed. So please subscribe, man. Let me because only I've got this is a new channel, really the YouTube channel. I've had it for two years, but I've not put any work into it. And I've hardly made any videos really during that time. So I'm starting because I used to have hundreds of videos on here in previous channels, and I've got loads of videos that I guess I could upload but they just stashed away on a hard drive somewhere. So start to make new videos. Because I've been asked to do that I've people have asked me. So during the video and the podcast at the same time, hence the microphone. Or when I get my act together, lad she really get things sorted. I will be editing and making them kind of one. So the sound is better on the podcast on the YouTube video. Because I'm using the phone to do this. For the YouTube video. For the podcasts, I've got all this set up, I've got a pod, I've got the microphone connected to the iPad connected to focus, right. All kinds of stuff for connected with the video, I'm just got the phone and lights have gotten light as well. I'm probably going to be getting a decent vlogging camera is Zed v one I think is Sony. which is which means that the picture quality will be a lot better or the pitch. Pitch quality is pretty good. But the picture will be a lot better and the sound will be a lot better as well on the video. So hopefully that will just all be cool. And then when it's about equality, I'll be looking at maybe editing them rather than just pressing record in uploading. Because that's what I'm doing at the moment.
Lot of laziness here. Once upon this, I'm really relaxed. I'm too relaxed to be going through editing and, you know, going through the video and stuff, although I do edit the audio.
Right, so here we go. So now we've established that I like to talk about nothing.
And I struggle with being focused, let's get focused on this. Now don't don't focus on all the total rows behind me forget that. I'll put my bald head there, so you can't see them. So this is just a bit of space. Sometimes, right. And this is something that I've come to realize over time, with feedback. And with experience, have to I've been doing this for 15 years now is sometimes you don't necessarily need some kind of big trance See, induction, you don't need to be told what to do. Or to focus on necessarily on different things, you know, Mr. pigeons, outside Herbert, the pigeon. Relaxing, naturally, can happen in all kinds of situations. So, if you haven't, you know, I'd like you to not necessarily get a piece of paper. But to gauge where you are on the relaxation. ladder, let's say, zero to 1010, being the most relaxed, you could feel zero being the least relaxed, you could feel. So we're going to focus on relaxation, not stress, we're going to focus on relaxation, not anxiety, or tension, but relaxation. As can be the focus. So, you know, sometimes I would say, Well, what Where are you on the stress level yet? Zero to 10, or one to 10? Go on to relaxation focus on now. So when you press the play button, because I know a lot of that at the moment.
You know, some people might not know who I am. Few people do, but it's probably a lot of people that
I don't mean in the world, I mean people that are listening to this, or watching it that may not know who I am
or what I do. And what I really do is relax people with different means, means not memes. And it can be done with a hypnotic trance. It can be done with a story.
Met staffers and stuff like that. Well, it can be done just by spending time with you, like I am now. And that's part of the point behind the let me bore you to sleep podcasts that I do. It's spending time with you like an hour, each at least. And they're fairly regular, usually kind of daily. I go through periods when they're not, you know, everyday, but generally it's an hour that I spend with you. Which gives you an opportunity to focus on something else other than your own life. Maybe problems are occurring things that you were worried about. You know, stuff like that gives you some space to relax. And that's what this recording is, you could say it's almost a taster of the, let me boil to sleep. But with those I do talk about some weird stuff sometimes with the focus of both being boring and a little bit entertaining, maybe keeping you company for that period of time. Sometimes all we really need in order to relax is a safe space to just let go now I can introduce that safe space. With hypnosis, I can lead you to that space to a safe space is more than one safe space doesn't have to be inside you doesn't have to be a place with you know, you got your eyes closed and you're drifting and you know, you're in that place where
nothing matters. Because you can have that now, any feeling or experience that you could have listening to a hypnosis session of mine
You can have just listening to me talking. So, that sense of comfort and calmness within you can rise to the surface. So the your focus is taken more with feeling calm. That feeling the feeling that spread so view over your face, your chest, your stomach, your arms, hands, legs, back, feet, your toes, you could almost tap the top of your head and feel that relaxation spreading down the middle of your head inside and moving to your spinal cord. And its spread in all the way down his spinal cord. Spread in sending those signals of comfort to every part of your body.
It feels nice to let go. It feels nice to just do nothing. You know just to sit there. Like for me. I actually feel more relaxed now. Having spoken to you spend time with you for the last 15 minutes.
I feel more relaxed than I did before. I made this recording. In fact, I was I feel I'm feeling not just more relaxed but more positive because earlier I wasn't feeling very positive
but now I am And it just shows that actually, what we focus on really does affect how you feel. Really, really does affect how you feel. And that's, that's powerful stuff. You know, it's basic stuff, but it's powerful.
And I think sometimes the most simple I ideas can be the most powerful solutions to the problem of stress and anxiety. Sometimes, if we're, if I'm honest sometimes, and you might be the same as well, sometimes you, you want to feel relaxed.
You need to feel relaxed. Be don't want to follow instructions, you know, is almost like, I want to watch this video or listen to this podcast.
He's gonna ask me to do stuff he's gonna ask me to count down, he's going to ask me to focus on different parts of the body. And I can't be bothered. Which is fair enough, I feel the same sometimes. So there are occasions where when what you really need is a way to relax, that takes zero effort where you don't do anything. And in a way, that seems like the perfect way to relax. I mean, for me, part of relaxing is, the point is to do nothing. And to be able to get there without any effort whatsoever. As the motorbike goes past in the background, is that suits makes I'm very, very lazy person at times. I embrace. My sloppiness is sloughing the slough. I move very quick, very frequently, very slowly. Everything's slow with me. And I've noticed over the years that just by talking out loud, I can relax my own brain. And I can help other people to relax just by talking about relaxation. Just when you thought maybe that's the end of the recording. I'm going to continue talking.
Yes. So I guess I'm wondering how you feel in this moment, how you excel experiencing your own body and mind. How you feel, just being, you know, just being here now. Not trying to do anything just being in the moment
sharing the moment with me I guess I'm just wondering how it feels for you physically, emotionally Have you noticed that your mind has slowed down that chitter chatter
that may have been there before? Perhaps is gone the very least reduced because there's no right or wrong way to feel right now.
Just by spending time with me the end g between us and I know this some people may struggle with well how can energy things was is moves through the air does it as weird or by radio waves
they're invisible they move through the air. And away I want to go Thank you for listening.
Take care. Remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love. Bye.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/228-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-relax-by-spending-time-listening-to-me-21st-february-2021

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to chase and new land.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is going to be a relaxin recording. And what I'm going to do on video in this, and I'm also
recording it as a podcast. So it's not going to be a long recording a short relaxation session. So what I'm going to ask you to do is, if you're watching the recording, I'd like you to focus on
that badge, that little signature thing on my top. If you're watching the video,
if you're watching or if you're listening on a podcast, then you can't do that, obviously. Yeah. So what we're gonna do is just ask you to focus is basically about few inches above my nipple. Our babies aren't quite as perky as they used to be, when nipples used to be out there. So for visual for, you know, an old fashioned, hypnotic induction where you focus on a specific visual thing. For example, focusing on something on the wall or a light or something like that, I would ask you to focus on that little badge. For those that you listening on your podcast, like you'd have your eyes open. only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes because you will be closing your eyes.
But women, your eyes can stay open. In fact, you're not going to want to keep your eyes open.
There will come a time as you continue to listen, where you're gonna want to close your eyes while I'm gonna ask you to keep your eyes open. And it's annoying, but it's okay. I enjoy being annoying is one of my favorite things. So the more you try and keep your eyes open, the more your eyes are going to want to close. There's a few reasons it might partly be because your eyelids again tired and your your body's becoming more relaxed, listening to me, your eyes are going to become more focused and more tired as they focus on that badge near my nipple. Just looking at my left boobie basically. And as you focus on there, I realize it's not right in the middle of the camera or of the screen, but just use focus on it.
Move it around,
swirl around a bit, but move it around a little bit. So what you're doing is you're kind of blocking out the other stuff that's on the screen. And what I'm going to do is I'm going to focus on it myself, as I talk, those listening the podcast, maybe focus on something on the wall or if you lie down on the ceiling, just a spot could be anything. Doesn't matter if it's if you live in a place like mine, you got a choice of cobwebs to look at or with stains on the wall that we don't discuss. So just focus in your eyes. There's also a degree of because of us GE kind of told you that you need to keep your eyes open. And when you do Close your eyes. Your whole body is just going to just fall almost you know If you're not going to physically fall over, unless you were standing up to don't do this standing up, but you will feel almost like you fall in your body will just kind of collapse. But in a good way, the muscles or just relax you just completely but not no your eyes open why your eyes are open. In a way you can feel a little bit of you can feel more more kind of tired, your eyes as they focus on the badge or wonder the wall or the ceiling, whatever you're focusing your eyes on. That becomes more of your focus, as you just spend your time listening to my voice. And if you're watching a video, you're gonna want to really stare at that, it's gotta be better than looking at my funny face. So if you stare with the little badge thing, this cost me 30 pound, this is proper quality. And you've got to sign a sock on. So just focus in on the thing you are visually focusing on. And as a pie you is going to be thinking, I don't want to focus on that. I don't want to get old or don't want to do one hold on tell me what to do you use some big nose bald man on a video with you to tell me what to do. Even though you're listening and you're going along with it, because you want to enjoy looking forward to that feeling of calmness that's going to increase the syllabus, we all have that part of us that just maybe it's the rebellious part. Tell me what to do. No one tells me what to do. Not even me. You know it's a little bit and that's kind of what makes it more fun. Because then you're almost fighting with yourself a little bit. But when you realize that you're choosing Don't forget to blink by the way you don't miss this isn't a staring contest, you are looking at it be can blink you know you need to blink. And every time we do blink, your eyes will get more tired and you'll find that your eyes are closing but you open your eyes again because you're determined to do this and it's a short short video short You Know podcast episode but as you've already wasted eight minutes of your life listening you might as well carry on also carry on and to be fair, how you felt before you press the play button on this video and on this podcast is probably changed maybe it's frustration maybe are more frustrated now more tense than I was before? Probably not though, you probably find in that you're feeling more relaxed. A little bit more with every time you blink. You kind of you want to just close your eyes but
you're not. Now some people will close your eyes before I say so. And those that do that will feel completely relaxed and so common. They'll experience feeling relaxed sooner than those still got their eyes open. But that's okay because everybody's got their point of should we still could say no return bed was got the point where they need to just let go. And when you do let go. You let go of everything. You really let go of everything. It's almost It's weird. It's like you're holding on toward this tension and stress and worry and anxiety and panic or whatever all this crap. It is crap. In the sense of it's, it needs to be released. There's a reason why we go to the toilet. Because if we didn't, we would die. Simple as that. If you didn't go to toilet for a year, you'd be dead, as simple as you'd explode and you'd be full of. So we have to go to the toilet, we have to let go of the crap, the emotional, stressful crap. That doesn't mean that everything connected with that stress, or the anxiety or the worry, is crap, it doesn't mean that everything that you're worried about is pointless, because let's be realistic, a lot of stuff really is important to us. But we need to take a break from them. So even if you've just come from visiting a family member in hospital, or you got some serious situation you're dealing with, letting go of that for a short while and got the crap, the crappy feeling. It feels crappy, doesn't it? The tension, the stress, the worry, concern, anxiety, panic, racing thoughts, the feelings in your body is crappy. And you need to be able to allow yourself time to let it go.
Really, really important to let it go. I know that it's difficult sometimes to comprehend, as you still focus in on that thing
is sometimes difficult to comprehend, then to separate the actual event that's happened in your life, and the feelings that you have connected to that event. into realize and remember, really, really get it into your head, that malenko have the feelings for a period of time is in no way. Being is is not affected and what's happening is not making what's happening, let any less important to you just means that you're stepping away from those feelings. And we all need to do that. We all need to do that. You may visit some hospital. Even that person hospital would needs if they can to step away, to have a break from the feelings connected to what they're going through. That's why people in hospital with are on medication, pain medication, because they need that separation from what's happening. I need that break from the physical discomfort. And also things like morphine take off the emotional and the mental trauma sometimes connected with being in hospital because it It reduces the pain, emotional and physical. So you owe it to yourself to be able to have a break. Take a step away. Know that everything in your life is still going to be there when you open your eyes. You're not going to close your eyes or suddenly wake up and or open your eyes and you're like where am I? Where's my bed gone? Where's my television, you know? Everything still gonna be there. Except maybe this stress because when you open your Again, after eventually closing your eyes, if you haven't done already, is just to have a lot of that relaxation. Still with you. It's the same way as if you, if you get into swimming pool, you get out a swimming pool, you're not in a water anymore. He's still wet. And that's how relaxation can affect you. When you're in the relaxation itself, kind of like a swimming pool, not might not be a good analogy, if you don't want to impose. I'm not a swimmer, I don't like myself, but that sense of being covered in healing, relaxation, safely enjoying those feelings. When you arise from that experience, deep relaxation, you will still have those feelings of comfort, calmness. So that's one of the many benefits of relaxing. So if you're still staring at my thing on my top. And if you're still listening in the podcast staring at the wall, or something you're focusing on, you may have found that every time you blink, your eyes seem to blink, so lots a lot slower than they were, they're not really blinks anymore. They're just intamin periods of closing your eyes and then opening them again.
I'm going to count down from five to one I want to do. I'd like you to keep your eyes open. And if there's still if they're close now, you can choose if your eyes are closed and you feel really relaxed......CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/227-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-keep-your-eyes-open-until-i-say-so-relax-19th-february-2021

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland,
this is a sleep recording. It's also going to be a relaxation session as well.
So it's a mixture of both. And this is for the podcast relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, panic attacks. But we'll also be shared with other podcasts, especially those for sleeping. If you're planning to listen solely to sleep, then my suggestion is that you listened sitting up in a chair. Let's say hit up at a chat, I'm in a really high chair. But you know, because there's a real real chance that you will fall asleep. So if you have something to do somewhere to be, then I suggest you set your alarm. If you're listening in order to relax deeply and fall asleep, then the ideal situation would likely be to lie down on your bed. sofa city yet, only listen to this, when you can safely Close your eyes.
There will be two versions of this recording one with one without music. The one with music will last for two hours, and a music's from Kevin MacLeod. And the details of the music. And his websites will be in the podcast description of the music one. The reason I do two versions is just to give you a choice really. I mean, I personally prefer the recordings without music. But personal. If I was listening if I was listening for relaxation,
without music if I was listening to go to sleep, probably still without music depending upon the length. Guaranteed if I wanted to go to sleep just by listening to music alone would be enough for me.
Because I can't lie down and listen to anything for any length of time without falling asleep. I'm not tested it but I'm pretty sure I could fall asleep. heavy metal music I just I think it's just the process of lying on the bed. Because my biggest association with the bed is sleeping. Of course you know as you become an adult, there's other associations maybe with the bed monju when I was a kid, there was other associations because I used to play I used to play my soldiers and play my toys on the bed. I used to bounce up and down on the bed like he was a trampoline.
But there is that I guess it's almost like an inbuilt connection. To lying down on your bed. Your body becomes relaxed naturally. And your head touch the pillow and your mind starts to slow down.
It's just a natural process. Your body. If you give it an opportunity, your body would do what it needs. to do.
So if you sit in a chair and your body needs to relax, your body will relax. Providing you allow it to and sometimes even forces, its cards forces you to relax. So you may be, at times you might feel tired, not necessarily tired to go to sleep, but just physically exhausted or just a bit early to sit down, maybe legs or a cane or, and you sit down in your body has forced you
to relax, and to take a break. Because not everybody listens to their body. And some people really like to be busy, you know, like all the time, for whatever reason.
But the body doesn't. It doesn't want that doesn't want to be that the mind doesn't either actually, we're supposed to take breaks, was supposed to was needed is actually not just for health reasons. But if you are not a car owner myself by analogy of a car, a lot of people love their cars. And if you spoke to that person and said, you know, you'd ask them about how they treat their car. And you'd find out very quickly, that they very much likely treat their way better than they do their own body or their own mind. I wouldn't drive continuously for 16 hours, expecting the car to be fine to do that again tomorrow, and then the next day. And then the next day with our break apart from a few hours to rest to sleep. A lot of people do do that with their bodies and their minds. And I've been there I've done it worked long hours expecting myself to be in tip top condition to be able to physically and mentally be focused and be able to keep up with the momentum. For long, long periods of time without rest. out eventually the body has to take control, the mind has to take control and say oil that's it needs to take a break. And you know the body will start to feel tired, maybe cramped, maybe tight, maybe even physically in pain. So that you have to take a break, sit down
and allow the body to relax. And the mind does the same thing as well. There almost starts to shut down a bit the mind if you push it too far.
starts to you could say almost malfunction. If you see if you try and stay awake for too long.
Anyone has done this. They'll know that a brain doesn't work very well. After a while it starts to malfunction a little bit. Even if it's something as simple as just in the past, I've spent huge amounts of time working on a website over the years and I'll find the The more tired I get, the more mistakes I make simple mistakes, things that I would normally never, never make those mistakes. Of course, there are times where maybe we have to push yourself through that. But if you don't have to, if you really genuinely don't have to, then maybe it's worth listening to your body and your mind whether it's telling you that you need to take a break, to relax, maybe it's telling you that it's time for some sleep you might not need to go to sleep for eight hours solid he may need an hour side which could be the difference between feeling okay, and really not.
So, one of the potential benefits of listening to me regularly is a bit like the bed situation, the Association of line now on a bed equals relaxing and your mind slowing down and just naturally, drifting off to sleep can be connected to my voice and to these podcasts. If you choose to allow yourself to open up, open up that part of you, that really cares. That part of you that really, really, really cares. Aim yourself aim that cheering at you, at you your well being what is it that you need? What is it you need? And the more you ask yourself that question the more open you become, to receive in an answer which will only be positive and healthy. And then other questions may arise. One such question could be
Do you deserve to feel relaxed Do you deserve to feel relaxed I could have changed that too. Don't you deserve to feel relaxed law can be even more to the points and factual and tell you
that you do deserve to feel relaxed. And there is in fact no question to be answered. Because factually, factually without question you both deserve and need to feel relaxed when you need to feel relaxed Of course it's different levels of relaxation right now you might be really feeling really calm, really calm and it feels nice in a nice gentle no pressure you could enjoy the feeling this that level the freelance sation continues to increase throughout your body. That sense of relaxation is gonna perhaps feel a little bit different to how you feel when you're maybe drive in a car or in a supermarket or a social gathering. You can feel relaxed during those events or situations or procedures different level of relaxation because you're actually doing something in those places those scenarios unlike now where you just diva sitting there will lie in there.
There is nothing to do there's nothing the have to feel it's nothing you have to think about. Nothing that you have to believe it's almost as if all of that stuff is just melted away.
And therefore unimportant in this moment that it's so much the this surely no longer need to be anyone or anything. There's nothing to believe. Nothing to cling to. This nothing to argue about. There's nothing to hate. There's nothing
to care about in this moment, and it's a positive thing because you can just let's Every part of your life just drop away so it's just you so almost as if you're left with your essence the real core of your being
motor learned behavior now learned opinions or beliefs not judgments towards others or towards yourself no anger or jealousy letting go of everything absolutely everything because in this moment in this moment nothing even matters or exists just in this moment there's nothing to think about nothing to worry about. It's gone and if anything does arise in your mind just instantly melts away it's almost like the floor disappears and thoughts disappears to be in this safe place just feels so nice. Perhaps your experience in a field and that you haven't experienced before for a long time where you really really are at peace with the world. The world can't touch you. The world can't affect you one bit as you see and deeper to the point where the word relax is no longer enough the word relax is no longer enough. Maybe Maybe there's no words to describe. This peacefulness you can experience having everything is this. Sophie and feels so nice, relaxed, peaceful and safe. pays for the end say And as I told him me these sides allow yourself pleasure and the relief just falling asleep allowed it to happen naturally. He may even be at the point where it's hard to know if you're awake or sleep as your mind will naturally drift surely No, try to control anything nothing to hold on to. Nothing to push away just showing sensation way peace notice that there's nothing to notice this every existence he energy pace.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/https-sagb-org-uk-mediums-htm

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis is stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please don't only listen rather only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. I hope you're well. I thought I'd do a relaxation technique. So this is a relaxation technique that you can do yourself. And I do this when I need a break. If I've just got home from somewhere being out a little bit stressed, maybe this is something that I do. And I guess it's almost meditation, but it's not. Maybe his base is just, it's really just sitting. But noticing how you feeling. So I'm going to do it now. So do it while while we're talking. And really is a case of ideally taking your shoes off. If you've got slippers on or you know, something so that your feet are nice and comfortable. If you're wearing tight trousers, then maybe take the trousers off. Again, put on something more comfortable. If you're wearing something tight on top, maybe remove that and put this out, make yourself comfortable base it so I'm saying so that you're not restricted in any way physically. And then just sit down. Before you do this, maybe have a Have some water or something. If you need to do that attend other things if you need to go to the toilet, you know those kinds of things. And then just sit down in a comfortable chair. Wonder supports your body even even have you fallen asleep. So the you're not going to fall out is sports your body. And this isn't sleep, he might fall asleep, which is fine, but it's not sleep. It really is just a short relaxation exercise. And what I do is with my clicker D chair, I'm sitting I just sit down at my hands resting on my legs. And I'll close my eyes. And I'll just listen or listen for what's around. just noticing what sounds there are, there might be very little sounds, there might be nothing but there might be a plane going by or a neighbor. You can hear them in the kitchen cooking food or whatever. You know, it could be anything. You might be in a house with other people might have a family the kids played in the next room. That's all okay, this doesn't need silence. All this says is noticing. In some ways, you get any touch of how you feel. But at the same time,
you're also noticing outside things because sometimes you know if you say to someone that's
stressed and anxious, sit down and get in touch with how you feel. They will perhaps look at you very oddly. Maybe even verbally say I know how I feel I feel crappy, I feel stressed, I feel tense. Which is true. So, we don't necessarily need a huge amount of effort to get in touch with how we feeling if we're feeling particularly physically tense or stressed. Which is why, first of all, we focus our out because chances are that we might have spent the last half an hour maybe more very much focused just on ourselves and how we feeling at all the thoughts that go along with that the stories and the possible quite negative thoughts as well. So by node to sin, other sounds, I guess, as you're listening to me, you focus in on my voice as well. So I'm, I'm one of those sounds by won't be one of those sounds. If you do this without listening to me. It's kind of obvious, I suppose. But you know, if you do this, just on your own without listening to anything, you'll have the back ground sounds And now I'd like you to focus on the chair that you're sitting in, focus on how it feels to be sitting in that chair. So there's certain parts of your body that are touching the chair like a bomb, probably your lower back, maybe most of your back depending on how high the back is on the chair. your thighs, maybe like my the way my legs are some of my calf muscles. How many calf muscles Do I have to have my calves are touching my arms, a little bit of touching the sides of the chair. And you may have a chair that goes so high up that your head is resting. Just notice in how the chair feels. Not so much how your body feels but how the chair feels against your body. Now focus on the floor. My feet are on the floor that were actually rested a bit up against the the chair and the balls of my feet are on the floor but now I've put my feet flat. So just notice whatever part of your feet are on the floor. Of course you may be wearing slippers. Flip flops. I don't know whatever you got on your shoe on your feet, socks.
Be you can notice the feeling of the floor underneath your feet. Just being aware of that sensation. It's not so much about how your feet feel it's about how does the flow feel? Is it lumpy? Is it flat? Is it cool? Is it warm? Is it you know how does it feel? Now I'd like you to focus on the air by air which is something you may not have been aware of at all until right now which is notice the air in the room can get kind of a taste a sense of the coolness of the air
when you breathe, see, if I breathe in through my nose, I can feel the air but our breathing through our
mouth is very cool is definitely a different type of temperature, gauge temperature more when I breathe in through my mouth. And that may well be more to do with the taste buds and all the nerve endings in the tongue and the gums as the air moves in.
And again, not breathing in a meditative way, is just breathing because that's what we need to do. So not really focusing on the breathing itself. Anybody can do that on its sign doesn't need your help, we can focus on the feed and of the air as it enters your body. So I can notice the the temperature of the air on my forehead and my eyes. If you like what you can do is move your head a little bit maybe from side to side, providing your next fine and you know you're physically able to do that. It just gently moving your head which means your you know your face, your head is moving through the air. And you can feel it. It might sound strange, but it's almost it's not like water, you know, if you underwater, you can feel the movement of the water or the you know the pressure of your body part against the water. So there's no pressure from the air. But you can definitely feel the movement about a wave really get in touch with the air and maybe the temperature and how the moving through the air feels is by moving your hands around. So I'm moving my arms and my hands, just waving them in front of myself. Which is probably why it's a good idea to do this when you're on your own. If you're if you're on a bus, somebody might like some funny looks, although you'll have your eyes closed, you won't see it. So just move in their hands. That in itself feels really relaxing, especially my shoulders, back of my neck, in in the arms. You can feel the coolness of the air as your hands and fingers move through the air. Put my hands down again. And as he done that, we've been doing this for a few minutes.
start to notice how you feel how you feel different as you allow that awareness of you know the calmness is been growing within you. What you can do is go inside your mind and open all of the windows.
Maybe you didn't realize those windows there before. Now you know that this is cool air, open all the windows and allow that cool air just to blow through your mind blown away and dust blown away any thoughts no longer needed, blown away negativity and stress. And you notice like, especially on a windy day if you have two windows open, or if you have the front door open and a window open doors start to slam the knee, you can feel the air moving through the room.
Feeling the air of calmness filling your mind with a sense of peace which is this is really nice. It's really nice to be able to
experience just a bit of calmness, a bit of relaxation that has arisen naturally just by focusing on a few things that you weren't focusing on before. And you could just sit in that chair for as long as you want to enjoy in the feed and just enjoying it, sitting with it for as long as you choose for as long as you choose. And I'm going to leave you to just enjoy the feelings of comfort and relaxation. And remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love bye.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/225-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-sitting-in-a-chair-relax-4th-february-2021

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. This will be both a relaxation and sleep session they'll be two versions one with music one without. And the details of the music will be in the information box of the podcast episode. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. If I haven't said that already. I'm going to ask you to get yourself comfortable. You may choose to lay down on your bed, you may choose to be sitting in a comfortable chair, one that supports your body. So if you was to fall asleep, your body would be supported completely. There's always a chance of background sounds. But that's okay. because firstly, there's never good to be completely silent really. And the more you focus on my voice and the words that I say the more you focus on your own body and how that relaxation of your body increases this notice things like distance sounds, one even really be acknowledged and if they are it won't matter. I'd like you to really take your time with this relaxation. Really take your time to get in touch with keep this ability to not just relax your body and your mind she just focus in on my breathing perhaps you can do the same aware of how you feel in this moment to the transform your life Hey April media I focusing on the top half of your body just fail again notice in the way that your body is feeling stuck around day today then safe our V muscles back and Hi Joe Just pass it in on line energy connected like it's so special when you just get permission. Body buddy way too far Things special about just sit any expectation about your bed to just lie down your bed if you choose and automatically because that's what you choose to focus on. Both faith in God away
troops
that may be right In the moment Jeff's in BAM get in.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/224-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-relax-body-parts-sleep-18th-january-2021

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. I hope you're well. And this recording is a request from Rachel, who says she sent me a message yesterday and asked me if I would make a recording for anxiety whilst in bed, you know, trying to get to sleep, but fear of sleeping, fear of falling asleep. Now, I actually have a little bit of knowledge of this personal knowledge that's come from having sleep apnea, who is something I needed to overcome, not the sleep apnea, because that's just one of those things, you know, but the fear of sleep stopping breathing, when I'm asleep. And regardless if I'm scared or not, is going to happen. Because I have sleep apnea is I can hook myself up to one of those machines, which I've got. I could have an operation. Which looking I'm thinking of quite interested in that. Because the that I don't know what it is, is a bit of flap is a flap. It's a weird word know why it's funny. But there's a flap of a flappy skin that actually closes when someone is asleep, or if they're kind of their neck isn't straight. If someone's got sleep apnea, sometimes that flaps a little bit bigger, the flap that closes and opens when we breathe. So that's part of the reason why I stopped breathing. So I know it's not about me, but
generally everything else. Most things are about me really, I guess, was the ego man. So there was a time when I have been actually petrified of going to sleep or going to bed. At you know, I stayed up for a day, because fallen asleep is something that I find
very, very easy to easy. In fact, it's getting to the stage recently where whenever I make a recording, I seem to fall asleep during the recording. Now I don't have forgot the name of a human condition where you just fall asleep randomly. I don't have that. So I don't fall asleep during conversations or when I'm watching a movie or fun, you know, roller skating. But when I close my eyes and start to talk slowly, I do quite often start to drift. And part of that, I guess is because I do what I'm talking about. So far, I'm doing a sleep recording. Then I ended up getting into that zone of falling asleep.
But it's a little bit problematic for me when I'm trying to talk at the same time. So this recording is it's about sleep and it's about anxiety this particular recording so I'm not sure I might have music, what you want in the background in the music? One, you know, another version. This would mean just talking, and I've won with background music, I'm not sure, I'll decide later. So you could use this recording to fall asleep. Or you can reuse this recording in a sense of listening and allowing allowing yourself to open your mind up to new learnings to new possibilities to new ideas, effects, they might not be new ideas at all. But you may hear them differently, you may start to realize that actually, something's changed. So this record is, you know, is being made for Rachel, you know, is it was her request. Think it could be useful for other people as well. Because I'm going to be focusing on sleeping, and I'm going to be focusing on reducing anxiety.
Because you know, why? If we're lying in bed, and we're scared of anything that is very likely to get in the way. I mean, I can see how it couldn't get in the way of
the process relaxing, and your mind slowing down and drifting into a peaceful sleep. And of course, there's that relaxation process. Because about relaxation, sleep generally doesn't happen. I say generally, but there's those times when I've done it, and I'm sure you have as well, where you've been so exhausted. The lay down on your bed, and the next thing you know, your alarms going off, and it's seven o'clock in the morning, or you know, you you're you wake up and it's the morning time and you don't remember anything. He just literally as if it's just happened instantly. I do believe sleeping is is time traveling. We too. We skip through time so quickly. Time doesn't exist when we're asleep. to us. It you know, we might not time travel, but we definitely time distorts when we're asleep. I'm sure I've gone through years when I've been asleep of kung fu whole massive things that's happened. And I've only been asleep for maybe an hour. So it's big time distortion. So feeling relaxed, is important for you to fall asleep, being scared, being fearful of something, whatever it may be. It gets in the way of feeling relaxed. But then I guess it depends on what it is that the fear is for. Because just being scared generally about something it's a phobia or someone is scared of flying. The person has a flight coming up, then being scared of flying is no, is there's nothing to do with going to sleep, it wouldn't even, there's no connection. And then she was to sort of write down a list and go through them. As you're lying in bed, warmer, scared off, I'm scared of snakes, and I'm scared of jumping out of planes and parachute in and I was just imagining those things, then yeah, you're probably not gonna get sleep very well. And that might seem like a ridiculous thing to do. But actually, if you scared of falling asleep, then that's what you do in in a way. Because you're focusing on the fear. There's no judgment safe for doing that. I spend enough of my life focusing on the fear of wasted in fact, wasted a lot of my life on fear, some justified, some might say not,
especially as an adult. When you start thinking about wasting your time, wasting your energy on something like fear. wasting your time, and unless you're a vampire, and you're going to live for hundreds and 1000s of years.
Why are you wasting your time? Time is precious. Time is the most precious thing that we have. All we have really is time. We don't know how much time generally is precious.
Sometimes, yeah, we could go into down the road of I could swing watching you and your visions I you are no longer going to feel scared of anything. Well, no, that's silly as well. It's something should be scared of. If you see a lion running towards this escape from the zoo, you should be scared. might not do you any favors based natural to be scared. You know, some people say, Show no fear and the lion, the lion won't attack you? Well, I don't know how to just stand there without any fear of a lion. walking towards me licking his lips, holding a knife and fork. You know? simple fact. Sort of our times when being scared is natural. Natural, it's not just lots of things to be scared of. But how many things are in your bedroom with you? is a question. No, look at it. practically no. How many things are in your bed that you're scared of. And you know what? If you're in bed with something that you're scared of, then you need to address that situation very quickly and change that situation very quickly. So that's a conversation probably for another day. But if your fear of sleeping is because you're in bed with someone that you're scared of, then they need to be removed from your life. There you go. All controversial, no. Not controversial. Because it doesn't take a lot of intelligence really to come up with that does it? You don't, you know, and there probably are people, perhaps listening to this, the maybe have the around someone that is scared of the a fear. And, again, I know what that feels like. Not not as an adult, I'll be honest with you, as a child, I was in a domestic they used to call domestic situations back then. But domestic abuse, violence in it all anything you can imagine. So I know what it feels like to be scared, petrified, in fact, to go to sleep too. Because you don't know what's gonna happen, that kind of situation. So, if anybody listening to this is in a situation like that, where their fear is because of another
individual. Then changes are required. And there are places you can get help to seek help,
please, please, please, please seek help for that stuff. But I don't think that that's not the situation. For you know, Rachel, when she called, I don't know what it is that she's fearful of. But she gets anxiety when she goes to bed sometimes. Now, I used to find out get anxious about having potentially having an anxiety attack. I'd spent Yeah, quite a large percentage of my day in the past.
Worrying about having anxiety, which caused anxiety says kind of an ironic thing called anxiety. The anxiety was about having an anxiety attack. Sort of anxiety her had, the more I thought about it, the more I read it, the more I tried to move away from it and the hide almost
the more chance of a panic attack actually occurring which was annoying, very annoying. To say the least. So let's say there's not a disgusting, despicable human being share in your bedroom. They say everything like that's fine. Okay, you're either sleeping on your own or you have a loving partner.
Maybe they fought too much, but you still love them, you know? foreigners natural. And if you just sold out so far in trust me when you're asleep, you fart as well. Now was gluten, but you're worried about going to sleep in case they fart. Everyone farts is fine. But the good thing about women in and you man is why we listen to this. Your thoughts are silent and they smell of the smell of happiness. So don't worry
So in that situation, what would you have to be fearful of? And I know that when it comes to emotions, logic, and emotions don't generally fit together very well. By coffee, my job is to communicate b.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/223-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-request-from-rachel-don-t-allow-fear-anxiety-to-effect-your-sleep-17th-january-2021

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

MUSIC - Tilted Audio (Paul Morrice)

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name's Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis is stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes.
What we're gonna do for this is it's gonna be a rehearsal, a rehearsal. So I was talking to a friend earlier, he had had a panic attack yesterday. And it got me thinking that, you know, in life if it's a, it's a sport, we'd rehearse, we practice the blue, play basketball, practice, shooting the hoops. People that play video games, they keep practicing, so they get better and better. People play piano, you know, the list is endless.
So that the, say, for example, the, the pianist, when they get on stage, they can just do it automatically, without having to think about it.
The basketball player gets the ball and throws it at the net, and gets in the net. Using a mixture of the rehearsal, positive attitude and muscle memory and skill, obviously, it's gained from the practice. But also that belief, that belief is important. And you may be thinking, we're going with this. I don't play basketball or play the piano on stage. Well, it's not about basketball, or piano playing. It's about rehearse in something. For example, when the anxiety gets if the anxiety gets too high, and you feel like you're about to go into panic mode, a panic attack, this is rehearsing. maneuvering and escaping and moving away from that situation, that feeling moving away from the feeling and lots and lots of different things that we do have an escape route that we know we know what to do in the event of an emergency. So we go back to sports a little bit let's talk about war sports. So the figure if you get into a little your little boat, providing you with someone professional, the first thing you do is you put the life jacket on. Before you leave the shore.
You make sure you've perhaps got a rubber dinghy. In case of need in case you did the boat sinking or whatever. The person that is in charge of the boat, makes sure especially if they're got tourists with them or passengers that make sure they've got the equipment they need radio equipment, flares. They make sure they know first aid that make sure they know how to get the you know, the boat started again if it breaks down, all those kinds of things. Just part of the process. So something awful happened, the worst happen That person will be prepared to deal with it. And the passengers may not need to know all the other stuff. But they'll be prepared. Because they'll have the life jackets on. Someone who jumps out of a plane parachute in, the first thing they get taught is how to land. So they'll jump off a box sort of jump off, you know, a higher bit of ground first of all, they'll land by just falling onto the floor. And then all finally great, you get something to jump off of, so that they can land safely before they even get into the plane before they even get to see a parachute. I used to be in the sea cadets, and I remember doing canoeing. And I'm not really a swimmer, which is a weird, a weird thing to do. If you're not swimmer. I don't suggest doing any kinds of watersports, unless you can swim, which should be the standard thing, but I was around or surrounded by a lot of people include the adults that were looking out, you know, for my safety. But the first thing I had to do was to learn how to escape from the canoe.
So the last thing I wanted to do was capsize. But that's the first thing I was forced to do was to capsize. To force both wave fat, I refused an A they turn me over, they turn the so that I had to escape. The first thing you do is you learn how to get yourself back above water again, using the paddles away will now be in a worst case scenario, you have to learn how to escape from the canoe underwater. But I went snowboarding have to learn how to fall over. You're gonna have a sore bum. You have to learn and you have to keep falling over. And the instructor spent probably the first two hours having us just fall over on our bums to get used to it.
So am I going with this? Or where I'm going with this is any event of you listening to this recording? Possibly because of issues with stress, and maybe panic, maybe panic attacks. So to have the same kind of technique built in an escape technique using muscle memory, brain memory, behavioral memory, just automatically doing what you rehearse in your mind. So when you rehearse, you don't rehearse in having a panic attack. You're not rehearsing, having high anxiety or stress. because that'd be horrible. Would you want to rehearse that? We can rehearse is feeling really relaxed, really quickly. feeling really relaxed really quickly. Just for taking a deep breath in. Lead outs lonely science yourself. I'm okay. I am okay. I'm okay. I'm relaxed. I'm okay. I'm okay. Now this is something that you You and I can practice. Something you can do right now. Just take a deep breath in, either for your mouth or your nose, it's up to you. And then you got to hold your breath for anything, you just let it release. Again, either through your mouth or your nose, it doesn't matter. Let it release slower. Then, when you inhaled, notice in your arms, your legs, your stomach, your chest, your back, your face, neck, your arms, your feet, all the different parts of your body. Relax and notice how that feels. Then you're gonna say, I'm okay. I'm okay. Okay. That's all this is, is just rehearsing. Something that you can do, which will automatically relax, you get to also build up that muscle memory, that behavioral memory, that emotional memory of feeling relaxed naturally.
I'm okay. Okay. I'm okay. This is something that you can practice throughout the day.
Every now and then, you don't have to just sit here for an hour doing it. You can if you choose because you feel incredibly relaxed. It's about rehearse in the words, rehearse in it's about rehearsing the words, rehearse in the actions, and rehearse in the feelings connected to those actions. And those words, I'm okay. And to believe I really believe that you are okay. You are okay. Feeling that sense of relaxation, spreading throughout your body, calming your mind. I'm okay. saying those words to yourself. Knowing that it's true. Knowing that it's really true. More often you practice this sense of feeling okay. Okay. So that when or if an incident arises where you are feeling those feet feedings I'm okay. I'm okay. And then when you need, perhaps in the future, to have these feelings physically and emotionally positive feelings,
they will automatically step out automatically be there almost like stepping out of the shadows. You realize that this ability to relax yourself
just by breathing in and breathing out slowly saying to yourself, I'm okay. I'm okay. feels like it's kind of like having a guardian angel with you. Always there ready you know the ideas is basically in your shadow is with you wherever you go.
available. Wherever you are, whatever you're doing. And you can build upon this one deep breath in. Breath out saying I'm okay. I'm okay. True, truly believe it. Because it's true. You are going to be okay. truly believe it just in the same way. As you know, the when you go to bed tonight, tomorrow The sun will be shining.
He may not see shining. He may be a cloudy and dull day. But above the clouds, the sun is shining.
Otherwise we'd have no light. Just Bobby herson saying to yourself, I'm okay. I'm okay. Taking that deep breath in and letting it out slowly. saying to yourself, I'm okay. Okay. Okay. No, really, no. really, truly believe that it's going to be okay. And the you are okay.
truly believe truly believe in yourself and your abilities to let go
and to relax deeply. I'm okay. And then she practice this over and over again. Maybe certain times of the day you can practice this okay? I'm okay......CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/222-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-rehearsing-feeling-ok-jason-newland-13th-january-2021

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Now it's going to be both relaxation and asleep session. And it's up to you you choose to do if you are listening solely for relaxation, I suggest you sit in a comfortable chair. And if you've got something you need to do, somewhere you need to be in the future hour or two, then I suggest you also set an alarm that doesn't alarm you. So ideally, something soft and gentle to wake you up. weird word isn't the alarm is it's the worst. But it's a horrible way to be woken up isn't it to be alarmed. So soft and gentle. If you're listening for the sleep, then I suggest you lay down in your bed get yourself comfortable, then the you can you can change positions, anytime you choose. And the bed is are no other activities can occur on top of bed. But ultimately, they are designed for sleep. They're designed so that when you lay down on the mattress on the top of the bed, your body has a sense not just a relaxation, but also pleasure. The pleasure of being supported the pleasure of not having to do anything at all the pleasure of the physical sensations of those individual muscles relaxing. And then your head touches the pillow when you hit such as the pillow, that is a signal to your mind. Your mind to slow down. And I know that many people over the years have told me that, uh, contacted me to tell me that one of the main issues that they have regarding sleeping is often the overactive mind. The constant chitter chatter, the constant perhaps bombardment of thoughts that they don't wish to have at that time. So, in a way, the idea of that is doesn't kind of make sense in a way does it. What I mean by that is when I've needed to think about something I don't think I've ever said I'm going to go to bed and think this over.
If anything I think being a bit more active can help. Go for a walk, or maybe doing some exercise or just sitting or maybe sits in a desk with either a pencil and paper or pen and paper, trying to find a solution for that particular issue that may be on my mind. So one of the possible reasons that we may have, perhaps a bit of an overactive mind when we lay down in bed is because possibly, we haven't given those thoughts, the attention that they required during the day I say possibly, okay. What I mean by that is, some of us put quite a lot of effort into distracting ourselves from thinking as if thinking is a dirty word. So distracting ourselves with conversations, television, various different entertainments, Facebook, the internet, all of those things are very good at distracting us from maybe facing an issue that is requiring attention.
But when you go to bed, and you're just lying there, there are no longer any distractions. And you're almost forced to confront those thoughts that you've been maybe avoiding evading or basically hiding from possibly throughout the day.
And all of this is just natural human behavior. It's not. I mean, I think it's any any reason to, you know, feel bad about it or anything, just, it's natural not to want to experience suffering. It's natural to move away from suffering, or feeling uncomfortable. It's natural to do that, or to distract ourselves from it, in the hope that it will go away. or putting it off to another time as lots of different ways of not dealing with issues. Just by keeping busy, which is very, very easy. Really. There's lots that can be done, especially if you've got a family or you're caring for somebody. Or if you're working with us, there's a lot of opportunities to stay busy and distracted from those thoughts. But when you lie down on your bed, there's nowhere else for those thoughts initially to go. Because they will always in your mind, even though you may have been pushing them away from your immediate conscious thought. So what do you do now with these unwanted intrusions almost isn't it? So much like you've something's forced itself into your mind? And you didn't want it? You don't want it there. But the maybe very valid reason why it is It could simply be that you need to give it attention, it needs your attention. And it might be a problem that needs solving. Or at least at attempt at sorting the issue out lying down in your beds, wanting hope hoping, expected to fall asleep is not the time to deal with that stuff. I think it's really useful to have boundaries, when it comes to your bedroom and your bed
says only a very few activities that you can do on your bed. I suppose as lots of men, you could do jigsaw puzzles, I guess you could bounce up and down puttin this trampoline. You know, there's lots of different things you could do. But there's only a few major things generally that we do on beds, and the main one is sleeping. So one thing you could do is to separate the room that you sleep in the room where you watch television and do things like that. And as I said that I'm very aware that not everybody has more than one room. I didn't for nearly 30 years. So I know what it's like to pretty much use the bed, not just for sleeping, but also for sitting up sort of like a chair as well as a bed, sitting up watching Telly, he made dinner there as well. So I understand that we're all in different positions and situations. So other alternatives, other possibilities, as far as thinking is concerned, before you lie down on your bed, or listen to relaxation, sleep hypnosis recording, you can write down on a piece of paper, exactly what's on your mind. Of course, you don't have to write it in exact, rich written language you can do just the basic, you know, basically what's going on. Don't have to write an essay.
And then you can just leave that at the side of the bed knowing that you can address
those things The following day, if you choose Yes, so that's one thing that you can do. Other things when it comes to thinking, you could go for a walk,
maybe set a table with a pen, some paper, a pad, maybe you could do online or do on
you know word or some kind of computer software writing down what you may need to do so instead of being a distraction That activity is a focus, it's an opening up to those feelings and thoughts that may have been get it in a way of you relaxing deeply and sleeping.
Possibly. And by making your own role that you'll spend time every day, whether it's five or 10 minutes or longer thinking about what's going on in your life, the things that are important
and deciding what things need your attention the most. So you think about some stuff and come up with a solution, whether short or long term. And if we every day, you do that for maybe five or 10 minutes, it doesn't have to be a negative experience. If, in fact, even if it's a really difficult issue, there's a lot of positivity, from the fact that you are addressing it. Regardless of whether there's anything you can do or not, you're still addressing it, you're still focusing on that situation.
You're given it time, you're giving it energy, you're giving it attention. So it doesn't need to knock on your door, the door of your mind when you're lying in bed, wanting to go to sleep.
Just don't need to do that. Because you give attention to those issues every day for a few minutes, or longer, which allows you to keep updated on what's going on. keep you balanced so that you know that you solve whatever issues you can and those that are not or may currently seem unsolvable can be left now something quite nice. I feel about deciding for yourself. Send nice feed It's very free. No, first, the idea of every day allowing yourself five or 10 minutes, or longer if you choose to face. Like, it's almost like facing the music, as it were facing those things that you'd rather push away the issues that do need or may not need your attention.
And that's another thing as well is sometimes the the important things can get muddled up with the trivial things. But when you're lying in bed, wanting to sleep, it doesn't really matter what the thoughts are, if they are this unit getting in a way of you sleeping. So, giving yourself allowing yourself time every day to just sit down and think issue the opportunity to separate the trivial stuff from the relevant issues. Which is self reduces your worries by a lot. And I use the word worries, because a bit unrealistic. We all have things that we worry about sometimes those worries can be turned into issues, those problems can be turned into solvable
issues which require your attention, maybe a bit of work a bit of thinking, maybe asking for help is what's required. Also maybe accepting that the problem may possibly he'd be too big for you to deal with on your own, or something that is
out of your control. Something that maybe you've been worrying about concerned about, stressed about even when actually there's nothing that you'll ever be able to do about it because
it's out of your control. So being able to face up to that as well.
eases your mind. Because you've done all you can do and even sitting in the chair your mind feels more relaxed because nothing is needed from you when you decide to relax and when you decide to good sleep nothing is required no thoughts or thinking is necessary at all because the process of relaxing deeply and sleeping deeply is all naturally inbuilt naturally able to know exactly what it is that you require so the anticipation How you going to feel next time he goes to sleep he can notic.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/221-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-don-t-allow-thinking-to-get-in-the-way-of-relaxing-or-sleep-jason-newland-7th-january-2021

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis, force, stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes.
So thank you for joining me. And if I haven't said it already, Happy New Year to you. It's the fifth of January. So I guess I should stop saying it now. But
Happy New Year, hope that your 2021 is a safe and healthy one. Now, this is going to be a mixture of relaxation, and sleep. I'm going to be talking about sleep. I'll be talking about relaxing. And I'm going to be talking about
your brain. So I would suggest getting yourself into a comfortable position, lying down or sitting in a comfortable chair
that supports your body in the event of you falling asleep. Remembering that if you're lying down, he can move anytime you want. If you need to move to the left of your body or move over to the right side, or even if you feel you need to stand up and stretch or whatever, do what you feel is necessary. Because even some people may think we used to be talking about standing up and stretching. Well some people listening to this may have physical conditions, such as chronic pain or various physical issues, which means that sitting in the same position on line in the same position for long periods of time, it may not be appropriate for them. So that's why I like to try and accommodate everyone. And to point out that there are no rules or no rules. You don't have to do anything. And I think that's important to be reminded of that. To be able to be in control of what you do. Because hypnosis is not given away your control or your power. Hypnosis isn't giving away anything. lose anything with hypnosis, you gain sort of a gain. You gain something, you gain more control over your own mind and body. You might say yeah, but what about losing? You lose stress and tension.
We you let go that Choose to let go of the tension in your body reminds me a little bit of windup toys, the wind up, and it could be nice to have a little dolphin in the bath. When I was much younger, I was about 47.
And you wind it up and you let it go and it would, you know, swim in the bath until the wind up mechanism at run down. And that is stopped. But of course it's okay cuz it's a dolphin. So he was fine.
Never had to get her mouth to mouth. And it wasn't a real dolphin there was a delay, wind up feeling it. Or sometimes I think of tension in that way. And I know that I'm taking in this scenario, as I'm talking, I'm probably taking words.
Literally, sometimes I do that and it seems to fit. For example, this may not this term may not be used where you are in the world. So you know, I'm very aware that a lot of terminology verbally in language, that may be normal usage to me, even may never have heard of it. It was like completely, we may have a different meaning. So bear in mind, I'm not if I say something, and for me it means getting tense in your way UI means pooping or something then you ever just bear in mind. I didn't I didn't know that. Okay. So this term in my culture, which is winding someone up getting wound up which means getting stressed causing someone so winding someone up was Peter caused some Distress. And for some reason, causing someone emotional distress is a socially acceptable fun thing to do sometimes
down when you step back, and look at it like that. It seems a bit cruel, actually. But, you know, it's, it's part and parcel of growing up I guess in it. Another word would be teasing somebody perhaps. And there's a fine line between teasing. One person's being teased is another person's being bullied. So you know, you can you know the words and the meaning and the intention and sometimes means nothing when it comes to the recipient experiencing what's happening and being emotionally affected negatively by it but anyway, that's that's probably a different podcast altogether. So the winding up is in my head country or my say culture it's I don't know, is whether it's even use in other parts of the country. But I think it is. So winding someone up or being wound up getting wound up is by literal thing in His sight, in a sense, if you've got handle in your back, the U turn and wind up. When someone says I'm being wound up or I'm wound up, it's, it's like they've allowed other people to come and turn
that key in their back to increase the person's stress levels. So it's almost as if people are walking around. We're all walking around with these keys,
big keys, sticking out our backs. And people are winding down continuously winding it up, turning the key difference between I don't know why. The difference between the the keys in the back of people I know we don't really have keys as an analogy.
A lot of us do. allow other people or even we may believe that other people have done that to us. So we blame other people for our emotional states. When we're responsible for our own emotional states, no one else. Boss really, as a heck of a responsibility, especially when you've lived your whole life, believing the other people are responsible for how you feel. Other people are responsible for the emotions that you experience. And then to get told that, you know what, actually, you're responsible for protecting and looking after yourself and actually observing the feelings. And it's a reaction and you're responsible for your own reactions. It's a very bitter pill, I think to to be given, you know, I'd prefer to blame other people if that's okay. If you don't mind, I'd like to continue being a victim. I want to just blame other people, for everything that I feel. And life is easier that way. It's very painful base is easier. Just to blame other people for everything. Now, some people are to blame. That's a distinction. I'm not saying Oh, no one's ever to blame for anything because that would be a lie. Lots of people are to blame. The console comes up to me and punches me in the face. Randomly I'm not to blame for that. They're to blame for that. They're the one that did it.
are not a case it is the blame. What happens next is both my responsibility and the other person's. Now if the person walks away, you know, always the person continues to attack me. That's their responsibility.
If, if I do something then it's my responsibility. You know, some responsible From my actions in that situation, but in that situation I would be a victim of a crime. And I think with the whole the whole new age stuff, the word victim is almost ridiculed a little bit what actually being evicted is a horrific sometimes life changing thing depending on what the crime was the been a victim is being a victim of a crime.
And there's a difference. And I say victim of I don't technically bullying isn't necessarily a crime. But I'm classing it is that
is a crime, to me is a crime against the person to bully them to victimize Enter to be horrible to someone, like strangely, that's, that's a crime. And in some places, it is a crime. But in general society, a lot of people get away with it. in the workplace, and stuff like that.
So this, hey, we all really kind of have in our backs, which makes us vulnerable. And you know, what? I remember years ago, and I'm going off, off topic, very slowly. I'll come coming back to Don't worry. I'm not really into. I'm not it's not I'm not, I don't think it's a bad thing or a good thing. It just, it's not really loud talking paintings, and drawings and stuff like that. I can appreciate how amazing it is. from a perspective of having tried to do it myself when I was younger. And while painting never really did very well, with painting, and drawing, I spent hours and hours and hours
drawing. I never didn't have any natural talent there. And so I don't, I think really, I don't appreciate art. In the way I don't have that type of mind, I guess, to appreciate it. Maybe I don't understand a lot of it. You know, for whatever reason, I don't care really just as it's not something that I'm that into, or into all.
Although I've been in some art galleries, and I think the thing I quite like is the historical thing. Because almost really, with some art galleries, it's like going on looking at photographs of people and activities and historical events. Long before photographs were even invented. Did you know so for long before cameras were used. So for me is kind of how I see the a lot of the paintings.
I go, there's a reason why I'm mentioning this is years ago, when I worked in a place, an art gallery opened up in the same building. And I knew the people that ran the art gallery.
So I went up to have a look, because I had a new a new load of stuff in there. And I would check it out, you know, every time that a new show in, I check out the new stuff, just to see if I could get any kind of spark of interest in art really happened. I like the nudes.
You knife is some of the Yeah, some of the naked women and stuff but those that heads at least two eyes. But those exhibition that really caught me and it had an effect on me. And this is connected to the idea of having the key on the back on our back. Make it as fun honorable
making this scene, as it were, you'd see several when you really notice them. If that a big key on their back, that can be wound up.
This Art Gallery exhibition was various different events of aggression. So battle scenes, and other things that were things that would be unpalatable. Generally, outside of the art gallery, you know, it's almost art galleries get away with some quite horrible stuff sometimes depicted wars and things. So this this .....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/220-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-winding-down-jason-newland-5th-january-2021

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com as a partial to Jason, Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. I hope you're well. Happy New Year to everyone. Thank you to all my listeners for listening throughout 2020. And I look forward to continuing the journey during 2021. And hopefully, I've managed to come up with some useful recordings for you. And my wish is that they will be beneficial as well. Helpful, in other words, so only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes, it's going to be a relaxation technique. I'll give you kind of the idea behind it. I like to sort of sort of tell you why. Where my thinking comes from. Now, this is going to involve tapping on your head on your scalp. Okay. And in order to relax, so I guess it could be used to reduce a headache. By if I'm honest, I prefer to test it on a headache of my own first before I kind of do that, because I don't get headaches that often. But when I do, I'll or if I get kind of a pain. I like to test different hypnotic hypnosis techniques. Maybe ones I know of maybe ones that I've thought of, to see something that may be useful. So I'm not going to I'm not going to say that this would be useful for headaches, but it might be okay. For the same reason. It is useful for relaxing now, anyone has ever had a scalp massage, or Indian head massage will be aware that it's lovely. It's really nice is is it's nicer when someone else does it for you than if you do it yourself. Personally, and I would say the reason for that is because it's human contact. And there's something very healing about having human contact. I think that in my society, again, I'm generalizing, but it's not a huge amount of that kind of contact really. And this is intimate. Outside of actually going to see a professional therapist that offers those services like massage or Indian head massage or reflexology, you know, those kinds of things. The only time that I've ever had my feet massage would be with a in a romantic setting. Yeah, actually, I know in some cultures, it's you know, about washing of the feet. So washing someone's feet and massaging their feet, things like that is actually something that is done
as coined act united to do something nice. Whether it's for another man or another woman, an adult or child, whatever it is, but we don't, I don't have that in my society where I live in this country. So there's really minimal physical contact, less so with the Coronavirus. Those listening in the future. And this has been recorded in 2021. January. So, you know, we'd sort of advised not to go near each other and all the hugging and stuff. So there's less, possibly a lot less physical contact even more, much less than before, but the man now might sound I'm going off target a little bit with the subject. But this, I believe, and I'm not the only one in science also kind of backs this up is the healing power of touch from another person. Whether it's a hug, whether it's hold in their hands. And that's intimate. In a sense, I had a hand massage years ago, this is like a new age. Not festival, but fair sabula that, and I had my hand massage by the therapist. And I was lovely. But it's also really intimate. Because I'd never had my hand held for so long. Outside of a romantic setting, want to say romantic setting, I'm talking about like relationship without girlfriend. This is our internet, but it wasn't into it, like a romantic set, it is completely different. So I enjoyed it. And it's nice. I think the energy from the other person came through as well as a healing energy. And I think that someone would be able to do something like that, if they weren't in the right frame of mind. I mean, I might be wrong. But if someone was very angry and very, very, in a bad state of mind, I don't know how, what kind of hand massage they'd be able to give. So again, I'm going into areas that um, that might be wrong with so by get a sense with therapies and things like that, having watched being a third hour, as opposed to having been a therapist, I am a therapist, and you've managed to whatever's going on with you. You leave it at the door. And you focus on the client or the patient. So, in this scenario, you're your own patient, you're your own client, and you're your own therapist. So you do it all for yourself. And the reason I say now that, you know in this situation, because if you have somebody that is willing to do this for you, then it's definitely worth experimenting with because it's intimate. But it's not intrusive. It's not. It's not it's not sexual. It's not. It's not intimate as in is less intimate than holding hands. But the same time, you're sitting there on a chair, you're closing your eyes. So anytime that you sit in a room of another person with your eyes closed, you're basically you're opening yourself up to trust you're allowing trust to
Take control. Because you're purposefully making yourself vulnerable. Even though you'd know you're safe, you're with someone that you you know, but it's still your clothes, you've got you got your eyes closed. You know, you can't it, there's a vulnerability there. But it's a good fungibility is a healthy vulnerability. Because that trust with the other person is so important. It's important that we can have that trust. And to build that trust is healthy. Ben, you're so completely different subject. What this is, with this technique, and it's as short, or as long as you choose it to be. I've already said at the beginning recording, it's just tapping your skull. And it's not, you're not tapping meridian points. It's not EFT or TFT. It's not energy work necessarily. It's not focused in that way. You may well be touching meridian points or, you know, but that's not the purpose. You're not touching any part before the next part is no continuation.to dot 12345. Anything like that is is just randomly tapping on your scalp. And the way I see it, the scalp pretty much starts at the top of your neck. So if you go, if you if you go down, if you if you move up your neck with your fingers, you can feel with scout starts. Because it's hard. That's where the scalp is. And you can feel it behind your ears, the scalps there. And pretty much above your ears. And in front of you is
I would move to above the temple just above because the temple is nice and soft, just above the temple. And you can feel the scalps there. And then as you move down, he move across rather, his scalp moves down to your
eyebrows. So that's the part. But basically, it's a big area. And of course on top your head as well. The part that we would normally collect classes to scalp but a scalp goes all the way down to your eyebrows. And it goes all the way down to the top of your neck, including around your ears. And let's say just above the temples. So it's like pretty much like wearing a crash helmet one is old fashioned Crescent press helmets that were purposely built to fit around the scalp. Do you know the old the old ones from maybe the 30s or 40s and you see them and it's shaped specifically to go across the head and around the ears or maybe skateboard in helmets. So they're very you know, fitted for the scalp specifically, because we've been nice doctors and all of us really know that the scalp what the scalp does what is there for which is to protect your brain. The most important part of your anatomy is the brain. So, because it controls everything we just that's what I mean. I mean some people because I will bet a hall. Of course the heart is you know, the heart stops, everything stops, doesn't it? That's kind of it really the brain. Technically the brain can stop and hog and keep going That's with medical assistance. So the heart can stop. But medical assistance in hospitals and keep the heart going, or use a ventilator added all kinds of things. So I'm not a doctor. So the brain, the scalp is protecting the brain. What I find interesting, if you're listening to this, you know, from a headache perspective, the really interesting thing is that the, the brain has no nerve endings. There's no point you can't have pain in the brain, which is really weird. The concept of a headache doesn't even really make sense in a way. Because all we've got is this scalp, which is his, his gristle really is worth more than bone. But thick, very thick. And it's tough as well, I'm not going to do it, I don't want you to do it. But you can, you could, you could hit your head sort of quiet. You can bash it, you know, fairly hard and not hurt, not to hurt yourself. As I said, don't do it. And I'm not going to do it myself. But it's a point where it would hurt. And there was a point where it could break and crack. But that takes a heck of a lot of pressure for that to happen. So it's very strong. And then underneath that there's liquid where the brain is, you know, and the brains there, and the brain has no nerve endings. So there's no pain in the brain
can't happen. But it's hard, you know, to relax your body. If you want to relax your hand is easy, you can touch your hand, and you can relax quite easily massage, massage in your thigh,
massage in your chest, your breasts, your buttocks, your stomach, if you can reach your feet icon, you could, you know, massage your feet. And the only part is hard to get to really is the back as far as like your hands that you dependent on your mobility. But from each my shoulders, most places apart from even my lower back,.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/219-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-tapping-scalp-to-relax-brain-jason-newland-2nd-january-2021

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. If you'd like to send me a PayPal gift, please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, the links on my website. So hope you're well. And this recording is going to be both relaxation and for sleep. If you choose and just listen for the relaxation part, I should warn you that you may fall asleep. So if that's not acceptable, then I suggest you set your alarm to wake you up. You know, you might have something to do. So where to be, you know, in an hour's time or two hours time or something.
And just let you know I do have a recordings. I've got the let me bore you to sleep podcast where I just talk about nothing for about an hour. And there are over 500 recordings on that one. I do the deep sleep whisper hypnosis podcast. And it's kind of a similar kind of thing really. But whispering to this, in the sense of the ones I do now are for relaxation and for sleep. And it's whispering. So it's very different from that perspective. And it's also kind of quiet to the point as well. Not a lot of chatter, other than the actual recording the session, the focus on sleep, and relaxing. And I've got the sleep hypnosis weekly. That's why that podcast, as well as a few others might be worth checking them out if you're interested. You could also join me on Facebook as well. Also on Twitter, just put my name in quite easy to find quite easy. Easy. So if you've been following me for a while, you've been listening to my recordings. Some time you'll know that I've done lots and lots of recordings.
And the reason I do so many different ones is because I think it's nice to have a choice. It's nice to have you might have your favorite recording the you keep coming back to maybe weekly or every now and then maybe daily source. See those nice, I think to hear something different. And although technically all of the recordings you could say are quite similar when it comes to the sleep or relaxation, hypnosis. They're also all unique in their own way. Just like all humans, a unique or rabbits a unique or goldfish so I think that one goldfish I've got a creaky chair that you might hear now and then.
But that's okay. Because that's part two recording. I'm not sitting in a recording studio, obviously, I mean, otherwise, I wouldn't be able to afford to do this because recording studios are very expensive.
Just you know, recorded and time is a lot of money. So there's going to be the odd background sound. And that's okay, because this is real life. This is not a sterile environment. You may have background sounds or noises where you are. It's about trying to wrap your mind around the idea that surely you're not going to allow some background sounds to to really interfere at all, with your choice to relax and fall asleep. Because that's your decision. Which means you allow backgrounds sounds, thoughts or anything like that. To gain away Have you relax and deeply
because when you decide to let go, of all this stress from your body, you've given yourself not only permission given your body and your mind, not only permission to reduce stress and tension from your body, in your mind. It's so my sisters if you've given yourself a command and non negotiable command to relax deeply in both your body and your mind feels peacefulness not not needing to be in any capacity. Notice you breathe in symmetrically. He's from notice in love bodies. My mind is also I'm not really sure. Amen send mine 10 four polities just disappearing It's nice Hi. Peace. Oh my everything's so still pace Like gentle, dripping Bhante. Maybe.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/218-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-relax-fall-asleep-with-me-jason-newland-29th-december-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. It's a stress reduction technique of a stress reduction technique that we're going to do. Now I'm actually going to do this having what you need. Yeah, I have the need to reduce my stress levels right now. So I thought it'd be a good time to actually make a new recording. Yay. So I can benefit and you can benefit. And it's not going to be a long recording. It's about getting that relief. So only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And I suggest you sit in a comfortable chair one that supports your body. So if you did fall asleep, you'd be supported but this is not asleep recording. And, of course, you can lay down on your bed if you want, it's up to you. But I suggest sitting in the chair notice the stress levels. So at the moment I'd say mine's about a 610. So I'm going to now focus on my my head, my scalp
and the moment it feels as if there's a lot of tension and stress actually trapped
inside my head which is also affect my body my mood, my general well being. And so focus on that I noticed that it's almost
it's kind of style, loss style, err, the spotlight being in a car. Let's just stay there and maybe it's a bit too hot or whatever it is feels stuffy will be it in the stuff you room which needs the windows open.
If you've got a car that can, you know has a convertible you can pull the lid off of it even better, as well as open the windows. So I'm good to imagine my head, my scalp can be like a lid and it can actually come off.
So I'm just gonna allow that to just move off. You can pull it off yourself. Imagine there's a little bit of rope or something at the top and you can pull it off like a little hat.
messengers move in the top of your head, just the scalp. Notice the pressure is in the coolness of the air on your brain Even though your brain has no senses, no sense organs no he can't feel the brain
you can get that sense of relief you can experience that sense of comfort it's those feelings that were there before. Just rise out of your brain out of your head being released noticing your body relax more coolness on your face is there's nowhere for the stress or tension to be trapped or to be caught.
Now has an easy way out. canal just release itself from your body up out of your head leaving your body feeling relaxed. Your hands your feet. Your breath back chest and stomach. Hips and neck can your face your eyes and your jaw enjoying that fresh air ventilating and cleaning your brain and your mind. Clear now that dust cleared away anything that's no longer useful. Now before we put a scalp back on top of your head, seal in the heel
gonna pour a glass full of healing liquid it into the top of your head. I don't know what color the heated liquid is for you. But for me, it's
the color of sunshine as you pour it into the top of your head, gently soaking your brain with this healing energy
knowing that the healing energy will now spread all the way through your body
because everything starts in your brain all healing starts your brain and then a healing energy liquid soaking your brain in the heaving free parts of your body and we have another loss of liquid and this one is full of confidence. feeling confident this one for me is more a yellow lemony kind of
color I could be different for you. So you can pour this confident liquid in top of your head. So can your brain with confidence knowing that that confidence will spread throughout your body just enjoy the feeling of comfort that comes from spending time being kind to yourself. She now notice another class of healing liquid but this one contains the feeling of safety so that you feel safe. And just notice what color this liquid is. For me, it's purple, almost almost like black car and actually, to kind of to me that it's kind of a purpley color.
And you can pour this safety is feeling the safety into the top of your head, soaking your brain as your brain sponges and soaks the name and spreads it through your body. The feeling of safety feeling safe feeling confident and healing. And lastly, before we put the top of your head back on, we can adjust fill
your body put more healing liquid in. This one is going to be deep, deep relaxation. This time we're going to put two glasses in at the same time.
One in each hand and these glasses have the healing liquid deep relaxation and I'm looking at the color from wine and they seem to be almost pinkish Orange Coast the color may be different for you. And as you pour by for those glasses full of deep relaxation into the top of your head covering your brain soaking up soaking up this deep relaxation spreading throughout your body. Your hands, your fate, even more relaxed. toes and your fingers your back, chest and stomach, legs and arms, your hips and your face, eyes, jaw and your breathing. You can now put the top of your head back
and it fits perfectly goes back to how it was before. All that healing liquid still stays in your brain and your body causing you to feel wonderful. Really, really wonderful. brings us to the end of the recording. You can just enjoy feeling this way for as long as you choose.
Remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/217-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-pouring-healing-relaxation-safety-into-your-brain-jason-newland-21st-december-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. This is going to be a relaxation slash sleep recording. There'll be two versions one with one without music, the one with music or be the music will be provided by Kevin MacLeod. And the details will be in the description box of the podcast episode.
If you're listening solely for relaxation, I would suggest you set your alarm to wake you up, because you might just get really bored and fall asleep.
And you may think we may wonder, well, what's the difference between a relaxation session and a sleep session
and the more time I spend making these recordings and having done it for over 15 years, making relaxation sessions and sleep sessions. The fact is there's really a lot of difference is more of a case of with a sleep recording. I'd be talking about falling asleep with a relaxation recording, I'll be talking about relaxing yet the result would still possibly be the same. With a relaxation session as with a sleep session, we get deeply relaxed and you fall asleep. And part of the benefit of listening to me talking softly about feeling relaxed and notice that when you are relaxed there comes a point where the more relaxed you feel. To sleep here, you naturally will feel so I guess there's the there's a thin invisible line between feet and completely relaxed and almost, you know, perhaps, ready to get on with the rest of the day. Calmly happily and the feeling just drifted. And I suppose that could be the difference between relaxing with your eyes closed relaxing with your eyes open is suppose that when your eyes ripen and you're relaxing your mind much more on the awake side. But once you close your eyes in a way you've
solved
to hold your body and your wind that sleep really is a possibility because you know you close your eyes is part of the sleeping process even more so fuse to lie down in your bed and close your eyes The chances have fallen asleep increase even more because you're in the sleeping position you may not be in your specific sleeping position is as far as maybe lying on your left side cold up or your right side cold up with one leg over the dubay
that's how I like to go to sleep. So if you listen to this fall asleep instead of perhaps lie in there like a statue waiting to be varnished, maybe relax a bit more and allow yourself just to get into that position where you feel the most comfortable we feel the most relaxed and I know you can get these foam mattresses to literally have to leave your imprint of your body in them
you know but just even a normal bed a standard bed has a memory and your body has a memory of course your muscles have a memory.
So when you do so, maybe turn for example I turn on some a left side when I go to sleep and I have a few different hand positions. Sometimes a lead my my right hand you know sort of near my chest sometimes put it down more towards my legs. It depends how I feel.
And sometimes I chalk and change until I'm satisfied with the comfort level. Oh I'm experiencing at that time. And that seems to give a saw the green light as it were, you know, seems to give the green light for
my mind and my body to just Relax that extra bit to push me over that invisible line into sleep. See, you might, he may wish to try or not try maybe just do exactly that. And just get yourself into your sleeping position. Remembering that you don't have to stay in that position because of course, you're not a statue
waiting to be furnished. And you may wonder why would someone want to varnish his statue? And why would it be lying on a bed would net miss the better of the varnish?
Probably, that's not really the point. The fact is that you can relax naturally, by being natural. by just being yourself and doing what you naturally do. means just means that you can allow nature to take its course. It makes everything flow. You know, it is something really I was gonna say special. But maybe without romanticizing it, there's something really useful about a pipe with water going through it that doesn't have any blockages, side of the water flows or river can flow through without rocks,
on trees, blocking it. Of course, sometimes it's good to have those blockages. Sometimes it's good to have a tree in a river, blocking it, slowing the river down maybe moving the river into a different direction, which needed the water. Again, nature taking its course. Or, you know, sometimes we can take advantage of those techniques that nature provides. Example of falling tree in a river. Just nature happening. The waters flowing through the river, nature, the tree nature eventually falls down like all trees, well, eventually. Maybe we're not all but you know, maybe not for hundreds and 1000s of years, but
some trees fall down into a river. So my block the river. There's observers. You know, back in nature when we were sort of learning these things maybe 1000s of years ago,
realizing the actually benefits come from that. He might slow the water down. That could be might not be a benefit. But might be the tree going across, cause a bridge so he could walk across the river the blockage of the water could push the water onto land moving that water to a place where the water is needed to farm ground. So people could grow things well, they haven't to travel miles to collect the water. So, those those benefits because your mind knows and recognizes unconsciously as well as consciously sometimes the benefits of making use of sometimes things that may not immediately seem beneficial at the time coding facts allow you to make use of those things in order to improve your own life and improve your own sleep and relaxation. So though having that flow, the natural flow of moving from relaxation to sleep, you've also perhaps built that tree across that flowing river of consciousness could almost be as a marker to remind you where that point is between relax and D deeply and sleeping deeply. You may not care about that marker, you may not even need
to know where that is where that line is. But I guess sometimes it could be useful. So that you know the gain closer so that you can get to appreciate the very slight differences between feet and really relaxed and drifting off to sleep. Food slightly different yet perhaps very similar. And it is nice to have the options to choose which direction you go. Because when you've got a choice to relax deeply or to relax deeply and drift off to sleep. When you've got that choice it reduces your stress levels in your mind because there's no longer any pressure
Because you just go with how you feel. Because you automatically know what is correct for you. And that's a guess that's something that can be enjoyed. It's one of those, you know, it's almost like a really, really simple, simple pleasure.
Like laughing, or smiling. Because there's a degree of confidence comes from being able to choose what you do next. Not just being able to choose but actually realizing, do you always
have the power to decide what it is that you do next. And for some people, they would take those or it's responsibility, which it is his responsibility. But we've always been responsible for ourselves, whether we like it, whether we admit to it or not, we are responsible for our own happiness, for our own relaxation, for your own sleep, for your own well being and health.
That's your main job is to take care of yourself. To Be kind to yourself. And part that being kind to yourself is regularly taken time to get in touch with the core of your being and relax. As well as allowing, choosing to drift into a deep sleep. Knowing that when you sleep, your body and your brain heals. Your brain is healing and your body's healing, regenerate, regenerating, recuperating, whatever word you want to use. I like the word heal.
Your mind is healing. In fact, you could go further and say that actually, when you relax deeply whether you asleep or not, when you're deeply relaxed. You're actually here healing your life you're healing the past. You're healing now. And you're sending healing energy into your future ahead of you to clear the way to clear a way, any negativity so that you can feel calm and positive. Whenever you think about the future, you can feel a sense of OPT optimism and happiness actually confirmed feel when you think of the future, for now, one with that healing energy, traveling forward, clearing away any negativity
making that path bright and clean, perfectly shaped so that you could mold it to your will. So the future can be what you wish it to be.
So your future can and will be what you decide for yourself. And when you think about that, you have an emotion, which we don't normally call this an emotion but so most like a new feeling, a new emotion. We're going to call this a smile. Smile. When you think about the future, you can feel that smile. Internal, in your mind, in your brain, in your future, and in your body.
A smile when you think about your future. It's almost like a new feeling, a new emotion. A mixture of optimism, a mixture of excitement for the future of what will be confidence, love and healing, gratitude and ultimately something to look forward to a purpose. Something to build towards all those feelings and emotions connected together to create a smile. When you think about the future, that sense of knowing that things are going to be really really good
at smile connected with feeling relaxed they play.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/216-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-smile-relax-sleep-jason-newland-20th-december-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listened to this when you can safely Close your eyes. This is going to be a relaxation technique, a stress reduction technique and anxiety reduction techniques. So that's what this is going to be. So I'm going to talk about it first. And then we can go through doing it together. So, I mean, ideally, I would say, do this sitting in a chair, one that supports your body in the event of falling asleep, you know, see if you don't fall out of the chair. But this isn't sleep, this is your day, it does need a bit of your attention. However, I'm aware that if you're used to listening to my voice, to go to sleep, or you know, for relaxation session, you're used to kind of relaxing so much that you just drift off, then you may want to make sure that maybe you're not too comfortable. That might sound like a weird, weird concept. Make sure you're uncomfortable for this relaxation session. But this isn't really about necessarily relaxing, where you're so floppy, you just you know, you're kind of almost blissful and wanting to just do nothing and maybe just to fall asleep. Because you're so comfortable. This is about reducing discomfort about reducing the stress and anxiety. So it's more focused on getting you back to feeling okay. Does that make sense? So it's not necessarily about zone kicking you out so that you completely although it can do that, of course and it's up to you how far you want this feeling to grow the feeling of relaxation and comfort. We're very much focused on reducing the feelings of stress, tension, anxiety, reducing the discomfort so that you can then decide what you wish to do with the feeling because you you may be at work and you may be taken 10 minutes on a break to do this exercise. We may be in the toilets sitting on the toilet just giving yourself a few minutes to do this exercise or you may have the ability to close your eyes for a few minutes, your desk or wherever you are. So this is a guess more for people that then want to go on and get on with their day. And it can be both the technique or the exercise where if you want to call it can be both a reduction of stress but also a reminder
That, that natural releasing of stress is automatically occurring. I hope you're with me so far. But, you know, I try to explain a little bit about what I'm going to do.
Before I do that partially for myself as well. So I can explain, but also explain why I'm doing what I'm doing. So it's not I don't know. So it's not. So it doesn't come across as some kind of mystical thing. It's not that don't do mystikal
I'm looking for practical, especially when it comes to something specific, such as stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Because I personally, have been hugely affected by these in my own life. And I know many people also that have also been affected. Plus, I've known people that have been affected by my stress disorders that I had in the past. friends family, me not attending social gatherings, family, things, those put a strain on my relationships with siblings, and to be fair with my sister, I think she still hasn't forgiven me for not turning up at her mum's birthday bash thing. So for my stepmoms 50th birthday, my dad organized a trip away for all of the close family to go away to a hotel and stuff. This is quite a few years ago, at least over 10 years ago. And I had to cancel kind of at the last minute, which didn't go down very well. I couldn't face it good and face being around people or going anywhere. Because my stress levels were too Hi. There my stepmom seems to forget nice she was I explained it to her. But her daughter wasn't, yeah, wasn't too impressed. So, you know, I understand that stress doesn't just affect us. It affects other people. And it can affect our relationship with other people and other people's relationships with us. For other people, we might have friends that don't turn up the things because of their stress issues. And I've had that I've had friends that haven't turned up to just just meeting up and stuff. And they cancel the last minute. And it's the can be annoying. But even even though I understand on a level I understand logically and having been there myself many times still annoying though, if you've gone out to meet someone and they don't turn up. So this, you know, I'm coming from I try to come from various different angles. But at the same time I try to avoid blaming or, you know, trying to find someone to be at fault because I don't really think that it's useful in my experience, both personal and from what I've seen in others, looking for someone else to blame for whatever happens pool is just increases pain ultimately doesn't serve anybody. It is not useful, really at all. I don't, I don't think I may be wrong. But you know, that's, that's my experience. And I spent years, years and years of my life, blaming other people for my own life, my own mistakes that I've made, blaming other people for stuff that was
often the results of my decision making. So back to the exercise yet, by five, remember what I'm talking about now, the exercise,
you know, was stress, right? When I visualize it, I get lots of different versions of a visualization of what stress is, and I close my eyes. And I could think of you know, there's lots of ways of looking at it, by have this image, which I think may be useful. of, you know, this is a blockage isn't there, it feels like a blockage of energy when we're stressed. So, the stress is building up and is pressure is depend on the situation, that pressure can then lead to extreme anxiety and possibly an anxiety attack or panic attack. So there's a blockage, and there's that stress that keeps being produced. And because the blockage is there, it causes more stress. So almost the blockage of stress causes more stress. And there's nowhere for it to go. It's like a really, really, really bad traffic jam, in a sense. And you can't go, you know, you're in a traffic jam. We can't go forward, you can't go backwards. You can't go right or left, you're stuck. You know, hopefully, you've got a bottle you can win if you need to. And a radio to listen to you or something is is not a good situation. So you've got this almost like a traffic jam, where there's more cars come in to the back of the traffic jam more and more cars. So almost seems like it's never ending. So moving away from the car analogy, the traffic jam analogy. I like the idea of almost like a balloon, but not a normal balloon. So more like a hot water bottle. Because I think the reason why the stress maybe does get caught and almost blocked. Is because an exit is it finds an exit wants to get out. Ultimately, the stress doesn't want to be in your body. Your body doesn't want the stress in there not the excess stress. The uncomfortable, painful type. You your body doesn't want to end the stress doesn't really want to be in your body wants to be released. Now of course it can be released into your bloodstream out the natural way, which then could make you feel more tense and possibly, you know, go to anxiety and it could kickstart your adrenal glands and stuff so that you feel really very unwell. Or you can try to escape. And you can try and get out through this balloon, which affects more like a hot water bottle because the balloon would just get bigger and bigger and it would pop. But in this case, it doesn't pop because it's too thick. The skin of the hot water bottle doesn't I mean it's you know, it's built to withstand water and pressure and you know, it's a thick lining I mean, you could sit with a big bomb like mine, I could sit on a hot water bottle and it wouldn't pop.
I'm not going to test it but I'm pretty sure it wouldn't pop. So the pressures building in a hot water bottle type loon is trying to get out of your body, but it's being collected, it's been you know, it's gathering into one space and the pressure
is building which causes the stress because there's too much stress it's almost like an overflow where the stress has gone into this hot water bottle instead of just gently being released through your bloodstream and for your body and you know for your oxygen in your lungs and just being able to breathe the tension and the stress out of your body there's lots of different ways of getting into the same space of feeling relaxed and sometimes you can feel where it's just a little bit too much a little bit maybe a lot more a lot too much. And the breathe in or the you know you don't perhaps feel that you've got the time to go through a relaxation exercise or to close your eyes for half an hour or to listen to a recording you might not have the time for that yet you need the results of releasing that tension and that stress so what we're gonna do is this overflow hot water bottle of let's call it the hot water bottle this the hot water stress bottle
or we can do is that you get a pin in your mind get a pin and make a hole in that hot water bottle where the stress collects where the tension builds up, make a big hole in there not not huge hole but just a hole with a pin or you could use a nail or wherever you want to do in your mind make that hole none of that hole will be there now, you know he can't go anyways the holes there. Instead of me now you know that the excess of your stress has been going into that hot water bottle and now it will be slowly released through that hole. So the pressure will slow.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/215-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-hot-water-bottle-stress-relief-technique-jason-newland-9th-december-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now today I'm going to talk about something this could be really weird, weird concept. weird, weird, weird concept. And you'll know already by the title before we even press play. So the title of this
is make friends with your stress. What a stupid title. You may think what are ridiculous our see thing to say he may think make friends and more stress. I hate my bloody stress. I hate it causes me nothing but problems hate hate, hate it. Fair enough. I completely agree with you on that. I understand where you're coming from. So what am I going on about make friends of your stress?
Well,
now said out loud, maybe I'm going to not bother recording. Now, bollocks to the stress, horrible thing. But however, if you think about it in a different way, if you remember that your whole body is functioning to support your life law of automatic stuff going on. Breathing in oxygen goes into lungs, then the oxygen gets spread around the arteries into your heart or wherever bloods
pumping blood for your body. And, you know, I'm not an expert on anatomy, obviously. But your kidneys, your lungs, your liver. All the different parts of your body, your stomach, your skin, even things that you don't even perhaps take much notice of everything is there to help you and me. That's the one purpose the one overall goal that our bodies have is to keep us alive. And to help us doesn't always do it in a way that we would like it to be he's there to help us. So in a sense of pain, someone you break your leg, for example. It hurts like buggery. It hurts more than both Well, I know. Anyway, it hurts is absolutely agony. But once you've actually had the diagnosis, you know, you're paying you know what the reason for it, you've got it in plaster, you know, not to put any weight on it. You don't need the pain anymore, but your body still gives you that pain. It was it does, you know reduces over time. So you could say, well, damn body Give me that pain. I don't need it. You know, because logically, you don't need it anymore. But your body is protective of you. And it wants to make sure that you don't stand on that leg. Because without pain, we could seriously damage ourselves. You know, so that's one kind of angle to look at it. And by the way, I've got little favorites just run out
which is lovely is now doing a big poll. Great. Thanks, Andrea. So the concept of making friends with our stress comes from the angle of with the body is out, to protect us to keep us alive,
therefore sews the brain, the brain is part of the body thing called a neck connected, it's connected the brain is the body, the body is the brain, the spinal cord, let's face it without the brain, there wouldn't body would be nothing but just a floppy jellyfish,
but not being able to do anything. So the brain therefore is out, to protect us to care for us to keep us alive at all costs. So that's
defect stuff,
that's the reality is either without any emotion connected, that those are the facts. Our brain and our body want us to be alive and want us to feel well. And therefore our brain is our best friend. And without the brain, there's no mind. And you might say, yeah, the mind separate from the brain, a personality as completely separate.
Well,
a brain injury can change someone's personality, overnight. Which proves that the personality comes from the brain. Someone has, for example, as there was a story, actually, but it's not really relevant to this, but this person was very violent person. And they ended up having a brain scan. And it turned out they had a tumor in their brain had the tumor removed, no longer violent. So our personalities aren't quite as mystical, perhaps, as we'd like to think they are, is to do with our brain, our brains. That's where all comes from. Of course, we learn behavior. But our brains are, that's the hub. And our brains want us to be alive. Our brains want us need us to be well. We also have free will. So we do things that damage our bodies. I do. I'm sure most of you do as well, even if it's just in too many cakes, or some people do it by over exercising,
or by, you know, drastic dieting. Some will do it by just because at a job they might be breathing in. You're just walking up the road to the shops, I'm breathing a lot of car fumes. That's not healthy for my body.
You know, it's always there's always stuff going on, where we're not perhaps doing the best that we could do for ourselves. That's not a criticism. It's just, it's the society we live in. It's hard to avoid that stuff. But that stuff can cause stress, puts stress on our immune system, put stress on our bodies, working in a job. Generally, it's hard. You know, this is society relies on us working or contributing in some way. It's all about money. Paying off, you know, just you know, society. The government's rely on getting people into debt. That's how they function. So that people Have to do stuff they don't want to, like work in a job that don't like working in, causes stress. A lot of this, these things are unavoidable. This is difficult sometimes to avoid. Just life is stuff that happens in life. We can't be in control of what other people do, can we
see where I'm going with this is our bodies. We care about us, love us. I mean, so Well, how do I know my heart loves me
is beating. And it's, it will do everything it can for the rest of your life, to be to pump blood around your body, it will do everything it can, your liver will do everything it can to keep working same as your kidneys. And all the other parts of your body. They never give up. They do wear out and they do get ill. And, you know, obviously, people have problems sometimes without parts of their body. But that part of the body never gives up in itself. It will continue until it can continue normal. Never ever. If that was a marathon, and our hearts and our bodies were an American. There'd be no quiz. The body would always win, not win the marathon always complete the marathon. Because your body never gives up. Of course it stops working. Everyone's body eventually will stop working. But it never gives up in its you know in its own right. Because
it wants to stay alive. And your brain which controls the body once you to be happy, because when you're happy it affects the brain. So what you do affects the brain, the brain affects you, your body affects the brain, the body affects you, you know, it's all connected all affects each other.
So the stress that we all have, everyone has stress, even the most relaxed, people in the world have to have a degree of stress. Although I think it should be called something different, you know, the stress in the body in order to stand up this to be able to release that energy to run for the bus or to move quickly when required. And some people will say that they work really well under stress, leaving things to the last minute. Maybe they work he I used to work in sales and I would probably would have told you that stress was one of the good things. Not good things as in the feeling. But there's there's a level of stress which felt good, adrenalin pumping the reward section of our brain kicking in, I got another sale, blah, blah, you know, that is stress. But there's there's a level that can feel good. That's not again, obviously what we're talking about here. No one listens to a podcast because I want to deal with something that feels good. Now want to get rid of a good feeling, please. No. No one's ever said that ever, I think in the history of the world. Yeah, can you take that nice feeling away, please, Jason? No. So it's about uncomfortable feelings, feeling crappy. And that's at the lower level of stress. Because anxiety, panic attacks. That's a different ballgame. That's totally different. That's not feeling crappy. That's for those that have never had a panic attack or anxiety attack. And if you have never had one, I hope you never do have one. And hopefully, listening to this podcast, listen to the relaxation sessions, hopefully your stress levels will reduce as the point of it, your stress levels reduce by listening regularly and you'll never get to that point. Or if you have been in the past, he won't again. Because the sensation of relaxing, so much like this, that I've talked about it before the overflow, are you having a bar for sink? The overflows kind of almost put in, the first time you listen to me. Even if I want might not mention an overflow, that overflow is put in there. So there's a level you can't go above
is a level you can't go well, of course, if you put the taps on, if you put both taps on full blast, then it's gonna, yeah, the overrides not gonna stop it, I guess it will overflow the hour, you know, but if you just got one tap on, and they're not on full, which is part of the reason why you can allow your body to slow things down. Because there's always more than one feeling happening more than one says sensation occurring in your body. And in your mind. At the same time, there was just one thing. Human beings generally aren't that focused. There's always other things going on. If you got your eyes closed, you got that visual component, you can hear things, you know, it's not just the physical and emotional sensation of stress that's there. You can also feel your feet, you can drink something and taste it. Which means there's other stuff going on in.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/214-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-make-friends-with-your-stress-jason-newland-3rd-december-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello,
and welcome to Jason newland.com My name is Jason Newland and this is relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes
just so that you know the websites up and running again he was offline for about a week back it is back and I don't know if you've received any emails from Spotify but they've been sending out these stats to let you know how much you've listened to each podcast a few people who have seen me contact me sharing the image with me and he sort of saying how many hours you've spent listening to my podcast I hope that if it does and in you end up in your email box that you You're welcome it with open arms that don't think to yourself have I really spent that much time listening to that weird man on the internet today guy
a full
time very early morning but the last couple of days have not really been on top form so I'm just easing myself into it as it was as it were, as it will be
taking my time and whatever if it's stuff happening, you know, this is life isn't it? Everyone's got stuff happening.
And if that Okay, here's what I'll do. I'm going to talk about this stuff and I'm going to call it dealing with bereavement but dealing with the stress anxiety of bereavement and I made a recording the only the closest thing really to this I remember doing is a MIDI recording I think the day after my dad died
and I talked about it it's somewhere I don't know for those would look up look it up it's it's somewhere it's probably something perhaps I shouldn't have done but
I just had the energy to want to talk about it. So
I
have found in the past that dealing with the sometimes the most you know, simplest of things that you could, you know, say traveling on a bus I do bring that up sometimes but traveling on a bus going to a wedding. When it's not my wedding envoys poked his head out literally just aimed his anus is on his back, aim his anus at me and started looking at uncommon Andre is just grim. You do if he could no I wouldn't let anyone go anywhere near you is Now, you know, trust me, oh, go away. So coffee as well. Lovely.
It's
It's a weird thing because sometimes things that aren't supposed to the generally the general public or boss would think were simple and easy things can sometimes be stressful and anxiety producing. For people that have anxiety and stress conditions, or issues,
or responses were the words you want to give. So when something big does happen, I don't. For me, personally, I don't always know the correct way to respond. Because sometimes I do feel I have felt like a social outcast in the past
for my behavior, or not known how to behave in some of the most basic scenarios. And to have a big negative response to something everyone else seems to be enjoying, like a party or loud music, or even aggression. Some people love to watch people getting aggressive and fighting and stuff. I can't be around people to argue. If they're arguing,
I can't be
I cannot be around it. I feel my stress levels rising. And it annoys me because the idea of given my remote control or you know, remote control to someone else, to be able to control my stress levels, does not sit well with me, considering how much effort I've put into not allowing that to happen, and trying to help other people to not allow that to happen. But sometimes does feel like I'm just you know, is is weird to know how it feels sometimes, right? Like, I will walk get on a bus and I will hand so they go bus driver. There's remote control you know, just however you drive just control how I feel. There you are loud person on the phone. There you are. school girls that are back giggling and laughing and start thinking they're laughing at me. Why would they be? They might be but you know, it's just it's almost ridiculous. The idea of this given everyone you know, getting 100 made, I've got them all over the room. Loads of red one anywhere anyone visits me? I said there's remote control. I just control my tea. You know, if you want me to feel horrible, just press that button. Yeah, thanks. But the fact is the reality is if you gave someone a remote control and saying the green buttons for me to feel good, the red buttons for me to feel absolutely awful. Stress, terrified, anxious.
And the blue button is just nothing just made to feel just normal neutral. A lot of people probably majority of people would wouldn't go in no way near the red button.
saying that if someone had me more control with the power to press that red button I might want to just from a mischievous perspective. But if it was known in reality, and this was like a known concept, and they knew that if the press the red button that you would feel awful or I would feel awful. It's unlikely they're going to press it. Which means that people perhaps a precedent, when they do press the red button is accidental because they don't know what it is. And then you realize that no one's got remote control over you doesn't exist is made up idea that is made up. And no one else is responsible for how you feel. And the idea behind that sentence is to take back your own power to take back this lemon cough to take back your own to take back responsibility for how you feel. I think I think you know, kind of kind of a reality. How many of us really want to take responsibility for how we feel? I don't think I do not really are bullshit myself. You know, I want to be in control of how I feel or not being controlled, but with take responsibility. This is how I feel. Let's stop being a victim. Let's stop blaming other people for how I feel. Let's stop blaming other people for my life.
But the idea that one is to not blame yourself evil is to get rid of blame. Because as long as you've got blame In your head, in your mind, in your heart, I blame you You're to blame on to blame this is to blame. You never free from it. As long as you got blame going on, in never free from that blame. You're always blaming someone else or they blame they're blaming you. You're blaming then you're blaming yourself, you might be around people. Blame is a learned thing, isn't it? It's not something we born with.
You know, if a baby's sucking on a mother's bosom, and the mother is for ever reason unable to produce enough milk. For the baby, that happens sometimes it's just a physical thing can be temporary could be a condition but whatever reason, you know, maybe it can produce quite enough milk for the baby. The baby doesn't stop staring and pointing at the mother. That's your fault. That is your fault. That's not how babies think. We're not born to think that way.
That is taught by the parents. We're doing a bit of it when we get older,
but which way we go is really dependent on who we're around. If you meet someone in their 50s or 40s and they're always blaming other people we blame You're to blame one to blame, you're to blame. Guaranteed me the parents, the parents would probably be the same woollett brothers sisters Southern they'll be different but they still be there an underlying and blame kind of little lane culture within that person's life. Whether it's friends, work colleagues, whatever.
So for me the freedom of not blaming others is not blaming yourself. But is that the same is not you know is is that the same is not taking any responsibility. It can kind of feel like that con it. So I'm not going to blame yourself there for I'm not responsible for anything I
do.
Wow. Thanks, JJ. No. Although I have done that in the past, I have kind of gone down that road
of literally just like taking no responsibility. But it's free in is it feels free in for a short time. Then you end up Well, you're no longer an adult. If you think that way. You know, if you want to think if you want to be, you're no longer an adult, in fact, your won't be the way to explain to someone that takes no responsibility for anything they do. You're not to blame for any of their own actions. Like go with a sledgehammer and smashing someone's windscreen, and saying was amazing was the Mr. Or maybe I'm not a fault of this. I'm not fault. Sometimes. That's, I think, why people like the idea that everything's planned, the whole life is planned ahead of them. And they have is a journey and they've got no control over what happens and is going to happen anyway. Okay, fair enough. So what you know this, let's see, what's going to happen is you're going to get married, you're gonna have kids, you're going to go on a cruise, you're going to do all these things. Okay? All the things you do before the age of 60. So that to a 20 year old, so that's what's gonna happen. Yeah. When I just lay in bed for next 40 years. See what actually happens. Don't ever leave your house, stay in your bed. If he's still alive and sit for years, obviously if he lived that kind of lifestyle. Tell me about a cruise your head about the wife or husband, children. What none of that happened. We're sure you would have met the love of your life by sitting in your room. never leaving your house? What help you know, this is back in the days before the internet as well. I suppose there are ways around it. I thought oh, that'd be a bit weird. But it probably our ways of meeting people. But it's not quite the same as it thing is you might meet someone online but you don't know this smelly or not? Do you see what lovely with Mr. A bad breath, they might be smelly. They might pick their nose? All the things I do, it might be like me. So just because you see a picture of someone on a telephone,.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/213-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-talking-about-bereavement-grief-feeling-jason-newland-3rd-december-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can
safely Close your eyes. There may be background sounds, only a few little bits sounded my neighbor turn on the bathroom light. a ridiculous amount of times. But other than that, nothing too much. I'm recording this at 525 in the morning. Purposely with the hope that it will be fairly quiet.
Andre is asleep. So I'm hoping he's going to stay asleep for the duration of this recording. If he wakes up, then I'll have to press pause and stick him in the bedroom or something.
Yeah, this is gonna be a relaxation session and a sleep session. Because these are my favorite, well, the favorite ones that people seem to like, it gives you an option to relax. Plus the option to drift to sleep. And there'll be two different versions. One with music, one without music and the one with music in the music is provided by Kevin MacLeod. And the details are in the description of the podcast. The one with music will be two hours long. The one without music will be of no idea how long at this point, could be anything up to 14 minutes, 15 minutes long. It might be 20 minutes long. It depends. It's I'm trying aiming to make more longer recordings. In a sense of you know, for these type of recordings 20 minutes doesn't seem enough. It might well be enough, but just think it's nice to have the option to listen for, you know, 40 minutes or so. Because that seems like a nice amount of time. I think 14 minutes sometimes 50 minutes. Anything more than an hour of me talking is was doable and I can do it's just I'm worried about the people listening. I mean, does anyone want to listen to me talking for an hour
is so go to my let me bore you to sleep podcast. Every day I talked for over an hour on there. I just talk drivel and nonsense for an hour on these recordings. It's more focused and the focus is relaxation. The focus of this recording is also to help you sleep. And if you're listening just for the relaxation, then I would say advise to set your alarm to wake
you up because there's a good chance that once you're in the flow of the recording and you're kind of joined that wave of increase increased comfort splashing against your brain. Massage in your brain You just may find that you get washed away into a deep healing sleep. So in a way, the The only real side effect of listening to this is you may fall asleep. And that might be might not be what you want. So it's worth just keep them attracted that of course have a side effects that you want will be relaxing. And this so much involved in relaxing, so much involved so many positive benefits to you, to your body, to physical health to your mental health benefits when you relax. And I know that some people, some people will actually say out loud
to another person that they don't know how to relax. Or do they calm relax? Okay, well, if you hold on to that one that they can, they can relax.
But they're believing the stronger that they believe that the more chances that they will resist. So if you're in that category, as someone who believes something that is it's not really true, but it you've had enough evidence, you know, you've had enough evidence to believe that. For example, if someone was to spend all their time around thieves, they would undoubtedly believe that no one is to be trusted. And everybody is a thief. Even though that thinking is completely wrong, they are wrong. The evidence they're being presented with thus far I've used the word thus far before is that they're correct. Because that's their experience. So someone has experienced pretty much stress and tension throughout their life. The idea of being able to relax may seem alien to them. I've worked in quite a high stress environments in the past. And I've worked in very relaxed ones as well. So both worked in high stress. And in some ways, I had to stop doing that job. Because I got ill but in some ways, it was quite nice being in that kind of environment because it was alive. It was there was lots of energy. Always positive energy of medley. But there was you know, there was definitely wasn't Yeah, it wasn't boring that often because of the energy. Which is weird because the actual job itself was quite a boring job. But because of the pressure, it was a sales environment. It it meant the boredom didn't get chance to really set in Again, boredom isn't necessarily an antidote for stress. Boredom can cause stress can increase stress. So boredom, you know, doesn't mean you're going to be relaxed, unless you choose to let go. So there's gonna be people listen to this Hello to all of you, as some believing that they can't relax. But I would say that that's not true. Not in a sense of Liar, liar pants on fire.
But just everybody relaxes. Some point. And relaxing doesn't mean necessarily sitting in a chair, and just melting into the chair.
And your mind going completely blank. And, you know, the sensation that the roof of your house is just, you know, come off, and this is big, some five times bigger than normal shining on your face.
You know, it's, it can feel like that. It doesn't have to. And sometimes it's the small bits of it relief. That can be the most pleasant sensation, again, sit into a chair. When you get home from where have you been, if
you've been doing walking, you've been out working, you've been, you know, you've been on your feet,
or you've been busy. You sit down and the chair supports your body. And that, take a deep breath is something that people have been doing, probably for millions of years.
Long before you know, a yogi came along in the 60s and said, you'll take a deep breath and relax as your body and your mind is people already knew to automatically do that.
We already know how to breathe. We already know how to appreciate the sensation of breathing. Whether it's through your mouth, or through your nose. I personally don't think it really matters. Which way you breathe. If you breathe for your mouth or for your nose. Some people have only got very, very tiny nostrils. So or they might have a blocked nose, you know, because for whatever reason. Maybe there used to be a box. So I've got I've got a friend too. He can't breathe through his nose because of his nose was damaged, fighting. So he breezed through his mouth. It's okay. It doesn't matter how the breath gets into your body as long as it gets in. So this idea of mouth breathers are somehow being a bad thing. I don't buy into that. I think it's just rude. Actually. Rude of people to be rude towards people that breathe through their mouth. Why is there a big gap there? It's not just for eating, you know? What else is it therefore? It's not eating to breathe in.
Which means we can make use of it quite like feeling the air when I brave, the the coolness of the air. So I'm breathing through my nose now. And that's a particular sensation. You don't get to do it anything else. I mean, literally, you can do a million different things. But that's the only time you get that sensation of when you breathe through your nose, and you notice it and you focus upon it
to feed into the air touching the ground into the nostrils, and I suppose touching the walls of the nose, the insides of the nose, you said sensation. And that may be different, depending upon the temperature, it may be different depending on the state of your nose, that you know, if someone has got a cold, or they got blocked nose, they can't maybe only be able to get the oxygen into one nostril. Or maybe it's this cooking being done. You can smell you can have that, that same feeling physical feeling, but there'll be a smell of the food smell different and it will feel different. Sometimes just by focusing on your breath, whether it's for your nose or for your mouth, it really can relax your entire body. For me, there's a big does feel a lot different breathing through my mouth, that through my nose because the tongue it's got so many nerve endings and there's a guess also the taste buds
are nice when I breathe in my mouth the air goes in and of course you know that the idea of breathing is for the air to go down your windpipe into your lungs. Sometimes I noticed the some of the air seems to just bounce around my mouth a little bit you know sort of touching motif and bouncing off my tongue.
Sometimes that could feel nice in itself. So in fact, I'm not in that moment, really breathe in in a real way not pleasing, you know inhaling the oxygen and then exhaling I'm also almost playing with the air move my lips apart my jaw apart from side to side, my tongue and this is invisible you know this word to the human eye anyway, this is just just oxygen. Just air the thing that we depend upon we take it fun not take You could find a job but we take it for granted.
Which is normal. You know, that thinker I think it'd be madness spending all your day thanking, saying thank you for every breath. Thanks for that. Cheers. Thanks for that brief as nice. Yeah, that was good as well. They care save journey that gets tedious after a while we can feel grateful for our breath. Although that can be a weird kind of concept, even saying it out loud.
Because logically makes logical sense to be grateful for the thing that we need, you know, we can go a certain amount of time without
eating, we can go certain people talk about that that may? Or how long can you go about eating? How many days? How many? How many hours.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/212-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-the-power-of-breathing-relaxes-you-helps-you-sleep-jason-newland-1st-december-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. And I'll take the headphones off. There you go. Right. There'll be two versions of this one with background music. One without the background music is provided by Kevin MacLeod details in description. The, that'll be about two hours long. And if you listen to this is going to be relaxation and sleep session. If you're listening just for the relaxation, I would suggest setting your alarm as well as if you're you know, because you might fall asleep. Okay. If you're listening to go to sleep, and to maybe stay asleep, then you know, don't set your alarm. So I said now there's a chance of background sound, unfortunately, the neighbors downstairs like their music and possibly have hearing issues? I don't know. So I can't you know, I can't blame them for that. So I've been waiting all day to my recording. And it's now what is it 521. And this, you know, I don't know if the microphone picks up that stuff. But I can hear it. So hopefully, you can ignore it. If the if it's too. Too much, then I might not do a version of this with background music, you can just have that.
Which brings me to noisy neighbors is one of my little pet peeves. I'm not so bad, really these days doesn't bother bug, bug me bug me the way it used to. But you know, when it comes to things like relaxation, there's so much more to it than just relaxing. There's so much more to it than you know, maybe falling asleep. There's, there's the effects has on you afterwards, not just when you're listening to the recording. There's the effects it has on your body, your mind the way that you respond maybe to issues of anger, or conflict, or things just not going the way you'd like them to go. And that word respond as opposed to react. Because if we live our lives, just reacting all the time. We're basically a very primitive animal. You know, that we that's all we are. We did basically just crocodiles, or rabbits in the field, we're not, you know, if all we do is react to what's going on. Then, where, you know, we're not very evolved as people now, and people that react all the time, they are properly problematic. They're problematic lives. Their lives are difficult for themselves. And for anyone that comes in contact with them. They're among the worst friends to have. Even though they're at times or maybe absolutely wonderful. But someone's constantly reacting to everything that you say to them. Like what do you mean by that? What do you mean by that? You know, it's it gets draining and Imagine how it must be for them to be constantly reacting, the the energy, the anxiety, the stress of constantly the body changing, going into panic mode, because they feel they're under attack, when they're not, is awful. And I've kind of been there, I used to be very reactive, less so now, but I was never at the point of being, you know, like them reactive all the time, I was never quite there. But then no one's all the time anything Are they really by wasn't a I didn't end up going to prison, I end up doing bad things because I was feeling under attack. And, you know, I wasn't quite, I was nowhere near that level. And it must be horrible for those people that go through that on a daily basis. But it's a horrific for those that have to deal with those people. And that's one of the things that is a little bit too boom in mental health times, you know, the it's almost been taboo in the past, to really even talk about mental illness. Now it's become more of a almost like, like, you must, we must talk about it. So almost compulsory to a level you know, there's only a certain amount, no, don't go into too much detail. But people are seem to be more open with the effects mental illness has on them. What doesn't seem to get addressed, is the effects mental illness has on society and on the Friends of family of those that are
just being however they are. And that's something I'm not really going to talk about that in this but it's something might be worth thinking about. Thinking about the awful, possibly horrendous emotional effects somebody's illness has had on another person. You know, especially when it comes to like the STI extreme final that might happen, you know, it doesn't seem to be a huge amount of support out there for people that are dealing with somebody that is mentally ill as well as not really a huge amount of support for people that are mentally ill not really i mean is improved is is gone downhill with the Coronavirus times, but you know, it's improved probably over the last 20 years or so. So it's not just people that have mental illness doesn't just affect people that are diagnosed with mental illness or mental health issue. That stuff is is way bigger than that. way bigger, and they are the people that also need you know, the support is the parents, the children. The people that work with me working with someone that's continuously reactive. Because let's face it, most people that are mentally mentally have mental health issues are not diagnosed. I'd say probably most people don't even go to the doctor because they just think this is how I am. This is who I am. I'm just naturally an arsenal. This is how I am I'm better than everyone else. I'm this I'm there, not realizing that that is a sign of being In mentally ill being delusional, having possibly psychosis. So it's a weird one, because I personally, I've met a lot of people with mental health issues, and in some ways they seem to be the more sane ones, the more common ones, then the people that don't even believe in mental illness. It's kind of interesting, really. And I think there's something about facing, facing our self, actually, looking at ourselves, and the thing of mental illness used was they usually, but not always, is, you get a chance to actually see yourself, but not with delusions. You know, do you get to see yourself as you really are, if, you know, perhaps the person is not on medication, or it just got, they've got deluded thinking, which is something that I'm not going to say the majority of people, but probably everybody is deluded in some way. Some people thinking, oh, they're the best at something, when they're clearly not. Well, they deserve everything that everybody else has. And why should they work for it, they'll just take it. So that's every thief in the world, we're not the world, let's say this country, some parts of the world, you need to still breads to live to eat, to live, but not here. The people all got no money. Well, if you didn't take drugs, or if you didn't smoke cigarettes, or drink alcohol, you would be able to give your children breakfast cereal,
which costs what a pound you know. So it's not everyone. In these times, people have obviously lost everything, lost their jobs, don't have any money. But I'm pretty sure that I would always be able to feed my children, if I had children
might not be the greatest food in the world, but it would be something a bowl of breakfast cereal costs pennies, literally. So there's a lot of delusion out there. The last victim being victims. I'm a big name should be a song made for that. And I've been there I love I loved being a victim. I still do sometimes. everybody else's fault. I don't have to take responsibility for anything. And I is, but when you I suppose is sometimes easier for people when they're younger. I think it was easier for me when I was younger, to be evicted than it is now. That 50 I think back and think well realistic realistically, the last time anyone even really hurt me is a long time ago. You know the chart people if 50 I'm not going to get anyone even be rude to you. In a sense if you're you're almost invisible to society. So that brings on different issues, of course, possibly. This stuff that I used to be a victim for, you know, this happened when I was a kid and I went and did this and I was in children's homes and I thinking that was like 4043 44 years ago. That's a long time. Long time. Doesn't mean it's not important or it didn't affect me because I know it did. Hugely affected me
And still does to a degree. They can't affect me the way it did. Is it just calm anymore? It's too long ago. But part of that is because I've addressed it. I've not cured it. I've not stopped it from having happened.
But when you evict him, when you stay a victim, you can't move on. You can't grow. He can't recover. He'll always be a victim. That will be it until you choose not to. That's the thing. No one can take that victimization away from you. I know people who are in their 40s the still think still victims, always. Everyone blames me for everything. Yeah, still a victim. They're unhappy. They're always going to be unhappy, as long as they think that way. You can't be a victim and be happy at the same time. And I think we have to break the victim up into two bits. There's the victim of a horrific situation of crime. Well, yeah, it's always a crime, isn't it? It's always vicious crime, that a person is a victim of whether it's sexual, whether it's physical, whether it's emotional. But, you know, so emotional trauma for one person isn't for another person. So it can be it can be different. So there was a point when that person was a victim, like legitimately a victim, and needed help at the time, and maybe for quite a long time afterwards, and very likely didn't get the help they needed. Very lightl.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/209-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-victim-mentality-emotional-abuse-never-again-caring-for-carers-22nd-november-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes.
Now, if you listen to me fairly regularly, you'll know that and if you listen to other people may be other
relaxation recordings, you'll know that I do things differently. It's perhaps not as structured as it could be, and perhaps not as structured is, other people do it. But it flows. And it's it's very conversational. And a generally don't ask you to really do anything I might do on might sort of say, you know, think of this and base, you're not needing to really concentrates in any great way throughout the recording, because I've heard just the way I do it, and part of the process of this being a relaxation session at the beginning, lead into a sleep session at the end. Now, you can set your alarm to wake you up. If you're listening solely for the relaxation. There's two versions one wave one without music, the music by Kevin MacLeod, the one with that in the background is two hours long. So it gives you a little bit of variety. So you could listen for relaxation one day, and come back and maybe listen for the sleep. Or maybe you listen for the relaxation. And be surprised that actually you do drift off to sleep. Even though that was not your intention. You may be listening because you're just you know, your stress levels are too high and you you want you need to release the tension from your body. And maybe your mind is almost seems like it's throwing negativity at you. bombarding you almost. You need that to calm down. You need that to slow down. And some people when they're going through a tense period in their life may struggle to let that go. Or they may in the past found that they struggled to let go of those thoughts at night when they want to go to sleep. So though, as I have progressed over the last 15 years, doing recordings online, I've come to realize that actually relaxation sessions and sleep sessions are not really that much different. In a sense of with a predominantly just asleep session, I'll be focusing on sleep the whole time, right from beginning but then, so often there would be the focus of progressive relaxation of the body and the slowing down of your mind which is a relaxation session. So now I tend to do both at the same time. So you have the option I hope that makes sense. And that's a lot of waffle. But that's what I do best I waffle on waffle waffle waffle, lots and lots of words. But the intention behind this, and every recording is for you to feel better at the end of it than you did before, you decided to press the play button on this recording.
That's the the bottom line really is the very least, I wish is that you feel more relaxed, even if it's just slightly more relaxed than you did before you decided to listen to my voice and allow allow my ideas, my words, to affect how you're feeling in a positive way. And you may find just in the first five minutes of me doing this introduction where I haven't read, Donald said anything, really. But you may find that you feel more relaxed, you may be surprised that you feel more relaxed. If you're a regular listener, you may just just be used to. He may that's a thing though, as well because the more often you listen, the easier you find it to feel really relaxed. And also to drift off to sleep. The more often you listen to my voice hear me there's almost a like a light switch. So when you press that play button, there's that connection, that physical movements even though it's just a screen on a phone or, or iPad or tablet, maybe a computer, wherever you're listening to this on maybe television, but there's just like a play. The processes just pressing play can have almost a neurological connection to you and your body relaxing like a trigger to your spine to send those messages of calmness to every part of your body. And then your mind automatically starts to slow down anyway because when your body is relaxing, your mind also follows becomes more relaxed. When your mind becomes more relaxed, your body automatically follows and this is just something that happens naturally. doesn't make me a wizard. For doing it. It just happens naturally happens to everybody. When your mind feels relaxed, your body will feel more relaxed, which then relaxes your mind because they're connected. And it's worth remembering that our heads and our bodies are one of separate things. They're not separate is a thing called a neck that connects them the spinal cord you know the all the the edge, the edge tubes and all that's stuff is not a separate thing. And I think sometimes I think of the head has been separate to the body. But it's not, it's really not. And let's face it, the body wouldn't be anything without the brain. Without the spinal cord, there wouldn't be, the body would be doing nothing. But then without the body, what would the brain have to do?
So you know, the brain needs the body, the body needs the brain. So is connected. So your little toe on your left foot is connected to your right here. neurologically connected, because it's the same body. And it may seem strange, that I would start talking about little toes and ears and stuff. But something valuable. I believe in making friends with your body, and making friends with your brain. Which may seem like a very strange idea. That way, when you think about who are you closest to in the world, then your own body, yourself, your brain, your city only thoughts that you ever hear. Your physical experiences are the only physical experiences you ever experience. You don't know what it feels like, for someone else's right foot. You got to know what it feels like when you wiggle your own toes. You don't know what it feels like for someone else. We can assume that it's exactly the same as it is for us. But that's just the assumption. So to make friends with yourself, would be literally making friends with your best friend is just acknowledging that you are the only person that you spend 24 hours a day with every day of your life. You don't do that with anybody else. You'll never know anyone else as deeply as you know yourself. So maybe it makes sense to make friends with this person that it's almost like you're chained together. You know, you can't escape yourself. But somehow where you go, you're there. And the idea that the thoughts that we have are out of our control the the brain and the mind is something completely separate from us. When it is us and perhaps by making friends with your own mind. Things start to calm down. Because it's sometimes feels that for a situation for example, when you're in bed and your mind's overactive which is something to be grateful for, in one sense that you are able to have a very active mind and that's a sign of health. That's a sign that you're that your brain is working. You may not enjoy the the actual product that's being created as it were If you're watching television, you miss the TV programs you might think, don't like this channel. Change the channel, once you realize is actually you, your mind that you're actually producing the programs yourself. We firstly you don't have to watch any program you don't like. And secondly, if you don't like the program, you could change the channel or you could just stop making the program
start to eliminate the negative thoughts. And this isn't something that has to happen all at once.
It's okay to have negative thoughts, we all have it. It's okay to have all thoughts. You're a human being we have all kinds of weird thoughts, lovely forts, scary thoughts, all kinds of stuff.
But there is a time and a place when you realize that actually you're the boss. And you choose to have some space where your mind slows down. And there's just not much going on. In your mind, as your mind relaxes as your body relaxes. And it's not about repressing thoughts of feelings is just taking a break from them for a period of time, whether it be half an hour, one hour,
two hours listening to this recording, maybe eight hours whilst you sleep. So you're not turning off your brain, you're not turning off your thoughts, which is taking a break or taking a holiday deciding the you deserve to enjoy those natural abilities that you have inbuilt. Such as relaxation, just in the same way you have inbuilt within you the ability to be happy to be excited. Also to get angry, you've got the ability to do lots of different things, and to experience all types of emotions.
But there's a time and a place where you can give free rein to those thoughts and emotions. And meditation can be quite a nice place for that. Maybe you sit down and just allow all those thoughts to come. Let them just express themselves. And that could be a recording another time. In fact,
by now. You don't need to do anything. There's nothing that's important enough to get in the way of your comfort. Anything that needs your attention. And I'm not even going to pretend that is nothing important going on. Because we all have important stuff. And there may be some huge stuff going
on for you. That's not relevant right Now regardless of how important it is, you just let that go for now, is still gonna be there. When you open your eyes still gonna be there when you finish relaxing, or when you've woken up from a deep healing sleep, the different says, your mind will feel different, your body will feel more relaxed, your mind will feel more concentrated. The cr.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/208-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-making-friends-with-yourself-relax-sleep-jason-newland-19th-november-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. This is going to be a relaxation slash sleep recording. So if you're listening for relaxation, but I have other things to do afterwards, then please set your alarm. Otherwise you may drift to sleep. And relaxation is generally the precursor to form asleep and listening to my recordings, my relaxation recordings, there's a very high percentage chance that you will drift off to sleep. It's a bit like a weather forecast there, wasn't it a higher chance of sleep? So it's not the worst? side effect is it? I guess? Unless of course you don't want to fall asleep. Then my suggestion is you listen to this sitting in the chair upright with armrests so that when you fall asleep, you don't
you don't fall out of the chair. But lying down listening to me talking is I don't even like this thing to myself but I fall asleep listening
in it's I don't know, maybe I do have the most boring voice on the planet. But
for some reason, some reason. When you listen to me, something activates it's almost like a factory, like a big big factory that closes on a Friday afternoon until Monday morning. Because it's such a big big factory with 1000s of workers.
The closing down process on a Friday afternoon is quite a big deal. Because everything is gradually closed down and switched off every light every piece of machinery or safely switched off and checked that it was switched off. So when you listen to me, it's almost like that process gets activated. And even if you were to just lie there listening to me see lying down on your bed. You feel more comfortable than you did. And you're thinking to yourself, I can just lie here and almost be defiant. What would be the point but you know this stuff on television to watch There'd be no point in lying down, listen to me thinking, I'm not going to allow myself to be relaxed and sleepy. There'd be no point. But, you know, the fact is, if you was to do that, you would become relaxed. And you would feel sleepy. If at the ball, you tried to deny yourself the opportunity to relax deeply, the more relaxed you become. Because even if you'd consciously in your mind was thinking, I don't want to relax, you're out voted a million to one. Because your body wants to relax, and your mind wants to relax. Your brain wants to relax all the muscles in your body, your skin. Yeah, different organs in your body, they want to just relax a little bit. That's why your stomach doesn't want you to be eating all the time. It needs time to relax. It can't be on full engine all the time, like the hearts always pop in
the stomach. doesn't work that way. So once to this base, bit time to relax. When your body relaxes, your heart doesn't have to do so much.
The rest of your organs and your lungs and everything just calms down.
Because it's what you need. It's not about what you want. It's about what you need. Just like that factory B factory, closing down on a Friday, opening up again on a Monday.
But because they closed at the weekends, they can't leave machinery running. They can't leave lights on it cost of fortune. So everything has to be shut down. Everything needs to be shut down. And it's quite a nice process for the workers as well. Because there might be it's old winding down where everything comes to almost an automatic stop. There's something quite beautiful. I've worked in factories for years and years. In my earlier life. Something really wonderful when a loud machine, a noisy machine gets switched off. Or the ventilator system or the refrigeration system or whatever it is. It gets switched off in this that is almost blissful feeling. And it feels like silence. And you could be talking with your colleagues. It could be six of you in a room or talking about the choir and how lovely is here there's six people talking so clearly it's not quiet in that room. But that feeling of calmness is so strong that you're not even notice in your voice or the other people's voices. You're just noticing the calmness in your own body. And mind may sometimes almost feel like the, our minds a reflection of the outer world. So someone's got a busy life, they might have a busy mind. If there's so much going on, they might have feel a lot going on inside themselves.
And it's not fair to say that's always the case, because there's people that maybe don't work and don't do much all due to illness yet, they still got a lot going on in their mind.
But there's something to be said for walking out to the busy environment could be something as simple as walking off of a bus, busy bus, busy train, like a tube train or underground train
or a nightclub, you're somewhere or is somewhere where there's lots of people talking or maybe music. And then you walk outside. And there's a pleasurable feeling in your ears. There's a pleasurable feeling
in your chest and your muscles. It's almost instant sense, relaxation. Also in your mind as well, there's that calmness. And I'm pretty certain that your ears will also be very happy. Just to have that break. Feels nice. As you think about that shutting down of the factory, and you're halfway through it now. And I suppose the last things to be turned off would be the lights, machineries turned off, everything's cleaned down.
And the further you get the closer you get to the end of the day, the end of the shutting down process, the slower things go. And it's not enough work for everybody. Some people standing around just chatting. Other people may be doing a bit sweeping
might be a couple of people even just reading books for the last 20 minutes and that calmness. It's about the fee. It's about really noticing that release, and it can't necessarily easily be pinpointed where that release valve
is and if you are able to then that will give you an advantage because you could just use that whenever you needed. In fact, you could replace it now with an overflow. And like you have in sinks and baths, and overflows, so so that your stress levels can never get above a certain level before naturally releasing, being released from your body being let out, being forced out, in fact, evacuated. And the good thing about this overflow is you can go anywhere in your body or your mind or your head doesn't matter. It's in your mind where you imagined it is. So where is it nice part of your body for tension to leave your body for you. And I realized that me asking you questions. Maybe it is strange as you may be drifting a bit, for coming back to hearing me. And then maybe drifting again, as a sense of comfort, continues to increase. And that comfort and deep relaxation, the deeper it gets, the more naturally it leads to just drifting off to sleep
as just a natural process. But you're matching your body, the top of your head, all the way down to different parts. Where would it feel really nice, or where do you
naturally expect stress to be released from for example, top of your head or your fingertips or chest, stomach, shoulders back of the neck. Where's a place that you may be have already noticed in the past, your stress levels reduce and being released from your body. And if you want to, you can attach this overflow. So you're updating it updating and attaching replacing it with this overflow. Which means you no longer need to give it any of your attention.
You don't need to do anything. And you can set the level you can set the level of the overflow. So stress levels from one to 10. You can decide what number
you allow the stress to get to before the stress overflows and is released from your body and your mind
released from your body and your mind. And you can pick a number that suits you. Now as you see that number in your mind Snap done that overflows now connected to that part of your body permanently on automatic, so you don't need to do single thing. You don't need to do anything. Because anytime the stress level gets to the point that you have already decided
the overflow will release it will be gone from your body and your mind will be gone released and you'll be free from it as your relaxation levels increase so that overflow can actually give you physical pleasure as you've noticed, whenever negativity or stress is released, positivity and deep relaxation
enters your body and mind positivity and deep healing relaxation and your body and mind filling you with so much energy so much leisure and calmness should you continue to relax deeply. And maybe you're not really taking or paying as much attention to my voice as you were
at the beginning of the recording. That sensation of drifting which is fairy very natural seems to happen more often. And there's a certain feeling right at the back of your head, inside your brain right at the back it feels
and that part of your brain when focused upon some movies and seems to increase that level of drifting almost like a mind becomes blank. And your body just doesn't seem to exist or they you know does but it's not not connected to this feeling in your head, the back of your head do focus in on safety To be very separate so relaxing, completely uninterested anything else other than just drifting to sleep drifting away drift in a very nice calming feeling to notice relaxation and so easily in to sleep she focus on that feeling in the back of your head can notice this pleasurable pleasurable feeling of abandonment in a sense like you're aban.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/207-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-relaxation-overflow-drifting-to-sleep-feeling-jason-newland-18th-november-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name's Jason Newland. This is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please, I need listen when you can safely Close your eyes. This recording is for relaxation and sleep. And if you're listening just for the relaxation, I suggest you maybe set your alarm to wake you up if you have other things to do. And there'll be two versions of this recording one with one without music, the music one in the background, we'll be two hours long. And the music is provided by Kevin MacLeod. And that's open source. So you can check out the details, the copyright details for that in the detail. Yes, description, part of the podcast. And also the website address as well. incompetech.com. See, you can check out other recordings that Kevin MacLeod produces. Now I thought it'd be quite nice to just spend some time getting in touch with how you feel. emotionally. And this might be the opposite to what you would like to do. In a sense of sometimes, I suppose sometimes relaxing, or doing a relaxation session can almost be a distraction from our thoughts. From what we're thinking from what we are feeling. Now, I don't necessarily think that blocking or ignoring our feelings is necessarily useful or helpful or healthy. Especially not long term, short term. Sometimes you just want to relax, and To hell with all that stuff. And I can understand that. I'm very much that way myself. You know, doesn't said this isn't about it's not about getting in touch with some deep, deep kind of held back. emotions that you've not been able to allow yourself to experience is not about trauma. It's not about childhood stuff. It's not about any of that kind of things. It's not about even relationship issues. It's just about how you feel right now. How you emotionally feel right now that we spend. If you listen to my recordings regularly, we spend a lot of time focusing on how you feel physically.
Doing body scans doing just, you know, maybe manipulating how you feel sure Ange in how you feel, you know, calming down the stress, changing the physical sensations. Now, we can also do that with your emotions. There's no difference, you have an emotional body as well as a physical body. And some would say the emotions, some emotions are actually held also within your physical body.
So what we're going to do is actually go down that route, that route that direction, as in
exploring the physical emotions connected with the different parts of the body, as well as your mind. As you know,
I want to say x law, we're going to do an emotional scan. And it's the same as a body scan in theory. But a different says we're focusing solely on emotions, we're focusing on the emotional, x perience. And sensations that you are experiencing in this moment when you focus on those particular
body parts. So that at this point, we're not going to try to manipulate or change those feelings. those emotions, it's much more about accepting that this is how you are feeling now. And it's okay. It's okay. And to tell yourself that it is okay. To feel the way that you're feeling which then takes removes the stress from that emotion removes the guilt that may be associated removes the blame. That may be there removes the past emotional issues connected removes any future expected emotional pain because that's not valid hasn't happened. And why only focus in on what's happening now. Just now there's something quite nice about giving yourself that time to to just be with yourself without any expectations, or judgments because it really is time to drop the judgments about yourself to end with Laming because when you stop finding ways to blame yourself, then you you break that pattern. Maybe you stop blaming other people for things. And the less blame there is the more chance of a happiness especially in relationships, because let's face it, nobody likes to be blamed. Regardless if it was their fault, or their error, or their misjudgment. The feeling of being blamed by another person is horrible. The feeling of being blamed by our cells is equally horrible, unpleasant, painful, in fact, and unnecessary. unnecessary. But you're lucky because you have, we have a choice where you can decide in this moment to focus just on the reality of what's happening now. on how you feel emotionally, now, and this acceptance that you gain with every passing second that you listen to my voice actually
reduces stress increases relaxation, not just emotionally. Also physically, your whole body de stresses he can even feel it in your breathing, the sun thing has changed. for the better. There's this positive aura surrounding your body. It feels nice. He really feels nice. And this relaxation then naturally turns to that familiar feeling of drifting where your your mind says to have almost switched its self off
to allow for that relaxing healing to take place uninterrupted in your body Your brain in your mind healing, progress in learning new pathways in your brain to get from the feeling of being stressed to the feeling of relaxation, much quicker, much easier to relax to the point where actually as the future hours and days roll by, you can maybe notice that is it almost an like an automatic response to negative thoughts an automatic response to stress and tension where it just seems to enter your thoughts and then it gets transformed into positive relaxation or almost, it's in one window in out of the next
unable to really make any kind of effect or impression
because you've decided yourself how you wish to feel and how you wish to live your life feeling more relaxed more of the time and being able to just drift off to sleep when you choose to let go completely feed and safe feeling at peace within yourself with a sense of calmness that starts to spread throughout your body. A calmness that spreads throughout your mind. She realized that time seems to just stood still and their sense of relief both physically and emotionally. Since just be here, feeling your body up slowly or as quickly as you allow it to. feels really nice as you actually scan through your body starting with your face, shoulders, arms, chest bear Hips, legs, and feet. The emotions connected to all of those body parts naturally relaxing, relax and feels really good as she can move for profound need needing to move at all. not needing surely to anything and nice. Much nicer than nice It's a feeling of real safety and calmness and that feeling of not being judged or blamed. Raise you for the CIA free to be happy.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/206-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-emotional-scan-to-relax-sleep-jason-newland-17th-november-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, there may be background sounds, which there's not a lot I can really do about, I don't have the control over other people that I wish that hypnotists could, or, you know, you know, in the movies, you know, hypnotist can make everyone do what they want. No, otherwise I'd be sitting on a chair made of money
wasn't supposed to happen was playing the microphone. So this is going to be a technique or relaxation technique that you can use. So it's going to be a short recording, not going to be a lot involved.
It's going to be a bit weird, you know that song, Head, shoulders, knees and toes, it's going to be that it's not going to be a song. But you are going to say the names of your body, the names of the body parts rather, to yourself, with your eyes closed. Of course, you can do this have your eyes open, if you want to do so you know, but don't do it while you're doing something else, you know, if you were sitting, let's say, on a train, and you don't want to close your eyes or wherever, you can still do it. But I think it's quite nice to go inwards. So not having the visual distraction. Because you still have the the background sounds. So you know, if you want to train, you'll hear the train, you'll hear the people talking, they won't matter. You might hear someone China's slamming the door continuously downstairs doesn't matter. It's annoying, but it's you know, doesn't have to get in the way of feeling relaxed. Because for me, part of getting more relaxed isn't about laying down and just zonked out completely. Where every single muscle in your body melts like butter in the sun. Because for two reasons, really, first of all, that isn't it's important to know that that's not the only sign of relaxation. It's a brilliant sign of relaxation. You know, it's it's like, wow, it's a lovely feeling. But we don't have always the option to do that. You may be at work and you have a 15 minute coffee break. Or you know your your lunch break. You might not have the ability to go home, lie down for half an hour, and relax completely. I had a job once years ago where I lived around a corner from the job. And that's exactly what I did. I went home and I just lay down and I did a lot of body scan and relax completely. The only problem with that is I didn't want to go back to work if I wanted to go to sleep, which wasn't, you know, allowed because I had to go back to work. So it's nice if you can reduce some stress. It's not always about reducing all of the stress is about if you can take the edge off. If you can feel more comfortable, more relaxed, maybe more alert. So this is something you can do when perhaps anytime you want. And you can do it for as long as you want. I mean the initial initial stages, couple of minutes, maybe a minute. But then you know you can then if you want to repeat the process. You can do that as well. So it's up to you. You're the boss So it really is as simple as naming the parts of your body. with your eyes closed, and you say internally as well Don't, don't need to shout out, I use shoulders, his eyes, shoulders, it could get to the point where you don't even need to even bother with a mic, just focus on the parts of your body.
And when you focus on those parts, they'll just automatically release the tension. It just happens. It's one of the is a body scan thing. When you when you scan your body, you your body automatically relaxes. So it's a meditation technique. And some people will fall asleep, including me when they do the body scan. So this isn't a recording for sleep, this is to reduce tension, or to reduce stress. And the more you do it, the longer you do it, you know, if you keep repeating it for let's say 10 minutes, 20 minutes even. Chances are, you would fall asleep if you did that, especially if you're lying down. But the longer you do it, the more relaxed you become. What you might find, what you might find is, if it's daytime and you're having a, you're in a break from work, or you're out for the day with your family, and you're just able to have five minutes to yourself might be sitting on a toilet, who knows, you know, just a place where you can be on your own, if you can get that space. And what you might find is the tension releases really quickly. And you don't want to just sit there doing this, you don't really want to feel any more relaxed. And you don't want to go to sleep because you actually feel your energy returning the positive energy where you want to get on and do things and enjoy your day with your friends, your family or on your own or at work or whatever the situation may be. Whether you just want to get back to watching a TV show you're watching or you want to get back to get to the internet or do some housework or do the washing up and wherever are going to stop thinking of scenarios because there's millions in their feed in the donkey. Preparing the space shuttle for its next flight. I don't know depends what your job is. Depends what you do. What you're what your life is, you know. So I will stop blabbing on and I'm just going to close my eyes. And I will do it with you. So I'm gonna take the glasses off. Keep my nose arrest. They're not a heavy Boosie. Sometimes it's nice to just say if you're wearing glasses, like I wear glasses all day now. And it can feel quite nice to close my eyes teleclasses off first close my eyes. And at the moment, I'm wiggling my nose about when I say weekly, I mean it's not going all over the place. I'm not. I haven't got double jointed knows. But it's not as cute as bewitched. Remember the bill rich swears he didn't like little. But it's nice to sometimes I find even to just stretch your jaw a bit, raise your eyebrows, and that's before you even start the body scan. Before we even start focusing on a different parts of your body. Sometimes it's nice just to raise your shoulders and just holding there for a couple of seconds and let them drop or tense in your thigh muscles for a couple of seconds and just let them go. Or you arms and things like that when they Different relaxation techniques in their own sense anyway. So I'm sitting in a chair, I've got my eyes closed. So I'm just gonna focus on the different parts of my body. So first of all focus on my face. Sign tells forehead, eyes, jaw, nose is whatever else you got on your face, it's just that area.
So face, neck, back, your neck, your throat, and the size of your neck as well.
The next really important part of your body, which, if you ever have you ever had problems with your neck or maybe whiplash or even just slept a bit weird. You realize how important the neck is, you know. And it's holding this heavy, heavy head, head to very heavy and is holding it up all the time support in your head, the neck is amazing. Is is your is one of your best friends,
your neck. And then you can focus on your shoulders, arms, hands, fingers, chest, stomach, back. So you could move from the top of, you know, pretty much the top of your neck,
the back of your neck and then all the way down either side of your spine. So we got that area which is sort of near your shoulder blades, I guess. And then you've got the middle of your back and then you've got your lower back then you've got that area between your actual your body and your legs, the hips, where your buttock she'll grow in. So just focus on that area. And then you're down to your legs, feet and toes. This was only a few bits is quite quick. But as you focus on those parts, starting from one, you know, face and I guess each part has its own components. So forehead, eyes, jaw, mouth, tongue is you know, it's all kind of done at the same time. So, you can just say the word face then neck, shoulders, arms, hands and fingers. Chest stomach, back, Hips, legs, feet and toes. When you say when you say the different parts of your body say them gently. So when you say face say is almost as if you were talking to a small child like face, face.
Face it might sound a bit strange like why would I say like that but the gentler and the soft these say you you get a response, a physical and emotional response by being gentle Because you're not commanding your face to relax, in fact, you're not even asking your face to relax. You're just focusing on your face
and your neck to say neck, gently. shoulders, arms, hands and fingers. Focusing on each of those things that you say to yourself.
chest, stomach, back. Hips. Ne fi, and toes. face, neck, shoulders, arms and fingers. Chess didn't dumb. Back, Hips, legs, feet and toes. Now I'd like you to say the word the name of the different parts your body with an outbreath his face NEC show this fingers since that
lay the end. face, neck, shoulders, fingers, chairs in stomach. See and that's that's the process. Now you may choose to say it out loud if you're new.
saying the words with your outbreath it's up to you all feeling way more relaxed. Even though those background sounds from downstairs.
Still feel a sense of relaxation but also on a bit of energy as well. positive energy is there within me. That was quite nice. So that's it. just test it out. See how you get on.
I want to go. Thank you for listening. I'll speak to you very soon. And remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love bye.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/205-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-short-body-focus-to-reduce-stress-jason-newland-16th-november-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland. And this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks.
Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Just gonna do a body scan, focusing, first of all, the top of your head, we're going to move down to tips of your toes. And there will be two versions of this recording one with one without with music in the background. This is full relaxation and for sleep. So if you are just listening for the sleep, or if you're just listening to the relaxation, then you know, maybe set your alarm if you're just relaxing, if you have somewhere to be, you know in an hour to maybe set the alarm. Otherwise, you can just allow yourself to relax completely and drift off into a pleasant natural sleep. And even if this background sounds on my end or your end, it doesn't matter because that's just sound. And the only thing that you really need to listen to is just my voice. And the more you listen to my voice, the more you'll notice or bother, you won't notice anything else. And eventually your mind will stop listening to my voice and just start to drift and that's a sign drifting is a sign that your body is
relaxed enough for you in your mind to let go completely of everything. See you get to the point where nothing else matters. Nothing at all is important except the sense of relaxation and sleepiness, the feel. We'll ask you to focus on the top of your head and
not ask you to breathe in. When you breathe out, you can breathe out any of the stresses and tension for the top of your head and your scalp. When you breathe in, you can breathe in relaxation. Here heaving calmness, safety and sleepiness.
breathing into relaxation, exhaling, stress, anxiety and tension from your scalp as you breathe in and out few more times. Loud allowing the breath to be natural. So you're not controlling the breath or force in it. Just allowing it to be at its own pace. Breathing in relaxation into your scalp, breathing out any tension or stress out of your scalp. Breathe in and out a couple of more times. Now could focus on your forehead breathe in in relaxation and calmness, healing into your forehead and breathing out any tension stress or anxiety from your forehead. Breathing in safety and healing, relaxation. Breathing out tension and stress. relieving tension stress in and breathing out a couple of more times, naturally feeding the physical response to those parts of your body as you relax even more deeply with each breath. Focusing now on the back of your neck being aware of that area pretty much the the beginning of your spine, back of your neck support in your head and as you breathe then heaving, relaxing energy into the back of your neck. He can breathe out any tension stress or anxiety that was in the back of your neck before
he continued to feel more relaxed and sleepy. D comfort relaxation exhaling tension stresses and anxiety and any negativity preven out all that negativity. Breathing in positivity that spreads throughout your body to those places that we've not even that yet focused on.
start to feel more relaxed. Which is a nice feeling. As you continue to breathe, even in that relaxation and healing into the back of your neck, exhaling tension and stiffness
out of the back of your neck and breathe in a couple of more times naturally allowing those feelings to come and to go
noticing the freedom as that feeling of relaxation continues to spread through the rest of your body, the word no even focused on yet. As the feelings spreads from your neck, into your shoulders, and even No, we're not going to focus on your shoulders share. Just notice how they already start to relax. So now focus on the rest of your face. Your eyes in particular, your jaw, Tung a whole area of forehead, down to your chin. include in your throat, the front of your neck, which is already feeling more relaxed, because that sensation in the back of your neck that sense of safety, calmness and healing and relaxation has already spreaded size into the front of your neck. It's already spread in sinking deep into your shoulders. As you notice your eyes and your jaw even those separate parts of your face, there's that connection of D relaxation as you breathe in to your face, your eyes and your jaw. A sense of heaving comfort, deep, loving, healing, comfort and when you exhale, you let go of everything Everything is gone. When you breathe out all the tension stresses. Anxiety has left your face and then as of feeding continues to increase and spread down your body through your chest, your stomach and continuingly spread in in waves. A sense of safety, comfort, deep relaxation, spreading down your body, your chest, your stomach into your hips. The sea gently splashing against the beach gently comforting and massage in the sand. There's a muscles in your chest and your stomach can experience the breathing in deep relaxation increase in
that already positive sunny shoulders. You continue to breathe in that healing positivity of deep relaxation which is Safe and very much appreciated. so valuable to you. And even though we're not focusing really as yet, on your back,
you can remember the fee then stretch in your back and the comfort that comes from that. And when you stretch your back, even though you're not necessarily doing that now you can feel the sensations of comfort being passed on through your back as you breathe in
that deep comfort breathe in all those feelings of calmness and breathing out any negativity or stress, maybe the left sort of that can be removed and gone. Let go
completely. We'll focus in on your shoulders a little while ago. So just notice how your shoulders feel now. Even though we've given them no attention.
How much more relaxed and calm. You feel in your shoulders now.
Just naturally relax and calm. Nice. The natural relaxation and sleep is automatically there. available. sleepy. Spreading in three. Arms into your hands as you breathe in. Feelings of positivity. Comfort spread in oh I feel arms into and fingers like go safely That whole positivity to enter into my brain the relaxation in your head, your thighs and your legs. The whole your legs, including your calves and your shins and ankles. Prevent out any tension, negativity, any such thing. We particle, sinh t p. dp hang in all the love in the universe spreading fear Hey pay much positivity. your feets and your toes already breathe. jP jP I just lost the you're already the safe relaxation and say who even out and they remain Fuji. Still waving in the positivity but exhaling negativity exhaling anything that's no longer is as you let go completely continuing to let go and drift like drift and drift through he said the.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/204-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-breathing-out-stress-to-relax-sleep-jason-newland-11th-november-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please listen.
When you can safely Close your eyes, that doesn't mean that you need to close your eyes.
But you know, it's good to have that as a as an option, you know, it's partly because I'm the biggest close the eyes person there is, you know, I can listen to heavy metal music and fall asleep. You know, it's just the way I am. could even be relaxing. Now I know people who can relax, the thing that they do most to relax is to dance. I've got a friend who has Tourette's. And the thing that relaxes in most actually reduces his tics and everything like that is by dancing, or if he's performing on stage acting, because as an actor, and comedian, so when he's performing doesn't have the tics.
So when he dances as well, dancing relaxes him. For me, that would be the complete opposite the idea of
wobbling around the floor, like I would if I was dancing. I mentioned if you're quite nice, to be fair, sometimes we're doing a little dance. So there's no one around Is this your song and I have little little Boogie. But that's not really what this recording is about. So this is going to be one of those recordings where I'm just going to talk to you. And I invite you to, to relax. Now, if you listen to me regularly, just by listening to me, just by hearing my voice, by pressing the play button on this recording can be enough for you to get in touch with that familiar feeling of letting go, you know the muscles in your body relax, your mind calms down, maybe slows down maybe some of the thoughts in your mind seem to just almost dissolve. Like sort of thing, think something that dissolves, I suppose I can. But aspirin or sherbert in water or those, those little tablets that give you vitamin C, permanent in a water and it gives you almost like a glass of orange juice, something like that to kind of dissolve in but at the same time transforming into something more positive and useful. Which is almost what I attempt with my words when I'm talking about some things. Now in this recording, I'm going to talk about support networks or the feeling of a lack of being supported. ie, you know, to in with a day to day life or through stressful times. Now I'm going to guess that probably a good high percentage of people listening to this maybe at times don't feel that you're getting In the support that you need. And there's a few things that this raises few ideas and thoughts that kind of come up with this question of support. And I think I'm gonna do my jacket. My nipples did a bit of breeze as I think it's sometimes. Maybe we need this times I know from my own personal experience, there's times I've needed support, not asked for it. There's times when I've needed support and asked for it, and not got it. There's other times when I've needed support, ask for it, and have got it. And other times want to need support and didn't ask her and still got it. So you know, I've also been on the receiving end of other people needing my support, and not always being able to give them what they needed. So there's so many different angles to approach this subject with.
Because I know that I have friends that perhaps have mental health issues. And it could be, it can be useful sometimes to have friends like that,
in a sense of being able to relate maybe, to some of the experiences that they're having, whether it's with social care, or lack of, or, you know, some of the life experiences and stuff. But some of the problems that I've found is sometimes I need support from them. And they can't give it because they're got their own stuff going on. Or vice versa. Then I've noticed in the past, I think of a particular person, I'm not going to say their name, who became a support for me.
But it wasn't really what they didn't volunteer the job. You know, I just, they were really good listener that she went on to become a counselor. Partly, I think, because I kept telling them that that'd be a brilliant counselor. But this person would listen to me. And it was a great listener and had great advice at times. And I really kind of looked up to adopt him. But it wasn't until years later that I realized that I never asked his permission to offload onto him would meet up for lunch. He probably had a busy day would you know doing what he was doing? And then I've just expected to ask me how I am, which he would lead for me to tell him what my problems, especially during my ex, you know, the really the bad times I had with anxiety and stress. But for me never to Well, I think quite often not to ask him how he was. Sometimes I'd even make a joke of it. You know, just as we were about to leave the cafe or restaurant or wherever you want to call it, you know where we get some lunch? I'd say so how are you then? I'd start talking I said right now back to me. And even now it kind of turned into a joke. The reality is I didn't ask him permission. And I think it was probably Well, I'd say yeah, was bound fair and me in away. But in my defense, I always he was kind of my only support. So I guess I grabbed hold of him, I didn't want to let him go, because he seemed to be the only person that had, who seemed to be the only person that really cared or seem to care. But I did take advantage. I didn't mean to. But I did. And that was very one sided, or one sided. I tried to make up for it in subsequent years, and try to be a friend to him and listen to what he's got to say as well. But the whole dynamic of having a support group can be, I think, quite complicated. And then there's different types of support isn't there? There's, there's the emotional support, but then there's financial support, there's practical support maybe. So we're in the process of another lockdown in my country for a month. And there's practical support that I could Personally, I guess, I'm to say 1000s, probably hundreds of 1000s, if not millions of people could
benefit by some practical help with getting food, things like that. That isn't available to people with mental health issues. Because
as, like the rest of the year, when we're not in lockdown, people with physical issues, physical disabilities, for example, are always placed first above people with mental health issues. That's the way it's always been. And maybe that's the way we'll always be, I don't know. It's definitely a priority towards people with physical issues. I can understand why. In a sense of, you can see somebody with a physical issue, you could see someone that it needs help, wherever it's physically, you know, unable to walk or having trouble with that stuff, or whatever else it might be. and mental health issues aren't always as obvious. Unless there's severe behavior. So someone's in the middle of town centre, screaming and shouting and having a tantrum, but not making any sense. And really, you know, cause in sane, then the average person would walk past and say, oh, they're mental. They're crazy. And the person would very much likely either get arrested or sectioned. Or if they keep doing it, if we get ignored, which is kind of weird. I'm actually going off on a little bit of a tangent, but I've been in town and I've seen people who have been abusive to the place swearing in the place and tell them to eff off get away from another company. When a police haven't done anything, they're just they're just walking up the same pot of street
and the police do nothing. I know if I did that, I would get arrested.
So is no one what is there's no point to that one saying there's just something I've noticed. Which means that I guess there are those who I'm in need of help the may not get it, because they're classed as just a trouble or a societal problem that needs to be ignored. Ignore it, no go away. kind of attitude. But back to support. It's a weird, it's a weird one, because he gets if you get professional support, you know, for example, from the the health service, whether it's a counselor, therapist, nurse, Doctor, social worker, they're professional people. And they don't need nor require or expect anything back in return. So a psychotherapist will listen to you, or whoever's in there for 15 minutes, they don't expect the EU to then listen to them talking for 15 minutes, and to unburden themselves onto you. Because they're professionals, and they're getting paid. And with a lot of people that do work in that environment are not getting paid, huge 1000s, if not millions of people volunteering in the health service, in different charities, and, you know, so they don't get anything, financial gain from helping others. But they also don't expect to reciprocate the whole, you know, sharing and the caring and all that stuff. Unless you've got the money, especially if you're, you might be in a country where this stuff is expensive, or the opposite would be in England, where it's genuinely free, with a huge waiting list. And dependent, depending on where you live, will depend on how long you have to wait. So if you're in a big city, you might be waiting for a long time, in order to get the support that you need. Certain we perhaps go look into family and friends for support. But they're not qualified. Not really. You could say, well, who could be more qualified and someone that knows me? knowing someone doesn't make them qualified to be an emotional support. Sometimes it can be the complete opposite. Depends what kind of relationship I guess you have with that perso.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/203-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-support-networks-asking-for-help-8th-november-2020-static-background-sounds

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello,
and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now this will be available on YouTube as a video as well as on my podcasts and podcasts relaxation hypnosis for stress podcast. Now there's always a chance of background sound by arms touching the chair. What might be a train or there might be Andre the ferret run around. So it's not necessarily going to be completely silent. But that's okay because doesn't have to be. Don't have to be silent. The fact is where you're going to find complete silence really.
Even if you put earplugs in your ears where else even with earplugs? You can still kind of hear some sounds whether it be your own heartbeat or up Breathe in. You can hear stuff and this is stuff going on outside. background noises you might not hear it but you may hear I can muffle muffle of something.
That's okay. Because relaxing doesn't need silence. Like I think right now there's someone in the garden
with a dog which means he'll be clapping so clever person do now 430 in the morning. Very bright. I'm not going to shout out the window. I'm not
so I think part from these one talking about this background sound is because when I was younger, I used to get really, really annoyed by it. First trying to relax if I was trying to sleep. I used to really find excessive noise very difficult to deal with. Maybe I was hypersensitive to sound. There's a possibility of that. But at the same time I'm not really sure if is almost as part of my brain. really believe that in order for me to relax, I needed complete silence. In order for me to sleep I needed to complete silence. unrealistic, extremely unrealistic. Because it's rarely completely silent. Even if you're sitting on top of a mountain that's far away from human beings, traffic, all that stuff. You're still gonna hear birds farting, you know still gonna have planes going over probably still had the wind. So have you still have the sound of your own breathing. It is always gonna be sounds. And I think as I've got older and my hearing, I've got a bit hearing loss. And there was times when I would wish I used to think I wish I was I wish I was deaf. So I didn't have to Hear that stuff, which is a stupid thing to wish for. I didn't really mean it at the time, but you know, I'll be laying in bed and I'll be getting so frustrated. So frustration to outside noise. Or distractions may be if you want to call them that. I think that was worse than the actual, my reaction to it was worse than the noise itself. Now, admittedly, sometimes there's a degree of noise that's just kind of unacceptable. But I used to get upset over this tiniest thing. And I've learned the actually relaxing is fairly easy, regardless of what's going on outside. One of the things that helped me with this was waves to go to a Buddhist center when I first started going to the Buddhist center in 2000, and November 2002, and I learned to meditate. And I'd be there on a Wednesday night. And it was in a town center, like the second floor up. And every time I meditated in the shrine room, don't be loads of people outside, shout in and laughing and screaming and playing around. And some of them I guess we're drunk.
I learned that actually sound is that stuff is separate from me. It's separate from us. No. I guess the vibrations Connect is a vibration. The sound vibration. And sometimes the sound vibration can be a lot worse than the actual sound. For example, if someone's playing bass music, and it's the bass shaking, the whole building, can't even necessarily hear the sound, but you can feel it. That's not particularly pleasant. I don't think for someone who shares a house with someone doing that. But we can't put everyone in prison. So being able to just separate yourself from the sound can be useful. And the reason I'm talking about is because I've learned to do it took me a while did to be fair. I used to be ridiculously reactive to sound if I was in bed. Going back when I was a teenager 20s I used to punch walls I used to scream have tantrums everything if those noisy neighbors have those noise going on. very childish reaction from me at the time. And because I've lived in many, many different shared habitations, that was the right word, habitats, sharing houses with other people that are generally inconsiderate. Then, I managed gradually to learn that actually there are some practical things you can do. But I counseled someone years ago, and this was a elderly gentleman probably in his 70s and he said that he lived off car park. And the last few months, lots of young youngsters, probably late teens wherever we're gathering in the park at night, screaming shouting fire in and all that stuff playing loud music and he wasn't able to sleep. And he he put his house on so he was literally stopped setting. He wanted to move. But he wants to do something much worse than that. He didn't think he could take it anymore. Like actually considering ending his life because it got to him so much. Now I said something to him. And he couldn't believe it even me thought about it not even considered it about doing something practically. In the short term, I don't mean you know, get a gun and start sniper in them. What I mean, as I said, if you considered getting some earplugs short term isn't the solution, long term solution that short term. And he said no, didn't consider it. Now at that time, I was wearing earplugs every night. Because if you live someone, it's very, very noisy, then you can lay in bed all night, being miserable, getting angry, or you can do something about it. Practically. So I chose to do that. Unfortunately, I kind of wanted to wean myself off the earplugs I've worn for years, not the same ones. But one day, I've pulled the plug out and it pulled half my. But basically, I had a perforated eardrum because I put the plug in to to fall into my ear. So I was a bit unwell for a couple of weeks. So I realized then that if you do any plugs, be careful. It's very easy to sort of push them too far in sometimes, especially if you've got an ear, like use it to scratch your ear as well. But perforated drums not good. Because it's just leaves you dizzy and weird, very strange like being drunk or without the I guess about the expense. Or the fun.
So I learned to separate the sound. Because it's a separate thing. It's not part of me. The background sound is separate to the point where I can sleep. While the lawn is being mon moaned, mowed outside, as opposed to in the bedroom. So I can sleep through that. It might wake me up initially mind like, oh, and then like, Okay. And what I noticed is, I noticed a while back is you may not realize this. But when you close your eyes after a while your ears just seem to turn off. I didn't know it happened, I didn't know this happened, your ears switch off. So when you're in that mode, whether it's relaxing, whether it's sleeping, whether it's listening to someone like me, waffling on and on and on, and you got your eyes closed. And even though technically, it might seem as if I'm just talking about stuff. And once you keep going about earplugs for Well, it comes a point where you drift whether it's relaxing, or whether it's sleeping. And when you drift. You know you very much gone internal, he gone very, very deep inside yourself quite quickly as well. So this stuff is going on outside is no longer relevant. They might not be relevant start with becomes less relevant. And the more often that the outside sounds become less important to you. The easier you can manage to get into that state of mind where
he kind of don't care about it. It's I suppose is quite a strange thing. But there's a lot to be said for not caring about something.
Because there's lots of things to care about. Lots of maybe people in your life that you deeply care about you laugh, you cherish them and all that stuff.
That's great. It's quite good if you can also have things you really don't care about the food not care, good not give. As the term says I could not give a monkey's did not care about that particular thing.
I would suggest that we all have maybe at least one person in their life that perhaps they're in our life, but we wish they weren't they a friend of a friend, maybe. And they're the most annoying person that you could ever meet. And you wish they weren't there. But unfortunately, your friend for some reason seems to like them. Yeah, we're all kind of got that suppose we had that in the past. Could be a family member, you know, who knows. So when you care about what that person thinks, when you care about what that person does, when you care about what that person says, that can cause a lot of hardship, emotional pain, stress, anxiety, when you don't care about that person, the problematic person when you could not care one bit about what they think what they say what their opinions are, what they think about you, when they almost in your mind, they're just there. They're not relevant to you or your life it makes it easier How can someone that doesn't kind of doesn't really exist upset you? And that might sound harsh, you might say, well, it's a human being and I want to feel that way about human beings but you're not feeling that way. You're not feeling anything. I think you know, it's it's more positive to have zero feelings towards somebody than to have anger and resentment. Because that doesn't get you anywhere. .....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/202-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-put-trust-in-your-brain-to-relax-or-sleep-during-noise-8th-november-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is going to be a relaxation slash sleep recording there's gonna be two versions. One with sleep one without. And I need to listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And my stomach will make the occasional alien sound. So I'm just gonna talk to you just going to maybe come up with an idea or two may be mentioned some kind of thought that I might have about relaxing and sleeping. I'm also going to try and stay awake whilst I do it. Because I'm recording this very early in the morning, and I have a tendency have fallen asleep this time. So I'm gonna try and
keep my my alertness. The thing is when I make these recordings, I'm actually with you. I feel like I am. And I'm doing it with you. So when I'm talking about feeling relaxed and feeling tired and drift in the evening, I actually am doing those things I actually am drifting,
which is fine on a level but not necessarily. I do. Forward I'm making a recording. I'm trying to talk I thought I would focus with this recording. Just on this moment. Just here, just now. Just us. So if I'm moving my body you can hear it and I can hear it just in the same ways. If you move your body you'll be able to hear it. And that's the moment that we're in. That's Now you may think about well now it's now what what else could it be? Well, let's be honest. How much time to any of us really give to the moment. How much focus do we give to right now, as opposed to thinking about the future?
What the thinking about the past. And that's not to say, thinking about the future and past have no use because they're very much. Very, very useful. Right now do you need to what you really need to think about anything? If you're honest, what you need to think about now I can say to you, let go of the stress in your hands. And your hands start to feel different in this moment, and continue to next. However, your hands were already starting to relax. I can mention Yes, stomach. Just by mentioning your stomach, your focus naturally focuses on your stomach. Right now, you know how your stomach feels. Now, there's no snapshots of various different times of the day, or year or decade even
of how your stomach felt. And there's not another picture book of how your stomach will feel or look in the coming years.
This just now you just focus on your stomach. It's very simple. Very easy. I could say to you. As you focus on your stomach, you'll notice maybe a tingling, that sense of comfort and relaxation increases all across your abdomen area. From your belly button down. Specially use sides, the sides of your stomach that part you know between your hips and your ribs.
Very sort of quiet, gentle, quiet soft parts. Maybe we don't give too much attention to that. It's being used all the time. You know every time we turn every Tommy war. Every time the band both sides, both sides have been used.
So you know me focusing on your size and your stomach
Focusing on that sense of relaxation, increase in, in this moment what's already happening, maybe a little bit more slowly. It is already happening. This stuff stomach and your sides already becoming more relaxed,
maybe feeling sleepy either way, either way you look at it, you're focusing on
this moment how your stomach feels this moment you want remembering times in the past. You may remember in times when you felt this way or, you know, imagine you're gonna feel in your stomach in 10 years time. I mean, that might be useful information. If you're going through some kind of trend transformation. Physically, you go to the gym, maybe you plan to go to the gym, and you want to get a more flatter, muscular stomach. So yeah, think about the future. That body part is, it's actually really, really useful to focus on what you want, and to expect it. Because it's more likely to happen. And, you know, you're sowing seeds into your mind. telling yourself what you want, and expect that doesn't have to be done now. Doesn't have to be any part of your thinking process. When you focus in on this moment, to relax and drift off to sleep with your stomach or any other part of your body. You may think back to the past when perhaps you weren't so well. And you had problems there and now you're feeling better in general generates an energy of gratitude, which is a beautiful thing and actually increases your happiness increases your level of feeling good about yourself. So that's all lovely. Be don't need that right now. Unless you do and then go with that. But generally, when we're focusing just on the moment to relax deeply and sleep deeply We don't really need the past or the future to be involved. We're focusing on right now I could say to you, if you're lying down your bed The bed is is almost sending an energy into your body melting all the muscles of your body but the hot sun shining plated butter melt in that butter melt in those muscles. So I said that I only do like visualize the plate of butter melt in and then my body melt in
and that is my neck, the back of my neck really relaxed. Like really, really relaxed and my shoulders
feels nice sense of comfort may actually be with stress was before and now it's gone I'm left with that feeling of relief and comfort. Some feeling that my shoulders my lower back scalp and my eyes as well on my forehead
almost like there's a gap left where that tension used to be
announced gone. I just feel looser. However, that feeling of deep relaxation we'll also just by focusing on this moment because the things that were keep in mind the stress alive
was me thinking about the past worrying about the future.
sposed is always for money. So suppose this was going to be a
splash of energy required for me to be able to talk and make this recording said Is this an activity going on? Die wouldn't need if I was just listening to this recording mavens. Find in the The feeling of relaxation in my mind seems to be more pleasurable than the bodily relaxation. And maybe that because you can't feel relaxed in your mind without feeling relaxed in your body. The two come together basically a twins in a sense and from my own personal experience, I know that when my mind relaxes, I'd really really relaxes I feel it in my eyes a feeling in my forehead and my scalp, maybe my neck, my lower neck, back back of my neck base. Jeff just being aware of how you feel in your legs, in your arms, your hands and fingers, your jaw shoulders please feed there for you to experience in this moment whenever you choose to focus on them because every new moment is this moment as we move forward progress in learning healing now the natural progression when your body is really really notice the become becoming more tired maybe because of the reduction of things still focusing on maybe due to boredom. Maybe you're just feeling really good right now. You're feeling very positive. Very may feel really nice Give yourself the gift of allowing yourself to dream and they easily and deeply focus in just on now, focus in these words you hear me say as I count down from 20 down to one if you choose to one allow your body and your mind to go completely and drift to sleep naturally then just following me as I count down from 20 down to one more living number you give yourself permission to feel one wonderful now squinty nine team a chain day for chain say well seven oh.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/201-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-focusing-on-this-moment-to-relax-sleep-jason-newland-30th-october-2020

Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes.
There will be two versions of this recording. One will be with music one will be without music, probably if the one with music will be about two hours long. And Kevin McLeod's music is used for that, and it's open source.
So I hope you're well. My suggestion for this would be probably to sit in a comfortable chair, because it's relaxation, it's not sleep doesn't mean that you won't fall asleep.
But it is a relaxation session. If laying down on your bed is more comfortable, which it probably is, for most of us really, I guess in some ways, there is a higher chance of falling asleep. And if I was lying down listening, I would 100% fall asleep. In fact, I was lying down on the bed recording this,
I would also fall asleep. I sometimes fall asleep recording sleep sessions when I'm sitting up. Like early today I did a deep sleep whisper recording, I fell asleep.
Yesterday I did. I can't remember what one I did. But I fell asleep during that one as well.
So especially if I'm tired. And I sit here with my eyes closed. And the thing is I do what I say I'm doing as I'm saying it. So if I'm talking about focusing on your hands, and maybe clenching your hands for a few seconds, and then letting go on actually doing that process with you at the same time. If I'm talking about counting down, I'm counting down. If I'm talking about closing your eyes, I've got my eyes closed. So I realize your personal experience will you know differ from each person. However, I quite like the idea that we share the experience that there's a shared experience emotionally physically required like that the idea that will I guess in it together. I've got two microphones, I've got one here and I've got one here.
And the idea behind that is I can produce a better quality sound with his little background sound as possible. So for this relaxation session, we're going to focus on a feeling and I guess you can call this feeling we call it anything I suppose but the feeling I'm talking about is a feeling that
things are going to be good. You know, a sense that you're going to feel more relaxed. And I understand if you have that feeling, maybe you know before you press the play button on a recording like this, if you're a regular listener, and you know that once you hear my voice
you already start to feel more relaxed. You know you kind of used to You know, your breathing sort of maybe slows down a bit and
your mind clears. Perhaps sometimes you feel that is a fogginess in your brain.
And it tends to clear when you hear my voice. And I think that feeling of having your mind clear away the fog lets you see what's really happening lets you see the reality of what's happening in your mind. As opposed to, I suppose a similar situation would be when it's dark, you know, you're in a room, maybe I mean, it could be an unfamiliar room. So you kind of definitely might may not know what's going on in that room, you may not know where things are, if you're visiting someone,
and you go to bed, and then you sort of wake up you in the dark and you can't quite place where you are, you know, the furnitures in a different place, there may be things on the floor, you don't didn't know were there. I mean, there might ever be a dog and there might be dogs toys on the floor. The only way you can see what's in the room is what turned the lights on. And immediately you feel more peaceful. Immediately, you feel okay, like all things are going to be alright. You know that, that level of maybe confusion, maybe worry a mixture of all those different emotions. Maybe fear in the unknown. However, mild it might be, those mixtures of feelings can be very uncomfortable.
But now once you've got the lights on, you can see where you are.
At and is, is almost more peaceful now. So okay, well is this dog's toys to the side of the bed. So if I get up, maybe turn the light on first sight, don't tread on them, and make lots of squeaky sounds and wake up the rest of the house.
So you know, just those little bits where you can almost plan. plan the next few hours ahead, which then puts your mind at rest.
And sometimes, as I'm sure most people would agree, it can be an accumulation of small worries. Or maybe things that we read classes small worries that
build up into of stress, pain, emotional pain, sometimes physical pain, at the very least an unpleasant experience, an unpleasant feeling. So when your mind clears and that fog, that brain fog, let's call it and some people do call it brain fog people with fibromyalgia, chronic pain issues. They have that as a term brain fog. It can sometimes be associated with medication as well. So when that brain fog clears when the brain fog clears, then that that thing, all that stuff or those issues that maybe you were worried about
perhaps more Also because you couldn't get a clear picture of what was going on, couldn't get a clear picture of what may be. So therefore, you had to fill in your own answers to those questions. Unfortunately, in that kind of situation, when we have to imagine for ourselves an outcome that may not be very pleasant, there's a chance we'll go in a more of an extreme direction that is necessary or helpful to us. by us that brain fog clears and you can see what's going on in your mind. And you can actually get more of a sense of perhaps both what you need to do in the future. And also, what you don't need to do right now. Because there's lots of things
that you
can't do when you're sitting in bed or sitting in a chair lying down. We can think about things. But how much use is that if we do too much of it, because when you're sitting down, such as now, for example, or laying down on the bed, and your aim is to feel more relaxed.
As I sit in my squeaky chair, this isn't the time to really play plan your future. This isn't the time to plan what you're going to be eating tomorrow. This isn't the time to be planning anything really. Because that stuff, whether important or not in your life, has no place in this space that you're in right now. That stuff is unimportant. Right now, for this situation. Because all you need here is to feel relaxed, or you've feel is what you feel. And when all you're feeling is just physical sensations. The neck can change because as you focus on those physical sensations, and let's say maybe they are sensations of tension, or stress in your muscles. The more you focus on them, the more they dissolve. The more attention you give to them, the more satisfied they seem to feel that they have gained
your attention. Because sometimes that's all physical feelings of discomfort actually need from you. Is your attention. Like a small baby crying. The baby might not actually need anything not want anything except to see your face. Maybe just feel your touch. A little hug, maybe. And then the baby's happy, contented it goes back to sleep.
And it seems that sometimes physical discomfort or Emotional discomfort can be a very similar situation where if we ignore it, which is the natural thing to do. So the most natural thing in the world is you want to ignore it because you don't, you don't want it to happen, you don't want that experience. If you actually give it your attention, but with a positive mind, then that feeling changes. or feelings constantly change in any way. But that feeling of discomfort changes, whether it's emotional or physical,
because it's had your attention. And when you think about it, when you focus on it,
instead of expecting it to get worse, because that's what you expect, that's what's going to happen. You can expect for it to reduce. And if that's how you feel about it, that's what you're thinking, that is what's going to happen. You could even be neutral. And just be almost in a meditation mind, where you just notice the feeling, whether it's physical or emotional, or both. Just notice, just observe the feelings in your body. And the feelings in your mind. Just observe them. And those feelings will reduce because they have had your attention. Now when you start doing this more often, you get to the point where you really have that addition of expecting
those feelings to change. And that happens naturally. Because that's your experience. You can do it without having had the experience before.
Birth eventually happens naturally. You may have your favorite seat that you sit in for 10 minutes, every day. Maybe at a specific time, even some people are very organized. I'm not particularly when you sit down in that chair, or lay down on your bed, you you know what to expect. You'll know that your body automatically starts to feel more relaxed. Not because I'm telling you that because that's what happens. It happens more and more often. The more often you hear my voice because you've I guess almost become accustomed to expecting yourself to feel more relaxed when you hear my voice. And in the same way you can have the exact exact same response when you sit down in your chair. Even when you're not listening to my voice. Just when you're thinking to yourself, I'm gonna relax and I'm gonna allow that brain fog to just clear. I mean it really is kind of a very windy day blowing those clouds across the sky. So you know one minute you can be completely covered in clouds and you can't even see the sun and you think it was a great day today. So gray and then A couple of m.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/200-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-you-were-born-with-positive-foundations-inbuilt-jason-newland-29th-october-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. This is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, panic attacks, please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. So I would thought I would do to today is kind of a short session, and it's going to be one of my special banging the microphones stop that special exercise you can do. Now, I'm going to ask you to close your eyes. But I suppose technically you don't need to, you can do this in other ways. with your eyes open, as well as the only I've always net eyes closed or eyes open. But I'm gonna ask you to close your eyes just for the sake of this recording. And I want you to I guess sit down in a chair would be the ideal situation with your feet on the ground in your hands. On your knees, resting your arms resting with your hands on your knees. Of course, if that's physically uncomfortable, or impossible, for whatever reason, then, you know, improvise, do something as simple as similar was possible. Now I want you to focus on your body. I want you to focus more importantly, on the stress in your body. And I want you to notice we're about senior your body the stress is where you could feel it the most. I'm scratching my ear. So where do you feel it the most in your body. I mean, I have a tendency at the moment because I've got some problems my lower back. And I seem to find myself very tense in my lower back. And it is causing me stress and other emotions connected with kind of what's going on is like, Oh, my God, I've just turned 50 or suddenly I'm
walking around like a 90 year old. But that's my issue to deal with. You might have tension in your shoulders, he might have tension in your knees in your legs hands.
So we're not talking about physical pain, necessarily. But this can also be used for that as well. The physical discomfort, stress is uncomfortable. It's I don't think it's I don't think there's any problems calling it pain because it is painful. It's emotionally painful. And it can be physically painful as well. Especially if that tension is almost cramping up your muscles. That's pain on various levels. So this is a technique to reduce that physical discomfort in your body. And it's something that you can do over and over again into your feeling a level that you're happy with. Okay, so, here we go. We just focus on that part. I'm going to focus assumed my lower back. Because at the moment, that's the only place I feel a little bit in my eyes. Okay, so I do feel a little bit in my eyes, and my eyelids, I've got my eyes closed, I always do this with you when I do.
Yeah, it's really only my lower back, a little bit of my buttocks as well, actually. So the lower back and my buttocks seem to be on when they are connected on they obviously, but they seem to physically and the most discomfort is in the actual lower back itself, this spreads up a bit as well. So it's not just a right at the low, low a bit.
Now realize I'm talking about my own stress, and tension. The reason I'm doing that is because I want you to get in touch with yours. Bye, but I can't tell you where yours is because I don't know.
So if you was in the room with me, I would be focusing solely on your body where the tension is there. And I'd be saying a focus on your shoulders. And you know, but I can't do that in this situation. So I'm going to, I'm going to need your help with me to join me in this exercise. So if you focus right focus on the part of your body where the most stress is at the moment. Even if you've got stress in other parts, just focus on that one, that one part. And in your mind, I want you to draw a line around it, or circle around it or shape, whatever the shape is an outline, in whatever color you want it to be. Okay, just so you can separate it from the rest of your body. Just so you can know where it is, at no days, that feeling that stress, that tension, it's got nothing to do the rest of your body is just in that part. And that's what we focus in on. So almost like a tiny little island on its own surrounded by sea. And you'd need a boat to get to it if you wanted to get to it from another one nearby. Okay, so just that outline.
Swan dude, myself, I'm not focused on the whole of mylar bag, just focus in on that the part that's the most obvious as far as physical physical sensations, some outlining that now is the left side quite low down. And as I do that, it's starting to feel a little bit itchy. Now there's different types of focusing. When you focus on a part of your body. You know, if you're feeling angry, or you're just really really annoyed with the tension wherever, then it's a different sensation to how you feel when you close your eyes. And you listening to me see feeling more relaxed anyway. And you've done an outline of that part. And now as you focus on that part of your body that's outlined. The reason it may start to feel a little bit different. Mine's feeling a bit itchy, not itchy enough that I want to scratch it almost feel like the itches. In side, almost in the muscles, not skin level. And part of the reason for this This would be that as you focus on it in a positive space, you know, we have a positive mental attitude. The blood flow, basically your blood is sent fresh, clean, healing blood is sent to that part of your body.
That's just what your body does. Unfortunately, sometimes when it might be a day to day situation, I might be thinking,
oh my damn back, but never specific. And I'll be, maybe walk in, like the other day, I was struggling to walk. And but it wasn't, it was my knees back, everything was kind of out of kilter, because of my posture being very bad. Due to the uncomfortableness of my back. And mentally, I was in a very bad space, or just very negative. All I wanted to do is moan, all I wanted to do is just
shout and just, you know, get annoyed. The sitting down, relaxing, focusing just on a particular part of that tension, of that discomfort that's outlined. focusing just on that part, literally, with your mind focusing, and perhaps you can see it in your mind's eye, you know, what the different parts of your body look like. So you can just imagine, whatever part that is just looking at it, and seeing the outline that you've drawn on that part of your body
is quite weird, I just imagined, drawn an outline on my right chest, right, the white part of my chest, my chest, I did shin. Even I have got no tension there at all. It's just that's where the focus when it's almost like that tension moved from my lower back to the muscles in my chest. And I've moved it back to my,
to my lower back, so that one in my chest. What we're going to do, though, is now allow you to imagine that shape rising above your skin, rise and above your body. Maybe you can see that outline, shining or something like that, just so you can see it.
And it's just rising above your body out of your skin moves over and it lands into your left hand. Now, of course, don't do this if if the body part is your hands, to start with some maybe move that to your feet. But if it is situation,
move it to your left hand and focus on that shape. Maybe on the top, depend on how your hands are resting.
mentioned that fill in your hand. So no longer has to be in a shape. It can just be the whole of your hand. knows how your left hand feels. Maybe that itchiness or a different type of sensation is in your left hand. You can just feel it there. I've noticed it's very strange, but I've noticed that my lower back wants my attention but it's a feeling of comfort. I could feel my lower back really relaxing, I'm going to keep my focus on the left hand.
But the relief is so nice. It's hard to ignore it. And although the sensation, a sensation is in my left hand, almost tingling, it, she kind of sensation, it's not pain, it's not really stress so much, it's an energy, some kind of energy, you could leave that in your hand. Now I want you to focus on a part of your body that feels really relaxed, really relaxed. So just going to search for pa module feels relaxed, feels very relaxed. Even though I'm talking my Jordans for relaxed. So I'm going to focus on my jaw.
Just do an outline of module. So almost like drawing on my face, you know, and just the shape of my jaw
as a focus just on that sense of relaxation does actually increase it does feel feels really nice actually. Feels very calm, very loose. They feel a lot looser, if I wasn't talking. Bass just feels nice. It's not really any kind of H in there. For me, there's a lightness. And of course, that sensation may be different. But my left hand feels very heavy. My jaw feels very light. So I'm just gonna imagine that shape moving, you know, the outline and module moving out of module out of my face.
And then just land in into my right hand, you can do that yourself, wherever it is in your body, moving now power of your body relaxation, and just allowing it just rest into your right hand.
Now, right hand feels really, really light. And something weird is happening because my right hand seems to feel different as well. It doesn't feel as heavy as it was. So what we're gonna do is make sure we can get all of the feeling possible in the left hand, we're focusing on it again, remembering that that's where the tension is. That's where the maybe the pain is, you know, that's where those that energy connected to the stressed part of your body is. That's where it resides in this moment in your left hand. And then moving over to your right hand .....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/199-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-reduce-stress-pain-jason-newland-25th-october-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. This is going to be both a sleep session and a relaxation session. There'll be two versions one without music and one longer version with music, which will be about two hours long and the music is by Kevin MacLeod
in the description, your details will be there in the description box of the podcast. If you like what I do, please leave PayPal gift by going to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland,
or go to my website, links on there. And you can help to cover the costs of running this free service that has no adverts. So I hope you're well. And I'd like to ask you, first of all, to get yourself into a comfortable position. Ideally, lying down on a bed. And if you're just listening for relaxation, and
you know you've got things to do in an hour's time or something, then I suggest you set your alarm to wake you up. Because wherever it's the content of the recording, or maybe even my boring voice, you may find yourself drifting. And that's perfect. Lead normal. I mean, I personally when I listen to recordings, doesn't matter what it is. If I lay down and listen,
I fall asleep every single time. And I've been doing this since I was a child.
I used to lay down and listen to I remember listening, I had an album, madness Greatest Hits. Body Holly, the monkeys, there's a cat few albums that makes me sound really old. But this was the 80s I just loved the monkeys. And I loved the Buddy Holly as well. So I used to lay down, I'd always fall asleep. Always. And the site's been this the same as now. Even if I'm listening to a lecture on psychology or you know, university lecture or if I'm listening to an audio book, I just always fall asleep. So I think there's that connection between laying down on the bed and your body and your mind knowing that it's time to fall asleep. I don't know why necessarily but guess. I guess it makes sense in a way. Because we spend, we think about how many years laying down on a bed at the end of the day. And drifting off to sleep. And sleeping is the most natural thing, pretty much in the world to us. We are born with the ability to sleep easily and naturally.
effortlessly. And other words that end with a mean basically, it's one of those things that we haven't needed to be taught.
And if I was ever going to try and teach somebody, like an adult how to sleep it would be almost the case of learning those behaviors and thought patterns that have been learned during our life, and getting rid of those, and then getting back in touch with how we were, when we was babies, when we're first born
with that natural ability to sleep. And we could do hardly anything else. We're Reliant for pretty much everything. Except sleeping, it's just been one of those things that we've always been able to do. It's just natural.
So you're not because babies don't have insomnia. Generally small children don't have it is going to be if something traumatic happens, it may well affect somebody's sleep, regardless of what age they are. You know, that's fairly normal. And that is not insomnia. That's a reaction to what's happened. So you know, I had a friend a few weeks ago, and he witnessed something really, really terrible. On his way to the shops,
and tea, it disrupted his sleep quite badly. And in a way, I would say, That's almost to be expected, it means you're human. If we were affected by something awful happening, things were human is really that simple. It's natural to be affected by that stuff. You know, to be a witness to something that's horrible. And I'm not going to go into details what happened, it was, it was horrible. It was something that no one should have to see. And it affected his sleep. And you may say, Well, why didn't I help and get the sleep? considered, that's what I do. is a little bit difficult. You know, if you really, if you close friends with someone, he doesn't really respect me as a hypnotist. He doesn't see me like that. And he wouldn't, he possibly wouldn't benefit from listening. Because he possibly wouldn't have the, the attitude that's needed to benefit from what I'm doing. Be may benefit from someone else doing the same thing. So I, there you go. It's one of those things, although I do know some people in my life that have listened to me, and it's helped them. which surprised me a bit because of how we perceive others, and how I would be perceived. Because my friends or family, I'm not a hypnotist. I'm just that annoying, Jason, probably. So when you get in touch, the whole idea, really, of this session is the idea of getting in touch with that net true ability to fall asleep. And in order to fall asleep, you know, the journey from being awake to being asleep includes a very important part, which is relaxing deeply. Imagine the only time really that someone that's hugely tense and stressed, could instantly fall asleep, even when they're feeling tensed and stressed was because that's how they naturally are. It's a possibility that not the tensile stress bit but they might naturally be able to fall asleep in an instant. And I know people I've met people like that. I've met people that can sleep with their eyes open. Yeah, I've met people that can instantly just put their head down, and sleep, or people who can sleep in the middle of a busy busy room. And I that's a bit like, actually, like Christmas, or like, you know, a birthday or something when there's lots of people around a concert, once he sits in his chair, he falls asleep, doesn't matter how loud the telly is, how many conversations are going on, he falls asleep. And he's always been able to do that. But he's very relaxed in that situation anyway. The feeling relaxed generally is a really important part of the journey for most people. So in a way, it's hard to distinguish between doing a relaxation session and a sleep session. Sometimes, because every sleep session is also a relaxation session. But not every relaxation session is sleepy. You knows, some times I mean, I want if I want to do a relaxation session, for myself, whether it's self hypnosis, whether it's listening to somebody else, or maybe it's just listening to some music, sometimes that just want to lie down for 20 minutes, or sit in a chair for 20 minutes.
And then feel refreshed when the recording is over. Or when the time over, feel completely refreshed and ready to get on with the rest of the day. But with more energy and more positivity flowing through your body. So they're different in that sense. The relaxations are extremely important when it comes to falling asleep, or going to sleep. And I think one of the weirdest things probably about sleeping is it's, it's almost like an unknown thing that we do 1000s of times in our lifetime. This is like an unknown thing.
I've been trying to figure how many times I've been asleep. Or 50 years old. Now, don't tell anyone. I'm 30 I'm 36 years old now. So 50 years old.
365 days a year. So 10 years, 3650 100 years would be 36,000. Over 36,400 years, it's half that fifth 3615 18,000 times more more than 18,000 times I have fallen asleep. So I don't know, I don't know what your age is or how many times you fall asleep. But it's going to be in the 1000s issue level. So when you think about that, the fact that you have done something that many times and it's not something that we can even necessarily say how we do it other than you lie down on your bed, and you close your eyes getting yourself comfortable. That's another thing that's important that everyone does. When you're in bed, you know you rearrange your body, don't you? Why else that's the thing is that what is the process of falling asleep? What's the actual process that you go through every night of your life or every day of your life if you work night shifts or if you up during the night So this all bus, like, we have an amnesia of the process, we're kind of aware of when it's happening. And then suddenly we we don't know anymore. And then we wake up. And to be able to pinpoint the exact time that you fall asleep, is probably quite difficult to really remember how easily you did fall asleep. And when precisely, you went from being mildly, mildly awake, and your mind's drifting. And you kind of, you might already start to dream. And then sort of come out of it and be aware of where you are. And it can be a bit funny in a way, because I'll do that and I'll be all dreaming, I'll be dreaming and all, all sort of come awake again, the things I said no, and I wanted to be asleep. Without realizing that I actually was asleep. Because when you go, you have eyes close, and you're dreaming. And you're no longer aware of pretty much anything that's going on in the room that you're in, and you're not really aware of your body anymore. any of that stuff, then you're asleep. Regardless of how long it lasts, your sleep swen you think about it, we fall asleep more than once a night, you might fall asleep for five 610 times. And maybe each time that your mind drifts away. And you dream. And you may come back and be aware again. And it's only a matter of seconds really before you start to drift again. And you may go back into the same dream as you had before. Or you may start imagining something else.
And each time you do this, it lasts a little bit longer, you become more relaxed. And this although you still got that connection. So by slow you've got a rope that yo.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/198-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-you-were-born-able-to-relax-sleep-naturally-22nd-october-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks.
Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, there may be a little bit of background sound, who got the window open.
But it doesn't really matter. Because this is not going to be a relaxation session as such, it's just going to be an exercise that you can do. Just going to so it's gonna be a short recording. And I like to I like to think of ideas that maybe you can use at work, maybe even on the bus, providing you're not driving the bus.
And so this is something that I used to do. When I worked in a call center. And I I was actually not very well at the time, with stress, depression, anxiety, you name it was all kind of going on.
However, I kept working and I wanted to keep the job because I liked the job. The the job kinda was part of part a problem, because of major redundancies and stuff like that. But it was more my reaction to what was going on? Well, I came across something which I found really useful. I'm not sure how you can embed this into your own life. So I'll quickly tell you what I did. And I didn't do this on purpose, by the way. But I had a hypnosis training course booked for I think it was the January started in January. It might have been September, or October. But anyway us it was quite young, quite a few months away at the time when I discovered this thing. So I was selling car insurance. People phoning up, and I was just doing quotations on the phone asking millions of questions. One of the questions was, well, how to I'm not sure how it's worded. But do you? Do you study part time or full time? Are you in full time or part time? education? And whenever I said those words out loud, because let's be alert out loud because the person on the phone couldn't mind read me but I whenever I said the words out loud I had or I didn't have to explain it a fuzzy feeling. A feeling of well being a feeling of I suppose maybe excitement because I was looking forward to doing this hypnosis course training course. I'd already done a few in the past but this is just another one that I was looking forward to doing. And when I said those words, do you have any part time or full time educate you in part time or full time education I, every time I said it, I felt really relaxed and calm. And that was it really, I just had the feeling of calmness come over me, you know, my muscles relaxed. My mind slowed down, and I felt good. Now, I didn't plan for this reaction to occur, I didn't set it up, I didn't set up a trigger signal. Using those words, I wasn't, you know, wasn't an NLP technique, or any kind of hypnotic, you know, future planning
the situation, it just happened. So I guess the idea for this recording, the idea is it doesn't have to be a work situation, it can be any situation where you could really do with a boost, a boost of relaxation,
increase increased calmness and maybe mix together with both looking forward to something looking forward to something is going to be happening in the future. Of course, you could connect it with somebody in your present, some Something is happening now that you really, really love doing maybe a hobby, something like that. So there's different ways I guess to do this, you may not be in a position where you're asking random strangers questions, the same questions over and over again, like I was, that was my job. So another way of doing this is get yourself a piece of paper. Don't do it. Now you can do at the end, where you can pause and go and get a piece of paper. Sit down, get comfortable again. And now the comfortable and relaxed. Get a pen. I want you to think about something that when you think about it, or her or him or something that you're looking forward to. And if if at the time of this recording, you're saying, Wow, there's nothing I've got nothing to look forward to at the moment, then prioritize changing that. Change that situation, find something to look forward to. And know some people say, Well, I've got no money, I can't afford to go on holiday and well, the same here. It's having something to look forward to doesn't need to be something that costs money. Having a wonderful feeling that really fills you up. Doesn't have to have anything to do with finances. Have any could be something I've noticed with in offices and call centers. And call centers if you've never worked in one is quite high pressure. And I'm sure some people who haven't worked in a call center would think what score be easier just especially if you're asking the same questions. Over and over again. You could be, they'll be tedious at times, and challenging dealing with human beings. And not everybody's had a good day before phone in the call center. So it can be very challenging environment to work. And I discovered that people, some people, not everybody, but some people in call centers do have a way to relieve that stress and actually bring them back to I suppose reality, their reality reminded themselves of what they do have as opposed to, maybe they might not be feeling in a particularly good mood, and the day is not going quite how they would like it to. And I'm talking about call centers, just as an example.
Some people have pictures on the desk of the children, their loved one, you know, partners, husbands, wives, pets, dogs, ferrets, maybe even a picture of their, their favorite singer, or a photograph of last year's holiday, or a picture of where they go in next year. So, you know, it's motivational. And it changes, the way that that person feels, instantly is a trigger, it's a positive trigger. looking, looking at that picture, or thinking of that person, or thinking about something that the, they're looking forward to doing, changes how they feel, and they feel more relaxed, more confident, more, more able to cope with what's going on. Because there's a reason for dealing with maybe that difficult customer or there's reason for the day. Of course, there's always a reason for every day, but sometimes No, we can have a bad day and can't quite grasp the point of what's what's happened was appointed that but then if you step back
see the bigger picture. I suppose it could almost be like a I don't know like a map a timeline where that shoe there Now, if you look down the timeline, are there you are
lying down on the beach, or the You are a wedding. There you are clipped in your degree or your graduation or there you are getting that job they've always wanted. There you are relaxing. Whatever it is for you, because it's gonna be different for everybody. So it's about finding the facts. Ultimately, it's an emotion isn't finding this strong positive emotion that's stronger than the negative stuff. And when you think about that thing, that situation, that person, maybe you can have a photograph in your pocket, because I'm assuming not everybody listened to this works in a Call Center or an office environment. So you can take something with you write down on a piece of paper, and carry that piece of paper with you. in your pocket, or your purse, your handbag, your wallet, your fanny pack. Who knows? Maybe you want to keep it inside your socks,
which would be pretty bit strange. Maybe not. And you could write down what it is you're looking forward to? Or what is
the motivates you? What is the reason you're doing what you're doing? What's the bigger picture? What's the something much bigger than, you know, the stress Do you have failing? To remind yourself by looking at that piece of paper, or looking at that photograph, or looking at that, maybe it's a postcard, or you've cut out a picture from a magazine that motivates you and mind you something that you've even done in the past you loved. And when you think about it, or look at it, you feel relaxed, calm and actually quite happy. Or something that you're looking forward to doing. And as I said before, if there's something that you maybe haven't, if you don't currently have anything that you've got planned, and plan something. And the more often you look at that piece of paper, the more often you think about that thing, or that person, that holiday you going on or the the new car that you're saving up for the wedding anniversary that you got planned. What is endless, endless amount of different things. So I won't go through all of them.
I couldn't, I don't know all of them, there's so many. Something that's special to you. Doesn't have to be unique to you. Doesn't matter if everyone else in the world likes doing that thing.
It's special to you because we're focusing just on you. And you deserve to be able to feel relaxed, to feel calmer, to feel at peace more positive. To feel happier. You deserve that. And you can give yourself that by carrying around that piece of paper that tells you reminds you
of what it is you've got to look forward to. Or it could be something remind you of your good qualities. Something reminds you of why you're doing what you're doing. The goal, the overall goal,
your purpose, your reason, to remind yourself that you've got a lot going for you you've got a lot
of positive things. The can use this energy to heal yourself from that negativity that may you know, arrive now and then because just just because the negativity knocks on the door, he doesn't have to answer the door. You never have to answer the door ever. If you don't want to have a little have a little look for the people. And if it's if it's a negative thought or feeling that you don't really want jus.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/197-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-positivity-trigger-21st-october-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. This is going to be a relaxation and sleep recording both with and without music. The music version will be two hours long, and the music is provided by Kevin MacLeod. And the details will be in the description of the podcast. I suggest you visit his website because it's got lots of music there. And he allows people to use it copyright free, which is lush. So thank you very much, Kevin. If you're going to listen to this for relaxation, then I would suggest you set your alarm to wake you up, because you might fall asleep. So I'd also like to say thank you for all of you who listen to this, my other podcasts You're the reason I do this. So I appreciate your support. And yeah, if you would like to support me by sending the PayPal gift, then please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, and the links on my website. And that will help to pay for you know the running costs of this free service. And just let you know there are no longer any adverts on any more podcasts. Due to complaints, people might not just people listened in like them. Let's get rid of a minion. So now I would like you to get yourself comfortable that some people might say well, I'm listening to your recording because I'm feeling uncomfortable and I want to get comfortable. So I'm going to take that as a start point. So I'm going to try and lead you into what from being feeling uncomfortable to feeling comfortable. And then to feeling more relaxed. And then to drifting off to sleep. Now if you listen to me regularly, the part where I tried to get you to feel more comfortable. Maybe not being needed, because you're used to listen to me and to know that when you listen to me You just automatically feel more relaxed. Whether it's my voice whether it's just because I'm incredibly boring you know whatever the reason may be here feel very likely associates my voice with feeling more relaxed physically and mentally as well. You know your mind will automatic automatically slow down. It's almost as if my voice is a trigger for
doors to open. In your scalp, like a door or open on the top of your head and
all the negativity can escape. Out of that door, into the air into the atmosphere and just be gone, then another door can open, maybe on the side of your head, where lots of positivity can enter into your mind. Enter into your mind. And you feel what is this sense of freedom that comes with this, because you got those doors open. So just like in a room, a room can be a bit stuffy at times, you open a window
and the room just feels fresher you open a door the air can circulate similar thing can happen in your mind. When the negative thoughts exit leave your mind and that positive energy enters into your mind. You are guessing in some ways, I have no choice but to feel better,
to feel more relaxed to feel calmer. And it's not not no choice as in you know, you've got no control over what happens. It's not that it's just it's the most natural thing in the world is the same as if you was to jump into swim pool. You got no choice but to get wet.
That's just what's going to happen. He jumped into swim pool you're gonna get wet. So by listening to my voice, you're going to feel more relaxed. That's just one of those natural reactions that occur within your mind. And more relaxed your mind naturally becomes more relaxed your body continues to feel so much looser. And I know that it can sometimes feel like your body is separate from your mind and your brain is separate from your body and your mind. And maybe the idea that the unconscious mind is separate from your body, your conscious mind and your brain.
By actually everything is connected. your mind and your body is connected. Your brain is part of your body. You know it's not separate your head is not separate from your body. Or now we use the terms head and body is if you don't completely separate parts. And they are separate parts in themselves just like your right hand is separate from your left hand. your little finger in your right hand is separate from your thumb on your right hand. But saw still part of your body. And someone say oh but it's a limb spa. It is but it's still connected to your body.
still connected in your brain and your your head is connected to your body with a thing called a neck so connected because your brain controls every thing that happens in your body means that when your brain calms down, your mind relaxes, your brain relaxes. And your body has no choice but to feel
relaxed. Even someone that's preparing to run 100 meters in the Olympic games can be kneeling down. Knowing that maybe they're 15 seconds away from starting the race, if they can close their eyes and feel completely relaxed,
even though they're about to use every muscle in their body for maybe 10 seconds. And someone can feel completely relaxed, when they know that they are about to run,
the fastest they possibly can, in a race watched by millions of people
on television around the world, they can still be completely relaxed. And I think one of the good things that comes from that
is realizing that although a degree of tension in our bodies is required at times, which can also feel relaxed and alert before and after. Those physical requirements are being utilized. For whatever reason, you can continue to feel relaxed in your mind, no matter what you're doing. Because I think it can be a bit of a generalization when somebody feels relaxed in their mind
that they are almost asleep. And that doesn't have to be the case. Of course, you can allow, if you choose as in as this recording progresses, you go from relaxation, to drifted off to sleep,
if you choose to do that. But there's a level of relaxation where you can feel this. So awake as you choose to be as alert as you choose to feel. Which means things like doing exams or reading or any kind of activity can potentially be people improved by deep physical and mental relaxation as your mind focuses on how relaxed you feel in all the different parts of your body and there's that sense of stillness in your mind where you can focus on this very moments without being bogged down by constant chatter that may have been in your mind before you decided to press play on this recording and listen to my voice and then those doorways opened in your head, one letting out the negative thoughts back chatter, which is of no use to you. And then the over the other door inside of your head, allowing and inviting positive energy in to your mind which still blows your mind complete delay harming every single particle of your existence. And it feels nice when you realize you can just breathe freely, you realize there's nothing of any importance that requires your attention in this moment. And anything that was important before you decided to let go completely and relax your body in your mind was listening to my voice that stuff will still be available to you, when the recording ends, or when you wake up, life will still go on you don't need or require yourself to put any energy whatsoever into the past the future or even now because no thinking is required. Just not needed. Because you have everything that you need right now. You have all the you want all the resources, all of the abilities for you change your life in any way that you choose to do so.
While you relax deeply you start to realize that nothing else actually matters right now. Nothing else requires your attention in this moment. Feelings of comfort, calmness, increase really, really increase to a level that feels really nice to know that you have decided to let go of everything you have decided everything your mind your body, your brain, skin, your muscles, your spinal cord, your eyes, your jaw, shoulders, arms and the hands your neck, chest stomach, your back hips they fee your breathing. So, nice to safe area surrounding your body is also deeply relaxed the very air that you breathe is deeply relaxed the chair you sit in on the bed to lay in on
dp relaxed room that you're in is deeply relaxed. In fact, the whole building the whole building is deeply relaxed sense of relaxation spreads outwards outputs the more that relaxation spreads outwards the more deeply feel more deeply we think g measurable he sation mice And you feel your body and mind becoming twice as relaxed with every number I count down from 10 to one
he can really notice your body mind bodymind sinkin D the sin serve healing safe comfort. Weiss is relaxed with every number we say all the way down now hey oh is that? t sation, your mind and your brain to a point the may even feel sensations in your scalp notice your brain may stop ci Ts mind chin They say they to lift into its space leave skin permission, no needing permission. They show mine let's go loughs courage is drift in your mind drift into a sense of very sleepy every say piece for hurrying dress to the sea sigh cow. So when T down on such as D play he say see nine Change chain Team turriff day Oh see oh day Good day Hey whoa Day.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/196-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-positivity-relaxation-sleep-19th-october-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Nuland. This is relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. So please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now this is going to be a very unique software company it's going to be very unique recording because in the background there will be people with orange and yellow vests digging up
the
cabbages space are the number they are it's an area around behind my building digging up the car parking space that's it and just relaying concrete it's I don't know I guess it's just one of those wastes of money that the council do they call these people I'm not sure if they keep their employees in cages I'm not sure but they are the ones All I can do is make noise power machines give me a power tool power tools power tools I must make as much noise as possible. So the yeah that's what they're doing out there. So what I thought I would do just for the sheer fun of it is make a relaxing relaxation session and asleep session at the same time so you can choose which one you do with the background sound of I don't even call it is drilling or digging I guess dig it, isn't it digging up the digging up the concrete or roadworks was not a road road maintenance against nor road stop saying road Jason. highway maintenance snow road
paved was not pavement or whatever is where they're digging out. They're making noise. And I want to chuck eggs at them. But I'm not going to I'm going to do something something useful instead and make a recording and it's going to be a test for myself to see if I can relax. Now, the faultlessly bit is up to you. I don't want to fall asleep, because I'll just end up snoring. so relaxing would be nice. Because I am annoyed. So I'm not I'm not like annoyed, annoyed, but is this is the fifth day in a row. And if you can hear it, it has moved away. But it's there. Can you hear it?
Yeah. Once you're the sound that used to come up my parents bedroom must be in the hairdryer. So basically, it's like Fraggle Rock Around here. So you got that. And then the weekends, we got residents
building their own conservatory Reason is just just banging the noise constant. And you in a week those people, there are people and they were just go go remember even though they must make more noise, Moon moon that I imagined that's what's going on in their head? I don't know. But I'd be surprised that they could put the whole sentence together. Anyway, let's see, I'll get annoyed. I do get annoyed when I think it's the stopping and starting. And I actually started to dream now that Megan something will be in labor put in labor funny, thinking all cocky on its own, go get go, go get into some of this section. Go get on it. Bang, bang. Got me, Emma got me, Emma. I'm joining in
Bang Bang. Yeah.
The good thing about it when we're banging in and making noises, we don't have to think is too loud. So we can't think about things help think about how we messed up our lives.
You also won't be able to think about how you can move forward and make changes.
So as you might have noticed, I'm gonna have a weird mood. But I might not even upload this now after hearing myself going on. But however, it is a test to see to calm me down. Because it was a big part of me wants to go out there. And all the way down Monday just to stare at them. Because you know, 830 in the morning, all day long, and the noise was closer before. Now it's a bit further away through so most manageable. But Monday it was all this stuff. I felt like a four if this continues I'm going to go on to get into a time machine. And I'll go back to every single time I clean my ears ears out and collect all that wax and then come back and stick it back inside my ears. So I couldn't hear them. Of course, some would say that's not a good use of time machine. Doesn't matter what they say does it but I meant if you have a time machine so the argument would be pointless. What would you if you had it if you had a time machine? I'd go back and stop your parents conceiving you
why it's rude as rude.
Why don't have a time machine the conversation is ridiculous. cannot please please have my quarter pounder and cheese and fries and banana shake. Thank you very much. So if you can hear it now. So maybe this is not going to be a relaxation session. It is such is going to be
dealing with noise that's what this is gonna be now. It's not gonna be going Asli was say Listen, I've got an i here's what I wake up and think I'm doing recorded. Listen down for what is this road, you know, roads been dug up. Really drilled and banging and stuff. I know what I'll do. I'll incorporate that into a sleep recording session. Yeah, that was a good idea. Now would they even work you know, use it as a deep inner use it is. Yeah, and The louder the dros thumping becomes the louder is
a sleepy you feel it's almost like going back in time to bombs being dropped you can feel the artillery shooting the cannonballs how would the s not maybe you could try and transform it and change it. So instead of being I feel like all cane goes on either things that drill into the concrete you could change it to say pretend it's not a concrete digger drill banger thing tennis shoes a really really loud stapler stapling pieces of paper together that was stomachs heckling me so this is a recording you could listen to when there's noise in the background really noise in the background and you can listen to me moaning
however
by being a bit but not taking it as seriously as I have done in the past and could be now there is actually a part of me that's feeling more relaxed. And I kind of noticed something last night so I'm constantly experimenting in my own mind, okay. And especially when they got me eyes closed which is a lot of the time but sometimes I'll I don't know if you ever think I was sitting down in a chair and I've been eyes closed and I've started to experiment which means I wasn't being lazy. I wasn't just sitting there with my eyes closed do nothing. I was being a productive member of society. I want to say society I'm talking in a very broad terms I said this to my social worker a few years back I said I am I feel as I am a productive member of society and I'm contributing towards society just not my own as she's said all who'd want to contribute to this this part of the country anyway. For Okay, your social worker who hates the town that you're working in lovely and more my reaches a much wider reaches, and it's worldwide, but not local. I probably nobody in the entire 170,000 people that live in my area, or live in my town might be more than that. But it's really 170,000 roughly maybe 200,000 people that have never ever heard any of my recordings. yet. There's people in South Africa you know, in other places. far I've been accounted for I think this years ago. This is true years ago. I had over 100 countries do that. Listen to me. This is jaw blindness is going back to 2010 I guess was it 2009 one of them either too fat. Yeah. 2009 I think it was or 2010 one of them and I always checking the stats from my website. People used to come come to my website. And yeah, over 100 countries based on the Google Analytics site, wow. all at the same time. But you also have over a period of time, over like a week or something, a lot of people, I see quite good traffic back then. But then I used to promote it as well, I used to pay for advertising and stuff. Anyway, this is something I noticed. I'm gonna do this while the drill is going. What let's call it drill. digger, while the digger now if you can hear is probably kind of faint in the background for you, because it's nowhere near the microphone. Book, can you imagine that? I should do that I should just going to set up a few feet away from them. Guys that would share in a table, stick the iPad on the table and all the equipment microphone on the stand and sort of start a recording. Say excuse me, they saw what you're doing and say yeah, I'm doing I'm doing a sleep recorded. appetite a picture of their faces. As I say it.
Mind you, they might not understand the word recorded that might be difficult. Sleep with no magic people don't think much. Probably sleep instantly when they was kind of like having a reptilian brain isn't it is which is just naturally just fall asleep. completely oblivious. Because you've got to have a real oblivious kind of mindset to be waking people up at eight in the morning, and to be digging and drilling all day long. disturbing a whole neighborhood. So is the same as that when lorry drivers the blocking off traffic when they're delivering that they can do that all day long? Every day, you know, five days a week for years and years and years. So they've got to have the god get in touch with that reptilian part of their brain where they don't have any consideration because they can't have you know, have to block that off. Because you couldn't do a job like that if you had consideration because it would just drive you nuts. It would just be too hard. Or people with vans you know the the typical white van man where they think they can just but the rules of the road do not apply to them. It Park you know, or the black cabs for a color who isn't a white van man and black cabs. Is it a black cab is the lunk Well, it's not just London but predominantly London taxis the original black cabs. And there's they again, they if you've been to London, it's been a while for me, but I used to live there. They will just pretty much drive stop wherever .....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/195-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-not-taking-yourself-too-seriously-when-your-feeling-agitated-16th-october-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, this is going to be an exercise all year. But yeah, an exercise that was for basically it's something you can do on your own. But the way I'm going to present it is, you know, it's kind of easier to do whilst listening to me during this recording, but you know, it can be adapted. It's all about find, well, for me, it's all about finding what works for you. And then using it, which is why I, part of the reason I do so many different recordings is the hope that you know, you can search and you can find something that helps men, you know, hopefully everything helps, but there's gonna be some things that really
have maybe more of an effect. And what this, I'll go through it with you before actually do it. And I guess it's part of a disruption process. And yeah, and I'm going to be the one doing the disruption, the digital, the disrupting, rather. So we're going to focus on something that you're anxious about. Okay. And if you listen to me before, you know that
the feeling of anxiety won't be around for long. Yeah, is this not? We're not here to focus and to, you know, dwell on the feeling. It's about reducing, changing, or maybe even deleting, eliminating, particular feeding. So, different things, different effects will be different for different people. I just really pleased, I've managed to say the word different 100 times in one sentence. Yes. Now, I'd like you to think of something. And I suppose, as we're testing this, as you're testing this with me, maybe could test it on something that isn't, you know, extreme, if that makes sense. So, let's say for example, you've got a scale of one to 1010 being the worst possible thing that you're maybe anxious about when you think about it. Because you know, we're not always thinking about stuff, are we not always thinking about one particular thing. Our minds are not that fixed. We've got very fluid minds. And that's a good thing. And sometimes I think it can feel a little bit fixed a little bit too focused on maybe one thing or a group of things, maybe negative things, when actually there is positivity there as well, is there's always going to be positive. There's always going to be confidence, even when perhaps we're not focusing on it. It's all there. available for you. To gain contact with all feelings, all emotions are all available. Now, what I'd like you to do is to focus on a something maybe ranging maybe a three or four net scale of anxious anxiety. And I'd like you to create a picture in your mind that represents that thing. That way, if it's a situation, whether it's a person, or maybe it's just a picture, that represents the feeling, because there's going to be a feeling if there was no feeling that would, there would be an issue with that, let's face it. So that feeling of anxiety is, is kind of the main issue. Even though the situation that perhaps has caused it, maybe post traumatic stress. So it's an event that's happened in the past, can't change the event. And, you know, there's this feeling connected. So, I guess to say that the the events, not important, is wrong to say that. But the event is not what's causing you to have these feelings. It's what's the feelings, basically,
the events happened. And the anxiety is separate. Because moving people can get anxious about all kinds of stuff.
known people to have a reaction to something. And I'm not going to say what it is, but something that for most people, if I told you, you would think it was the most trivial thing ever, but not to that person, it wasn't. And their reaction was equivalent to having been in a major disaster. Like, almost like, these are the worst possible scenario and affect them for years, in a huge way. As So, I helped that person to get through that is a long time ago. So is the feeling ultimately, isn't it? You don't need me to tell you that, you know, that is the feeling. If it wasn't for the the uncomfortable feeling of anxiety or stress or tension, then we wouldn't be having this conversation. If there was no feelings connected, then you know, it wouldn't be an issue. But it's okay to have feelings connected to stuff. In fact, it's natural. It's natural to have feelings connected to good things have happened and bad things have happened in our lives. We have feelings and emotions because we're human. But anxiety goes is although it is a feeling. It's an extreme, extreme feeling. That doesn't often even make sense. It's almost like it takes a life takes on a life of its own. And seems to think that it's in control. It's the boss of you, and it's not the boss of you know, feeling is in control of you. You're the boss. It's worth remembering that it's worth telling yourself that reminding yourself every day that you're in charge of how you feel. It doesn't mean ignoring the natural feelings that you have.
beak notice them and you can decide what you want to focus on. Each is what you focus on. It doesn't choose you, you choose what you focus on.
That's the good, quite good thing to remember. However, it doesn't feel like that sometimes I know. So in those situations as you move forward as you start to notice more and more each day, actually,
you are the boss. Sometimes it can happen instantly. But right now, other times, it takes a while. way to think about anxiety. And I've mentioned this in a previous recording as well. is energy is energy. And if you think about it, like trapped wind, yes, trapped energy. Have you ever had Well, if you've everybody's had trapped wind. Men were born with the ability to have trapped when babies get trapped wind. The only thing is, as you get older, no one wants to burp you today.
You know you when you're 40 or 50 console got trapped. When can you please just cuddle me and pat me on the back until I burp. Unfortunately, that's that service is not available, unless you have a baby.
So he got this trapped energy. Which is actually I mean, trapped wind is the most simple thing. But where is it uncomfortable.
It's it can be amongst the most uncomfortable physical sensations that you can have. And all you need to do is burpo far and is gone. But it can be incredibly uncomfortable, even really painful. So you've got to think about it trapped. energy, which is the anxiety it's trapped. It wants to be released. See need some kind of anxiety, burp or anxiety fault, which is a sea Whitesell, we're using words like bourbon fall in a serious thing, meaning
I think about it is equivalent to gas. It needs to be released. So there's lots of different ways that the anxiety can be released.
And this is a way and I like to present different ways of thinking about things. Because the more ways that you can observe those emotions, the more ways you can focus and see, almost through fresh eyes from a different perspective, from a different direction, things that different. You could see in front of me, and you see me how I look. Now, if he was in a hot air balloon looking above me,
you'd be able to see my bald patch on my head. But if you sit in front of me, you're probably thinking,
Blimey, he's got a big nose. I can't When ready, can I if you're going to fit I've got a big nose or big bald patch on my head. But that's not the point. I'm just saying you can see things differently. And you can notice different things about these feelings that we call anxiety and stress tension The painful feelings. But they're trapped. Which is why they're painful. Just like trapped wind, and we need to be burped. So we're gonna do is you can't pay surf on the back to burp yourself. Okay? So I'm gonna do, I'm gonna ask you to focus on that. Energy. Focus on that. So for example, if you've got an experience from the past that seems to create this tension or anxiety, or maybe there's a person in your life or previously in the past,
whatever it is. Or maybe it's just some anxiety or tension that's there now. I mean, the problem is, is when you listen to me,
the anxiety basically, you feel more relaxed. It's kind of the, the process. And I've been doing this for a very, very long time.
Doing relaxation sessions. And partly it's got nothing to do with any type of skill on my part. I'm just a born of a boring voice. And it's, if you think is Superman and all that stuff, the suit man is allergic to Chris, Chris kryptonite acid. So I'm kind of like, my voice is kryptonite, to your anxiety. My voice is kryptonite to your stress. My voice is kryptonite to your attention. And my stomach is gurgling for some reason. That's nice, lovely, lovely sound effects. So what I want you to do is focus if you can, on something that gets the anxiety feeling. Okay? And you know, you don't have to worry about that note, you know, you're feeling more relaxed, you'll be listened to me, my voice with the kryptonite, it was kind of, you know, got rid of the anxiety and the stress and you feel more relaxed and loose and calm, peaceful. Now, even by me asking you to do this and to get that feeling. You know, it's not gonna last very long. Because when I start talking, it's probably gonna go away anyway. But I'm gonna try not to talk, okay? So we can get rid of it a different way. Which means you can do it on your own. You don't need your need me to talk you through it.
Okay, so I'm going to go through what I want you to do.
Okay, my stomach now weird. I think I should be asleep or something. And, yes,.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/194-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-burping-your-anxiety-13th-october-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason Newland calm. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And all of my recordings are available. And they're all organized in playlists on my website. So you can stream for free you can download for free all on my website. And if you'd like to, you can also send me a PayPal gift, the links on my website and I also have a wish list as well.
Yeah. So this is going to be a short recording. And this is something that I did myself yesterday last night
and basically is a weird one, but this is how sometimes affected me and my friend both ate the same thing. here called me up about an hour later telling me that he was feeling ill. And hearing him explained to me was causing it was cool. I was feeling anxious. Okay, and then by had the distraction of his voice. So it didn't really affect me as much it was kind of okay, but it was a little bit all once I put the phone down with an actually put the phone down so the old phones got 1980s landline. So, you know, I disconnected the phone. turned it off, what are you wanting? And I started to really feel anxiety coming on, right proper, like a panic attack on peripheral shortening and by need to explain the symptoms because that's probably not very useful, to be fair to be fair, you know? But I really started to feel unwell. And I close my eyes. I said to myself, no. No. might might sound a bit weird, but I said it in a very stern voice. nodding shout. It Out wasn't like abusive. It wasn't horrible. It was very stern. Like know, the Canon know that. When you hear someone say, you know, they mean business. You know, they mean, even the most modest. People have a point where they will say no, no more. And you listen to them. Now I've experienced that a few people over the years. And you can ring you can run rings around them and you can make fun of them and whatever. But occasionally they'll say no, they want to say no, they say no. No more. only ever heard my men say once said my granddad's funeral, and my uncles were just laughing. Davis. They were laughing because they're enjoying themselves. So just getting through it, you know, wasn't actually in the church. This was before the funeral at my Nan's house. And my nan had a go at them called more to have more respect. Now they weren't meaning to they weren't showing disrespect, they were dealing with it the best they were they could
you know,
probably by holding in the emotions. m&m was doing the best she could by shouting at them know by the point is I'd never heard of do that before. Since then, I heard a Tell me know a few times and I listened. So there's that voice that you have inside you and that I have inside me, which isn't aggressive. It's not violent. It's not. I don't know. It's not anything. It's a certain tone. You can say it to someone and they will listen. But no, no. And it's not condescending. It's not talking down to someone. It's theirs. I don't know what the right name for it is. It's the no word. No. When you know that person means they're not saying it is a joke. They really ain't joking about in nose, no human there at all. It's no that's it. I feel quite emotional saying it for exams, talking about my land. But we all have that in us, we'll have that voice, we will all have that word. And, you know, sometimes it may not have worked, okay. And you can't control what other people do. Okay, so I realize there's been times when I've said no to someone, and they've carried on. But they knew they knew not to, but maybe they did carry on, but it's rare. It's a real rarity. Usually, when you say no, they listen, they hear it. They know. They know to shut up. Part of the reason I know about this word is because I've heard a lot over the years. Yeah, thanks, Andre for sneezing in the background. This recording was going really well to did that. Thanks. Machine Gun sneezy. Right back to the recording as Andre, my favorite little boy. So I heard the word know quite a lot when I was a kid, because I was I suppose cheeky, would be the word also has very cheeky to pretty much everyone. Apart from probably apart from my name, I wasn't cheeky to her. I was cheeky to the teachers, and some would call it rude, but I like to think of as being cheeky. So I was told no, a lot. And even then, the teachers would say no, no, and I'd ignore it. And then there was that no, that I knew not to ignore. So we've all got it inside. That's the point. We've all got that know that power is an energy. That's really, really, really, really powerful. And he could almost feel like you could stop a bull in its tracks from chasing you just by shouting, no. Well, last night, I used all myself. And it worked. It worked. I said, No. No, I'm not going to allow myself to be manipulated, or affected or whatever the right word is not getting my proper words today, but almost manipulated by the words from another person. Even though he wasn't trying to manipulate me, he was just telling me how he was feeling. But I almost felt like my, my brain, my emotions, were using that and trying to get in touch, maybe trying to have empathy by trying to feel the way that he was feeling. And the way he was feeling was awful. He was really unwell. But the description of some of the things he was talking about didn't it's almost was sounded almost like a panic attack though he was going through. And I started to have the physical sensations
of
what I would only describe as the beginnings of a panic attack and I close my eyes and I said no. No, really strict. really firm to myself. I know it's not gonna happen. Firstly, I know the cause. The cause is my friend telling me something. We ate the same thing. But he doesn't mean they're gonna have the same result. And besides, I've had food poisoning in the past. Food poisoning does not cause me to have a panic attack it caused me to be physically ill emotionally oh not so I'm not scared of that so I have nothing I don't need to be I don't like being ill of course but I'm not scared of it. The idea of breaking a bone does not I would not be sent into a panic attack from there because I've broken bones in the past and it's okay it's not nice but it's nothing major. If it was me back or something I'll be a different thing so logically there's nothing to be scared of there's nothing to be fearful for. There is nothing to no reason for all my emotions to suddenly be on high alert and for me to be expecting the worst at all plus, he had more of what I had to eat here I'd had a little bit he had more and it was just a hot pizza basically. And he was really had a reaction now I avoid article the the hot stuff off at the top. And I made sure I avoided eat anything even with juice on as so he you know that I don't know what it was jalapenos, but apparently those proper strong lead never had that reaction before.
So that was what logic stuff like I know logics not always useful. Your emotions against logic, emotions, have a tendency of winning if you allow them to. So I was sitting in my chair, and I said, no. No, no. And I've got a fairy over there. Most uncontrollable ferret. I can't tell him what to do. He ignores me. Apart from when I do that to him, if I say no, here's me. I have to look him in the eyes when I do it. Be here's me, and he can see that I'm not messing around. And he runs away. And he hides. It doesn't hide. He just stops being naughty.
So it works. It worked for me yesterday. And it works on humans as well. You know, as far as getting into stop whatever their behavior is. But this isn't about that this is just about something that may be useful for you to test out. No, I said to yourself, I know you're not doing it. You know going through that you're not allowing those feelings to arise for no reason.
No. Let's just test it out. test out. And it's just another thing that you can use just the word No. But with that tone with that definiteness of it. It needs to be definite it needs to be 100% congruent. You need to mean it's not
No
no, it's not you know, it's No. No. He got meaning with every
part
of your body in mind. You can mean it with everything. That no and it's not aimed at yourself is aimed at those feelings
that you don't want. aimed at those feelings that you don't need to experience Know, when any feeling arises, know, send it back, send it back to where it came from?
No. It's almost like your body listens to your word. When you focus on that part of your body, in your mind, is it it's kind of one of those weird things is your mind saying it, but your mind, here's the same time your unconscious mind is affected. And the word know is very easy to understand. It's no it's not vague. Which means it can be understood very quickly. And you can feel different very, very quickly. Now, I like to add humor, I like to mess around with stuff. But this is one of those moments where possibly no room for humor. This is a no, I'm not messing about I'm not kidding about here. It's no
when you realize your emotion, or those emotions that would be being used, that wanted to be used by the anxiety is now being used by you saying no. The energy that power is behind that no. So that you mean, and you not only expect those feelings that you don't want to stop, expect them to stop. You want them to stop, but you know, you'd know that they're gonna stop. Because you're in charge. You're the boss. No One No one's in charge of you. No one's in charge of how you feel. No one.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/193-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-say-no-mean-it-8th-october-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. And my websites on there you got where you can download, you've got all my recordings, you can download and stream all of my recordings. And it's all organized into podcasts. So it's all very simple, no adverts on there at all at the time of this recording, and if you'd like you can, if you want to send a PayPal gift, the links on my website. I also have a wish list and the Amazon wishlist. If you'd like to buy me a book. Yeah. It's all there. It's all there if you'd like to do that. Right. As your you'll be aware, if you listen to this podcast regularly, I do various different things. One of what I like to do by exercises as well as long relaxation sessions and also kind of sleep relaxation sessions as well. So this is going to be I guess, almost a meditative trance thingy. So it's very vague or No. But may basically what it's going to be is, I'm going to ask you to stand or sit in front of a mirror. Okay, and just look at yourself and repeat these with affirmations. And some words, you might say, well, that's not hypnosis. Well, a very famous hypnotist, a French hypnotist is the person who pretty much invented the affirmation. The idea of is kind of a self hypnosis technique, where by repeating something over and over again, it sinks into your unconscious mind and becomes part of you. So that is the technique, basically an affirmation is that he he could say technically, he didn't invent it in a sense of affirmations in a form of chanting. In has been used in, you know, in religions, for 1000s of years. So, and you could also say that a lot chanting would be reading out, scriptures out loud. And that is the way in the past a long time ago that the word of various religions were passed on orally. And then eventually, they started to get written down. So this is not a history lesson. Because I don't know enough about it to give you a history lesson. But in the context of hypnosis, the idea is by saying something to yourself, whether it's out loud or internally has an effect. effect. It can't not have an effect. Because we're already doing this you're already doing this. I'm already doing this is just Unfortunately, the affirmations so let's move remove the word affirmations to the The things that we say to ourselves
possibly aren't helpful. They may be negative. They may not all be negative. I hope that's the case. I hope that you are saying positive things to yourself.
But regardless of that, this is time to start saying more positive things to yourself. So, you may never thought about doing that before. But now if you make that decision right now with me, from now on, you will start to focus on positive thoughts. And I'm not talking about made up. You know, bullshitting ourselves, I'm not talking about that. I'm not, you know, I can say I'm six for three, as often as I like, I'm still gonna be five for a while probably shrinking, as I get older, I'll probably end up being about five foot six. By the time I'm 70. I can say that I've got a full header here. But the fact is onboarding. So it's not about lying. Or saying something that isn't going to happen, or can't possibly happen. But that's only is only a small amount of things that are definitely not going to be able to change. Although in a sense, you know, here, you can no hair transplant. But forgetting all that stuff. There's certain things that maybe it's really worth accepting. You know, I accept the high Iam, I accept that never gonna look like Brad Pitt. I don't actually want to do but forgetting. So this is more about how you feel about yourself. It's about positivity. And, you know, I've been studying positivity, been studying that stuff for 20 years, pretty much. And for a long time, I really believed it was just a bunch of crap. And the reason I believed that because I've thought it was being false. I didn't believe all of it was crap. I just believed. I felt that a lot of is seen very false like to tell yourself something that isn't true. And it's never going to be true. But that's, I got it wrong. That's not what it's about. That was my error. That was my error in judgment. I didn't understand why I was learning. The simple fact is positive thinking is from one angle is just reducing your negative thinking.
That's the most important part. reducing your negative thinking and then increase in your positive thinking. By positive thinking, it can be as simple as I'm going to be okay. I deserve to be happy. I'm a good person. I'm a decent person. I'm good at you fill the gap. We're all good at something.
Some people are good at playing chess. Some people are good at singing. Some people are good at building websites. Some people are good at gardening, good. All kinds of things. Everyone's got strengths. abilities.
And even though some of those strengths and abilities may not seem at all valid for your day to day life, you may think Well, okay, I'm good at decorating. I'm good to DIY. What's that got to do with relationships? What's that got to do with my mental health? What's that got to do with that feeling positive about my life? Well, when you focus in, positively on something, you're not focusing negatively. Because you can't do both at the same time. It's an impossibility. You can't have a hot bath, and a cold bath at the same time. It's got to be one or the other column, but it's physically impossible. As physically, emotionally, mentally impossible to have a positive and a negative thought. At the same time, of course, one can follow the other in that moment, you can only have one type of thought. So when you feeling positive, and you reminding yourself of what you're good at, something that you've been successful in your therefore not focusing on the things that you perhaps don't like about yourself, or the things that you wish were different. Now, we shouldn't wish wishing things were different isn't negative? necessarily. It depends how you present it to yourself. See, I could think to myself, I wish that Yeah, I just I wish that I was fitter. I wish I was, you know, fitter and slimmer. And think work gets to the gym market. Or I could do some sit ups. I've got a bench over there. I've got punchbag, I can exercise, I've got the room to do it. Which is a positive way of thinking I'd like to make changes. Or I can think I'm just the fat pig on obese of disgusting and, you know, I wish I was slimmer. I'm so fat and horrible. And so it's still the same thing. But negative, the sort of positive. I'm not saying anything you don't already know. So it's just a point I'm making is just by a small, small change in focus. He can feel different. You can feel positive about something that maybe you were feeling negative about before. See right now you can feel positive. About increase in your positivity and decrease in your negativity. He can feel positive about that. I don't think I used to connect the word positive with almost forcing myself to think something that I didn't really believe. And this is not really that. I guess it could it could be. But I don't think you really can work like that. It needs to be something that you want to do. You need to want to feel positive, to feel more positive and to embrace that side of yourself. And I can tell you, and you can read as many books as you want on the subject They're all to the same thing really.
That, you know, by feeling positive, you'll feel happier, you'll feel they are less positive, of course in what you think affects how you feel, and how you feel, you can feel amazing. By thinking positively, and the more positive you think, the more positive you can become in your outlook towards the future, and towards what's going on now. You hear that a new read that in any positive book, they will also say he need to do the work.
It's not really work, if you want to do it. You know, going to the gym isn't really hard for those that really want to go to the gym.
It could be you know, this. For myself. Going back to when I was younger, I used to love going to the gym, I look forward to it. It wasn't a task, it wasn't difficult. It was you know, it wasn't always easy when I was there. But going, I look forward to it. So if you enjoy doing something and you want to do, it's not going to be difficult, and it will be positive, and the outcome will be positive. So when your target is actually based on positivity itself, it can only really be approached with positivity, which is a damn good star. It's an amazing star. Because by deciding that you're going to start to focus more on the positive aspects of your life. By making that decision, you're already flooding your brain and your body everything with positivity sites is a brilliant start. And feed in positive isn't something new, it's not something that you need to learn. Because you already know how to do it. It's no different to be trying to teach you how to breathe, or how to eat or how to go to the toilet. Like the natural processes are there to feel positive, just as the natural process are there to feel negative as well. And there's no point like pretending the negativity doesn't exist because it technically in the same sense of positivity does, it has to because it's the opposite.
So the affirmations, really is very simple. As I said, you can look in the mirror you can sit down, stand up, we don't have to go into the bathroom, you can ju.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/192-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-natural-born-positivity-7th-october-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks.
Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes now just can talk you through a nice, gentle relaxation session. And it's gonna last maybe 20 minutes or so there won't be any music in the background, it's just going to be me talking.
So I'd like you to get yourself comfortable. Of course, there is a possibility he could fall asleep. But to prevent that, I would say maybe Sit in a comfortable chair, this supports your body. Ideally, that has I don't like armrests or something like that. If you do lay down, then, you know, you might fall asleep. But also to say that there's no adverts anymore on my recordings. So you can listen to the next recording and there won't be you won't be jolted awake or anything by adverts are called guaranteed or the volume of every recording will be exactly the same. But it's okay. It's okay for me because I'm not listening to them. But you know, I mean, it should be in all of my recordings can be listened, streamed for free and downloaded on my website. And if you'd like to support this re service by giving me a PayPal gift, or send me go to my wish list my Amazon wishlist and send me a gift, just go to my website and the links are by
now I'm sitting in a chair. I'm just gonna go, I'm gonna focus on how I feel. And at the same time, I'd like you to focus on how you feel.
And part of that is by actually getting in touch with how we feel. It lets us access those parts. It's It's my almost like, sometimes it seems as if certain parts of my body are wanting my attention. And in order to get that attention, maybe they present physical discomfort,
tensions, stress tightness. So by giving attention by focusing on that part of my body, or those parts of my body
satisfies the need for that attention. I like to think of it is almost like a crying baby. Baby, perhaps doesn't want anything. doesn't need to be fed does need to be changed. Just once your attention just wants to know that you're there. So the baby may cry. You turn up you go into the bedroom, your baby sees you. You may not even have to pick your baby up. might just be enough. Your baby to see you to have that tension in order for your baby to just calm down again, and be peaceful
and feel relaxed. So there's something I think quite useful in thinking about it in that way.
It's quite a positive way to think about it. And it means that, you know, we're not having a go at ourselves, we're not getting angry at ourselves.
Because it's easy to get angry stress. When actually the reality is, stress is natural. tension is natural. feeling anxious sometimes is natural. And that's it. That's the simple fact of it. is natural. So what benefit can we have? By being negative to ourselves, by putting ourselves down by being angry, or even verbally abusive towards ourselves?
You sorted out by saying, Oh, I shouldn't feel this. I shouldn't feel tense. I shouldn't feel stress, I shouldn't feel what have I got to be tense about? Well, there's plenty for us to be tense about. There's plenty of things that we can feel tension for. is just being alive, isn't it? being human. So I would say part of this and every relaxation session that you listen to, should really be have at the base of it, the foundations a huge, huge part, which is self acceptance. In the piece, you know, I think we've all got it. We've all got that part of us that's peaceful inside. And sometimes it takes a little bit of digging to get to it. Until you realize to actually, there is a shortcut to that part of you inside that is peaceful. There's a shortcut. It's almost like an elevator. Or if you're trying to attract a Star Trek fan, a teleportation system, where you just are teleported to that space within you. Where you feel peaceful. We all have, we all have that space within us, where we can feel incredibly peaceful and calm.
Incredibly at ease. It feels nice. It does. It feels really nice. To relax completely. And it's when you're there. When you're in that space in your mind.
The world seems to play pause. It's a place that has no time. It's a place where there is no stress. There is no tension, depression, anxiety, pain, all of those things.
Do not have access to that space. They're not allowed in. They literally are unable to enter into that space. Which means when you enter into that space, you can be yourself with out that stuff without negativity without hostility towards yourself. It's almost as if, when you're there, there's no past, no future, no presence. It's just a space where the world doesn't really exist anymore. While you're in there, it's a place of complete peacefulness as you traveled, as you notice that actually, as you listen to my voice show already there. You may not realize that, but you're there now. And you can start to notice what it feels like. To not be a slave to your feelings, or slave to your thoughts. No longer a slave to your cravings. Or to your needs, or to your once, no longer a slave to your own opinions, or belief systems that aren't even your own anyway. They're just being passed down to you something that you've been taught something that you've learned from others.
issue in this space, you get an up tunity to start to create your own, to create your own life, to create your own future based upon who you really are based upon what you really want, not just a superficial craving. But actually something really deep within you. Something that maybe you're passionate about. But she weren't even aware how passionate you are about that particular thing.
And even though you're in that space where there is no future, past or present, you can start to plan the future the EU, choose for yourself. Then it starts to build outside that space. The future starts to build based upon what you have decided, your future is going to look like. Feel like for you in the future. feels different, really feels different. to just be at peace with yourself. to just be at peace is a really nice feeling. comes from that. Because you can start to realize that things aren't set in stone, maybe the way that you used to believe them to be your life isn't set because you have choices. As you realize that every second of every day you
choose, you choose what you do next. Which brings the power back to you. Which means you can no longer be a victim of circumstances. Because you choose from now on, you choose to circumstances, you choose the life that you are going to live and enjoy.
feeling more relaxed, more of the time. It's a nice feeling, when you're in that safe space of your mind, that place where there's no there's no room for anything but positivity. Everything You Ever Wanted or wished for is available for you. Anything that you choose to do in the future is available for you to choose to do.
And the more you think about this, the more relaxed you become. The more relaxed you become more peaceful, you feel. Not just in your body, in your mind and that sense of peacefulness naturally spreads into the future spreads into the future. The future that you have built for yourself to enjoy, to be happy to be relaxed and peaceful. Because by living the life that you choose to live it can only be positive and more relaxing. Because why would you choose anything else? Why would you choose anything but positivity. Comfort, happiness, safety. Love. You have more of a sense of really appreciating yourself and notice in all the wonderful aspects of your personality because that is what shines That is what becomes most obvious
to you. The positive side of you, the side of you that can relax, and laugh, and feel so comfortable and peaceful, very peaceful. so peaceful. Just by listening to my voice, you're able to let go, come, legally, of everything. And anything
doesn't help you in some way, letting go of everything. And anything that gets in the way of your safety and happiness.
Knowing that you are creating a new future for yourself, you get to decide what you do next. You choose what you do next. You can choose what you believe in. He can choose what you like. She can let go of all those old negativities from the past
and any unpleasant memories connected can all be Let go. Let go. She look forward to the future. There's a reason why we look into the future instead of looking behind us into the past, because we always have to travel into the future. And if you travel backwards, looking into the past, you're gonna end up tripping over
or banging a lamppost or a wall. You need to look where you're going. And the only place you go in is into the future.
Be calm, go backwards, he can only go forwards and that's not choice. However you can choose how he go forwards and what kind of a future you are going to enjoy. feeling more relaxed and healthier. Feeling safer. Feeling at peace, feet and happier. Nine the you have taken back that power, your power to choose what you do next. And to choose to feel calm, safe and relaxed. When you just relax in that part of your mind which only allows positivity and safety positivity and safety giving yourself the opportunity to go and relax. Deeply complete and rely. Tape j play t pay......CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/191-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relaxing-space-to-plan-a-positive-future-4th-october-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes.
Now, in this recording, what I'm gonna do is it's gonna be a sleep, last relaxation session. And I've been doing more of these, because I think it's nice to have the choice to, you know, I mean, it's so nice to have nice session of relaxation.
But quite often that can and will lead to sleep, which may be much needed. So my suggestion would be to, if you are listening specifically for the relaxation, and you don't wish to fall asleep for too long, then please set your alarm to wake you up. So if you've got things to do other than that, you can just let yourself drift off. And, you know, it's I guess it's a combination of boringness combination, soothing, a combination of lots of different things, you know, your brains stops doing things, you know, you kind of almost you stop thinking, you don't need to think about anything when you're listening to me. And trust me of, I've talked to lots of people face to face, and I've seen their brain stop working, their minds just seem to shut down and they've always looked like they want to close. And that's what I'm telling people about something interesting to me. So you know, this stuff does work. And there will be two versions of this recording one with one without music. The one without music will be about two hours long. And music is provided by Kevin MacLeod it's open source, copyright free. And I have I will post the details about Kevin MacLeod on in the you know, information on the podcast, including his website which is incompetech.com. So maybe check him out because there's some he writes some beautiful music. I currently am using just one of his pieces of music, doing this recording and doing recently all my recordings I've just only been using that one piece of music because it's quite a long piece. So suits what I need. But I have reached out to him to see whether or not he'd like to do a podcast with me where he produces the music and I make the recording you know the audio, the hypnosis session and so on. Found him quite hard to get hold of. Now the most important thing really is for you to get yourself comfortable. That's the number one priority is that you're safe and that you're comfortable. So if you are sitting in a chair, make sure you're safe by only sitting in a chair that has sides to it. You know elbow, wrists or armrests something that will support your body when you fall asleep Because even if you're listening to this sort of relaxation, and you know, you didn't, he decided not to fall asleep properly, you're still gonna drift. Which means you will probably fall asleep a little bit, even if you decide to just listen to the shorter version. So it's up to you, but make sure you're safe. If you're sleeping, or sitting up in a bed, then of course, make sure you're comfortable. Now, I know for myself, I would not be able to listen to this, or any relaxation session by anybody else.
Whilst lying on my bed without falling asleep, 100% is you know, in fact, I can't, I can listen to heavy metal album was lying down and all fall asleep is is my default setting. So you may find it bad if you listen through relaxation, to sit in a chair, or to sit up in bed. Now, it's a low introduction. But this introduction counts for future recordings you listen to. So don't always do a long introduction about how to sail how to lay down, or, you know, ideally for this specific purpose. Because that would be a bit boring, I guess, for people to listen to every time. But every now and then I do. And this is one of those times.
So I'm now about to tell you to get yourself comfortable.
would say just close your eyes. I'm not going to I don't do any really sort of techniques to try and trick you into closing your eyes telling you that your eyes are closed and you can't open them in this stuck closed. I don't do any of that stuff. Because if you've got eyelids, then you can close your eyes. You don't need me to help you with that. A don't need me to tell you to breathe, you know how to breathe. need me to tell you how to get comfortable. Because it's going to be different for everybody. And you know your own body. You know what physical positioning is required for you to be your most comfortable and don't feel obligated to to lie on your back. Whilst listening to this. He can do and it might make some of the some of the things easier to do as far as you know, for this recording, I'm going to be asking you to gently tense parts of your body. But you don't have to be on your back to do that. And although I do like to lie on my back due to sleep apnea or need to sort of funny to be on the side. So you might have similar situations or just maybe a physical element, which means that lie on your right hand side is the best position for you. And you may be thinking as nice JJ but you actually can't get on with the recording. Eventually ever going to say anything other than how we could should lie down. Yeah, I am. I am I'm gonna do it now.
So that's it, that's the introduction. So what I'm gonna do, I'm gonna lead you through
ever just said then on ask you to tense each parts of your body as I mentioned, and then relax it from the count of 10 down to one Now have very likely done this one before, it's okay. But even if I did the same recording, you know, the same idea or if I did this particular session of relaxing different parts of your body, and then counting down from 10 to one, as you relax after tense and each recording will still be different. Each recording will sound a little bit different. Because I'm not editing anything I'm talking to you. And as I talk you through this recording, as a talk you through the process, I myself am also participating in the process
of relaxing each part of my body when tensing apart, just for a short while, and then next in. So I'm gonna ask you to tense from five down to one.
Or should we say one to five? Yeah, count from one to five tents, and then 10, down to one relax. And what I would say is, don't for example, if you're holding your arm into your hand into a fist, first of all, Don't strain, there's no strain involved in this, you're not gonna win a medal. It's about doing it to the level that you feel comfortable. And who also there's a part of your body, which has any physical conditions, then you can just miss that part out. You can imagine yourself tense in that part of your body, instead of actually physically doing it. And in all fairness, there's not really that much difference between imagining doing it and actually doing it
because that part of your body will feel more relaxed. So we're going to start the top of your head. And let's say your forehead first.
Moving down your face, and then your throat, your neck, shoulders, arms, hands, chest, stomach back, Hips, legs, feet and toes. And that's gonna be the direction that we're going to be going upon mentioning those parts of your body, that may already decide to stop relaxing in their own natural way. Which is perfectly normal. Because especially if you listen to me regularly, she'll very likely find that you start to feel relaxed. Just by pressing the play button on the podcast on the recording is start maybe to even feel relaxed whilst thinking about listening to me. Now, I'm going to start by focusing on your forehead and I'm going to focus on my forehead at the same time. Swami to do now
is take my glasses off I feel so relaxed and tired. Want to do these recordings, sometimes it's hard to stay awake, but it's okay, I'll do my best.
So as you focus on your forehead what I find is to really, you know, to tense it
you may find lifting your eyebrows up could cause you know, those crinkles in your forehead or my age, just causing those crinkles in my forehead to squash together even more. looks a bit like an omelet. So another thing you may notice and I don't really know why this is something that I notice is I'm in the moment I'm sitting in a chair, course or calm microphone in front of me is a little bit different from your experience. Unless of course you've got microphone in front of you. Which side wonder why. And the show or podcast anyway, doesn't matter. The thing is, I've noticed that the temperature of the room becomes more noticeable when I have my eyes closed. And sometimes the feels like this a cool breeze on my face. Not cold, which is cool. Yet, there is nothing in the room to cause
a breeze. The windows are closed. away I'm in laminate must be that fan. No, there's no fan on either.
There's no big feathers waving. It's just nothing in here, I can feel just a slight breeze on my forehead and on my face. Strange really up nobody, maybe it's the process of having close my eyes. Because when you close your eyes, your face automatically starts to relax. It's almost a trigger to the rest of your face that a It's okay.
We haven't got to do anything. Now, for a while. muscles can just relax because for most people, when you got your eyes closed, it means that
you're resting. Either you just having a bit of relaxation or having a nap. or indeed you're just in bed, enjoying feeling comfortable. As your body increases relaxation, your mind slows down and starts to drift. So that's kind of what happens with your eyes. When you're close your eyes. The rest of your face automatically relaxes which then sends that signal to the rest of your body. It....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/190-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-tensing-muscles-to-relax-sleep-deeply-30th-september-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, this is going to be a short exercise. It's homework No, no, it's not homework. Exercise, not physical. Trust me, if you saw my belly, you'd know that I would never be doing anything physical or no, no, no. And it's based upon something that I've kind of tested a few things. I'm always testing things out for myself to see how something new might be useful. For example, early today, I've got a clothes rack with a towel rack in my bathroom. And it's just about the radiator. So my bath towel can dry was doing is always standing up straight, holding the rag and just let my body go back a little bit. I've tested it a little bit confused, worried, confused, concerned that my body weight would just pull the whole thing off the wall, but it didn't. And it's really really gentle movement. And I found that I did that a few times. And I could feel Yeah, either my shoulders, my arms, my back, chest stomach moving as well as my body, you know, my head was moving. And focusing on those small movements was basically some mindfulness exercise and my mind calmed down. So yeah, that is not what this recording is about. But I'm just letting you know that something that I did today, which I found really useful was quite nice. Of course make sure that if you do do something like that, that the whatever it is you're holding on to is going to take your body weight now I wasn't pullin against it because I would pull it off the wall if I put all my body weight against it but I wasn't doing that I was just being really really slow and really gentle. Almost as if I felt like I weighed nothing which doesn't happen very often for me so it was it was quite nice. It was almost like being flat floating you know anyway, that's not what this recording is about. But that is a little bit extra you might be able to get a go if you want now what we're gonna do this is gonna be a it's gonna be negative thinking, fumigation, negative thinking fumigation. So, basically negative thoughts are me don't need me to explain what they are. It I'm sure you agree, adjust. Awful. Really. All they do is hinder. They all they do is make things worse. negative thinking, just like positive thinking has a huge impact on our lives. In fact, what you think about effects every aspect of your life, you could say in fact, what you think about is your life. It produces how you feel, produces your actions, it produces all kinds of stuff. Therefore it's the most important thing. Man, it can affect your physical health, not just in
a psychological aspect of, you know, believing that you're going to recover Believing that you can and you know, when you have the operation that you're going to get through it, okay? And you feel positive. Or maybe you're going through a period of medication, and believing that the medication is going to help you and to heal you. Because possibly, if the negativity kicks in, you might not take the medication. And there's the obvious stuff that you know the behavior as well. Things like, I guess, overeating, over drinking, smoking, drugs, all that kind of stuff, due to what we think about creates that behavior, which then can have a huge ball probably will have an effect upon all of that helps, depending on what we do. I'm not talking from a perspective of, you know, being high up and saying you should not do that be perfect like me, because I'm not. And I do lots of stuff that's bad for me. So you know, I'm not perfect and never want to be. Yeah, I do. Really, really, I'm working on this myself. The positivity is the most important thing that any of us can do for ourselves. And it helps other people as well. So I don't have anyone really around me to affect. But if I did, if I had kids, if I was, had a close family that I was involved in, or if I had a job that I went to every day, and I was around people, that my mental state is really my MC near negativity, positivity, whatever goes on in my head, is going to have an effect on those people. As it is I don't have much human contact, which is fine with me. But I have been in a situation where my negativity has been very unpleasant for other people. And also other people have with me. And I mean, I've worked with a few people that were very, very negative one, one woman, she actually has been men and women, I'm just saying this particular person was a woman, she was reading, and I really liked it actually, it's a really nice person. I liked her a lot. She used to come in reading books on abuse, like, you know, child abuse stories. They were really popular while back back in maybe 10 years ago, whatever. And lots of people were writing books about their childhood, and they were really bestsellers. And every day, she was sitting there reading another one of those books. And it was just her negativity levels were very high. And you'd I'm not saying obviously, you read what you want to read. And that stuff can be really useful and therapeutic and cathartic. Lots of big words wasn't ultimately if that's if you do too much of that. A lot of negativity that's been going into your into your mind. So it needs to be needs to be at the very least balanced. But say needs to be top heavy with positivity. That's the goal. Hopefully. So anyway, this you don't want to come on here to do a short exercise or still end up just waffling. But there you go. That's what you get with me. It's give you might all. And I could just come on in and say now this is what you need to do. And we will we will we will pretend to be some kind of a teacher. But I'm not. I'm just sharing some ideas that hopefully can help. And based on the growth of this podcast, something's working somewhere. Because I get more and more people listening every day to this particular podcast.
And it is now my most popular podcast out of all of them. It's not the most popular in overall stats yet, but it's about 15,000 off and then it will be will be the most pop b&b I think 303 139 340,000 downloads so far from this podcast as growing and growing, so thank you everyone for I'm going to get on with it whatever so you name it This was so this is fumigation fumigating fumigating negative thoughts now our minds have all kinds of false positive negative, I reckon is quite a few that are just neutral. You know, like the fighter flight doesn't really that bothered either way it's just stuff that I've heard and it hasn't really had an impact on my mind or my life so we're not going to focus on them we're not going to focus on the positive thoughts we're going to focus just on the negative thoughts and fumigating them in the same way as you would fumigate a room full of fleas and I've done that I did it last year Andre my little boy he's a ferret never had fleas you know I had him for five years last year was the first time ever and I think he got them from the field you know from grass or something and he brought them in it and they were everywhere they really you know every bird bedroom you know everything and I didn't know what to do when to the vets and they gave him a thing for him you know so that he didn't get fleas anymore but they were still everywhere all over the carpet and everything so I had to research and I ended up getting these fumigation bombs they were called they're not really bombs it's not very nice word really if you think about it is but that's what they call them fumigation bonds basically what they are is a can with a top you know take the top off but it can you put you place it on the floor and generally the size of my room would only need one one can and I did one in the bedroom as well and I found one in the hallway so I put it into here had to leave the room for about an hour or two and then I kept Andre out of the room for good like maybe three or four hours of all the windows open so that he didn't get any of those fumes so the this fumigation can that we're going to use here for your mind is only going to affect the negative thoughts. So in the same way as if I got a fleek and that wouldn't affect Andre or me and I had to leave the room as well. One that literally I could sit in there Andre could sit in and I could set off the fumigation bomb and it would only affect and get rid of the fleas only negate the fleas but be okay for me. That's the kind of fumigation balm that we're going to use for your mind.
Okay
so all we need to do is with your eyes closed. I want you the cam basically it's like a deodorant and can really any candlelight that kind of a some kind of aerosol can. You place it on the floor and maybe you can see on the side it says negativity bomb or something like that. You know I could say whatever, fumigation negativity fumigator so that's the can. You could have it to be the same size as a tin can if you wanted not tin cannot paint pot. You know when those paint cans you could have it that kind of size it's up to you either always going to do the job you know sizes and everything. Keep saying it normally is me but so what you do is you put this fumigation is negative negativity fumigator can on, displace it, imagine you're in your mind, place it on the floor and all you need to do is just press the top. Okay, just press the top and then it releases
the
spray, that then gets rid of the negative thoughts suppress the top and then you make sure we get out of there if you want just for....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/189-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-negativity-fumigation-jason-newland-28th-september-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, there may be the background sound, it's very windy outside today. But that's okay. Because this is going to be a short recording with an exercise that you can do, if you want to. Okay. And, yeah, so I also want to say thank you for listening to this podcast, thank you for your support. If you didn't listen, there'd be no point me making it. And this is pretty much on a daily basis, my most popular podcast now out of all the ones that I do, and I do a few. So, thank you, thank you for listening. And I hope that what do is useful? So this is going to be a question. Say, I would say, a bit of a born worrier going you know, all the way back to when I was very, very young, I used to worry about things. And I used to get ill, I physically ill worried. Doesn't happen as much as it used to. Which is a good thing. But I would say part of that is due to work that I've done, you know, things that I've done to help myself is almost the that feeling of literally feeling sick with worry is awful, horrible, horrible experience. And I would I would guess that everybody has felt that way at some point in their life, some more than others. And if it if it is, like, you know, a really rare thing then chances are that the thing you worried about might be huge, you know, you may be someone's in hospital or maybe you got the person might have medical tests being done or about to lose a job or you know, might actually be there worrying about something actually is happening. But for the majority of people the worry is possibly about things it's never gonna happen. Probably won't happen. And for people that have anxiety, stress disorder, or whatever you want to call it, you know problems with that stuff. There's a chance that you over worry like I do sometimes. I don't worry as much as I used to. But I'm still pretty good at it. I am it's almost a skill why not very good skill. There are benefits to actually let's not be too negative because it's so easy to sort of get really negative negative out about how we are an almost dismissing and putting ourselves down because of a condition that is painful. Yeah, it's also really good skill to have as well. Because if you as a health and safety expert if you if you called in health and safety expert you are building a building, you know you had this big building, you didn't know about how it needs to be done. you're relying on the builders you rely on the carpenters you rely on the individual workers to do their bit but you in the architect and stuff but you didn't really know about the health and safety aspects and you wanted to make sure that everybody was safe on the site. You wanted to make sure that the building stayed up once it is built.
Now you employ someone or you get someone to contract someone in, that is in charge of that stuff that checks everything, make sure everything's correct. Who would you prefer someone that is a bomb warrior. Or someone that really just doesn't care, or just naturally just is kind of flippant, and is really positive, everything will be okay. Everything will be fine. Everything will work out, Okay, I'm gonna need to worry about stuff. Now in that situation, and naturally born warrior would be the perfect person. Because they would notice things that may be what they probably noticed things that aren't there, they're worried about things that are never going to happen. But in some ways, in that scenario, it's better to be like that, than to not worry about things that may very well happen. So it's a skill, it's something if you flip on his side is not necessarily a bad thing. You know, if your child or even an adult, someone walks up to you and says, Oh, do you want to get in my car? And I'll take you to this place? And, you know, if you get a sense of, Oh, no. No worry, like, Oh, no. And you back down. He said, No, we're not gonna do that. Compared to not worrying about anything yet is going to be fine. And there might not be. I know, an extreme, could be an extreme situation. But I did that once. Waiting for a taxi. Three o'clock in the morning. The only reason I had confidence is because of the substance I had inhaled. So I'm going to go into details. But you know, I used to do stuff when I was younger. And I felt I didn't feel I wasn't worried about anything. compared to how I normally would have been wasn't careful, wasn't looking out for myself. And wait in three o'clock in the morning, after this party, I was about 2627. And I was waiting, and some random man came up to me and said, Do us a favor me to get in my car, I'm a taxi driver, but I can't be waiting, I have to wait in a queue and you'd be doing me a favor. So I'll get a fare quicker and and I said you I didn't do it in my favor. That turned out he was absolutely psychotic. Looking to hurt me, didn't know at the time, he didn't hurt me, by the way. But that was his intention. And I won't go any more into that situation. But you know, I got out of it. And it was fine. But I put myself in danger. Without thinking about it. Any others any other time in my life I would have been I thanks might not have been. There's no way throughout the whole of my life, I would have got into a car at three o'clock in the morning with someone that was obviously I want to is really I want to use the word unstable. By the same time I'm Who am aware that I'm making a recording for people that may be Oh, you know, having mental health issues. This is a different type of unstable, this was someone that was out to do harm, like a different different scenario. And I'd be very surprised if he hadn't done harm previously. And probably since as well. But unfortunately, I didn't have any of these details to sort of so just no point contacting the police at the time I didn't think plus I was a little inebriated myself. So I didn't really you know, anyway, that's a long time ago. If it happened now, I'd probably think differently. To be fair, if it happened now, I wouldn't get into the car. But I might take down the registration number the car and call the police. If you happen now, or if I saw someone getting into the car, I'd cause a fuss. So you know, different situation now to what it was back then. You know, it was just a weird time.
bad decision on my side Because I didn't have that worry was no worries. So having no worries at all, is as harmful, potentially as being full of worries. And of course, none of us want to be full of wide receiver. So if you ever think to yourself, I wish I didn't worry about anything, maybe retract that. maybe think about a scenario where in the past, it could be as simple as looking before you cross the road, why'd you look, even what you know, depends where you live. And you might have a one way street, but you look before you cross the road to see if there's any cars come in, or motorbikes or lorries or wherever you do that, because we're all worried that we're going to get hit by a car, in that moment, is a preservation thing. And it's a natural thing. And it's a healthy thing. It's a brilliantly wonderful thing to do. So, if you got rid of all worry or anything, then you just walk straight across the road. And eventually, you'd get hit by something. I know people just walk across the road, they don't even look sometimes. And it's amazes me that they don't get hit, but eventually we'll. So having concerns maybe we can change the word from worrying to being concerned about yourself. And the fact that you're concerned means that you care about yourself. And the fact that you care about yourself means that you're open, you're open to making decisions, and choices that will help you. You know, you'll do whatever it takes to improve your life, to reduce anxiety and stress. And you will succeed because you care about yourself. And sometimes you need to remember that you actually do care about yourself, because it's so easy just to say I don't care about myself, I don't care anymore. And I've had people say that to me. And then they they go and cross the road, and they look for the cross. And they cross the road, which shows that they do care about themselves. They're just not in tune with it.
Otherwise, I wouldn't even look. They do care about themselves. We all have the ability to care about ourselves. And it's worth getting in touch with that. So that's that side. I think it's really useful to move away from the having a go ourselves. Why worry too much on the warrior who? Why haven't we all had enough of other people putting us down through the years? Haven't we had enough of putting ourselves down through the years, all of us, even successful people that look like they're happy all the time. I probably also had a fair share of their own negativity, you know, towards themselves and how other people being negative to them. As human beings, we all experienced this. So that's flipping on its side, realize that actually worrying change it to concern and then change that to caring about yourself. So you care about yourself. And you might say well, how can you ever care about yourself too much? Compared to you know, I worry too much. How can you care about yourself too much? Where you couldn't, you can care about yourself at the same time, Have some faith in yourself. Have some trust in yourself and to remember that you can be okay. No matter what happens you...CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/188-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-questioning-your-worries-jason-newland-26th-september-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes, I thought it'd be quite nice to do a bit of a body scan, nice relaxing body scan that was going to be two versions of this, there will be the version with me just talking like this. And there will be a version with me talking about this with music in the background. A bit different the music will be by Kevin MacLeod. The details of that will be in the description on the podcast. And the Yeah, that will be about two hours long music. So this can be used for relaxation could also be used to go to sleep. Which is probably what I'm going to call it, relax and sleep.
And it's a lovely train going past in the background. You might not be able to hear it too much
of lay. So you know as always, chances are a few background sounds. With the music if you listen with the music, then that will very much disguise background sounds.
Not that I'm expecting too many. But there is always a chance because I'm recording this in my home. So he go so hope you're well. And so I just like to say before we start that you ideally, if you're looking to just relax
for you know half an hour or something like that, then I would suggest you set your alarm or an alarm to wake you up in the event of you falling asleep. Which is very possible because of my boring voice. And also if you're listening to the music, well i i find it impossible to listen to music live now without falling asleep. So you know, it's just a choice. I would say if you've got something important to do. Then prepare for that. If you're listening whilst sitting in a chair, first of all, make sure it's comfortable. I should go over the same really big funeral enjoy sitting in an uncomfortable chair. But it is unlikely make sure it's comfortable. Support your body. Secondly, make sure the has sides to it. So
like an armrest or something like that. So that if you fell asleep, you didn't fall out. So safety is important. Another thing I would say is when you lie and down.
Don't feel pressured to lie on your back, stiff as a board. not moving not just be yourself. The same as when you're sitting. If you feel the need to move your body to move your buttocks to move your back, your arms, your shoulders. A sense we'd had you move your buttock but you know, she just need to sort of reach stooped posture, the nude can do that. And I know you don't need my permission. But I've seen people in the past with I've done sessions with and they will sit still as a statue. He don't need to, you can move when you feel you need some. I'm not not doing a pipe, you know, a picture I'm not painting a picture of you doing a live drawing, you don't have to stand static static when you take that pressure off yourself when you realize that there is no pressure actually in this moment, when you realize all those pressures have a tendency may be building up. And you may sometimes feel that everybody wants something from you. Everybody wants wakes you to be a certain way behave certain ways to be the one always says yes, maybe maybe to be the dependable one. Of course that might not be the case at all. But we all have I can feel a little bit overwhelming where things are expected of us and a lot of that is probably really good you know, as far as society goes to behave and act a certain way and you know, all that stuff. To only go to the toilet in specific places, you know, this, this fair enough, and it's a good thing. Just think sometimes it can be really nice to let go of all of that. Let go of every a spec station that exists. Even if it's just for a short period of this recording. almost feel like he just unzipping your skin. Just got big zip from the forehead all the way down to your belly button and you just unzipping it and allowing yourself to just step out maybe feeling you have to be most of the time when you do unzip yourself and you notice the skin falling to the ground maybe your arms get a little bit cold and you have to shake your arms to get that skid off the falls
to the ground. leaving you feeling fresh. Yes sensitive at the same time. sensitive to how you feel emotionally and physically. Not in a negative way. Not in a painful way. beaner
almost a new existence way I can new life. I could have been reborn without getting all spiritual and in that stuff but fresh, you know you've unzipped I mean big could use the analogy unzipping the skin, we could just peel off that scab
that's ready to be paled. If you feel nice unzipping the skin sounds a bit nicer. Ultimately letting go of stuff. Let's just call it stuff modeling stuff feels nice to just be you notice that this is an opportunity to get in touch with that fee of accepting yourself because the more you accept yourself, the less 10 tension stress anxiety occurs the less of it is available. Because the more that you accept yourself, the more you notice how well you're actually doing. The more you become aware of the simple fact that you are in fact really nice person and they you've been doing your best. And even though sometimes things don't work out perhaps how you would have liked them to
you really feel connected with yourself in this moment feels nice. Especially when you think about it. You think about the fact that you here now live you've done things you sing things you've experienced things. You've probably experienced every emotion possible during your lifetime. You can still bring yourself to this point of complete calmness. You can enjoy being maybe feel sleepy. It's all good. And the fact is to falling asleep is is not available really without being relaxed first. Some people think that the only way you can think about things and get things done is by
feeling uptight and tense. And it's just not a case necessarily. Because feeling relaxed, clear your mind and increase your focus. Look, as for example, Usain Bolt, about daiba, you know, he was the Olympic champion. As he's kneeling down, preparing himself to run his mind is relaxed, and focused on one, just one thing. And his body is in tune with his mind and focus, which is just a guess to run as fast as he can. And to be everyone else in that 100 meters, or 200 meters.
By 10, if he did the jumping over those horsey things, I don't know. See, even with physical exercise, and physical activities, the benefits of fee then relaxed and really help you to get the way you wish to be in life. Another benefit the main notice, or maybe you didn't notice until just now, as I mentioned,
another fact is, you can only feel positive. When you've relaxed mind, you can only have positive thoughts. When you go back complete the relaxed mind. It's impossible to have any of the thoughts of the positive one.
So that's one thing worth remembering. As another benefit of slowing things down. And you can feel relaxed when you're doing things. It's just a little bit different and it is a different feeling to how you may feel in this moment when you go Your eyes closed and maybe lying down here in my voice, boring you a little bit maybe he may find your mind drifting slightly their feed and self acceptance feed and the kindness that he can experience to wards yourself. Not because I said so feels like the right thing to do feels like the right thing to do. It's almost almost like the most natural thing in the world right now is to be nice to yourself. most natural thing in the world right now is to treat yourself with respect and kindness and love. But it's not because I've mentioned it said so. This is just something that never truly arises within you. Maybe, maybe it's just a feeling perhaps their feeling is connected with a positive thoughts about yourself. Maybe start to be reminded of one amazing person you really what a great life you have ahead of you. The more relaxed and positive not just to warm yourself but also towards others as well. And then, in your mind, kind of maybe notice the floor where the old skin was and the one that you unzipped you realize that all the old negativities and stress that used to be in your body is in that all skin. Let's now just line on a heap on the floor is no longer got any energy connected to it. Ultimately, it no longer exists. Those negativities and stresses is from the past have gone. And this new skin thus protecting your body, which is what the skin does for all of us. This new skin that you're left with does way more than normal skin. Because it protects you from negativity and stress. It protects you from other people's negativity and other people's words, maybe unhelpful. Perhaps in the past is an effect upon you. Now, do you aware those words are no longer able to affect you in any way means you can now feel so relaxed. dp I'm going to count from 10 down to one if you choose you didn't into D slay I see five...CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/187-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-positive-relaxation-and-sleep-jason-newland-23rd-september-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. My name is Jason Newland. And you can listen to this and all of my recordings free, ad for free. And you can download them for free at www dot Jason newland.com. So this is going to be a that's gonna be a relaxation and sleep session there will be two versions, one with music, one without music. So the one with music or the one with music will last for about two hours. The one without music. I have no idea. At this point. I won't know till it's finished. So all I'm going to ask you to do is get yourself comfortable. Ideally, if you're planning to go to sleep, lay down on your bed. If you're planning to listen just sort of relaxation, then I suggest you set your alarm to wake you up because you might find that my boring voice causes your mind to drift away. And that is perfectly natural to happen. In fact, sometimes when I'm actually talking, I find that my mind drifts away. And I forget what I'm doing. In fact, the other day, so it totally true. I actually woke up to myself making a recording. But I wasn't making a recording I was lying in bed talking as if I was making a recording which is a little bit weird. Although I remember thinking was damn, I forgot to record this. So there you go. If you you can if you wish to send me a paper gift to pay pal.me forward slash Jason Newland, the link is on my website. Thank you very much. Please share these recordings so that more people get a chance to be bored by my boring voice or soothed by my soothing voice depending on which way you perceive the situation. So I'm just going to talk to you. I'm going to talk about feeling relaxed. I'm going to talk about feeling sleepy. I'm not gonna ask you to feel relaxed. And I'm not gonna ask you to fall asleep. I'm just gonna talk about the subjects. Now you're the person who decides whether or not and how relaxed you get. You're the one who decides whether you fall asleep quickly, or you just drift off gradually. It's up to you. And when you press the play button on this recording you have already
you've already made up your mind To the very least relax deeply. Because you've been alive for a while. Yeah, I'm assuming you've been around for quite a few years, just like I have,
which means you've relaxed. Many, many times throughout your life so far, you've also fallen asleep many, many times 1000s of times. Unless you're only two years old, then it might only be six or 700 times, but I'm guessing you're going to be older than that.
Relax, it doesn't have to be someone like me counting down from 100 down to one, asking you to focus on the different parts of your body, as you count down, noticing how your feet feel more relaxed, and your hands also seem to be connected to your feet, because they also tend to relax at the same rate as your feet. which then causes your eyelids to feel heavy and that kind of stuff. I'm not gonna say any of that stuff.
Even though I have done many times, is lots of different ways for you to get where you choose to feel relaxed. And you do have you have control over it. Yet, ultimately, no controls really necessary. It's almost as if you give up control allows your body just relax naturally. That sense of drifting asleep, again, just happens. It's time and it's quite a nice feeling. When you acknowledge that you really do have the ability, the natural born ability to relax deeply. And of course, there's ways of doing it, you can lead yourself into a sense of comfort. You can imagine
lying down on a beach, maybe a place where you've been on holiday and you really, really noticed with that you noticed when you got off the plane or off the boats, or maybe out of that called a caravan. Wherever it was you would go in or the coach the bus, the train. He noticed when he got to your destination he felt different. And you may still have been in the same country as where you live normally. Yeah, it's almost like the ground is different. The ground has an inbuilt vibration connected to the core of your body which stimulates that natural process of relaxing naturally easily. And you step on the ground or you just move along the floor of your chosen holiday destination. Maybe you just gone away for the weekend. He can feel the stress to rippin away. People almost feel it falling to the floor and your mind calms down possibly in a way that hasn't done for a long time.
There's a peacefulness there is a safety piece for less safe and everything is as it should be. You feed in complete and you can be yourself again that you without pressure or stress or anxiety or panic or tension worries any of that stuff.
For you without is the real you. And when that just drops to the floor is a real peaceful less peacefulness just spreads throughout your whole body. My notice when I've gone to a boat in the past to ship just to go abroad over to
a few places Amsterdam, Ireland, France, Belgium every time every single time have gone a boat or ship and it's not on long journeys a few hours across the ocean. Across the channel I can actually feel the tension leave in my body is also a My mind is almost as if this is why I do I stand at the back of the ship and I watch the shore leaving. I know it's the ships leaving the shore but it's almost as if the shore England is moving away. The bubbles caused by the engines of the ship fills lack of connection, as if those bubbles are just thoughts, stress tension that was in my body in mind before just being released into the ocean. The ocean is so big and fast. So, all connected to each other as well. Which means Oh those worries, those stresses and anxieties that used to be there. Go on for as long as you choose as you decide that that process of naturally feeling relaxed in your body and your mind feel so powerful and all you've really done is give yourself permission. Give yourself permission to let go and relax allowing yourself very, very peaceful maybe very, very sleepy because when your mind has pretty much come to a standstill and your body is relaxation, calmness she feel so deep so still very peaceful. Nothing to do. Nothing to say. He can just enjoy being you enjoy being peaceful journey between feeling deeply Sleep in is just a short journey across a bridge the way to cross that bridge is for your mind to stop drift your mind starts to drift This is very natural feel mind to just do a chin play because enjoy this then my voice may stop star just said interest mind decides by self day mind day dream My Way Gen two a train to real dream more you No more relax to feel more peaceful peacefulness she safely they depay....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/186-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relax-and-fall-asleep-jason-newland-18th-september-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, this is going to be a short relaxation technique. Now you can listen and scratch my ear, you can listen to all of my recordings. At for free, on my website, www dot Jason newland.com. Every recording, pretty much that I've got available is on there says 15 1800, something like that, and more in categories. So I hope you're well. And if you've listened to me before, you'll know that the shorts techniques are usually something that you can do on your own. And they're pretty simple, I only do simple things. So only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And that's, that's the same for any of my recordings. That's what we're going to do, I want you to close your eyes anyway. So an ideal situation, you could do this without closing your eyes. But I'm asked you to close your eyes. And it is a short technique. But at the same time, you may find it easier to do at home. Or when you're able to sit on a chair and close your eyes and not be disturbed. Make sure the chair supports your body in event of you falling asleep. which shouldn't happen because this is not a sleep session. But just you know, go protect yourself. keep yourself safe. And what we're going to do, I want you first of all to gauge your stress level. So one to 10 one being nothing 10 being the highest it could be so I'd like you to gauge your stress level and market out of 10.
Just keep her keep that as a record in your mind. I'm gonna think about that anymore until the end. And you'll do another mark and to compare to see how it's changed for the better. So now what you to do, what I want you to do now is to focus on that stress. Focus on it. And don't wait to look for it. Because it for yourself, it might be an overall thing. It might be a feeling that you have, it could be a fear, it could be worry, you could have lots of different names, you'd give that stress level. It could be something you concerned about. It could be something that you're upset that has happened, you know. So whatever is a way to look for the feeling, not for the memory. Not for the words not for the things you're saying to yourself, just for the physical feeling. Where is it? in your body. Because generally we can find in our body might be in your chest, your stomach, might be in your hand might be in your head, your eye, your jaw. Just notice where you feel at most where you feel that stress
and zero in on it. As you zero in on that stress. I'd like you to imagine drawing an outline of it. Almost as if it was an island on a map, or you just drawing a line around an outline, so that you know that, that's the only area that you need to be focusing on.
And the rest of your body is completely separate is just that area that you're focusing on. And as you magnify, magnify the area in your mind.
Notice where it is now within that area. Because as that area seems larger, because you've magnified it, maybe you notice it's in a specific part. And maybe it's a certain shape, and you can then outline that portion of your body, just outline it in your mind. Knowing that you don't need to focus on any other parts, other than just what's within that outline, that new outline.
Then you can magnify, again, going even further into this area that you've outlined. And look for again, this stress, look for again, notice where it is this feeling. And as you magnify it, and further, you can feel it, you can see, you can see maybe an outline of it, the shape. So again, draw an outline around that particular feeling. Draw an outline around that. So now you realize that anything outside of that outline is no longer required for your attention, just within the outline. So you need to focus on everything else is relaxed. So as you focus even more magnify, again, into that outline. And you can take your time is no hurry, you can just allow that shape to come, again, might be a different shade this time. But that feeling of feeling of stress, within that outline, as you magnify it, you start to realize that as it starts to form, you can outline that one as well. May magnifying it. Knowing that you don't need to focus on anything outside of that outline, just within the outline. And every time you magnify the area the stress moves, but it doesn't move out of that area, because you've outlined who stays within the area. It's almost like it's trying to form a new island, you know, a little bit of land where it can live. Because everything within that outline seems to be almost like the ocean. And then it forms a little bear land. And that's the stress. As the remainder reminder, you can outline it as you did before, the other times, outline in that area, and then magnifying again, knowing that you don't need to focus on anything else other than what's within that outline. Everything else side is just relaxation. And as you focus in side, the gain seems to turn into an ocean as you focus in and every time the land kind of starts a little bit, little island appears maybe a different shape, maybe the same shape. beats smaller. Nine is smaller within that magnified area. Of course, it's so much smaller compared to before. Because you'd be magnified continuously. But what's happening now is, although forms, it's almost half hearted, it's there, but it's just it's just a bit rubbish. It's not a very good bit of land, it's almost not even trying anymore. So you can outline that again, knowing that everything outside that outline is relaxation. And you can magnify gain into the area that you've outlined. Again, fly the ocean. And this time, you might think, well, when is the land can repair because you're waiting because it's happened every other time that you've done this. It's almost just like a rock appears. Just a rock. So you can outline that you can wait a few seconds to make sure nothing else comes up.
It's just a rock. And it might not even be clear, might be a bit flaky, a bit shaky flicker in maybe you can outline that rock, outline it knowing that everything outside of that outline is relaxation, everything inside as you magnify even more into that outline.
And then as you look at that I can ocean you wait patiently, but nothing's happening. It's just still water. Still water calm and no land no rock and nothing is appearing. It's just still water. As a count from one to five you can just open your eyes 512345 so if your eyes open, look around. And I just close your eyes and engage what level you are now on the stress ometer you know between one and 10 Where are you now
and you can repeat this as often as you choose. I hope you benefit from this short recording. Thank you for listening. Remember to be kind to yourself because she deserves to be happy. Lots of love bye....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/185-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-searching-for-stress-18th-september-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. And just to remind you that my website, www dot, Jason newland.com is now a podcast with all of my recordings all categorized. And also ad free, secure UI. So let's now this is going to be a recording, for anger. So I don't know about you, but when I get angry, I get stressed, I feel I feel physically ill, I get heart palpitations, I feel a bit shaky. And it feels very uncomfortable. And I don't enjoy it. Now I know some people love being angry. So this record, this recording is not for those. This is not for someone who enjoys being angry. This is for somebody who's generally a gentle person. And, you know, I thought I find myself, I'll be honest, I'm doing this recording, whilst I'm in an angry mood, specifically to do the recording to do the technique with you. Or do it for your entertainment so that you can do it yourself. Now I'm feeling anger towards a person. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to focus on that person, this is going to be the technique, you can change the way you do if you'd like. But I'm gonna actually use a real life person, in my mind, think about that person. And some of the things I say are gonna be, you could say the negative and goes a little bit against the positive vibe that is usually within these recordings. But there's a reason for this. It's because I think it's good to push it to the extreme, to get in touch with the emotion to allow the emotion to be heard, to be felt to be experienced, instead of pushing it away. And then notice how it changes when you do what I'm about to do. Which is play around with it. So I want to start now, we're going to mess around, we're going to get on with it. And I'm going to focus on that person who I feel angry about right now. And I'm not going to go actually over the top of what I'm saying. But I'm just going to keep it fairly clean. However, you can use whatever words you choose to use when you do it yourself. Of course you can play along with me and think of someone that you're angry at. And we're just going to be using more softer language in this recording that maybe you choose yourself. So an appointed This is not to get yourself more angry. That is not the point. That's something that people than joy get angry, love doing. It takes effort to keep anger going. Because it naturally subsides. He already has started to subside with within me and this is from something 20 minutes ago. So this there's loads of ways to do this, but I'm just going to this is going to be a technique Do you can use Stein off and you say this out loud? There's no one else around. Ideally do it when there's no one else around and do it out loud as well. It makes it more fun and to start with can't stand you so talk at the person think of the person I cannot stand you if it goes fires, I hate you. I effin hate you I hate you and put some feminine into it feminine venom feminine opinion into our I like that as I said it's something different to what we normally do. So now you said a few times get in touch with that feeling notice where it is in your body knows what level is you know, one to 10 on the level of anger, anxiety, stress, whatever you want to call it, whatever feeling could be a mixture of those things. I hate you. I can't stand you. You disgust me. Like again this is not nice things to say. But it be might be how you feel towards that person. doesn't mean you have to say to them be saying it to you saying it to them but you know in your imagination you're thinking of them. You're saying out loud but you know actually with them. And then we change it to I hate you see just change your voice a little bit. Just a little bit. Instead of I hate change it will be I hate you. I hate you. You can start stressing the eye on hate you. Okay, so do that now. Stretch the I hate you. Now we're going to stress the hate word. So I see. You remember to think about the person as you say. I see. One more time. I see you
sent out gonna stretch the you so ready. Remember into think of the person's face in your mind as you say it. I hate he again. Remember to visualize the person's face in your mind. I hate you one more time. Just for fun. I hate IE. Now snows what level of anger Go you have towards that person knows how it's changed who haven't finished though still gonna do more so as you focus on that person this time we're gonna do with a high pitched voice but just normally yeah just I hate you shorter remember to focus on the person voice the person's face oh yeah you can even go higher you oh yeah oh then how he can go into focus and the person's face in your mind and now I want you to talk like a dog so I want you to wolf wolf Barkat you remember to you know focus on the person's face you could have a deep voice or it could be a higher paycheck. Hi Hi. Hello. Oh, oh. Oh, oh. Oh, I always you know focusing on the person silly face as your own towards them and now we're gonna do it like a cat. Cats voice meow I don't know sanded enough in my cat. But the other thing didn't so my dog Eva. Speaking I sit down in the gummy. Stop picking on me. I do the game. Remember to focus on that person's face? Oh, sure. Oh, maybe you got to the city voice with me. Otherwise you don't work? are sure? Oh, sure. Sounds not feel like cat does. suave animals. A favorite? Let's do Andre the ferret. My little boy Andre.
Okay, see if you can do that. Remember to focus on the person, the person's funny face. As you say at the end, that's the noise you make sometimes when he's on date, night or more time. So just get in touch with the level of anger that's left, if any, if any is left and when you focus and think about that person's face knows how you feel different. And we're going to now move it to different different words to you annoying, let's soften it a little bit. You're annoying. So we do this with your tongue sticking out of your mouth. It's not the easiest thing to do. Just make. Just be careful. I don't bite your tongue or anything. Just the tongue talk about that weasel tongue out the full mouth. So first of all, we're gonna say blue annoying, annoying. And now we're going to say that you got a flat B tag around. Basically moving your tongue from the top lip to the bottom lip continuously as you're talking. You really annoy you. Remember to focus on a person's funny face. live in LA on a nordli living limit. One more time lubu all annoying. And now we're gonna do a really have to do would do is do one where you hold your tongue at the top of your mouth. Maybe behind your teeth at the top of your mouth, or just the roof of your mouth. Basically. You're gonna talk like that. So this time instead of You're annoying, maybe just say, You're silly, Billy. You're Silly Billy. Okay, focus on the face. Put your tongue against press against the roof of your mouth. On prostate again against the backs of the top of my teeth. The top teeth. Okay, so if you be our age Ah, I was very busy. Oh, three. The bg. Remember to focus on their funny face. Ah, I hear you busy. Right now we're going to continue to focus on their face. This time we're going to say something different. Okay. Your eyebrows are made of poo. Okay, your eyebrows are made of poo. So that's the next thing to say. But this time we're going to do it in a silly like frantic voice. Like a witch young witch from the Disney movie. Oh my god. I sound more like a horse. I know. But anyway. You're okay? All right. So your eyebrows are made of poo. Remember to focus on the person. Right? If you go, just a silly voice Really? Your eyebrows are muted. Again, you can do your own version of this doesn't have to be exactly the same voice because I'm not sure what voice is. Your eyebrows are made of. Remember the focus on a funny face? person that used to bother you but now suddenly what they are anymore but the eyebrows are made of.
Maybe you can look at that face in your mind and see poo. Where do your eyebrows used to be? Weird. So then you could say well, you can say the same thing in a different voice. So he could be a really really really elderly person. Someone is maybe 120 years old. your eyebrow or from your eyebrows. yos made of poo. Look at me an elderly lady.
Clearly have no many, many elderly people, because no one sounds like that. Nevermind and the Next thing would be you have boiled eggs for eyes. Yeah, boiled eggs for eyes. So if you focus on the face imagine I've actually got boiled eggs instead of eyes. And again it could just be whatever voice you can just
boiled eggs for eyes.
Or it could be you have booboo boiled eggs. thought, Oh, that was a bit of a Mick Jagger feel there was no need. Or you could sing it. You could do Bob Dylan, like, inhale, body
or not, you know, it's up to you. Other things so now the very last thing we're going to say is you focus on that person's face their funny face. You can look at them and your thinking is look at them. You say your is smelled like ball bags. Your is smell like a ball bag. Ready? We're doing a funny voice though. So as you focus, remember to focus is the last one. Your ears smell brag. As when you could do Oh yeah, you always smelled like a full bag. So that could be another one. Or we could do it pervy idolize up all your ears. Smell like a ball back. So, as you can see, just get a sense of where you are in your anger now with that person, if you've got...CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/184-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-reduce-anger-you-feel-for-someone-9th-september-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes just to let you know that I've been working on getting the audio better for my podcasts. also trying to get the volume a bit louder so that the adverts at the beginning of the podcast are not that much louder than the actual podcast itself. As well as that I have also produced a podcast which has no adverts at all. And that is that has all of my recordings that I have even ones that aren't even on podcasts on that podcast. It will be actually more website Jason newland.com. I'm just in the process of getting it sorted out. So please bear with me. Please be with me Be patient. However, you can go directly to the podcast itself. And it's Jason Newland, no ads. Jason Newland, no ads or Jason Newland nodes. dot pod main.com There you go. So thank you for listening as a little bit of a long introduction. But yes, there's no point me spending ages and also lots of money
putting stuff like that together and then not telling anyone especially as it's only to not to my benefits for other people's benefits.
Because my everyone loves the adverts. So this is gonna be a short technique. It's gonna be something that you can do when you're walking down the street. Now I realize you can't necessarily test it out whilst listening to me with this recording, and also to remind you to never listen to my recordings when you're walking down the street. Because you can only listen when you can safely Close your eyes.
And unless you're a superhero have we gotten his name now? That's terrible. Who's the blind superhero? Although we're not allowed to say blind anymore, it's visually impaired, isn't it? That superhero Netflix. Anyway, this is going to be something that you can do.
And it's also something that I have done. I did this years ago. I suddenly she is years and years. Probably 20 years ago, I used to do this and it might sound really weird. Okay. Remember, it's your mind. You know, what you think affects how you feel. How you think affects how you feel. The things that you say to yourself affects how you feel. The images that you have in your mind, affect how you feel all this stuff. So much of it seems to be on automatic, and it will stay on automatic as long as we ignore it. So, and we constantly being bombarded by other people, we are all affected by other people. I know I am. And we're affected by what we see what we hear. And there's nothing wrong with that doesn't mean that doesn't mean you're weak, because you're affected by other people, it means that you're human. Basically, I want to say affected by others that don't mean, in economy hypnotized way, or that your fun were born, you're being manipulated. Most people, I would say, affect others. without meaning to that may say something very negative, or really positive, it can go both ways. And affects somebody else that's listening. And that might, that person may not even be part of the conversation. They might, you know, you could be in a restaurant and here's someone the next table, say something that
really has an effect, either positive or negative. And you may not actually know what the context of that
sentence that you've almost absorbed or accepted him, I don't know why, you know, what, what it was about what the conversation was really about. For some reason, it's gone in to your unconscious mind and had an effect. And as I said, is not just negative stuff, it could be positive stuff. I think it's been trying to be a bit more aware of what stuff is inside your mind, that isn't yours, it doesn't belong to you. Didn't originate from you. Which will be most of it. Most of the stuff in our minds, our beliefs, our opinions, has come from other people, other sources, things are seen on television, or we've read in newspapers. Or maybe it could just be a cultural thing. Where you know, you might grown up in a situation where everybody around you believes flat, specific thing. Doesn't mean it's true. Doesn't mean it's right. Doesn't mean it's wrong.
Doesn't mean it's false. It just is a belief. And if you don't challenge it, to the level of checking whether or not you actually personally believe that thing yourself. Then you're basically living on automatic. And that seems a bit of a shame, especially if we have anxiety and stress connected to something that we don't even believe it's not even our belief system.
That a certain situation is scary or frightening. Or the belief that, you know, we won't be able to do certain things
that we want to do based on something that maybe we were told as a child So, you know, we could we, I could talk at you about this for hours and hours, but I'm not going to.
And I'll get on with the technique. Before I do that, because this subject will never end, I will be talking about this for years to come, because could be the most important thing of all, it could be the most important thing out of all the stuff. Simply, we need to check, maybe you need to have a spring clean. I don't know if all parts of the world would understand what that means. But in England, where I was raised, spring clean would be something where you'd have a you know, you changed the curtains and you'd have a good old clean up, I suppose now be called deep clean for me to be having my yearly bath anyway, nor the bath. So it's really hard to move on from it. Sure, I'll tell you why. I'll tell you why. Because if you got someone putting you down consistently, even though it may seem amusing, possibly may seem that you know what they love you, but they're putting you down. That will ship you that will chip your self confidence eventually
may take a long time. But it's worth noticing. And my personal opinion. And I'm allowed to give my personal opinion because I give myself permission to do so. My personal opinion is it is better, to be single to be on your own living on your own
than to be living with someone that is being abusive, and that is abuse. It might not even feel like abuse. The other person might not even realize they're they're doing it. But it has the same effect as emotional abuse. So it's a weird one where you can actually have the same effect of being verbally abused. over a long time I for a long period or a certain period of time, when neither party actually realizes that it's happening, including the person has been putting you down. They might just think it's a laugh, a joke. MSA this because I've probably done it myself. without meaning to that and hurricane probably will have without meaning to see it's a difficult one. What I would, what I would say is I'm very simplistic when it comes to this. If you've got a partner, husband or wife, or wife or husband, boyfriend, girlfriend, boyfriend, boyfriend, girlfriend, girlfriend, whatever relationship you have, and whether or not you're living together, but especially if you're living together Surely this is a question. Shouldn't that one person have the billions of people in the world shouldn't that one person be at least the one person in the world that you're kind to,
you're gentle with the you support you become that biggest cheerleader they've ever had an idea it seems a bit strange in a way think that is 7 billion people on the planet.
But you can't be nice to one. When I'm talking to you directly, just I'm talking to myself as well, like surely should be able to be
just really, really nice to one can do with Andre, the ferret, of course, as a different kind of relationship of his daddy. So the idea really, behind these recordings is for you to choose yourself, and realize that here
are the most important person in your life. You are the most important person else 7 billion people to you in your life. Not in an ego way, in a one on a great way.
In the simple fact that you have the responsibility to look after yourself. And you're the only one that has that responsibility. You're the only one that's with you 24 hours a day, every day of your life.
You even there when you go to the toilet, you probably rather not be sometimes but as we're not the windows already open, always with ourselves. Saw common law I like the idea. Being able to get in touch with really being our own best friend, our own biggest supporter. And then being able to spread that feeling. That caring that love that kindness and gentleness, to the person who we care most about in the world
needs to be the person that we've decided to spend our life with. If that, so happens to be the case.
person you live with. Because loving a child is the most natural thing. Sure. It's your flesh and blood. You know,
it's your creation. But the man or the woman that you decide to live with, you've not created them unless you live in certain parts of the world where you can actually marry a relative but he notices pretend that's not what's happening here.
So once you can spread on she was sharing Once you can you share the feeling that you have inside, where you can be that person's biggest,
biggest support. Just as you can be your own biggest supporter, I guess things bred out. Anyway, came back to the technique. So almost like a went on a tangent. So the technique, before saying even more, you probably can start noticing. When you're hearing put down lines, not just when another person is maybe pulling you down, might be as a joke might not be.
You're also going to start noticing. When you say things like that to....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/183-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-say-nice-things-to-yourself-whilst-walking-8th-september-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason do land.com My name is Jason Newland, and this is a relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety, tea and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. And this is going to be a relaxation session has nothing to do nothing to say. There's nothing to think about. I'm just going to talk at you, like I normally do. And I would suggest you get yourself into a comfortable position, maybe sitting in a comfortable chair. And if you choose you can fall asleep by laying down on the bed. So this is going to be a relaxation and sleep session with two versions one with Manuel music.
If you sit in the chair, please make sure that the chair supports your body in even if you fall asleep so you don't fall out of the chair, we don't want that. And secondly, if you are just listening for relaxation, and you have other things to do afterwards, then I suggest you set your alarm to wake you up because you might get so bored that your mind drifts away. And you get so comfortable just listening to me. Everything else seems to lose its interest. Almost as if the past never even happened. He just wandered into this new world with new land me as your guide and you haven't got any of that baggage that you had before.
And you feel lighter. Physically, you feel lighter. Your mind feels calm. Because it's kind of like you're just starting from the beginning.
You're starting from now. And nothing that's happened in the past has any relevance to anything
in this moment, I guess you could say is like a big protective bubble that we're in. And then negativity is allowed. is not just not allowed. It's on able to break through the barrier of this dome, the we have shelter in a sim protecting us in this moment. Something else It's a little bit different when you in this protective healing bubble is maybe for the first time for the long time, you suddenly become aware of how relaxed you can actually feel. When your mind is still something else that you may notice is because it feels so nice and comfortable and natural. You're not even question it. You know, bombarding yourself with questions. Because you don't need to do that. It's not necessary. So you've got this bubble where there's no past, and no negativity
can actually get inside the bubble. You can feel that freedom from the past almost just doesn't exist. And if something doesn't exist, it can't affect you. And now you can walk in your mind or even float towards the wall of this bubble. And then she get to it. You find he can actually
move through that wall. You find yourself inside another bubble. Maybe exactly the same. Maybe feels more relaxing. Yeah, maybe feel a little bit different. Because inside this healing bubble, there's no future. The future doesn't exist. Which means there's no there's nothing to be concerned about. For the future. There is nothing to worry about.
Concerning the future, because in this bubble, not only does the future not exist, of course the past doesn't exist. And the sense of freedom that you realize that you have
in this healing bubble to protect you from negativity and worry worrying. So worrying can no longer enter into that bubble. See, you don't have the ability to worry about anything in the future
not able to have any regrets or concerns about the past because the past no longer exists, and the future doesn't exist Shuja just in the presence noticing what it feels like to be here, you now just be you who you are to feel the way you feel. If you experience your own being feels nice, feels healthy as well as relaxing, relaxing. Maybe finding yourself feeling very drowsy and almost like you've been sedated. But naturally by having all of that negativity drained away, the future worries drain out of you. And a process like this can have an effect on your body because you're not used to feeling this way to feel this free. In this moment, you may feel that you just have to close your eyes and go to sleep. That might be the right thing for you to do. And it's up to you or you choose to continue to just enjoy the sense of deep comfort that comes with this freedom.
Just drift in into a deep sleep before you make that decision. I'm going to ask you one last time just to move
towards the wall of this time this bubble and again just like the last one, you can just move through that wall into a new bubble. And this one feels different. This one feels even the free No past no future now there's no even a present. You're no longer in the bubble you are that bubble, the bubble of healing, relaxation, de leaf free not being restrained by your bodily feelings or bodily limitations free from any kind of anguish or stress or any of that stuff because that doesn't have access to this Bob you're free from all of the world he worries peaceful this can be a safe space that you can go to whenever you choose just by thinking about you can come back here and experience the pleasure of feeling completely relaxed physically and emotionally slike the the bubble is massaging your brain gently over 1000 fingers gently massaging parts of your brain he every part of your brain feel so free to be here. You can choose to just stay in this bubble. We can move through the walls into a new bubble
where sleep lives if you choose to go to sleep, you can just travel move through that wall to rattle through that wall into the next bubble where you you're not just go to sleep you become sleep Just as in this bubble here, you are relaxation to feed choose you can just move into the upper bubble healing bubble deep sleep and you become sleep the second you enter into that sleep bubble and if you choose to stay in this really were you relaxation pure relaxation and freedom as I count down from five to one you can choose which bubble you decide to visit you can move into the sleep bubble where you become sleep or you can stay in the relay station by bubble where you relaxation and freedom now 543....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/182-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-choose-relaxation-bubble-or-sleep-bubble-1st-september-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes.
Now, this is going to be a technique, a short, a short short technique. Guess how short will be only your choice. So I'd like you to think about something that is something that you don't want to do. Not because it's awful. Not because it's dangerous, not because it's, you know, harmful or anything like that. It's something that you don't want to do, because
your anxiety level raises when you think about it. So it could be something like going on the bus, going to work going up going to the shop having a bath, I mean, cooking food. And this might for our, for some people, this might sound absolutely ridiculous. But for those with mental health issues, depression, anxiety, stress, you know, a combination of all kinds of things, sometimes the simplest of tasks also get a little bit emotional when I say it, because I have the same issue myself, sometimes the simplest of tasks are almost feel impossible feel like climbing a mountain. Something like just running the bar off getting a bar full of water and having a bath, or cooking some food. Or it could be something you know, like getting on a bus leaving your house. So I'm not necessarily talking about something, as I said earlier, something big. But this is still big, you know, I don't see any point in Well, I'm not going to sit here and mock somebody, because they're struggling to get out of bed or because they're struggling to, you know, wash, because I know what that's like. For me or not, I don't know, I don't know what it's like for other people. But I do know what it's like for me. And I know what it's like to, for me again to feel like almost feel disgusted at myself. Because I can't do something that's so simple. In my head, sort of I'm having a go at myself. And that's something that I think those of us that do that need to stop doing that. If you can't be kind to yourself, then who can you be kind to you, you know, and I'm not being all esoteric, spiritual, love yourself. Of course, you know, that's a brilliant thing. But I can't I'm not trying to do it in that way. On being very, I'm doing in a very basic, basic, a basic human way. There's nothing spiritual about this at all. It's being kind to yourself so as to not ridicule yourself, or put yourself down. And you know what, some people listening to me would probably think it keeps going on about this. Be kind to yourself, do something nice for yourself. Be gentle with yourself. Well, for the rest of my life, I'm going to be saying this because it's really important. I mean, it's lots of books. Lots of audio, you know, multimillion selling books that tell you to love yourself this religions based kind of on that on the you know, but
I say let's kind of start with being clients yourself. And the good thing about it is, although it might be a start,
it never ends because being kind to yourself is something you need to do every single day of your life. being kind to yourself the way you would to somebody that just been in a car accident. And I don't mean tiptoeing around, you have to buy yourself flowers or grapes, or card, or you know, just be gentle. Or what I would do in that situation is when I visit someone in hospital, I like to make him laugh. But that's just me, you know, it might be partly due to nerves, but also, that's just what I do. I like to add a bit of humor to a situation where the corner there almost isn't any humor, but in a kind way. And you might think always you talk about now he's talking about, Well, okay, I'm talking about a minute at yourself. I could make a new recording every day for next 50 years on being kind to yourself and talk from a different stance and talk about different things. And maybe that's why I should do maybe I should have a podcast just called Be kind to yourself. And maybe I will now actually talk saying that it's so important. You know, and it's so easy. Someone says to you, you know, if you read a book, and it's amazing books or then I've read a lot of books
you know, any kind of self help motivational. I don't know what you want to call it sector.
And when I see the words, you know, you need to love yourself. I didn't know where to go with that. I really struggled with that idea. And when I read was told our you can't love another person unless you love yourself. Again, that I found that very upsetting. And also complete bullshit
is I've been in positions where I've absolutely hated myself, but didn't didn't stop me loving other people are not talking, loving everyone. But it didn't change. If I was sitting at my flat or my room in the past and really been the lowest ebb in depression. I still love my name. I wasn't thinking about and I wasn't that love wasn't being expressed. I still loved her. The idea that I couldn't love someone else unless I love myself. I never loved myself my whole life. So it's quite nice if you can say those kinds of cliches, I found got in the way of sometimes got in a way of me. Being or progressing, or thinking that I had progressed is almost like an impossible hurdle. It was almost felt like I was being told that the only way I could ever be happy is if I was six foot four tall and I'm five foot eight. I'm never going to be six foot four. never going to happen. In fact, I can fully stand on my own shoulders and still be sure to shore. So it's not, it almost felt like you know, you know, an impossible hurdle. As I said, being kind to yourself is not an impossible hurdle. being kind to yourself is something you can do right now, in fact, you are doing it right now, by listening to me. Because there's something, he is not really about listening to me necessarily, but there's a kindness towards yourself, by sitting down, maybe you're lying down and listening to something positive. Whether it's, you know, it just happens to be me in this situation, but it could easily have been something else. You've given yourself a break, you've given yourself some time out of the other stuff that may be us worrying about before. And when you listen to me, that stuff's not valid. In this moment, you're just, you know, focusing on what I'm saying. And you're noticing how you feel, physically, emotionally. You feel more relaxed when you hear my voice. And the more you listen, the more relaxed you feel. I don't mean in time wise, although there is that as well, you may feel more relaxed now than you did 10 minutes ago. When you listen to me regularly, you feel more relaxed, it's just, it's part of the process. Which is why I make lots of different recordings instead of just the same recording, because that would be incredibly boring. It might be just as useful. I don't know. But it'd be boring to keep. And I've done that. I've found people that I like listening to in the past, you know, back in the days when you'd get a CD. And that would be what they would would you know, they'd produce a CD. And that's all they had. Maybe they wrote a book. This is before the internet and I okay. I love the CD. I had one that helped me to stop smoking. It wasn't to stop smoking, but it helped me to relax whilst I was going through the stop smoking period in 2019 99. But it was the same recording. And Sally Redfield a common good lady. beautiful voice, beautiful sound, the music and he was great, absolutely. perfection, the recording. This is long before words is swapped. Six over six years before I even started making my own recordings.
But it was the same recording, I wanted more. I wanted to be able to hear every day. But saying something different, same voice, maybe even the same music we find just saying something different. So I realize I've gone in a little bit of a different direction to how I started off here. But still not what I was going to say and I'm still gonna come back to that. So be kind to yourself. And part of the reason why go into more detail about the you know, because I say at the end of every recording, remember to be kind to yourself, because you deserve to be happy. And it sounds it can sound empty. It can sound like a platitude which is why I describe and explain in more detail. Every now and then why I actually mean when I say that because I don't want to be say same platitudes even if they are known as platitudes. I want to be able to justify and explain what I say and why I say If I can, I hope that makes sense. So when I started saying it out loud about the, you know, some of the things that may be an issue for are needed to address it, just to remind people who actually might be having a go themselves, they might be being rude to them to themselves about it putting themselves down, all I'm no good because I can't do this, I should be able to do this, blah, blah, blah, well, that's why you need to be kind to yourself. So I'm gonna come to the actual point. And you might say it was 20 minutes in and you've not even said what it is yet? Well, I've got the setup, you know, you've got, you've got the thing, that's, it's a pill that's too big to swallow, you know, as a metaphor. As an analogy. It's a hurdle that's just too high to jump over. It's not impossible, but it's just too high, feels too high at the moment. And you need the hurdle to be lowered, basically. Or you need to just dissolve. So what I want you to do is, imagine in your hand, all the energy connected to that thing that you want to do, well, maybe that....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/181-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-overcoming-hurdle-too-big-to-swallow-31st-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland. And this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please, I need Listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. So this is going to be a relaxation technique gonna be fairly short recording something that you can just do, when you're on your own. When you can just need a little bit space a little bit of time to do it. But not a lot of time, what I'm gonna ask you to do is sit in a comfortable chair, one that support your body. Although this is not sleep, make sure that any event Have you fallen asleep, the chair will support your body so you don't fall on the floor. This is a short technique to help you to reduce your anxiety levels. I want you to just get an idea of for yourself, what level what number would you put on a scale of one to 1010 being the most anxious, he could feel one being the lowest, the least the lowest? What number would you give it now, as you think about it, as you focus on your body, your mind attention, you know, just kind of how you're feeling. And I realized that it might actually sounds weird, but may actually have reduced just by pressing the play button on this recording, which is quite unnatural, that's fine. And also, hearing my voice if you're used to hearing my voice, the more often you listen to me, the quicker you become relaxed. It just seems to be part of the process. If you just notice what number is now, on a scale of one to 10 what I'm going to ask you to do is on seats imagine you've got a balloon, but it's just an empty blown, you know, fresh out of the bucket. And in your mind, I want you to imagine you're pumping that balloon up. Okay, so it's an empty balloon, but you've put it on to the end of the nozzle liver pumping machine, I suppose like a bicycle pump, whatever the equivalent is for pumping up balloons and just pump it up. And every time you push that air in, what you're pushing into it is the anxiety pushing the anxiety from your body and from your mind into that balloon. And the balloon can be any color you want. Or it can be no color doesn't matter. It can be any shape that you want. And just keep pumping that anxiety into the blown an issue do that. Notice how your body feels different. As you pump again, more anxiety in to that balloon and a balloon starts to get bigger. And just let you know if you're not a big fan of balloons. Or if you have any fear of balloons popping this will not pop okay.
It's not gonna happen, it's just gonna get full of this anxiety.
Just no disabled he feels the more of that anxiety that you pump into that blown is how your mind feels as you keep pumping that anxiety in and knows how the balloon gets bigger and bigger and bigger. And you keep doing it and to the point where you feel your body and your mind is really relaxed. And the thing that's pumping a balloon up, when you take a balloon off the end automatically makes it not the bottom of the balloon so the balloon doesn't deflate. And it can't pop, either. Okay, he can't burst. It's just stain, big and inflated. And you realize that actually, that anxiety is almost like helium to the bloom because it wants to flow up. It's not just a normal air. The anxiety is wanting to rise. It's almost like your body, your mind wasn't enough for the anxiety, it wanted to spread, wants to spread it wings is wants to get away from you. It wants to flow away, which he now can because in your mind, go outside into the garden or into the street in your mind, just outside so you can see the sky and just let go of that balloon and watch it rise up into the sky as you realized that anxiety never wanted to hurt you never wanted to cause you discomfort. It wanted to be released. It was basically banging against the door on the walls of you trying to get out but it couldn't. Now you released it can just float and continue to float up into the sky. Continue to float and as you try and try and follow with your eyes. kind of make it our base starts to just become so tiny in the distance. It seems to just disappear. gone gone far away. Now notice how your body and mind feels and notice what number you are on that skill that you had before. Now I just had to do you can repeat this process as many times as you choose. And it literally takes a couple of minutes. only takes a couple of minutes to achieve. And that's the end of this recording. So please remember to be kind to yourself. Because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love bye....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/180-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-balloon-anxiety-reduction-technique-31st-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, thank you for joining me, this is going to be a relaxation technique that is the podcast is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And I am actually going to ask you to close your eyes whilst doing this technique, however, you'd be, you might be pleased to know that this is gonna be a short recording, I can hear chairs around the world. So it's quite, it's a technique that's good for focusing on one particular thing. Okay. So an example that I just used it on. And it was really good works is somebody that works in a place that I go to, in a very rude, very just rude to me that or they don't like it, they kind of it's hard to explain, but they're just not very friendly. So I did this technique lasted for however long it lasts really depends upon yourself. So but didn't last very long. And it helped. So what it's going to be for this technique, I'm going to be asking you to push your hands together. But in a not in a praying way, but in a physical pressure on a way. Now, if you have any physical conditions, any sort of chronic pain your shoulders, your hands, your arms, whatever HD chest, your back has, you use an all of those muscles for this, but maybe don't do it. Okay. And but this is for people that are able to do that. There's other ways around it. I mean, I could probably sit here and talk for two hours. And those that listen to me regularly know that I can do that. But I could probably give you lots of different versions of this. But I'm just gonna do this one for now. So I've got my hands and fingers together, things are apart. Because that's how they naturally are. Put them together for putting things together, then that puts quite a lot of pressure on my actual fingers. But if I just allow them to just be at the normal width when they're together. And my hands are out in front of me. You don't have to point them upwards or point them sideways, it's up to you Makes no difference. But really, a lot of the pressures going on the bottoms of the palms, you know the bit that is just above the wrists. And then you're not putting huge amount of stress on the fingers themselves. But you are pushing the hands together, there's more than padding that's being pushed, okay. But before you start putting them together, just put together, leave them loose. And on to ask you to think of someone that has when you think about the normally you feel bit stressed, maybe angry, tense, but that person is you react to them in a negative way. And it causes emotional pain for you probably has no effect on them at all. But you're, you know, you're reacting to them Jesus, the way that I react to this person I was talking about doesn't affect them at all. They just go along with their life. But this is something that you can do. So think about someone that when you think about them, you know, they've annoyed you perhaps someone recent, you know, like a very recent person that has they said something that has played on your mind and your stress levels have increased because of it. Okay, cuz I
I'm going to let you decide who to think of because obviously, I can't decide, but I could spend ages coming up with different scenarios. So just if you need to press the pause button while you think of somebody, then do so if you choose, you could also think about maybe about something that somebody said to you, or, you know, an experience has happened lately, that you think about it, and it just bugs you, and it's causing emotional discomfort. So, I'm going to just assume that your thoughts are some something or somebody. So now we just to think of that person, the picture of them in your mind, and push your hands together. But as I said, it's just the pattern at the bottom of your hands that you really push in, you're not pushing your fingers together, because you don't need to, it's just the padding at the bottoms of your hands. And just keep pushing them together. You can do it as hard as you like, you can do as hard as you can, or just to a point where it's comfortable. And just push it together. And the idea is not to push it for as long as you can, where you have to just clap your hands because it's too much. Or just do it to a point where you feel comfortable enough to lead and relax your hands. But you're not going to relax your hands quickly, you're going to do it gradually. So think about this person, something is said and relax your hands, but very gently relax, while you're still thinking of that person.
So I can feel my fingers starting to creak a little bit. As they relaxing
my shoulders and my back and my chest. What I'm noticing is more important is feeling I head towards that person has changed, doesn't have the power anymore, doesn't have the energy, or the level of discomfort that it was there before.
Almost like just unimportant. Not the person but the emotion that was connected to a person just doesn't seem to be there.
And as you keep focusing on them, you keep focusing on your hands, as your hands relax. And you can let your hands gently fall to your knees. If you're sitting the chair. And just notice how your arms, your shoulders, your wrists, your fingers,
feel really relaxed. As you still focus on that person feels nice. Instantly, I feel more relaxed physically and emotionally. But also thinking about that person is almost doesn't even seem to affect me for some reason.
Now, if it's a strong, strong, strong, strong feeling, you can repeat this a few times until you get down that feeling to a level that you're comfortable with or until it's eradicated altogether. So you no longer have those emotions or negative feelings. Oh god and that's it. You may find It's easier to do it while she listened to me. But then you can also do it on your own. And it takes a few minutes. So for example, if you're at work, somebody said something that's really just some reasons got here. And if you keep festering on it, it's going to make the rest of your day, really crappy. So maybe take yourself away, go to the toiler, sit in a cubicle, or go somewhere where you can be alone. And do this exercise focusing on that person. You haven't got to repeat what they said to you. You're focusing on the person and the feeling that you have towards that person. And then do this exercise. And repeat as many times as you need. And please let me know how you get on. So thank you very much for listening. I told you it's going to be a short one. Remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love. Bye....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/179-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-reduce-stress-when-thinking-of-someone-you-dislike-27th-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Thank you for listening. And before I start, so this is going to be a recording, it's going to be titled The source is going to be recorded, but it's going to be titled you're going to be okay. So that's, that's it. That's not the whole recording. That's, that's the title. So that's what I'm going to talk about. And there may be background sounds as there was I just left the table then. Also, we got a lot of rain and wind outside of the moment. 70 mile per hour wind apparently. So, but it's okay, because you could just relax and listen to me. If he's sitting in a chair, please make sure that the chair has sides to it. So that you don't you know, if you did fall asleep, you didn't fall out of the chair. So it's important. So, ideally, don't listen to this, if you're balancing on one leg, you know, just because if you did fall asleep, you want to make sure that you're safe. Safety is important. If you lie on your bed, there's a chance that you will fall asleep. I don't know I'd guarantee if I was actually talking and lying down at the same time. Of course, it's difficult for me to do two things at the same time, but I would fall asleep which is why I have to sit in a chair and I'll make recordings I have walked about in the past whilst making these type of recordings but it makes a little bit a noise you know clo baby can hear the footsteps and stuff like that. So I'll try and just sit down what is bored is that wow, I should put this on my let me put you to sleep podcast. So what am I mean by it's going to be okay. Yeah. It's going to be okay.
Well
think it's a sentence that we all need to hear something we all need to hear this things are going to be okay. Some people will already be in that mindset. They may say of course it's going to be okay.
And good for you. A lot of people will not be in that situation. as some people will be maybe listening thinking What the hell are you talking about? Me it's gonna be okay. You don't know my situation. This this this this happened. This has happened this has happened. And you're I don't know your situation. And I believe regardless of what's going on your benefit and I will benefit from hearing those words, it's going to be okay. Things are gonna be okay. Everything is going to be okay. You could dissect it and say, well, I've just finished a relationship, that's not ever going to be okay. Which is a good point. But you're going to be okay. And you need to believe it, not just hear it. However, the more often you hear it, the more you start to believe it. That's a mean, this is the flip side of verbal abuse. The flip side of the opposite. If you live with someone that's telling you that you're ugly, and you're stupid, and all that stuff. for years on end, you hear net daily, some people start to believe it. And it's not their fault that they believe it. It's because that's the way the brain works. That's the it's, it starts to become embedded. And that's the way hypnosis works, is by just offering a suggestion, but you keep repeating it. You know, the idea with hypnosis really, is that I'll make the suggestion in a recording, for example, like this, and I'll mention it. And you instead of just saying it, I like to in this type of session, I like to go in depth exactly what I'm talking about a well coming from, and what I mean by the words that I say, as opposed to just be in an empty cliche. We're just saying it for the sake of it. I don't make recordings just for the sake of it. There's better things I can do this stuff on telly, I could watch. I could go back to bed never sleep. There's loads of things I could do. So I'm not doing this to waste my time by just saying stuff. That is pointless. Although I do say a lot of pointless stuff. But the idea of just saying you're going to be okay.
Just for the sake of it, I'm not going to do that. And the more you hear those words, you're going to be okay. Even if at first you push them away, or you think was a lot of bollocks. absolute crap. Was this bloke talking about guys? talk him out of his office.
You could think that doesn't change the fact that you can be okay. And there's more chance of you being okay. When you wrap your mind around this idea. wrap your mind around those words. And notice how much better you feel. When you say those words to yourself.
When you say those words to yourself internally course you can say Externally look in the mirror, and say, I'm going to be okay. You're going to have a written on your wall on a piece of paper or a pen or whatever, you know, I'm going to be okay, or you're going to be okay. I've got on my door, in my living room, on why that wouldn't get to the door, I've got written in capital letters in a marker pen. I deserve to be happy.
It's been up there for about a year and a half. And I see it every day. And it's true, I do deserve to be happy. And at the end of most of my recordings, I tell people, be kind to yourself. Because you deserve to be happy.
And I deserve to be happy. I'm not telling people something that doesn't apply to me. Why wouldn't you deserve to be happy? So why shouldn't things be okay? in the future? And also, based on their logic, why shouldn't things be a bit crappy? Now and that are really difficult. In fact, we're physically health wise, physically, mentally, we're relationship wise, bereavement, other losses, jobs, problems with finances, all that kind of stuff that everybody's going through, in some way. You know, if you've got a cluster of friends, and family, you could probably fill most of those gaps up of at least one of those people is going to be someone is physically ill, there's probably going to be someone that's got mental health issues, there's going to be someone with financial issues, someone that may be as a phobia, someone that perhaps unemployed, perhaps have relationship problems, you know, it's going to be spread out, there's going to be one example of possibly
so many different possibilities of this, this face is suffering. But at the same time, if you look around, you can see people, they're examples of people that have come through.
And then now do that. Okay. Because things were okay in the end for them. Anybody that's in a second marriage. But one of those people, I'm guessing. I mean, I might be wrong. But I'm pretty sure that the majority of people that are in their second marriage
never believed that they would ever get married again. In fact, they were probably awfully opposed to the idea at some point earlier in their life.
I think it's fair to say there are millions of people who have overcome physical illness, serious physical illness, including this year with the Coronavirus. You know, there's millions of people have had that illness and recovered. And at some point, during that period, there may have thought, Well, if you said to them, things are going to be okay. They would have
or had they not been to well, they would have laughed but should they I've been too busy trying to breathe out a friend that went through that couldn't breathe and you know, he's on oxygen and everything. He didn't believe he was going to survive. But he did be know the benefit of hearing me say this to you. This is something that might sound a bit strange. But there's, there's some truth in this the benefit of hearing a lot. Now, I know that some of you feel that you know me a bit, you might have been listening to me for quite a while. So I'm not a complete stranger to everybody that listens, or no one open the stats that I've got a loyal audience. People are listening regularly. Hoping benefit. But I've also compared to your husband, wife, child, grandparents, friends, I'm pretty much a stranger compared to the people in your life. So it's easier. I guess, in case I'm guessing this, but I think it's probably true, it's easier to hear from me, the things that are going to be okay. Because you can't lash out at me. Because I'm here, I'm not there with you. Not physically. There's a connection, there's an emotionalism energetic, there's an energy, there's that connection, energy wise. And I do like the idea that all of us are kind of together, listening. And we're all connected, and kind of helping each other at the same time. As all the 1000s of people that listen to this podcast, all by helping the recovery of the other people. stuffs. And that sounds a little bit up in the air, the airy fairy maybe, but I don't not really spiritual. But I like that idea. are very open to knowing that I don't know. loads of stuff is more stuff. I don't know that I do know. So, you know, I try. I do mock stuff sometimes. But I try not this serious way. Because there's so much that I don't know, there's so much I'm never gonna know, there's also a huge amount that I don't want to know, we've got no interest in. And it's hard to devote yourself to. You can't devote yourself to everything. It's a choice sometimes. But going back to what I was saying, you can get annoyed at me, you hear me You might be in the middle of a divorce, you might be in hospital, you might be having problems with the finances, maybe the unemployment benefit as the mean paid or all that kind of stuff, which is horrible. And I've been in various of those situations. It might be due to stress, anxiety, you might be having panic attacks. Just affected by because that's ....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/178-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-you-are-going-to-be-ok-jason-newland-25th-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please listen, you can safely Close your eyes. When you listen to this, maybe you'd like to get yourself into a comfortable position, sitting in a comfortable chair, which supports your body. So if he was to fall asleep, you would still be safely in the chair. Paul, you may wish to lie down on the bed. If you did decide to lie down, you may fall asleep as you may guess, sitting in the chair as well. And if you do have plans and need to go somewhere, then I suggest you maybe set your alarm
to wake you up at the end of the recording. Now I'm just going to talk to you like I normally do. And there may be background sound like the plane going overhead. How lucky are we lovely, thank you mister plane driver. There's also an ice cream van driving around as well. So that'll be it, I will try and block out and edit out those sounds when they arrive.
But it's not going to be completely a silent. So before we go any further I'd like to ask you how you are. When it comes to you know stress, tension and anxiety. How are you in this moment? What level of comfort do you say you're at in this moment. Sort of comfort 10 being the most comfortable, you can feel and then down to one was the least comfortable. Or just say you are at
this moment right now on that scale. And now I'd like you to get in touch with that feeling of discomfort. Just notice where it is in your body. Maybe it's in different parts. So just notice as you scan through your body. Again, just do a scan and notice what parts of your body feel tense or stressed.
I can feel it in the back of my neck Am I right I will be attention my right shoulder my lower back on the left hand side. So my right shoulder and my lower back left hand side of both two places where I have bear chronic pain. So there's I could feel that tension there.
Better my stomach just the slight tension my ankles and feet is almost buzzing theater my be due to the way that I'm sitting in the chair. So I'm just going to stretch my legs out a little bit
and instantly my feet feel relaxed as a focused on my right eye and latest I can feel some tension by fires
the forehead and behind my eyes. There's some tension being held.
the ironic thing is when you actually focus on the part where you're noticing tension
seems to reduce perhaps all it needed was some attention. All it needed was your recognition. Now the back of my neck seems to feel a lot looser now. Yeah, breathing in is quite cool. My mind is really quite still. There no one surprised at that. As my body seemed to just relax once unnoticed and acknowledge those parts where I was feeling the tension. Buddy seemed to just go to work and it was as if I'm almost moving away from my body. Observe in my body From the
distance just sayin. How I Learned notice how he noticed there is the full mirror in front of you. And this magic mirror allows you to step inside. Step inside that mirror, you can just sit there in the mirror will stand if you choose that as you stand there any remaining tension, stress, anxiety or panic really starts to show itself why you're in that mirror. You can feel that the different parts of your body and mind you can allow to grow for a few seconds. Nine when you're ready, you can step out of that mirror and leave behind all that
stress, tension anxiety and panic leaving in their mirror trapped because it can't follow you. They can't leave now it's they're stuck there. You can walk out that magic mirror easily and naturally. And as a count to three, when I get to three, like you just go step out of that magic mirror, the behind those trapped feelings of stress, tension, anxiety, and panic. The thing all those feelings behind you as you step out of that mirror now, one, three, step out now. Notice how much more relaxed you're feeling. So as you look back at that mirror, you can see the tension in the end xiety and the stress the panic all trapped inside that may mentioned what we're gonna do now is send love into mirror to heal those wounds to heal the tension and stress pain panic and anxiety sending healing energy from your body as you imagine you're going on strike stretched out, palms pointing towards the mirror. He can just walk up and touch the mirror he energy spreads deep into them mirror action he so he hurry to enjoy experiencing more and de relaxation day relaxation t relaxation j Hey peace...CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/177-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-magic-relaxing-mirror-jason-newland-24th-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason Newland calm. My name is Jason Newland. And this is relaxation hypnosis with stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. Now this is going to be Beaufort relaxation and asleep session the two versions one with one without music. Background music is by Kevin MacLeod the music version will be longer. But that 51 minutes and eight seconds precisely.
Now if you listen to this, for the relaxation, then I would suggest setting your alarm in case you fall asleep, because my my little boring voice does have a tendency of sending people to sleep. Just last night, I have a friend phoned up and she fell asleep over to me on the phone.
She got home safely. So I would like to start by asking you to get yourself comfortable. Either sitting down in a comfortable chair, lying down on the bed. Here in the chair, make sure that the chair has armless so that you don't fall out of the chair basically need to put safety first. If you're anything like me, if you're lying down that a challenge you're gonna fall asleep.
Okay, could listen to heavy metal music lying down and still fall asleep. It's just my body. Probably the same as you really our bodies are probably primed to be ready to fall asleep when we lay down on the bed.
It's something that we've been doing since we were babies. It may be some background sounds of God's Horus the pigeon in the trees outside because I'm recording this during the daytime. Can't really avoid Horace. He's there first signal morning. And lastly at night. He loves just basically shouting Hello. Hi, JJ. Hi, everyone listening to this recording. So it's part of the family. Let's not push him out just because he's got an annoying voice. And if that was the case, then you're probably listening to this because I'll probably got an annoying voice as well. Maybe falling asleep or being relaxed, doesn't need complete silence. And I think that's something that
we need to learn. At least I did. To me years to realize that. You know, I used to think everything had to be sterile and obliquely silent in order for me to fall asleep.
Not true. It's never silent. Even if you wear earplugs, or you know you're able also to put them is still gonna hear what he your, your heartbeat, or you might hear Breathe in. Or you can hear vibrations feel vibrations. There's still going to be an outside or it's going to be other feelings. There's going to be something that you Could use as a distraction, if you chose to. mean just because you're sitting in your chair or lying down, doesn't mean that your body has disappeared, necessarily, may feel like that, you know, so so times you can still feel things, you can still notice the temperature of the room, you can still hear not just Horace the pigeon, but you can hear my voice is or the fact that you are listening to my voice. And I've already started to relax. And maybe you've already started to feel a bit tired. Maybe through boredom, maybe just because you associate my voice with relaxing deeply, and maybe falling asleep and drifting off. But it's still a sound still not silent. Which means if there's a plane going over with this, your cause in the distance, maybe you got a neighbor with a television you can hear there's no difference to listening to me is still sound that was a little bit different from a sensory, there's still the sound, it's still an external
thing. Actually. It's just there. And of course, if used to lie down and get all angry,
then yeah, that's gonna get in the way of relaxing deeply, and just drifting off naturally to sleep. And I used to do that. I used to be the angriest want to get to sleep person ever. When I was younger? Trust me, I'm serious. I used to get so angry. Every time that door slammed every time I could hear a neighbor or television. I used to. Sometimes at yell, I'd punch things I said really, when I was younger, we'll talk about last week posting almost needed it to be sterile, sterile environment. And then, after learning hypnosis, and meditation as well, I realized that it doesn't matter about backgrounds. All learned to meditate in a Buddhist Center, which was in the middle of a busy town.
So I'll be there on a Thursday evening with people outside drunk, swearing, shouting, laughing, singing whatever. And it didn't affect the meditation can affect me who I was because who I was didn't change because of other outside sounds. As also another aspect to this, but I didn't realize I kind of discovered
that your ears turn off. At a certain point, your ears descend to turn themselves off. And they stop listening
when you fall asleep and when you drift. Your ears just turn off. And it's a strange phenomenon because I don't know why. But I'm guessing it's because they're not needed. Just in the same way you're not going to have
loads of blood flow into the stomach or to your lens. Because you're not running, you're not physically active in the moment that you're relaxing deeply or lying down. That's not needed. Just in a way that your eyes are not going to be focused, the way they would be if he was looking at a television or some kind of screen, you know,
laptop, phone wherever, or looking at a person, your eyes are not going to do that, because your eyes are closed.
And because there's nothing to look at, they're not needed. So as a lot of your body is already needed at this time. There's those automatic processes that continue naturally, anyway. without any effort from you, and things on automatic for almost autopilot. And we spend a lot of our lives on autopilot anyway. Which is good in some ways. Your heartbeats in your blood flow in your kidneys, liver, your processing of food,
all of you know, the lungs, all that stuff. We're lucky that is automatic. We don't need to think about it. Because it frees our energy, and to have time to focus on other things. But when we're in automatic thinking, that's where the problems can arise. So I noticed some people they lay down to go to sleep and their minds are active.
Or they try and relax. And some people say that they can't, because their mind is too active. That's believe in it on autopilot. So you can leave all the other stuff, the bodily functions on autopilot, your body healing, your you know, the oxygen being spread through your body.
All the things that are just naturally happening. They can continue to be on autopilot. You can take off the thinking. Part your mind, take that off of autopilot and take control of it. By control I don't mean being controlling. What I mean is you think of it in a way as you turn up
to your home. And maybe you've got a lodger who has invited or their friends around for a party. And you've come home autopilot, which is B walk in there and do nothing about it. By taking it off of autopilot, you go in there and you tell everyone to get out.
Which is what we do with the thoughts. So instead of there being a party in our mind, with lots of different thoughts going on the world almost seem out of our reach, because it's on autopilot. Switch off the autopilot and open the doors and let those
thoughts out. Is it not necessary at this moment just in the ways how your body If you're walking down the
street or running for a bus, or day to day live in, there's a lot of stress that you'd have in your body, that's actually required. A lot of stress involved in walking and carrying things carry in shopping, or just keeping your body straight. You know, the process, there's a lot of stress involved of muscle activity, love movement.
And we're on autopilot for that. You can know where you want to go. You know when to walk to the bus stop. But don't have to think about the process of walking.
I can notice what it feels like. But I'm on automatic pilot with that stuff. When you're laying down on your bed, ready to sleep deeply off, you're just relaxing, you can take that autopilot off. Because you don't need any of that stress. This necessary for you to walk or talk or think or act, or be physically able to do stuff is none of that thing, none of those relevant when you're lying down, or sitting. Relaxing, not needed. You don't need to use your legs. When you lie in a bed.
It is your arms, you don't need to really use any of your body. All the internal organs on automatic pilot, so it's all happening without any effort. I mean, you don't need your mind when you relax in deeply. And when you're lying in bed.
drifting off to sleep, you don't need your mind still necessary. Just like you don't need your ears, you don't need your eyes. You don't need a sense of smell. You don't need your sense of taste. You don't need your sense of feeling really. None of those senses are required. When you relax deeply or sleep really is letting go completely just by turning off the autopilot. To get rid of that stuff that you do need. A lot of the time when you're awake when you're walking about and you will work in interactions, communication, watching television, eating all those things. You need certain functions to be in operation. When you're just relaxing or lying down on your bed, drifting to sleep. You don't need any of that. Which means you stop caring about anything. In fact, it's almost impossible to worry about anything. When you just turn off that autopilot and let everything just drift away. Realize in the need in this moment everything will still be available when you need it. Right now you don't need anything you don't need anything. Then as a countdown from 10 down to one....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/176-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relax-and-fall-asleep-jason-newland-22nd-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis with stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. So thank you for listening. And this is going to be fairly short recording, it's kind of a an X exercise technique, whether you want to call it for reducing stress, tension and anxiety. There may be background sounds, which doesn't matter, because it's not sleep recording is not big long, laying down listening to me waffle on for hours recording. All I'm going to ask you to do, really, I'm going to talk to you, but I'm not gonna ignore you still talk to you, because that'd be a weird recording. If I said nothing. I'm going to ask you to keep your eyes, your eyes open. I don't mean, not blink, in course, you can blink. But when I ask you to keep your eyes open, until I say Close your eyes. And when I say Close your eyes, you're going to close your eyes. And all of the tension or the stress, or the anxiety is going to leave your body and the mind. Okay. That's the technique. So for the next few minutes, I'm going to ask you to keep your eyes open. As I said, blink as often as you want, you may find that you want to blink a bit more often because you're more more focused on your eyelids, then perhaps you normally
and your eyes start to get tired. But that's natural. The more tired your eyelids get, the more deeply you will relax when you actually close your eyes.
That's why we don't close your eyes until your eyelids are ready to close. Because easy just to close your eyes. I mean, we do it continuously when we blink disease to close your eyes and just leave them closed. But we're not going to do that. Because although they'll feel nice. And even if you close your eyes. Now don't if you did, you'd feel more relaxed in your body and your mind. Your mind would just as almost like a refill just sort of drain out of you. But on a lesser level. That will be when you finally close your eyes in a few minutes time. Then there's the frustration of no really lies being told what to do today. So I'm telling you to keep your eyes open. And maybe there's a part of you thinking what I want to keep your eyes open.
Well,
I'm asking you to keep your eyes open. And if you're not going to follow, not follow the balls turn the recording off. I just told you off there. That's annoying, isn't it?
So you start to notice that frustration. Maybe you start to notice the tension in your body and in your mind, the stress in your body in your mind. The anxiety and it's kind of mixing up hear me talking now. It's very much stirring around and things are moving about where before they were perhaps static. And although uncomfortable with a degree of comfort in just being how you normally
are And maybe accepted it. But now I'm staring out, I'm shaking it up. So you keep your eyes open. And you can feel certain feelings, which not necessarily comfortable but not as uncomfortable as perhaps they normally would be. But they're there.
And you can feel a mixture of emotions, a mixture of physical feelings. Because they're being shook up, like keeping your eyes open, you're shaking them up. Because that stress, that anxiety and panic, that tension wants to control you. But by keeping your eyes open, you're not letting it control you, you're taking control. So by keeping your eyes open, remembering to blink, of course, you take control. Now, as I'm doing this on those in my eyelids aren't as tired as they were. So I'm getting in touch with how I'm feeling. There's an energy wave around my body. Which is different to what it was before, I was feeling quite sluggish before. But now feeling probably a little bit rattled a little bit. Okay, what's going on there? Use this. And I imagine it could be someone that hasn't heard me before thinking assist, this person might be saying, keep your eyes open. And now he's saying, Get in touch with how you're feeling, I don't want to get in touch with these feelings. or push them awake, it's a horrible. Well, I'm not saying get in touch with them. But you're going to notice them because that's what comes up. They arise it's not about meditating on them. That is something you can do. But in this situation, it's not it's just being aware of how you're feeling. And being aware of the energy. You know, it's strange, actually, as I'm talking, I'm noticing for our chest, my upper back, shoulders, neck. That's all it is, is energy. But it's moving. So moving around, it's not static. As far as water is there in a pond, you know, if you've got a river, water moves the waters fresh, you can drink it. If you go into like a pond, the water is going to be stagnant because no movement. So that's stagnant. And also in a pond, you're gonna have all kinds of alligator all kinds of just trapped, because no water clean and clear in it be like basically, our blood vessels, you know, the veins, if the blood didn't go through the veins, the veins would just stop working. Because of blood, you know, you have to keep the blood going continuously through the veins, too two fingers to your toes, to your nose to your knees and to the different parts of your body. those blood vessels need to continuously be flowing. And this eye energy and I can feel the tension. I can feel the tension. And I'm noticing my eyelids now I don't know about you, but I'm noticing it's not a tightness. But it's definitely a wanting to let go of it. Yeah, as opposed to needing to let go over. I want to look over. I want to close my eyes just allow my body to just flush itself have those feelings of stress, anxiety, panic tension All that stuff out.
And I realized that I have to keep my eyes open until it's time to close your eyes and let it all out. So I'm going to do, I'm going to count from 10 down to one, and you're going to keep your eyes open.
And he's still going to keep your eyes open even when I get to one. But as I count down from 10 to one, notice how that movement of tension and stress and anxiety and all that stuff starts to move around. Almost as if it's ready to lining up to leave your body and mind. Knowing that when you close your eyes, your body and mind will relax completely. But keep your eyes open is not time 10 987654321 Well, my eyes really want to close now. eyelids feel tired to rest of our body. Not so much but my eyes. It's almost a no there's a reward there. When you close your eyes, you're going to be rewarded by tension and the stress and the panic and anxiety leaving your body and your mind. Set is the reward. And you know we need to do is close your eyes, but we're gonna keep your eyes open. Because you are in control. You will not be told what to do by stress or by a feeling. It's all it is it's a feeling. You don't need to be controlled by a feeling you're bigger than a feeling. That's to say that my eyelids are getting more and more relaxed and the blinks seem to be lasting longer. So I'll try and keep my eyes open a little while longer is a bit like you know is when a ferry boat does ship a ferry docks and all the passengers starting to just queue up waiting to get off. It feels a bit like that now, I feel like I'm more likely to stick container moving into the docks ready to allow these passengers. Let's face it, that's all they are. These feelings or feelings are just passengers. You allow them to travel with you. This stress, anxiety, panic, as well as all the good feelings as well. Well, the nice feelings you allow them to travel with you. You give them permission to travel with you. And they've told this these feelings these negative painful emotions are stressed anxiety, tension, panic. You fled let to know that this is their destination. This is where they get off. This is where you just notice your eyes really becoming heavier. And I think it's probably time to it's time I think to get ready to close your eyes. Knowing that when you do the body in your mind will just be completely free. completely free. So I'm gonna count down from five down to one when I get to one, okay, so close your eyes and just close your eyes and then I'm going to end the recording. So you can just experience what you experience without me yabbering on and if you choose you can just keep your eyes closed for as long as you choose to do so. I'm definitely ready to close my eyes. So ready 543 Close your eyes......CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/175-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-keeping-eyes-open-jason-newland-21st-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. leaves only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes maybe your background sound hopefully should be fairly quiet. This is going to be both a relaxation session and a sleep session. So if you're listening, relaxation and you have somewhere to be in an hour's time or something like that, then I suggest that you set your alarm before listening now she to lie down or he self comfortable. If you're sitting in a chair, please make sure the check and support the body adequately so the viewers to fall asleep, you don't pull out the chair. It's important. Safety first. In this recording, we're going to do a fair counting down doing something that I don't normally do this okay. I'm gonna ask you to count down with me 10 to one and then I'm gonna ask you to open your eyes to close your eyes again. count down from 10 to one and ask you to open your eyes again. And I'm gonna do that a few times. Each time you open your eyes
or you kind of want to do this close them. Every time you close your eyes you become more deeply relaxed in every part of your body
and mind. As well as as you count down. He go deeper into relaxation
sheets open your eyes again. You're not going to want to try and do anyway. The more difficult you find the more relaxed you become.
And if you do have your eyes open, when you close down again you'll go so deeply relaxed and you feel so much relief to be able to just have your eyes closed and let your body and mind relax deeply. If falling asleep is something that you'd like to do it also find the time you close your eyes drift a deeper into that sense spatial comfort where there's no direction is just in infinite space without any thought process where you can just rely free leave in your body in your mind to relax deeply staff and counting down 10 to one if you haven't already closed your eyes and please close your eyes now and I'm going to count out now 10 down to one
more certainly in this recording will also be available with background music by Kevin MacLeod well you can repeat after me inside your mind the numbers 987 say bye for now 321 Now, open your eyes if you can. If you're unable to open your eyes, that means you've gone so deeply relaxed and if you choose to sleep, it's gonna drift so easily. If your eyes are still open now ask you just to notice how much you want to close your eyes. Close to now 987 C. Why for dairy Why? Open your eyes if you can. Call the CEO unable to open your eyes means your body and mind to relax so deeply The muscles in your eyes No longer
will suddenly you may already be drifting into the day he'll sleep. And if your eyes are open ask you to notice just how much you want to close how much you want to close down and not open them again until you choose to have to be relaxed for a long enough period when you wake up from a deep sleep close them now 10 die in a set 7654 A see if you're able to open your eyes again lie able to open your eyes It means to you so completely relax the mind and your body almost to the point where he can't even feel your body anymore because it's so deeply
into my mind is empty. Sleep in the most natural thing and to feel on. April I'd like you to notice how much you need to close your eyes. Right now. How much you really want to just collusion eyes. Code completely. So close your eyes now to him 9876 why Try and open your eyes. This try you may find it impossible. Almost as if your eyelids such as sharp which means your body. The muscles your body included in those muscles around your eyes.
becomes so loose. So calm so relax. A big car Li capable of doing anything because mind as he let go of everything shows me career to the day best. Most naturals calm me and he is and if your eyes are open notice the Huey when they close them and you don't want to open them anymore. You had managed to open you really don't want to anymore. You want to let them close sale shop. Allow us completely no
closure I eyes to nine they say now your eyes wide open now feels so deep relax. You may not even be able to feel them. Although you know they're there. Be relaxed your body and your mind so fair, very deep to the point where sleep is never more than a few seconds away. He chews through the way completely or you can just enjoy incredible feeling deep relaxation sensation nothingness the blissful So, very Harry count down from 10 to one one last time with every number you can just finish any number counting down just finish Feel free to lie they say for very for a....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/174-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-counting-down-to-relax-sleep-deeply-jason-newland-21st-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason in labs.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And this is going to be a part of a technique a short technique. So you don't have to have complete silence. You don't even necessarily have to close your eyes. But you might find it easier to do so to do while your eyes are closed, because it's about getting in touch with feelings. There may be some background sounds because Andre is in the bedroom trying to get out. So I'll put him in there just to keep him a little bit quiet. But I can't always have whereas you know, if you listen to my recordings, he's sometimes around. And
that's just how it is he lives there. So I'm his lodger. That's Andre the favorite on my favorites lodger. So this technique is actually really powerful. And it's about well, let's just do it and see how you feel.
Okay. Suppose I'm not going to do an introduction to what it is or what my aim is around
this relaxation technique. Although it is about relaxation is not just about that. It's also to do with moving away from judgment, self judgment that is moving away from blaming yourself for, for example, myself, when I was in the past, I've really, really, really bad anxiety.
I had no one else to blame but myself. Not realizing at the time that I didn't need anyone to blame. It wasn't a blame situation. But being bought up in a society where blame is very popular. I'm not sure if that's the case where you live, but
you know, I've been brought up from day one with that mentality of blaming other people
or taking the blame myself. As I've got older, educated, trying to move away from that type of thinking, because it's
unhealthy. You know, there's this, it's good to learn from mistakes and to make changes and to even learn, maybe not feel guilty because I don't think guilt is a good thing either. But to definitely acknowledge it, if we've done something, it's hurt another person to acknowledge it and to you know, decide not to do it again. And to feel
sorrow or to feel you know, emotions, at the same time not to not to sort of let it fester. So this isn't really about that. But it's about focusing by focusing on what we're going to focus on. And that's a big gap where don't say anything. It's
it's about you just see how you feel, experience how you experience and see, feel. The way you feel when you do this sound may sound a bit fake, but I think it's it's might be useful in order for you to not only change how you feel, but also to you know, remove some of that judgment. Some of that blame, you know, giving yourself a hard time which is never useful.
It goes back to what I say at the end of each recording. Be kind to yourself. So unlike what I normally do, I won't wobble on the hours before actually get to the point, it's going to go straight into the, the technique or the exercise whether you want to call that. So ideally, you can do this line down, but you might fall asleep. My boring voice might send you to sleep. So my, the optimal position would be sitting in a comfortable chair, which has armrests. And if you did fall asleep, did it fall out of the chair. And so that your feet can touch the floor, make sure that you're not wearing anything too constrictive. So if you've got tight trousers on your belt or something, and you feel it pressing against your stomach, just under the belt, windy, the trousers, yes, it's about comfort. And if you've got a tight restrictive top on, maybe take the tight, take it off. And if it's too cold to not ever top on, just put something on, that's a bit baggy. Or just, you know, this isn't a fashion show. Now, it doesn't matter what background sounds around, because it's not relevant. This is about you. This is about how you feel. Because background sounds don't affect how we've, it might affect how we feel. But it's not going to it doesn't stop us from experiencing how we feel. Apart from maybe, I don't know if it if you suddenly heard someone in the back garden saying, I've found some gold, I found some gold bullion. And you know, it might take your mind off of how you were feeling about yourself in that moment as a distraction. Especially when you're down there digging. Focusing on that gold. So if you just don't have to relax your body, your body, you probably feel more relaxed anyway. I've been talking for seven minutes, he probably calmed down a bit. And we're curious about what we're going to do today. I'm a little bit curious as well, because I've got no idea. No, I do I do. So all I'm going to ask you to do first of all focus on how you feel focused on your stress levels focused on this depression there, whether there's an anxiety levels or whatever is going on with you right now. Just notice how you're feeling and maybe give a gauge of you know, one to 1010 being the worst, you can feel one being pretty much nothing.
And what would you give your stress levels at the moment or anxiety levels at the moment between one and 10
just you can just you know almost sit in your mind you can just remember the number. It's not a test, you're not gonna it's an exam at the end of
it. It's just for your own for yourself to notice. So now you can wind that way that's not important anymore. I want you to focus on one person in your life
who you love. Now, not necessarily talking about romantic love, and not even talking about human love. It could be your pick. For me it would be Andre or Farah and somebody a person or you know an animal that you just absolutely love, like you know you almost unconditional and it doesn't matter who the person is. might even be someone you've never met. You know you might have huge love for a an actor or film star or an You know, musician, or your favorite pop artist. You know, it could be that kind of, it's someone that you just like, wow, you just really, really are into them could be a favorite hypnotist. So think of that person. So whether it's your parents, your children, grandchildren, your husband, wife, spouse, best friend, nice, you know, whoever it is, pets, dog, your cat, your ferret, your snake, your whatever, ostrich doesn't matter. My other power, you might have a goldfish, or, you know, tropical fish might even be a tree, or a plant or flower, or something that you've created, that you just love, really love it might be, you know, it doesn't matter doesn't have to necessarily even be a person that has to arise or arise from thinking about that person. There needs to be that love, that feeling of love that's directed at that person, that object of your affection.
And I just want you to focus on that person. Or that object of your affection. And get in touch with those feelings of love. Those feelings of maybe you do absolutely anything for that person. You really do just love them with everything you've got. You feel so good when you think about them. When you when you really get in touch with that feeling. It's almost it's really powerful. It's a really powerful feeling. And you feel good when you feel that way. It brightens up your mind brightens up your life, brightens up your body. As you focus on that person, that object of your love, your kindness, your generosity, or use now imagine that person holds up a mirror, big mirror and reflects that love back at you. reflects it back at you and you start to receive it, receive what you were given.
As you focus on that, notice how it feels. That love fills your body and your mind and your brain. Every atom. your bones, your muscles, your skin. Every hair on your body filled with that love all your internal organs behind your mouth. Your ears, chest, stomach, back, legs, feet. Hands, toes, fingers, your lungs, your heart filled that love. Just let it sink in. That it's so deep, deep into you into every morsel of your body, every part of your brain completely filling you up. Feel When you breathe, you breathe in more of that love. And when you breathe out, you will. So breathe out that love.
Knowing that it's going to come back. So nice when you breathe, value breathe and the love out, making that part which is your future powerful if your future made with your out breath. And breathe in in more of that deep, deep love. And I'm going to count from one to three. And I ask you to open your eyes 123 open your eyes, noticing how you feel. And then going back to that that measurements and see what stress level you are now compared to where you were before, those how, how much is reduced. Maybe it's just gone all together. Maybe you can't even find it. It's almost disappeared. The graph, the chart that was in your mind has just vanished. Because it doesn't fit with how you're feeling. Now. You can do this as often as you like, whenever you like. Of course when you do when you can safely Close your eyes.
You can do a short version of this. When you're sitting on a train, sitting on a bus, even sitting on a toilet. Just giving yourself a few minutes where you can feel yourself that love is being sent back to you from that object of your affection being reflected back with that mirror. You get to experience self love feeling calmer, more relaxed, peaceful. It's a lovely feeling. And that is the end of this recording. So thank you for listening. Remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love bye.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/173-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-self-love-jason-newland-19th-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland. And this is relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes.
So this is going to be a mindfulness recording it may from this recording so, okay to two versions one will be with music or be without analog it ask you to do is just focus on how you feel and focus on what you can notice.
And that's it. So there's gonna be about so I'm going to tell you what I notice and then maybe you can focus on what you notice as well.
The benefits of doing a mindfulness recording is relaxation arises naturally because when you focus on now you're not focusing on the past you're not focusing on the future you're not focusing on worries or concerns. You just focus in on the moment that's all it is. There's no right or wrong way of doing this. Yeah, it's not an exam there's no pass mark is just about doing once is really easy actually. When you expect it to be easy you know for example, I can look around the room and I can look up picture photograph frame the other side of the room
I'm looking I can notice myself just yawning and I didn't realize to that moment that I was quite tired
now I'm noticing the coolness of the air as I breathe in.
Because here I am it's it's a lot cooler for the first time in well over a week is probably the flat the normal temperature they should be really we'll get on to the the end of August really as a team for my team. So it's midnight, it's supposed to be the call the air
feels like okay. Being away while I did them was the exact opposite of mindfulness. That's a good example as well. what not to do. Instead of just noticing the the IRS call, added a dialogue to it added a storyline to why the IRS call is called because it's the end of August and it's midnight. I didn't even know I realized that I was doing that. Until I said out loud. Now, I'm sure there are some experts of mindfulness out there. People that can do it perfectly. They think they can, I don't know. Yeah, and I think, you know, mindfulness needs to be perfect. It's about being in the moment whenever the moment is and not judging yourself which is quite a nice thing to do if you can, if you can let go of that self judging part which will have
as ever been particularly useful maybe at times but the self awareness of that I know you want to do is just relax. focus in on what's happening right now. He realized that nothing else matters in this moment. So I can hear the birds in the attic is a big nest up there for the birdies there pretty much all year round. I can see my big bottle of water on the table in front of me
I could feel my chest my back expand in my own bed and also had an itchy chins we've just scratched it
is the sound a little bit stubble as I scratch my chin. Now focusing on my right hand. Now focusing on my right foot, left foot, my eyes just notice in my eyes and even though at this moment I have my eyes closed.
When I raise my eyebrows, the light of the room becomes brighter. Even though I can see the light from my eyebrows through my eyelids anyway. Almost becomes brighter when I raise my eyebrows. Yet My eyes are still closed.
And as a yawn again, I can feel the stretch of my jaw. And even this is not a sleep session. This is the relaxation mindfulness session. Yeah. I noticed that I do feel tired. I noticed my stomach, the left side of my stomach doesn't feel too great. There's a little bit will be a discomfort there. Do anything to change it. I'm not trying to relax
or stomach. Just being aware of it. relaxing relaxation comes naturally just happens It's almost like when you stop wanting something to happen,
you can then automatically happen. You can notice how your body feels to say that any part of your body seems to want your attention.
allowing yourself to be in this moment. Even though your mind may drift often doesn't matter. Because when you bring your mind back to just focus in on how you feel, focus in on the things you can hear.
body and your mind automatically relax and that feels nice. You focus on your feet, toes, knees and your fingers, chest and your lower back. Hold of your face and the whole of your back. Feels nice to recognize that we will need to relax and it can feel wonderful. When you focus only on how you feel right now. Angeles so a car notice There is less to notice he relaxed Yeah. So, this is nice to not try to like to not try to in the your mind to not try to allow yourself to feel lately peaceful completely peaceful thanks this be more aware of how nice just be you just the year nice it feels to No need to say anything turn joy experiencing being in this moment spirit's sense of freedom you gain complete relaxation focusing just on my voice nothing else as the myvoice nothing else relax and actually that sense of comfort that comes from listening and me talking gently issue this and you feel deep the DB tea the relaxed the tea the wall he he he.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/172-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-focus-on-how-you-feel-in-this-moment-jason-newland-19th-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason new. And this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. This is going to be a relaxation session I'm just going to talk to you. You don't have to do any thing. In particular, it really is just me talking away. And you can allow your body to relax. And you can allow your mind just to slow down. This isn't going to be sleep, it's just going to be relaxation. But of course, it's always a charge, you may fall asleep. So if you have something else you need to do, you know that you need to, you know, have an appointment or something that maybe set your alarm. But it's not going to be aimed at sleeping, it's going to be aimed at relaxing your body and your mind. Which means there may be background sounds, that's okay. Because we don't have to have complete silence in order to relax. If anything, it's almost better to have some background sounds, because that makes it more realistic. I follow his record in this recording studio. Apart from the fact that I need to charge for it because recording studios are very expensive. The there's a degree of sterilization with that, but sterile because it wouldn't be anything in the background, you know, that just be my voice. And that would be of course that would be ideal in some circumstances. But if you're listening to this, you might be listening with headphones, but you might not be. So there might be background sounds where you are maybe the dog barking or playing going over the house or something like that. You may have children in another room watching television, I mean, it could be anything. So this is about being able to allow your body to relax and allow your mind to slow down and relax. Regardless of what's going on. There's going to be two versions of this recording one with and one without background music. One of background music will be longer and 51 minutes long. And it will be the music will be by Kevin MacLeod. There'll be a link in the description for that information. Now, if you listen to me regularly, which I would advise just in the sense of getting used to my voice, getting used to that feeling that you can have when you hear me and feeling comfort and calmness that arises. Even when you hear me saying those introduction I do every time you know Welcome to Jason new land.com blah, blah, blah, blah. Of course I don't say blah, blah, blah blah. But you know, would be a strange introduction if I just wouldn't blah blah blah. Sometimes they can be a comfort in familiarity. familiarity of hearing me just say the same introduction every time could actually calm your mind instantly the muscles in your body almost as if they have got ears of the Roman you know, like your legs got ears and your, your biceps have got ears in your chest is got ears, the muscles in your neck got ears and you know like they can all hear My voice and they naturally start to feel relaxed
and either don't physically have ears because that would be very strange. mean just be too noisy wouldn't let suppose be your body does hear the words your body muscles in your body does react to
that calmness, my voice and part of that can be attributed to you haven't listened previously to me. And therefore have that instant connection between hearing my voice and feeling
naturally more relaxed. Yet, even if you're listening to me for the first time, you can also notice that your body's starting to relax and your mind is slowing down. And it may not necessarily even make any sense as to why your body is just automatically relaxing. When I haven't even said anything that seems like you would be able to cause your body all the muscles in your body
to just slowly almost melt because a sense of feeling relaxed is a natural state to
be in. So feeling relaxed isn't doing anything. It's just allowing just allowing yourself to feel relaxed. You're allowing yourself to feel calm. Nothing being forced, because you can't force relaxation. It doesn't take work doesn't take effort. It's about just giving up trying to do anything because when you just leave a sitting there or lying down, listening to my voice
there isn't anything else to do. Set Listen to my voice, listen to my words. And even then your mind may drift a bit and then come back into focus. Still talk in and at the same time, when I mentioned that your body
is automatically faded more relaxed, the natural thing for you to do is to is to do a little scan of your body almost to validate one saying, to check up on whether or not what I'm saying is true. To make sure that you really are relaxing to make sure that all the muscles of your body really
naturally letting go. When you observe how your body feels with an open mind. And I know that you have an open mind to the idea that you can relax deeply and naturally. Because if you didn't, you wouldn't be listening. I know you're intelligent. I know that you can relax deeply and know that you can relax easily. Because otherwise you wouldn't press the play button. Simple as that. Because once you decide to press that play button on this recording, and to hear my voice
and to listen to my words, you have given yourself permission to relax completely. And to absorb the words that you hear me say
into not just your mind, but just your brain. but also those words sink deep into the muscles of your body. Like invisible fingers massaging your muscles. Every muscle of your body gently being massaged safely slowly she feel karma and you may find that your mind actually feels clearer because it's no longer clogged up with full it's no longer necessary at this time. The experience of that clear mind almost like a pond or a river that that's still still quiet. peaceful. Maybe you can see the color that still water Imagine it just splashing against your body relaxing the muscles of your body he more deeply he relaxed, relaxed from the muscles in your face, all the way down to the muscles in your feet.
so incredibly calm so and you can experience that clarity that you experience in your mind spreading throughout your body. Back clearness your eyes filling your entire face with that peacefulness spreading down chest, your stomach that pays for calm this spread all the way down your legs and your feet.
And also move in from the back of your head down the back of your neck. All the way down your back. muscles in your back feeling so clear. so deeply calm. All the way too low. For your heads again down the legs into your feet and toes. And that clarity, de relaxation spreads for your shoulders, down your arms into your hands and fingers.
feels as if your mind and your body all as
one. One be late pays for this peaceful, fairy fairy loose. You can feel the breath you breathe in, filling your body with even more clear, pure relaxation tool you your internal organs. Your liver, kidney stop you kind of feel That clarity spread in your mind deep into your brain. He then relax in the whole of your brain and notice here and allowing that the the relaxation that's in your brain to spread all the way down your spinal cord all the way down spine relaxing your entire body he more deeply he more deeply relaxed this so can every bone in your body healing healing we buy relaxing, relaxing we burn your body special feeling of comfort and the relaxation mixed with a healing energy spreads all over your body covering every inch of your skin and soaking into the skin. Protecting your body at the same time he your body and healing his skin as well as the play deeply relaxing in your skin deeply deeply relaxing. Relax di D comm very relaxing.
Hurry
relax to the and the and and And.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/171-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relaxed-and-calm-jason-newland-18th-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis, stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes please subscribe you may find the best way to listen to this is with headphones as it is quiet
fairly quiet they'll be two versions of this one with one without music new music background music on this recording will be provided by Kevin MacLeod open source music and if you'd like to support this free service help with the running costs please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason you land the links on our website
on the main banner hope you're well hope you're able to relax to give yourself some space time to let go. And you may be way if you're listening to this on the day of its actual recording
which is August 10 2020. Of course you might be listening in 30 years time or
tomorrow but you're listening now you may be having some quite hot weather so hopefully you can find somewhere to be cool. My stomach's just made a weird noise does that sometimes was actually lying in bed few hours ago I thought my stomach was making the weirdest noise. Honestly,
strange. just realized my neighbors are watching television to store and ask you to get yourself into a comfortable position. Ideally, it depends if you're listening to this to relax or if you're listening to fall asleep. Because this is gonna be
for both those purposes. If it's just to relax, then I would say maybe Sit in a comfortable chair. The support your body that has ominous if you're going to sleep, then I would say lay down on your bed.
Of course she can lay down your bed for relaxation. My suggestion would be to set your alarm any event that you might fall asleep through thing else, but just maybe they're bored a lot of boredom or the fact that your mind starts to drift. Because you feel safe, you feel comfortable, you feel you feel more relaxed. which in itself is a nice thing. Especially if you're listening to this recording in order to feel more relaxed
because there's something about taking some time for yourself away from everything else, away from other people away from problems away from as well. The good stuff well away from the assignment, away from enjoyment away from people away from television, away from the internet, away from your phone, or your laptop or your tablet.
And even though all that stuff might be in the next room, or it might be the other side of this room, it's there you're away from you're in your own safe space. You've got your eyes closed and you're listening to me
is a different place. It's a place where you can feel comfortable and calm. As well as having that security within you to know even though you may start to let everything go let everything go. You know, the important stuff will still be there when you wake up or when you decide to open your eyes.
Which means you don't need to think about it now. Pleasant people require your attention. Just in the same way that when you lie down on your bed, you don't have to focus on the bed in order for it to be there. You drift away for a sleep. You dream about all kinds of things. And I bet very, very few of your dreams but have anything to do with your bed. Maybe some of the nicer ones possibly. Generally. bed is forgotten. You let go the bed completely out of your mind.
Yet the bed is still there supporting you. And when you start to realize that actually you don't need to think about something all the time in order to solve it and need to think about something all the time ever. And I know that there is some times things that we actually want to think about.
Yeah, you can still take a break. I let that go. Because there will still be there. When you wake up when you decide to open your eyes
ever more reality perspective. I can lay down on the bed, close my eyes. And before I lie down on the bed, I might be worried about their electricity bill, adjusting gas bill. The thinking about it when I'm lying in my bed is going to be absolute. Zero is to me. It's not going to pay the bill. It's not going to be conducted to a nice, relaxing sleep
and feeling relaxed. are thinking about the bill is the opposite feeling relaxed, perhaps
as a course thinking about bills relax. So when I close my eyes only to the things around me disappear. From a vision perspective, visually there's nothing there but just
brioche darkness. Although it is bright in the room, I can still see a light from my eyelids.
Not only do the physical things disappear, the things that were in front of me
everything else disappears. Which means that nothing I can no longer say needs my attention. See I have a shed in my garden. My recording studio. When I close my eyes said in this recording studio now in this shed, I've got my eyes closed.
The shed disappears. I can't see the shed don't need to say I don't need to think about it. When I come to either wake up or open my eyes, you know when I come to want to stand up and leave This shed
open needs my eyes in order to find my way out and to be not knocking stuff off onto the floor which could cause
damage to that damaged tablet or something I could guess splinter and Mito my eyes and I'll be shared with you or what do you need to think of it and I'm in bed bedroom furniture, the bed the well it's pretty much on your bed all set up because it's there but I think if the drawers I don't think of the be underpants on his socks inside the drawers and I got my eyes closed because I just relax simply because I don't need to think about that stuff. It almost becomes not just invisible but non existent. non existent whilst I have my eyes closed, which means I can relax deeply. To go back to that bill, the electric bill similar in the kitchen was not sitting in a chair, you know, but it's lying on the
kitchen cabinet. Talking about it like it's a thing like it's almost
lay in there sunbathing. It's not well, either. No, it's not. But it doesn't matter if it is because that bill doesn't exist. When I'm sitting here have my eyes closed or lying on my bed, my eyes closed the bill as well as everything else doesn't exist while I have my eyes closed in your mind starting to open up to this idea. Being able to completely complete completely, completely. Let go and it feels nice. We really feels nice to know that you can relax. So, he is so quickly and thoroughly sure mine too. You realize that thing else exists. When your mind drifts it's nothing else exists. When your mind career nerfing else exists when your mind Bell when your mind nothing else says why in my career mind to mine....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/170-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relax-and-fall-asleep-jason-newland-10th-august-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, this is not going to be a long recording, I'm just going to talk personally about a discovery of made about myself regarding anxiety. And it may or may not be useful. However, I will tell you about anyway and they might, it might be worthwhile. And I have touched on both parts of this recording, too. There's two parts of it. And I've touched on both previously by the thing I've done them both at the same time. So the first thing I want to talk about is the symptoms with the cause and the symptoms, and then how I juice the symptoms. Okay, so it's not going to be like a technique, I'm not going to, you know, go step by step, I'm not going to lead you through anything, I'm just going to tell you about it. But as I said, it's going to be a short recording, I'm not going to Well, I probably won't. I'm not intending to talk for ages, like I sometimes do. So before I proceed, I would like to say thank you to all of you for listening. This is one of my most popular podcasts that I do the you know also do deep sleep whisper hypnosis. I've got Lemmy Boyd asleep, podcast, and sleep hypnosis weekly, among others, this is one of the most popular one. So I want to thank everybody who listens for listening. And if you haven't already done so, maybe subscribe to this podcast. And you can also join me on Facebook and Twitter. If you want to just go to my website, the links are there. They should be there. Yeah. I'm not always the quickest in cottony on something when it comes to myself.
Now I'm not saying this as a put down genuinely for put myself down I'll do it in a jokey way.
And I'm not going to put myself down seriously because that's the opposite to what I'm kind of telling other people or advise in recommending our people to do don't piece of down so I first started doing it myself in a serious way then I'm kind of going against what I'm trying to pass on you know a bit self respect your self esteem, being kind to yourself, you know, that kind of stuff. Which is really, really so important as well. When I say our bit slowly uptake I think it's a blind spots. We've all got them. And I don't think there's any reason to apologize for having blind spots, or for not seeing the blind spots because they're blind. They're blind spots. You don't you can't see them. And it's sometimes needs another person to point out, but not everybody points that you know, when they someone does point out a blind spot and another person. It's not always done in a subtle or kind or gentle way which may have the adverse effect, you know, may the person might not even hear it or listen to it or think or stuff you so I guess there's a bit of an art. I'm not sure if we've worked it out yet myself and how to point out someone else's blind spots because I've seen inaction. I've seen other people converse in people that are way more carefully spoken than myself. People that are way nicer than me kinder, gentler. And still, I have in an like, a negative reaction from the other person. So it's a difficult kind of thing to do. Seeing out or discovering our own blind spots is probably even harder. However, my my opinion is, it's less painful when you discover them than its own, someone else points them out. is almost I find it's quite quite a nice revelation to discover something. So for example, if I've recently discovered that I've got a bit of a bald spot to my blind spots now going to baldness. The crown of my head as the back isn't the crown top. It's, I'm going on thin on top of noodles then in a bit, but I didn't realize it was quite as I mean, it's really noticeable now. Barney, not from the front. But if I put my head down and you know, with a camera and see. And if someone else has said we Baldy or Yeah, going bald, you know, I probably wouldn't have enjoyed the experience. Not even in a humorous way probably. Yeah, probably annoyed me a bit. Not that I'm that bothered about being bored. I've been shaving my head since 2002. On and off, you know, completely bored. Sam used to be involved, but I don't look good bald
is just to something that I used to do. So with the blind spots, the reason I'm talking about blind spots, there is a reason. Although I think what I said this might be useful
is to have your mind open for blind spots just to sort of be open to see them or to discover them. It almost feels like because if you have an attitude of non aggression towards discovering blind spots, you see if you have someone and they know that you're reactive, and they know that you're likely to react, or if you know someone. And let's say that God ministers people walking around that have baby, quite bad body odor. But no one's ever told them. I may say a heck of a thing to tell someone have never told anyone. No, I might be, I might be the person that has. I don't think I am. But it's what we all smell if we don't wash. But the thing is, if that person is kind of a reactive person, then chances are no one's ever going to tell them unless it's in an argument or in order to hurt them. It's hard to have said I have yet to find a way of doing it nicely. This person I worked with when I was much younger. And she had really, she's lovely. I really liked her. And it's you know, she's just had really, really problems with body odor. And everyone was talking behind her back. And I actually really liked her. I mean, I was at an age where I'd make fun of everything. But I didn't want to make fun of her. And I felt was really horrible that people were and I said to some of the other girls that weren't there, so why don't you tell her nicely, can't you just what I can't do. Boy. I was 16 and 15 As I said, is going to come across as horrible for me. Can you do in a nice way? Because everyone's just talking about the on the back. So I've been in those situations before. And there was another person in a job ladder and everyone was playing in the smell. And in the end, this team leader took him into a room and told him that he FTS and it was just, it was horrible. Like, just how would he he must have just felt awful. To have a team leader, you know, he's doing it, even without a work colleague, or someone that he knew tell him, he would have been horrible and nice. You know, and us as probably a whole new subject told what new but different subject. So going back to blind spots for myself, I discovered a blind spot. I discovered something that was almost obvious, but didn't realize it until the other day. I kind of had a few ideas, but I wasn't sure. Now. Basically, when something happens, that I'm not prepared for. And it's a potentially stressful situation, or it's out of my control, or it causes worry, for me. I started to get palpitations in my chest. I started to cough, and just why my anxiety goes up. But it doesn't feel like a panic attack doesn't feel any fun. Like any other sort of fade ins have had before. Apart from recently, in the law, I think it happened in January for the first time. I've actually called an ambulance first time I happened. And then I was just you know, told by the paramedics nothing wrong with you. They examined me. And it was you know, for rk or sis about them.
And I felt better once it examined me. I've actually felt better. I've talked about this in one of my previous recordings. And it's happened a few times doesn't happen very often. But it's happened probably 10 at least 10 times since then. It's so subtle. The I couldn't kind of pinpoint why I really did think or maybe something wrong with me. Maybe there's he knows there's nothing happening here. I can really nothing that seemed important. Nothing that seemed like it would be ready. It could kind of have an effect on the emotional. Well, Sunday night, it's now Tuesday morning, Sunday night evening, I found a little bird in the park. I was walking Andre bought there was injured i think is a little baby bird. So I think it either fell out of the nest too early or something like that. It could they couldn't fly wasn't able to fly it might have an injured wing. I didn't know. My extra vision wasn't working that night. And I brought it home put into a box and a phone friend my phone my friend phoned me. And I started out as sort of saying what should I do? What should I do and she was giving me some advice and had to get some food as well. Because so hungry so I was eating some food. The bird is in a box kind of just did all I could put it on top of Andres cage out of his way and then just eating some food and I had this palpitations and I was coughing. And however strange it is like when it's obvious Institute of stress. But I didn't connect it with stress until Sunday night. It was a blind spot. That's all fair I mean it's so obvious yet always blind to anyway knowing there was a blind spot wasn't enough for it to go away so I've reduced a bit I did reduce a bit on our for ik Have I done everything that I can do regarding this bird while I was worried about it the last birds that I was my friend rescued bought our pair and he organized for rescue OC seagull. FM's a seagull or pigeon seagull and he organized for the rescue people to come and collect it and take it away and sad a broken wing or something but by the time they play the pigeon, the bird was dead. I mean literally it was here for hours fine and well not fine probably but you know it seem.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/168-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-blind-spots-recording-yourself-jason-newland-28th-july-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation laces, the stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. My name is Jason Newland. And please subscribe to this podcast. So that you can be notified of all the gloriously new recordings that may arrive at some point.
So this is going to be a relaxation session they may be hopefully they shouldn't be too much in a way of background sounds, it might be the odd one. But I am sitting in my garden shed in my bedroom, which is kind of my recording studio. So I'm hoping is going to be fairly quiet. There will be two versions of this recording one with one without music. So, I hope you enjoy. And the idea really, for this recording is to give yourself a break. You know, give yourself some time now. I ideally get away from whoever you're with. So if you're at home with the river, maybe try go to a different room. Put some headphones on the podcasts are much clearer with headphones used. And then my suggestion would be either to sit in a comfortable chair one to support your body in the event of you falling asleep or to lie down on your bed if you don't want to fall asleep or you don't want to be asleep for any amount of time you know maybe set your alarm to wake you up and even a full night's sleep. Because apparently my voice is not quite as exciting as I thought it was. So you may get bored and just your mind may wander on No wonder wonder start just drift and you know which is natural. Natural for that to happen. Yet at the same time, we are also focusing Swan we're going to do is I'm just going to talk to you. I'm not going to focus on your body. I'm just going to talk about theory relax.
Now one of the good things about feeling relaxed is its natural. You know if it was food, it would be the most organic, naturally produced food possible. Pure In fact, you have fallen asleep the same is also very natural. So being able to feel relaxed to let go of that tension is actually really easy. You could say that holding on to tension is the hard part. Like when you clench your fists, you can only do it for so long before it becomes painful, too uncomfortable, and you have to let go. But while you're doing that, chances are the rest of your body will get tense as well.
Or if you tend to draw, you know, get all angry, sends a signal to the rest of your body. And sometimes people are stressed and angry and, you know, all tensed up. It's almost like they're trying to keep it going. Because maybe a lot of people could feel that. That's their way of coping. And there's nothing wrong with that. Because they're doing their best in the moment. So telling someone, or you shouldn't do that you shouldn't do this, you shouldn't shouldn't do tense, you.
That's never going to be helpful. criticize and people, it's not helpful, it would have been nice to be criticized. I'd say most people, we do our best. Even if it's not doing or having the positive effect that we would like, for ourselves.
Because just listening to me talk in gently. You may notice your body's starting to feel more relaxed. Maybe breathe in is slowed down a little bit. As the back of your neck feels a bit more loose, your shoulders, maybe sinking down into the bed or just sinking a little bit in the chair. If you've got your eyes closed, you may notice the forehead in your eyes. Just feel so much different to how they did before you decided to listen to me.
And this is your natural state. feeling relaxed is our natural state.
Think back to when you was a baby. You're not going to remember that. None of us remember what it was like when we were five days old. But theater relaxed and calm and sleepy. And just chilling out with our camping world
is how we were born. As one of the benefits of being a human being.
For most humans. We're born into safety without predators with someone to care for us and to do everything for us. I know that's not the case for everybody. But I'm going to generalize in the sense of positivity. And the human babies The only baby that literally can't do a single thing for itself. Of all the other animals So baby doesn't know, or even experience consciously, the need to feel tense, or the need to run with a heart hide or to be worried or be concerned about anything other than when the baby's hungry. Or maybe the baby's teething. It's got a pain vidicon Express avid and by Kryon.
So we born with this ability to relax deeply. It doesn't take any effort to relax. It's more cases puts in less effort into feeling stressed, and tense. By just letting go of that stuff, really, genuinely letting it go to the point of not caring. And I know some people would say, I can't let go over because I do care about it. And we all have things that we care about. But letting go there for half an hour, 20 minutes, 15 minutes, whatever. That's not about, you're letting go of it forever, you know, not caring about it anymore. You're not caring about it for the next 30 minutes or 15 minutes. And it's okay, because you've given yourself permission to do that. Because that way, you'll have more energy to deal with that stuff that's going on. After the relaxation, you feel more relaxed, more able to deal with whatever life throws at you. Increased comfortable way. And I know the idea of just letting go of everything, not caring about one single thing.
While you listen to me may seem almost alien. might seem weird, but it's not as weird as my beard. Trust me,
it's fine to let go. It's useful for you to let go. So even in a extreme situation where you might have a loved one hospital. When you listen to me, you can forget about that person.
Just for the duration. You're not really forgetting about them, but you're not worrying about them. You know, thinking about them. Just allowing your brain and your mind to just tip itself upside down and just clear all that stuff out. MTA then, at the end of The recording when you open your eyes, nothing external would have changed. It's not like you're going to open your eyes and not be able to remember where it was, you know, about loved ones needing your help or job issues, wherever it might be.
Be may feel differently, you may notice that you're more able to, to embrace what's happening with positivity, with the reality, the things will be okay. And you can do whatever you can with a sense of calmness inside. That gives you that little bit extra support for yourself. Because the best person to support you is you be your own cheerleader. support yourself is no one better to do it than yourself. You may know people that you feel calm around. And that's good to be around people like that.
But it means more of that calm that comes from within you. Because that way you're not relying on anyone else. You know, relying on anything external. You're just allowing these natural sense of relaxation that you were born with, to just be there with you, wherever you are, whatever you're doing, whoever you're talking to. It can be a sense of wellness, sense of well being. Almost very comfortable, sturdy Foundation. The follows you wherever you go. stable, something you can rely on. And the best person to rely on is yourself. You're the only person that spends 24 hours a day with yourself. every day of your life. The second you're born you've been with yourself. Nobody else is being reviewed the whole time.
The most important voice that you will ever hear is your own demo most influential voice you will ever hear is your own internal voice. It's more influential to you to how you feel than anything external.
Which is why noticing the things that you say to yourself and embrace in positive thoughts and wishing well for yourself and expecting more comfort to spread through your body and your mind. Knowing that any future thoughts do you have what things you may sale opinions? You may say to yourself about yourself will be covered will be effect Did positively by this calmness that is within you. Always within you always has been this calm relaxation has always been with you, wherever you've gone, wherever you've done. So what's been available? Maybe you didn't realize that it was there. Let's face it if tensions was available, then relaxations or it's available recall because she can't have to the same time. But there always has to be the opposite. This doesn't mean that you're going to walk around with a smile on your face 24 hours a day, in some kind of weird spooky movie. care in the world. It means you can be a human being, just as you already are.
able to notice how the calmness inside you positive positively affect your thoughts and your behavior going forward. Because positive thoughts so powerful, so powerful. Don't you deserve to feel happier within yourself. But you deserve to appreciate yourself more than you deserve to allow yourself to get in touch with just how amazing you are. And all the possibilities that lie in front of you. Because allowing more of the positive, relaxing calmness to spread for your body and in your mind. allowing that to happen. giving yourself permission to feel more comfort, and more relaxation. Because that's what you want.
Not because I'm saying it but only because that's what you want. Because you're in charge, you're the boss. Nobody can make you feel anything. You can choose to feel relaxed. You can choose to be able to deal with everything that life presents to you. With a sense of positivity, the sense of optimism and with self love reminding yourself that you can't do everything yourself. All we can.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/167-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relax-deeply-sleep-deeply-jason-newland-26th-july-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. This is going to be a short relaxation session. No music, no nothing really too, it's got to be something, but it's going to be an exercise. And it's going to involve using your hand. So it's, if you have any issues with your hands, in August, I'm gonna ask you to grip. If you if you have problems grip in your hands to maybe give this a mess, because I'll get to ask you to grip your hands for this relaxation session. Now you can, I'm going to ask you, I'm going to use a sock or two socks rolled up. But you can actually do this on your other hand if you want to. Or you could just do it to nothing because make a fist. But I like to have my hand around something rather than make a fist, because it's a bit more relaxing laps. And we're going to start off with your right hand first. And we're going to do your left hand. So all this is really is focusing the stress. Okay, counting down from 20, down to one. And the process is you grip as tight as you can not not to level of hurting yourself or straining your muscles or anything like that. Luckily, I've got no muscles on okay. But I'm on strain my bones, stretch my skin or something. So gripping behind, you're going to be gripping at that level for a short period. And as soon as you start counting down from 20 down to one, even your mind or out loud, you start to let go of the grip. And you gradually as the numbers go down, you allow your fingers and your hand to relax more, butts slowly. By slowly, we're not going to be counting now from 20 to one really particularly slowly, but it's still quite slow relaxation. So all I'm going to ask you to do is put your feet on the floor. sitting in the chair, ideally, you can do it lying down on the bed, you know, there's no rules, really. But from a relaxation point of view, this is quite a good exercise you could do at work. Yeah, if you've got something you could say you can make a fist so you can have your hand under the table and grip something. It could be anything it could be on those stress relief balls or was sock or it might just be your grip in your hand, whatever you want to do. So I'm going to do the first one. So I've got this socket, my hand, I'm going to grip it with my right hand as hard as I can, but not not as hard as I can but to level have a big grip firmly, I'm not going to strain anything I'm going to give myself hemorrhoids during this is about just gripping it firmly. But without any kind of discomfort. discomfort is not allowed. In any scenario. With my recordings. It's not about that it's about you know, this is about relaxing. So discomfort is not part of the process. So only grip to the level that feels comfortable view and then start just counting down for 20 to one and I'll do it first. So you can see it's not really slowly but steady. And as you say 20 you start to relax your grip, and allow the hands and the fingers to relax in their own time. So you're not actually doing anything
and that's one of the benefits of gripping something Unlike a sponge, that's already going to expand a little bit when you release the grip, so it kind of pushes your fingers out a little bit. So if you've got a squashy ball or something like that. So it's a banana, but you probably ruin the banana. So yeah, so here we go, I'm gonna focus on this, I'm gonna do it first. So you can sort of get an idea. So I've got the, the socks in my hand, my right hand of feet on the ground sitting in a chair. You don't have to have your eyes open or close for this, it's up to you, whichever point you however you want to do. I'm just going to count some grip in it. Now account 20 as just let go start to let go over for now 1918 1716 1514 1312 1110 987654321. All the time focusing just on that end. That's it, we're focusing on feeling more relaxed already. And what I notice is, the fingers start to relax, like almost micro movements, that kind of unconscious, you're not, you're not opening your hand consciously, you're just allowing the hand to open in its own time. So I'm going to do, I would recommend listening to this maybe a few times to get that you can do it with me. But listen to it through first before you'd maybe try out the exercises. So I'm going to do left hand now. So I'm going to hold it grip it count 20 start to let go 1918 1716 1514 1312 1110 9876543. To one, my hands actually feel quite floppy, which is a bit weird. The thing is you're focusing on your head, and your stress is now it moves to your hands and the stress from your body moves into your hand, which where it's all collected. And then as you say you're doing a game by hand. And I'll explain what's going on while I do it. So I'm holding my hand into a fist, I'm using a couple of socks rolled up. As I said, you could use something else, ideally, something spongy. Or as I said, socks, something that expand a little bit when you start to relax your fingers. So, got that right hand grip in my right hand. And let's say 20 to myself, and I start to just allow my hand to stop gripping 19 1817 focus in my whole time on my hand. The stress in my hand represents the stress in my body 17 1615 1413 12 1110 and literally the fingers are moving on their own. I'm not doing anything, they're just relaxing, naturally
10 9876543. to one. And the good thing about this issue, don't you're not counting really slowly. There's not like 20
tea is 20 1918 you know, it's, it's quite quickly counting down. So it takes a few, I guess, yeah, 20 seconds, I suppose. So I do go on my left hand quickly. And then that will be the end of the recording. So it's a case of just taking something putting your hand that you can squeeze, that, ideally will expand. So you can hold it like a rubber ball that you can squish, or, as I said to two socks rolled together. And then hold it tightly. focus my attention, focus on the tension in my hand. The stress in my hand as it's gripping, say 20 and then let go of the grip in but not like consciously opening your hand but just allow it to open in his own time. 1918 1716 and focus in on your fingers the whole time in your hand 1413 1211 and your whole focus is that end and the fingers, not thinking about anything else. Pass in your hand, the fingers and the counting down 54321 and you can alternate between right and left hand as many times as you choose into. You're happy with how you feel. And that's it. That's the whole exercise. So please let me know how you get on. Remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. What's up bye....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/166-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-hand-squeeze-stress-relief-technique-jason-newland-16th-july-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to hypnosis for relaxation, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen and you can safely Close your eyes. And my name is Jason Newland. So this recording is based upon request. So I remember you always get tired I do these recordings. I'm going to read you the message I've received, but one tell you who it's from.
Okay, so. Okay. Okay, I broke up with my fiancee two years ago. And I'm still desperately seeking help wherever I can find. And I wanted to know, I want you to know that your anxiety podcast has been a saving grace for those unbearable nights. So thank you. So it says here, I want to explore more of your work.
Would you be so kind as to help a broken girl pick up the pieces with your guidance? Thank you so much for existing, existing and being so given as to share your background on the free podcast. You're clearly a very good man. And I feel honored to have stumbled across you. So and so she replied and says thank you for your quick reply. What can I do to get my hands on? I know. I'm just trying to read it. So. Okay, here we go. I was curious if you can make hypnosis if requested. I lost my fiance two years ago. And I've read all pills or the doctors. I'm actually considering the electroshock treatment therapy, because I can't cannot get over the trauma of the abuse. My ex was a sociopath or path of some variety. I would love your opinion on it. If hypnosis could work for me, of course, I would be willing to pay you for your work. I just desperately want to stop being triggered by everything in life. It's been excruciating. Both First of all, I don't charge for anything I do. So this is free. I don't don't do this to make money.
And there are no adverts on the podcasts either. The TGT what else. But the rest is your try to focus on this sort of it's such a wide, it's a wide subject as far as triggers go. Because everybody has triggers all of us. And they're not in all negative. It can be nice triggers.
In I saw looking at a picture of your grandchild. Someone I'm not sure when everyone listens to me is in their 70s. But I'm just saying someone looking at picture the print child would feel wonderful inside.
or sad. That may have lost a grandchild, you know, depending on the situation. I look at the picture of my nan.
Often people can't see it because my eyesight so rubbish. And when I do look at a picture of my man who's
passed away five and a half years ago, I just there's a warmness day, you know, so that's a trigger, I guess. But it's not an extreme trigger. So we've got different types of triggers. There's those that trigger a feeling But the nice feelings aren't a problem. So what are classes triggers doing? So, you see someone mentions the TV show Fred friends or you know, one of the characters from friends, or maybe says one of the catchphrases from friends trying to think of one. How are you doing, as example, people that love friends may feel warm, might be a nice trigger for them. sober friends or television show, by the way, it might feel really good inside and start thinking we're gonna watch, I'm gonna watch friends tonight when they get home from work. Or watch an episode and watch my favorite one, where now, they all get eaten by bears, but you know, whatever it could be. I don't, I didn't watch all the episodes. I did used to watch it though. And but getting my base probably wouldn't be a good trigger with it. So the nice trick is on something that we take any notice, necessarily. And perhaps we should just even out the playing field, you know, just realize that the word trigger isn't a negative word. When B probably class has been a negative word, because we focus on negative triggers. So technically, everything in life can be a trigger. Yeah, if you go onto Facebook, forums or pages or groups, especially things like bipolar group, and it's all a trigger warning at the beginning and capital as everything can be a trigger warning. And if you're a bipolar guru, chances are that any topic that comes up could be a trigger to somebody. So it's almost seems like you should be prepared for that in a way. But saying that I remember once opened up I watched a Facebook video. And I wasn't prepared for was about to see. And it was signes from an apple terroir. And I didn't know that's what was going to be on the video. I just because I think you just opened up and started playing, you know, on Facebook, sometimes they do. And if you hover over them, this is a few years back. That that triggered me but in a different way. It triggered me as her
law just really grossed me out and shocked. I was shocked by what I saw. And you know, this is easy for that to happen.
But guess that's not really the kind of triggers where we're looking at here. So, I feel free to accept the fact that we all have triggers. Therefore, if you have triggers the trigger of something of a negative emotion, therefore we have to also have triggers to trigger positive emotions and nice feelings, pleasurable feelings, positive well being kind of feelings. That in itself can start to change the way you see these triggers. Coming you could see the trigger almost like you're being there, just strings above your head and you're being manipulated by a puppeteer to be reactive continuously. So the puppeteer pulls on one string in your left arm goes up
almost like you have no control. Favorite. But that's not true though is because we do have control. The head is watching someone. And they said, if you can turn, if you can saw change and being a victim into a survivor,
then that changes your mindset. And when it comes to being the target of crime or abuse or you know, endless amount of things cruelty, in this case, we were talking about mental and emotional abuse during a relationship. So you can't get rid of the word victim because the person was a victim. We have all been victims of something, whether it's a victim of violence, or a victim of being targeted for bullying, or theft, maybe racism, sexism, homophobia, hate of some kind, we've all had, you know, even someone that's lived the most how somebody classes like perfect life and never really had any major problems. They've still been evicted. They've been victimized in it might be simply because they speak differently they might have might be educated at Oxford, and got into a pub. And they might not even know that they would be victimized and be made fun of by the people behind them. Because they they told posh and the other people was like, you know, this talking, not posh. And the way they were being treated behind their back affected the way they've been treated to their face. And they may not have been aware of that. Zeus, you know, it can even be that subtle. And some people they can really get in touch with that anger inside and why who cares about someone that's rich, and we've just been triggered. And so that's the thing people get triggered by listening to me talking. Even though this is about triggers. It's easy, easiest thing in the world to get triggered. But saying that the flip side is it takes energy to do something about it. I'm not talking about changing how you feel so that you're not, you know, you don't have the emotions. I'm talking about having the emotions
to express them. So if you feel you're triggered by something that someone said,
You felt they've said something sarcastic. And then suddenly you sort of start getting angry, maybe you feel confident enough or any social enough to start shouting. You know, whoever so most people wouldn't do anything, they'd keep it inside. They still need to address it. But that takes a lot of energy. To get angry, or to hold it to hold that feeling to hold any feeling takes a lot of energy. Because it's not natural. We're too fluid. As human beings are not supposed to be holding on to any one particular emotion. emotions come emotions go. You feel this way. Now few seconds you feel something different. It may not be completely different from how you're feeling, but it will be a version of how you feel it
won't be the same intensity Generally, I mean, there are some situations, but normal life. And that's one class in is triggered being triggered. Because if you're in the middle of a blazing rail
you're already angry, then you're not being triggered by what they say, you're already triggered. You're already in that zone of being angry. Of course, you can get that extra energy, when they say something cruel. Be already there. But to go from zero miles an hour to 60. You know, I'm not a driver, but most people can probably recognize relate to that, to go so quick from being literally standing still emotionally. So a lot of energy, law of energy. To keep that feeling going, is not really realistic is that cause you're not going to keep going at 60 miles per hour for any huge length of time, or 150 miles now, yeah, more like, apart from the fact that it's illegal, I think everywhere other than on a racetrack. But to keep going full throttle, in a car, at maximum speed, is possibly problematic for the car, there's a lot of pressure on the car, you can have on our petrol pretty quick. Or you get pulled over by the police. You know, various different things all eventually someone will come to a traffic jam.
And you have to stop. Because other things that need your attention. This, this, this, trigger this thing. It can get your attention, you give it your attention. You don't actually have to do anything.
All you need to do more, you don't need to be at all, what you can do, just give.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/165-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-triggers-jason-newland-16th-july-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. I hope you're well and pleased please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. For some reason, my voice is a bit croaky. Say this is going to be a relaxation and sleep, we call them they'll be two versions one with one without music. Now just like you to get yourself comfortable, ideally, laying down on your bed. Of course, if you choose to sit in a chair, make sure that the chair supports your body. So if you fall asleep, you're supported safely and securely so that you don't fall out of the chair. That's very important. And of course, I realized that there may be some people that are sitting up in the bed, do too, physical issues. So it's about adapt in your situation, or your physical status. So that you feel as comfortable as you can do. Which means if you need to stop the recording at any time, and stand up and then lay down again, continue to record in do that. If you feel you need to move your body, move the position, move to different you know, maybe move from your left side to right side or move your legs. Do what feels comfortable for you. Because first of all, we can't have a relaxation session and feel uncomfortable at the same time. You know the two don't go together.
Plus there's no rewards for being uncomfortable. This is about doing and being free. Maybe you don't hear those words enough. The words he can do what you want to do. You're the boss. You don't have to do anything. When you allow those words to sink in. It opens up that sense of freedom. reminder that you are free to do to say and to feel whatever you choose.
You decided to choose to feel more relaxed. Maybe you decided to drift off to sleep. If you're listening for relaxation, only then perhaps set your alarm for about an hour's time or something like that. So it's all about doing what you want to do. Not being told what to do, what to think, how to feel. This is a space of safety. When nothing and I do mean, nothing else matters. But your comfort person that sort of what's going on in the world, that stuff
does not matter in this moment, regardless of how important is while you're listening to my voice, that stuff doesn't exist. All that exists is the sense of increased relaxation in your mind slowing down becoming karma. In the background sounds, those sounds just become as unimportant as anything else that's outside of your own body.
What you find is, your mind starts to expand, to almost cocoon your body in a big bubble, so that even though you may hear, sound, almost move in into distance. Move in a way start to get that sense of the reality the sound is just made of a bunch of vibrations and when dissect it up none of those sounds really
mean anything at all. Sly that one may be in your mind full, he decided
to let go completely. We see a thought notice it and start holding your hands and stretch it stretch that out of shape. And it can never go back to the shape it was
you can rip it in and it can never go back into one piece again.
And even just stand there was the sound of an ice cream man on my side. doesn't even sound like an ice cream vans. So bunch of blue sounds organized. He had a piano you could play a tune but then you could play the same tune in a different order and
it has no meaning. That meaning just start the thoughts in your mind. Before you decided to completely let go completely being able to just stretch those cut them up whip them into pieces paint them a different color don't have any meaning they don't have any strength don't have any power just meaning of this tool don't need your attention don't require it to deserve your attention you feel so safe inside this bubble only your mind is created surrounding your body protecting your body the and and so so deeply relaxed. So deep they still he thing when you don't even need to let go because this is nothing to let go of just feel say nice. Nice to be this peaceful. very peaceful. Free not serving your body. relaxes twice deeply now why stapley relax relaxed. Why sans chair Jeff's note saying the note he does any any more. Because you don't need to move the knee to anything or so. Feeling the chest enjoying being in this is pleasurable state of mind also physically fit in So a really increases your comfort levels sure mind trip No need in do anything to think about anything your mind to it he and 10 to 110 times now 10 times more a seven c bye for now.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/164-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relax-deeply-sleep-deeply-jason-newland-13th-july-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason Newland, talk calm. My name is Jason Newland. This is relaxation, hypnosis, first stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please listen, when you can safely Close your eyes, please subscribe to this podcast. There's nothing really for you to do. Just get yourself prepared to relax deeply. There will be two versions of this record in one weird form of our music. The one with music. The music is composed by Kevin MacLeod. And this is going to be both a relaxation and sleep recording. So if you choose to just, you know, say because something you need to do, maybe set your alarm to wake yourself up. Otherwise, you could just listen for the duration just drift away because I advise laying down on your bed to listen to this. Cause if you wanted to, you could sit in a comfortable chair,
making sure that the chair has sides to it so it keeps your body comfortable and stable and secure, keeping you safe. So who's to fall asleep? He didn't fall out the chair. That's pretty much
because safety's important. Especially when you're just listening to record in and maybe there's no one with you.
We'll go on with you in spirit I actually there physically. There's something quite strange in a way that lots of people will be listening to this. possibly even at the same time that you listen to this. So there's almost a shared energy traveling from different corners of the world. Not though I'm recording this in England, people from Canada, America, Australia, France, South Africa, Denmark, India, China, people from all over the place, listening to this. You can allow yourself if you choose to kind of tap into that energy, positive energy and you may wonder why is that positive energy I like to think of is the sun. Sun is positivity. It's just sometimes it seemed like it's blocked by the clouds or maybe by nighttime. The fact is the sun is always there. Always there. That positivity is always shining on you. So as you get comfortable, you may find that if you listen to my voice regularly that there's an association with hearing me send an automatic signal from your brain all the way down to every part of your body
to just start relaxing and your mind slows down. Part of that may be due to boredom. Part of that may be due to you decided because you've taken control of your own mind, you decided when you press the play button on this recording, to just let go completely and allow the stress to drain out of your body.
And allow your mind to continue to slow down even. Now I'd like you to imagine be big magnets. But your body, the length of your body and the width of your body
doesn't doesn't make the ties metal magnetizes you and as it's turned on, almost feel gentle home, on your body up off the bed. Not going to leave the bed is still going to stay in the bed. But you can feel that Paul,
gentle Paul and the more repose more relaxed, your body fails. Why slide there's a vibration going through your body that's a massage in
all of your muscles. He can feel it in the back of your neck, your brain even he can feel that activation in your brain. Thanks activating the parts responsible and letting go of all your stress.
Any remaining stress in your body or your mind can just drift away is even listening to my voice was the stress away. The stress in your body doesn't want to listen to me. It gets so bored by hearing my voice especially if you listen to me regularly. When you press that play button, I start saying welcome to Jason Newland, calm
stress and anxiety in your body think of him again. By even pronouncing his name correctly. What's he doing once you keep saying that website address at the beginning
know him and the stress to say that we're out of there. The stress and the anxiety or the that tension really doesn't want to listen to me. My boring voice is the antidote to that. You hear my voice, we can't, you can't feel that tension. At the same time as hearing me.
The two can't be in the same space. Because I'm just too damn lazy. My laziness comes through in my voice. Tension doesn't like laziness. Tension wants everything to be snappy tension stress, once you just want your attention all the time and wants to boss you around. But listening to me, proves to that tension stress that you're not going to allow that
happen any longer. Allow yourself to feel anything but comfort, relaxation, as you tune into your own specific needs. Things that you want for yourself the things that you require for your own well being, for your own happiness.
Being able to just feel calm, maybe sleepy. Because falling asleep is almost the next step of relaxing deeply.
In fact, the only difference between being completely relaxed and being asleep. If you're no longer aware that you're completely relaxed, and minds just drifted. That's all. It literally is no bigger whoop. As they say. It's not something that can be forced. Just happens naturally. As long as you give yourself permission to relax deeply.
And no one else can give you that permission. I can ramble on for hours and hours. But unless you press the button, the play button on this recording, you're not going to hear it. So by pressing that play button, you have given yourself permission to relax deeply. Maybe your comfort levels, your relaxation levels will go to a much deeper, much deeper than before may go to a level that you may not have experienced for some while especially when you realize that you're in charge. You're your own boss.
No one can tell you what to do. When you lie in here, comfortably, relaxing deeply. You're the boss view. That's not even a responsibility. It's just a fact. The more relaxed, you become less she care about anything Because when you're relaxing, there isn't anything to care about. That's one of the wonderful things about letting go completely as you allow yourself to just get in touch with who you are when you're feeling completely peaceful not just in all the muscles of your body not just feeling peaceful in the bones of your body. Not just feeling peaceful in the skin that covers your body. Not just feeling peaceful. Within all internal organs of your body not just feeling so peaceful. In your brain. Really, really. Ace in your mind so peace in your mind. So I count down from 20 to one he'll feel even more peaceful. Mind until he pays for this. Toy and T ball pace from 19 e and wall. Ace Hey, t he more peaceful 17 e more bass 16 He is from Good day he more he's for a he more peaceful. say he more peaceful well more peaceful a wall piece more easeful nine he more peace I he more peace more days from he law pays for he wore he's from He then he's.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/163-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relax-deeply-sleep-deeply-jason-newland-7th-july-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason Newland, talk calm. My name is Jason Newland. And this is relaxation, hypnosis with stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please and listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast. Now I'm going to do a relaxation session, which is going to be there's two versions one with one without music. One with music will last about 51 minutes. And the new the background music is by Kevin MacLeod and the information and the copyright information will be in the description of the podcast. So I'd like you to get yourself comfortable lying down if you want, but there's a chance you could fall asleep. So I'd suggest you set an alarm, alarm clock or your phone or whatever. In case you do fall asleep. And if you're sitting in the chair, make sure that the chair supports your body securely so that you don't fall out of it if he was to fall asleep or even relax deeply. So it needs to be supportive chair. So, no balancing on the log or something like that is not ideal.
Now it's gonna ask you to get in touch a feel. Starting from the top of your head, face, neck, back, your neck. shoulders, your hands back, right away from the top, all the way down to the bottom of your back, lower back.
When you got your chest moving down to the stomach, your hips cluding your buttocks, your growing tops your thighs and the rest of your legs moving down into your ankles.
Then you feet just get in a general sense how you physically feel in this moment. Now focus on your mind the thoughts that are inside your mind imagine those thoughts and that's stress and tension in your mind and your body. is actually powered
by some batteries. two batteries power this these anxious the then stress For the things that maybe feel like they get in, they work gets in the way of you relaxing deeply.
I'd like you just find where those batteries may be in your mind, they may be in your back, and may be in your shoulder, chest or stomach, lakes, hands or feet. Just fine that compartment in your mind where they are in your body might be in the top of your head and just see yourself opening that compartment very easily. just popping out those batteries. And once you dislodged one, they won't work anyway. Once you break that connection, you can just pop them both out or let them drop to the floor. Which means that no more feelings of stress or tension or anxiety, or panic, none of that stuff can be produced while you're listening to my voice, no new feelings like that can be created which allows you to just deal with how your body is now.
How your mind feels now and how do you feel having removed those batteries Do you feel given the you have chosen take a step back. You have decided to remove those batteries so that no new feelings of negativity, stress or any of those things that were causing you difficulties in the past
that just can't be created. While you listen to my voice.
That connection between my voice and you feeling naturally relaxed as those batteries are completely removed and dropped to the floor. The freedom physical and emotional freedom that you can experience can be connected to my voice not just whilst you listen to me now. Also future recordings future times you can automatically re experience these the sense of freedom is new found calmness that maybe 20 minutes ago could possibly have seemed a bit unlikely just how easily you managed to release yourself from those bothersome sensations to remove those batteries and they dropped to the floor.
That freedom physically and emotionally we felt all throughout your body since looseness breathing is freer mind feels calm connection feel cool, cool breeze on my face almost as if it's moving through my face and through my head
through my brain this coolness this almost cleansing feeling feel in my brain in my head almost parts of my brain have been activated. Yeah other parts my brain is just down the parts that feel activated st v the pleasurable feelings the spread in through my body just a soft gentle glow of freedom gentle blow of appreciation. By all I feel so relaxed I can feel that connection between my eyes and my brain. Corn this feeling mature now of coolness in my jaw. As mature really, really feels relaxed.
That connection between my job and my ears is relax in the whole area to my ears, nose and throat. Internally just feeling cold. Almost like the healing sensation burning through my airwaves, clearing and cleaning lungs all those passages, all those parts that connected the lungs, heart and yeah, feel the whole of my upper body just outside feeling cool and relaxed. Inside also that sense of freedom and appreciating that freedom looseness deep relaxation as it continues to spread into my bones relaxing all the bones your body by skin also experience that hurried so peace peaceful and I'm going to count from 20 down to one and it's up to you how deeply relaxed choose to enjoy feed and so comfortable and peaceful now so when T my team a chain 76 pain all team Hi Hey.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/162-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-removing-stress-batteries-jason-newland-5th-july-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to his podcast. Now like tea for you to get yourself comfortable there will be two versions of this recording one with one without music. This will be a relaxation session with the option to fall asleep if you choose. And if you're just listening for the relaxation, and you have plans to do other things, after listening to this, I suggest you set some kind of an alarm to wake you up. Just in case she gets so bored, you just drift away to advice comfortable sleep. Now, as I said case of comfortable ideally, I suppose if it's the relaxation, and you know you really don't want to fall asleep, it might be worth listening to this in a chair
that supports your body in case you did fall asleep or lying down on your bed there's a much larger chance that you as your body relaxes and your mind slows down. She listen to my voice you may just naturally let go of everything. And when that happens, you may find yourself drifting. And once you start drifting away, you feel so comfortable and so peaceful. That you may just happily allow that natural process of relaxing deeply to occur. And then the next step crossing over that bridge to sleep. Naturally drifting off to sleep
is just so easy. Once you're incredibly and totally relaxed, physically and mentally. See, you can choose to use this record in any way that suits you. And every time you listen to this recording, or any of my recordings you'll find yourself becoming relaxed, so much easier. So naturally just by hearing my voice it's a trigger for your body mind to calm down and it triggers the chemicals from your brain those chemicals, d d, relaxation and healing to be sent down your spinal cord and then into every part of your body starts to relax even deeper. When your body relaxes, your mind relaxes and the more that your mind relaxes the deeper your body relaxes so that's a constant circle of comfort increase in positivity and letting go almost giving in to what is natural which in this case is feed in completely relaxed buddy You're my slows down so slow and so restful because maybe it's been a while since you allowed your mind to have a rest to take a break. Just sit or lie down and be still is your body and your mind really connect together not just physically but on a higher level. See then feeling come through. Feed in mind becomes the car my body feels a more deep TP Deeply to relax party and don't mind So, still then four E. De Rio sation pride in property reading in your mind my piece from this per se t into my deep and foundations of your mind spread in D D peacefulness read d d the relay session see she Bass all time....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/161-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relax-deeply-sleep-deeply-jason-newland-3rd-july-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason, new land.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is going to be a relaxation, hypnosis session. stress, anxiety, panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, it's going to be a short exercise. You don't need for there to be complete silence for this. And it's something that you can just practice yourself. So I'm asking you to close your eyes just get a rough idea of how you're feeling your body scan and just tune in to the stress levels. Baby, if you choose, you can actually score the stress level from 10 00 of course being nothing 10 B and worst it could be. So I'm hoping that it's not there. So what I'm gonna ask you to do is to focus on the palms of your hands, and the bottoms of your feet. So ideally, it'd be sitting in a chair for this chair to support your body. any event, if you fall asleep, you need to make sure that the chair will support your body so you don't fall out of there. That's important. Although this is not a sleep recording. Yeah, just just to cover yourself and make sure that you're safe at all times. You can of course do this laying down as well. So it's about adapting it for your own particular situation. And affort doing it sitting down would be quite useful. For those times, maybe you may just take a five minute break from your work or from whatever the situation is you're in. And you can go and into the bathroom, sit down on the toilet, maybe sit on a chair, you know, just give yourself a couple of minutes to refresh emotionally. So the bottoms of your feet is going to be exhaling stress from your body and the palms of your hands are going to be inhaling
relaxation. And that's it. That's all there is to it may seem like a weird thing. The idea of your feet breathing out tension or stress from the body and your hands. Breathe in in relaxation. Although it may seem weird, some nice idea and you may think well how do I know when to breathe in and breathe out.
Just coincide it with your natural breathing when you breathe in naturally and focus on palms of your hands or even in their calmness and relaxation and when you exhale naturally We can notice and focus on the bottoms of your feet
is that stress leaves your body. Just allow it to happen naturally. Not trying to control your breath. So just about having natural, easy breathing. Yet, can neck in the previous even in to your palms of your hands and out bottoms of your feet doesn't take long to start connecting those parts of your body with your breathing. When you realize that actually, you could do this with your eyes open and standing up.
You could focus on your feet and your out breath, releasing tension from your body out the bottoms of your feet all day long. And on the in breath, breathing in that healing relaxation and spreading that throughout your body. At the same time, also calming your mind naturally. All day long. In breath, focus in the palms of your hands outbreath focusing on the bottoms of your feet in breath focusing on the bottom the palms and the outbreath focus in on the bottoms of your feet as a stress and any tension just leaves your body through your feet. any unnecessary or unhelpful feelings and just release out to the bottoms of your feet. And as you breathe in, you can feel those core Let's call relaxing sensation. Fill in your body. Fill in your lungs and spread in
through all of your arteries and veins with your blood to all the other parts of your body. relaxing and healing. Calm and soothing your body and your mind breathing in and out the bottoms of your feet, releasing stress and tension and breathing in through the palms of your hands for the new comfort Deep healing relaxation, it spreads through your body, calming the mind. Now, that brings us to the end of this short relaxation technique. And I propose that maybe listen to this every day for 30 days until you feel you're able to just I have faith in your ability to do this naturally without even thinking so that you spend more time feeling relaxed and comfortable. As attention and stress continuously leaves your body and as to relaxation, healing, calmness continuously fills your body up to the palms of your hands. Relaxing deeply, not just your body, but also your mind. Also, your mind relaxes deeply. That's the end of this recording. Thank you for listening. And I'll speak to you very soon. Bye. Yeah, remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love. Bye....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/160-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-exhale-stress-inhale-relaxation-jason-newland-2nd-july-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland. And this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please listen to this, when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast, maybe leave a comment and share this recording on your Facebook page or Twitter. And also to let you know that all the recordings from these podcasts and all of my other recordings from the last 15 years are available on my website. Now, this is going to be both deeply relaxing session and deeply sleepy session at the same time. So you can use it to relax deeply or you can listen and fall asleep. My suggestion is if you need to be somewhere else to do something, you know, in an hour's time, I suggest that you set an alarm to wake you up. Because especially if you're lying down on your bed listening to my voice may cause you to drift off happened many many times before. So this delay will be two versions this recording one with and one without music. The one with music or last 51 minutes long and the background music or be from Kevin MacLeod is would be in the details in podcast. So I'd like you to get yourself comfortable. If you are sitting in a chair, make sure that the chair has the correct support your body
in the event of you falling asleep. Support your body at all times and keeps you safely comfortable and supported. So I'm going to start by counting 10 down to one just like you to focus on my voice. And as I count down from 10 down to one. You can notice that your mind
starts to slow down now nine A seven, five. Sorry. ask you to focus on your face, your forehead, your eyes, cheek, jaw, your mouth. Just focus on the whole of your face as I count down from 10 down to one. And notice how the whole of your face
starts to relax. Now to end 987 say bye for today. Now, the back of your neck, all the way down your back, the whole of your back including a spy on the back of your neck, all the way down to your lower back and just focus on the whole feel bad no dissent. Relax to back becomes as I count down down to one now Hey We're now focus on your chest and just dumb shares and your stomach sigh how to one nine Hello focus in on your shoulders, your fingers become aware increase relaxation shoulders and fingers as I count down 10 to one now why I Focus on your hips the end your head the focus on the countdown to while As you can notice in creased taxation read in your hair spread to your toe dry in the mall number now no nine....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/159-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-safely-relax-sleep-jason-newland-2nd-july-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Chaisson new land.com. My name is Jason Newland. And this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. There will be two versions of this recording one with one without music. The one with music will be the music will be composed by Kevin MacLeod. And the link to his website and the copyright information will be in the description of the podcast. Now, if you haven't already done so maybe you'd consider subscribing to this podcast. Maybe you leave a message and share with your friends on Facebook, Twitter, or wherever.
So maybe others can benefit. Now I'd like you to get yourself in the comfortable position. What I mean by that is you can lay down on your bed, or you can sit in a chair. But this is going to be a relaxation and sleep session. So it's going to be
it's gonna be probably better to lie down, if you're able to, if you do decide to sit in a chair, make sure First of all, it's very comfortable. Ideally, with a back, you know, a back sort of supports you and also sides so that you don't fall out of the chair, if you fall asleep. If you have something to do that you need to do in an hour's time or something like that, then I suggest you set your alarm to wake you up. Because I realize not everybody's gonna be listening to this specifically to be going to sleep, but maybe to enjoy the the relaxation and to have a nap maybe with the music that we stick hold and will last about 51 minutes.
So that's about all I've got to say before I start
I'd like you to get comfortable. And just get in touch with how you're feeling. Not just physically, but emotionally. Ultimately, the way that you're thinking is going to have a bigger impact on how you physically feel.
And I realize it may also seen the other way. For example, tension in the body can be different distressing. So, for example, if I'm lying in bed, and I just lie down for the first time, you know, dude, I record him for the first time ever, obviously.
And I have tension may be in my lower back. Maybe my lower backs hurt. So my mind in my mind, I could be thinking this is horrible like this. And my back's hurting and is going to continue to her and is going to continue to get stressed. And you know things like that.
That's natural to do that. So I'm not you know, I'm not saying that it's wrong. What I'm saying it's not useful and you don't have to do that. So what you could do to start with is focus
on a part of you that does feel relaxed. And then come back to the party that wasn't relaxed before. And say to yourself that even though it may feel uncomfortable at the moment, it will start to relax. And you will start to feel more comfortable in that part of your body
you will start to relax. And you're guaranteed to feel more comfortable in that part of your body. And you expect not just that part of your body to feel relaxed, but the whole
of your body, every part to feel relaxed. And then you can focus on another part of your body that you know, as you do a scan through the different parts.
Maybe you notice that your legs are relaxed. Maybe they're heavy, almost as if they're melting into the bed. Unless you focus on your legs heavy and melted into your bed. You can focus your attention on your face. just noticing how your face feels. How your eyes, your chill your mouth, tongue. Your forehead, your scalp is the throat the back of your neck. Just head out a whole general area feels as it's now supported. Not by your neck but by the pillow. Or cushion aware of your rests in your head on.
So the pressure has been taken off of your neck. When you think about it, your neck really does do a tremendous job for you.
Because the head is not light. And I'd say heavy old thing. jaw neck supports it just shows how strong all of our necks really is not just bodybuilders and weightlifters. They have strong necks.
Even babies have strong necks. We all have strong necks. In fact, you think of a toddler with their head is nearly as big as our entire body. just shows how strong our necks are.
Pretty much from the day we born. Such a precious part of the body. Because that's what connects the brain to the spinal cord and in the spinal cord all the way down
into your body all the way down your back. The neck contains your ability to talk. The neck allows you to breathe allows you to eat smaller food. It's an amazing thing. So when your head is being supported, your neck can really relax. Really, really relaxed because it's earned the right to relax deeply. Because of all the amazing work it's done not just since it last relaxed, but throughout your whole life because as you start to actually show appreciation towards the different parts of your body in a way that you may not have done before,
it almost changes the way that those parts your body respond. Real really positive way as your neck actually appreciates, and enjoys this time to to let go. Really, really let go. Allowed all the muscles to almost just melt. Relax so deeply and it's the muscles in your neck continue to relax.
You can feel that sensation move in the back of your head into your scalp. And even though your scalp isn't really made of muscles, almost feels like your scalp is really starting to melt and relax deeply. And it's a different type of relaxation. They suggest a letting go. It's an appreciation of what your scalp does for you.
To protect your brain your scalp protects your brain and has done from the second you're born. In fact before you even born, your scalp was protecting your brain. You didn't need your throat to support to give you oxygen or food when he was in the womb. You were floating as you didn't need your neck to support your head is used inside water but your scalp protected your brain has done ever since. As we all know the brain is the most important part of our bodies. The most important see you can just if you choose get in touch with that sense of gratitude towards your scalp.
Yeah that hard surface. underneath the skin where your hair is where hate hair used to be maybe
a little bit of both for me. That part that shapes your head is almost power is literally invisible. Other than the shape.
Yes, so important. As a shield protection to you just as your ribs protect Your lungs, your chest bone, to protect your heart, got your spine that protects the spinal cord. Your body really is an amazing thing. of all this protection, maybe on either I don't recognize all the time how amazing the body is, and all that it does for me. So in a way, when you lay down and relax, you're saying thank you to your body. You almost clap in your body, you're thanking your body, everything it does fear,
you're supporting your body makes you feel those sensations of heaviness and that melting sensation. Move moving into your shoulders. And of course, there's the muscles in your shoulders and
your arms, your wrists and your hands and fingers is also a lot of bones as well as love connections, your shoulders, your arms, connected. Also the nerves. So it's a lot. It's a big complicated operation. The we don't have to do anything about we're not involved in it. It all happens naturally for you. So allowing your shoulders and your arms and your hands and fingers to be appreciated, to be allowed to melt deeply. And let go. Completely just seems like a nice thing to do with your chest and your stomach. The feeling of your chest and the muscles in your chest that really have such a big importance in how you do things. As well as protecting your internal organs as well. So your chest is there, and the muscles or whatever's contained in your chest area protects your internal organs
and it helps To protect you, to keep you physically strong to support and balance your body in the same way as your stomach, muscles in your stomach
are so important. So many simple physical acts such as bending over, or turning, walk in all kinds of things stretching because regardless of what type of bend belly you have, what type of stomach whether you're slim or whether you're like me
and not slim. The simple fact is you've got extremely strong stomach muscles. We all have don't have to have a six pack. To prove that you got muscles in your stomach.
All you need to do is stand up or sit up or turn your body or hold something in your arms. Because you're using your stomach muscles, or pretty much any physical activity that you do. See, you can allow your chest and your stomach muscles to just melt. Just as you appreciate how important these parts of your body are. You can really allow those muscles and the nerves and the skin and every fiber of those body parts to just
melt and let go. Remembering that your stomach muscles also protects your internal organs just as your ribs also do that for your organs a bit higher up.
Your body is amazing. And deserves to feel completely relaxed. Had to rest deeply sleepy. Calm the letting go. Now sweet. Okay, you're back. large area of the bottom of your neck, the back of your neck the bond then move in.
Spread in towards your shoulders moving down all the way down to your hips and of course the back dislike the stomach so much. such an important part of your body and it has protection again. It's really really deserves to have your love and to feel that appreciation for everything that Your back does fear because practically anything you do physically will involve a part of your back.
So you're back to needs a time deep, deep relaxation and sleep. Your back needs t.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/158-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relax-sleep-self-appreciation-jason-newland-29th-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland. And this is relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks.
Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes please subscribe to this podcast so that you can be notified when the next recording is available.
Maybe you'd like to leave a comment and just let you know that all of my recordings from this and all my other podcasts and stuff from up to 15 years ago are available on my website. Now, the idea of this podcast is to offer you different material different recordings somewhere I you know, just talk about a subject somewhere I give you a relaxation technique, stress reduction, exercise, and then others where I do a relaxation hypnosis session. Again, different every time yet at the same time, I guess there is always going to be the similarity asking you to relax some focus in May maybe on different parts of your body and offering a few ideas and suggestions. And it's the same voice of course that you hear any trickled in. And there'll be two versions of this one with and one without music. And the one with music is the music's conducted by Kevin MacLeod and the details on the podcast description of his website and everything like that. The copyright stuff my stomach's making away a few weird noises today for some reason. But that's okay. You know, some people do their stomach does make a bit of a rumbling sound when they relax. And they summon the whenever they meditate, a stomach starts to check. Slack, almost lucker washing machine we're all different. And it doesn't matter. As long as you're well. As long as you're safe and you're comfortable. Those are the most important things. And the worst case scenario of listening to this is that you feel a bit more relaxed. So that's not bad, a bad worst case scenario. And if you listen to me regularly, every day you may find that the times that you're not listening at those times that he started to notice that you're feeling
more peaceful in your everyday life. For example, you may find some of those things that you used to bug you and annoy you about
certain situations or maybe particular individuals no longer seems to have that effect. Which means you're not reacting the way that maybe you used to. And that can feel nice when you realize that you are feeling more relaxed, not just when you listen to me, drone on and on and on. But also when you do and other things. Maybe when you're at work or at a supermarket or having a conversation, someone, maybe just watching a television, whatever it may be, you find yourself feeling good, physically feeling good inside. Having a almost like a little rush of pleasure, but a relaxed version, a calm version of pleasure. We just feel good for no good reason. And it's nice. It's nice to realize that actually, those pleasurable, comfortable feelings within your body have always been available. Always been available. It's just, they're no longer being restricted from rising. They're not being held down by negative thoughts. And, you know, stress and anxiety and tension.
Because they now have some freedom. When you allow your body to do what he naturally does, he will find a lot more of those pleasurable sensations. Whatever eyes, in your body as well as your mind. Because in some ways, feeling just just feeling good. Just feeling uplifted, feeling completely relaxed, peaceful, you know, at peace with the world really. And maybe feeling grateful for what you do have maybe feeling grateful for that. This feeling of comfort and pleasure that you're experiencing in this moment because it just feels nice. There's no reason that you need to have a pleasurable experience. You don't need anybody else's permission to feel completely relaxed and
you don't need don't need to ask anybody else if it's okay for you to
let go of all the tension in your body. Because that is your decision to make is literally your choice. That's one of the benefits of relaxing and starting to separate the tension and the stress and the anxiety the almost seem to become I can lead
like a big rusty lid those holding back those feelings of calmness and relaxation and pleasure and sugar was never lit, it looked like a lid because it becomes so rusty, so old and useless and pointless. That lid of rust as stress and tension and anxiety that lid was rusty the rust was covering up the holes, the gaps the gaps which you relaxation, calmness, pleasure can just naturally rise and slip through those gaps. mentioned horizon almost like fog or mist or steam just rising in the process clean in a way that rust from that lid. As you start to look at that litho was there
he realized that it's only the rust there was anxiety and there's the stain produced by your positivity and your calmness and the knowing that you can choose to let go cleans that lid cleans the rust away night sin that rust represented the anxiety and as it dissolves into the air it dissolves and you can notice a certain feeling arising as you observe that rusty anxiety evaporating into the air How does that feel? Now that you realize the thing changing for you Now, how do you feel you realize that you are the one that chose to make these positive changes. Now, do you hear now the EU aware your level of positivity inside your body your brain and your mind is way higher and way way more powerful than you ever imagined
some more powerful reading for your body for your mind and into your brain should you also realize that the deeply relaxing feelings that you are experiencing now available and the time you choose when you wish to just let go completely and allow these feelings of pleasurable positive deeply healing deeply relaxing energy to spread through your veins moving into every single part of your body moving from your brain down your spinal cord increasing that feeling of di D positive he then relaxation in every muscle I feel body sinking deeply into every bone in your body sinking deeply into every single nerve ending of your body. Relax seein you so deeply deep and you can now feel it spread in over your skin
down your face, your neck, back of your neck. You can feel that D relax, sin, He energy spread in down your shoulders and your arms into hands and your fingers all the way down your chest and your stomach, your hips all the way down your spine, spread out across your back.
Skin covering your back. Skin covering your buttocks, your groin, the whole of your hip area and then move in deeply. He then dp relaxin energy all the way down your thighs back sides in front of your thighs, your knees, lower legs, ankles and things sinking deep into the skin of your feet and your toes.
Not just relaxing the skin of your fee changes toes but also sinking deeply into all those nerve endings calm and relaxing free a few. Amen. He and relaxing free molecule a few exists. Feel free to leave positivity towards the future. As you realize that you can feel wonderfully relaxed any time You decide and the time that you decide to totally and embrace the healing, relaxation that is within you that is of a ball for you to experience at all times any time he choose to feel a more peaceful you can think enjoy more more of this pleasurable relaxation more and deeper just by allowing yourself to be happier allowing yourself to let go of the allowing yourself to think good. Others enjoy yourself allowing yourself chance to be peaceful. Allowing yourself tunity to be happy be happy be happy be happy be happy.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/157-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-dissolving-the-rust-of-anxiety-jason-newland-25th-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland. This is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks.
Please
only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes There will be two versions of this recording one with the one without music. Star with it's important that you make sure you can find a place to be comfortable. Ideally, a time when you won't be disturbed. And also, there is a chance you could fall asleep. So if you have something else to do in an hour's time, for example, I suggest you set your alarm.
You can listen to this, laying down your bed, or sitting in a comfortable chair. Make sure the chair supports your body in the event of you falling asleep. There is more chance of falling asleep if you listen lying down. Because when we lie down, that's just the natural position that where we used to really just in the same ways when you're sitting in a chair, your eyes closed. It's a natural position to start to feel relaxed. Especially when there's nothing else really going on. televisions not on there's no no one else in the room necessarily. You're not talking to anyone else.
Nothing to look at. There's nothing to say. I think nothing to talk about. Just the case. focus in on my voice. And I'd like you to get in touch with how you feel in this moment as you listen to my voice and then maybe background sounds and then I'm recording this at a time when the birds started to wake up in the trees outside.
It's very faint. He might have background sounds where you are. However the really good things about just closing your eyes and deciding to you are going to allow yourself some time out. You got to give yourself some space to just let go of everything for a period of time Because you're the one who has made this decision to spend some quality time with yourself to just close your eyes and allow yourself to slowly unwind. And I know that we, we use words sometimes and phrases
that perhaps we don't take literally. When you think about the idea of unwind unwinding. Yeah, I get the image of maybe one of those anything that has a wind up mechanism. For example, an old watch an old clock, grandfather clock or something like that, or some maybe an old toy soldier from 100 years ago, or something that literally would have a key that you could put into the back and wind it up. And it would maybe walk along a table.
And then eventually, you'd hate worrying and eventually the the thing would completely unwind
all the musical box, again, put in the key in the wind, and then it plays music. And eventually, it winds down and it just comes to a stop.
It's peaceful. These kinds of things were invented long before electricity, to widen something up was a way of making it work for long periods of time like a watch.
Before we had batteries or solar panels or now, the eye watches you know, the can plug in and charge up. So if you think about it in a way, the idea of unwinding at so could be taken literally thing you could do to start with is you can imagine the key, the choose to wind you up the back in your back. Imagine taking it out, removing it put into your pocket, so that nothing external can affect you. You can't be wound up by anything or anyone which means all it can happen now. She can continue to unwind And it may seem like sometimes that you don't get an opportunity to unwind regularly. Maybe because you feel that you're continually being wound up a little bit more. And you unwind a bit and then you wound up a bit more, or something else that maybe happens or something that somebody said to you or some thoughts or feelings.
But the idea that somebody else has access to that key to wind you up without your permission doesn't really seem very fair to you. So you can remove that key, put in your pocket.
Which means you no longer have a reason to, to blame others for how you're feeling because you'll be taken back down power. So to the only person that can ever wind you up is yourself. So it's a choice. You can have that key, the mood from your bag, you can put it in your pocket and leave it there for whenever you choose to use it.
In the meantime, you just naturally start to wind down it can feel quite freeing, almost liberating to realize you've now taken back control key now taken back control and responsibility over how you feel and feeding back to the quite relaxing and comforting to know to really know you're in charge of yourself. The you decide what you do next. And you decided in this moment To relax completely by allowing of stress levels on wind and why give you a new perspective on just how much you really can do anything you choose to relax anytime becomes the right time for you to let go and unwind creating this say space to really appreciate yourself for the amazing person that you are and all the wonderful things that you're going to achieve in the future.
You can feel more relaxed just knowing you're the boss here Can I really, really let go as you feel your body and your mind unwind in a more more comfort spread throughout your body really feels calm. Also in your mind. dp deeply relaxed in your mind. The more and more car. Car there's something nice about allowing yourself to feel peaceful allowing yourself to enjoy the comfort deep relaxation in every muscle of your body and deep inside your mind the inside the internet very peaceful and still and there's a countdown from five down to one. Notice they all unwind completely. By the time we get to what you're up y completely now for Siri....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/155-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-unwinding-jason-newland-23rd-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello,
and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. The please I need listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And thank you for listening. So this is going to be a short recording, and there's going to be an exercise that you can do. And I'll do it with you. And it's basically a stress reduction exercise. It's a little bit of visualization. But it's, I suppose it's more getting in touch with how you're feeling in a specific part, which will be your hands. So first of all, I'm just going to ask you to close your eyes. Before you close your eyes, I'd like you to ideally sit in a chair, the support your body. So even though this is not a sleep recording, just in the event that you did fall asleep, I want to make sure that you don't fall out the chair. So only sit in a chair that you could fall asleep in safely. Okay. And secondly, I suppose the only other thing is if you, you could do this standing up. Because you know, you're not going to fall asleep standing up. But I would suggest sitting in a chair, ideally, not everybody feels comfortable standing up with their eyes closed. I'm okay with it a little bit. But it's not the most comfortable thing to do, I don't think. Suppose we ever eyes closed, don't mind when we're walking through don't bang into things. So this exercise really is simple, is you put your hands together, and you kind of make a fist, but you're not gripping, you're just kind of wrapping your fingers around each other. So as if you were holding something in between both of the hands, but you're not gripping your fingers, you're not using any pressure, or any any muscle power or anything like that. That is a couple of ways you can do that. I'm going to do it where my hands, you know, are up there kind of a chest height out in front of my body. Now I know that not everybody listen to this may be able to do that particular way of doing it due to physical issues, maybe injury or chronic pain issues or something sort of in the shoulders or neck or wherever. So it's about what I would suggest you do if you can sit at a table. Just rest your hands on the table. Okay. So it's hard for me in this kind of situation to cover every single aspect that could be possibly out there. Because there's going to be people out there, this only got one arm. So I realized that you can't you can still do this, if you've only got one arm, you just use choose one hand and why I would say is you put your hand either in front of you with the palm facing up, or you can rest it on maybe on your knee with a 3d palm facing up on a table. It's about adapting it for your own personal needs. About I can't cover every single possibility because it's too many. And it would not be a short recording then. But you know, please be aware that I am conscious that not everybody has the same physical ability as everyone else. ability, maybe not the right word but the physical. I've got an injured shoulder, my right shoulder. I have chronic pain in it and it needs an operation that is yes. Sometimes it's okay sometimes it really isn't. And I've also got lower back pain. Chronic pain so the reason I'm telling you this is not because I want you to feel sorry for me.
Although you can if you want I don't mind is it if you want to send To get well
get well cards, to me, that's fine. These include money. The point is that everybody's got something very likely, a lot of young people may not have any physical issues at all, some older people might not. But a lot of people do this. So what I want to really get across is that you can do this, you can do any of my, hopefully most of my exercises that I come up with, regardless of what your situation is, if you want to do. And that's, that's the only thing that's gonna stop you is whether or not you want to do it or not, you don't have to, you know, it's up to you. There are other ways of reducing stress and anxiety. And I tried to I tried to present different ways of doing it. You know, sometimes it's a long recording of me just talking softly and doing hypnosis, maybe with background music. Sometimes just me talking about subject, where your perspective may change your, the way you feel may change your Outlook, you might see things just a little bit differently. And that can be can make a huge difference in how you feel. Or an exercise which could be quite short exercise. Quite simple has to be fun thing, if I'm going to give it to give it to you before I'm going to talk about it has to be simple, I don't really do complicated. So it's a good thing. So adapt it to how you want to adapt. There is no wrong way of doing this. I suppose the only wrong way of doing this is if you'd like jumping up and down planes symbols, or play the drum set, I mean, that's probably not the way to do this. But generally, you know, you just adapt it to your own way. So I'm going to do the same down, I'm not going to act rest one hand on my knee, but I can't rest both of the hands. Because it has to be in the middle of my knees. And that actually does hurt my shoulder. So I'm going to hold my hands on a chest level. But my arms, my upper arms and my shoulders, kind of pressing together against my body. So it's not, I'm not using any energy really, and my hands are very loose. They're not clutching, they're not gripping. Okay, I'll move on from that. Now, all I want you to do is focus on your hands. that gap inside your hands, which is big enough, probably to hold a tennis ball, maybe a golf ball, you know, it doesn't really matter what size it is. But it's old enough, you could you could hold something in there, there's a gap. I mean, I'm sure if you grip that you could probably hold water in there. But we're not gripping anything, we're just having a hands together generally. But you know that if there was something there we pressed against Eve upon, and it would stay in your hands. It was an egg, you know, that kind of size thing. And of course, you wouldn't want to be pressing on an egg. Just allow it to be there. Just allow that space in between your hands to be there. And notice that your fingers are relaxed, your hands are relaxed, and you're not putting any pressure at all because the last thing that we want to do here is create tension and when it's just the opposite. Although we do focus on stress, but it's in a positive way to reduce it, to relieve it to move that stress to maybe a different part of your body. In this case, moving it to the insides of your hands, that empty space, not your hands themselves, but the empty space inside your hands. And you can feel it pressing against your palms. And because of all those nerve endings in your palms, it's a very sensitive area. One of the most sensitive areas of your body and your palms of your hands, the palms of your feet. I guess sort of underneath your armpits, those places that are very sensitive there
Especially with your hands, it's you, we choose what touches our palms, don't we? We're in control of that. And when we walk, we have shoes on socks, slippers, whatever it may be to protect our feet. Because you really feel it, if you walk around a garden on a beach, without any shoe in issuing any kind of protection on your feet, you could feel how sensitive your feet really are. Sometimes it feels lovely, especially if it's soft sand. But in the case of your palms, right now, as the stress from your body moves from wherever it is, whether it's in your brain, whether it's in your neck, your shoulders, a chest, your back, your legs, your hips, fate, just all starts to just move up or down towards your hands. So if it's in your feeds, or in your legs, it's moving up, all the way up, and maybe gaining momentum, as it then collects with the tension from your stomach, female groin, from your buttocks, your hips, your chest, moving up to your shoulders, and then maybe gaining momentum also with the tension and stress that's been relieved from your scalp, from your forehead, your eyes, your jaw, your tongue, your mouth, your neck, the back of your neck, the top of your back. And your shoulders, of course, is that tension moves down. And you can feel the energy but you don't necessarily feel the tension itself. Because it's moving. It's not in order for tension, I think to really be felt in a negative way, it needs to be kind of stuck. So I think that's when tension does cause problems when it's stuck, when it's not moving. When it's stationary, whoever, when it's almost abandoned, and he can't move and it just it starts to moan and it starts to get agitated, I want your attention. This attention you're given it allows the stress to move, flow comfortably. Again, now down from the shoulders down your arms, your wrists, and then into your hands and out of your hands into the middle of your hands. About just noticed I'm pulling my hands apart a little bit, they still touch you back and feel a cornice in the middle of my hands, which wasn't there before. So this is a bit strange. And I could feel an energy, there's an energy there. That wasn't there before. And that tension is in your body and in your mind. And your brain all again, can continue to flow down. Anything that's left any bits of tension or stress that maybe you weren't aware of before. still continue to flow up to your shoulders or down to your shoulders from your head. And then to you arms for your wrists and your hands and then joining that I guess a ball of energy, just a....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/154-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-letting-stress-know-its-not-a-prisoner-jason-newland-22nd-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello. Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And it's gonna be one of those recordings where just just chat for a little bit, just have a little chat, a CI Chat Chat. And the subject of this thing is an annoying ferret that keeps come waking up whenever I make a recording. I do name the subject is
basically neighbors. Noisy neighbors, perhaps I don't know wherever you want to call it, but and the stress
that can come from that. Now I'm talking from personal experience here is one of my one of my I don't want to use the word triggers. But you know, pet peeves is one of my, the things I've struggled with for years and years. And I'm I'm a lot better than I used to be, I don't get as angry or stressed out as I used to be I've had six months of our neighbor. My last neighbor passed away. So I've not, I've not, I've not had anyone since January. And now I've got a new neighbor or new neighbors moving in. And suddenly, there's lots of noise. Now I sleep during the day, I'm awake at night, that's what I make my recordings are making this recording at 1230 in the afternoon, which is not a time that I would normally make recordings. So there may be background cells I thought would be quite good time to make a recording such as this. If there was an example of some of those sounds been referring to and I'll be honest, this my natural instinct is to get angry. And then to get frustrated. Tension builds up and I don't feel very well you know, physically feel unwell. If this suddenly a lot of activity, sound, you know when I'm not used to it, like doors slamming and stuff like that. And I started to look at it a little bit different. I thought to myself, how can I How can I approach this differently to how I have in the past because for the last five years have been really lucky. The neighbor downstairs was quiet most of the time. And she didn't know gently she didn't slam the door. I think the neighbors downstairs slammed the door more more time yesterday than my previous neighbor did for five years during that time. So is it is sort of it's affecting me. But I'm trying to get my head around a different way of looking at it. In the sense of well, how can I think about this in a way that will relieve my tension and relieve my stress, so that it doesn't build up, because that's what's happened in the past. And I'm not pleased, proud to say I've been in the past have punched walls and hurt my hands.
Through frustration, I broke my hand, and, you know, it's when I was younger. So don't do that stuff anymore. So it's a case of trying to get in touch with that.
Feeling, again, touch of it, allow it to be there. Without without letting it cause me suffering. I want to say allowed to be there not talking about this the noise or the sounds or the activity on talking about my feeling my reaction to that. So I've tried to look at it in a positive way. So this, this may, you may relate to this a little bit, you may not I don't know. But this has been a huge cause of stress for me over the years. Really, I mean, I've moved probably about 50 times since I was, since I left school, be about 5050 times. And I've lived in all so many different places, different houses, sharing, you know, rooms, sharing a house, you know, got a room in a house and being woken up and all kinds of weird stuff has happened over the years. Fortunately, I've got my flat now. So the only real issue is just finding a way to emotionally cope with the increased volume. That is that has arrived into the building. And I think the main thing that probably the two main things that is the gets to me at the moment is that this the fact that I am awake during the night. Most people aren't most people sleep at night awake during the day. And they're busy doing stuff during the day. So I can't logically expect other people to be quiet during the day. Even though I am quiet and I do think that's kind of the right thing to do, isn't it, you know, most people will sleep at night. And the other thing is making recordings. It's throwing me off a bit because if I have to need, I'm gonna not be able to sleep during the day, which means you're gonna have to make recordings during the day. And it's gonna be noisy. So yes, there's a few things that are just building up a little bit I've noticed over the last couple of days. So as I said, I was trying to figure out how can I address this in a positive way without letting the tension build up? Because that is something that I've done many times in the past. And I don't want to do that anymore. So I started to think from their perspective. I don't know them. I don't know the people. But do I remember what it was like when I moved in here and, you know, degree of excitement moving into a new place, but also decrease stress with the move and how it's organized. The electric and the gas in a water. Again, all that connected and having to get a new car, car people in and furniture and all those kinds of things and adapting to the new environment and finding out where to get the buses and because I'm right in the sticks in the middle of nowhere. But there was an excitement there. And my dad came around, and he was because he's an electrician, and he was banging in all kinds of stuff, put it in coat racks and barfing capital in awkward, you know, us making loads of noise. And then we will paint the walls making loads of noise doing that. So I probably made more noise moving in here than they have,
or equal amount. I just didn't slam the doors because I know how to close a door quietly. I picked it up. I think I learned that when I was a child, but not everyone, not everyone knows how to. So I've got a delay, not everyone has the ability to close the door. This is a complicated process.
So I started to think, Well, you know, this is an exciting time for them. This is, you know, maybe a new star in their life. As it was with me, in a way doesn't feel like that now, five years later, is just
just where I live. But when I first moved here, it was all new. And that's what it's like for them, I'm sure. And then, you know, find out that they got kids and the kids are gonna be here, thought running around and screaming and stuff. Then I start thinking back to when I was a kid. And the excitement of new moving into a new house was pretty cool. I loved.
I mean, I moved around quite a lot when I was a kid. It's funny, I did that when I was an adult as well. But I moved around probably about 1010 plus times during my childhood. So going solo in new, there is a bit of excitement to that, especially when you're a kid going into a new house or an old house, but you know, new home and sort of looking around and discovering what's there and trying to decide which bedroom you want to have. And where's your bed gonna go and all that stuff that's I don't know, almost enjoyable, I suppose to a small child, maybe. So I guess I've tried to look for both the adult eyes and the children's eyes. Of course, I'm not going to know what it feels like to be then you're not literally but ecologist. This is an exciting moment, and they don't need a grumpy neighbor like me. Plus, I would never say anything anyway, no matter how much noise there was, you know, of this, this things I've put in place as preparation for these situations. And one of the things is I have a wireless headphones which means I can watch Telly and then noise counts, cancelling ones as well. So I can actually put them on without any music or anything. And it can it you know, makes everything pretty much silent. So that's quite exciting. It's nice to have that there if I need it. I also got earplugs for when I'm in bed if I need that. I've had them in here. If I was wearing earplugs before I moved in here and I started wearing them here in Aisle four Let's see if I can get get on without wearing them. And I did. So I've not worn them for five years. But they're there for need them. I've actually got industrial hearing, you know, people on the roads, dig in those industrial read him off things, I've got some of those as well that walk around the streets. Because I just think I look too trendy and people want to copy me just to festival. So try to look at it from their perspective, even though it's imaginary. It's not real, you know, I don't know what they're thinking or feeling. But the most important thing to me, is how I feel. And that might sound selfish, but it's true. You know, I have to look after myself for my own well being my own. I'm in charge of my own relaxation, and stress control, you know, I'm the one, no one else can take responsibility for that. Other than me. Just we need to do whatever it takes to ensure that I can keep calm. So it's not just the practical side of things, which I've got. It's also forcing myself to be friendly. might sound bad, maybe forcing yourself?
Well,
I don't naturally talk to people that don't know. But I saw someone going in there yesterday. And I said, Hello. And that was it. You know, I've got no interest in knowing them. But I will. I'll be polite, and I'll say hello to the neighbors.
In the past, I haven't done that. You know, years and years ago, I would ignore people that lived in the same house sometimes.
Especially if they were noisy. And I know not to complain, because unfortunately, it's not, it's not going to be everyone's experience. And it's gonna be di....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/153-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-coping-with-noisy-neighbours-stress-jason-newland-21st-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, thank you for listening, and please subscribe to this podcast, follow like maybe leave a comment. That's all groovy. And this is going to be a fairly short exercise. It's kind of like a visualization exercise. And so I'm going to ask you to close your eyes or First of all, get yourself comfortable in a comfortable chair. Maybe if you want to lay down but just warn you the chances Do you may fall asleep, if you'd lay down listening to me, because I've got such a boring, boring voice. So there is that possibility. So if you're going to lay down, maybe set a timer to an alarm or something to wake you up, just in case you fall asleep. If you're going to sit down and share, please make sure it's got sides to the chair so that again, if you did fall asleep, you didn't fall out of the chair. So it's important that you put safety first. Now, when she when she comfortable to close your eyes, I don't want you just to get in touch of how you physically feel right now, get in touch with your level of stress at this moment.
If you're going to give it a gauge to gauge it between zero and 1010 B and you know, the worst zero being nothing, you know, zero stress, zero tension, zero anxiety. And just gauge where is at the moment. And I realize it might have already reduced. Especially if you're if you listen to me regularly. Just hearing my voice can increase your sense of relaxation in your body and in your mind, your mind starts to slow down a bit and you feel more of a sense of well being. So as you just gauge what number is at the moment, you can just leave that to the side because you can remember that later.
Now I'd like you to imagine the a helmet is being placed over your head. Almost like a motorcycle helmet. Something that's very comfortable. It's not tied here and got squeeze your head into or anything. It just places
on your head very, very gently. It's light as as he can't even necessarily feel it. You know it's there, but it's not heavy. It's nice and comfortable. What this helmet does is it sucks the tension and stress and anxiety from your brain. From your body. It basically just takes it away. That's all it does. It's not turned on yet. You know it's there. When you can just sometimes just by having it there just by either the first imaginings of having, having that helmet on your head gently supported. Feels nice. It just feels comfortable. It feels different. As if you're doing something new that maybe you've not done before. On the front of the helmet on the top, you know, sort of around a guess where your forehead would be, there's a button
and you can just press that button when you're ready. And that was starts that helmet extracting the stress from your brain extracting attention from your body. So I'm going to count down you will I've already pressed it, I probably would have done by myself.
If you haven't, I'm going to count down from five down to one want to get to one, I'd like you to press the button. When you do press the button, just notice you'll have a feeling there's a feeling there. A sensation physical, there's a physical sensation actually inside your head as the tension gets sucked out of your brain by that helmet, which is exactly what it's there for. might also have a sound the helmet you may see in your mind may have a certain color may change may flash. A flashy light is going to be different for everybody. You can feel almost the suction of the helmet as it sucks the tension and stress literally out of your head. You can physically feel it 54321 press a button so much like a gravitational pull. I can feel it My body is attention since we moving up
towards the helmet through my body into my brain has attention and stress in my brain is constantly being
extracted from my brain. He's in that home they're just noticing how it feels. I'm really feeling in my face, my forehead and my eyes.
feels a little bit like it's bumping up relaxation and pleasure into my body. So by extracting and sucking out that tension, stress, unable to
get more in touch with the pleasant sensations net naturally in your body. also like the fact that there's no thoughts. There's no collection of anything, it's just everything's been extracted.
Sometimes it feels like there's a queue of big long queue of thoughts, wanting my attention.
Now that we've just been extracted, a longer queue peaceful, peaceful. Notice like you to notice in this moment where you are on that scale, from 10 down to one, or 10 down to zero
compared to where we were before he started to extract attention stresses from your body and brain. You can keep this guy in for as long as you choose
as long as you want. Maybe you find by listening to this recording every day for maybe 30 days becomes easier and easier to let go completely easier and easier to totally relax. And that brings me to the end of this recording. Thank you for listening. Remember to be kind to yourself. Because it is to be happy. Lots of love. Bye....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/152-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-stress-sucking-helmet-jason-newland-19th-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Although I'm going to, I'm going to ask you to keep your eyes open for this recording. So it might be a little bit silly me asking you to only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. However, because it's, you know, it's hypnosis. A lot of people would connect hypnosis with being unconscious, which it's not really necessarily about that. It's about focus, and you can do stuff your eyes open, but I just want to make sure that you don't listen to this when you're driving or anything like that. So only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. There you go. hope we'll cover that. Because safety for your safety and your health
is gonna be number one above everything else. Okay. So can I do it's not really a technique, but it is, you know, in a way,
it's an exercise, it's something that you can do, what you can give it whatever title you want, it's not going to take a long time. So this recording is not going to be very long. However, this is something that you can do every day. And I would advise doing it every day, especially, or maybe not every day, maybe only when it comes when you've got a level of stress. You know your buddy, that's feeling uncomfortable. So that's it really okay. So I'll give you a little introduction to myself, because he made this might be the first time you've ever listened to me. And I thought I'd just let you know a little bit about me. I have been making podcasts for over 14 years, as well as videos, online for hypnosis, various different things. The thing that I've focused most has been relaxation and sleep, sleeping, insomnia, things like that. I also do a lot of stuff. I've done a lot of stuff for chronic pain, and various other things. And over the last few years, I've been focusing more on the podcasts than the videos and the I have quite a few podcasts. This particular podcast you're listening to right now is one of my most popular ones are the ones I've got. So yeah, also do let me bore you to sleep podcast, which is an hour of me talking about nothing. The or more and more than an hour and a half yesterday. I've got the deep sleep whisper hypnosis recordings, which lasts about 20 minutes, and hypnosis, sleeping hypnosis weekly, and a few others as well. So that's a little bit of introduction to me. I've been around a long time doing this for a long time. And the reason I started this particular podcast is because I have in the past been
on I've been on the panic slash anxiety journey. If you want to call it that sort of a weird term for it, but
being hugely affected by anxiety and stress over the years. And as I've learned more about it, I realized that I was being affected by it long before I was even aware. So a little bit of experience of have anxiety, stress and panic. And I've got, I've had the experience of helping people with it, as well. And that's what this is. So the introduction is possibly going to be nearly as long as the recording or the exercise. Because all I'm going to ask you to do is to either should have said this at the beginning, you need a mirror, you need a mirror for this, although you could do it in your own mind and just imagine yourself in a mirror, that would be a guest a last resort, as far as the actual exercise goes. But that is, that's an option. Ideally, a mirror that's big enough to show your body. Yeah, I'll ask you to sit down in front of the mirror. So maybe supply a bathroom mirror, you know, my bathroom mirror, she goes down as far as pulling my shins when I'm standing up. And I can see is about just a little bit higher than, yeah, she I think when I stand back, I can see my whole upper body pofma feet. So I want to ask you to sit in front of a mirror, which shows hopefully, the whole of your upper body, including your face, you know, your upper body. As the first part, if you don't have a big mirror, you can use a smaller,
long as you can see your face. And that's what we're going to be doing. So before Honestly, I want you to sit down in front of the mirror
before you actually look at the mirror of any length of time, I want you to get in touch of how you feeling. Now, I know that some people listening to this will already be feeling more relaxed. And that may well be because a lot of people listening to this would have already listened before and there for associate my voice with a sense of feeling karma, because of all the recordings that you've listened to previously.
And some people will find just by thinking of listening to me.
You know, by pressing the play button on the podcast, on your phone or wherever you are pressing it you can have that instant sense of comfort. That relaxation is just all automatically spread in through your body. Which is groovy is really cool. It's cool man. And this is something else that you can do. So I want you to focus on with your eyes closed. I'd like you to focus on
your stress levels. And for this, I'm going to ask you to do something that wouldn't normally ask you to do. Me normally I asked you to focus on sense of comfort. You know, excuse hypnosis is about focus. It's about wrapping your mind around an idea and focus of attention. I'm going to ask you to focus on your feelings of stress, just for the duration of this recording, because that's the way you can test the exercise working. I hope that makes sense. It's not about getting like the, you know, the most extreme thing that you can get. It's just notes in how you are.
So as you got your eyes closed, I want you to just as I said, get in touch with them. feeling nice how it feels in your body because that's what it's about really,
in the sense of, of course, we feel in our minds, we feel it there. But
quite often it's, it's the physical sensations that's really, really uncomfortable. It can be. So I just want you to judge what level it's at. Yeah, 10 being the worst ca zero being like nothing at all.
Unlike you to get it to the point where it's at least a five, you know, if that means focusing on something that's unpleasant, again, I would normally say that, nothing horrible, horrible, just focusing on letting you just basically allow yourself to experience all of those feelings. Whatever is really there. Don't try not to push it away. Just allow it to be there allow those feelings that we label stress or anxiety, or panic just to be there. Now I want you to open your eyes, just look in the mirror. And notice what you see. Okay, this might sound like a silly question, you might just say you're seeing yourself don't like, yeah, you see yourself? What are you looking at? You could answer Yeah, I'm looking at myself. How long this is gonna go on for? Well, yeah, you're looking at yourself, you're looking at a reflection of yourself. And this back to front as well as neck. So it's not your look at your right eye, Sachi. You know, it's all kind of a bit of how you would see yourself. As you if you're looking at yourself, you are literally looking at yourself. So it's not yourself that you're looking at, it's a reflection. And you may think, yeah, what's the point? What are you? What are you? What are you going on about? And I say, Well, okay, fair enough. You're looking at a reflection of yourself. But that reflection, doesn't have doesn't have the ability to hold any feelings, any emotions, any physical feelings, doesn't naturally have those feelings. It's just an image. So what you're doing is you're looking at yourself. But the version of yourself that doesn't have those feelings of stress or anxiety or panic, it can't, can't have that just doesn't, not naturally, it's just a reflection. But it's your image is shoe. Without those feelings that you were experiencing a few moments ago.
Just look at it, look at the image, you know, doesn't have to be just a case of just looking at your face, look at your, like, look at your hands, maybe you want to move your hands around. If the mirror is big enough. I'm not saying that you got huge hands. I'm just saying that. You know, if you've only got a tiny mirror that maybe you can only fit your face in it. We can not fit your face, see your face. Maybe move your body around, maybe if you choose you can lift your legs up and just show your feet in the mirror.
And when you do move your body gently just a little bit. Even if it's just to turn a little bit, maybe turn your head to the right and the left maybe up and down. Look at us your reflection in the mirror by At the same time
your body feels different. Your body actually feels different. There's a calmness, a real grace in movement, that smooth movement. And as you look at that reflection, looking at yourself, you can associate with yourself because it's you. It's your it's, it looks identical to you because it is your reflection.
It's not like you can't. Well, so you're going to see but yourself, hopefully. But there's no emotion in that image. There's no it can't hold stress or anxiety or panic, or pain. Doesn't can't hold that because it's just a reflection. So a magic mirror is just an ordinary mirror. And all it does is show you all right, does this show you? Just your image? And how does that feel as you look at yourself in the mirror, without any stress or any anxiety with any tension with any of those words that we label those feelings that are unpleasant at times? Just notice how it feels. How you feel a little backgro.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/151-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-you-in-the-mirror-jason-newland-17th-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Nuland. This is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes.
I'm just gonna ask you to kill yourself comfortable, comfortable, relaxed, or as relaxed as you can feel at this moment,
unless you lie down on your bed, or maybe sitting in a chair, that support your bed your body completely,
you can get in touch with which parts of your body feel the most relaxed compared to those parts that aren't as relaxed as you want them to be. Or aren't as relaxed as they will be sent just like you to pick two parts of your body. One which perhaps is the most relaxed part. And the other part, which is maybe the least relaxed. At the moment. I'd like you to notice just those two paths you can see that this started to turn into buckets, buckets of liquid, both of them or eat notice is the pocket that's the most relaxed is the most full. And the bucket is less relaxed, as well. Less of whatever's inside that bucket, but deeply relaxed.
And you can start to wrap your mind around the idea that
the part of your body that needs more relaxation has already got some in there to start with. It's just not enough. Maybe there's not much in there at all. There's always some in there.
And then they should focus on the other bucket parts of you that's
really relaxed. What happens with that bucket heads gets full and it keeps filling out. See, you can take that bucket, you can pour a quarter of the liquid from that
deeply relaxed bucket into the other one, just a quarter keeping focused on the bucket that had the most amount in as you put it back in its place.
You notice to start with that it's it's lower, the liquid is lower down by a quarter. As you focus more, you start to notice that that liquid healing relaxation starts to rise again. Back to the level it was before. This may surprise you just how easily that part of your body that's feeling completely relaxed, has more than enough of that relaxing energy to share.
As you look over to the ever bucket, night sin that feeling that parts of the body feeling more relaxed. Maybe not relaxed enough yet more relaxed. We can go back to the other bucket again the one that is now full. Take that bucket and empty as much as needed to fill up the other bucket leaving just a small amount left in the original back here, the deeply relaxed part and putting it back and then she focus on that you can see the level of relaxation
revise and again all the way back up to the top regenerated reborn now as you focus on the other bucket full to the brim of deep relaxation notice how that part of your body feels now nice to see now calm and relax relaxed. II feel So now we can do is likely to pick up that bucket that you've just filled up that was practically empty before and just empty just push it over said that deep relaxation spreads throughout your body into all of those other parts
the needed so that you can fill all those other buckets up noise other parts and you can put the back the bucket up straight again, a bucket the thought was empty. Watch what happens as it refills itself all the way to the top.
You can do the same with the other bucket, the original deeply relaxed bucket factor, you can do both of them at the same time. Just tip in a mind
spread in that deep relaxation, liquid energy for your entire body filling up those buckets that need to be filled up knowing that that healing relaxation will also continue to top up keeping those buckets full of relaxation, continuously, no matter how often they may spill. Because sensory relaxation in a sense of being a bucket filled with the healing, relaxation, it can get knocked over at times. Always readjust its its refills back to the top full of relaxation all the way to the top. You can do the same with all those other buckets. You can take all of them over allowing that deep relaxation to spread e deeper to those parts that maybe weren't even aware of. And as your relaxation in your body grows. Each one of those buckets of deep healing and relaxation energy
replenishes all the way to the top. Fi n fi comfortable Now you can imagine a huge bucket, start pouring in some healing, deep breathing relaxation energy liquid into that huge bucket and then see it grow. See it start to grow all the way to the top, that huge, huge container
then imagine a to come out the top of that container reaching all the way into the top of your head sticking into the top of your head and just pumping all that healing relaxation into your mind into your brain. filling your head or mind in your brain with deep, deep overflowing
overflying with relaxation, mg, D, D, relaxation. Now you can feed it spread in not just into your mind your brain being internally starting to fill up your internal organs and be clean in your heart, your liver, your lungs, kidneys, cleanse and relax in deeply healing every part of your internal body. Second deep into those organs that give you life and second deep into the bones of your body. Second, deep into your spinal cord. sending those sensation sensations of completeness peacefulness all the way down your spine, all the way down to your feet. All the way down from your shoulders, down your arms into and your fingers feels really nice. Just enjoy That you we can eat.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/150-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-bucket-of-relaxing-healing-jason-newland-14th-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. There'll be two versions of this recorded, happy one with and without music. So, this is going to be a relaxation session. But it's also also possibly asleep session as well. So I'm just going to put it a title is relaxation, slash sleep. recording. So if you're using it, to fall asleep, think Whoa, and get yourself maybe into bed. comfortable, relaxed. If you're going to be listening to it purely for the relaxation, and you have plans to do something else, then I suggest you set an alarm
to just in case you fall asleep. Now going to talk to you from a scientific perspective today, which might seem a bit weird, be from a neuroscience perspective. And I quite like the idea that because I know some people with hypnosis, they might
think, well, it's what is it really is it just made up? Is it real? Actually, neuroscience is real. And the discoveries continuously discovered new ways to map the brain figure out what's going on. And the consensus really
is that our brain creates thoughts and behavior. So basically, what's in our mind comes from our brain.
And instead of it being something separate. So from a perspective of relaxing, versus being tense, or being stressed or feeling anxious,
you can only feel one at a time. You can only feel he can't feel anxious and relaxed at the same time. He can't feel stressed and deeply relaxed. We can have mixed states, you know, during maybe neurosis and stuff, but generally when you feel deeply relaxed, you can't feel tense. Same ways when you're feeling really tense, he can't experience feeling relaxed in that moment.
Of course, you can go in between you can change a one to the other. So what we do what this is, is instead of just leaving it to a whim, allowing your brain to just do whatever it wants, and to be I guess reactive to what's going on outside you know in your life. So you know our behavior affects our brain, our brain affects our behavior. Just like when your mind is relaxed, your body's relaxed and European body relaxed, causes your mind to relax more. So role on effects that continuous continuous connection that we have
So basically, we've got these neurons, specifically, if you had a wire connected, you know, technical, a neuro scientific experiment, I don't know I do, but they can, they can detect detect stuff by putting a wire into the brain. Of course, we're not going to do that. But they can detect parts of the brain lighting up. When, for example, we hungry when we eating, just for pleasure, rather than because we're hungry, a different part of the brain lights up different new neuro connection, neurons different neurons light up, which can be a possible solution for an eating issue. But as we're not focusing on that we're focusing on sleep and relaxation. So you've got, you know, you could say, well, how do I get in touch with the, the new ones that light up when you feel relaxed? And I could say, well, you need to feel relaxed first. And you'll be able to get that those new ones. And then you may say, Yeah, but that defeats the object, then doesn't it? Because I'm already relaxed.
And that could be a good answer, that you don't have to get fully relaxed to get in touch with that part. You don't have to get also, it's about getting in touch with the part,
which causes tension and stress, anxiety. And that's also a part that lights up. Which causes a physiological effect, tightening up of muscles, tension, all those different side effects connected, and it's going to be different for everybody. Well, that part, which is being wide awake, that those neurons that lights up there when maybe in the past, you've been sitting in bed lying in bed, wide awake, thinking, Why Why am I not falling asleep. So if we start to get in touch with those different parts of our brain, we can do that. We could start controlling it and focus in on a particular part to light up, which would then trigger the feelings physically and emotionally. And how we can do that is by actually focusing on those parts getting in touch
by getting in touch with the feelings we have. So I'd like you, first of all, to get in touch
with tension. Get in touch with attention, I realized you may be feeling more relaxed already. Because we've been you know, I've been talking for a few minutes.
So you may already feel more relaxed, but just can touch with any kind of tension that you've got
any kind of stress. Just notice in your mind, you can just see it lit up. It's almost like like a long light bulb, you know when those big fluorescent tubes doesn't have to be fluorescent. It can be a color. whatever color you gave it really were the color it naturally is. There's going to be different from the color of the one that's for relaxation. And it's also points in a different direction to different pathway, literally. So it's almost you've got this crossroads and the signs, one points towards stress one points towards feeling deeply relaxed. So one pathway lights up when you walk down that pathway. But when you don't walk down it when you will travel down or focus on it. When you focus on the relaxation pathway, the stress pathway just goes out, that the light just goes out. Because it's not stimulated, it's almost like the world literally is disconnected as it would be with with natural light ball is sight, you've taken it out, it's been unscrewed. All this switch has been covered over so you can't turn the switch on. So you can focus on the stress and notice how you feel. Also notice that light, I guess in some ways, the brighter the light is, the stronger maybe the feeling the stress is maybe a maybe it's wider and longer than light. And the light may press represent, maybe read me make it could be anything, whatever is inside your mind. And that part of your brain, those neurons actually are activating, they are lighting up. It's just it's inside your head so we can actually see it. So we have to use our imagination. To see it. I'd like you to focus on a level of comfort level of feeling relaxed. If you if you're not relaxed yet, focus maybe on a time, when you were, you know, you're relaxed. When you felt calm
release, perhaps could have been last time you listened to me or could have been 10 minutes ago.
Or maybe it's now. But as you get in touch with that feeling of comfort and relaxation, it means that you're traveling down that pathway that's going in a different direction, completely different path to the other one. And that lights up.
Maybe that one's got a different color. You could notice how that feels. The more you focus on that lights, that pathway in your mind, the more relaxed you are physically and emotionally feel.
Just kind of a full circle, by focusing on how you physically feel, allows you to get in touch with that pathway in your mind, your brain, physically in your brain, those neurons lighting up focusing on that pathway then increases that sense of comfort and deep relaxation. Maybe at a level that may surprise you. Just how relaxed you're able to get fairly quickly. Because this is a physical thing that's actually happening. So neurological results to that focus. So it's not really imagination. It's actually happening because you can feel it. You can feel the letting go and the comfort of the muscles in your body as they just relax deeply. You can notice and I myself notice my mind is just pretty much silent.
very peaceful. As you focus just on that pathway. Everything else needs to happen in your brain is just happening automatically. But as long as you're focusing on that relaxation pathway, that new pathway of relaxation, and it's lit up. The other pathway can't light up at the same time. So it's a choice. Which means all you need to focus on is that feeling when you focus on the feeling of relaxation. And in your mind, you can see that light lighted up no pathway that's physically in your brain, physically, literally, in your brain.
This is real, which then increases your sense of relaxation throughout your body and your mind. also send in positive healing energy through your body as well. Because relaxation always comes with healing, relaxation, always mixed with deep healing. And something else is automatically mixed in with that relaxation. And only if it's required, or if you want to do
so is his sense of just drifting off to sleep. It's already mixed, then it's available for those of you that want to just allow yourself to drift away because it's not activity in your mind. Sony A sense of comfort in your body. And there's nothing to let go off. Sorry, done. It's so easy. So simple. And then it's time you want to feel completely relaxed in your body and in your mind. Just focus on that light inside your brain, that pathway. And if for any reason you forget where it is you've got the Crossroads with the signs and Mrs. Sign pointing towards that pathway which says relaxation says relaxation with an arrow pointing you just focus on that pathway and that lights up automatically. Send in those chemicals from your brain down to brain stem into spinal cord and spreading those feelings of deep relaxation to every part of your body. Move in million miles an hour. She realized this is really easy. This is really easy. If you continue to focus on that light, I'm gonna count down five down to one. And if you want to, you can just continue to focus on that....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/149-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relax-sleep-neurons-lighting-up-jason-newland-8th-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks.
That's going to be a sleep relaxation session. So it can be whatever you want it to be, if that makes sense. So if you're just looking, if you just want it to be a relaxation session, then my suggestion would be to set an alarm or something to wake you up in the event of you falling asleep, there will be two versions, one with me talking about music. And one a longer version with me saying the same things but with background music by the wonderful Kevin MacLeod. So that might suit so I would, you know, I've been I've done relaxation sessions in the past listened, I mean, and had no intention of going to sleep. You know, I've listened to relaxation sessions, first thing in the morning in the past, gosh, shortly after he got out of bed. So you know, it's it's worth, you know, maybe setting an alarm, because this is going to be very, very, very variable, which is supposed to be yet at the same time stimulating as it reaches those parts of your mind that produce the chemicals spread for your body which instigates sleep. And let's face it, deep relaxation is the precursor of falling asleep. There's not a huge gap between feeling completely relaxed physically and mentally, to then cross that little bridge over to being asleep. So this will be shared across a few of my different podcasts. Because I have an audience for the relaxation, stress stuff. And also I've got a big audience for the people, a large part of my audience for the sleep recordings. So this will hopefully be useful for everyone. I should get on with everybody. Should I get on with it, Jason? Okay, well. So I'd like you to get yourself comfortable. And if nothing else, you get nothing else out of these recordings. I'd like you just to get in touch with the idea that
you deserve. To be comfortable it is. to be happy, you deserve to feel relaxed. You've earned that right? By being born. It's your birthright to feel relaxed, to feel calm. You've earned it and you deserve it. And it's within you wherever you go, the ability to relax is within you all the time.
It's not always applicable, of course. So you know if you run in for a bus, perhaps feeling relaxed isn't what you want at that time. Or if you need to feel wide awake and alert. You can also feel relaxed at the same time. It's a special kind of feeling to have the alertness during the day or also to feel completely at peace. So This is more for that time when you just lay down and relax, and is no one else around, maybe understand some people may be sitting in a comfortable chair, make sure that that chair supports your body in the event of you falling asleep. And of course, you may be sitting up in your bed as well. I'm just going to talk as if everybody's laying down.
But it's not really that important. I simple important thing is that you're comfortable. Which means you can change the position of your body at any time.
In fact, if you have the feel, you need to stand up for a couple of few seconds and then lay down again and do that doesn't matter, there's no rules. That's the good thing about this. Recording has no rules other than for you to be safe, to feel safe. And to be kind to yourself. Which means doing what you need to do to feel comfortable.
Now like you to gain touch of how you feel right now, as you listen to my voice. If you are a regular listener to me, you may find that there's a familiar feeling to x perience. Second, the press the play button on this recording, in fact, the maybe a feeling that you have just thinking about listening to my voice
and that feeling of comfort, safety, security. Almost a protected feeling of relaxation, sleepiness. Even though that's connected maybe to my voice, to you playing this recording to this podcast, maybe to my website, wherever outward stuff there is, it all comes from within you. you produce these feelings of safety. These feelings of comfort, you produce the feelings of relaxation, you produce those feelings of sleepiness, that spread for your body.
All comes from within you. Which means you're pretty amazing. And really, when you think about it.
The fact that you can produce incredibly wonderful feelings of comfort yourself for yourself. means that if it's there, and it's always available, then it's easier to retrieve. In fact, I would say that possibly. These feelings of comfort and sleepiness surrounded by that protective force of safety can be felt instantly. Just by pressing the play button just by putting your finger on the Play button, the record level. Maybe you've got voice controlled recorder where you say play activates and opens up the feeling the activates sense of comfort and that familiar feeling of safety that is there. When that safety's always present it means that you can easily let go everything you can easily just breathe in and breathe out. Like there's a real freedom connected to that sensation of allowing yourself to relax completely. And to enjoy the safety of letting go everything sorry, the irony thing left to happen really is feel mind to drift your mind to drift into different sense of comfort. As he crosses that bridge nine at the other end of that short, safe bridge. You went to the world of sleep, say healing sleep. bridge has always been there. And it's if you look at as you can see, it's very warm. Very warm, very used. Yet in destructively strong. They'll be there forever and it has been there forever. You can cross over and sleep crossing that bridge to just drift the way for however long you choose to dream. It's not just the dream in the occurs when you're asleep
is so much more than happens. Your body heals itself. Your blood moves that healing energy or those healing chemicals in your brain move into every part of your body. Included in that feeling is a sense of D D, slate and comfort is every part of your body heals deeply and gets renewed for the coming day. Feels nice just the idea of the idea. The fact that your body heals, deeply heals not just when you're awake but even deeper when you sleep because you're not using any of your body really when you asleep fairly still and solid tree and just any parts of your body, legs, hands or feet. Any of us can all heal deeply any bruises or cuts or abrasions, anything and just very deeply in those parts your body may or may have been problematic previously to you decide to allow this safety to surround your body keeping the healing energy in side that bubble of safety spreading through body and into mind. filling up your brain this healing energy filled with sleepiness completely, utterly relaxed. You may struggle to although every word I say that's okay because the hearing continues automatically all the time. Your body and mind is healing as well as your brain creating more neural networks so that your brain can learn even quicker. memory can be so good remembering the positive things in your mind with positive thoughts. Not just happy memories from the past but also future happy memories that haven't even happened yet. But you know that they will. So why wait to the future to enjoy those happy memories that will occur when you can start to enjoy them right now, right now mind 10 years to 10 years to count from 10 down to one every number here Feeling sleepiness mixed with the pleasure those happy memories from the future that haven't happened yet. You can enjoy now. Also next with deep relaxation becoming twice as enjoyable twice is sleeping with every number you hear me say drifting even with every number you may decide just drift on was listening to my voice you may just hey hey.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/148-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relax-sleep-jason-newland-4th-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes.
This is going to be a short recording, and a technique goldmine of a technique, but probably less of a technique, then an idea. So this is the idea, okay? The idea about how you see yourself what you believe to be true, and what you say to yourself. So, it's going to be short, because I'm just gonna go through the basics of one thinking. And I leave it to you to decide what you want to do with the idea.
Lovely sound. Lovely playing going by. So the idea really is this. We become what we think about. It's not my idea.
But it's the point of this recording, is what we think about affects how we feel. I want to go deep and talk about our self.
You know, what we think about ourselves? What we actually who you think you are? Who you believe that you are? self image? example, let's call it self image. Now, when I was in sales, before I had my first, like, really, really big panic attack. My self image was someone of a fairly confident, very good, why did very good at the job, good salesperson, one of the top people there. Big Fish, you know, us this? Yes, I would say fairly confident from that perspective. And then a month after month later, after having few panic attacks. My self image was of someone that has panic attacks. That was that was it. That seems to be all I focused on. And we get what we focus on. Now the argument could say, well, what was I focused on having a panic attack when I had the first one? No, I wasn't. So you know, I had it for a reason. And at the time, before I was dying, I genuinely did. And I was on the phone to a customer in the office while I was working. I hung up on them run out of the building. Because I didn't want to die in front of my colleagues. Which is weird, just in my head, even now thinks well, if you're going to clap, spare two claps in front of people so that you can get help. Logic didn't come into it. All I was thinking is, well, if I collapse to start dribbling, and the the woman that I've really fancy sees me on the floor dribbling. That was kind of more on my mentality back then.
And my self image changed from being this successful. salesperson. Within my industry I was successful, to be in I suppose in my head broken, I felt broken, I felt I was there was always weak. That's how I felt. I don't feel that way. Now I don't. And so I'm not on using the words of how I felt at that time,
I felt that I was, it was out of my control, and it didn't like that. And to not be able to, it just felt wrong to not even be able to control how I felt. Felt, which just seemed wrong to me just does, it didn't fit with how I perceive myself to be.
Bearing in mind, at that time, I'd been studying hypnosis for years. And I was using hypnosis, with the sales with buy,
you know, to get my motivation, up positivity, all that stuff, and then to feel almost like everything crumbled underneath me. couldn't figure it out. I perceived myself very differently. My self image was almost like a washed out person, like, finished. Which goes to show one thing that I didn't realize at the time that I was pretty much doing exactly the same. When I was having the panic attacks, as I was doing when I was in sales,
is always using that evidence. And then generalizing in such a massive way. So instead of, I'm really good at sales. And that's what I used to think about nearly all the time, to suddenly
I'm full of anxiety and panic. I was thinking of that all the time. And that's what I got more of. It's all I got for nearly two years. I say it's not all i got those plenty of times when I had other things. But I got a lot of it. And well, coming forward, this is what we focus on. We get more. And it's not because your mind or unconscious mind wants to hurt you or cause you pain. When you focus on something, your unconscious mind takes that as a was a much a command but a wish. It takes it as you know, like, Oh, you want more of that. Okay. And then you get more of it doesn't differentiate. It's not prejudice. It doesn't. It can't tell the difference between anything doesn't care. He just wants to give you what you think she wants. Not trying to hurt you. It's just Well, that's what you think about so here it
is. So I didn't know that then. I didn't realize how susceptible I was to my own thoughts.
But how can we not be susceptible to our own thoughts? Let's face it, if someone else says something to us. Some people will take it honest that Yeah, I believe that I believe that. But when we say it to ourselves it's much easier Easy to believe. Because saying it ourselves, why would we lie to ourselves?
When the fact is, is just thoughts? Not necessarily true. And a lot of the things that we think about are not true.
You know, think thoughts like, I'm not good enough, I'm too ugly, no one can love me. I deserve to be unhappy. I have all the kind of negative stuff that maybe we say to ourselves, and I've got my fair share. Is that true? But we believe it, though, don't me, because we say it to ourselves.
So the solution to this, or a solution, not the only one is lots of different solutions with this is a solution is instead of just letting your mind come up with stuff on its own. And the reason your mind does that is
because you're incredibly creative. So if you don't actually consciously think about things, your mind will just do it anyway. thoughts will just come up. Because there's no direction, your mind doesn't have the direction because it's just gonna go by what you think. So if you're thinking about example, I always think a lot about when's the next panic attack gonna happen?
When's it gonna happen? Where am I gonna be? will have to go to the hospital, you know, things like that. So my mind was just, Oh, okay. Let's that that's, that's a starting point. Let's just have more of those thoughts as clearly what what he wants. And I had more of that. So those thoughts start to come up naturally. And I started to believe it. And I really took that on board and that's how I saw myself as this big panic attack that was this big bundle of anxiety
and it was very strange because apart from mostly being unhealthy very non useful three damaging and unnecessary as well because I had I chosen to focus on something different then I would be affecting why thought about it's quite obvious really, I guess. You know, if I want my mind to think about
trains, for example, or could be anything. McDonald's equiwinner wherever. If I want my brain to think about that stuff or to think about Christmas. Then what I'll do is think about Christmas. And then one thought leads to another thought leads to another thought. And my initial thought thing gets carried away and the creation you know, the creative mind starts bringing up memories from the past and maybe ideas is something that might happen in the future and maybe this different endings to stuff that already have happened. You know, is can get carried away all that stuff and then the unconscious mind if you continuously think about Christmas, and that's we think about regularly thinking about you is charged to start dreaming about it as well because Because
we're affected by what we think about. And your unconscious mind will just think, oh, we won't think it we'll just do as a thing the unconscious mind doesn't think just gives you what it thinks you want. Lots of Christmas thoughts. Let's focus on Christmas. So by taking control your lead in the full process in a different direction to how it was before.
This isn't, you could say this is a distraction technique. On some level it is, if it is distraction, if it's short term, you know, if you're if you decide to think about something else,
to focus on something else, in order to distract yourself, and it's a short term thing. But if you decide to think about yourself as being healthy, and calm and relaxed, you start remembering times in the past, when you are relaxed, calm, positive, confident.
And you keep remembering more times when you're relaxed, calm, confident. And then your mind your unconscious mind starts to get the drift of what's happening. But not thinking about it, not judging it, not evaluating it, just giving you more of those memories of when you are confident in the feelings. And then when you start imagining times in the future, when you will feel calm, and positive and relaxed. Think about times in the future scenarios in the future, where you're going to feel relaxed and calm and positive, peaceful. feeling healthy, physically and mentally. The more of those scenarios you come up with, the more your mind fills with that positivity. And that confidence, and that sense of comfort and relaxation. And the more you do this, the more often you do this,
the more it will naturally occur. Which means more often feel relaxed and calm. just naturally. Because that's what you do your unconscious mind thinks that you want
you get when you think about it affects our own behavior as well. I mean, so if you look at the opposite scenario, someone that really feels everyone's out to get done and ever we know, their attitude or the way they behave is going to affect the behavior, the communication of other people towards them. So they'll be getting what they actually focus in on. There'll be experience in the world as being a cold and, you know, dangerous when
actually if that's all they're thinking about. That's.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/147-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-focus-on-feeling-relaxed-jason-newland-4th-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland. And this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. How I'm gonna do today, first of all is ask you to get yourself comfortable. Whether it's lying down or sitting in a comfortable chair, make sure the chair supports your body. I'm gonna ask you just to notice how your body feels right now. In this very moment, when you know that you don't have to do anything. You don't have to say anything, you don't have to, you don't have to listen to anything. You're choosing to listen to my voice.
So this is a time that you've decided to spend relaxing. So you've chosen this safe space to just let go. Completely. Something happens when you actually think about the idea that you're choosing this space to relax.
It's your choice. No one's making you do it. No one could make you do it. You know, it's because you have decided to relax. Which means that this time is all about letting go and feeling more comfort in your mind and in your body. Now, the more relaxed you feel in your body means you'll feel more relaxed in your mind. And the more relaxed you feel in your mind means you feel more relaxed in your body. So I know this is kind of obvious, really. So you could just focus on one or the other. You could just focus on
the common effect of listening to this has on your mind. And your mind slows down even more. Your body in turn, feels more relaxed. In all the different parts of your body. It's not just the muscles to relax. He can sense that grow in feeling safe D and comfort spreading all over your skin and also deep deep into your skin to not just the muscles but also your bones relaxing blood vessels relaxing all your internal organs feeling calm and from Shannon adequately without any extra tension needed which is lucky because that tension started to just the your body and your mind out of the top of your head
tiny, invisible whole top of your head. Well those are immense arguments and worries concerns frustrations and tension anxiety or just to find that little ladder you see them climbing up the ladder into the clouds disappearing in the clouds just visualize that you may be surprised not just as a trapdoor and atop your head, which can be opened and then there's a ladder sticking out the top of your head. And then all these thoughts or these worries and concerns, maybe the take the shape people that you know
climbing up that ladder and then disappearing in the clouds. All you know and they don't know is that this is a one way journey.
So one way ladder. Because when they're all finished climbing up that ladder in those clouds above your head, you can then pull down that ladder so they have no way of getting back on or you could just push the ladder out. So it slides down your head onto the floor and just smashes on the floor so they can never be reused.
those thoughts and feelings continue to climb up that ladder you can notice the freedom becomes so almost as if it's something you've been looking forward to but you didn't realize it until now. So now just how are leasing feels not just in your mind but your body feels a sense of relief those concerns and worries and negative emotions Lee don't mind through that hatch in the top of his head or letter. Maybe as you notice they're walking faster. Perhaps can't make cow any faces anymore. It's moving fast because all that negativity that was inside before. Now leaving your mind and your body moving quickly up that ladder out to the top of your head and into the clouds. You can't see what's going on inside the clouds. You need to because those clouds are not connected to you.
As you continue to enjoy that. Physical land emotional, letting go completely. You can feel the faces within you once were blocked. Now free can move around inside your body and your mind is everything everything's now. unclog. There's now space and it's your space. It's a safe space will say space there's a natural increase in pleasurable feeling. Comfort continues to spread from your mind through your brain, down your spine and then into every single body buddy free saying go your body he's four should go back to those negative for me your mind who that on top of your head or the ladder sticking out
pointing upwards into the clouds those negative 410 new to leave your mind and your body if you focus on your brain control center of your own life notice that your brain brain feels so still base for count down 10 down to one given the negative for any remaining particles, stress, anxiety, any of that stuff given them to count from 10 to one to exit your mind forever shall allow them to Speed up incredibly quickly as I count down 10 somewhat I say the numbers I'm going to say relax 10 nine I relax see why rely Hello Our ladder pokin out the top of your head, you can see it's now empty
you can pull that lever back inside your head. Or you can just chuck bat ladder. So this by slides down your head and falls all the way to the floor and smashes into 1000 bits.
Nine that you can make a ladder anytime you want inside your mind.
Now before we close that door to the whole top of your head, we can do attach to choose a time attached to another cloud. Clouds gonna come along now a nice bright yellow cloud and it pushes the other cloud away. This cloud is much bigger, more powerful. It's full positivity. All we're gonna do now is you're going to empty their cloud into your mind through that big tube fits perfectly and whole. And you can see your mind as that positive energy starts to move through that tube in the top of your head.
Maybe it's a different color to the cloud. You might have your own personal favorite color that's connected to feelings of positivity. As we count down from 10 to one that cloud of positivity will empty its entire contents of positivity directly into your mind
that healing. positive energy was spread through your entire body and also filling up your brain making your bones stronger. Your heart healing your heart Your lungs, kidneys liver your intestines everything being healed with positivity nine Hey salmon why Now, the positivity crowd is emptied itself late, late into mind. You can remove to that door, top of your head seal shop you can notice how different you feel fell now compared to how you felt before you decided to listen to me and relax deeply see lay.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/146-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-replace-stress-with-positivity-jason-newland-3rd-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, this is going to be another fairly short recording, it is going to be an exercise to reduce stress or anxiety. Basically, it's a technique to change the way you feel quite quickly. So what I'm going to ask you to do is to sit down both of your feet on the ground. And, you know, ideally in a comfortable chair, if you chose not comfortable, then make a soft, comfortable chair chairs chair should be comfortable. I'll ask you to put both your hands on your knees, but hands up to the palms facing up. And just resting. You don't have to like stretch out your palms or you know, there's no uncomfortableness involved. Just me palms don't have to be flat as well. I mean,
how can I ask you to do now is notice the feeling of tension, stress, anxiety, whatever wherever is most worries in your body. So maybe you feel in the back of your neck, your chest, your stomach, your forehead, your eyes, your jaw, your lower back.
could be any anywhere, wherever it is within your body. One can ask you to do is to move that feeling from where it is now. Just move it through your body into your hand and have that feeling of tension. In say your left hand just for the sake of argument. Of course you can do the other hand if you want. But for the sake of this exercise, I like to make it easier. But you know you can choose I'm going to move the tension to my left hand. So moving it from guess moving down for my left shoulder into my left hand. It doesn't have to physically move through your body. But the energy moves from where it was to where it is now in your hand.
Just nice heaviness there. And is this a an uncomfortableness? As you focus on that hand focusing on that feeling. Just be aware of it. And you can just allow even more tension from your body to move into the hand.
Maybe anything that presents itself in a form of chronic pain, you can allow that to also move to that one hand as you focus on their hand You know, that's where it is, you can feel it, you can feel the pressure in their hand. What I'm going to do now while that tension and stress anxiety is in their hand, you can leave it there for now. It can, yeah, just be there doing its thing, but doesn't have to move anywhere else is getting all the attention in once from you. So you can just leave that there for a few moments.
You're now going to your mind and you focus on a nice thought. A sense of love that you have maybe for someone close to you can just be a lightness. A kindness, compassion, whatever that feeling is. How are you to move that into the other hand.
And as you move that feeling into the overhand buy, sell the other hand feels quite nice. It's light. soft and gentle. Yeah, the hands heavy. With the hand with the love, the gentleness, kindness, gratitude. Some nice fluffy like a cloud. The other one's hard like a rock, smelly, damp rock.
You can feel the difference, the real difference. I can feel that the the hand the original hand with all the tension and stress and anxiety and it's pushing right against money. very uncomfortable in my hand. It's not literally floating but it feels like it could just flow away. Feel so light and gentle.
Don't count to three. When I get to three. I want you just to put your hands together 123 and just hold them and rub them together. Gently. Just keep them together and notice what happens to that feed as you focus on both of your hands at the same time.
Keeping them pressed, but gently holding them up in person together. If that's a bit too much physically, you can just stretch your legs out. Allow them just to be on your lap or even turn your hands. So as long as the palms are touch.
You can gently and softly stroke each palm the fingers the other hand.
That's right. Notice how gentle and soft it feels pleasurable to gently stroke the palms of your hands. With the fingertips you're
taking turns gently rub your hands together. Rub the backs of your hands with the palms of the other hand.
You can take your left hand move up to the elbow of your right arm and just brush down with your hand all the way down the arm over the hand. And doing the same with your left hand touching your arm at the elbow of your left arm and just gently stroking down.
And then just lastly, rubbing your hands a little bit as you would if you just been making a sand class or something. Just getting those few little grains of sand
out of your hands and relax your hands and your arms. And notice how much more relaxed you feel. Now that's the end of this recording. Remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love bye.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/144-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-stress-vs-love-jason-newland-1st-june-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen and you can safely Close your eyes. Now, this is going to be another short recording, which is good news for those that like the short ones it's going to be a technique, it's probably going to be the, the weirdest technique you'll ever hear ever. Because I'm going to be involving Andre, the ferret in this. So if you have some kind of problems with ferrets don't like them or wherever, then this might not be the best recording and so perhaps switch off now. But it's also worth remembering that it's not actually going to be there, you know, is an imaginary thing. It's a creative thing that we're going to be doing. So I'll give you the kind of little background from it is Andre, the one thing that he loves and Andre is my boy, he's a ferret lived with me for five years nearly in September, it'd be five years. So it's may end of May Now there may be background sounds just let you know that as well. And his favorite thing is whipped cream, like you know, out of the spray, spray whipped cream out of spray canister, whatever they called. I mean, loves it and eat as much as I'd given. even mentioned and whipped cream, and he suddenly woken up, see just the words whipped cream, get some excited. So that's kind of going to be the grounding of this recording. Again, it probably sounds weird. And it is but it's okay.
So I'd like you to do inside your mind, I'd like you to move, get in touch with the stress levels. And maybe what you can do is instead of doing the whole body and going through that, I'd like you to imagine that you're just lying down on the floor. And again, you know, if you got physical issues, which meant you wouldn't normally be able to get on the floor, you have trouble getting up. It doesn't matter in this situation because you're not really doing it, it's just you know, is you just lying on the floor, it's comfortable. It's a padded floor, and you'll get help to be got up and I mean, so it's just in your imagination. So it's a very, I mean, you can imagine yourself just floating down to the floor. And you're gonna be lying on your stomach. Again, completely comfortable, completely comfortable.
And what's gonna happen is the parts of your body that are stressed the tense for example, I hope seem to hold tension in the back of my neck, shoulders. So that part of your shoulders or the neck, for example. In your imagination is going to turn it's going to turn into whipped cream, just the parts, the stress, just the parts that attends there's not the whole neck. Okay. And so you can see that in your imagination. We all know what whipped cream looks like. You can give it a different color eggs, I think you can probably get chocolate covered chocolate colored whipped cream, or you know generally it's white. It can be any type you want. There's going to be with cream. So it's going to be fluffy, as squeezed outside ever can that kind of thing. So you can imagine that that tension in your neck is turning into that whipped cream. And it's actually moving out of the skin. So it's just laying on top of the skin. And Andre comes along. Remembering that Andres very gentle, doesn't buy doesn't scratch is a beautiful little thing. And the only interest he has is that whipped cream. And he doesn't he just licks it. You know, it doesn't have to chew it because it's whipped cream, so he just licks it. And he just licking that whipped cream off the back of your neck. Getting rid of that tension. And as you licks the cream off the back of your neck, and it will look it up quickly as well. You see he doesn't mess about the whipped cream will be gone in seconds. And just knows how the back of your neck feels. Knowing that you're safe knowing that Andres lovable and he's a good boy. And he wants more whipped cream. So he's going to look around your body to see where the whipped cream is. So notice where else in your body along your back, your shoulders, your arms, maybe your legs wherever they are. Notice where the whipped cream is. So for me, if I'm lying on my back, is going to be my lower back on the left hand side. So that'll be whipped cream coming up from the skin from the muscles, releasing that tension and that stress or not, I can just walk down my back, and he can lick that cream up from my lower back.
They probably make a little noise, that real happy, happy sound because he loves whipped cream. Very happy boy when he doesn't get to eat very often. But what he does, he loves it. And he would eat it all day long. Now just notice how that part of your body feels whichever part you focused on. Now we're going to focus on a different part. So you can choose for yourself which part I'm going to focus on my right shoulder. So just imagine that whipped cream just bubbling up from the skin move in from the muscles from the blood vessels out of the skin. And now it's just whipped cream, the Andres just gonna lick up and he's just taken that stress and tension out of my shoulder. And as I visualize him doing it is weird. It's a bit strange. But at the same time,
the pain I have in my shoulder is now gone. So I'm now feeling down my spine a bit down the middle of my spine.
middle of my back, so I'm just gonna imagine the wig crane moving for the muscles either side in my spine, in the middle, just coming out of the skin relieving the muscles of that tension and stress that was there
before and Andre just goes over to the whipped cream and just licks out.
We move in that tension stress the middle of my back noticing the little bit of tension in my forehead. So I'm going to lay down on the back in my mind and as I focus on my forehead,
whip crane comes out my skin release in that tension stress from my forehead. Do I just licks that whipped cream away feels feels really loose now. As a feeling my eyes Just imagine the whipped cream coming out my eyelids around my eyebrows. And again, wouldn't do this in real life wouldn't let him lick your eyes. But it's, you know, it's your imagination. You can just learn like that cream off of your eyelids. Knowing these cyfle times do or don't do, it's up to you, but it's just a nice gentle way of releasing the tension. Of course, you can move that tension and stress from your eyes into your jaw connected to the tension that may already be in your jaw. And then you can let the whipped cream come out your face, almost like a fluffy beard. fluffy white whipped cream beard. Andre would love it. And as he does that, you can feel your jaw and your neck and all of your face. Relaxing because it's worth remembering the on Andre is my system is my hypnotic assistant. He knows how to hypnotize he knows how to heal. He's caring. He's coined these gentle. If use laid on your stomach, you'd happily walk up and down your back massage in your muscles in your back healing your back and then is any tension gets released. turns into that with train moving from your skin out of the muscles you just look it up he'll be happy. You'll be more relaxed. And you can continue to do this for as long as you want. Move in from whichever parts your body feels relevant.
So I'm now focusing on my right yeah my right thigh off the side of my thigh on the on the outside and
just imagining the wave crane has been released, my reified, the outside my right thigh. Releasing that tension and stress from the muscles through the skin and Andre can just look it all up and I can I can feel it in my left calf muscle as well. So I can allow the muscles to release the tension of my left car.
release tension and stress That whip crane coming through the skin and him just licking up sort of my calf muscle feels more relaxed. This is something that you can do. And also you could we could swap Andre for your own animal, you know you could have maybe you have a dog or a cat, or an imaginary could be a unicorn, it doesn't matter. Really. It could be
it could be anything or anyone that you wanted in your mind. It doesn't have to be whipped cream. It could be I suppose it could be jelly or, you know, whatever you want, you know these up to your imagination. That's the only limits there on this on using Andre and whipped cream because I know that Andre loves these whipped cream.
And it can be relaxing. You imagine those stresses and tensions actually not just being released from your body through your skin but also being removed without the ability to return, because you're now in Andres tummy.
Now that's the end of this strange recording. So I thought it was useful. And thank you for listening. Remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy bye.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/143-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-stress-licking-ferret-jason-newland-28th-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. This is going to be a relaxation session there's going to be two versions of this one with and one without music. The one with music will be longer, about 51 minutes long, random number. And this recording, the recording without music will be about half an hour. Just in case you was to fall asleep. My suggestion is that you maybe set an alarm to wake yourself up for the end of it. Of course that's up to you. There's more chance of falling asleep if you listen, lying down. And if you do sit in a chair, or if you are sitting in the chair, please make sure that the chair supports your body in even if you fall asleep. So although this isn't aimed at sending you to sleep, my boring voice might do. And also, there's something about relaxing your body that can actually change the way you feel. And when your body relaxes, your mind relaxes. And when your mind relaxes, you start to just no longer care about stuff that you may be fussing about before. Things that may be well on your mind before longer seem
as important as they were. And then your body relaxes even more. And there's some theories that we hold thoughts and memories and stuff like that in our body as well.
But I definitely would say that we hold tension and anxiety and you know that kind of uptightness within our body, that's fair to say can be reduced somewhat just by taking some time out of your day. way you can give yourself the opportunity and indeed permission to relax all the different parts of your body as well as your mind.
And at first, especially for someone that hasn't perhaps done this before, was new to it or hasn't listened to me before
may seem a bit strange. He may be thinking what's this weird person talking about? relaxing my body parts. Just what you know sometimes it isn't really just a case of relaxing your left leg or your right arm or your jaw Because when you do relax, for example, you focus on your eyes, your eyelids. And when I focus on my eyelids,
my eyes for some reason, I put my eyebrows up, almost in, like a startled position, trying to make myself look like Mr. Spock from Star Trek. And I'm very, in touch with how my forehead feels. Now, it's not because I've got a huge forehead, although my forehead has grown over the years, as my hair has been retreating, my hairline. But they connected, the muscles are connected to each other, in the whole face, the muscles that cause you to be able to show expressions on your face are all connected, those muscles are and indeed, your eyelids are connected to your ankles. Because it's the same skin, the skin was not the same piece of skin, all the skin is connected. And then of course, there's the nervous system. So you got that thing called a spine moving from your brain, down through your back. And then all the nerves from their spread into every single part of your body, which is what gives you the feelings the and this constant communication might seem fairly simple, very, like nothing much is really happening. When you just close your eyes and you listen to me talk in and you start to feel more relaxed. And your mind starts to just slow down. And instead of focusing as perhaps you were on those things that you were maybe worried about concerned about in the past, before you decided to give your attention to
my voice and what I'm saying, for your own relaxation. You start to feel different because there's less to focus on. This less to what is nothing really to be concerned about. Who saw might say, you can focus on your ankles, just notice in your ankles, maybe you're noticing that the feeling of relaxation in your ankles.
It almost feels as if there's a gap between your calf muscles and your feet. So much like your ankles have become invisible. And there's the air is just flowing through that gap which feels really relaxing and calm. And that's not something that requires any kind of worrying about unless you know you think in unknown my angles have disappeared. But they haven't. It's just thoughts and ideas. Yet the difference in listening to me talking about perhaps your stomach and the muscles in your stomach, starting to just flatten out. Sort of those bits of stress and pressure can release from your stomach allowing you to feel karma And that part of your body, which also spreads to your chest and just feels nice, feels calm, it feels friendly. When you focus in on that is just a nice thing to focus on. There is nothing that you need to do. There's nothing that you're required to say. It really is just about giving yourself this space to enjoy being you. Because when you're relaxing, you're not really adding anything, you're removing things. So you're just removing those things that have been blocking your ability to notice and enjoy an experience perience the feelings of calmness and relaxation, spreading through your body as the muscles release, that negative energy is no longer necessary for you, in your body, your mind or even your life. that negative energy can just be evaporated and released and gone. Because once it leaves the muscles of your back once that tension leash or lower back the stresses or the negative feelings or thoughts they can't return unless you allow them to because your lower back belongs to you. You are your own gatekeeper of your own health and your own relaxation. You're in charge. You're the boss. Nobody else can tell you what to do. No one else can tell you to feel anything other than how you wish to experience more relaxation and all the different parts of your body including internally including inside your stomach, your liver, your kidneys, your lungs, your heart, all the blood vessels relaxing, feeling karma.
And this little thing that always tacks along always travels with that relaxation. So relaxation always turns up with a little backpack. Any my finger was in the backpack. You can see the backpacks open and it's a healing energy. every particle of relaxation. You notice growing in your body also has healing energy connected. And healing isn't something that's outside of us is not something that may or may not exist. It's not an opinion or a belief system. Your body heals itself constantly body is always healing itself. You're born with that ability. Just as you're born with the ability to fall asleep easily, and to relax. You're born with the ability to know, when you're hungry. You're born with the ability to have emotions. When you're a baby, you may not understand what those emotions are, then you might not understand what the feelings of hunger are until they're satisfied. Healing, the ability for your skin to heal for all the different parts of your body to naturally heal with
out any need for you to do anything. Your body naturally heals itself constantly. On the second you're born, in fact, probably before we're even born, the healing takes place.
So connected to the healing is relaxation. And we heal quicker and much more easily when we feel in relaxed. Because tension and stress can just it's a blocker, it blocks things gets in a way, it trips things up. Generally, it's not a huge amount of use. I want to talk about stress, I'm talking about the stress that causes ill health and uptightness not the normal healthy level of stress that we need to be able to walk and to be able to tense muscles. And to be able to do the things we need to do and run when we need to run. Of course, there's a degree of tension and stress in our bodies in those moments. Someone who's in the Olympics is throwing the shotput putting me very very relaxed that part's very very tense other parts but they know how to choose which time to be the correct way. Just as you can choose to feel more relaxed, more of the time goes by. You can relax as that time moves slowly. You can relax slowly, because there's no hurry. There's no need to rush. Feelings of comfort. In fact, that's the opposite to feeling relaxed, because it can't be forced can be encouraged. It can be suggested. Relaxation can't be forced. Which is why you need to allow it. You need to invite those feelings of comfort into your body into your hands, your feet, the back of your neck, chest, stomach, all the way down your spine, spreading out from the muscles inside of your spine,
relaxing the whole of your back, your shoulders, arms, your hips, your legs, moving all the way down your thighs and knees calls and Shin
ankles, feets and toes. Then as you actually start to focus on your mind, thought to realize that there's a different feeling there now is a calmness. A sense of stillness that perhaps wasn't there before. And it feels nice. He really just feels comfortable and safe. It feels like a safe space to rest. A place where you can not just feel secure. Also, you can notice a sense of positivity, growing inside yourself.
Positivity, growing and spreading not just in your mind but also throughout your body. And that positivity also has its sign backpack which contains confidence. Positivity as well as connected with confidence which is something else small baby has naturally a sense of confidence within themselves. Even when they're clearly not in the right. They may believe that they are a baby believes that the world is theirs. They Everything is there to be, you know they're there to be served there. Everyone else around them is there to do their bidding. And of course.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/142-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-amazing-loved-deeply-relaxed-jason-newland-28th-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. This is going to be very, very short recording. I've said that many times in the past and it really is. Basically, it's about putting some trust in your brain, putting some trust in your unconscious mind to give you what you want. This allows you to close your eyes. Focus on how you feel physically, notice what stress levels you are at the moment. Few is gonna say between one and 1010 being the most stressed. One being so pretty much nothing. Just noticing where you are on that little chart. I know it's not a very good way to gauge it. But
just for the sake of the recording, I'm going to ask you to do is just repeat the sentence. I'd like to feel more relaxed. You don't have to say out loud you can if you want. It's like an affirmation to say internally, it's up to you.
I'd like to feel more relaxed. Say it gently to self. So saying I'd like to feel more relaxed isn't the white side.
Say same as if you already are relaxed. I'd like to feel more relaxed. Almost as if you're asking for a favor. You're asking for something that's important. But at the same time you feeling grateful to the person you're asking. You're not demanding it. But you really want it you expect him to be told Yes. Which you will be I'd like to feel more relaxed. Just notice how your body feels and how your mind feels I'm in my forehead and my my actually the whole of My head
feels more relaxed automatically. I'd like to feel more relaxed. I'd like to feel more relaxed. Maybe say on an outbreath. So when you say the word
more relaxed as you breathe out. So you don't have to say the whole sentence in one big thing you know it could be
I'd like to feel more relaxed. However you want to do it. I'd like to feel more relaxed. I'd like to feel more relaxed. And notice what number from 10 down to one. Do you are now on that chart.
Just after a couple of minutes of saying I'd like to feel more relaxed. I'd like to feel more relaxed. Of course, you can use your own wording if you choose. This is just an example of something that you could say. I'd like to feel more relaxed. When you say it, you mean it. When you say it, you feel it. When you say you expected, I'd like to feel more relaxed. And you can repeat this as often as you'd like.
To get to the point where you feel comfortable and as relaxed as you choose to be. In that moment, I'd like to feel more relaxed by focusing on just one thing, one sentence, just that one sentence, the meaning of the sentence with just one thing on your mind.
allows your mind to calm down, to relax and your body also to continue to relax. Like to feel more relaxed, like to feel more relaxed. And that's all there is to it. Maybe you can go back to that chart. Notice how much low it's gone. You can repeat as many times as you choose. You can feel as relaxed as you wish to feel. That's the end of this recording. Thank you for listening. Remember to be kind to yourself because it is to be happy. Lots of love bye.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/141-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-id-like-to-feel-more-relaxed-jason-newland-26th-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, this is going to be a technique, technique exercise, so just like something you can do, which means I'm not going to be talking for ages and ages and ages. Although I probably will do one of those recordings later on, and hopefully do a longer relaxation session. So this, I think, yesterday I did a ring goes Ringo Starr thing, like which we kind of glommed on you on your knees, this is going to be something very different. And other is okay, this is going to be based upon a television, remote control, or TV remote. And you might think I see run out of ideas now. Now he's just picking up random objects from his house, and just try to like turn it into a recording, no. Or maybe this is gonna be recorded with the motorbike in the background. Lovely. So this is recorded during the day, doesn't need to be quiet, you don't need it to be quiet to do this record to listen to this, or to do the exercise either. which is handy because of that motorbike person. So here we go. The point behind this. So with hypnosis, NLP visualization, you can set up a kind of a control center in your mind. And it's not really setting up because we already have a control center in our mind. Usually, it's a case of just we think about something. And then you know, we get those feelings. So, for example. So if you've got a grandchild or, you know, I'm not, I'm not aiming this specifically at people that are in their 50s and 60s and 70s. I'm saying, if, if there's someone very special to in your life, and you think about them, and you feel nice, you feel warm and fuzzy inside, wherever the feeling whether you would describe the faith and as love, I guess, then by thinking about that person, that little baby or that loved one, your partner, your grandparents, whoever you're kind of command II know, asking the control center to give you those feelings. I think we do it any other way as well, possibly, you know, there's a degree of comfort in feeling crappy and being angry. And there's, for some reason, there is a comfort in there. But it's not healthy. And it's not always useful. But sometimes it can be useful, you know, maybe as a mother, no, I suppose if someone's needing to end a relationship with somebody that's been hurting them, then getting in touch with their anger and the whatever, perhaps would be useful in that situation, to help them to take action. Or for someone that's not happy with their finances, or their job, to manage to get enough of that energy to make changes again, so it can be used for a good result, almost to make changes. But that's not really what this This podcast is about. It's
this is about realizing that we've already got that control center. So what do they have in Mind. And what I've got in my hand is my remote control from a television.
And it's a physical thing, I haven't got to visualize anything, I can see it. I haven't got close my eyes, I haven't got to visualize. Good, you can visualize in your mind control, a lever that can move down buttons, you can press, all that kind of stuff. And it's pretty good, a lot of fun. Or you can actually just look at something that's already there. No visualization needed. All you need is belief and trust in that object to do what it's supposed to do. Now, I know that this remote control does what it's supposed to do. Because I watched way too much television to have not have used this remote. Many, many times. Probably I don't, I can't imagine how many times have press these buttons over the years. So that is TV for over four years now. So yeah, quite a few 1000 times these buttons are being pressed. And I always do the job. Five got the TV on and press number one goes to BBC One, if I press number five, channel five, is not going to go to a different channel, it will always go to the channel, I ask it to, if I put in seven, three to 732, it will take me to LBC radio. I think 24 is ITV four, I've only got a few in my head that I remember, as far as like further down the line of numbers. Usually I just skim through. If it's not in the first five, then I just saw it. But I've got a few that I remember offhand, I've got a friend who just memorize all of them, he can skip to in different channels just by putting in the numbers. But I've not bothered with that. So I know that this remote control works, I trust it, it's gonna work, it's gonna do what I tell it to do. If the TV's off at the moment, but if I press the red button at the top on the right hand side, it would turn the TV on. That's it, the button on the left hand side of the top will turn it over to me to the option to put it on to another channel like another use a USB stick. So I can move over to Sky TV or to ask so if I had a DVD player was about, I can move it to that I'm not gonna go through every single button on the on the remote control, because I promise it's gonna be a shorter recording. By know when I press the button, sort of volume button, if I press plus, plus, the volume is going to go up. If I press the minus one at the bottom, the volume is going to go down every single time. Without fail, it's going to happen. I know it's going to happen. I believe it's going to happen, because it's going to happen. Just like I believe it's going to get dark later on today. And then it's going to get lighter again. I believe that because it's going to happen enough or that anyone says is going to make any difference. That is a solid belief that I have. And I know that it's true. And I know that when I press the one button on this, the TV's on the television will go to BBC One. On now if I press the plus button for the volume or go up for press the minus button, the volume will go down. I know this effect. And you notice for factors well I mean I'm gonna talk about my remote but you sure you've got a remote control for your television. If you haven't got a television set then I'm pretty sure you have had one in the past but you possibly have a remote control for something else and this everything is voice controlled or you know so, but most people will have remote control of some kind, whether it's for the telly, whether it's for sky, whether it's for your internet, television, wherever it is you got I've got quite a few different remotes. I've got one for this year, one for the sky TV, one for the normal TV. I've got one for now TV. So
by getting used to it and at a time, and you might be thinking, yeah, what's this got to do with anything? Well, what this is got to do with is, you connect your belief, and you really believe that something is gonna happen. And when it's when you believe it, it does. Okay. And I know that you could say, well, yeah, the TV is going to work, because that's it's set up to. But it's the same as us. When we expect something, and we believe that we're going to feel a certain way we really believe it, then that's as certain as pressing the volume button on a television set, it's going to happen. So for example, if someone really believes that they're going to feel anxious, as soon as they get off the bus, or get on the bus, or, you know, set set foot into a supermarket, if they really, really believe that they're going to get anxious, then they will, you know, because it's an undeniable fact to them. And you can't all you know, nothing can really, it can you can interfere with that. But when something such effect to someone, it's hard to change it in the moment, at least. So what we do, what I'm thinking about is, there are ways of changing it, but how about looking at ways that we can actually set up that so hard wired, that that can't be changed easily. But we set it up ourselves. We set it up ourselves, we purposely set up that connection between thinking something and feeling it, thinking something and feeling it every single time. It works every single time. Now you can set it up in a negative way or a positive way. Of course, I'm going to focus on the positive. And the only scenario I can imagine where being a negative would be would be I think, if I was again, I'm not be if I was going to train someone a boxer. And I would, I would set them up to have every to absolutely hate their opponent, to still keep the skill, but to actually want to destroy that person and put every single negative thing onto the other person. So did the boxer woods or the cage fight or wherever would not be able to lose mentally. So mentally, they're dead, they can't lose. Physically, of course, this is a different thing but he can't control the physical stuff but the mental stuff can control the physical stuff as well. Because the person won't feel the pain I noticed isn't the boxing often do boxing. But that's kind of part of what I would probably do to get that person to. So if Frank Bruno when he went into with Mike Tyson, I would go Frank Bruno absolutely wants to kill Tyson. Like really destroy him. As if it hurt his own Mum, you know, if hurt you something like that really extreme. That's that would be a negative thing. That could be used for a positive but afterwards I'd have to sort of say it now. Sit down, Frank. You know you've won the world title as fine now because Frank Bruno is a machine is huge. No one could be you're not really iffy. If he really went for it, he just he was just for me too nice. He still won a world title, but he was he wasn't. It didn't have the Killer Instin.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/140-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-tv-remote-jason-newland-23rd-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And I'm going to do a relaxation session, there's going to be two versions one with and without music. So the one with music will be about 51 minutes long, the one without music could be probably about a half an hour ish.
As long as a helicopter doesn't landed in the garden, there might be a little bit of background sound, so
long as it's fairly quiet, I'll be able to do this recording. Now, it's really important that a few things first of all, if you sitting in the chair, make sure the chair supports your body in here then if you fall asleep, because that is a possibility that you may fall asleep. And because of that possibility, please make sure that, you know, you haven't left the oven on and you're not, you're not doing this while you're running a bar or something, thinking well, you got you know, by sound like a silly thing to say. But you might put something in the oven that takes 40 minutes to cook. And you figure while the recording last half an hour, I'll listen to this, then I'll do the oven. You know, eat me dinner. set your alarm, if that's the case, set your alarm to wake yourself up, in case you fall asleep. Because I've a very boring voice.
So that's it. Also, there's more chance of falling asleep if you're lying down on your bed.
So you can use this as a sleep session. I thought I'm gonna call it a relaxation slash sleep session. So it can be a bit of both whatever you want it to be. Because there's not really a lot of difference between the two. Because in order for you to drift off to sleep, you need full body relaxation, including your mind slowing down. And it's almost the same process physiologically to relaxing than it is to sort of go to sleep, but we've gone to sleep, it's just that step forward into a different or different direction into the direction of sleep. As opposed to just relaxing. I like to do both. But I struggled to stay awake when I listen to relaxing recordings. So this is going to be for both relaxing and for sleeping. whichever you choose a third structure or third bow a third benefit to this recording. And it's a little secret I shouldn't really keep. And it's I would say I would class that for most of my recordings is my record has can reduce chronic pain. Even the ones that were I don't even mention pain is no title. It's got nothing to do, you know. Logically you think well it's got nothing to do with my fibromyalgia, arthritis or whatever. Deeper relaxation really does reduce chronic pain. And if you remember that every feeling that we have in our body is created by our brain. And our thoughts affect what our brain does, we almost you could say the brain is allowed to steer and will leave and you naked all this you know, we tell the brain what we want. We tell our brain to feel relaxed and the brain triggers that signal in your brain which then sends those messages down your spinal cord and then through your nervous system to every part of your body. To relax all the muscles, and you know, it's a chemical, which is the it just releases a chemical within you, that relaxes you or maybe even send you to sleep in the process. It also, within the chemicals that's released in your body from your brain is pain relief chemicals. So if you're one of the millions of people out there that have, you know, chronic pain issues, then I do recommend listening to these recordings. Whether it's these or whether it's to sleep recordings I do on my other podcasts. Because it helps. And I've been doing this a long time. And I learned many, many years ago 2006, I used to actually see people for chronic pain relief. And I learned that relaxation equals, which is pain, always. It's just getting to the point of that relaxation. And those of you that listen to me regularly, whether it's this or wherever it's the deep sleep, whisper or let me bore you to sleep. Wherever podcasts you listen to.
There's gonna be a sense of comfort when you hear my voice is familiarity. First of all, you wouldn't be listening to me regularly unless you liked the podcast. So ns all my podcast aimed at a sense of comfort, relaxation, slowing the mind down, calm in the mind, soothing your brain and relax in your body. Those things automatically happen just by hearing my voice. So I just wonder if I ever do you know what's going on stage with people that had listened to me before. I could have 300 people out there just falling asleep. Which would be weird. Much in pain to fall asleep. So those that have different benefits. And the more you listen, the more benefit you get. If you listen to a sleep session, the more often you listen to that sleep session, or maybe a different sleep session done, the easier just fall asleep. The same as with the relaxation sessions, just by pressing the play button on this podcast on this recording, whether you're listening on wherever you're listening, please subscribe the web, you're listening even if it's on my website. Just the action of pressing the play button. Come relax. It's almost like this. The nerve endings in your finger are activated, which sends the signal to your brain to release those chemicals of relaxation. That thing goes down your spine and spreads through the nervous system at lightning speed. lightning speed is is almost a before instant, is pre instantly happens so quickly. And it's sometimes just a case of just sitting there line then just allowing it to happen. Allowing the relaxation just to fill your body. those chemicals of sleepiness and relaxation. Because as I said there's a mixture there because when your muscles in your legs get relaxed, they do feel sleepy. When the muscles in your arms feel relaxed. They also feel sleepy and the muscles in your back relax They feel sleepy. The muscles in your stomach relax. They feel sleepy. The muscles in your chest relax. feel sleepy. The muscles in your hands and fingers. Relax. I feel sleepy. When the muscles in your feet and toes relax they feel sleepy muscles in your hips and your pelvic area relax deeply feel sleepy. When the muscles in your shoulders relax even more they feel sleepy. When the muscles in the back of your neck really feel relaxed. sleepy. Know the muscles in your face. Your forehead, eyes, jaw, mouth, cheeks and all those muscles melt into complete relaxation feel really sleepy almost feels so right to experience the increased sense of calm comfort that is spread in throughout your body feels quite light quite heavy at the same time. What's gonna happen now is you're going to realize that
you're laying on a magic bed, or maybe you're sitting on the magic chair. Or one of the reasons why this is magic is because it can actually extract all the stress from your body can extract all of the tension from your body. And just saying that, although I speak my mind tingle a bit, it just flows. It's like it's already started. So if you're in a bed or in a chair, is probably already started to happen as extracts and sucks out that stress and negativity. And the reason that it works so easily is because why wouldn't you want this to happen is something that's nice, is something that you welcome. And although I'm going to count down from five to one, I want to get to one. I say now that bed or that chair, will absolutely extract every last bit of tension or stress from every particle of your body.
Even if it's already started, it will really really go to town. When I get to one, say the word now 54321. Now, count from 20 down to one is going to become even more,
more stronger and take taking more of those stresses and tensions from your body as your sense of relaxation sleepiness increase 2019 1817 1615 1413 oil 1110 987 For three why feel nice to be this relaxed your body feel so sleepy in your body. Now we're going to address your mind. I'd like you to imagine a helmet being placed on your head, it's nice and comfortable, fits you perfectly. It's a this magical helmet is going to also do the chair in the bed. For your body, it's going to extract tension and stress in the process is going to replace every single particle of stress or tension, film on your mind
with confidence, relaxation, confidence, D, deep relaxation unlike before, we're going to count from one to five or five down to one want to say now. Helmet on your head can extract all those feelings of stress or tension from your mind replace know with deep relaxation and confidence 5432 Why? now enjoying that process. Those feelings of negativity and stress are extracted from your mind sucked out completely replaced with deep relaxation and confidence as your body just continues to relax, sleepy and that's a count from 20 down to a one. feeling in your mind. feeling of relaxation and confidence can increase of every number I count down feeling With relaxation, deep deep relaxation and confidence in your mind can increase now 2019 1817 1614 wow nice. Hey
bye
for now, as he then relax and helmet is removed from your head, head feels so light so peaceful can feel that sense of healing energy spreading through your brain down your spinal cord
and then spread into parts of your body. so deeply healing sin and say ns t so I count down again from five to one you can become 10 times more relaxed in your body and in your mind
10 times more relaxed your mind and your body every number. You hear me say five down to 110 times mo.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/139-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-groovy-relax-or-sleep-session-jason-newland-22nd-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello,
and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, this is going to be an exercise. And ideally, I'd say, I'd recommend doing it sitting down in a chair. Of course, if you've got a toadstool you can sit on or big mushroom, and great if you live in some kind of fantasy world, but I seen chairs. And what we're gonna do is, is quite a simple thing, it's a mixture of two different things are thinking the coldness the Ringo Starr or the Ringo, release or something like that, because we're going to be tapping our knees, with your hands. So a part of this technique is actually quite a lot of messing around and talking about fantasy, big mushrooms sitting on stuff that's not really relevant. But it is a good technique for relieving stress, because you're going to get in touch with your stress level. So maybe I'm annoyed you right at the beginning, you know, you you tune in to listen to the recording. And I'm going on about sitting on mushrooms and toadstools, and you're thinking What the hell is this bloke going on about? So that's good, because maybe your stress levels increased, because now we can reduce it? Well, I'm not really here to increase stress levels, but get in touch with how you feel, I notice myself in the back of my neck, shoulders, a jaw is gets tense. And you know, the whole body, but it's, I really do feel it in my upper body more. When it comes to tension, like my head, my eyes forehead. So I just focus on the tension that you've got in your body at the moment. And I don't mean just standard tension that helps you to walk and do normal stuff, I'm talking about the tension, the stress, or the tension that's uncomfortable and is unpleasant. And it calls you up a little bit like a snake about to strike, you know, that kind of is almost like you're being welded up. Stack kind of and you need that release. But instead of snapping at someone, or having a go at someone or doing something that could be destructive, this is something else you can do. It's, it's an easy technique has to be easy, because I'm telling you about it. I don't I don't do complication. It's one single Hmm. So all it says is I want you to get in touch with the the tension within you. And before we start, just remind you on recording this sunny afternoon could be background sound, doesn't know because this is not sleep. You can do this any way you want. You could do this literally in a park on a bench. Maybe not when the soldiers sitting next to you, I don't know. But it's something that doesn't need quiet. Okay. While we do it, you can focus on my voice, you can come back and listen to the recording again and again. And each time it will be easier and it will be quicker. But you can do on your own as well. It's very, very simple. So and I know that people that listen to me regularly, you may already feel relaxed. So try forget that. Perhaps I should put a squeaky voice on. Now. Now we're going to focus on me. Try not to get too tense.
That might wind you up so you get tense but focus on what tension is there. And in some ways, it feels like it increases when you focus on it. Temporarily although it isn't Increasing, you're just becoming more aware of more of it, you know, is that the old, the very old metaphor of a mountain, you know, or an iceberg, you know, the iceberg above the sea. And this is a lot bigger below, what is more of it at least. So that's what this is, you're basically peeling back the layers, you can see more of it, of film of event. And as you do that, we're just going to tap by wanting to do the speed. So you tap in the right knee with your right hand, I just stopped doing it. So I could talk to can do two things at once, and tapping your left knee with your left hand. But it really is something that maybe I should do, is that really going quite, you know, quite fast, because that's the level of the tension I was at. And I'll be perhaps angry, frustrated. And there's two things that I'm gonna three things three parts of this, three things is, first of all, when you're frustrated, angry, tense, stressed, angry, anxious, one part, your brain is predominant. In that point, in that moment, when you tap your right hand onto your right knee, your left hand onto your left knee, you are using both sides of your brain. And the more you do it, we use more of each side of your brain, which starts to even out. Which means actually, as long as you're doing that, and I'm just off center and quite slowly. You can't, it's pretty much impossible to hold that stress level that you had before. Because both sides of your brain have to work in order for you to be able to tap both of your knees with either hand. Because you've not only got the sensation of your hand moving, let's say your right hand. So that's activating the left part of your brain. But you've got your right knee is being touched, stimulating activity there, which again, is stimulating the left part of your brain. Your left hand again, moving stimulates the right part of your brain and touching the knee, the feeling of the knee being touched, stimulates the right part of the brain. It also stimulate different parts because you've got the movement, and then you've got the feeling. Now, of course, don't do this, if you've got sore knees, you know that hope that's obvious. This is about comfort. And don't do it hard. It might sound like I'm doing it hard, but I'm not. I think I was a little bit earlier when I was doing a frustrated one. But it's still it wasn't hard, it was just more quick. And, you know, unless you go like really heavy, massive hands, like my dad, then just just you know, beautiful, be careful on your on your knees, because he's got big shovel hands, but he's also got sensitive knees, because he used to be kneeling down a lot when he was younger. And that sounds wrong doesn't he was electrician, I mean. And so you're stimulating both sides of your brain. Okay? Now, this isn't me just making stuff up. This is true. This is fact factual thing. You can't have one part of your brain dim being dominant when both sides are being active. Especially when you're purposefully activating both sides. Because when you walk in, for example, that is a good thing and that can calm you down. But if all you're thinking about when you walk in is that problem you got, then you're not actively doing anything. You may be walking but you're you're putting more energy into what you're thinking about with this because you're actively doing it.
You know, you're not being distracted. Well, distraction is not a good not a bad thing either. But you're doing it purposefully is not a natural thing to do to sit there. tapping your knees with your hands is not something that would normally do is it is something that we choose to do. And therefore there's that connection with doing this, the connection between doing this and your mind, even in our both sides, your mind your brain while we're being activated. And which means the part of your brain that was really active before with the stress and the tension is no longer doesn't have the energy there anymore, because it's been dispersed. So what you can do on ARM talking a bit, and it's probably hard to get hold of that tension. Sorry about that. But it's one of the downfalls one of the side effects of listening to me is tension reduces. Stress reduces relaxation increases, comfort increases. I'm sorry about that. It is a down downside of listening to me, but I'm trying, I'm trying to explain the process, but in the explanation of the process, and you feel different anyway. But we'll just pretend that you've, you're doing this right from the start. So I'm gonna do it now. I can't feel any tension in me at all. Now. It's in fact, I'm really relaxed in my shoulders, my head, I, I just feel quite good now. Which is, it's not annoying. I mean, it's always a good thing. But at the same time, I'd like to do these exercises with you want to do them. So I'm just going to go through it, it's almost like a dummy run, I guess it's not, it's not really valid so much, because I'm feeling quite good. But the reason I'm feeling relaxed is because I was doing it earlier. And that was only part of the process, I didn't even do the whole thing. So but at the beginning, I didn't feel really wound up or really stressed, or hugely tense, tense, I had a bit of that, but not a huge amount. So here's the process starts happening. Right hand onto the right knee, left hand onto left knee, you don't have to have your eyes closed. You can if you want. And make sure you're sitting in a comfortable chair. And not just on the off chance you could fall asleep, make sure you sit in a chair that supports your body. So if you did fall asleep, you wouldn't fall off the chair. Okay. So that's, that's fine. And just keep tapping.
Focusing on that uptightness, that tension, maybe stress, whatever it is that you're focused on, that is actually really, really uncomfortable.
And then try to get into a rhythm of what level that set. So if it's really, really like, I feel I'm getting a bit tense while I do this, actually, is one way to make yourself feel more tense if you do it fast, compared to if you was relaxed before. Which means
there's only one way it can go. If you slow down. It reduces it really does reduce that quickly. Because you get in tune with it. And you follow the feeling. And then you incre.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/138-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-ringo-tension-release-jason-newland-22nd-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis with stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. And this is going to be a relaxation session. And it'll be two versions, one with one without music. So I'd like you to get yourself comfortable. Now, if you're listening to this laying down, and just the warning that you may fall asleep, because I am incredibly boring, so you may fall asleep, also. So if you've got something you need to do, I'd suggest you set your alarm. And if you sit in a chair, make sure the chair is comfortable and supports your body if he was to fall asleep. So that's the main the main thing really. I'd like you to focus on how you feel right now. Stein with your mind? How do you feel in your mind? How's your mind feeling? Few is going to give a measurement from being heavy to light. You know, how heavy would it be from 10 being the heaviest, it could be in one being really light. What would it be
the moment? If you're not sure what I mean by the word heavy?
I mean, way down with worries weighed down with concerns from the past or concerns about the future weighed down with stress. As as one mean by the weight
would you get at the moment? Why would you give at the moment from being 10 being you not the most it could weigh on one being practically nothing. So try to try and remember that just for the future. I mean, I don't mean for 10 years time, but for you know. So you can kind of get a gauge of how it's changed at the end of the recording. But I won't be asking you to check in. So you can do that in your own time. Because you know, when this recording is finished, you may choose to sort of think back to like, okay, Where am I now, compared to where I was before you decide decided to listen to this recording, and allow those relaxation changes to occur naturally within you. So that the, the weight changes. We're gonna take this literally, I like being literal. So I'm gonna take this as a very literal thing. This if it really is physically, physically heavy. Okay. So I'm going to do once you mentioned that you got a crane, and you can move this weight from your mind.
Just gonna move it, I'm gonna put it down on the grass. It's this big, big weight. Now, it could be any shape you want. whatever shape comes into your mind when you lift it up with the crane and you just let it fall to the ground generally, there's no you know, we're being gentle with it. And you can see this shape. Maybe you can see it's got different colors and it might be made up of different kinds of things. May be made of metal, maybe made of cotton may be made of cardboard, a bit of wood, some wires, it could be lots of different things. So I'm gonna ask you to do in your mind is just turn it into ice
turn that shape into ice in your mind. So the ice just on that grass in a garden no matter how big that shape is, the grass is,
you know, is enough room to to hold that ice. Because you know the grass is on the earth and the earth is a pretty, pretty good at holding things up. And in the sky, the sun is shining brightly on their eyes. So at the moment, you could walk up to it, try and lift it and haven't been slippery. Because as I says it's probably going to be too heavy to lift. That's why we needed that crane to lift it up. So that lets you know that there was too much, there was too much stress, too much negativity in your mind at that time is now it's been removed this now on the grass over there, but it was too much. And you can see you can see and feel why it was too much and why it was
a bit of a burden because of the size of it. And the weight of it was just overbearing. You know it's too big. You couldn't get around it.
Nevermind pick it up. So you can just leave it in the hot sun to do what ice does when the sun is shining on it.
Now we can come back to how you feel how you feel with that big block of ice that heavy burden. That heavy thing that was inside your mind is now removed and is on there grass. Being listless, basically, it's being melted by the sun. I mean, what else would it do? is hardly lights. Not gonna start dancing as Ace is gonna start melting. If it did start dancing, then yes. All right.
So notice how you feel right now, with that weight removed. Notice how you feel physically with that weight removed from your mind. Literally physically removed from your mind. No longer there, over on the grass melting in the hot sun. Notice how much more room there is in your mind. You can literally like walk around it you realized that there's so much in there. There's so much room.
And now that all that stuff that was clogging it up. You know, all that heavy, heavy combination of maybe worries concerns stress, anxiety, trauma, whatever was there is now removed and is
now on the grass. You know we turned into ice and I was melting in the sun which allows you to move around inside your mind and it allows the you know it's a little bit like the same. Now this is a if you haven't seen the The Wizard of Oz. Then I'll explain the same but there's a scene in The Wizard of Oz where Dorothy lands in AWS her house lands on the Wicked Witch and the Good Witch floats down in a bubble and you hear some ruffling you know, in the bushes and the good which says it's okay you can come out it's safe and all the Munchkins come out start dancing and singing. They're happy. look a bit strange. But yeah, I think that dietary problems but anyway, they come out and they're very happy. And it's a little bit like that but without the witches in the house and the Munchkins meek says nothing like that. But you can notice the positive thoughts stop start to come out
where before they perhaps didn't feel welcome. Firstly, maybe there wasn't a room to maneuver. But you know how I can get some times when
it can be a club, it can be any kind of situation where if a group of people can end up taking over, and the other people maybe start stop going, because it's no longer fun.
So the positive thoughts and maybe we're keeping their distance perhaps didn't want to be contaminated by the negativity. But also didn't didn't know if it was welcome, they might not have known if they were Welcome to be in your mind.
Because of the the focus perhaps on the stress that was there before and the effect that that perhaps used to have on you in the past. Now the positivity can step in and then more positivity. And then you go other feelings that pop in feelings of gratitude, feelings of love, feelings of kindness, towards yourself. Feelings of I can uplifting feeling pleasurable feelings that are no longer blocked from expressing themselves. So my slight as a party going on, in your mind,
a party of joy, comfort, deep relaxation spread in through your body as well is now that it can so stimulate the parts of your brain to send those signals down your spine and then to every part of your body to feel relaxed
and comfortable. And actually to feel call the happy. Feeling good for no good reason. Just feeling good. And I suppose feed and start to grow more of this positivity
turns up inside your mind. And you look around and you see it doing something what some of the positivity they're doing something you're not quite sure what it is.
And you realize that the now boarding up the big hole that was used to remove that big, heavy block of negativity and stress and anxiety is now being removed. So they're now blocking up that hole. They're blocking it and so that nothing basically so it can't be put back in
there rebuilding their house or positivity If it's not really houses are the biggest mention you could ever imagine like a whole world of in itself, because the mind is bigger than the universe. Infinite is very magical, very magical space, it's very magical feeling feels nice. And then if you look over and you look at the the ice was on the grass, and
is less than half the size that it was before. As you watch that you can feel feeling connected. Knowing that that was the past knowing that you don't have to feel those feelings anymore
realizing the Future Is Yours and you can decide to feel and to fill yourself with positivity and happiness, confidence increasing your self esteem which in turn, spreads relaxation through your body is such a deep level. So my saw the bones your blood even skin muscles has all been replaced with positivity and relaxation. As you continue to watch that ice melting chicken wave goodbye. Knowing that that negativity that was causing you problems in the past has now been turned in to water which now means is going to be helping that grass to grow. Which means it's been turned into positivity. Because water giving life and sustenance to grass on the ground, helping it grow and helping the other one the other animals to drink the worms and all the different animals that creepy crawlies that rely on the the moistness of the ground, the grass, the animals to depend on the grass to live on, like cows and goats. So that water has been transformed. Thanks to you. It's been transformed into a healing, positive energy. Healing positive life giving energy and it's something nice about that. Some people really nice about that because nothing's being destroyed. There's no sense of destruction. Because even though you removed those stresses and strains and a big heavy weight that was, you know, pushing you down, that was removed, and then put on to the grass. He turned into ice and the hot sun melted that down into.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/137-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-mind-weight-relaxation-jason-newland-22nd-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. I think I'll have to write the title of the podcast down somewhere. So I can remember what is called, what was Paul's? Like, it's maybe it's because I do so many different podcasts, I hope you're well, this is going to be a very short recording, which may, I could almost hear the applause out there. Wait minutes, those they may be clapping for the NHS, but it's gonna be short. And it's a little technique, it's a little kind of visual technique. It's fun. But part of anxiety stress can be sometimes, you know, meeting new people, we're dealing with a difficult person, or going into a difficult situation where it's frazzled a little bit, maybe it could be going if you're in the UK, you could go into have a benefit in the view, you know, so they're checking into your eligible for your benefits. Or you could be going to have got to see a psychiatrist and, or it could be any kind of situation where you may have in the past, felt very uptight and stressed. And not really, perhaps not really felt very much in control of how you feel. So this is a little technique that you can do inside your mind. You could do this before you get there. Or you can do this as you get there. I mean, if the first thing I would advise is, before you go to a meeting and see someone, rehearse it in your mind that it goes really well. So you can skip right to the end. Where you you getting home, from the meeting, whatever the thing is, you had to do all you needed to go to your home, you're walking through your front door, you know, you do your routine for me, I take my coat off, put my keys on the hook, do a little dance, you know, just standard stuff. Sometimes a balance a biscuit or minnows, it's just whatever your routine is that you do when you get into your home. And maybe you go into late lay down under bed, I would after a meeting probably just to relax myself. Or you may make a cup of tea. That's not really relevant. The The point is you skip through to that bit. And then you imagine yourself going backwards. Let's we're feeling of comfort. So you're moving too fast backwards in your mind. Because in the sense of you don't know what the person you may not know what the person you're going to meet is going to look like. But you've got an idea of the situation you sitting there talking, see skip right the way back to the parts that you can kind of predict, for example, traveling on a bus, maybe on a train, walk in on a taxi, the taxi whatever the situation is, so you can kind of predict part of the journey. And you can predict, you know, putting your coat on your jacket on putting your keys in your pocket, locking the front door with me picking Andre up and trying to stop him from getting out the front door. Keep telling them son, it's right darling. I want to be back. We'll go for a walk later. Good that he kisses he says and then I kind of put him in some time to try and distract him and then I run out the front door but
She kind of go from you go right the way through to the end where you feeling relaxed, you've done it, it's over. Anything you skip, forward or backwards, however you want to call it to the beginning, where you're just about to leave your home to go to this meeting. So that you stay in a relaxed state the whole time as you're imagining it, and you can do this a few times. So you're almost preparing yourself, it's, I guess, like going through a thick forest, that's all kind of overgrown. But you're not going there, someone's going before you. And then making a pathway, that kind of path through the forage is, I don't know, whatever, you know, will the overgrowth. So there's a path already being cut through, so you can just walk through it. Which makes things a lot easier. And you do this in a calm relaxing way in your mind, you feel relaxed when you do it. And I suppose I could make a longer recording just on this alone, this preparation, and maybe I will, but this, this isn't going to be one of those recordings, it's just going to be the actual meeting itself or the situation. So do that a few times, you know, to prepare yourself calmly. And then, when you think about meeting the person, notice how you feel. Notice how you feel so give an example if it is a benefits officer that you're going to see. Or if it is it could be a probation officer, it could be a doctor, it could be whoever, whoever the person is, you're going to visit that's in the past, you've had you know, quite difficult times stress wise, it's almost like you've built you've worked your he worked yourself up into a bit of a state before you even get there. This is we're going to do opposite here, I do the opposite. And we'd imagine the person if you know them, this is really good because then you can kind of visualize the person themselves. You might not know the person or about to me but you can imagine
the person anyway because you're not gonna be focusing on their face. So I want you to imagine a person sitting in a chair opposite you, maybe there's desk there, whatever the normal scenario is for those kinds of interviews
where you're being questioned about your health and you know you feel a little bit it'll be interrogated maybe but it's one of those hoops you got gotta jump through what might be a job interview. Again, not always the most pleasant things unless you feel confident. So this is about confidence. This is about feeling confidence. And before you listen to it, you'll see the title I won't say the title right now. And you might say you're all caught already know. I guess before you listen, kind of get an idea and maybe where I'm going but as I say if you didn't look at the title you wouldn't so what I want you to do sometimes different emotions basically squash other emotions some feelings can't live in the same space or can't stay in safe spaces other side negativity you can't have a negative thought and a positive for at the same time. Even you may you may think well can you I did it but it's It is literally negative positive net. The thoughts are changing constantly. If you feel we may feel like it's all the time you may think well I felt negative and then I felt positive and so feeling both at the same time you're not what only one asset at a time. And you can actually almost dissolve a feeling by putting another feeling in its Very much. And it's a very, very basic analogy would be a bowl of hot water. But really, really hot water too hot to put your fingers in, you add some cold water.
And then it cools down. You add a tiny little bit too much cold water.
And it's too cold to do what you wanted to do. So you might have wanted to wash or wash some clothes or you want wants you to wash your face or whatever. And now you got to put more hot water in because it's too cold. It's not hot enough. It went from being too hot to to cold. And it's hard to get that hot water back. It's hard to get hot again. Which doesn't make sense. Like why is it so hard to get to get it back to where it was to how I want it to be. So that's what this does, it changes the feeling to something else. And that feeling, which less overlay less stress, anxiety, worry, fear, whatever it is, all those words, I think would be valid. Terror. In fact, perhaps when it comes to having to go to let's say a Some people go into a meeting, which perhaps we don't want to go to, but we feel we're forced to do it. And maybe I'm to justify our illness, justify the whatever's wrong with us. Of course, this techniques, not just for that it could be as I said, for job interviews, some people don't like job interviews. It could be it could be lots of different things, you could use different scenarios, way too many for me to sort of mention otherwise. It'll just be another really long recording. And I promise you, it's going to be short. So I'm going to get on with it. I probably don't believe me, but I am. So here's what we do. And if you if you squeamish, or if you you know, then perhaps don't listen to this. Sorry, I should have said that the beginning. But hey, I'll get you to listen to 15 minutes first. And then I'll say bye. But remember, this isn't, even though it's the techniques to help with a situation that you would class as serious for how we how you feel, or how you felt in the past. The technique to help with it doesn't have to be serious. So I want you to imagine the person sitting opposite you doing the interview with you, the person that may be up to now you might have been scared off, not physically scared, but just almost like they're above you, they've got some kind of power over you. They can make decisions that can affect your life. And this somehow superior and scary. So we need to do something about that. Because that is not useful. For anybody. It's not use and 100% most of the people in a position of doing an interview, whether it's job interview, or a medical interview, or whatever it is, I'm sure they don't feel that way either. They're just human beings, if that they might be absolutely terrified themselves. They might be scared of doing it, they might not like interviewing people. So that's, you know, you could absorb that anyway. But so what we're gonna do is I want you to imagine the person sitting there and you're sitting opposite them, you know, behind the desk, Debbie on a desk or the other side of the desk. And they're gonna.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/136-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-bubble-fart-confidence-jason-newland-21st-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello,
and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason the land. And this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now I'm just going to talk for a while about an idea that I heard
on,
I think it was an audio book. I can't remember exactly the source, sending myself to sleep. The sentence I heard, and it was souls talking about just kind of like positivity, negativity, how we're affected by positivity, how we're affected by negativity and that kind of stuff. And how our minds work. And this, this person, might be the man or woman or Jin genuinely cannot remember, or listen to so much stuff read so many books, I can't kind of lose track a little bit, I should try to sort of make notes of who says what, but most of what I say is just coming from my own mind anyway. But it's, it's kind of stimulated by sometimes what someone else has said. So the idea really, is that when we're born, babies, small children growing up, we believe everything that we hear.
We believe it.
We believe everything that we're told by parents, so every negative thing 1000s and 1000s and 1000s of times repeated. throughout those first few years of our life, we believe we
don't even question it, do not question it at all. And even when we get to the point where we start questioning,
so much is actually sunk in that we've already affected deeply by that negativity, those put downs, those limitations that other people have put on us, telling us that we're not good enough, we can't do that, you'll never be able to do this, you know, we'll be able to do that you're not clever enough, whatever it might be. It might be to do with appearance, it could be lots of different things. All limiting, but come from outside. But as adults, it comes from inside because it's already in there. So it feels like it's us saying And who are we to argue of ourselves? If I'm telling myself that on useless and that I shouldn't be making recordings what who would want to listen to me? Why? Why should anyone want to listen to me? You know, five, I'm saying that to myself, then on some logical,
a logical kind of way. I feel that I should be listening to that like,
Okay, fair enough. I shouldn't be doing these recordings because I'm too stupid to do. I'm not. I'm not educated enough at what we'll do. I know.
There's a little bit of logic in my brain a little bit says, Well, you should be listening to yourself. But then another big A big part and it's growing. A bigger part is saying,
well,
who is that? saying that? Who? Who is that is telling me that? I'm going to feel anxious when I do this. Or the people are going to be staring at me when I'm walking down the street. Or that me me boobs aren't big enough for me boobs are too big. Or I'm too tall. One too fat. Or belly is too big. No belly can be too big. Big bellies are fashionable. Trust maybe not. But mine is our big proud beer belly. I don't even drink beer.
You know?
Are you the wrong color? you the wrong? You got the wrong color hair are you is all of that is bullshit. Is all bullshit. It's just stupid. We're not stupid for thinking it, but it is stupid stuff. And I'm putting that as a very, very important aside. Don't ever, ever, ever call yourself stupid. Please, if you don't take anything from this if you just stop this recording now and go off site in the world where you know, on your yacht on registed the biggest sneeze I've ever heard in my life. I wasn't a fairy sneeze I said about that 17 ferrets are getting together and sneezing. Well, so Promise me, you're never call yourself stupid, out loud, internally, or even as a joke. Not even as a joke. I love jokes. I love silly humor. This is a line, this line. Never could be so stupid. Just promise me that. And it will make a difference to your life. It will make less of a difference to your life if you never call yourself stupid anyway. Because you already kind of there. In a sense, there might be an equivalent. Another term might be I'm always anxious, stop saying it to yourself. Stop telling other people that stop reinforcing it. You might be saying Well, yeah, but I am anxious. And yeah, I'm not saying that that's not the case. Because I had imagined lot of people listening to these, this podcast is coming because of anxiety and stress. And that's why I'm making the recording. Because that's where I've come from, and that's the audience some, I guess a minute. But telling yourself that is not useful is the equivalent of going from my edge minus surgical procedure, or going to the dentist and saying over and over and over again your head, this is going to hurt, this is going to hurt. This is really going to hurt this is really going to hurt a new step outside yourself for a second. And then you're sitting beside the chair. And you've got someone in the chair that you love dearly. grandparent, parent, child, nephew, niece, whoever someone that you care about and would use maybe a child is this terrified of the dentist, would you be you know, sitting here and it's not funny, I don't want to laugh it but would you be sitting there saying this is gonna hurt this is really gonna hurt. This is really really good. As far as I'm laughing because of the absurdness of it, because it would never happen. But that's what we're doing to ourselves with things like anxiety, stress. You're waiting for a bus I want to be stressful the bus gets scary for people it's gonna be for the people I guess stress, stress relief for the people. People they'll be looking at Amiga staring at me whether or not people will look at you, there's going to be quite a few people on the bus that will look at you because there isn't much else to do on a bus. Really is you sit in the bus, the bus stops at a bus stop. And I genuinely just look at the person that's getting on nor for any other reason other than there isn't much else to do on the bus. It's a quite a limiting place for activities. You know if they start pulling a big screen, your TV for movies and maybe have a little circus in the back of the bus we can watch it your some clowns ride around on a bicycle with unicycles maybe then be a jugglin
wouldn't be looking at the people in the getting on the bus. But until that happens, I'm going to be looking just for the sake of stuffing else to do
also is never worth a thing worth thinking about is Most people have got no interest in you or me, or anyone else. They're just interested in themselves. I don't mean all the time. But winner, you know, while maybe a lot of the time, I think that goes for most people, we have to
look out for ourselves, we are our own keepers, aren't we, we are responsible for every aspect of our own lives. See my Ghana bus and people might look over, but it's gonna be very little interest in their mind, you're not gonna be thinking of you, when they're at home, they're gonna be thinking of whatever they're thinking of. Unless you get on, get on, and start singing, and the winner takes it all started singing an Abba song at the top of your voice. You might be conversation worthy over the dinner table. That evening. Jen, generally, you know, people are into their own thing. They're in their own minds, thinking about their own stuff, feeling sorry for themselves, or maybe looking forward to something or just pondering over something that happened. Or you could also think that if you're sitting in a room with 200, people, you're not the only one in there with anxiety issues. You're not the only one in this, like, there'll be beholden to people with depression, or the recently been depressed, or that will be depressed in the future. That more than two people if you could say pretty much, I'd say 100% of the people in, in this country will be depressed at some point, if they haven't already been. They just weren't classes depression. The word acknowledges depression, but it will have been depression. Even if it didn't last very long. Still, depression, just might not be clinical, might not be clinically depressed. So So that's kind of the idea of thinking, start off with the idea of, we accept any thought, any suggestion. So basically, a small child is the best hypnotic subject that can ever be, like a baby toddler. Just, you know, it's just as they start to get to learn to talk, and they believe everything you tell them. Now, technically a great subject, but you can't get a little toddler to do stage hypnosis, or run around like a chicken or that kind of stuff. Because they're, they wouldn't know. I wouldn't have those references to sort of work with. But they will believe what you tell them. And as we get older, we start to question we start to learn that people lie. Some people lie, I guess, maybe we all lie to certain extent, you know, in different ways over the years. But, you know, I think we learn the lies that hers. We hear someone lying, and they've, we trusted them. And then we find out that they lied. And we learn at a very early age might not be anything serious, but might feel serious. When you're six might feel like it's the end of the world when actually it's it's pretty much nothing, but at the time it felt big. She started to question like, well, and also you start to get evidence against what you've heard. Because if you're at home all the time, as a little child, you're not out in the world, you're not seeing anything that contradicts maybe on television, you do but other than that, you don't see any contradictions to what you're be.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/135-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-you-can-choose-what-you-think-about-jason-newland-20th-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newlands.com. My name is Jason Lee land. This is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. So there's going to be, again, two versions of this recording. One, just me talking like this without music and one with background music by Kevin MacLeod.
And that's it, really, so I'm gonna get on with it,
there is a chance that he could fall asleep, I know that I would listen into music or listening to someone talking, I was laid down on fall asleep. So if you are just taking a break out of your day, you need to be somewhere in you know, whatever time. So what I would suggest is you set an alarm to wake yourself up, just in case you fall asleep. But it is completely up to you. The other thing I would say is if you're sitting in a chair, please make sure it's a comfortable chair, and also that it supports your body. So again, if he was to fall asleep, and it would prevent you from falling off, you don't be falling out of the chair. And it's not something that we want. And I know that these things are kind of they might seem quite obvious. It's worth it's worth kind of just mentioning them. Now, there might be some background sounds. Hopefully not, I'm recording this at 10 o'clock at night. Gone ladies, this cage in the other room, I'm in the bedroom. So hopefully you'll be fairly but there might be the background sound. Because I can't avoid that unless I actually did this in a recording studio. And although I've got this, I've got a half built recording studio shed here. But it's not quite ready to use yet. So of course, there'll be the background music in the upper version. So I'm going to build upon something that I did the other day, I did a recording. I can't remember which one it was. It was either yesterday or the day before. Where I
focused on it was a technique or something I honestly can't remember. But it ended up with a relaxation technique or stress reduction technique. And at the end of it, I instead of destroying the thing instead of getting rid of it, because it was Yeah, it was in a vise that's it. It was in a vise it fell on the floor after you know focusing on it, or whatever. And if listen to the recording, remember what I said. But at the end, it could end and it turned into a butterfly beautiful butterfly. So instead of destruction at the end, which can be fine. In all fairness, you know, if something's be causing discomfort and stress is nothing wrong with imagining that thing falling into a volcano, that emotion fall into a volcano just dissolving or flying away, you know, in a hot air balloon into the sun. So there's nothing actually it's not like there's an issue with that because that's a nice way to do it. But I got a bit of feedback from a lady called Jen. I think there might be a man by song called Jen
might not be my uncle gentled and and this this person said that the butterfly, the end was really beautiful. So what I thought I'd do is expand upon that idea,
expand upon it and do a guided relaxation session, since isn't going to be an exercise, it's going to be a guided relaxation session lasting for about 3035 minutes. And with the music one will be about 51 minutes long. So now that I've explained what I'm going to do, I'm just going to get on and do it. So capacitor should clearly explain what I'm going to do as well. I'm going to ask you to imagine each part your body. And this stress rising up from the bottom part of your body, into the shape of a cocoon. Whatever that shape is, I want to say cocoon, it could be round, oblong, be square, if you want, it's your imagination. But inside that will, it will be a butterfly breaking out or flying away a beautiful butterfly. So it's going to be a transformation, which is why cocoon does isn't it changes the caterpillar into a butterfly was a Morph, I don't know, one of them was the one it turns into a Morph. And, but it's a similar thing, isn't it? So the caterpillar turns into a butterfly. And it's something that I think science still doesn't even know how it happens. We doesn't understand it. Either that or I'm making it up. And I don't know how it's how it works. And I've not bothered studying it to figure out, you know, either way doesn't matter. My thing is, that's what we're gonna do. Right. So I'd like to close your eyes, you should be feeling more comfortable now anyway, because especially those of you that listen to me regularly. And you know that by listening to me give you a chance to let go gives you a chance to just let go to not I don't need to do anything, to not have to think about anything. And it's quite a nice feeling. And so now we're going to just focus on your body. Notice in how you feel physically, how can you move your head down towards your feet, focusing on the different parts. And I've actually changed my mind about what we're going to do and we'll do something a little bit different. But it's okay, still along the same lines. So I want you to just focus on a different parts of your body. Notice in the as you focus on the parts your body, they automatically start to relax. It's not because you're doing anything or I mean, the wish for you to feel relaxed, can have a huge effect, the expectation that your eyebrows and your eyelids and your jaw will relax means that you you're likely to relax. You know, expectation is powerful, is the same way as if someone asked you to walk down on the path down a line, just you know like a line on a football pitch, just to walk down that line holding a tray of glasses. And to keep saying over and over again. I'm going to drop these. I'm going to drop the tray. I'm going to drop the tray, I'm going to drop the tray expectation is powerful, the chances is you really are just going to drop that tray. So in the same way if you'll focus in walking down with that tray Not saying the words are not going to drop the tray, because then you're still focusing on dropping the tray.
But focusing on, I'm going to feel relaxed, I feel absolutely fine. feel relaxed, I feel absolutely fine. This is easy. This is easy. This is easy. And
there's a different attitude, there's a different such a different physiological reaction to those thoughts and those words that we say to ourselves.
So as you move down your body, you've got your joy, you got your throat, back, your neck, your shoulders, your arms, your hands, your chest, your stomach, just noticing them, as I mentioned them, you got your, from the back from the top of your back, you know, the back of your neck, your spine, of course, moving all the way down the center of your back, right the way into pretty much the the bottom, where your hips are, where your cock six are, or the tailbone. And as you focus on that part, that also starts to relax and spreads that sense of relaxation, not just either side of your spine, all those muscles to support your spine, also further across, to either side, in the sense of all the way across the top of your back, spread over your shoulder blades, and then you've got the middle of your back, kind of where your I suppose for me kind of your nipples down to your ribs, that area and then your lower back, which be put be your belly button down with syphilis the other side. You know, no one was saying you got a belly button on your back, I'm just saying that's kind of that area. And then you've got your hands and your arms, your shoulders
and your fingers. And that just naturally feel more relaxed. just naturally. Without any big, you know, who will be relaxed now, in your little finger.
It's just kind of a natural thing. Sometimes it feels like it's almost as if, just by giving yourself permission to relax deeply. That's all that's needed. You give yourself permission to relax deeply. And you want to relax deeply, you intend to relax deeply, and you expect to relax deeply.
And the more you do it, the more you expect it. And it's just almost automatic, which is quite a good thing. And then as you focus on your hips, the whole area,
the whole part where you call your tailbone is and your buttocks, your groin, the whole the muscle was in the bones there. And the connections can lead to legs, you know, whole pelvic area, which is so used. You know, it's such an important part of us that I think sometimes maybe we don't give it thanks that it requires all the attention. The gratitude maybe because you imagine, you know, every time we walk, we use our hips and our pelvic area. Every time we turn, even if we're not walking every time we turn unless it's literally is just your head every time you turn your body using your pelvic area hips. Even by lifting, I'm doing it now I'm lifting my hand, I'm using my hips. Stretching, sitting down, standing up, from sitting down, laying down. Getting up from laying down. It's all hip movement. It's not just your hips ease in, but you're using your hips, so much of the time, even when you're not using other parts of your body. So for example, I'm sitting on the edge of the bed talking, I can turn. Now I'm using my hips, I'm not using my legs at all. But using my hands.
I'm not really using my shoulders, or really, they're moving a little bit, I guess what I'm turning
within a stand up, I'm using my hips. And you may be thinking, why are you focusing on your hips for seems to be something that's useful. I think this is a personal opinion. When we start to acknowledge the different parts of our bodies, for what they actually do for us. I think it's just a rea...CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/134-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-positive-butterflies-jason-newland-19th-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. This is going to be a more of a chatty recording. And it's a couple of ideas that have come, why not come up with the stimulated my brain. And this is going to be one of them. And it's something I heard. Thank you was yesterday or the day before on a speech task list into like an audio book. I think it was Brian Tracy. But it might be Earl Nightingale, not 100%. Sure. But just this one story got me thinking. And the story really is that I don't know if this is true today. But in the past la elephants, baby elephants, in circuses were put in chains, like one of their legs would be put in a chain.
And it'd be strong enough to hold the baby elephant. bias the elephant got bigger than older. Lamb be strong adult when you know when the same is like a bus or more. It would be controlled by a chain attached to its leg, which wasn't strong enough to hold it. They could have easily broken off. But it didn't because it didn't believe it could.
The elephant only knows and believes that because he couldn't get out the chain. When he was a baby, little therefore we can't get out of the chain now. And you might be thinking, why is this bloke talking about elephants for? What's that got to do with anxiety and stress? Well, the first fees I imagine having your leg chained up would be very stressful, wouldn't it but that's not. That's not really the point of the of the discussion. But it got me thinking about and that was kind of the point of the story, in the sense of limiting beliefs, believing something that we used to believe in something is no longer the case. So I started thinking about that from a, you know, a mental health perspective, anxiety, stress perspective. And so that's where I'm coming from with this is kind of my own perspective. And I'll just see what ideas come up really reminds me a little bit of while I was a kid I was about 13 maybe 14 and our family got a St. Bernard dog, which is one of the biggest dogs in the world. One of the biggest species of dogs is huge. And there's still this dog we had it from. She was called misty and we had her from a puppy. So she was tiny could hold her in your hands. For the first two days. I grew like doubled in size every three hours and I was just really got big really quickly. And I'd be taken for a walk or she'd be taking me for a walk. But what was weird is she'd see a dog
that was not even the core of her size. And she'd be your submissive a lot lay on her back. And so given and be sort of be scared
because she thought she was still little. She didn't realize she was the biggest dog in that town.
Apart from perhaps, I guess our parents she was bigger than me when so about 10 months weighed weighed more than me. But she didn't know that she was big. Because she still had that idea that she was this little puppy.
So that's my own kind of version of the elephant story. And but it got me thinking that this big strong, one of the strongest animals, if not the strongest land animal on the planet, and elephant. This, I suppose nothing. I mean, I suppose only a hippopotamus or rhinoceros. Woods, sort of come close to, but not as not as strong, but as far as like hugeness, or a giraffe. Anyways, this is not a wildlife podcast. So it just got me thinking about the What do we still believe about ourselves? That's no longer true. What do we still? What belief limiting belief Do we still hold on to which is restricting our lives, restricting
our freedom, restricting our sense of safety? It's no longer relevant to us. Something that's affecting our mental well being. And I suppose I was thinking about it from a stress and anxiety perspective, solely, although it reaches everything.
You know, as far as things like relationships, education, the way we are our work, our self esteem, you know, self belief and all that stuff. So I suppose it's a little bit of an exploratory conversation. You know, get me thinking maybe to get you thinking about your life, and about your times of stress, and anxiety, and how much of that is actually the outdated? How much of those responses are our proportion, and outdated. So, you know, for example, if, if a small child came up to you, a friend to beat you up, you won't be scared. Not now. But maybe when he was a little kid you might be. So I have a 10 year old walks up to us at all, no knock you.
Just laugh at them when you go away. But when you are eight or seven years old, that 10 year old will be scary, but they're not now. Imagine if we hadn't grown to realize that if we'd stayed in that that mindset if we still clung on to that belief that a 10 year old is is scary. That'd be really quite an unusual lifestyle to live with.
being scared when you saw a 10 year old walking down straight and I'm pretty sure that there's hardly any adult that would be scared of a small child. So I wonder how many things there are to holding us back I'm not saying that we or that you're stuck in the past although the past can be a bit sticky at times. Just in case you're wondering, any background sounds is Andre snoring is basically gone to sleep upside down.
Just took a picture of him but on Facebook they make some weird noises when he's asleep. So there's something quite powerful I think about the if you achieve focus on the image of that elephant
be a strong powerful creature that could break those chains in a second if it wanted to.
But doesn't know it can. So what what chains do we have on us? What are those chains? I do sometimes wonder if the anxiety is sometimes can feel like, like an invisible leash. Or like a chemical leash base. I guess it is chemicals. It comes from our brains.
There's some kind of invisible harness that's trying to control us. There was another thing I saw years ago. totally unexpected. And it was this man and he he had a pet shop with downstairs in the cellar. You had all these exotic animals like lions, mainly like big, big cats, tigers, lions, and he had the bean cages or the cages were electrocuted and the cages were electrified yet the cage doors were open. But there was I suppose like a force field or wherever you know, so if the animal when near the door, it would give it an electric shock.
And this I think part of the story was this shopkeeper, the pet shop owner was showing someone around so look at my animals look at and he said that was all educated. Or the you know, the they know they can't get out because they've been stung enough times. So they know that it's not gonna they can't be painful for them to try and in touch go in anywhere near the door of the cage. More like cells actually little prison cells. And then after taking the person upstairs, he said a layer and always secret. And he opens up the the control box a fuse box said all electricity is turned off. The animals don't even know it. They just think they're going to get a shock. So that's why they don't go near the door. That's why they don't try to escape because they don't believe they can This is something that is very kind of Pavlovian. There's the Ivan Pavlov, the, experimented of all this stuff in the, you know, in the past. And there's a lot of sort of techniques in NLP. Also hypnosis that kind of works on this premise that we have built up these limitations ourself, and sometimes it's about breaking that limitation. So this self limitation that's out of date, completely out of date. And breaking it, you know, basically pushing it, z realizes out of date, testing it. So one thing could be, I could say, yeah, I'm up, still ride the BMX bike that I had when I was 12. Of course, it's such a long time ago, that BMX bike, it's probably turned to dust. But, you know, if I did get hold of that bike, I'm a lot bigger than I was when I was 12. Not only taller, but probably three times as heavy. So the reality check, there would actually be me trying to get on their bike. And then I'd know there'd be no doubting, because the bike would probably just crumble underneath me.
And there'll be a very simple test. And the brain, our brains are so good. Because we can actually have one trial learning. So I remember I had, for example, a panic attack in
a bookshop. And after that, I didn't, I didn't go into that bookshop again, or I couldn't even go near a Val. Having that tingle. That sense of honor.
is gonna happen again, that kind of thing. which just shows how intelligent we are. I'm not just talking about myself, I'm talking about all of us, that if we can learn something
so quickly, that's a sign of real intelligence. And to break something doesn't necessarily mean unlearn. in it. You could learn something that's the opposite to it. In the same way, the positive four and negative four cannot be in your mind. At the same time. You can't hold both forts at the same time.
It's impossible. I mean, the forts happened so quickly. So it might seem, in some ways, like it's there at the same time, because they flow rather quickly at times. But the reality is, you can't have both. Just like you can't force relaxation. You can't. You can't make yourself love somebody. You, you know, you can't tell yourself that you like a Marmite sandwich, or peanut butter sandwich or some kind of food that just disgust you. Or that you don't like it doesn't have to discuss you, there might just be something that you really don't like.
Over time, you could learn to like it. Because ....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/133-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-chained-elephant-jason-newland-19th-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. I'm going to do the bearish, this short technique, and maybe a little bit of background sound, hopefully not much. Probably the bloody pigeon that seems to follow me around the last 12 years might be outside. And Andre might run around, but should be generally quiet. But this isn't a sleep session. And you're not gonna, you know, it's relaxing, it's not a long relaxation session. So agile technique, I'm gonna sort of talk you through it may be useful, give it a try. So I want to focus on a feeling. And it can be a feeling connected to what can be a stressful feeling an anxious feeling, whatever you want it to be, I mean, you could use the same technique for a feeling of anger, or feeling of frustration, or feeling of guilt or you know, whatever the feeling might be there. Because this is this podcast is aimed at anxiety and stress, why we can focus on that feeling so common, it's the opposite to what you're gonna want to really do on on a certain level. Because focusing on the feeling that some pleasant is unpleasant, I mean, it's not the nice, nice thing to do, not something that we would perhaps choose to do. However, this is more for dealing with those times when the feelings there. And he got it out wanted to be there. It's hanging around and almost because some of these feelings of stress or anxiety can be a little bit like a fish trying to catch you try get goldfish bowl, you actually need to clean the bowl or whatever the way it's wiggling around and trying to get away. which is understandable. But you just clean in a bowl Yeah, because you love the goldfish. Or sometimes these feelings of stress can be a bit like that. And they won't sit still long enough to be addressed. Because maybe that's all that's really needed is asking for you attention but when you tried to give it your attention and he keeps running away it's not doing itself any favors. So you know this like a postman knocking on a door saying you got a package
and you sell it where is it gone? And still in then why knocking on door then just let me know you got a package?
What can I have my package? No. So we're not going to do so I want you to know the whole package I want you I want to give you the package, this website kind of contradictory situation. And of course in that situation, you can find out the post office and and make a complaint I guess. But you're gonna complain too when it's your own mind. So, is what we can do is something one of millions of different things that can be done. So you got this feeling and it's unpleasant. is stressful, and you're feeling rubbish because of it. It's, you know, your reaction to this feeling is, is probably a mixture of things. mixture things with every self pity, whether it's anger with her, it's pain with forgiving whatever. I want to say self pity I'm not judging, because we all feel sorry for ourselves at times, is a human thing to do that. I feel sorry for myself, sometimes I love feeling sorry for myself. It's one of my favorite things, and blaming other people as well. We've all got that is unhelpful. It's not useful at all. Really not long term, maybe short term, it can be a release, blaming another person, or long term, you might have lost that relationship. So it's kind of Yeah. So what we're gonna do is only to focus on a feeling of stress that either you have, or something connected to, like a regular, something that's regular, that keeps coming back, something that's been bugging you, and he causes anxiety, we feel that it causes anxiety, your response to that is a feeling of anxiety. So I want you to focus on this thing that may be is quite elusive, it's there, but it's always moving around.
You know, you want my attention, but you watch a key running away. So one way to do is just imagine you've caught it is this a good thing because it's why it's not there. What is kind of sleeping, maybe it's not particularly active, you can catch it.
This thing that's been sort of like a thorn in your side, this feeling that's been getting in the way of your, your happiness, on a big level of a small level is just said might be it could be something like anxiety to do with going to the supermarket or going somewhere or doing something, making a phone call maybe. So wherever it is a way to kind of hijack that feeling. catch you off guard what we're gonna do is put it into a vise not to hurt it, but just to keep it in one place. Lovely time for cats to be do whatever they do to the garden. So you get this feeling, put it into a vise. So if you don't, in case you don't know what vices, it's basically just something that holds like a piece of wood or something while you work on the word. Let's say if you're doing carpentry as an example. And it's got a big handle and you just basically grip the thing. So we're going to put this feeling in a vise, but we're not going to hurt it. We're not going to squash it or anything like that. We're just going to have you there so it can't run away and move around
and give it the attention. It is so clearly wants or needs. As it stared just wait to notice how you feel as you look at it in your mind. How do you feel as it's just static in one place, knowing that you can move closer or further
away. Knowing that you're the one that can be elusive. You're the one that can run around and move around. That thing is staying where it is, can't get away is in there. Nice voice, please comfortable, it's just there. And you can look at it, maybe it's got color, maybe it's got, it's glowing, maybe maybe there's a shape to it, maybe there's a sound to notice in the feeling, the feeling you have connected to that your physical feeling connected to it knows how it changes longer it's in that group, notice how how the fee changes
just naturally on its own, without you trying to cause the feeling to reduce or to crumble, or to just evaporate without, you know, even trying to do any of that stuff. just noticing
what happens naturally to the thing that we used to call stress or anxiety. As it's just there in that vise, the grip I want to move unable to escape, unable to wiggle about
I was gonna say unable to hurt you. But as you look at it he realized it can't hurt you. It doesn't have the ability to do anything. Not just when it's in their voice but when you see it when you actually see and it's a little bit like when a small child is noises in a bedroom turns a lie on and sees that like a teddy bear has fallen over. Or you know sub nowadays like is nothing you know I got with the light soft they fought maybe it's a monster it's turn light on See? No. It's nothing all I can see clearly that it was nothing, it's just because they couldn't see it before. Just in the same way as maybe we could just only feel the feeling the anxiety feeling or the stress,
we couldn't see it wouldn't stay still. But now let's look at it in your mind. If it has got a color, that color may have changed, or dimmed or the shapes may have changed. And this isn't you causing it to change it
just whatever happens naturally to of course, you could change it in your mind, changes shape, change the color, which would change the feeling. But in this instance, we can just allow it to see what it does on its own when you give it your full attention. When you say okay, I'm here would you want he got my attention. You've got it. What now? You realize there is nothing now, though. That was it can't do anything. It's it doesn't have any power. Because you're not allowing it to can cause fear because you can see it and it's not this big scary thing that maybe you originally thought it was because you can never see it standing still but now you see it as just this little thing.
That wouldn't scare anybody wouldn't even scare taught us. No offense to tortoises or toward twice nice how you feel that feeling connected to that thing in front of you inside that vise grip that's there.
And notice in the what it was connected to. So maybe it was connected to go now maybe was connected to doing a certain thing. And you can notice how that is changed. How do you feel differently now about that particular activity that used to have used to have a reaction which you fought was caused by this thing, that's now in that vise grip. When you used to think that is a big, scary, controlling thing that had power over you, when actually, you can see now that doesn't even can't even control itself can't do anything is just there is unimportant, doesn't have a role in your life. And the more you look at it, the that feeling becomes weaker and weaker. It just doesn't have what it needs. Because again, like so many of those feelings if feeds off of you. And when it can't feed off you anymore.
It dies or just disappears. And just like I suppose some insects need to feed off another animal. But once it can't, once this, you know, lose that connection to the animal. They die because their food supplies gone. The oxygens gone. And the oxygen that was in that thing. That's now in the vise grip. The oxygens being caught off the blood supplies being caught off. It's just it's pretty much non existent now. So when you think about that situation that was connected to that feeling that's in that vise grip. It can't do anything but change how you feel about doing that activity that perhaps he used to avoid doing in the past. Because of the th.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/131-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-vice-grip-jason-newland-18th-may-2020
Deep Relaxation Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com)
Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 3.0 License
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And it's gonna be an anxiety reduction technique. So that might be background sounds, that's fine, because this isn't sleep, you don't need to be unconscious to do this. It's something that you can do with me, as well as, without me. But maybe, maybe with me to start with. And there's lots of different versions, lots of different ways to get the same results. And over the coming weeks and months, I'm going to be playing around with different different ways of getting the same results. And yeah, so that's it. So as I said, there may be background sounds, it's six o'clock in the afternoon. It's some as days bright outside, so I could see here do nothing while I can see him, I can record it. I prefer to walk into other things, but I want to make a recording. So that's why I'm doing it. So there you go. If a helicopter lands in the garden, then I will stop recording, but outside of that will continue. So this is going to be basically a technique to reduce, it could be stress, anxiety, whatever you want to call it. And I like the idea of focusing on a particular anxiety related feeling regarding connected to something that's happened very recently. And maybe starting off with something that is like a big, big deal, you know, see how you feel. And then be maybe, you know, Bill build up to the biggest stuff. Although one of the good things about doing these kinds of techniques, the little exercises is you start to realize that the really big stuff that sometimes feels almost immovable as almost too big to even approach is actually the oldest ones that are fairly easy to get rid of. They're they're just did acquires that have the same energy, the same strength, as you know, the same strength. And they're a little smaller, I still still hurt still painful at the time and still. Otherwise, it wouldn't be an issue, still an issue, but then they can be dissolved. When you realize that all of those, however many there are maybe 1000s of these little things that have been sticking around. They're what supports the big ones. Secret these 1000s maybe hundreds of 1000s over the life holding up the bigger ones. And then they're all spaced out to hold up even bigger ones. And then at the top, you perhaps got the biggest. So what happens is, once you start getting rid of the small ones, the old structure becomes unstable. It doesn't have the same rigidity that it had before doesn't doesn't have the strength or the control over you the patch you once thought it did. is not what it was. Whenever it was what it was what we thought it was because it's just a feeling. But it's connected to something maybe that really happened. That's serious.
So When those little or smaller, when I say little, I'm not talking about being dismissive at all, because even as small anxiety could be debilitating it could be, it could stop someone from getting on a bus or from going outside, or getting into a relationship or, you know, so. So is this is really hard, you not only be judging, because that I think is really helpful. But to start with, we can focus on the lesser ones, the ones at the bottom of the pile, the support in the bigger ones. And then those ones are supporting even bigger ones, and so on and so forth.
As you take them out the little ones, in the same ways, if you is, if you had 1000 people, or 100 people, let's say, holding a big flat piece of metal, with a bus on top.
And they're all holding up, you know, in a way that was safe. Obviously, the bus wouldn't be moving. I don't know how many people would take 100, maybe 200 people so comfortably lift above a bus above their head all together, as like one group.
Now once you start taking one out, so you're one so I need to go to the toilet. And not always go to toilet and you know, one needs to go home and and you end up with 150 people and you end up with 100. So that's double the pressure on each of those individuals. Which means it's only a matter of time before that bus topples over because half of the people is not enough to keep it lifted. for any length of time. The weird thing is you could space it out and get away with it. But if you took 20 people off one corner really sore together the chances the bus would just tip over. So it's about unbalancing it. So that's kind of where I'm going coming from with doing these smaller
things, these smaller stresses these smaller issues in a sense of they seem to be feeding off of the big stuff.
Bad she wants you to start taking them out, you realize that doesn't matter if the feed in for the big stuff because there's a gap. There's nothing to be fed. And all of that strength, that energy has been put into that small one from the big the bigger ones above has now gone.
So the big ones above have got less energy connected to them. I think is quite an interesting concept. So you can actually imagine this in your mind. which you probably are I am as was talked about.
Almost like dominoes at the bottom, the dominoes holding up
some other pieces of little pieces of wood and those little pieces of wood, holding up some other wood that are heavier. And from the strength of the support, you could end up having a really heavy object at the top,
you know, something quite heavy, might be made of metal or concrete, Clay, Crystal, wherever it could be heavy old thing consorted to do to do a balance as well as sometimes, you know, when people, they use Word all unbalanced. Maybe it's kind of the opposite to that. For us, in order for us to have to keep the anxiety within us, there needs to be a balancing act going on. It's the opposite to being unbalanced. It's different kind of balanced. But nevertheless, it needs to be balanced. Because once you start taking away some of those little dominoes at the bottom, they're holding up that structure that hierarchy of anxiety and stress. The whole structure changes the strength, the structure changes, and weakens bit by bit. So in the end, the one at the top falls down, and the whole thing crashes and it breaks no matter what it's made of it breaks, crushes, crumbles, as does everything else beneath it. Because things on top so heavy, it breaks everything beneath as well as cracking and splashing itself. splashing itself, you know, I mean, split in smashing breaking out each big anxiety could have a similar structure to that. So what you could do is think about thing. Something that causes has caused you anxiety in the past, or still does, you should maybe you can think about it and straight away, you would get a feeling an uncomfortable feeling. Now, I'm in no way wishing anybody to get in touch with the blind the really horrible feelings. There are sessions that could involve that but this isn't one of those who like to stay with the feeling in a sense of ik thinking thinking of it as a map thinking of it as a like a blueprint or you'd have a house so you know where the kitchen is gonna go with with a bathroom is maybe there's a cellar maybe there's different rooms, legions different places. And if you've got a big mansion, lots of different rooms, you know, you need a blueprint to be able to sort of figure out how it's all going to go together and maybe even to figure out where everything is once you move in to maybe some secret rooms you don't know about especially if it's like really old house. So Oh, I didn't know that was there. Yes, the kitchen just don't never cook as why didn't that is there.
So you got that blueprints you kind of focus in on it.
In a sense of well, this is the blueprint this is this is the map. This is the thing Feeling at the top that we don't need to focus on there. But what's connected to that? What's connected to that feeling? What other feelings come from it, that maybe not as strong, but still, you know, maybe it's still too strong but not as strong. And in focusing on them, what comes underneath. And what does that lead to, and just go all the way down as far as you can, to other feelings are connected. And it might be a series of events, which perhaps you feel led to what happened or how you feel, it might be a series of events of having a head, start stress and panic. connected to this feeling. Just couldn't imagine you got this structure, I just focus in on a feeling. Maybe just see these dominoes. So whatever's holding up, the structure is that legs, focus in on one just get a sense of the feeling. This feeling of, you know, stress, anxiety, but it's not strong. This is not comfortable either.
As you get in touch with that feeling. I want you just to imagine walking over it's no longer connected, doesn't have any more energy. That's it. Basically, you've destroyed it, it's just been knocked over. Can't do anything without the rest.
You know, he's secretly saying, if you cut your toe now and you leave it in the bar, no one's gonna come into the bar for me say, Why are you in the bath
Am I say was the toenail and above. That's grim. But they're not gonna think it's you in the bath. Because once that toenail clipping has been clipped and removed from your toenail. It's no longer part of you. But before that, before you cut your turn now, your blood system, your brain, everything's connected neurologically to that tone, now healing, growing, keeping a fresh blood supply. But then you cut the toenail and it's gone. It's no longer part of you. So it's a little bit like that with the domino or whatever is holding up to you not one Domino down. doesn't have that energy's not longer, you stay longer that
thing. So maybe in your mind, yo....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/130-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-no-mas-jason-newland-17th-may-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks, please anneal Listen, when you can safely Close your eyes.
And just let you know that I've designed a new image for the, for the podcast. I've got a wide mentioned in it because it's not really that different from the other one, but it's a bit clearer as a picture. So I designed that
as the whole story really, there was nothing else to add to it just for just in case you you thinking while it's weird. It's still kind of a pinky color background. Anyway, well, that was boring, wasn't it? I'll move on. So what I'm going to do is it's going to be a short recording is another I've, I've teased you in the past, with such things as you know, letting you know, that is gonna be a short recording. And Andre comes out, runs around like he just did there. And then I end up talking for an hour, but I'm not gonna be doing that today. This is an exercise
exercise technique. He sounded like he was crying. Hopefully I can just do this recording now. Stop making noise.
Blessing. So this, we don't need quiet for this. This isn't something that's like a big relaxation exercise like, you know, lying down in your bed or falling asleep or anything like that.
If that is something that you could do on the bus, or if you're driving a bus, you know, he was a passenger,
train, passenger in a car, you know, just or a home sitting down. You could put he does standing up as well. But I do suggest closing your eyes at some point. So standing up with your eyes closed isn't always ideal for some people. So it's best, ideally just sitting down. So all it is there's two parts to this. Now the exercise is is aimed at reducing the chatter in your brain and your mind chatter in your brain is in your mind. So the thoughts possibly intrusive thoughts, uncomfortable thoughts, repetitive, boring, annoying thoughts, useless negative thoughts. Of course, there's also going to be some nice thoughts in there useful positive, but they don't all come at the same time. It can feel a little bit like you got a crowded room. But you can only hear one voice at a time. You can't have positive thought and a negative for at the same time. So anyone can occur. So when you push would you focus on the positive stuff, the negative stuff can't get in there. It's almost like the positive. Positivity is hogging the conversation. You know when you ever be at a party or place a gathering where you want to talk to someone that each call get into because someone else has got them and they've got their attention. A just I've done that a couple of times. Annie and just give up.
So that's that one thing. So the idea here is to calm your mind. And even though I've got a ferret that decided to sneeze in the background, birds singing outside, it doesn't matter, because this is not asleep session. It doesn't even take any concentration ready. There's a little bit of concentration, but so I'll do the technique, these two parts. The first part is which three. But I suppose the first part always, is to get in touch with how you feeling. So notice in how you feel in now, and listening to my voice, especially if you listen to me regularly, you may well be feeling different anyway. So you know, which is, it's kind of natural, I think. You get used to hearing me. And you connect my voice with feeling more relaxed, naturally. You may even connect the sound of Andre running around in a kind of almost a calming feeling. And then this little ferret, cute little boys running around having fun and annoying me. So the first thing is to get in touch of how you feeling. And if you want to kind of gauge the effectiveness of what we're going to do now. You can perhaps judge these stress levels in your mind, a one to 10 scale 10 being the worst that could ever possibly be. One being sort of nothing. Whatever it is on that scale is that's your decision, whether you choose, you feel it is. So whether it's a four, whether it's a seven, whatever. So just notice where it is now on that scale. That way we can compare it to how it changes. Now. So that's kind of the first part. The second part is what we're gonna do a whole knowledge about the site, you need two hands for this. So don't necessarily but ideally, because we're going to be putting our fingertips tapping our fingertips together from each hand. But if you've only got the use of one hand, you can tap your fingertips against your knee. As long as he's as comfortable to do so. But I'm gonna ask you, and it's not palms, just the fingertips, just tapping the fingertips together. As you say the words sentence, which is I can relax easily. I can relax easily. So all the ways all the time in saying that you just tapping your fingers and thumbs together, just the fingertips and the fun tips. So the little finger touching the other little finger, the thumb tip touching the fun tip of the other hand, and so on. And just tap them together is gent lose, below whatever level you want me, you know, it's not about hurting yourself. It's just about feeling it and noticing it. But at the same time, you can feel it and you can definitely get your attention. And at the same time, as I said, just saying I can relax easily. So you're saying those words exactly. So you're not saying you can really help I can relax easily. And there's no one around you to say out loud. If there's people around, maybe say inside you So I just your head, you know, so I can relax easily.
I can relax easily. I can relax easily, and maybe stress some other words a bit differently, as you say. So, I can relax easily, or I can relax easily.
Or I can relax easily while I can relax easily. So there's lots of different versions you can do playing around with that.
Maybe saying it as many times as you want, really, but I'd say about 10 times. So I'll, I'll do it now 10 times so I can relax easily. And do it with me.
I can relax easily. I can relax easily. I can relax easily. And you can have your eyes open or closed doing this. It's whatever you want to do.
I can relax easily. I can relax easily. I can relax easily. And one more often that's about 10 doesn't have to be exact. Just for as long as you feel comfortable.
I can relax easily. keep tapping your fingers, your funds together the tips of your fingers and thumbs.
And after the last sentence, all we do now is just put your hands on top of your head pushing your fingers and thumbs across the top of your head, the scalp and just rest them on your head. And you can feel the fingers or thumbs buzzing send a night healing relaxing energy dog directly into your brain stimulating and activating the parts your brain which sends those chemicals. releasing those chemicals that calm your mind. calm your mind. Not just your mind but whole way through your body. You can just take your hands away. Push your hands together, just gently touching palm to palm.
You can just decide when your hands fall to your lap. You feel completely relaxed. You count yourself five to one and unwind. Just learn for gently to lab
fi for three to lose My whole body's relaxed. My wife and I are actually so relaxed. I don't even know if I've got my glasses on all.
So now you can just gauge the level of relaxation or gauge the level compared to what it was before or stress levels you have now compared to before you can compare how much more relaxed you feel. Now even though I need to take a couple of minutes if you take away or my chair chair at the beginning, the actual exercise itself doesn't take long. Very quick result. A quick way to relax. I thought I'd do anything now just want to just sit here
through lovely. So I'm going to bring this recording to an end. And you can repeat this as often as you choose. Or if you just want to listen and do with me a few times, as many times as you want to. Remember, you can relax easily as you've just proven to yourself. Now remember to be kind to yourself because you deserve to be happy. Lots of love bye....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/129-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-tapping-finger-tips-jason-newland-16th-may-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason Newland doe calm. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. So I'm going to do a relaxation session and then will be two versions of this be one with me talking and the other one will be completely silent. That way it will have music, background music and the music will be about 51 minutes long. So then you can have the option of whichever suits you really I guess
my main thing really is to get yourself into a comfortable position. So that could be lying down on a bed, sitting in chair, maybe even lying on the floor. That's what do you want to do is is about what is comfortable for you.
I don't, I wouldn't lie on the floor because it takes me about a month to get back up from the floor. Again. If you sit in a chair, it's important that you have a chair that supports your body in the event of you falling asleep. So you need to have one that if you fell asleep, you're not gonna fall out of the chair. That's important as well. So not all chairs have armrests. And years ago, so I mentioned that they were listening to a relaxation session they fell off this stool while they were listening. People really listen, sitting on a stool. And what's next standing on one leg, holding a banana on your head. But anyway, in need to be comfortable, and also safe. It's very important for that for you for that to be the case. So it's quite a nice start, just get in touch of how you feeling. And I'll tell you how I'm feeling. So you can you can give a little body scan of your own, I say little body scanning. For me it's quite a big body scan, especially the believer is more of a quick body scan, just getting in touch with how you feel in in the different parts of your body. So very quickly, I noticed that the back of my neck is endless shoulders a tense and it's really weird and I'm genuinely this dude. As soon as I said that they started to relax, almost became tingly and started to relax. So now because I'm sitting on the edge of my bed making this recording I can feel a bit of pressure on my lower back the left side and my lower back where I have problems with physical issues with
some notice and it's not tense as in stressed or it's a little bit painful. So as a focus on that on the lower back left side
is it there's a feeling I don't know if you know I mean but I noticed that when physical pain starts to reduce this itchiness is not not itchy enough to need to scratch it. But it's also like this in itchiness underneath the skin where the muscles are and I think is you can get that bit when a wound is healing you know, when you start to feel that something's actually feeling better is no longer could be as simple as like a paper cup or you know, this small coal in your hand and after a couple of days is sort of healing up and it doesn't hurt any more. But there's a little bit each in underneath slot This is a little healing workers underneath your skin working hard to put everything right. And my lower backs completely comfortable now. I haven't done anything I haven't tried to do anything to cause my neck, my shoulders to relax. And I guess my lower back was relaxed as well. But it felt more like it was healing like the pain was just being removed
bass if it was fine now I'm noticing in my stomach a little bit of tension and I think that's more because of the way I'm sitting.
A little bit crouched not crouch, crouch but perhaps putting a little bit of pressure on my belly not doing setups or anything like that base. So just focus on and not try and change my position much straightened out a little bit.
I'm just gonna it's gonna be we just acknowledge the feelings in my stomach. Again, is the almost sort of a mixture between so tingling, Enos and itchiness, but not itchy. to scratch, just gentle. was quite a pleasure pleasurable release, not unpleasant, it's, it's common. And as soon as it starts it begins to reduce immediately. feels quite nice. I feel more relaxed. Now I'm stuck. Chest feelings spread up, spread to my chest, a feeling of calmness
and into my neck or throat. And it's kind of a strange thing because when I'm talking I'm using my mouth and my throat.
I'm not telling you that in a way is like an educational thing to explain the talking involves the mouth and then we'll know what I'm talking about. Relax in my throat on. I'm actually using my throat at the same time to stop talking Definitely relax is more fat my whole face is now feeling more relaxed. I felt in my jaw. jaw feels really loose right now. And I felt in my eyelids and my forehead. It's almost like the whole area across from ear to ear, across my forehead, my nose, my eyes a little bit the top of my
where my mustaches kind of top lip area. And there's a different feeling that moves across the jaw down my throat.
It's just it's no less relaxed, it's just different, a different feeling.
Think generally, probably hold a little bit more tension in module than I would do in my forehead.
And also, I probably use my jaw because I talk more than I think. So then use my brain very often, I guess it's less activity going on in my head.
doesn't stop me talking and using my jaw. Mike, let me tell those I feels relaxed. Now notice in my back the whole area of my spine, pretty much from just about the shoulder area, shoulder blade area, down to
nose for far down as my lower back all the way down the roadway through the middle of my back, that spine area. Probably the curved part. If you know you know she was sort of leaning forward, the curved part of the spine parts could almost be so gently separating just gently and safely separated a little bit and maybe stretching
of its own accord. Gently and safely. And because the spine is so important, when the spine relaxes just imagine all the signals, everything that we feel in our bodies, travels through the spine from the brain.
So when the spine itself is relaxed, what else can it do but to spread that sense of comfort and calmness to every part of your body. Because ultimately, the feeling in your spine is caused by your brain and then the spine spread to everywhere. feeling of calmness, safety and confidence in your own ability to let go completely. Feels really, really nice. So now I'm focusing on my hands. Again, if you can follow me and if you want to focus on your hands or not. You can imagine your hands and your mind or you can just allow Your body to feel however it's failing, and to relax.
in whichever way your body's now relaxing, without any kind of judgment, or comparing one bar the body to another bar, you know, which part feels more relaxed than this part. feel nice to just accept that sense of comfort, deep, safe. Comfort, naturally spreads through your body, from your mind, to your body, and also from your body, into your mind.
Your brain supplying all of these feelings. Brain is the center of every physical feeling you have those physical feelings of comfort when your body can actually say thank you, to our brains for doing this, for allowing you to feel this sense of relaxation spreading throughout your body. Although it might sound a bit strange to be thinking,
your brain Sachi quite a nice thing to do as well. You think about if someone leaves a door open holds the door open for you.
You know, maybe you're carrying something they, you know, hold the door open so you can get through without dropping what you're carrying.
We say thank you, then we would have got by that person holding the door open.
Let's put down what we had an open door. It was nice that they did it goes It was lovely. But it's no biggie. You know, it's, it's nice. We said thank you.
And all they did was just open a door, hold it open. Our brain keeps us alive. Our brain gives us everything. It keeps every part of your body working. The brain does all of that. The brain keeps you well heals you, your body allows you to feel relaxed and calm allows you to enjoy being new gives you these feelings of continued confidence in your own ability to deal with all future situations
in a calm and relaxed manner. That may surprise you. Just how easily you cope with everything that happens from now on. We have that sense of safety, relaxation mix together with huge amounts of confidence. Shine that light of love your brain she say thank you because say out loud or you can say inside your mind letting your brain know that you're grateful for all that it does for you. Because it does everything here everything oversell needs your guidance as to what you need. When you need more comfort, you can just ask for more comfort and your brain will give you that feeling of comfort spreading through your body allowing you to experience more confidence more of a feeling of safety protecting you 24 hours a day every day of your life she moving forward into the future knowing the confidence and safety travels ahead of here by a can a pathway just for you to who say relaxed positive say relaxed and positive t pin every heart to your body. d d feel nice. Go. There. Go the say that sense of gratitude towards your brain allowing you to feel completely relaxed say relaxed and So, say protecting every part of you clued in your mind 24 hours a day, every day, from this moment onwards knowing the confidently to real life this natural ability to let go completely, completely lately....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/128-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-safe-relaxation-jason-newland-15th-may-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen to this, when you can safely Close your eyes.
So before I start, I'd like to say, first of all, thank you to everybody that listens to this podcast. Because it's, you know, just appreciate your listening. And like to, to have a little shout out to two people, to my biggest supporters, Susan and Boston chicky. So two amazing people, and I hope that you and your families are well, and you're all keeping safe. And that message also goes to everybody that's listening to this. So right, I'm going to get on with the recording, there's going to be two versions of this recording, there's going to be the original version, which is this, although they're both gonna be saying this. So there's gonna be a one without music, and one with background music. The one with background music, which is music supplied by Kevin MacLeod. And that will be about 50, over 50 minutes long, this recording will be shorter than that. So the recording will end like me talking. And then the music will continue for another maybe 20 minutes or so. So it's quite good for be useful for relaxing as well as maybe going to sleep. If you choose to use for that. I would fall asleep listening. But then I'll probably fall asleep listening to the music on its own.
If I would 100% can kind of fall asleep listening to anything. I just close my eyes and listen to something that all it is is something about if I lie down, or if I'm sitting in a chair,
and I close my eyes. And it if I'm focusing with my ears. And I'm listening to something, whether it be music, or talking I like to listen to audiobooks, and sort of motivational stuff. And I do fall asleep. Even when I'm trying not to eat or when I'm actually listening to the thing. Listen to the recording, I do you fall asleep. And I think it's a prime thing, something that we're almost born with. And maybe we learn it, maybe we're just used to doing it. I associate the bed mainly with falling asleep. I realize if you you know if you've got a partner or husband wife, you have different associations with a bed other than just sleeping but there's not many things that we do in our bed is unless you Well, I used to live in just one room for years. So I used to pretty much live in the bed watching Telly and eating innovating. But don't do that anymore. disassociation of lying down. I guess there's that association with listening to me. The sense of relaxation. I feel that I actually feel it myself. As soon as I press the record button and I start talking feel a sense of calmness, spreading over me, I can feel it, as I say, now can feel across my chest. They still hope it's relaxation. Now I can feel it, I can feel it's, it's nice, I can feel over my face as well. It's almost This is gonna do that if, if you want to do this with me might sound a bit weird, but what I notice is when I'm like this feeling relaxed, the whatever the energy that's coming out of our because we are energy only, this isn't this is actually a, you know, a scientific facts that we are made of energy, and we let off energy. And all I'm doing right now is I'm just holding my hand a little way away from my face. And just almost just put my hand down, this follows like washing my face. But my hand is
10 inches away I can still feel the energy on my face. So there seems to be something about the with the relaxation. The energy since perhaps things to spread out a bit more
loosens itself perhaps that isn't natural, perhaps that's actually happening scientifically, I don't know. Maybe there is a genuine loosening of the electricity within us the energy particles when they become relaxed, is not so tight. Even though you can't see it, your bodies what the body does look relax when it's relaxed. Generally the body will still have the same shape, but maybe the energy surrounding the body spreads out a bit more loosens.
Just lets go and as I say that I can actually feel feel in the back of my head, just a gentle sensation
it's almost like there's a part of my brain being stimulated. Which is increasing my sense of comfort is activated. Yes, nice activated feeling of calmness that's spreading down my shoulders bauma back, back of my neck just spreading all the way down like a waterfall of comfort and safety feeling my hands and my feet as well. I do tend to find that my hands and my feet seem to follow each other when it comes to feeling relaxed. And they do have a lot in common the the end limbs and toes and the feet and the nerve endings and the ends of the toes in the feet. So I suppose it would make sense if the nerve endings if your nerve endings feel relaxed for example, The ends of your toes, the tops of your head, your face, your nose, your ears, all those nerve nerve endings in your skin
for those nerve endings are relaxing and everything in between but also feel relaxed sort of standard ease you know lighting the seek that say used to say that
when we're on parade and say standard ease and just relax and everyone in the parade would relax at the same time and say your bodies like the sea cadets one pa relaxing sends that message have comfort to the next part. So almost like pass the parcel in command just pass the message on is a little present. But each person gets the pass or the music stops and they take a bit of the wrapping paper off instead of wrapping paper that's
pure safe relaxation, the spreads into that part of the body and then the music starts again and the next part of your body gets to hold that package and parcel and music stops and take another layer of wrapping paper that turns into safe de relaxation, healing energy, sinking, spreading and healing parts of your body. As the parcel moves to the next part those signals seem to be automatic relaxation automatic police read in those messages of comfort. The deep inside every part of your body your skin, muscle, rips, bones, gristle, blood. All your organs can be positively affected by this say healing relaxation as it continues to grow in strength and spread Love and safety the into your bones D to your muscles and day and to your mind then your mind with positive safety heat and relaxation lean in your mind clean and away any dust can really any negativity that's no longer required in order for you to live a deeply happy and relaxed life now comfort deuces sense of well being sense tivity may at first feel strange and has she realized that this positivity feed and well being that's written around your body feeling your mind with safety d d feeling of safety feeling so secure he then completely quit protected as that sense of well being stimulates your immune system which not only increases feelings of deep relaxation In every part of your body and also send e
more
positive healing safety to mind coating the whole of your brain with this healing relaxed feeling of safety healing every part of your brain watching turns spread your body that's so safety and free single Oh yo buddy ferry the day say as I count down from 20 down to one with each number that you hear you can feel twice as safe with every number I count down 20 to one your whole body and mind can feel twice as safe the relaxed now 20 Nine t a chain today day day for today now I i....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/127-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relaxation-sleep-session-jason-newland-14th-may-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. There's nothing to do nothing to say. nothing to talk about. Nothing to think about. Basically, I'm going to do a relaxation exercise. This is kind of like a meditation II kind of thing where you get in touch with how you feel but you can I'm going to say out loud how I'm feeling is only a very short exercise or attach the word exercise doesn't always sound nice does it sounds like you're gonna have to do something you don't want to do. It's very basically getting in touch of how you feel, but not physically. emotionally. Okay, so not really going to focus on our bodies as such, although how we feel emotionally does affect how we feel physically. Sometimes, maybe all the time maybe depends. So we can again touch of how you feel emotionally right now. And there's something about actually addressing it about actually just noticing how you feel not really judging it no comments on on it not you know having a go at yourself for a shot I'm feeling this way but I should feel differently. Or you know, that kind of stuff. None of that crap that may go on inside our heads. None of that kind of just put downs really isn't it? Sometimes it can feel a bit like a put down? Why'd we do it to ourselves? When it's much more fun to do title people. I'm joking. But what do we do it to ourselves and when you think about it, someone someone puts you down and we've all been put down Put down by someone said something about I hair car or she could be absolutely anything. I remember years ago is schoolwide these new shoes that my mum bought me and I liked them but because they made me about two inches taller. But when I got to school I got everyone started calling me beetle Crusher.
Because these they get here me to a mile off walk in like a like Frankenstein's boots honestly. as number one my feet or anything I was just
I'll be honest, I chose them. You know, I wanted to be taller. And it's not really relevant to this recording. I
just needed to tell someone about it. So it could be put down the first time I wore glasses
and went to school. This is in like the last year of school. Literally just like a month or so before I left school. People were laughing to me because it never seen me with glasses before. And I got a little bit you know, did something sometimes it's a repetition that gets annoying. So sown, someone says something even if it's funny the first time like, you know, I can't think of anything particularly but all those years a security guard. Now I when I was a security guard on a building site back in 1997. There was this big bloke and he worked on the building site and they were doing the what was it the the Opera House didn't in Covent Garden. They were building a new opera house and he kept calling me what do they call? Oh yeah. Mr. P d File he found it funny call me PD file. And it gives it just tickled his anus completely just couldn't stop doing it. Fingers when he first said out Yeah, yeah, very funny here, PD PD PD for, although it's not a nice thing to call someone, but he seemed to find it funny enough, okay, well, Mo just let it go. kept doing it kept saying it. In the end, I had to go in. And I said just Shut, shut up. But only he said it to me again. And he shut up shop after that. And shortly afterwards, I was moved from that site to somewhere else. So they probably complain about me. But I'm wondering how often How much do we notice it when we do it to ourselves? Because if we got annoyed of ourselves, if we were constantly putting ourselves down, and saying, oh, you're no good at that, I'm no good at this. I'm never going to be any good at this. I don't deserve to be happy. I don't deserve to be in a relationship. I'm never, I'm always going to be stressed, I'm never going to be able to relax,
to have that. crappiness those, those words being said to ourself, because it almost feels like it's someone else saying it, sometimes doesn't it.
And instead of doing what we would do in real life, which would be the best case scenario, probably to avoid, the person is always saying it. But at some point is to say Shut your mouth or stop it. Don't want to hear it no more. Or put them down, you know, find a way to make them look ridiculous. Which is quite easy in most situations. But why don't we do that to ourselves? Maybe you do. But I seem to find that for some reason. And it's it doesn't make sense, really? That I seem to accept that negativity. I'm trying not to I'm working on it. I've been working progress is the term I think, but what can it be useful to be able to say, Oh, that's enough of
that crap. What I'm too fat for someone to like me. I'm never gonna sell stuff that I probably say to myself,
possibly. And I deserve to be successful. I don't. No one. No one likes what I do.
No one likes these recordings. I still sort of stuff that I say in my head. But it's not me. It doesn't feel like it's me saying it. Yeah, because I've got this stuff going on. that contradicts what's being said in my head. It it almost forces me to address it. Because I've got this this thing in my head saying no one likes what I do. What do I know about hypnosis? What do I know about helping people? We're all very negative. And then I'll get a comment posted saying he helped me so much you, you know, you've helped me to reduce my that my anxiety. I used to have panic attacks now I'm okay. I hope you helped me sleep, you know, things like that. And plus, you know, 4000 view, view 4000 to 5000 downloads a day from around the world, I'll get a little bit of positive feedback. And it may it kind of causes me to think Okay,
wait a minute, why am I thinking that? And but there's other things that just keep carrying on. And I've not even confronted it. And I've been thinking Why not? Why don't perhaps I'm just assuming Other people may have a similar thing going on.
Where? What Why don't we confront it? What's stopping us from confronting that rubbish chat in our head when we wouldn't put up with it from another person. It's almost like we're bullying ourselves. I don't put up with bullies never have, I've had a few people try and have dealt with them in whatever way I was able to. I had it with a job once and I ended up just left the job because there was nothing else I could do. So I left the job. So it's but I don't put up with bullies, I won't. Yeah, I put up with my own bully that's walking around inside my head, what I would do is walking around, probably just sitting there, smoking drugs or something, but some of the stuff it comes up with is a bully, picking on me. And I wouldn't put up with that, in reality, you know, I might have to walk away from this situation. I'm not saying that I'd go full on head on, you know, punch up such as you know, because that's not always it's not really applicable as in as an adult. But so what do I put up with it in my own head? And that's why I'm thinking No, no, it's not acceptable. So that's kind of the exercise is get in touch with what thoughts you're having in touch, what thoughts you're having that are negative. Now if you flip it on its side, we get more of what we think about. So if we think we focus on that positive thoughts, we get more positive thoughts, you're opening yourself up to more positivity, you're focusing on it in a very vague but similar way of saying when you say to a child in the back of the car, you say to your kids, you know, maybe you want to stop them from arguing, okay, all I see how many red cars you can spot,
it can be any color. And suddenly, this seeing red cars everywhere, yellow cars, it could be yellow cars or seeing yellow cars. But before that they weren't noticed.
Unless of course, you have some kind of a red car convention then of course, you're gonna see lots of red cars. But I don't know if one exists. So what we focus on we get more of so that's where I'm mentioned this just for the simple fact that I'm asking you to notice the negative thinking. So though we're noticing it we're not focusing on it, we're not searching for it. Which is noticing it and it's a different situation to focus in on positive stuff. Because when we focus on positive stuff, is because we want more of that. You know, it's just it's I suppose, in a way it's as simple as if you're looking through the freezer department in the supermarket. And there's a specific ice cream that you like, you know, let's say it's hog and DARS Jerry Benny Jenny you really he was called. And big fat belly which would be me my special favorite. And it's a specific flavor that you like. Go wherever it is. cookie dough. Coffee, whatever. If you and you're looking through the freezer department for the one that you like, and you notice in the things you like so even though you see in the ones you don't particularly like although I don't see many tubs of ice cream well I think no I don't like that ice cream because I like probably most part from peanut butter. But you're noticing what you're searching for. And you're kind of looking for is ik that's not is a different attitude. In your mind, too is if you is going to go and say. So you worked in the store and your supervisor said go into the shop go into the Section of the shop and go through the freezer
and take out all the the hog and dog because they're all off their date.
But they are spread out amongst they'll be mixed up so you'll be looking for in a different mindset. You be looking for stuff and you won't be thinking mmm Yum, yum yum, you will get rid of that, get rid of that get r.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/126-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-we-are-born-positive-jason-newland-13th-may-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland. And this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. So this is going to be a relaxation session. And it can be two versions, there's going to be one version of me just talking. And second version will be the exact same recording, but with background music, generally playing in the background. Never have foreground music, dear, it's all background music, then I suppose it would just be music. Anyway, I'd like to dedicate this recording to Susan, one of my biggest supporters. And she told me that the relaxation session with music is one of her favorite things she likes to listen to that I do. And so that's why I'm going to do so if you'd like to me to give you a shout out on these recordings, and please, you can just leave a message contact me Facebook, my email address is Jason Newland at hotmail, dot code at UK. And if you'd like to leave review, tell me how we think of recordings. And that's on my website as well. You can download and stream everything that I do on my website, as well as on lots of different podcast hosts like Google podcasts, iTunes, Spotify, Stitcher, causebox, etc spreaker. And also, on my website, you can download bulk downloads. So you can for these ones, the first is to bulk downloads of 51 to 50 and 51 to 100 recordings that are available to download if you wanted to this free as well. So I'd like to start by asking you to get yourself comfortable. Now, you may find that if you listen to me regularly, that you automatically feel more relaxed. And that is it's kind of a natural thing. Really. It's, I suppose it's similar to if you hear a song that you like, and you just feel good inside. And if you listen to me regularly, and although you know I make lots of different recordings, still the same voice
I guess by luck or problem, different voices if you want to. I'm not sure. No point really is. I can do all the duck. You have to Google that might be to find out what that is. But I won't be doing that.
So there's that natural sense of comfort, familiarity and safety that comes when you hear my voice. That safety, comfort comes from listening regularly and being able to listen to the recordings from previous in previous decades, doing this a long time and you can get a sense of what I'm about you You can get a sense of, you can listen to the recordings, no one's saying there's nothing hidden, it's all very transparent. And these recordings are solely to help you to relax.
Since in some ways that relaxation switching your brain just gets switched on and everything else just gets switched off. So, the just automatically feel that increase in sensation of all the muscles in your body become in karma. And Lisa can always feel like the muscles are just separating from your bones and your skin completely flattened and now I suppose is similar to letting the air out of her of a tire or, you know, an air mattress or something like that.
Just feel the, the tension leaving your body Chin up which actually line on top of an air filled mattress. And you just put a hole in it or took the plug out and
it doesn't leave all the same time. And leaves gradually may be like that and it can be really relaxing experience to to be lying on a mattress, an air mattress was the air slowly leaves because your body almost becomes part of that
experience. So this can be very similar but without the farting sounds of the air being released. Just be nice to experience that pleasure, letting go. There's no pressure at all to do anything. Because we can't force relaxation happens naturally. Sometimes, all we need to do is just give yourself time
and space to relax. Almost giving yourself permission to let go completely without any effort. And that's one of the things I quite like about this type of relaxing
because it is effortless. which suits me because I am incredibly lazy. timed right to put effort into anything. Which is lucky I'm probably never going to get piles because I will never try and force a poo Not that bothered by not to put effort in to feel relaxed naturally. You can enjoy the various sensations that you experience you won't just be the feeling of increased relaxation. There's other feelings there as well. Maybe feelings of gratitude may arise feelings of pleasure maybe feelings of humor, feelings of lightness. Know the space where things may be seen to be a bit too much too heavy. Just problems from the past to or maybe overcrowding your brain too much. And this, that stuff just floats away. You can feel enjoy the feeling of letting go. And if there is any, any stuff that's left over, it's on your mind. Any stuff that's conic clinging on. And yeah, perhaps it's clinging be can't be bothered to really push it off, you know, just you know, it's gonna leave eventually, you know that your mind will continue to grow more and more comfort, relaxed with every passing second. Yet, you'd quite like to not wait. And you'd quite like those unhelpful thoughts, there may still be clinging on to leave. So what you can do in your mind, all the rest of your body is relaxing. Just imagine yourself just scraped in those last elements of negativity. And maybe stuff that's not relevant for now. It's not relevant for this moment. And you can just scrape that useless stuff. Live it just fall into a bucket. nice, clean bucket. And you can watch how dirty the bucket gets inside. As that stuff falls and squashes on the bottom of the bucket. No longer move in are able to do anything you can keeps raping. as much of that stuff that's left. those thoughts seem to be holding on. And it doesn't seem so hard to understand why they're holding on because you're not holding on to them. Yet, they're not invited to the party. This is a party of relaxation. This is a time to let go completely. For some reason, those thoughts those negative aspects of pointlessness seem to be wanting to gatecrash your time of comfort. The time where you give love to yourself you send love to yourself and you enjoy the safety of being
Without any of their negativity. So as you scraped the last pieces of negativity into that bucket, you can see the mess in the bucket, all squeegee and that the outside of the bucket area the scraped down is so clean but you could still do have a bit more plane in so he can do is you can just walk with a bucket to your toilet, you mind walking to the toilet of your home. And you can just obviously if you need to lift the lid up, lift the lid up. And you can just pour the bucket and the contents down the toilet. Put the lid down and just flush that toilet. None of that Gone. Gone, gone, gone gone. What you can do now is you can pick up that little canisters spray as a disinfectant. It's a nice boost clean. Obviously it's disinfectant so it's clean, but it's fine to use it in your brain, fine to use it, because obviously it doesn't really exist because it's in your mind. But it's very powerful. And you can spray over their area. With those negative thoughts we're holding on making it very slippery, so that no other negative thoughts can get grip because they'll just slip off and start crying like little babies that they are. You can just spray all off and clean it. We don't have to do this Robin, because you can just join me and be lazy is no no work involved in this. Just a little this brain. And that's dumb. See, you've got rid of the germs of that negativity is what is making it impossible for any future negativities to cling on to that area. Why your feet in relaxed, deeply calm and loose. So safely relaxed. There's a peacefulness that you start to notice. A real peacefulness. It's almost like your body and your mind. I've come together to create this safe healing space where you can just lie there or in your mind, you can sit in a chair. It's totally up to you. Everything that you need is there. It's here now. Everything that helps you feel relaxed and calm is with you. In this moment, we're here now the thing even deeper and deeper. Letting Go letting go. And as I count down from 10 down to one Then up to five and then down to one again you feel even more so relaxed so comfortable. Something happens when you count down to one and counting up again think that that would almost reverse the experience of relaxation but it doesn't. That one to five increases the feeling of safety increases your feeling of safety and then counting down to one again increases sense letting go letting go completely. Now nine I for Three too, one. Me for for Or....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/125-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relaxation-session-jason-newland-8th-may-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. And, yeah, please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And in today's recording, I'm going to talk about intrusive thoughts. Yay. Doesn't that sound yummy, intrusive thoughts. And before I start, I'd like to say a big thank you to Allie. And so I'm trying to think this, I'll talk a little bit about my intrusive thoughts. And I'll just see what happens. I don't know you. I don't always know where the recordings gonna go. Which is okay, I think. But it always comes down to the same sentence. With all these recordings always comes back to the same sentence. Be kind to yourself. So wherever we start off, in fact, I'd like to start from that, be kind to yourself, but wherever we go, it always comes back down to that line of Be kind to yourself. Remember, to be kind to yourself, which is not always very easy. It's not always very easy. But still needs to be done, needs to be remembered need to, if you can bring it back to that. Or else Or else. And I also like to thank everyone for listening to recordings on this podcast, because this is now the pretty much one of the most popular podcasts out of all the ones I've got. I'm averaging over 1000 downloads a day, just on the the in some specific podcast, that's about the other places, it's it's as well. So thank you, and I'm glad that it's well hopefully it's useful. intrusive thoughts, intrusive thoughts? What are they? kind of obvious question, obvious answer to the question, but is it? Maybe it is rather big, big gap of silence there? Well, I always thought intrusive thoughts. This is what I used to think they were
is when your mind is telling you do that thing. To do something, for example. We hear in extreme a horrible court cases, you know, you hear that the person says, will love my job. I heard voices telling me I had to do this to do this horrible act.
That's what I used to. That's what I used to class is intrusive force. So I never used to really think that I had them
by don't hear a voice. Then have it hear a voice saying do this. It's not like it's outside of myself, or it's a different person. I don't have that. And that's that could be a much. You know, that's that could be a different mental health issue completely. And it's not necessarily intrusive thoughts. Could be I guess, but I'm going to talk about the kind of intrusive thoughts that I experience. And maybe you can relate to this. And I'm not sure how much I want to share with you. So to be fair, is a little embarrassed about some of the intrusive thoughts that I've had over time. So OCD has been you know if you if you look if you look at intrusive thoughts go online look at the books so very much paired up with OCD as far as the literature the books about intrusive thinking intrusive thoughts any idea is just thinking of things you don't want to think you know so it's not like another voice speech your issue think about stuff that you don't want to think about so it's a split thing isn't it is like if you is and we have that in other situations so definitely you can be with your with someone that it could be your best friend's partner and you can be attracted to them and you know that he can't nothing could ever happen but you're not you know you're a human being and the attraction is a natural chemical reaction to the other person is not something you can control you can remove yourself from the situation of course and you can also perhaps feel guilty for it. It's guilt doesn't really I think if it stops you doing anything that's gonna harm yourself or your friend then I suppose guilt could be useful but not a big fan of guilt. not a huge fan of it. It's overrated so the idea that we have these thoughts they just come into your mind we all have them everyone has them so we can't close this off as being special because we haven't because everybody does just not everybody talks about it and I saw a sentence or read a sentence in a book recently that people were more likely to talk about intrusive thoughts if it's funny if it's a funny intrusive for they might share it but if it's a horrible intrusive for they might not share it so if they have an intrusive for it says push that old lady over even though there's no way in the world they would ever do that. It's just a it's just one of millions of thoughts that we have. But the reason it sticks The reason not sticks with the reason it's memorable is because it's horrible. Because it's disgusting. And it makes us feel horrible. Which is why we notice it more possibly. But other intrusive thoughts like let's have a bar chocolate. I want to be a football. You know, I want to I want to be a superstar singer. I want to be myself being able to fly like Superman. I mean, it could be hundreds of 1000s of thoughts that are just preposterous. preposterous. concept, word, purpose, tourists, tourists, something like that, silly. And I'm not even going to edit, edit, can't speak today. I'm not even going to edit it out.
There. Whatever my words. Jason Use your words, okay. So we have all these thoughts, these, which were good classes intrusive, but they don't bother us because they're not harmful. They don't Jarvis, they don't grab our attention. But the idea of doing something nasty or evil to ourselves or to another person that's noticeable. That's jarring that that grabs your attention. Naturally. The idea behind this talk, this lecture. This conversation is a dose. In truth intrusive thoughts are no different from the ones where all the others, the hundreds of 1000s that you have
Maybe millions of intrusive thoughts you have. And I have they're all the same are just thoughts meaningless thoughts. And I suppose one of the reasons this is, you know, could be important in a sense of stress anxiety is because I've had thoughts in the past that I've really for some reason held on to
not wanting to do them. But hold on to them in a sense of feeling absolutely shitty about myself. really feeling disgusted with myself beating myself up sometimes for days on it in the past, not so much these days.
I've even got intrusive thoughts that I remember going back to when I was a kid, an intrusive for the this was a weird one, because this is based on software, she really happened.
This lady fell over on the floor outside my school when I was probably about five or six fell flat down on a face. I was one side of the fence. She was the other side of the fence. And for some reason I told myself that I did that I caused that I caused her to fall down on a face I mean, you know realistically we know that's not possible. And if I had if I had magic powers or some kind of superpowers I could cause things to happen then I wouldn't be I wouldn't have been standing in a schoolyard I wouldn't have been at school I'd have been in a mountain of chocolate eating constantly chocolate surrounded by all my favorite television characters performing for me you know that's if I had those kind of powers to make anything happen I wouldn't make
a middle aged woman fall over on her face by really believed that I'd done that so that's one of those intrusive thoughts that was a bit different because
it was after the fact after that it was instantly after was almost at the same time. As she was falling I was believing I was causing her to fall very very unusual. Another time always I won't go into details but there was a person and I actually had a knife and softness I said stab them to be it wasn't it wasn't like a voice but just like I wanted to just before bad just stabbing this person. And this is when I was 13 probably 14 sickened me is sickened me is still kind of sickens me. Because I remember it I remember it so vividly. And I didn't understand why would I think about doing something like that. I didn't do it. I mean, you know I say that I'm in no way people no one is there but I didn't honestly I didn't do anything like that. But I felt like I had I don't think I could have felt more guilty even if I had actually done it all was on if I recall I think at one point I wants to go to the police station. The head myself in there my my brain sort of like oh, what are you going to hand yourself in for? Because you had a thought contain yourself infer something you haven't done?
But then I was worried what if I do do it? What if it happens again? So that was a very that's something I kept inside. And I'm not sure if I've ever told
maybe told one or two people in my entire life, maybe one person, which would be putting my therapist. I don't think I've ever said it on a recording, but maybe I have I mean, I lose track of what I talk about. But genuinely, this is someone that I cared about would never do it. Never. No way in the world would I have wouldn't do to anyone. Not that age. You know, hours, unless it was self defense, but outside of that, no.
But I just absolutely couldn't believe it as I felt like my brain is something wrong with me.
I felt I really felt that I maybe I was possessed. The devil have taken over my head head, you know. And that could be that could be the downside of living with Catholic nuns for a couple of years, is if you that sort of ingrained in religion, sometimes that stuff can kind of seep in a little bit. So when you try and make sense of stuff, I mean, I end up trying to make sense of it in a in a Catholic way. Like must be the devil must have been possessed.
Whenever religion it could be a similar thing. So perhaps that's where I was coming from with that.
But I wasn't possessed. I'm pretty sure I wasn't. I felt awful. And it was k....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/124-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-intrusive-thoughts-are-just-thoughts-jason-newland-24th-april-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And just to let you know that I have other podcasts, some main podcast, other than this one are, let me bore you to sleep, which is where I just talk for about an hour or so about nothing. They're pretty much daily. The other one is whisper hypnosis. Why is it often called the name of it? Deep Sleep whisper hypnosis. So they lost about 20 to 30 minutes each. And it's just me whisperin. And they're very popular for sleeping. And the other one is sleep hypnosis weekly. And that's usually 30 minutes plus, sometimes longer, 4050 minutes. And I do two versions, one with music one without. So this is going to be a novel one of my little exercises, but I'm not going to talk for an hour, I promise, I say that now might do. But I'm gonna try not to try and stick to just doing the exercise. It's just an idea that you might want to try. And it's going to be a short one, because it's going to be something that you can do in your own time as well. in your own time, or my teacher. Do that on your own time, Tommy. So basically, this to say this to say sides to this little exercise for about. Now, I don't know if you are able to do this in the moment as I ask. So it might be a case of pressing the pause button and thinking about something I want you to think about something that's really funny. Now, I understand that you may be listening to this and you might not be in that kind of a mood. You know, you might be listening because you're feeling miserable or you feel anxious or stressful. Understand that this is what this podcast is for is to help people like yourselves like myself to help to reduce stress levels, and to deal and cope with difficult times. So this is an exercise, this is a technique or if you want to call it to help to reduce anxiety also takes a little bit of thought as well and it will be stepping out of that feeling. Because if you are completely in that feeling, you wouldn't be able to listen to this. So the fact that you can listen to my voice, you can press the play button search for the podcast wherever you can listen to my voice and focus on my voice it means that you do have
the availability to think about other stuff other than the stressful stuff for the anxiety stuff. So there is I don't use the word split, but there is definitely
different categories being used within your brain at this moment. So your brain isn't just one thing. If you think about it, so much unconscious stuff going on, like your heart, blood pumping around your body, healing continuously happening in your body. The growing you're growing and your hair is growing fingernails growing on continuous again tall on nine foot now. It's only eight foot four and a start the recording. So continuously things are happening in our body, continuously, you know the liver, kidneys, lungs, all that stuff just happening automatically without any need from us. So there is always room in your mind for other stuff. Doesn't, you know, sometimes we might say to ourselves, or while I'm thinking about this is, all my brain can do think about that. It's not true. might feel that way. But actually, your brain is way. We always give ourselves enough credit not to go on about how we use a certain percentage of our brains. And I don't even know how true that will all that stuff is. But you are capable, and I am capable of way more than we realize. And you know, that we all know really, don't we. But we don't always maybe acknowledge it. So there's more to us than a feeling. Regardless of how strong that feeling may be, or may have been before you press the play button. It's just not all there is. And I'd like you to think, and it's gonna be a bit weird, but I want you to think yourself, it's really funny. And it can be a joke that you've heard in the past, it can be a situation, it can be a really rude joke. Something that's very out of our folder, you know, it could be un-pc, it could be, it can be something that you'd never say to anyone else. But it just makes you giggle makes you inside and makes you laugh. And there's no judgement. No one's gonna know what you're thinking. And, you know, from my perspective, I think everything is fair game for humor. As far as if it's in your own head, doesn't matter what it is. If it's if it makes you laugh, it makes you laugh. You know, so for this situation, there is no judgment. It's about finding something that just cracks you up. That just makes you laugh. And just
it's been a couple of things over the years. For me, there's one. And this is really city's not so funny now, but it was really funny at the time, where I was working with someone and they, they went off to the toilet or just waiting for him to come back. So I had a job that took two of us to do the job. And his name is Terry, and he came back in. And I said have you seen Andre? Who was our boss? Andre my favorites named after x is my friend. So have you seen Andre is interested? Yeah, I just passed him in the toilet. Now I he meant he just walked past him. I just had the image of Terry pulling him out into the toilet. And I couldn't stop laughing. And I just couldn't honestly could not stop laughing. And he was annoyed with me. Because I didn't stop laughing. And he couldn't really see the funny side to it. I just really found it hilarious. Now, if you've got something like that in your memory, something that was just so ridiculous. And that you just couldn't stop laughing about and you think about it. Sometimes you just laugh. I can't believe that happened. It could be it could be a visual of someone fought you know sitting on a chair and the chair collapses or it could be anything ridiculous, you know, just someone spilling a drink. Or I mean this this wasn't even funny, but it was funny at the time, but I was at a funeral. And that's not the joke. I was at a funeral. After the funeral. A lady came up to my aunt and said how you Kathy
it was Kathy's funeral. With my said it to the wrong slides you didn't even know whose funeral she was at.
I laughed another time. This is a few little memories. We're watching the TV film film on TV. And those is called Shirley Valentine. I think it was a boxing day. I was put about 21 at the time 2021 All families m and n. And my dad and you know, we were just watching this film, I think my dad was there. And at one point in the film, he said, what you need to do is get some stimulus get your gets us get your clitoral stimulated or something like that. It was just a phrase in the film. And my nan said very loudly. Also clearness. I mean, genuinely, she said that I spell my drink, which is weird, because I didn't even have a drink that I came from. And so I left the room, and I had to go into the garden. And I was howling with laughter. Because, so this so many different levels, it was weird to hear my grandmother, who was she must have been. Yeah, at least at then. And also the fact that she had five children. So she must have known something about the human body. And, and also saying it in front of a family and their kids as well. It just, and she seemed like she genuinely didn't, you know. And I just found it hilarious. So that those kind of things. As I think of that, although it's not like making me laugh so much, it gives me a weird feeling of a different feeling in my body. So that's all the way to do is, if you need to pause the recording to think of something, or you think of a few things, maybe write them down to remind you. And more like to shake that off, say that off and focus on the stuff that's a feeling you had before that feeling of anxiety or stress. knows what level is zero to 10. You know, this, you know, the drill, zero, nothing 10 being high, this 10 zero being black, zero, you know, nothing at all. And so focused on that feeling nice and what it is. And perhaps we should have done this right before the beginning before I started blabbing on but they'll think of that thing. So you got that feeling. Now think of one of those events in the past that was just really funny. It doesn't have to be an event from your past. It could be something funny from a movie. Yeah, some my favorite bits from airplane, or Life of Brian, or there's one bit with I think it's who's Bob with. I forget his name, but he's basically lead care characters asleep. And his psychiatry as he says he's staying true. psychiatrists have their holiday home. And a psychologist is trying to wake him up because he's his patient is trying to wake him up. And he's doing everything is blowing your horn playing a trumpet, everything, cymbals drums, to try and wake Bob up. Nothing. And then blah, blah, whoops, alarm clock goes off. And he just wakes up straight away. That was one of the funniest bits. I realize I didn't do much justice. And another movie bit was Gene Wilder in a film. It wasn't one of his most famous films. But he was there. A woman kisses him on the lips. And he rubs his lips, screams and runs off. And again, that that's those bits, I had to actually stop the movie, because I'm laughing so much. Again, that's visual stuff. That's visual stuff. So I might have not done it very much justice at all by explaining or describing it.
So there's gonna be things bits that you've liked in films that you found hilarious, that maybe you don't think about very often, as so. What just might be a joke might be something that a friend said to you. Anyway, if you think of something just Again, if you do need to pause the recording, in order to think of something, but when you thought....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/123-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-funny-memory-jason-newland-22nd-april-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. So for this, there might be some background sounds because there's a little ferret called Andre are running around. I was hoping they'd be asleep, but he's decided to be active at this moment. So I decided to make the recording anyway. So I hope you're okay with that. It's not going to be a guided relaxation session is going to be an exercise that you can do in order to help to change how you feel about something that stressed you out, perhaps today or yesterday, something that happened, that it's just wound you up, and it's, it caused stress to arise. And when you think about it, it that is a horrible feeling, basically. And, you know, you're very lucky that you've got the sound effects of a ferret in the background. You don't get that anywhere else. Very, very fortunate, although he looks like he's going to sleep now. So that's good.
So before we start, before we sort of go to change the way you feel about this particular incident. Like, think about it, think about what happened. It could be something that someone said to you something someone did to someone, or maybe someone hasn't kept their promise. Or you know, could be it could be there's a million different possibilities, I guess.
So when you think about that event that happened recently, what's your level of stress was the stress level, or anxiety level? From zero to 1010? Being the top zero being? Nothing? And if it's zero, then there's no point in thinking about it. Because it's, in some ways, if it's zero, you probably might even struggle to think about it because the brain is just not interested. Your mind's not interested. So when zero is decided polling is no more important than you know what clouds are going past. When you're walking down the street, you might be a cloud that look like like a boat in the sky, but you didn't see it doesn't matter. Makes no difference to your life. might have been amusing if you had seen it. But it's not important. Just like how often someone in another part of the country has a bath or has a shower. unimportant. It doesn't affect your life. So you know, what would your stress level be about that? I don't mind would be zero could not care. doesn't affect me? doesn't doesn't register. So this is where you know, that's the level of zero 10 I think it's quite self explanatory. It's that's the point where it's too much. For some people, eight would be too much. For some people seven or six or five even will be too much. You know, we've all got our own level of what you know what is comfortable, what is manageable, what is just, I know overload. Sometimes you can it's overload if you raise it Enough, it pops. In fact, economy has no choice but to pop. So we could do that. You know, if you think about it, think about the thing. Notice what number is on that scale of zero to 10. of discomfort stress, as you think about it. And knows how you physically feel, bear in mind that this isn't going to last very long. But you know, this recording is a short recording.
And whatever discomfort you may feel, is only for a short time. Plus, one of the problems with listening to me is, is quite hard to get those,
again, touch those negative feelings is because when you when you do think about it is changed. You don't have the same doesn't have the same effect as it did before. And it doesn't make sense why it's reduced, the stress levels just reduced naturally. Maybe it's because you connect, feeling more relaxed, when you hear my voice, or when you listen to these recordings.
Maybe it's because you're ready for that memory to be become less effective. When it comes to you know, getting those feelings that were negative before.
It's maybe it's already faded, and you didn't realize that it had faded. And you'd been trying really hard to keep it going. Not purposely kind of in a self harmed way. But there is a certain comfort in discomfort, which sounds very weird, but you know, I'll be the first to admit that I love feeling sorry for myself at times. I know it's not something that was supposed to admit to I do. I wallow in it, sometimes. Not all the time. But sometimes. And there's a familiar feeling that comes with that, that familiarity of blaming another person have not taken responsibility myself for how I feel. Like I'm also like, like I'm a small child and I don't have any control over anything. Which isn't the case if you're an adult when you I was small child is factually factual that you have control of very little as far as you know, go to school parents, you know, you kind of have to do what you're told a lot of the time. But as an adult, we do have choice, a lot more choice, which is one of the good things about being an adult I guess. That and I guess other things as well as lots, there's lots of good things about being a kid as well. So for any kids, listen, it's gonna get better. We can also be good now. So you got this thing I think for the one of the things to remember is to move away from the catastrophizing of a situation because Oh lovely. Thanks, Andre. Nice days making a lot of noise before going to sleep. Make it that's all on purpose. So catastrophizing is something that children naturally do. You know, they get told by a school bully, I'm going to kill you after school. And I really believe that some of that actually gonna get killed and they're not. Or the parent might say, if you do that again, I'm going to kill you. Or and I believe it even though it's not True, they sometimes a small child, or they'll take it very seriously, it's like you very literally, and it's not their fault. It's because the person is saying that those things to them are often the most important person in their life. So the person that they trust the most out of everyone else. So there's a good chance they're gonna believe what they're told by that person. Weird concept. But anyway, we're talking about adults who I think we can refer back to that a little bit. As adults, we better revert back to that childhood brain of, Oh, no, this is it, this is all all gone wrong, it's never going to get better. And it's all his fault, or it's all her fault. Which again, is just a childish way to look at things. And we all do it, I do it. I'm not saying in a judgmental way at all. It's something that we all do to different, different levels. It's also something that isn't particularly useful. So right now, I'm blaming Andre, for all the noises, making and running around. And even though I could have been doing this in a different room, and I could have put him in a pot, he put in his cage, wherever, I'm still gonna blame him. Because it feels better. And I like blaming him for stuff like that. Because then I don't have to take responsibility.
But it's not causing me distress. So there's something to be said for realizing that, that part of us where we blame other people is the child as the child brain, you know, the, the brain, the child's brain that hasn't grown up yet. Because you know, we all grow up, we all supposed to, we all do have a, mostly have the ability to develop our brains to realize that blaming other people is what a child does. So that's, I know, it's not the most popular thing to hear. But I do also add to that, I do it myself, I love blaming other people been aware of it. So it's hard, it's harder to do it, when you know that you're doing it, it becomes a little bit harder to do. And to, because in order to really blame other people, you need to believe it. Or once you know that you're doing it. Once you know that you're just being a child, you can no longer believe that the other person is to blame, or completely to blame. They change his name as he emphasized, you know, realizing that even if there's a conflict, the other person has their own issues. So they might have been rude to you, but it might have nothing to do with you. They might be I like to think of it. In the extreme. I like to go extreme with this stuff. So someone's being rude to me, maybe it's a cashier in a supermarket. In my brain, there's there's two ways to go. There's the I hate or hate him. And they've made me feel this way now. And now I'm angry and stressed because of them. And they've made me feel this way. That's one way to go. And it feels comfortable familiar. And I'm very good at doing that. Because I've been you know, I've done it for years and years and I've brought into the world doing it. I was taught to do it because that's what everyone else seems to do. While everyone else seemed to do around me.
Or
I can look at it's in a different way. I can look at that person. And I can't necessarily do it in the moment. I'll be honest, doesn't always happen in the moment, but I can perhaps do it afterwards. And I couldn't think about that person who has been rude to me. I think we'll actually perhaps The reason she's been rude to me is because she's just started her shift. And she's just come from the hospice, where her mother is in hospice, really ill. And yet, she still has to come to work because she can't have time off to do that. So she has to visit her mom in a hospice before and after work, yet, she still needs to focus on putting items of food for the Bleep up, beep, beep, beep, and put on a smiley face, which is something that I don't think I could do. So then a little bit of compassion comes, sometimes a lot of compassion. And even though I know, technically, I'm making up in my head, so it might not be the case, there will be something she might have piles might have hemorrh....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/122-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-compassion-reduces-stress-jason-newland-21st-april-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes have voices to be bit croaky today is croaky for some reason. I think I might need a drink of water or something. But I'm going to just continue anyway, because I'm hiding from Andre. So he's asleep, and I want him to not disturb me. So I'm in the bedroom, and I forgot to bring a drink. And no, that's really relevant to the recording, they did I say only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes, thank you for your support. All of the recordings on this podcast are available on my website. There are no longer any adverts at all on any of my podcasts. And
so that said, We're gonna do a technique today I'm going to it's gonna involve to explain this. So let's say you've got an emotion, anxiety, stressful feeling. And the first thing is to be able to get in touch with it
in order to test how it changes. So you don't have to pick, we don't have to do anything, we don't need to pick something like huge. By daily, something that's strong enough to merit changing the, you know, requires your attention, or demand retention, perhaps when you don't want it to is a feeling ultimately. But it can be connected, of course to something so maybe this anxiety is connected to
going out, perhaps, or it could be anything, I'll let you decide what it is. Because it's your life. And we've all got different things that affect us. There's some things that affect lots of people. At the moment, there's a worldwide pandemic thing going on that's affecting. Most people in the world are those lots of people that are just ignored and continuing around with their life and whatever is going on with you. Just pick one thing. So I'd like you to think about that thing. It might be something you worried about something that you're Yeah, let's say something that you concerned about something you're worried about, and you're anxious about something that you're gonna be doing in the future or something that you have done, whatever, whatever it is. And think about that
thing. Notice where you feel it in your body knows what level what level of anxiety level, you'd get. Zero being nothing 10 being the worst, it could be. Maybe it's even higher than 10. Maybe it's you know, beyond
limit of 10. Maybe it's plus 25. You know, it could be whatever it is on your scale. We've all got different scales, about what what something is. So whatever it is, just keep a track of that in your mind.
Let's say for example, it's six. And the idea of this recording and pretty much everything I do really is to reduce
stress levels. Even the recordings that aren't on this podcast, Let me boil to sleep ones. That's about reducing stress levels. The deep sleep whisper reducing stress levels and anxiety. The weak sleep at night is weakly reduce the stress levels, even the chronic pain relief sessions. It's about reducing stress and anxiety levels. Everything I do is about that. It's just, this one's actually got that title in the podcast. So whatever number it was, just keep track of that number. I mean, if you want you could write down, you don't have to have your eyes closed all the way through this. It's kind of the lie down on your bed, you can do this sitting in a chair, make sure that the chair supports your body in case you did fall asleep. Even though this isn't asleep recording, it's not even gonna be a long recording this. I said that a few times and ended up doing an hour, but it's definitely not going to be a long long recording. So I want you to see that, where that is in your body, feel it where it is.
Just notice how it feels. I know it's an emotion. But we do feel emotions in our body. You may feel it in your head might be like an all over body sensation. You might feel it in your chest, in your stomach, in your mouth, in your jaw and your hands, your eyes, you could be anywhere, you might feel it, it might be an overall sense. Like it's almost cloaking you, I guess covering your whole body like your skin. So you could say you feel it in your skin. If it covers your whole body. The only thing that does die is your skin.
So just being aware of how it feels. And I know it's uncomfortable temporary discomfort but at the same time it's hard to keep it so way to focus on it and a way to try and keep that feeling going.
Just try and keep again. So if it's a seven, try and keep her seven really try putting energy in put energy into it. And might sound weird. Men law things I do sound weird.
The idea of trying to feel that when you might be thinking here, but I already feel it I
just told you I feel it. Just keep trying to feel it. Don't need it. Don't let it go loud. Keep it keep hold of it. So this is where the feeling starts to change. start trying to hold on to a little octopus the wiggly little things when I've got a little Farah and he's wiggly, it's hard to hold on to him when he wants to get down.
Very good escape artist and some of the feelings which doesn't make sense does it when you consider if there's such good escape artists, these anxiety and stress feelings
if there's such good escape artists, why do they stick around weird strange but it's almost they don't realize they've got that escape ability. They don't realize it's it's not awakened in the feeling until you grab hold of it
and try and force it stay. doesn't like it. Connie could say it's a little bit like standing up to a bully You're holding on to it doesn't like it because it's used to be in Well, it's used to feeling that it's in charge of you. But that emotion that anxiety or that feeling that we give the word anxiety or stress to that feeling that we in the past have given power to thinks that it's got that power just in the same ways if you give a six year old child a superhero costume that six year old child will think that he or she has superpowers that's a fact that's what's gonna happen they're gonna believe it so when we give we're basically given these emotions a little cape a little costume catch imagine that now little cape some little underpants service and tights maybe a little mask holding a violin for some reason random violin playing superhero that'd be something I'd watch see holding on to it but it doesn't like it doesn't like being held on to
it doesn't have doesn't have the power it for your head and you realize it doesn't have the power you thought it
had because this thing can't get away from you. It's not strong enough. So this thing that's been causing the discomfort level that we looked at earlier in the recording maybe it was a seven or six maybe higher.
The strength has gone out of it. It was a fake or long. So someone on YouTube It was a boxer and it was it wasn't you knows like a celebrity in Italy or something. And he had fake muscles. He basically had implants in his arms and his chest and his back and his bomb in his leg is implanted so wasn't proper muscles
funniest thing I've ever seen ever didn't make him strong looks strong he wasn't got this thing that you're holding on to a literally done it to put any energy into holding it.
He could he could pick it up by the scruff of his neck or two fingers a little bit like a knife remember scrappy Doo from the Scooby Doo cartoons. Let me get him Let me add him It didn't you know couldn't do anything tiny little thing.
Didn't realize that he couldn't do anything. Now this little thing realizes that it doesn't have any power it's just this little there's nothing it's just a feeling almost like a shriveled up shoe. bit like the you know in The Wizard of Oz though, the whole the house falls on the witch and this shoe just shows up
with a foot shrivels up to be like like an old sock. Miniature and you look at it. It's like how could that feeling have ever had any effect So you go two ways of this, you could go Oh, have a go yourself, why
did I allow myself to be affected by this? No, that's not the way to go. We need kindness, we need gentleness, their generosity towards yourself, if understand and be a compassion towards yourself, when I say a bit on mean everything you've got all the love that you have, shine it towards yourself. And you can shine that compassion, that emotion as well. Because when you shine it you yourself, it causes healing. When you shine it in negativity, when you shine, it also causes healing but that healing, disintegrates, negativity eliminates it just evaporates, it just vanishes. So when you think back to that thing, again, that had that emotion.
And notice what number is that now a thing that was stressing you out or causing anxiety before. If there is anything left, grab hold of a game both ways and your body decides in grabbing it, holding on to it, don't let it go.
But this time, what you can do is you can imagine just having in your hand open hand up and shining from your eyes, that healing positivity and kindness and compassion directly at it. And watch what happens to it. As you feel it with healing, compassion, healing, compassion. Just watch it evaporate, disappear. And notice how you feel different. And again, get back into that feeling. Again, think back to exactly the same situation. The thing that causes you the anxiety stress before and knows what level it is on that scale of zero to 10. If it's still there, lower down. No knows where it is. Now it's gonna be a little weaker. It was weak to start with it just didn't realize it. But he knows you'll find it. Okay. Kind of harder to find when it's so weak. But eventually you can find it you can just imagine it's in your hands. But this time you haven't got a look at it. Because your hands already full o....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/121-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-reduce-anxiety

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello,
welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. It's nothing for you to do, I'm just going to talk to it's going to be a relaxation session. And before we go further, just let you know that on my website, I'm trying to raise money for the NHS, hospital charity in the UK, NHS charities to help support nurses and doctors. And the links on my website, pages a big banner, which you can click on if you choose community. And so as I said, this is just going to be me talking. So I'd like you to get yourself comfortable. Whether it's sitting in a chair or laying down flat surface of bed sofa if you sit in a chair, please make sure the chair has armrests, or something that supports your body so that if he was to fall asleep, he didn't fall out of the chair. It's very important. Secondly, it's not really a warning, but you may fall asleep if you lie down. You might fall asleep if you sit in a chair, but I always fall asleep if I lie down. Because I associate the bed with sleeping. It's not just that I just whenever I close my eyes, I generally fall asleep, even if I'm sitting in a chair. So if there is something important that you need to do, and you're just taking a bit of time out of your day to listen to this, then I suggest maybe you set your you know an alarm or something to wake you up just in case you do fall asleep. And let's suppose you have a thing is that are no longer any adverts at all on my podcasts or on the websites, my websites or website. And that's it. Everything that I do is available for you to download for free. And to listen to the stream for free. Also, most of my videos from the past also now also also also on our website in the correct places. So depending on what recording is, the video will be embedded in that page. So you can laugh at my various faces over the years as I've grown older. So now want to say thank you before I go any further to cut the people. Honestly, thank you to Ariana, I want to say thank you to Deborah as well. And also want to say thank you to Teresa. So thank you for your gift, your PayPal gifts, which I appreciate. So helps me to pay for the running of the service, websites, podcast, all that stuff. So I usually start a relaxation session by asking you to close your eyes to get yourself comfortable. And it's important to remember that you can change how you feel at any time change. By that I mean change your physical position. So you know if, for example, if someone's got sciatica
and middly relaxation will reduce by law, that discomfort, so someone with chronic pain will feel more relaxed. The main thing is you can readjust your body whenever you need to. And I know you don't need my permission for that. Of course you don't. But sometimes it's easy to get a little bit just feel I should sit here or I should, I should lay here and not move. And that's the only way that this will work. No, you can move as much as you need to. As much as you need to. The words will still be there, my voice will still be with you, you know, it's not going to change. So you know, I've got a lower back issue. And also shoulder issue which chronic pain stuff So, which means I do have to readjust myself when I'm in bed, and my shoulders not affected or sitting in a chair. But my lower back is sore. And I need to readjust myself sometimes when I'm actually making a recording. And I'm okay with that. And I won't make any excuses to anyone for wanting to feel a bit more comfortable. Because otherwise, what's the point? In doing this? What's the point in having a relaxation recording? If you're not allowed to relax? This doesn't make sense, does it? So there aren't any rules, I suppose the rules either there aren't any rules. Apart from Be kind to yourself. Be gentle with yourself. And also, you know, that's self criticism that maybe we all have a say maybe I think we everybody has it, but to different extents, you know, different levels. So, you know, you may be listening to this for the very first time. I mean, this particular recording, but me, you know, you may have never have listened to a relaxation session, or maybe have never listened to anyone like me before. And you might just think, oh, I don't know. What am I supposed to feel? How am I supposed to react and see my be laying there and start having a go yourself because you're not completely floppy within five minutes and sinking into the bed? Well, there is no right or wrong way of doing things. I tell you what would be more useful to you than relaxing is to have less of that negative dialogue. Because then you would relax more anyway. Physically, as well as mentally and emotionally. You just relax more if you're being kinder to yourself. And I do like the idea of being our own mascot. being your own cheerleader cheering yourself on patting yourself on the back. Just saying well done. If anything you know some of my recordings go on a bit. I am known for being a bit of a blab I'll go on and on and on. You've managed to sit through all listening to me talking for half an hour or sometimes longer. I think you deserve a cookie you know you deserve To give yourself a pat on the back for doing that,
that's an opportunity to be really kind to yourself. And to realize that actually, you have accomplished something you've sat through the board and have me waffling on, and on and on. Often repeating myself and if you listen regularly, really repeating myself, but maybe from different angles and
but then you notice the feel different. It might not just be a case of you know, you, you start to feel grateful for who you are, and, you know, feel lucky that you're not me and start to appreciate yourself, that might not be the only thing that happens in my, my be there actually, something changes within you something changes. And you may not be able to put your finger on it, or figure out what it is. Because it might not be obvious.
At first you can just get yourself in a comfortable position, you know, just allow yourself to feel whatever you're feeling. So it doesn't, it's not about sort of saying well now I'm going to relax every
part of my body 54321 Here we are fully relaxed. There you go. Doesn't have to be like they could be that quick. If you listen to regularly hearing my voice will have an effect. It's just a natural thing. It's nothing special. No special powers is just it's a natural connection is no more amazing than the connection between you visiting a relative that you absolutely love. Even maybe when you lose a kid by be a grandparent or something and you smell the cooking or maybe just the smell of the house gives you that feeling. Some people the smell of a newborn baby's head is like a special feeling. There's a special smell there. Obviously after it's been washed. But this is there's a certain smell that isn't anywhere else is a baby is weird but baby scalp. A newborn baby's head has a special smell. And maybe you everyone's house has a certain smell. Mine probably smells favorite way but I saw okay, because I live over Ferrer called Andre. So does that connection between hearing my voice, whether it's in these recordings or maybe if it's in a whisper record in deep sleep whisper let me bore you to sleep recordings. But there's a connection is that it's almost a stimulation, but not of excitement. But I guess kind of the opposite to that where it turns the key. Here my voice turns the key and releases those abilities and processes that you have within you all the time. Able to let go and relax. But anytime they choose it sometimes it's a little bit easier when you got someone else with you to turn that key for you? Or with you. Or maybe maybe you had that key the whole time, but you didn't know where the key hole was. So maybe I'm the one that guides you to where the key hole is. You've always had the key the key holes always been there. Now I'm just showed you where the key hole is. put the key in turned, opened up that release from your brain, those chemicals to relax your body automatically and slowly there's no hurry. I'm not big on counting down from 10 to one and expecting you to be completely relaxed, straight away even though you might be anyway but what's the hurry? Can't be can't hurry relaxation. Speaking 100 miles an hour now go on with extra electronics doesn't really work for me, personally, is still the same ways. If I was a football game and always a coach half time in the changing rooms, perhaps wouldn't be the best person to be doing. They're saying to them yeah. Now we need to really get together and work harder. Put more energy into the game. And together we can we can really win this thing if you can
or
increase your energy you wouldn't work with it because of the way that I talk in this moment and there's something about even if you weren't to Glee bothered or interested in hearing or listening to a word stomp saying you may have noticed that your body is listening. And that might surprise you. Because our muscles on supposed to have ears. Yeah. Your chest your stomach is relaxing. Your back your bum. You're growing your legs, arms and feet. toes and fingers are relaxing continuously. No, I've been told I talk out my bum and a few occasions. No one's ever said that I
listened to my bum. So I think I had ears there. So how come my buttocks and my stomach shoulders are relaxing? When the economy here, can they? How can they know?
This relax. When you're listening to my voice, maybe focus in on the words Perhaps even following some of the things I've been saying and the same time, your body....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/120-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relaxation-session-jason-newland-16th-april-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. Just to let you know that you can listen to this podcast on my websites, without any adverts and also continuous play, if that's something you'd like to do, just go to my websites in the menu. And also all of my recordings available to download and to stream for free. So you can play them all for free, download them for free. And you can also download bulk downloads of up to 50 recordings, I had time for three years, as well as a pre groovy website ready. Now, this has got to be a relaxation session. So I'm not gonna ask you really to do anything, I'm not going to be talking at you. Like in some of my other recordings, I'm not going to be talking about a subject. It's just going to be a relaxation, plain and simple relaxation session. The will be that'll be background sounds, if you listen to this with just me talking, but it'll also be a version with music as well. And the background sounds on the normal recording will be the birds in the trees in the garden,
waking up. And possibly that damn pigeon that follows me been following me since I was five years old. But with the music, you'll have happy nice music from Kevin MacLeod that I I had the same music to my recordings because I like that music. And it's very relaxing.
And there's a benefit to listen in to the same music but with a different recording. Because you start to get used to that connection, relax, relaxation, connecting to that particular music. But then you got me talking, you got the connection between my voice and feeling relaxed. But then I'm saying something different. So it is almost some kind of continuity going on. And you'll also have the opportunity just to listen to me without music. So whichever you choose
is groovy with me. I love the sound of the birds in the trees.
Well, I didn't have to be in trees, they can be on the law. Sometimes they come onto the windowsill and say hi. Knock on the window. Say Hey,
JJ. You I make us a guest thanks. Go away please. I'm trying to make a recording. I say you still doing now? Yeah. 14 years now you still doing?
I said year ago he successful yet? No. I've got five people listen to me both. Okay. They're very dedicated listeners. They say see you then and they go away. So I've stopped that. So the I think part of the plan at this recording is
to get in touch with your own sense of humor. To get in touch with your own lightness, your own calmness. fits inside you. Regardless of the, maybe there's a hard shoulder at times, and I guess we all have to have a hard show different periods of our life. And you know, the current situations at this point in 2020, which won't really be valid in the future, but at the moment, you know, it's tough times for a lot of people around the world. But then I guess that's always going to be the case, in some degrees, wherever
where the hardshell is there. And even though it's may feel most like a callus, you know, the same thing as you have on your fingers if you
if you work with your hands, or maybe you play the guitar, calluses on the end of your fingertips. Underneath, it's soft. Underneath that, that wall that maybe we put up in order to protect ourselves.
behind that wall is gentleness, calmness, the need to feel protected. But at the same time, the need to feel the need to feel
just the need to be able to experience all types of feelings, wherever it's comfort or discomfort. Knowing that those feelings never last, they just come and they go like waves on the shore, splashing against the beach. And then the waves just move out again. The war comes in again, splashes against the beach, and then the water just moves out again. And even if the tides coming in the woods still splashing and then moving out again. And there might be splashing a little bit further next time. But it's still continuously moving out again.
It's never still never always just stay in. Always movements, the feelings all his movement. Even though he may not be aware that it's moving may sometimes feel like tension stress is just there. And it's almost like some kind of concrete statue that's immovable. One actually is no more like a hollow statue. But instead of being immovable, it's crumble. And I'm not sure if that's even a real word. But you can crumble it
just turns into dust on the floor. No, it's an old parable about the man who builds his house of sand on the beach and says you know, it's a really bad idea. Which is true. But that's kind of a similar thing with feelings. Whether it's anxiety, whether it's pleasure, whatever the feeling is, is constantly changing. You can build, you've got this thing that you build on the beach and tide comes in and takes
it away. I used to do that when another kid couldn't figure out what's been hours put together or building some kind of thing, which I thought was sandcastle by building and I spend hours doing it.
And then I come back to the same spot the next day and it was it was gone. I always took my sandcastle at the end of the summer For both is weird, surely there should be no sand left on
the beach, the amount that I've used up, never kind of dawned on me there was the tide coming in. And I remember my grandmother saying this, she said you should do your 33 years old. The constantly changing the sand castle gets washed away. And although that takes time, things move a lot quicker in our minds in our bodies. So feelings and thoughts move a lot quicker.
And it's worth remembering that every thought has got another thought behind it, waiting to get your attention. So now I'm not for what you have. It's going to be shunted forward by the car behind by the Ford behind by the feeling behind it. So regardless of what the feeling is, whether it's a feeling of pleasure, whether it's a feeling of dread a feeling of fear, a fitness stress it's going to be moved ahead pushed ahead by the feeling and the thought behind waiting
to step into that spotlight to get your attention unlike a crying baby sometimes all the feelings need is your attention don't need anything else just you know sometimes a baby just needs to see you
to stop crying sometimes needs to be held just wants your attention seems to be the way thoughts and feelings are feelings of fear feelings of dread feelings of stress anxiety when we ignore them I seem to cry a little bit louder they seem to want our attention more rattle in the court you know really making a fuss disturbing us then when we do actually give some attention to it to that feed in to that thought giving it attention not not saying yeah i agree with this just accepting that the feeling is there
then just subsides just drops away because there's another feeling waiting behind is going to shunt that feed in her head.
And you don't always need to actually give these feelings and thoughts your full attention. You almost have it on a conveyor belt on automatic. So just say well, okay, let's have the feelings just let them through. on the conveyor belts. The light shines on each one as it goes through. The belt keeps continuing to go along. No feelings stays still. But every feeling gets attention.
equal attention. So there's no blockages is just flowing the whole time is you realize that when you step back and just watch that conveyor belt of feelings going past underneath the spotlight,
feeling that they've got the attention they need and they're happy. And then just move on. Maybe those feelings aren't as important as we once thought, possibly those feelings, just feelings or with equal importance or equal unimportance, even, just in the same ways, when you lay down on your bed to go to sleep, nothing matters. Nothing in the world matters when you're lying down on your bed.
The same can be with experiences sitting down or lying down, relaxing. Nothing matters in this moment doesn't mean that things aren't important to you, of course, now doesn't mean that you that the people in your life are not important. Of course they are.
But not right now. Not in this moment. You're not thinking about anybody else. In this moment, you don't have to worry about anything. Don't have to care about anything or anyone. Not even yourself.
It can be a time to completely let go of all that stuff. All of it. I mean, literally, everything. And you can notice how that feels. When you decide to embrace this sense of letting go of everything. You no longer care about anything or anyone. Because you don't need to at the moment.
This is a time for you. Just to let go. Just be at one and peaceful in your own mind and body. Nothing to think about no one to think about. No one to talk to. Nothing to say. No reason to say anything.
Or think anything. Almost like just stepping into an empty room. The most comfortable bed you can slide down. Just feels. See all the pressures of the world have now left your body and they left as you stepped into the room because they're not allowed in that room. No thoughts. Not really any feelings unnecessary. When you step into that room, it's almost like you, you walk through a force field that just eliminates all remaining stress and anxiety out of your body and your mind. Completely zapping all of that crap. away all of that nonsense. Since all of that useless stuff is no longer useful or necessary in your life. And even if you choose for this to last, just for the duration of this recording, that is your choice. And all those people and life, life stuff, all that stuff can still be there when you leave this room. Why are you here? None of that stuf....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/119-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-feel-safe-feel-comfort-feel-relaxed-14th-april-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is going to be a welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, panic attack. This is going to be something I'm not sure what is going to be something. So please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And just let you know right from the start that I'm recording this during the day, it's about four o'clock in the afternoon, there will be background sounds. At the moment, there's not a lot that there's a pigeon, in the garden in the tree. And that pigeons, you follow me around for about 12 years, wherever I moved to just seems to follow me. So that's not a lot to do about that. But instead of sitting watching television or doing something else, I decided to make a recording. So if you need it to be completely silent, then I can't offer that necessarily. Any minutes someone could go into the garden and start singing or soccer or stop playing music in the background. So you know, if you see anything too much like a helicopter landing on the roof, I probably will, you know, press the pause button, but just let you know that they will possibly it's not gonna be silent. But it doesn't have to be silent for this recording. And the reason I say that is because I've done recordings. For people. We're not recordings, I've actually done sessions with people face to face in the same room. When there's been a lot of activity going on. I've done hypnosis for two people in actual hospitals. One was in a cancer Ward, and it was for up a noisy beep, beep beep all the time, people all kinds of sounds and noises and the nurse is interrupting us continuously not realizing what we were doing because it curves withdrawn. And this was a patient that had had to have a physical procedure done and he wanted me to helped him to reduce his anxiety so that he could have the procedure done. And he wouldn't have it done until it turned up to see him and do hypnosis with him. So I know it can be done with background sound. Also did one at Papworth hospital for a lady that just had double lung transplant. And I was doing hypnosis with her her just to help her to relax, you know, after the operation. And the constantly, every five minutes said someone would come into the room. And very loud, very loud. That definitely some of the people didn't have volumes, volume controls on their voice boxes. And did another hypnosis session with someone. It was a pain relief session, those relaxation, the pain relief, didn't realize it the Saturday morning did not realize there was an air display going on above us thought that there was going to be so basically it was an air show in marsham haIf. And this was in Ipswich since the air show going over Ipswich, like hundreds of planes or whatever. The lady that I was with, or the man I forget, didn't even notice it was not interested because she was listening to me. So I think the reason I'm perhaps making a point of this is it doesn't have to be silent. It doesn't have to be complete silence the whole time. It's about my voice me talking and you listening. If you choose to listen, of course I can't make you listen, but that's all it is. Other things are there and you know what? And I've often noticed in
the past Cutler thing I've noticed is the sometimes a sound if you've got a favorite recording of mine, or of anyone's with his face, you got favorite thing you'd like to listen to. Sometimes a background sound can feel really nice because you listen to it maybe 10 or 15 times and then he hear that you hear that the owl in the background, or in this case, a pigeon. And it just feels feels familiar, feels relaxing. And also, another thing I noticed is some of the professional recordings of the past have background sounds on albums, actual, you know, multi million selling albums have background sounds. So, you know, I think I'm okay. They're not you know, someone, sometimes with sort of singing, you can hear something in the background. Like that, that's just my hears, hears by ears, there should be called hears, shouldn't they really not ears hear is because I hear. So that's it. So I'm going to focus on changing a change in the way you feel by focusing on it. So there's lots of different ways that we could feel but I'm not going to try and change, you know, feeling good, I'm not going to try and change food and hungry or anything like that. This is going to be focusing on
anxiety. And I suppose really, the doom and gloom that's being handed out to everyone at the moment. And even those people listening to this in years and years time,
I've very much doubt that the TV or the newspapers, the news are going to be any different to the way they are now there's still going to be peddlin negativity. So this is something to can't stop that stuff happening. Can't stuff what stop what happens in a world, we can't stop what the newspapers print, unless you actually own a newspaper. So if you do own a newspaper, I combined you to start putting positive stories. I come on you. But yeah, generally, most of us don't own newspapers or news stations on television. Most of us some of us do, though, there might be someone listening that does. And which is good, you know, everyone's welcome. By the good long talk, talk to yourself, have a word for yourself, if you do, and maybe focus on some positive stuff, because there's lots of positivity out there are lots of wonderful stories, lots of people helping each other. And just generally not even connected to what's going on. worldwide. So this is going to be kind of focused on combat in or facing that anxiety connected with overload of negativity. Yeah, that's what that's going to be combat in negative overload or negativity overload. loads of different ways to do this loads of different ways to approach it. And also, before I can sit, continuing, consider continuing to let you know that on my website, you can listen to this podcast. Continuously, you can go to this URL in the menu. You can listen to continuously without adverts as you can with the four main podcasts that I have. Which means you know, it's just there for people that are Don't want to hear the adverts. And for those that want to listen continuously, you can also download each every recording that I make for free. You can stream them all for free. You can also new thing I've got bulk downloads you can get where you can download this podcast, for example 50 recordings in each download, once a 5051 to 100 is the to bulk download you can get so far for this podcast. Plus other ones the other podcast as well. And that's free also is it's just all on my website. So I'm going to ask you to focus but I'm not going to ask you don't expect you to go to sleep. This isn't a sleep session, you might fall asleep. So in that event, I have to say, Alyssa, when you can safely Close your eyes. Make sure that if you're sitting in a chair that you've got chair, armrests or something so you don't fall out your chair if you do fall asleep. Of course, don't listen, if you're operating a crane, or you know, there's obviously this basic stuff really, the idea is it's not about sleep. It's not even necessarily about relaxation. Although everything I do is about relaxation. So that's just, it's almost like an after effect, it's a side effect. It's just something that happens naturally Anyway, when you listen to me. Most people would find that they feel more relaxed. That might not even really be to do with me rather than to do with you. Because you're taking some time off and thinking about other stuff. So when you're listening to me, you're not thinking about
that. You're thinking about what I'm saying you're not thinking about the past or the future, you're not worrying about stuff, you're just focused on this. So I could just be reading out of a telephone directory if such a thing still exists. And it would be a distraction and it could be relaxing. incredibly boring. Probably more boring even the next but a distraction nevertheless. That's not what I'm doing here. This is not the the aim of distracting you to reduce the anxiety levels, although it will have that effect anyway just naturally. So a good thing to do would be to maybe have a piece of paper or something you could write down what scale you are, what level of anxiety you are. Right now, or when you think about Yeah, we're gonna say the word Coronavirus.
You know, I don't mention the word very often in my recordings because it's all over China sort of move away from that stuff. But this is focusing on how you feel about the Coronavirus. How do you feel? So I don't want you to answer. I just want you to notice the anxiety levels. And they will probably be a little bit lower than they would normally be because you're with me. And there's even if you've never listened to me before, there'll be a degree of support there. And if you have listened to me many times you'll know that there's a support there. You'll know that there's there's something almost kind of healing, something relaxing already. It's softens. So when you listen to me those those thoughts and feelings, maybe some of those spiky emotions start to just be shaved down a bit so that they're no longer affecting you in a way they used to. It's a little bit like you know about you but I can't reach my toenails to bite them. I used to when I was a kid, but I can't, so I have to cut them. Because I got a big mess of fat belly, I saw a little bit of a struggle to get to the toenail. So I don't cut them as often as perhaps I could. And I don't mean I've got big gangly toenails, like, you know, trees, or nothing like that. But they sometimes get a little bit l....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/118-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-reduce-coronavirus-anxiety-jason-newland-13th-april-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your
eyes. hope you're well. And just to let you know that this podcast is available on our website, you can have basically continuous play all of the recordings without any adverts. So thank you, it's there. Also, I hope you're well ready. That's the main thing. And I'm trying to do more regular recordings for this podcast at the moment. As I feel that while relaxation is required. That's what I think. So that's one good technique to do today. So I'm not going to be waffling on. I'm also not going to be sitting here, talking softly for half an hour. Although we'll be doing both of those things, again, tomorrow, one of those things.
But today, I'm going to do a relaxation exercise. And it's something it doesn't take long. To do really, as long as you've got. Well, it takes both your hands to do it. But you could also do both your feet. So you could use your right hand and your left hand.
If you're unable to use a right hand or left hand for whatever physical reason, then maybe use your right foot and your left foot. You could also use your right thigh or your left fi for doesn't have to be a hand or foot. But ideally, is it just makes it a little bit easier. So I'm going to ask you to clench your fists in a minute. Of course, you can't do that have your thigh, but you can clench the muscles in your thigh. And with your feet, you can it's not really a fist is it that you can sort of curl your toes up maybe. But only do this if it's comfortable. And the reason I'm mentioning this is because I know there's a lot of people that have physical chronic pain or things like that. So I'm here to reduce chronic pain and to increase relaxation. And that's reducing chronic pain is a byproduct of listening to relaxation sessions, even though they're not labeled chronic pain relief, these are good for chronic pain relief. So they go and I'm going to focus on my hands. But as I said, you can adapt it however you choose. Or what we could do is perhaps we could use both so I could I could do my hands then do my feet. Just to give you an idea doing both squeaky chair.
See that necessarily excuse me if you
don't necessarily need to listen to me to do this. But it might be nice to do it with somebody. And I'm I do what I say I'm doing when I'm talking about it, usually. So if I'm doing a relaxation session, like yesterday's one, for example, talking about strengthening the immune system and I was doing that with you while I was talking. So you know, I don't just sit here watching television and just talking, reading off a piece of paper or something. This is doing it while I'm talking. So the idea behind this is based on biological fact, biology so your right hand is controlled The left part of your body of your brain, your left hand is controlled by the right side of your brain. That's just the biological, scientific fact. It's strange, but it's true. So that means you can stimulate and activate the left side of the brain by moving a part of your body on the right side, for example, your right fist, or to stimulate the right side of your brain, you could make a fist with your left hand
and not actually do anything while we were talking. Now with anxiety, stress, tension, very often one part of the brain is being dominant
in that moment, especially when it comes to fear, and emotions. So part of this technique is exercise or whatever you want to call it,
is about even out as my voice becomes croak Yeah, for some reason, it's about smoothing out and almost returning the scales back to the normal balance side of the right and the left hand side of your brain, or both
equally active, instead of one being more active than the other. So it balances so that the death fear at distress there was there before is now dissolved.
And you feel balanced. Because the energy is now spread out. And the weight that you were feeling before, is now being held. So just by one hand has been held, but two hands.
So instead of trying to lift that cupboard, or that table on your own, you've got another person helping you, which makes it easy. So what was originally a very difficult task becomes really, really simple, and easy and manageable. So your right hand, which stimulates the left side of your brain, he got your left hand stimulates the right side of your brain, the left side of your brain, controlling the right hand, the right side of your brain controlling your left hand, it doesn't feel that way. See, I'll make a fist of my right hand. For me. It's me controlling that. But it's it's the left part my brain that's doing the actual thing. But everything's moving so quickly that my intention is for it to happen. And my brain does Why ask it to do. So almost like my mind is telling my brain. So my consciousness is willing. My right hand to move, my left part of my brain listens to that sends those messages down my spinal cord through my nervous system. And my right hand moves instantly. The same with the right hand to the right hand side of the brain for the left hand. And you may think this is very boring. Jason, could you please get on with it? And my answer to that is no. Because this is relaxing. I can't come on in and just be really quick and then it's done.
We'd like to take my time. Like to just relax. When we do these things. As part of the process. It might be a little bit boring at times. It's also relaxing And there's something to be said, for having patience as well. With sometimes I myself have found that maybe I've caused anxiety in myself caused stress in myself due to lack of patience,
due to wanting things to be done, now, not wanting to wait,
what actually, if I'd have been a bit more patient with myself,
and not pushed myself so hard or not expected, everything else and everyone else to do exactly what I want when I want it? Which would be the ideal world, wouldn't it? Everybody did what we wanted when we wanted them to
do it. That'd be wonderful, wouldn't it for everyone? It wouldn't work. But, you know, for an individual be quite nice. I imagine.
It's never happened yet. So then why would you want other people to do stuff when you've got this body of yours. And just by imagining, and just by wanting your farm on the right hand move, it does. And instead of thinking was because I'm moving it was the big work? Well, actually, there's a huge work. You're consciously wanting your right thumb to move, your left hand side of your brain
has to send that signal, down your spinal cord, through your nervous system, into the nerves of your right thumb, for it to move. So anyone that has control issues, wants to be in control, you are in control. You're in control of yourself. You can show what your arms do. Most people control what their body does. I know there's people that can't bomb talking generally. I decided I want to move my right eyelid. Not move it but close it rather not gonna move it to my elbow, I can close it and open
it. I've got complete control over that. So maybe you can relax into the idea that we do all have a lot of control without needing to be controlling, even to ourselves. So you got your right hand and your left hand.
All it is really is making a fist and then relaxing it. I said you might think Why is it taking 14 minutes for me to explain something as simple as that?
Well,
I'd like to paint a picture. But I can't paint so I have to do it with
with recordings instead. So what I'm gonna ask you to do, if you haven't already done it, to close your eyes,
sit down in a chair. Let's sit down a chair first. Otherwise, you might fall on your bum. Sit down the chair first, then close your eyes. Make sure that the chair can support your body. So it has armrests. So if he was to fall asleep, he didn't fall over. You need to make sure that you're safe and comfortable all times. And with your hands or your arms may be rested on the armrest of the chair, or maybe your hands resting on your knees. I just want you to turn your hands over so the palms are facing up. And then clench your hands into a fist but only as comfortable as you're able to do it. I've got damaged dry hand so I have to be a little bit careful because it hurts a bit
if I do too much of fisty thing but yeah Do it as comfortable it feels. So there's some tension there. And just hold it for the count of 512345 and just let go. But when you let go, just literally allow your hands
to open on their own. So you're not just suddenly pushing all your fingers out flat is just allowing it to unravel almost much like the petals of a flower opening up in the sunlight. Just notice how your hands fill because they're resting on your knees.
Knowing that your right hand and your left hand are both connected to opposite sides of the brain. So when you relax your hands, you relax your brain. This connection, I can actually feel it in the top of my head. It's just a gentle it feels almost like there should be a little buzzing sound like there isn't. But it's that kind of feeling. Just a gentle gentle kind of vibration but not physical more just like a release my eyelids very relaxed right now. almost feel like I don't even have a face. With smile sound a bit weird consider I'm talking bass feels that way feels like all there is is my hands and my brain. So again, I'm going to ask you to make a fist of both of your hands only so it's comfortable counting to 512345 and let your hands on the level on the right. So basically just stopping gripping, but not open your hands manually letting them just
I mean you can actual....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/117-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relaxed-hands-relaxed-brain-jason-newland-12th-april-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. We should know the title of the podcast. Never mind by naming doing it for ever. So thank you for listening. I'm trying to do a few more of the relaxation sessions just to help during these times to just to help people relax, really? I guess that's the point of them, isn't it? So yeah. So how it's useful, I will record this.
And then I will make two versions one will be me just talking like this. And the other version will be me talking about just you
know, with music added in the background, but very gentle, be quite low volume. And so yeah, it gives you an option of two different recordings. The one with the music will last longer last about 53 minutes. Because the music is how long the music lasts. But this recording will last probably between 20 in 30 minutes. And just, you know, me talking. Yeah, I think that makes sense. So all of my recordings are available on our website, there's a podcast, specially for this in the menu at the web site where you can listen, without adverts and continuously so you can listen on continuous play, if that's of interest, and you could also gift me paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, the links on my website. And as few other things on there,
you can also actually is it's a new thing, it's a new thing. You can download bulk downloads, which is basically you can download even number one 250 or number 51 to 100 of these recordings. So it's 50 recordings on each
bulk download. And you can get an average I'm charging four pound 99 for each one each download. But there's a lot of stuff on there on each one, they're too big to offer. In one big dumb download 50 is the most document really do in a download because of the sizes, but they come in zip forms and you can just unzip it when you get it onto your, onto your computer, wherever you doing it. And then you can transfer them on wherever you know whatever. Whatever technical stuff you use. But they're available on our website. And the same with the other podcast and me boy to sleep and the deep sleep whisper as well. So again, groovy. So that sat down. So it like you this is going to be a version of deep sleep whisper recording I did and was not going to be aimed at sleeping but aimed solely relaxing. So I'd like you to get yourself into a position where you can relax. So you may want to lay down your bed. Just the warning for that. It's a personal thing for me as well is you may fall asleep. If you lie down on your bed. I always do. If I listened to on market I could listen. I can listen to heavy metal music laying down and still fall asleep is because I associate laying down with sleeping Just the ways for me. And so if you have something that you need to do, you know, if you haven't, you might be doing this before you do something else. So you relax in in a relaxation session for half an hour, 15 minutes, and then you've got something else you need to do. My suggestion is that you set your alarm, just in case you fall asleep, you may choose to listen to this sitting in a chair. So make sure the chairs not just comfortable. But so it also supports your body
in the event of you falling asleep, so that you don't fall out the chair, basically. So you need to be in a supportive chair, which has
like arm racks or something that keeps your body in the chair. I mean, I've seen people fall asleep meditating on cushions before, and fallen over size. Although they did laughs It was very funny. But you need to look after yourself. And it's, there's no point relaxing, if you end up you know, falling off a chair and hurting yourself that just be be silly. And it's the last thing anybody wants. So please put your safety first, your safety and your comfort is number one, equally. Or maybe safety number one, but you know. So comfort. There's no medals to be won, by, you know, plugged in through physical pain to see you can
sit in a particular position. You don't want anything doing that. So if you need to move your body, even if you need to move your body every five minutes or every few minutes, then do that. It's okay.
There are no rules, there is no judgement, no one's going to tell you off, you're not being marked. You're allowed to move around as much as you choose. And what you find we may find as the time goes by, during the recording, that you won't be moving around as much. You may not be aware that you're not moving around as much. Because as you relax, any kind of physical complications you may have or had in the past start to dissolve during this process. Because relaxation, reduces chronic pain. relaxation, relaxes the muscles, relaxes cramps. Relaxation reduces headaches, because it relaxes the muscles relaxes, the scalp relaxes, the brain relaxes. All those things allow the blood flow just to flow easily and naturally. And that tension that may have been in the back of your neck. just relaxes muscles just seem to start to divide, you know, find each other a little bit. Just Just let go. Because that's the natural thing to happen. Because I can talk and say Now relax your feet, relax your knees, relax your front teeth, you know and go forward different parts of your body. The fact is if you just lie there, or sit here just listening to me. It can't be come more relaxed without me focusing on any particular parts of your body. Which means when we do focus on, for example, your stomach, your stomach already started to relax. By focus on. it magnifies that sense of relaxation and comfort magnifies, it strengthens the sense of letting go of all tension and discomfort in your stomach. When you focus on a particular part of your body, during this process of me, just talking to you, he is like looking through a magnifying glass and increase in those physical sensations of comfort, naturally, occurring to become stronger as if the muscles are separating from each other, releasing any tensions or any kind of physical discomforts from the past, just almost like just being let out. Steam just leaving the cattle just believe in love, it's a stain just been released, most light light, it's all miniature volcanoes, you know, the steam is released, the vote kind of comes down. And then as you focus even more, maybe this time, you're focusing on the back of your neck. So the stain is being released from their volcano. And you can feel the, the muscles in your back, relaxing even more,
the more you focus. It's like you've just poured the biggest bucket of water in into that tiny little volcano, putting out any chance of hate ever arise. And again, you just completely doused that volcano. So you had the initial relief of that release of energy and steam from the volcano as you focused on your neck. But then that be bucket of water, pulling out any memories or resemblance or even just every part of discomfort that may have been there in the past is invisible. It's like it was never there. In fact, there's no trace. There's no proof that there was anything in your back of your neck, other than comfort, and relaxation. And smoothness is another thing about when you relax your body. And it's happening naturally anyway. Even if it's just because of my boring voice. Or maybe you're used to listening to me and you know that when you listen to me you feel more relaxed. Regardless of what I say, whether I'm talking in this way about the different parts of your body, increasingly feeling
more comfortable and calm. Or if I'm talking about something else, you feel more relaxed. And is that familiar sense of safety that comes with listening to me Mind, you can be okay. Knowing that when you listen, your immune system becomes stronger as your body relaxes your immune system has the energy to experience that healing the strength, strengthen your immune system and to heal your body.
Not just healing problems from the past, but preparing to heal everything in the future, keeping us strong and safe and well with that sense of optimism, knowing that your immune system is strong and becoming stronger every day. Because when you can relax, your immune system becomes stronger. When you relax, your immune system becomes stronger. As you can now relax even more. With that sense of comfort, as your mind wraps around that idea. As you relax, more and more, your immune system becomes stronger and stronger. Almost like a force field surrounding your body. Sending blood through your body filled with healing energy, healing every part of your body continuously as your immune system becomes stronger and stronger, protecting you almost being your own guardian angel. looking out for you, silently, quietly in the background, healing your body when it's needed. By only when it's needed. Making sure you're strong and protected. And doing whatever is necessary to keep you safe. And the idea of that as you allow that idea to soak into every muscle in your body. As you allow the idea to sink deeply into every button.
every bone in your skeletal system idea your immune system will protect you and keep you safe and well and healthy. Do you feel more relaxed each and every day? transforms your mind in a way that change changes how you see the world. It might just be slightly changes the way you see yourself. The way you experience. Your own
sense of self as you start feels stronger physically and you have more faith and trust in your own ability to let go of any of those four sub feelings that are no longer useful to your well being. And use start spend more time in brace in that sense of relaxation and comfort. There's automatically there for you at all times ava....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/116-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-stronger-immune-system-relaxation-jason-newland-11th-april-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes
just to let you know that this podcast is available, available available on my website, or listened to without the adverts at the beginning and as a continuous play, just go to the website in the menu and you'll see it so you can just press play for the first recording. And it will play you all the recordings. Now that doesn't bore you. I have another podcast, which is specifically for boring called let me boil to sleep. So there's there's a lot of different things, lots of things you can choose from. So I fought yesterday I did a session like a relaxation session with and without music. And I haven't done one of my little radio chat. I don't want to call them random chats. waffling on for a little while. So I'll do one today. A little bit of bird, bird song in the background you might hear the old pigeons. But I quite like it's not always ideal. If I'm making a sleep session, some people who complained someone kill that bloody pigeon, which is a bit annoying.
It's called Fred. So this is going to be a I suppose this recording to see how you get in on?
How are you might seem a bit of a weird question. might seem a bit weird to listen to a podcast where the person is actually directing the question at you.
But yeah, how you get in on? How are you doing? Because you might be in a position. when no one's asked you that today. You may be in a position where no one's asked you there for a while.
And at the date of this recording practically the whole world is in kind of solitary confinement. You know, so I think it's quite a valid question. How are you doing? How are you getting on? How are you coping with the way things are? At the moment?
I realize you can't actually answer me on the record in so can't have lots of people say well actually, it's a bit of shit. Because it's a bit crappy for a lot of people. But there are benefits in other ways. So some people are getting paid. They're getting to go home getting paid 80% of their wages, or more properties of this fire furlough, some weird name and he's spending that time learning a new thing, like studying.
Not everyone has that opportunity. And my my sympathies go out to people or to everyone really but people are self employed. You know from a practical perspective Cuz you know, you don't get sick pay, if you're self employed, don't get holiday pay. You don't you know, you just earn what you earn, you got to live on it. But I'm not here to talk about what I'm just wondering how you getting on emotionally how you dealing with the whole possible overload of negativity that's been squirted at all of us through the television, and through the internet, through social media, through the newspapers, the radio, maybe through people you speak to, on the phone, lots of negativity. And I personally have times where I struggled to find positivity during Positive times. So it does sometimes feel that I've got to try and surf the wave that's occurring. And I tried to do that. So things are going well, generally. society's feeling quite good. For example, let's say last year was the last year, the World Cup or maybe was the year before either No, but the World Cup, England we're doing really well. didn't win it. But we were doing really well at one point. And the the atmosphere just seemed quite nice. Positivity on the news positivity. In the papers positivity around people just I don't know, it seemed to have quite a positive effect upon society, even to those that aren't into football.
Which is me, not really into football. But I like to ride the wave if I can.
And use that positive energy to do my own things into some gain touch of feeling quite good. So when this this big, dirty, poo flavored wave, it's been like flooding through. And lately, I'm trying not to ride that wave. effect fact, if anything, the main thing I'm trying to do is to get underneath the wave. Because if it's wavy, big waves, you get underneath the wave, you dive underneath the water, you're less affected by the current of the waves and stuff. Or if you get out of the water. So that's what I've been. So I've been trying to do lately, made a few changes. And I thought I'd just share that with you just to let you know that he can, well, I can and maybe you can also gain some positives not out of like consuming a little bit. I don't know almost rude to sort of the idea of going in a positive our such a worldwide in a pandemic situation. But from a personal level. Maybe there's things you can do that you've put off. I don't mean housework, or something that you put off because you don't want to do it. Because it's the horrible you know, like lane who might be laying carpet or digging the garden, you might have put it off because you just don't want to do because it doesn't appeal to you.
Then maybe do something that you've been putting off because perhaps you didn't think you'd have enough time. Maybe didn't think you'd have enough focus, or it didn't seem like the right time to do it. And that could be anything but writing a book or writing a poem, sing a song, learn a new instrument. Or maybe learning the instrument that you already own. I've got ukulele that's still in this box over year, after boy still up there on the shelf staring down at me. daring me to play it. One day I might buy a book is a book, The lights read a book on your shelf that you thought about reading, but you haven't kind of got around to it. On your Kindle, maybe, perhaps is an online course on Udemy Udemy was called or something like that as loads of online stuff that you can do. learning something new. Doing some exercise might go into the category of things that you really don't want to do, because it's crap. But for me, I've got a punch bag in my living room. So I've been doing more exercise, although I didn't when been on it yesterday. But I'm literally touching it now. That's as hard as I can punch, my hardest punch.
And there's something quite nice about it might sound weird, but for me, it feels quite nice that
my normal lifestyle of a solitary lifestyle is now no longer weird. It's now no longer a life. It's not a it's not that my brain hasn't forced this upon me. My illness, my bipolar anxiety, personality disorder, whatever, has not forced me to stay indoors. Most of the time. The government has. I have to stay indoors. It's the law. I'm allowed to go out once a day, maybe I'm allowed to go to the shop if I need to once get exercise, maybe once a day. But the things that I never did before, like socializing are not allowed to do. Which I feel less of a freak. Anonymous saying that I think that other people that don't socialize or that are like me are freaks, I'll just sometimes feel like I'm a freak. That's a very different distinction. I think that's fair enough to say I think we it's understandable. I sometimes feel like there's something wrong with me that I should be all excited about seeing other people and I should be interested in other people's lives. And I'm not some of that could have nothing to do at all. with mental illness or mental ill health. It could just be a personality thing. Who knows? I mean to the mental health system actually realizes that everybody that is prescribed medication for a mental health issue needs to have their brain examined literally has, you know need to be gotten into have a brain scan. So they can see neurologists specialists can see what's going on inside the brain. Then there's more chance of us actually getting some help, the proper help that we need. Because it might be a damage, parlor brains damaged. Due to your nose, a bang on the head when was kids it could be many different things. Or maybe I just don't like being around people very much. Nothing Due to bipolar, nothing to do with the anxiety. Possibly. I like the idea that maybe not everything is quiet is black and white. And when you start looking at things a little bit differently, it breaks up a bit starts to crumble a little bit. And that that limited thinking starts to fall apart. So that thinking of condemning ourselves and putting ourselves down and 10 Lascelles old on this on that I should be something else. I should be like him or like her are not good enough. That starts to change a little bit. Because actually, the other person is not a perfect specimen of a human. They're not the weird thing is not weird. But someone said to me, actually years ago, a comedian he said this was quite a he wasn't famous, but he was very, you know, headliner. And I forget about a bit Alan Davis is famous now. But at the time it wasn't. And he said, probably at least 20% of the audience won't like him.
Because he wasn't famous, they didn't know who he was. And it just got to a comedy club, have you ordered a ballroom itself? And he said 20% 10% probably thinks he just don't like him at all really dislike him. But because the majority are clapping and laughing, the other little percentage don't even get noticed.
So if you've got a crowd of 1000 people, how many of those people do you think have anxiety issues? How many of those people have depression or have got, you know, going through bereavement, or I've got bipolar or schizophrenia or ADHD or you know, Bilimoria, you just go through a list a list of different illnesses is this huge list. So out of that, 1000 people, there's gonna be a lot of people there, that if you knew what was actually going on, in their own mind, and in their life, you could separate people. And you could say, wow, there's really that many. And t....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/115-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-how-are-you-today-jason-newland-10th-april-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Just to let you know that you can also listen to this podcast on our website, without adverts at the beginning, and on continuous play. It's in the menu on our website. And the other all of my main podcasts are on there that you can do that with. Also, all of my recordings are on my website as well. You can also download this for free and streaming for free as well. So that's it. So sitting in my garden shed in my bedroom, is my studio, my recording studio. On the sounds of it, Andres scratching at the living room door, which is a little bit annoying. But hey, this is normal for whenever I start to do with these recordings, he suddenly pops up and becomes awake. As you might have noticed in previous recordings, so luckily, it should be fairly quiet. And I'm going to do two versions of this recording. One will be like this without music. One will be with music, because this is going to be a relaxation session. So I'm not just going to be talking about a subject, she's going to be a relaxation we called him. So I hope that that's useful. And part of the reason I'm doing this, but apart from this what I do, but
I finished definitely a need at the moment. For more. For more relaxation. I feel it myself, that's I actually need it myself. So I'm sure other people also would benefit or can benefit. So that's what this is, I won't waffle on too much. Although I will be continuing to waffle because that's what the
what I do in these recordings base, a different type of waffling is going to be focusing on your physical comfort. So that's what I'm going to be doing. And the recording. I'm not sure how long this recording will last but maybe half an hour to one we music will last about 15 minutes, because the music will continue playing
afterwards. And that's it. And I'm hoping to up my game a little bit and make more regular daily
recordings for this podcast. Because in some ways, this is possibly the most important podcast of all of them at the moment with the you know with the world as it is in 2020 April. Relaxation is possibly at the top of the list and it's just a personal thing, but I think because maybe huge amounts of people now are having anxiety and stress because of the situations been happening. Those people deal with it. Deal with anxiety, panic and stress during society's good times, or, you know, flourishing times when everything see It's okay. To the majority of the public. Often they kind of get forget forgotten a little bit, a little bit lost in the crowd. So I want to let you know that you're not lost in the crowd here. And also the everybody's welcome. So this isn't just for people that had long term issues with stress or anxiety, like myself. It's for everybody that could benefit from feeling relaxed. So maybe you can share this online, let other people know about this free service. If it helps you, it might help others you never know. Might not they might hate it. So it's a double. If you send it someone you don't like first. And then it helps them know their mind. If it doesn't, you just annoy them. joking, I'm joking. So, so I'd like you get yourself calm. And you might think, Well, no, you get me calm Jason, as one listen to you. Okay, get myself calm, I wouldn't need to listen to this. Which isn't really true. Because we can calm down. There are ways of calming down even little things like taking your shoes off,
taking your socks off. Laying down on a bed. It gives that signal of calmness to your body to your nervous system, I guess to your brain to know that there's been a change, and that changes change of comfort.
See, you can go from it's kind of the opposite, I guess to run in for a bus. Because you see, I saw might see a bus and I realize oh, it's gonna take off about run before you know before it leaves the bus stop. That's a signal to your nervous system. To have stress and to have energy to kickstart that adrenaline system to give you the to send that I guess the fat reserves burned into energy so you can run for that bus.
gives you an idea how how much and how about biology but you know it's a basic,
very basic explanation. This would be kind of the opposite of that. So sitting on your chair or sitting on your bed side of your bed,
taking off your shoes, taking off your socks maybe if you've got a tight top on taking the tight top off so that your shoulders can just feel relaxed because I know that for some people I'm not talking about myself here. But for some people that might be fashion. wear tight clothes is a good thing maybe you know someone who works out in the gym and really pleased with their body they want to show it off and wear tight clothes. But when you're at home, there's no one else around. Just take the take the T shirt off the tight t shirt or tight jumper. A tight jacket. Just notice how it feels when your shoulders and your chest can relax.
Maybe take your jeans off if you were in jeans. I hadn't worn jeans since I was about 10 I have been off for a long time. But that you know me sometimes I used to wear jeans and I take them off and it'd be a mark around my stomach where the jeans have been too tight. And that complete relief of like just feels nice. It's a small feeling but it's a nice feeling. could be something as simple as just putting your hands underneath the elastic of your underpants or underwear and just lift in the elastic a little bit
and lend some air onto your admin abdomen. Just you know giving yourself this a little bit of pleasure.
It's those little things that gives, it's a trigger to your brain. To relax, it's almost like you're saying to your brain, this is the beginning of what we're going to be doing next. Just like when you're about to run for the bus, you're telling your body and your brain, I'm now going to be running.
whenever I'd run for a bus, a few cans have fallen over, actually. But when I get to the bus, I'll be honest with you, I don't feel relaxed, it takes a while for me to calm down. Because I've given myself almost like a command, or very least a request. Or maybe a warning even that this is what's going to be happening and I'm not sure how long it's gonna be happening for.
So when you do just maybe lie down on your bed, or lie back in a chair, comfortable chair supports your body. So if he was to fall asleep, your body would be supported, you wouldn't fall out of it. So it's always a good idea not to listen to relaxation stuff on a stall or somewhere that doesn't support your body completely.
And that feeling of comfort, the initial feeling of comfort that you experience when you've been maybe stand on your on your feet all day, or maybe just for a short while, but long enough to appreciate the relaxed sensation that you experience when you do sit down. Taking the weight off your feet and your legs and your hips.
resting your hands and your arms. Maybe on the sides of the chair or maybe on your lap. And in that moment, this sensation, this really pleasurable maybe if not connected with feeling relaxed, even though in that moment you are feeling relaxed. When you actually focus on that feeling. And that's the only thing that you're focusing on. Something starts to change. Because that initial feeling that maybe that seemed quite small to start with starts to grow starts to expand. Which is it's nice when it happens to a to a pleasant feeling.
Of course it's quite horrible. Maybe when it happens to an unpleasant feeling, maybe stress or anxiety. And, you know, the same kind of thing could happen there. When you focus too much on one thing. It can sometimes expand and become bigger than what actually really is. We're not merely is just a feeling. Just a feeling.
Just an experience a physical emotional sensation. They may start to wonder about this pleasant feeling. Is it physical? Or is it emotional? Because there seems to be a little bit of wanting to
maybe like separate the two, whatever, either it's physical or it's emotional. But we all know that how you feel physically affects how you feel emotionally. And in the same way, how you feel emotionally affects how you feel physically.
So the lines become a little bit blurred as to what is physical and what is emotional. And, you know,
it is kind of weird, I guess how it mixes together. But then feelings, emotions. Even if it's physical, it's still created by the brain.
Feelings are always changing. For example, someone has a chronic pain issue. The more relaxed, they get more relaxed, they feel emotionally, in their mind,
the more relaxed off you're physically. Which means those pain levels will reduce. Because the feelings are always changing, always changing. Moving around, almost like clouds in the sky was a full moon last night, big pink moon or something.
And the clouds just going past. But no matter how many clouds there were, that moon was shining right through them.
The clouds didn't stand a chance. Something about the power of that moon. Because I think it was the closest to the that it gets in a year, you know, during the year. And it was so bright. To start there, activation of calmness and relaxation. Even though it may have started off as a small feeling of just lying down on your bed or taking your socks off
or taking your bra or for your shoes, or it could be something just simple. This activates the sense of calmness in your body, which then stimulates your brain to prepare to feel relaxed. Nice, that's why sports people rehearse what they're going to do. And they prepare for what they'....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/114-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-safe-positive-healing-relaxation-jason-newland-9th-april-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. If you'd like to support this free service you can go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, the links on our website so was going to say oh yeah also on the website there's a page in the.in the menu and you can listen to the four main podcast I have advert free and continuous so that you press play on the first one in opens tenuously play each one without adverts this podcast on their deep sleep whisper hypnosis let me Boyd asleep and weekly sleep hypnosis or sleep hypnosis weekly.
I think it's called Rashid Khan and know what my podcast called great Andres popped out to do we are now he's gone back to sleep.
Which is nice. Let's come back to sleep. So part of me wants to have a big moan just a big grant and a big moan and just complain
so and so I'm not going to buy made just got me thinking. In this particular time, I'm not going to ignore the situation is going on at the moment. This recordings the 31st of March 2020, where the whole world is kind of going on lockdown because of the coronavirus epidemic,
or pandemic or wherever you want to call it. So since I last made a recording I've actually found myself in a couple of situations where I've really
not lost my temper. But being very left less than patient should I maybe Yeah, less than patient. And the more this is going on, the more this stuff is it has started to get to me. And maybe this recording could be useful for people to also feel in a similar way and might be useful to realize that
you're not the only ones that are feeling this way. And maybe also to not feel guilty for feeling this way. So I've noticed I've been annoyed at things that perhaps I wouldn't normally be annoyed that
and I fell down the stairs yesterday or the day before only the bottom two steps you know kind of missed the step. And I had Andre underneath my jacket is my boys My son is a ferret but he's you know had him under my jacket. And I fell down landed on my knee and then ended up on my back because basically miss my foot in but I did fall down. didn't hit my head or anything. Bash my arm and my chest a bit and you know, money's The reason I'm talking about this is because I want to tell someone about it. And I'm looking for sympathy.
Also I started thinking what would I do? If this was serious. This was a serious situation. And I injured myself off figured if I'd broken my arm or if it was fairly
something that needed medical attention, but not like life. Death situation, then I get a taxi to the hospital.
Then what if I didn't have enough money to get a taxi is kind of impossible walk. It's gotta be at least three hours walk is a long, long, long, long way. It's not impossible, it's doable. But to do that in like good
physical health would be a task but to do with a broken arm would be identified physically be able to do it. Anyway, the point where the reason I'm mentioning this is there's the whole thing about this, the guilt trip does be important to the public about not using the NHS, unless it's like a severe emergency, telling people that actually even in an emergency, you possibly won't get seen because priority goes to Coronavirus patients and you know, is this the fear is something that I don't know how to maybe express it nicely, but it's almost like the TV news people are really enjoying creating and extending and increasing the fear in people don't think they realize perhaps Firstly, how it's affecting the average person. That's, you know, generally,
physically and mentally, okay. And also, how's it affecting someone that's dealing with anxiety, or, you know, some other mental health issue?
To have this bombardment is, it's hard, it's hard. And I suppose that's what I wanted to talk about.
I'm not necessarily going to give a solution. I don't have an antidote for the pandemic. That's the solution. I suppose another solution would be to stop watching the news as much. However, we can't really stop watching the news altogether. Otherwise, we won't know what the latest rules are. As far as social distancing, and when are we allowed to go out? How much are we allowed to buy? You know, those kind of things? To someone that never reads the newspapers or never watches the news. They might be just wandering around. Like they normally do, completely unaware of what's going on. Especially if they're solitary, and they don't like to speak to anyone. My can't imagine a situation. It seems like quite an unrealistic situation, that someone would not know what's going on. But you know, I've had little experiments in the past where I've not watched the news for two weeks. I don't read newspapers. Anyway. I get my news from the internet. So I didn't look at the Internet. None of the news. Didn't go on Facebook, Twitter, just for two weeks. And people were saying to me now after two weeks I watch the news and so I'll be talking about something that happened 10 days ago
we thought about talking about the plane crash or plane crash what the huge plane crash that happened. Who's in all it was like constant on the news for about six days. All over talking about
No, didn't hear about parmie felt a little bit. Maybe a little bit embarrassed, you know? But then I thought you know what, I've just managed managed to avoid and sidetrack or jump over that little hurdle or underneath
all of that stuff. All of that. And it is negative. So it might be factual. But it's not positive as it is. It's not always something that we need to hear about either. Doesn't mean it's not as valid. But I don't want to know everything that's happening in every single country. And with the internet, we can kind of find out. But sometimes I do want to know everything that's happening in every country. So it's, you know what doing. So how to deal with what's going on. And this may well be a complete duplication of a previous recording I've done. And if that's the case, I do apologize. And I will repeat myself at times anyway. But I don't necessarily remember what I've said in previous recordings. That's why I put a title now on the recording. So I kind of have an inkling. I think the last recording was titled, this is temporary or something like that. Remember, this is temporary. So I was in a shop the other day and the lady always do my best to socially keep a distance. And the woman on the counter serving me was rude to me twice, once about standing spots when I would have been too close to the people behind me. And I said, No, I need to I'm keeping in the middle between the two people. I said if you're going to moan moan at him, because he was too close to me. And then she mind that I was buying too much water. So I had six bottles of water. I'd already mentioned it to one of our staff members. The shop was practically empty. And they had loads of stock coming in. And most people stopped going to shops because they've been warned not to go out unless it so they kind of have to and she started having a go me for that. There's a limit of two bowls. Okay. Put your up with a fullback. You know, it wasn't that bothered. I only went in there because I'd forgot I'd left something in there for the day before my prescriptions, but I got and they didn't have any water the day before. So that's why I got it. And she was all huffy. No, you take you there. But this next time, I said to you are very monix today. And I kind of I was trying not to be rude. But I wanted to be rude. And the thing is in my heart I've actually got a lot of time for people who are working retail. I know it's a hard job. When it's busy. It can be a really boring job when it's quiet. And at Christmas, you know times like the highs absolute nightmare. And the last few weeks has been like Christmas Eve every single day nonstop. So it must have been horrible for people working in retail. But at the same time I want in mind that. So I left the shop and I felt guilty. I was annoyed but I was also guilty because on the part I'm thinking she's quite a kind of heroes in a way they're doing something that most of us wouldn't want to do at this time. And probably majority people wouldn't want to do at all due to the low wages or because they wouldn't want to do that kind of job. Maybe I have done that kind of job. I know that it can be difficult.
So kind of you know, there's that part of me thinking you know, I got a lot of respect for people are working in shops. People are delivering stuff in lorries. People, especially those that have to have face to face contact with the public, one after another, hundreds and 1000s of people maybe in a day, they shouldn't really have to go through that. I know we all have to eat and stuff, but
it almost doesn't seem fair. To me is like you should get extra staff in
if you can, and have them on the table for maybe an hour each. And then the rest of the day doing something else. But you know, I don't run the business, I can't have that kind of control. But I've worked in retail when they did used to do that. never wanted to have more than our Christmas time, because it's too much, too much. So that chronic sense of feeling guilty, but more so angry. Very weird kind of mixture of emotions. Because I wasn't rude. I wasn't swearing. I wasn't shouting. I wasn't name calling. But probably my tone of voice wasn't so great. I pulled her up. And when she said I got a colleague over. I said, What didn't you said it was okay for me get these waters? Yes, fine. I explained to her while we're standing on the spot, which was on the ground, saying I'm not s....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/113-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-its-been-emotional-jason-newland-31st-march-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. I've got Andre in the background crunching away on his food. So this is not going to be the same as the one yesterday. So I'm going to talk to you on the go old school, go back to last week when I was doing these checks. So I'm aiming to try and do another relaxation kind of,
I suppose.
almost think of it as being like a pure relaxation recording. By I have limits to what I can do them. And when he's awake, it's hard to get even down to these quiet active bar can still talk. So if hearing him in the background is a is a problem, then I just say turn turn off the recording. that annoys me a bit to be honest. It's, I wouldn't be without him. Yesterday, he is kind of not. I'm nocturnal. But he's whatever the the equivalent of being an addict and he dexterous and ridiculous. are caught in sight word. He basically is asleep and awake all night and all day. So he just sleeps then he gets up. Regardless whether it's day or night in or go to sleep again and get up again for an hour or so. And he is gone. The waves only listen to this, if you can safely Close your eyes. And I could quite easily fall asleep I think. So bear not close my eyes. So I I'm trying to make my podcasts. Corona free. Okay, I'm trying to do that. However, I think it would be the right word, be it be ignorant of me to ignore what's going on, especially considering the raise in potential rise in anxiety in people. And the last couple of days have managed to calm down a bit.
But
it was starting to get to me over the weekend, especially. And it's now Wednesday. So I think Monday and Tuesday, yesterday especially. I've calmed down quite a bit. I think part of it was the the lack of clarity within what the government keeps telling us, you know, in England anyway, in the UK, I don't know about other countries. I know a little bit about what's going on and other countries. For example,
India. Oh,
golly, yo, yo, India have locked down for 21 days. America has really been getting worse in America and press the president is talking about how it's calming down when it's actually not. And how he expects everything to be over by Easter, which is in about two weeks time.
swak can't really let me know what's going on there. waver optimism is an amazing thing. being optimistic Being positive. So, you know, I don't really want to knock anyone that's
able to be positive in quite negative times. But at the same time I do, you know, I do value realist some as well, a little bit of a realistic thinking. So have the word talk about how it's affected me a little bit. Mood guard in just just my own personal experience. So it might not be of any use to anybody. But it might be as well. So what I noticed is, it's nice to sniff there as well. I haven't I, at this time of year, I get a little bit coldy. But I haven't got any of don't get any symptoms. But I noticed when the when the weather changes, and it's cold, and then it's quite warm them this time of the year. It's quite nice during the day base proper cold at night. And it kind of affects me a little bit, get it sniffly.
But I'm, you know, I'm self isolating just like most people. And there's been a part of me that wanted to do something
that wanted to help other people. Which is why I do these recordings because I like to help others. But I wanted to do something more focused as in maybe locally or you know, something concerning the current pandemic thing that's going on. And then the, I think is the Health Minister came on television, saying that they wanted 250,000 volunteers to help with the NHS health service. So I volunteered, I went online, signed up. The weird thing about it is they said they wanted people to volunteer, but they didn't tell anyone how to do it. I went online, it took me about half an hour to actually find the correct link. Because the NHS website had nothing. The government website had nothing. I literally had to found it on one of the newspaper websites. So that was kind of a weird experience. So I hope ya should probably be doing some volunteering, but it's going to be from home, phoning people up and checking that they're okay.
And it's through some kind of app that the NHS has got.
I'm not sure what it is exactly, but should be okay. But how this has affected me is sense of helplessness. Which I only normally feel when I feel that I felt that often with the anxiety feeling like I'm kind of at the whim of the anxiety and the stress levels or with the bipolar, sort of almost helpless in a wave of emotion and mood swings. And then to add something real. And I'm not saying that the feelings. My experiences aren't real, but in a way feelings aren't real or they moods aren't real. It's just a feeling. It's just an emotion. As opposed to, you know, imagining getting hit by a car and actually getting hit by a car. Both cause huge, tremendous emotional stress, even sort of imagining it. But the actual act of getting hit by a car is way worse.
physically and emotionally but someone imagining that they can I get hit by a car
could stop them from going out. So it could actually almost roll their life, if they have that social anxiety connected with public transport or you know, things like that. And I suppose the difference is something about a real world event that has different effects on me anyway, there's the, the kind of maybe a forced into reality situation, where actually, there are people really suffering and perhaps I shouldn't feel so sorry for myself. Perhaps I should, you know, perhaps should those words perhaps I should stop being the center of the universe in my own mind. So that little bit guild there and then there's the the thought that actually those things that I would perhaps worry about, concerning germs being around someone who's coughing or sneezing, or you know, I've on a regular hand washing normally Anyway, you know, whenever I get home from a BNL always wash my hands always do have done for years. And ever I touch a post and if I'm on the bus and I'm putting my hand on one of the bars, there's a way to sort of get off I immediately think of the gems are on that bar the amount of people that are put their hands there, you know, I've kind of always always been like that. I'm like that generally. And there's there's a degree of kind of I think from a therapeutic perspective and people with those issues maybe germs and fear of catching diseases from other people there's almost seems to be a bit of a a bit of the word disrespect to be correct but not really taking the person seriously. In a almost trying to tell the person why it's unlikely you're going to catch anything from them and you know, it's got germs and you have to do a lot in your life in order to be healthy and sadly immune system is strong. Anyone that lives in a bubble and never gets germs or gets colds end up not being able to fight off you know proper illnesses in the future and then something like this comes along which is affecting healthy people's not just unhealthy people it's affected and it was it affected the unhealthy people first. So they started to assume I was just elderly people have underlying health conditions going to be at risk when actually they start to discover that's not just the case. brings up these things that okay, what this is too real. I don't like this. This is way too real for me. And I kind of just wanted to go away which is nice and mine is hearing him crunching in the background. Andre What do you got do that when I'm there almost like he waits for me to start recording and he runs out to make noise,
especially during these recordings for some reason. He's a weirdo. You're weird Andre. was weird is maybe. And this that realness is almost like the thing are being fearing are actually real.
And that, that dow I had in my mind that maybe those fears of germs and stuff, were, you know, potentially a little bit exaggerated, you know, maybe didn't need to really be concerned with stuff like that or really that had a double effect of like, well, maybe eases it a little bit or the other side code. I'm judging myself. And now there is stuff out there that really, you know, we've been told by heads of states that you can't go outside in this is an emergency office can go out once a day to exercise and, and for me, I don't know, I've, I've got a friend that lives downstairs, and even he won't come near me. We stay apart, I see him every day speak to him on the phone, I lives downstairs, I'd normally see and most days hang out a little bit been I was at my front door and he was standing the other side of the hallway. So you needed some milk.
And we just got kept away from each other. And it's almost funny to start with. But I can see, it could turn into making the phobia the German phobia stronger if I allowed it if I don't keep checking.
Because I'm not saying I've got a major phone, phone, phone, a major German phobia, but I do have a bit of if I'm nice, someone that's coughing, my anxiety levels really go up very quickly. And I've got I know how to control it. And I know how to use it in how to get into more of a relaxed state. And there's certain things that I've talked about in previous recordings that can be done that can reduce those levels. By having that reaction when there wasn't anything really not realistically to be concerned about. But now the risk is, it's I find that a little bit confusing. My reaction to our main This is something that I kind of needed to do Sorry, I'm laughing at him. He's having some kind of a hyper thing at the moment. One of the things that I ....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/112-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-remember-this-is-temporary-jason-newland-25th-march-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks, please, and listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, you can find all of my recordings on my website. There's over 1500 on there. And all podcasts, all the recordings from this podcast as well have also on my website.
Now, because of the times we're going through worldwide with the Coronavirus, and all that stuff, I don't want to talk about that specifically. But because of
this situation, I'm gonna try to do some regular relaxation sessions, where I'm just talking and guiding you into relaxation. I'll still do some of the other stuff as well. We'll talk about some subjects, but like to try and do for Ken Bailey relaxation session. Just to help you to calm your mind calm your body, to get back in touch with that safe space that we all have inside us to get back in touch with that calmness, that we can all experience. So this is almost a kind of like an antidote to watching the news, or, you know, hopefully. So I hope that's useful. And I'd like to take this opportunity to thank Susan, for the lovely gift that she gave me today. And also to other people who've also helped me to cover the costs of the website and the podcast for the current in the coming months. So I really appreciate that. Thank you, if you if you're interested in helping out the links on my website. So that's what I'm planning to do. And I'm talking from a very personal perspective here. What's happening around the world has affected me. I'm not saying it in a way of like, on is special, because I've been affected by something that's affected millions. I don't mean it like that. I mean, I'm responsible for looking after myself. There is no one else that's going to do. So I need to take care of
my own emotional well being. Which means I need to be aware of I need to be, well I need I'd like to be more aware of how I'm feeling more of the time in a sense of being able to possibly adjust how I'm feeling so that I can get back to that safe space that you could call it equilibrium. I guess there's lots of different words for the same kind of thing. That level to get back leveled again,
to get back on the straight path to get realigned, you know, whatever term you'd like to use
on my safe space, because feeling safe is is one of the nicest feelings or we can have
I think it's one of the three useful feeling to have it's very important to be able to have that feeling. And to be able to step into that feeling
when you need it most, as well as when perhaps you don't need it to have that option to visit in the same way you might have a bar, not because you need to have a bath,
extra smelly bit just because you fancy Zion down some bubbles and maybe nice aroma from the oils or the bath salts or whatever it might be. Just relaxing. Sometimes a bath isn't about cleanliness, it can be about relaxing, sometimes laying down on your bed isn't about going to sleep. It's about just letting go of the day letting go of your thoughts. Just enjoying that sense of relaxation that your body naturally experiences when you just let go of thinking and it's a nice feeling. From my experience, over the years, both doing this online and also in person on know that sometimes the experience of relaxing can feel quite profound. Because sometimes you can actually start to feel relaxed in parts of your body that you didn't even think the relaxation was even needed or necessary. When you start to feel, for example, your stomach starting to relax. It's a different kind of feeling, maybe to how you thought it would be because each body part has its own unique feeling. its own unique physical sensation. feet, they don't feel the same as as shoulders. When you flex your biceps. It's not the same as when you see you know you squint your eyes and the muscles, the cornea of your eyes around your eyes are stretched. And then you let them go and you can feel that sense of relaxation. After tense in your eyes and the muscles around your eyes. Those very different from the sensation of flexing the muscles in your arms.
When you do flex the muscles in your arms afterwards there's a sense of comfort and relaxation. Maybe not when you're in a gym lifting weights, but afterwards that stretch to almost like the knots of tension or just straightened out.
undone untied. It's a nice feeling great believer that none of this stuff needs to be a fact, to me, doesn't work if it's a chore. You can't force yourself to feel relaxed. You can't force yourself to feel tired. You can't force yourself to feel hungry. Those things, you can't force yourself to fall in love with somebody.
Or to like a certain food. It's these natural processes that work better when they are allowed to flow naturally. Otherwise, you're actually causing a blockage. Because in a dam, you're also causing a blockage in the river. So it can't flow.
Even though that blockage was actually you trying to help yourself, see, maybe tried to relax and you know, by trying to force your body to relax and telling yourself relax, relax, must relax now, relax, in giving yourself five minutes to relax and it must be done. And
even though the intention is it's an honorable, wonderful intention. The intention is kindness. You're being unkind to yourself. So this isn't a time to criticize yourself, tell yourself off like a small child for misbehaving. The intention was lovely. The intention was for you to relax. Fortunately, by the the forceful nature that it goes against what's natural, which means it's about allowing that sense relaxation to occur naturally. by sitting in a comfortable chair, or laying down the bed or settee
so far, maybe you're lying on the floor on a mat, a yoga mat, wherever your situation may currently be, just by listening to my voice, solve it's needed. Because you can naturally notice the sense of relaxation, growing it's almost spontaneous. Think of it like a water slide, or just a general slide, you know, you, you're walking up the ladder. And the walking up the ladder part is basically getting this recording. If you're listening to on your phone, or maybe on your computer, your laptop, tablet, on the television, wherever your case of comfortable in a chair that supports your body. So if you did fall asleep, you know you support it. Or you
lay down on your bed, for example. And you press the play button. That's all the work that's involved. At that point, you're at the top of the ladder and you stand in fact, you can just sit down,
ready to let yourself just slide gently but it's not deep. Deep slide It's a really slow, gently lowering slide. You almost feel like you're going straight ahead, but lowering at the same time. Be like people that go skydiving and they've got a parachute. I feel like they're flying the sea like they're going straight ahead, when in reality, they're actually going down the whole time. See, you can feel yourself relaxing. But it's in a natural, quiet, slow manner. It's easy. It's effortless. And you don't have to do anything. It really is the most simple thing in the world. Sometimes the most simple things can be sometimes difficult for people to allow to happen. Because if someone's Baby got Lord tension in their body, and it's causing distress, which tension does have a habit of doesn't seem to do. You I did something so easy, and simple and natural, as just listening to my voice. After getting yourself in a relaxed, comfortable position, lying down or sitting in a supportive chair, pressing the play button. And just allowing yourself to just go along for the ride.
The simplicity of that takes a little bit getting used to possibly until you realize that actually, there is nothing to get used to. Because you felt relaxed many times in your life, many 1000s and 1000s of times. And every night or whenever you sleep. There's times during your sleep when you are completely relaxed, your body and your mind you're just completely relaxed.
Of course we dream a night. But we're not dreaming the whole time. There are times when your body is so very deeply relaxed. So this actually occurs every day of your life. As well as moments when maybe you're not aware of it because you're just enjoying feeling relaxed. Maybe you're watching a movie. Maybe you're just sitting in a chair with your eyes closed. Just you know just listening to some music to sing joy in your own company. Might be there kotlin someone he might just be in a restaurant.
Okay for you feel relaxed. He might not be aware that you're relaxed. Because maybe you're talking to another person. You're focusing on what you see things around you. Your body, your mind is relaxed and the sense of feeling relaxed is It's a natural sensation, Curse of various times of the day and night. From the moment we are born, means we can purposefully tap in to those feelings really easy, really simply, because they're already they're already there. It's almost like having a remote control to television, on a little table next to your chair and you want the television to turn on, you just press the on button, and the televisions on.
When you want to turn it off, you just turn it off. It's easy. Simple, takes no effort. fun that way, relaxation. And fall in US asleep. Kind of has a fair bit in common with each other.
As we are born with the ability to sleep easily and naturally, without being taught. So we can also relax easily and naturally, without being taught. Sometimes we may need to be reminded minded, do we have that ability
as we need to be reminded? Do we have what we need always available. Always there. Whenever you need to feel relaxed.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/111-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-deep-relaxation-jason-newland-24th-march-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. If you'd like to support this free service, please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland. And you can help by sending the PayPal gift which will cover the costs of running the podcast and the website and all that stuff. Thank you very much. So and also all my recordings are available on my website is that 1500 recordings from these relaxation sessions, sleep insomnia recordings, chronic pain relief, stop smoking various different things. So I wanted to talk about I wanted to talk about a few things.
And but the main thing and I don't got no idea where I'm going to go with this, if I'm honest with you is I wanted to talk about the Coronavirus. I don't want to talk about the Coronavirus itself. But the effect that the Coronavirus, the constant press, internet social media news. All that stuff, the bombardment the
I don't know what the correct word would be base just is constant. And it's been going on for quite a while now. And it doesn't look like it's going to be calming down anytime soon. As far as the details attention, the focus on this issue. And my concern goes to was it goes to people that have got it people that are suffering, but specifically people that have anxiety issues. And people out there maybe listening to this that already have enough to deal with when it comes to germs, you know to phobias and things like that with germs. And I was thinking about it. And the whole idea of you know, anxiety attack, being the you know, fight flight or freeze is kind of our natural reaction in the with the introduction of something that may cause us harm, physical harm, for example, or emotional harm. So used to be called fight or flight. But then, you know, the fact is that freeze is something that often often happens, where a person can't do anything. They can't run away. They can't fight back, they freeze. And I've done that myself in the past. And rd often wondered why he was called it was always called Firefly. What about when you just stand there
and you do nothing. Or you know, you don't know what to do. He kind of everything kind of
stops working as it were. So the whole point of the whole point, the idea of an anxiety attack or panic attack being I don't know I call it an ex response, but an exaggerated response to a situation, which actually isn't harmful. That's quite often what anxiety attacks, panic attacks are connected to, in people's minds. But the reality is there, we get anxious things that really are serious as well. So the idea that we just we only get an anxious for no reason. And having an exaggerated response, when actually there's nothing to be scared of. That might be the case, at times, it may be an exaggerated response at times. And it may be a situation where there is no chance or very practice, you know, zero chance of that thing happening. But it's your mind, you know, getting carried away, causing your body to respond in that horrible, anxious manner. But actually, as well as that there are times when we are in danger,
or
we are experienced in a really bad situation. And it's hard to prepare for that stuff. Because we're not all in the army, or in the forces or in all military trained,
or in the police who are trained to deal with emergency situations. I don't know what to do an emergency situation, have dealt a couple of times in those things, but
I wasn't very good. So I suppose where I'm going with this is we've got the Coronavirus and it's a real thing. It is a real threat. So then, I've noticed my anxiety going up. And I can't just say to myself, well, I'm just worried about nothing.
Well, if there's nothing Why is it on telly 24 hours a day? Why all the schools closed? Why? Why you know is it's why is it taken over the entire country you know, every every aspect of the country flights everything's now being
affected by this virus just in my country that's about all the other countries in the world. So it's it is getting hard to the thought it to dismiss the anxiety.
It feels like in this situations about coping with it, or coping with the situation. So the anxiety doesn't arise. Because I found myself getting heart palpitations. I feel you know, watching the news and almost feel I'm losing my breath. And I'm going out to the supermarket. And I'm literally I feel like I've got tentacles sticking out my head at high alert. You know who's got the germs? Who's got the germs, who's got the who's got the plague, who's got it, you know? Should I be near them? Can I keep away from them? Do I need to face the other way who's coughing and that kind of stuff, which apart from being extremely unpleasant. I imagined that's what a lot of people to certain extent are actually experiencing those with or without anxiety issues. And those without generally having anxiety issues will possibly be having anxiety issues now, because of this current virus that's going around. That is seems to have taken over over the world temporarily. So maybe we need to keep hold of the word temporarily. Because it is a temporary Blip. It's quite a big blip at the moment. As far as the disruption is causing people, jobs, all that stuff. And this topic, it's it's too big really to kind of talk about in a recording is too big the whole extended situation, the garden, you know, things that could cause someone anxiety outside of the germs, situation D will catch it will give it to somebody because you know, if you're with, he's got relatives or elderly, that you care about, you know, that could be that anxiety, Will I lose someone that I care about? And then there's other bits, Will I lose my job, will I be able to pay their rent will be able to pay the mortgage, or all those kinds of things. I seem to find, and this might not be the same for everyone. A founder of almost taken on it a degree of worry on behalf of other people. You know, worried about people that I've not even met, worried about businesses. Worried about people that are in other countries that can't get home?
Yeah, those kinds of things. I mean, the other day, and I said, I think it was today or yesterday, the only five people are allowed
at a church funeral service. Now, no more than five people in the Church of England. And I started feeling upset for the people who are not allowed to go to a funeral. Because five people's not a lot. For someone that's got a big family. You know, someone might have seven children, or five children, grandchildren, they're all gonna want to go to the funeral.
So now kind of start the fire myself getting a little valve set with that. And a little bit angry. And now kind of feel guilty for feeling angry. So a little bit of a weird kind of various different emotions going on.
And then at the supermarket, when I was getting some food, normally do a fortnightly shop, which is a big was a fairly big shop. I do every fortnight.
And I was feeling guilty for food I was buying on buying too much stuff here. But it's why I always do. You know, I go out I don't go out very often. So I get paid every two weeks and I go and buy my food.
It's just and the the people some people look angry, there is such a negative energy around including the shop people working in the shop. Not that they're always necessarily, you know, smiling all day long. But though really drained, you could I could just see they were drained those so tired, because of the amount of work they've had to do. And so this the anxiety, to me seems that only can only speak well. I can't really speak on behalf of my country, but I'm focusing on what I've seen here. And you're gonna notice like where you are.
There's a huge amount of anxiety all around. Most of the people that I've spoken to are anxious about it, except old people for some reason.
The ones I've spoken to for people over 70 and they're all arrogant or very arrogant blahs I didn't care. And I found that quite surprising. Considering they're the the group that could be mostly risk. But there's just four people doesn't mean that so it's not necessarily a good example. But all of them like, absolutely not bothered not interested at all, which are found very, very unusual yet a lot of young people are maybe not the young young people, but people in a middle phase for years, are taking it seriously. I'm not sure how seriously older took it. When I was in my early 20s.
My teens probably wouldn't care. My jaw was a bit of a warrior. So I don't know.
It's hard to tell there's no way of knowing. It's just down to the personal character of each individual. Really, I guess. Whether they're concerned for others, or for themselves. So kind of, I suppose it makes me think just, you know, when I say be kind to yourself, what can you me, us, they all of us do to be kind to yourself during this Coronavirus situation?
And I don't know what the answer is for you, personally. Only you can really come up with that answer. I would suggest looking after yourself. being kind to yourself would be doing what you need to do to keep yourself safe. And I suppose there's a little part of me, Sonny small part that thinks
well, maybe more people will start to understand what it's like to have anxiety, like real
physically painful, you know, uncomfortable. Anxiety are not are not pleased, they've got it. But I kind of think it may be those people now the worried, really, really anxious and concerned about
what's going to happen with this. Maybe when this is all done, they'll have a bit more understanding for those people that live with this condition ongoing. S....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/110-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-corona-virus-anxiety-jason-newland-20th-march-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. And you can support this free service by going to pay pal.me forward slash Jason Newland land and the links on our website, if you wish. Just to let you know that all of my recordings are now add for free. There's no adverts on anything. And there are over 1500 recordings on my website. And they're being produced since 2006. So there's quite a few bits and bobs there. So this is going to be recording, it's going to be a relaxation recording. So I'm not going to be talking lots about any specific thing. It's going to be solely solely based on calming your mind, solely based on calm in your mind. So I'd like you to get yourself into a comfortable position. Maybe sitting down in a chair, making sure that the chair supports your bodies. So if you was to become maybe fall asleep or something that you wouldn't fall out of the chair, make sure it's got sides. On the chair, also. You know, there's a chance if you lie down listening to this, you may fall asleep because if I lie down, recording this, I would fall asleep. See, you'd have about five minutes of me talking and then you just hear snoring the next four hours which may be funny for the first 1010 minutes, but you know my snoring is not conducive to falling asleep or relaxation either. So that's why I always generally sit up when I do relaxation session. And I generally sit out when I'm listening to one or less you know I want to fall asleep.
So I'd like you to get in touch of a physically fell. Just we're doing a short body scan. Notice and now the different body parts of feeling right now. Starting at the top of your head, your forehead and just being aware of it. If there's stress in your forehead, you're not trying to get rid of it. During the body scan, you just you just notice in it you're giving it attention which is something sometimes all that body part needs from you is attention and then it might just reduce that stress anyway by letting go so you focus now on your eyes. Your eyelids just notice in the muscles around your eyes, you know underneath your eyes, the corners. Paul, you know between your eyelids and your eyebrows. Why am I to do is lift my eyebrows up and down a bit. Like I'm doing a little wiggly worm because it stretches my eyes, my eyes, my eyelids also stretches my forehead as well. You can notice how your cheekbones fill as you move across your face down to your lips being aware of how your mouth feels. Again, not trying to change how you feel, just being aware of focusing intensely on any particular part, just an overall observation.
Moving down to your jaw just notice the whole field and from the bottom of your jaw moving up to is a whole area and then maybe notice in your ears which can often be a part that's left out of body scans. Here the IRS is so important.
signboards so you can give your ears a little bit of attention.
Just notice any fell. You can do for each chair backwards to the back of your head. Just notice the back of your scalp as it moves down to the back of your neck.
Just being aware of the back of your neck and maybe there's some stress held there
or tend to hold stress in the back of my neck sometimes. Then you can move out to shoulders. Being aware of your shoulders and your shoulder blades, just that general area of your shoulders. Moving down each arm down the upper arm, the elbow, forearms and wrists. Then just move in your observer observation to your hands. the backs of your hands, your fingers, the palms of your hands. You may choose to just move your fingers around very gently
notice in how your hands feel. Now moving back up to your throat just below your chin, your throat in your neck, front of your neck and the sides of your neck.
It moves down to your chest, past your collarbone to your chest and no to sin. As you move past your diaphragm, your stomach, across your ribs and down into your abdominal region. Even down just above where your hips begin. As you notice, where your hips begin, you can focus on either side of your hips
and the air Before the hips actually start the sides of your body. You can notice how that feels as you move up your body
all the way up to your armpits. You start to notice the area just below the back of your neck. Spread it all the way down your back. The sound of the wind outside can actually be a nice little accompaniment. Almost nature's music. And you focus on your back those muscles all the way down all the way down to your lower back where the hips begin. Because it's such a large area may be scanning again, starting from the bottom of your bag, and moving all the way up
to where the back of your neck is. just noticing how you back feels. And this time moving down again from the back of your neck. All the way down your spine, focusing on how your spine feels
each side of your spine, all those muscles, all those connections. Almost like is sliding down your spine gently all the way down to your lower back. Just being aware of how you spine feels.
Just get one last bit of attention to lower back. just noticing any changes that may have occurred during this time that you have been observing your back as you now move into hips, no to say but the feelings, the muscles. Just being aware as you change your focus to the sides of your hips.
Moving around to groin area. Just being aware of the whole muscle, skeletal as well as the muscular parts of your hips.
Skeletal part the part that we've all seen on skeletons The pa between the upper body and the legs because your hips are used so often it's nice to give them a bit of love. If attention should now focus on your legs starts in a course where they begin very tops of your legs, your inner thigh, the front of your fight the backs of your fives and the sides, the outsides of your thighs. So many muscles, big bones, big muscles. Just notice in that general area as you move down towards your knee on each knee focus on you can do spiel aware of the physical sensations that you are experiencing in your knees at this moment those feelings the focus on are now your calf muscles maybe wish to move up again to the backs of your knees
or your legs crease when you've been two legs. Perhaps this is a part that's often ignored. So maybe you'd like to just focus on that for a few seconds. She go back down, focusing on your calf muscles. It's almost like you can outline your coughs you can almost see them in your in your mind. Just being aware they feel as your attention moves the front's of your legs, the shins, your lower legs. Just being aware the heaviness of those bones in your legs. She moved down to your ankles. That part that connects your feet to your legs. The ankles so strong. I do such a valuable job. I think maybe sometimes we forget how valuable our ankles really are.
So you can just focus for a short while your ankles noticin how they feel. And then as you move down part of your ankles it's kind of quiet, fleshy, sensitive parts, maybe the very back of your ankles that leads to your heels. Just being aware of those parts. almost feels like the ankles are actually part of the foot as it just joins so smoothly into the tops of your feet. noticing how the tops of your feet feel as a top so your feet lead to your toes,
each toe and individual parts of your body. Each one just as important as the next is it just focus on each of those toes one by one.
And now focusing on the bottoms of your feet. Almost feels gentle, but also tough at the same time. The skin on the bottoms of your feet
full of nerve endings full of pleasure. You can really experience that pleasure in your feet when you're not using them.
When you're just sitting or lying down on your bed. Your feet relax completely. You can almost feel your feet winding down. Relaxing gradually. You've got the sides of your feet. Nice to focus on that part. The inner part of your feet. The outer part, maybe a part that we don't normally give much attention to.
I think it's sometimes the case. Our toes get the special treatment when it comes to our feet The whole of our feet are equally as important. And now I've done a body scan, just noticing how your body feels
can now turn our focus onto our mind noticing how your mind feels being aware of any thoughts that may be there perhaps you become aware of just how little is actually going on in your mind at this time juicing imagined whatever for whatever stresses maybe in there might be hiding you can have a special torch, special flashlight you can shine around your mind and it shows these little bits of stress little bits of anxiety are no longer necessary and then not only shows up those those feelings but also eliminates them. So, as soon as they show up, they disappear as soon as any feeling feelings, offer them comfort to arise in your mind when they disappear whenever anything about anything, right now. Thoughts just disappears. Thought just disappears. Thought disappears. And you can observe your mind to say observe, observe any door that arrives whenever Any thought arrives you can just allow them disappear. disappear and then sure mind will automatically do this process for you. Which allows you no better time to go back down your body using that special light or flashlight to detect any remaining particles of stress in your body as soon as it's detected it disappears as soon as it's detected disappears starting with your forehead not to sin me feelings me to disappear to allow those disappear naturally. As you scan your face your jaw with that light th....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/109-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-deep-relaxation-sleep-jason-newland-12th-march-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes.
So I haven't made one of these for recordings for a few days, I think the sixth of March is now the thing you see 11th not that that's like a huge amount of time. But, you know,
go through periods when I do a lot of regular regular stuff. And had a kind of a weird, weird time. before I'd mention, won't necessarily talk about that, but just talk about not giving up. Because I think with I guess, I suppose any any kind of situation in life, there's an opportunity to give up isn't there if things don't go the way we want them to go.
But I guess I'm being more focused here on the mental health aspect of that. So my, my personal kind of ongoing battle, it's not battle but ongoing. Feels like a battle sometimes. But on the ongoing thing would I guess be the moods that I have
the bipolar as well as the stress levels. And have noticed lately I really don't enjoy being around stressful people. Not I I ever enjoyed it. But what's kind of weird about this is I trained as a counselor, I spent three years in full time education at university to get a degree in counseling, which basically was me volunteering myself,
to sit in front of people that had extreme emotional problems issues. And being able to deal with that and being able to support that person. Hold them not physically, but you know, emotionally. And now I feel less and less able to do that. Market still do it. But I feel it, it's as if that makes any sense. I get some sometimes feel like I'm on a desorb in the negative energy from the other person. And I don't want to read that. I don't want it. And this is a whole new recording from a different recording for the one I was actually going to do.
But I'll try and get back to what I was gonna talk about. And because this is part of it, is I get distracted by sometimes other people's lives. And I don't want to be distracted by that. At the same time, I want to help and that's nothing unique to me. It's natural, isn't it to want to help other people
especially those that we care about. Where's the line between helping other people and keeping ourselves safe? emotionally safe? And you may say, Yeah, but JJ didn't learn this stuff in college. And the answer to that would be kind of Yes. To a degree. Because I was able, mostly to leave the counseling session in the counseling room. When I left, close the door, went home, I left it there to a degree by a human being, and something stayed with me, still have stayed with me. And there's one particular I'm not going to any personal details where any clients of course, as one particular person was crying.
And I still remember his face crying, I still remember it.
And it's 10 years ago. And it's not haunting me and I get nightmares. I'm not traumatized by it, by remember. And it affected me. And I think is something about seeing men cry has an effect on me because I've hardly ever seen a man cry
in my life. I think asuma dad cried twice. And outside of that. Apart from counseling when I was counseling, I saw quite a few were not lots by saw
men crying, as well as women. And young people. For some reason, it's had a weird effect on me as almost like an alien, perhaps because the era that I was brought up in 70s as a child, born in 1970,
boys don't cry. That was kind of the thing. So bottling it up, was the correct thing to do. Society. Then look at my granddad, he was in a war, Second World War, prisoner of war.
He went through stuff that I'm never ever going to know what it feels like. The experiences he had. were awful. And something I'll never I couldn't even dream about. In all fairness, yeah, I never saw him show any emotion. The whole time that I knew him.
He was strict. He was very calm. And he hardly spoke to me. But he was gentle at the same time. I never saw him cry. But I wanted to see him cry. I just never saw
it any emotion from him. So I guess he kept it in. Because perhaps that was his only way of dealing with that and also the fact that his generation as well as my generation, who even more about not showing your emotions and keeping in and don't show you weaknesses, because he used to be classed as weakness.
But it's not weakness. But there's some people out there that still think it is weakness.
To be upset to show how you're feeling I'm not saying that we should all walk around crying all day. Because just be messy. Wouldn't there be snot everywhere? But insert to lock it in. To to not at least allow yourself to feel it. That seems really why while it is really unhealthy, not just mentally and emotionally but physically can lead to all kinds of problems physical As we know, stress isn't just it's not just in your head is it is a body thing. Because if it was just in your head, it'd be a lot easier to deal with. Because stress affects our body, panic attacks, it's a physical things, as well as maybe a racing brain and you know, thoughts and all that stuff, but
it's how you physically feel as well. If you took that away, panic attack would be a thought it'd be almost an idea. Because it couldn't lead anywhere. The whole idea, you know, if someone's thinking, I've been always having had a panic attack, I'd be thinking, I'm not gonna be able to breathe, or feel this
deficiency or thought and there's no actual physical reaction. It means nothing. Although panic attacks generally don't mean anything anyway. Other than perhaps need to pay some attention to yourself, be gentle with yourself, address what's going on. Slow down, perhaps made changes, I don't know. It could be different for everybody. I know people that have completely changed their life because of anxiety, or change their life they've perhaps, you know, got out of a relationship that wasn't working, or they've left their job and go a different job, change their career, move to a different party country. Know all kinds of things. And then other people might actually continue with life the way he is, but do some exercise. Or do more exercise, learn to meditate? drink less coffee, eat healthier? become more mindful. learn to say no. Maybe learn to say yes. Because it's a whole thing, isn't it? learn to say no virtually learn to say yes could be quite helpful. She had a new company. And your person sitting next to you says, oh, bunch of us are going out.
You know, to the restaurant or whatever Do you want to come along? That might be a great opportunity to say yes. But it's down to personal opinions. Now what if each one of us has our own way of dealing with stuff
that never give up is what this recording was basically about. Keep going, keep moving forward. In fact, you don't have to keep moving forward, you can stop sometimes you got people climbing mountains, they don't keep going. They take your rest they have a break. Maybe go for sleep overnight and attend you know it's not continuous continuous the whole time have to have a break. be facing the way you want to go. And also, I suppose need to know where you want to go. Which direction traveling in without relying on the Sat Nav is kind of you know light taking responsibility completely. So if you get if you're traveling somewhere, the Sat Nav breaks or reception, whatever whatever happens like there, then you've got a map ready and you can read the map, you know, old style.
So making plans doing something for when things aren't going so well. Have something like a little emergency kit. Glue first aid care. I quite like the idea of a first aid kit for emotional well being.
And it could be anything, it could be watching DVDs, it could be having a day in bed. It could be just whatever it is, that takes you away from those feelings gives you a break from it.
Not permanently, but a break of arrest. So for me the idea of keep going, never give up. The keep going doesn't mean you can never stop. It doesn't mean you can never go back.
It just means that you don't keep going back. Because it's like times now whose time is always going forward. So we're always with time. We're traveling with time. So always going forward. Literally.
When you think about not giving up. Or when I mentioned not giving up on talking about the most extreme case of giving up or talking about generally, of course, the most extreme. And it's that kind of situation. If someone's given up on everything, then seek help. You know, at first instance, talk to somebody and get a help. professional help. You're not alone. You're never really alone. I mean, none of us unless you live in the middle of the desert, or you live on a farm 30 miles away from anyone else. He never physically alone. Not really. I mean, I live in this block of flats, and I live alone are bhaga Andre, so I live with Andre. But even if he wasn't here, there's within a few foot for me. There's someone probably asleep downstairs. Yeah. There's another flat across the hallway, another one across the hallway from there. downstairs, others go into the garden is another six to 12 people were never really alone. We never fall for people. They're always around. So in a situation, it doesn't have to be an extreme situation. But even in any situation, maybe you need to talk to somebody. They'll always people that you can talk to whether it's a friend family member, or actually calling up a helpline. In England, we have the Samaritans and I'm pretty sure that most western countries at least have the equivalent phone lines where you can find someone or maybe you can go online and talk online to somebody see never really alone. Not really. And I suppose with the internet,....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/108-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-never-give-up-jason-newland-11th-march-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks.
Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast. before I proceed, I just want to let you know that
sure, you may be aware that there are adverts at the very start of most of the podcast recordings now, I have made a podcast or four on my website. So the you if you choose you can listen to this podcast without the adverts.
And it's also continuous play. So if you go to the website, Jason newland.com. Go to the menu, click on relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, panic attacks in brackets or say no ads and then continuous play. Click on there and the playlist comes up the player comes up on the screen the most recent recording will be at the top and all of the recordings in this podcast will be available for you to play with our adverts. And you can just press play no adverts at the top at the beginning and then at the end it will automatically play the next recording which will be the previous one and then a previous one. So of course you'd need to leave it plain for about 10 days to play all of the recordings but quite a few city the adverts are on the general podcast to cover the costs of running this free service and they last for about a minute maximum I think okay, so I'd like you to get yourself comfortable. So right now I'm sitting up in bed as it is a little bit background sound. The birds are outside in the trees it's just before six o'clock in the morning. And I generally make recordings at night or during the night. And but now as this ring is approaching, the birds are waking up earlier much much earlier. It's quite interesting if you for those of you that don't stay up at night everything starts at about three o'clock in the summer. Come spring gets lighter and the birds out and about very early in the morning.
Anyway, that's boring. So now it's just like you to get in touch of how you physically feel.
Just notice how you how you feel you know in your body, how you feel in your mind.
Notice at this any parts your body, the hoop particularly rely relaxed apart that feels more relaxed than the others. Just In a body scan of my own body and mature feels relaxed which kind of surprises me because I'm using it to talk on my face feels relaxed more forehead or eyes In fact, about 20 minutes ago I had to be there or be of iake but now it's gone caught my eyes closed and it was very relaxing in my eyes feel that relaxation moving through my eyes, my eyebrows into my forehead and my head is well you know the scalp it just it's there, obviously it's there but it doesn't there's not really any feeling it's just a comfortable feeling. What I notice is when I focus on a part of me that feels relaxed that not only tend to increase its sense of comfort and relaxation and also it tends to start spreading this sense of relaxation spreads slowly and to different parts of my body and as I've said that are noticed is the feeling of comfort smoothed down my neck into my chest. My shoulders I feel that my shoulders the back of my neck as well. In fact, always leaning forward a little bit so that my neck was taken the weight of my head and now just lean in my head back. Set at my neck feels more relaxed shoulders the shoulder blades are feeling a bit tingly. Not weird but just the bit a little bit itchy. Tingley that feeling that sometimes arrives. When almost like healing is occurring. Maybe the blood is moved up to my shoulder and I do have an injured shoulder that's ongoing so maybe that's what's happened in the Bloods moved up to just fresh and out that shoulder area.
Put in some new blood in there and just allowing it to heal and relax. Now feel the real sense of comfort spread and download back specially in my lower back. I miss that little tingly feeling again in my lower back
where Again, cause physical issues and it's a little bit it shapes a little bit.
Those are very comfortable and familiar sensation, which tells me that some bloods been distributed to that part of my body to heal, to relax, to see so
that parts of my body feels nice. Notice my hands even my breathing is just relaxed. I'm not, not focusing on my breathing at all. As far as the ID and now an EXO in IO,
I'm just gently aware of how smooth how cool the areas as I breathe in very relaxing almost as if we're not expecting to feel relaxed and just focus in on that one part of my body that
just naturally felt more relaxed than the other parts. At the beginning of this recording, the rest of my body says through just followed along without any degree effort whatsoever no trying, needing to do anything. Just being just except in how I feel in this moment feels really relaxed. Really, really almost feel like my arms and my legs. somehow connected in levels of relaxation. my hands and my feet seem to be going energy relaxed and energy connecting fi my hands together. Both relaxing my hands and my feet and my wrists and my ankles. just noticing them trying to hold on to any kind of pleasurable relax in is a cool sensation but just being aware of it and accepting it notice in my calf muscles and my forearms, my elbows and my knees. upper arms feet feeling relaxed focus on what fires taxation a no fires my stomach feels so calm almost like and the notes that were there before slowly lovingly been untied for me naturally for the last part res is one bit sick midsection my hips, buttocks go I just was saying those words out loud as a sense of comfort spread deep into my hips. That whole area of comfort slowness no one will find a sense of relaxation spread from the top of your head all the way down to your feet each number you hear me say that sense of relaxation spreads top your head all the way down to two So your toes now all remaining four and deep with every number now ny I hello oh my....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/107-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relaxation-session-jason-newland-6th-march-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast now like to talk about something that's very current in the news or not talk about the actual thing, but this is related to that actual thing.
And that is the Coronavirus and more generally common cold or even more generally than that germs, people's sneezing and coughing and, you know, that stuff, which for a long time, I have found myself getting anxious when I'm around people that are sneezing and coughing
and especially on public transport, when it's sort of a confined space. So that's what I was going to talk about and I've got a few a few ideas and some things that I've done in the past that I find help I have actually made recordings in the past on this subject, I can't remember where it's in the self help or self development hypnosis podcast but there's hundreds of them and they're there they're all there things get lost on so many recordings stuff gets lost in the mess of information but I suppose I just wanted to address it address every winter, but not just the winter but especially Connor this it's was it March now this period of the year when it's cold being on a bus I travel on buses and then on travel on trains too much these days. But if I need to get somewhere I live in the middle of nowhere so I have to get a bus really and being around people that are sneezing and coughing I really offer is almost like my stress levels you know the offset thing with a temperature gauge and you see it like in cartoons were just like the mercury rises and suddenly just pops almost feel like that's what's happening inside me.
And there's a found a few ways to ease it over the years but from another angle was was that account to come from different angles.
The first angle is, does it look there's a legitimate reason to not want to be around someone that's sneezing and coughing generally because it's not nice having a cold as hot as it's not a nice experiences. We've all had colds and it's natural to have a cold. But it's not particularly pleasant. I've had chest infections and colds though just awful. But, you know, it's just part of part of being alive, isn't it?
So, you know, it makes sense logical sense to keep away as much as possible from those people that are sneezing. That's all coming into play now all my not my ideas, but the way I used to think
for years now with this Coronavirus. They've actually got adverts on television and on radio and in the papers and telling people to do exactly what I've always
done in order to avoid catching this stuff and spreading this stuff. Now, I've always done this with a common cold.
And generally, when I get home, always, and this is what long before the Coronavirus. This is all year round, when I get home, if I've touched something in public, whether I've been to the garriage, garage door,
whatever, if I've been you know, it's to the petrol station, I mean, off, I've been on a bus I come in, and I wash my hands. with soap and hot water, well, not too hot, but you know, I wash my hand this off, and I've always done for years and years and
years. So that's just uh, now we're being told, we'll make sure you wash your hands and stuff that I fought like, you know, a four year old child would be able to
know to do but, you know, I've been in enough public toilets. Said know that people don't always wash their hands. You know, is this, I don't know how but it's amazing how people can walk out of a toilet when they've clearly been to number two.
And then just walk out of Ava and go near the sink, as Steph phenomenal. Can't get my head around that. But the people do. So you're not this recorder. For me. It's not about increasing the the
stress of germs and stuff. But the government, the society has not done themselves any favors by all these touch screens, in supermarkets, McDonald's, various places, even doctor surgery has a touch screen that everyone needs to touch to book themselves into the appointment that made the doctor surgery. So people are walking in there with all kinds of diseases, illnesses, and touching that screen and all sharing their germs, as well as sit in a room together. So that stuff plays on my mind. So this is what I do. This is how I kind of deal with. First of all, I refuse to touch those screens. Don't touch them. McDonald's, I don't use McDonald's very often. But if I do, I got to the counter and I pay I order the food not pay for it. I don't use self service tills in supermarkets. I go to the place where they you know I'm paying whether they go cashier. I know not everybody is willing to do what I do. But it's a choice I choose. And even if it means waiting longer,
I'll do it. In a doctor's surgery, I will not touch that screen.
I will go up and if they say to me they haven't yet but if I was to say you have to book in screener said sorry, I'm dyslexic, or I will say I can't read. I'm not mocking people that can't read or
dyslexic at all, I hope you realize that. I will say whatever is necessary for me to not touch that screen. While I probably say is sorry, I have a phobia of germs. I do not touch screens that are shared with people with other illnesses.
And I realize this you know that it needs a bit more gentleness probably than the way I just said
because people also listening. They're not going to feel very nice that people in the waiter moving in. He just said that I've got a disease
you know, so that's not very nice, I suppose and also the people working in a doctor's surgery. And if you if you're lucky enough to Have friendly ones, then you don't really want to annoy him. You know, it's so maybe not that route of not being rude, but just I can't touch the screen, sorry. I won't touch the screen. So I don't touch any of those Sherry screens. The only time I had no choice was in a Job Center. Because there was literally no other option. They had the computer big computer screens that you touch, neither option the other no other option is Agus catalog shop where you go in,
you have to touch a screen unless you order online. So you know, basically this reading that I'm sure they're not doing on purpose, but they are
spreading the germs by getting people to touch the same little bit of screen. So there's a logical side of it. That's logical. It's obvious that and now the government are coming out and actually acknowledging that stuff. telling people to be careful telling, telling the population to wash their hands. I just find it funny that people need to be told to wash their hands. But population does need to be told about Nick. So this we know this germs everywhere. But most of them are no harmful. So here, even I've gone on. I don't not here to make it worse. But I found the constant bombardment of press media attention on the Coronavirus. That's been in and it's been so massive, it's just nonstop. It nonstop. And the only way to avoid it would be to not watch television or listen to the radio or go online. It'd be your answer. There's no way to avoid it unless I just
sit here looking at the wall. So here's some techniques that I've used in the past, to combat my own. I guess self importance, my own paranoia, my stress levels. First of all, if someone's sneezing near you, they're not sneezing at you.
They're not coughing at you. They're not doing it to annoy you. They're not doing it to give you
a lurgi or, you know, wherever they've got that's something worth remembering. If their coffin is needed it's got nothing to do with you, you know, they're not doing it with you in mind.
You're not choosing to cough and they're not choosing to sneeze. They're not choosing to have a runny nose. And you could say well, I keep blowing their nose and wipe their nose well is there or do you want to watch them with snot dripping down their front? Me or reality? They're doing it because they kind of have to also there's another side of it so there's like where's the compassion that person on well? Yeah, it's not nice to have a cold. In fact, it's horrible, especially someone who flew his disc you know, it's really bad, very dangerous for people that got you know, that may be elderly or some kind of physical issues that make them vulnerable to the Blue journal ever is. This worth remembering? Not everybody sees me not everybody does coffee in his coffin because they've got a cold though everybody's sneezing because of a cold. Huge amounts of people have allergies, hay fever many people have physical conditions that causes them to cough, illnesses, diseases that have nothing to do with colds. They might have lung, you know, lung, diminished lung capacity, they can have all kinds of stuff going on a chest infection, that's not a cold is a completely different thing. So it's kind of like a where's the compassion towards your fellow human?
And if you're like me, you might think Yeah, okay, fair enough. But it did have to come near me. They have to sit next to me on the bus. Or do you have to sit near me on the bus so long before this Coronavirus stuff came into the news. I was I've always been quite vigilant.
And, you know, if I go into a supermarket and there's five cashiers and one of them is blowing their nose or sneezing, coughing, I don't go to that cashier.
That, okay, if I have to wait 10 minutes, 20 minutes, you know, behind someone with a cashier with four
big shopping trolleys. I won't go near the person that sneezing and coughing.
Because this just makes logical I just sense makes sense to me. So, but as a choice, but the sign side, or different side, I've sa....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/106-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-germs-jason-newland-5th-march-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis, the stress, anxiety and panic attacks, please and listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe. Wherever you're listening. You can, you can listen to this on lots of different podcast hosts or suppliers, such as iTunes, Apple podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, spreaker, Google Play, I think, a lot exists, or Google podcasts, loads of different places, including the spreaker. Plus, all of my recordings are available to stream for free and to download for free on my website. So that's pretty groovy. So you know, this recording of going back to 2006. He, I really am that old. I've been doing this a while. While so I hope you're well. Hope you're I hope you're able to keep relaxed whenever possible. But you know, I was thinking that do kind of the, the opposite to what you would normally hear in a recording, which is technically aimed at reducing your anxiety levels. Basically, what I'm going to say in this recording is, it's okay to feel anxious. I don't mean all the time. It's natural to have anxiety at times, in certain circumstances. And sometimes feel that having in the past had such high levels of anxiety, that there's almost a sense of I should never have any anxiety ever again. Because I should be all cured from it. And I should be able to deal with every single thing that ever happens in my life. Which is ridiculous. It's a silly idea, isn't it? What a pressure to put ourselves under the idea that we should, you know, be able to deal with everything and never ever, ever, ever feel stressed or anxious ever. If anything that that would cause more stress. Or it could cause denial to the point where perhaps we're not giving ourselves the attention and dealing with it. which could lead to again worse. So an example for me today was I had a bill come in from not a person called bill a financial a financial expectation of money from me to them, which was not going to happen. And the podcast host and they wanted $430 for me. Out of the blue with no idea. I basically overused this service without realizing it and hadn't read the small print
So I spent a couple of hours or three hours nearly online and on the phone trying to sort it out today or yesterday. And my anxiety levels were high. I sometimes wonder, what's the difference between stress and anxiety? The stress levels are up. So maybe that's not anxiety, maybe we should only call anxiety anxiety when it's to do with something that would go in to do something that perhaps we're avoiding doing, because of how we're feeling. But the stress is the actual feeling we have, when we're doing that thing. Maybe? Regardless, I'll just use whatever words, I feel like really, is ultimately it's just a description of a feeling. Which isn't pleasant, is it? And there's so much frustration and worry. So the worry, the anxiety for me really was the more the worry of what if I can't get it sorted? What if I can't get the the amount that they want just dismissed or, you know, come to an agreement or something with them. So that's where the anxiety was, the stress levels are rising up due to me feeling that I wasn't getting anywhere. That's, you know, I just started to feel ill by kept dying. And I got the bill down to $50. As still way more than I could afford to pay, but I paid it. And so do the anxiety kind of reduced because I was no longer concerned about the future. As far as that particular situation was concerned. So you know what, I was starting to think bailiffs are gonna be knocking on my door. How am I gonna get $400? Where's that going to come from? You know, it's just, I just didn't, I couldn't kind of figure out how I was going to how I was going to get it. But once that was sorted, it reduced the physical feelings in my body. Kind of didn't. Anyone it got to the end of it. I felt frazzled. Which is lovely word isn't it? I felt fret I felt burnt out. And I needed to just lay down and be on my own. And that's what I need. I need to be on my own to recover or to recuperate. Some people prefer to be with other other people to recuperate. Some people might prefer to do some exercise. Others might need you know, want to read a book
or what what's your film you know, we've all got our own ways of recuperating from stressful situations. Mine is being on my own. And then quite often laying down the bed for an hour or so.
And I started thinking this fact this this situation kicks in every single time. I have any sort of degree of anxiety or stress. There's a judgment comes in my mind. A judge myself, I seem to judge myself. Why? Why are you getting stressed?
Always more like still getting stressed Are you you're still having anxiety is more really sarcastic kind of voice in my head a little bit.
And there's more to it as I, obviously you're making podcasts, you're making recordings, trying to help people, other people with stress and anxiety,
but you have enough self? How can you help other people? Your fake silo kind of thing that goes on a little bit. And I don't feel guilty is that isn't a fair fit?
Well, no, it's not feeling of guilt. I would say, it's a feeling of feels a bit absurd. And I would be making recordings like this, when I still deal with that stuff myself
sometimes. But it's nowhere near the level it used to be.
You know, for me, I know it's, it's hard, it's probably really terrible analogy, but it for me, it's the equivalent of
being in bed after a terrible, terrible accident in a hospital bed. And further down the line when I'm, perhaps on crutches, or maybe I'm in a wheelchair, I can get around. I'm not long, no longer in the pain I was in.
But I'm trying to think of a decent analogy that doesn't. Just this such a difference. Between where I am now well was a thought I was going absolutely crazy. When I was going through the anxiety, at the worst point, I thought that my brain
to do something physically wrong with my brain. I did, I thought I was losing my mind. And I wasn't.
And no one listened to this is evil. And even though I was diagnosed with anxiety disorder, and you know, whatever, the doctor decided that week, to diagnose me with recurrent depression, you know, as he starts to run out of things to give me I think.
And that's the thing, you know, over diagnosis, I think is helpful. This, I wanted to say, what's the difference when you got the diagnosis? And I said nothing.
Really, I have diagnosis, but the symptoms are still the same. So I walked out a psychiatrist's office with the label, I don't really think of as a label, but with a diagnosis of bipolar affective disorder.
I'm still me. Still the same person I was when I walked into that office. And I didn't cry. It was a big deal, but it wasn't. It wasn't the same as I imagined it would be for someone who just been diagnosed with a really serious physical condition. It just this somehow feels different. It might not be different, but in my mind, how I dealt with it. And because, you know, I was given a diagnosis and almost like, well, this is a lifelong condition. And this is it. You can have medication to maintain your condition to manage your condition. with anxiety. Having stress, having anxiety is on some level, a lifelong thing. addition, just like breathing, just like leading to eat, just like sometimes getting angry emotions, it's natural to have anxiety and stress at times, but not the level, not the unhealthy level. Because that he can't last. It never lasts. doesn't last in the short term, which means it can't last in the long term.
And I really am talking from experience here. And I know that I don't are not wearing your shoes. Unless, of course I am, I apologize, I'd love stealing shoes.
But I don't know what it's like to be you, you don't know what it's like to be me, we don't, we don't really know what it's like to be each other.
But I know what it's like. For me to experience extreme anxiety and stress to be physically ill to be almost not able to function. Actually, not almost, I've been unable to function. And I still get that as part of the bipolar, there's times when I just can't function. It's almost like my whole body just shuts down, my brain just shuts down. Another way to get me to, if you want to increase my stress levels instantly, hand me a big form to fill in. That's a trigger for me a big form, you know, 1020 pages. Even if the information is easy, my brain, I don't know why my brain shuts down. Always has done. And it's not something that I want to happen. It's not something that I'm just allowing to happen. And just, you know, given up on myself, my brain just slows down to the point of sometimes not being able to function until I get rid of that form. And then I can move on. So it's it's a weird one. That is one of my little things. One of my little quirks. In the same way is if if I'm doing something and you was to stand over me while I did it, and watch me
almost like Horomia long, then I stopped functioning. And that might be a universal thing. I don't know.
But I'm not, I don't. Again, that could be nothing to do with bipolar, nothing to do with anxiety, nothing to do with any kind of mental health issue. It might just be a learned behavior from childhood, it might just be the way that I am. It might just be the way that most people are. Who knows.
It's not something that I've discussed with other people. But kind of back to the original title is it's okay. To feel stress. So, okay, to feel anxious. And maybe that should be a question. Is it okay?
Because you may not feel it is. And that makes sense. Because let's face it, none of us want it.
Bar could easily say i....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/105-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-stress-anxiety-are-natural-jason-newland-3rd-march-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. And Andre the ferret running around my name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And it might seem like only make these recordings when Andres running around. But I don't purposely do that I'm in the process of trying to soundproof a. Although, if you don't know about this, it might make you laugh. I've got a garden shed in my bedroom, a garden shed. And I'm trying to convert it into a soundproofed recording studio. While recording, I mean, just somewhere where I can sit and record without the tiny pitter patter of baby Andres feet and various other sounds in the background. So there will come a time when Andre Won't you won't hear him in the background. So if you do like hearing him, then make the most of it. But anyway, got this technique that might be useful for you. And this is basically a technique where you can change an emotion change a feeling. So for example, and I seem to keep falling back on the example of someone you know, annoying you at work or you know, someone a friend or family saying something it's upsetting, but I guess I use my own examples of you know, that's kind of things that might have bothered me in the past something that someone said, because I can be quite. Yeah, quite oversensitive at times. And perhaps I shouldn't use the word oversensitive, but I'm a sensitive soul. So here's something there's a few different ways of changing what is not few there are millions of different ways of changing how you feel. You can change it in the moment. And by that, I mean I suppose you could actually change it while it's happening. But that's a little bit harder and I think sometimes it's useful to actually experience whatever emotions you're feeling it's healthy to be able to experience those feelings right just put press pause and put Andre in the bedroom just non stop. So there's lots of different ways you can change it. And as I was saying about the emotions, I think it's okay to feel the emotions in fact it's possibly really healthy but not to hold on to it so noticing when something is triggering a feeling of anxiety or stress or anger or whatever it
is you know that's kind of healthy to notice it and you might some people might say course I noticed it but
I think when it comes to stress levels a lot of people won't notice it until it's really high which is what happened to me my stress levels really high but I didn't notice it because I was working in sales and you know I needed to be up you know I needed to be high energy and focused and I was drinking way way too much coffee and also drinking alcohol in the evening as well. So I'm not eating particularly healthfully. I wasn't eating badly but wasn't even probably enough actually enough like proper meals. And once I started getting ill once I started having panic attacks, it's all almost felt like my my stress ability or the ability to withhold stress or withstand central broke. And remember the time you know, back in 2003 2004, almost feeling that I'd had a layer of skin removed. And I was extra sensitive, extra sensitive, not physical, actually physically as well, to be fair, was very jittery, I'd walk down the street, and I'd kind of if someone came too close to me, I jump, which is not my way, this is not how I normally would be. And so it's very, very kind of just that over sensitivity. And again, I was backtracking on a by using the word over sensitivity. It's kind of a judgment, isn't it. And I'll talk about not judging myself and not judging ourselves. So I was sensitive, I was extremely sensitive. And it seemed as if, and I talked about the calluses, you know, on the hands of someone that plays a guitar. And I've learned the guitar in the past, I wasn't a particularly good player. But I did get calluses on the fingertips, my fingertips are played, I was practicing and trying to learn it for either every three months, four months. And then I stopped. And the calluses eventually just disappeared. So my fingertips were sensitive again. But during that time, my fingertips were not sensitive, I could push them against a hard edge. And it wouldn't hurt. You know, it's tough, tough skin. Now, if I kind of get the idea, it's just an analogy, or metaphor, wherever you want to call it. But I kept the idea that I was kind of covered in calluses. Maybe emotionally, at that time, before I had the big panic attack, the first one that really sort of shook me. And it seemed that every time I had another one and another one and another one, that the calluses were just dropping off my skin, to the point where so I didn't realize I for that as being like a really bad thing to have lost that this, you know, that's the sensitivity to stress. seemed like a good thing. But actually, that's what, that's what made me Ill not being able to notice when I'd gone way beyond what was physically and emotionally healthy for me on stress levels, you know, I'd gone way beyond it. I was pushing myself I was doing really long days.
And of course, I wasn't looking after myself effects. I was drinking caffeine all day and then drinking alcohol all night. So I wasn't looking after myself, physically or emotionally, mentally in any way really. At that time, I was really reading a book, I'd watch Telly and I just get drunk or just drink. And I used to pretend to myself that wasn't getting drunk, but the reality is I was I just didn't have anybody to tell me that I was acting silly or behave, you know, behaving in a really bad manner. Because I was drinking on my own at home. Swipe, didn't have any feedback from outside. You know, it was all kind of I didn't have to face it really. You know, I wake up the next day and I forget about the evening before. What I noticed is that this is completely separate but what I noticed is later on in life
I've seen films I saw when I was drinking. And it's almost like I've not seen him before. And I had a really large collection of films on video.
Because that's all I did is basically I just watched films, watch movies, watch Telly. And that's kind of what I did for a couple of years. And drinks drunk in the evening, and then worked six days a week. So it's almost it got to the point where I was drinking so much that I was all I was watching the film. I wasn't really taking it in. So I was even desensitizing myself towards enjoying the movie. And at that time, I don't think I really enjoyed anything. The thrill of the chase the thrill of the sale, baby. But when I think about in a different way, the desensitization, the or the Ripper view of the reverse of that, you know, the calluses falling off, and then being really sensitive. It's almost on a kind of weird, maybe way, being reborn. Because that's how a baby is when a baby is born. It's sensitive. It's got new skin, isn't it? Everything's new. It's got sensitive skin, you can't, you have to check the bath water before you put the baby into the bath. Of course, part of that is because the child can't say to barfs a bit too hot, although they will go cry. So you have to you know, you have to be really careful with a baby.
When it comes to those kinds of things, and making sure that they're, you know, that they're comfortable, and why wouldn't we give ourselves the same love and attention.
And it dawned on me probably around that time, maybe 2005, that perhaps maybe 2004, that perhaps that was what I needed. That's how I needed to address it. Perhaps that would be useful to look at it in that way. In a sense of that sensitivity is not a negative thing. It's a chance to rebuild is a chance for in a sense of someone that has calluses on their hands, fingers is a chance for their fingers to heal. Because you know, a callus on a finger is almost like an injury really isn't it is a continuous injury, that continuously cats keeps getting injured. And then the skin grows over it so that you can no longer hurt your finger. Because if you kept doing it, you'd end up with no fingertip. So your body goes into action to protect you. And even if it is just on the ends of your fingers, your body knows what's what you need. So builds calluses, just like people that do bricklayers and builders and working you know work with their hands. And they perhaps got a tool that they hold regularly like a hammer or screwdriver. And they'll have calluses in the right positions for their hands. So they can use the tool without hurting themselves. Because they're continuously hurting themselves to start with. And their body realized or their mind their brain realized that that part of the body that part of the hand needed to be protected. So a callus was created out of an injured part of the body. The injury created a callus to protect that part of the body. So to have that callus to have that to protect us from stress or from feeling the stress. On one level, you know, it can be classed as a negative thing because it's it's stopping you from noticing what level you're going to and it's so you don't get don't go Don't go too far, and end up having anxiety attacks and potentially, you know, losing your job or wherever, because having a breakdown or whatever might occur if the stress levels aren't addressed on the same side on a different side, whichever way you want to go, your mind and your body is protecting you from that stress so it's kind of is it from both angles your body is protecting you. So it will give you that callus on your stress levels, so that you can handle the stress, you can handle the situations too to a point without taking any notice of it. And then your mind r....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/104-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-give-attention-to-mini-me-jason-newland-27th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast so you can be notified when a new one is uploaded. And if you would like to support this free service, please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland.
Now, I
thought today, I would broach the subject of guilt particularly, or specific he connected with letting people down. Or the feeling rather, of letting people down. And knowing how I normally do these recordings, I probably move in a different direction from the guilt
aspect. But maybe talk more about the the feeling of letting people down. And the the practical aspects of that. So I'll explain what I mean. When I say letting people down a very simple example would be making plans to meet someone and then canceling perhaps at the last minute,
which I guess is something we've all done. You know, I'm generalizing course, I can't say that's 100% true, but it's definitely something that I've done. And I'm guessing it's something that most people listening have done. Sort of generally in life, you know, we sometimes make arrangements and
we have to cancel for whatever reason. Maybe we just don't feel like doing it or maybe you know,
not feeling well enough, whatever. But when you add into the mix, anxiety, stress panic, if you add that into the mix, it brings into it's kind of a new game. Really, it's a whole new situation. So I guess that's where I'm coming from with this focus in on
the letting people down aspect of anxiety and stress. So here we go. I suppose the first thing I think about is just the words, letting people down. feels a bit crappy.
To me, just it feels very blamey very judgmental towards myself. Or maybe judgey towards someone else who does it. Because the feeling let down is on the other person. And if you're arranging to meet someone, this is just me sort of thinking off the top of my head. If you're arranging to meet me, for example, and I'm your friend, or your relative, someone that you care about and I care about you then I'm guessing I would know about your situation. So if we arranged to meet and you cancel then In a sense, there's no reason for me to feel let down. I suppose I could feel disappointed because I'm not getting to maybe do the activity that I was looking forward to doing. You know, if we're going to go for a meal will go out to see a movie or something.
Or
disappointed, don't get to spend time with you if I like you, you know, just that kind of situation. But do I have the right? To give you shit about? Do I have the right to be nasty to you? And to tell you how disappointed I am in you, how much you've let me down? And how much of a rubbish friend you are. And if he was a good friend, and who cared, you'd turn up? Do I have the right to say that to you? Or to text that to you? Or to email that to you? I mean, technically, I suppose everyone's got the right to do whatever they want to do. If we look at it from that angle. Is that a friend though? that that would kind of open up that question for me, is that someone that deserves your time and your kindness? Then you could say, well, everyone deserve their kindness. She keeps saying Jason Be kind. Okay, fair enough. Bye, but are we responsible? Those of us that have anxiety issues, our dough will decrease, the anxiety will decrease, the stress levels will decrease. People that are having panic attacks, it will happen less often. Okay, these effects, regardless of what your opinion is, these effects just generally is everything will change. And that's something to keep hold of, you know, in a sense of if someone goes to prison, the reason they're given a certain amount of years, even for the most, you know, worst crimes in the world, they're given a certain amount of views. Because if they're not given a time when they're going to be released or when they're likely to be released.
What have they got? what hope do they have? What they got to look forward to? So I can't I'm not comparing people with anxiety, someone that's in prison for something terrible.
I'm sure we realize that I'm just saying that we although we can't perhaps put a time scan or time level on it, to say, by next Thursday, this you know, your stress will have reduced by this amount. Now, it's good to remember that it will reduce in the future, whether that be in the next 10 minutes, or in the next 10 days. Or the next 10 weeks, whatever is going to reduce, it will reduce it's got no choice but to reduce.
And there will be other times when it rises a little bit as it does with everybody. But it's important, I think to remember and it's sometimes one of the hardest things to remember
or to even believe at times. And I see plenty of times where I thought to myself
what When is this ever going to end? When? When am I ever just going to be able to feel relaxed and to just be
normal? That word normal? And you know, there's a cliche, isn't it? what's normal? The thing is, we all kind of know what, when we say normal,
quite often, we just, we want to be back to perhaps how we used to be.
So if someone's got anxiety in a public place, when they say they want to be normal, they might not be saying that they want to be like other people. They might be saying that they just want to be how they used to be in a public space.
So Chuck, in the what's the normal thing, someone is doesn't always need to be done. Pulling someone up on saying the word normal. Good, it doesn't always mean what it sounds like it means. Because it doesn't silences all our shock, just be be normal again,
doesn't mean that they feel that they're abnormal, necessarily. Although they may. I have, I still do actually. certain times. So going back to the whole, letting people down. Which the more sad, the more crappy. It sounds, letting people down. Just almost like it's all on your shoulders, it's your responsibility. You're I'm completely in control of the other person's emotions. When we're not. We're not in control of how other people feel. Actions, our behavior affects both ourselves and others course. I mean, that's just standard stuff, just like we're affected by other people's behavior and actions.
Yeah, we do have control. We do have the ability to think about stuff to HD, manage those emotions in a way.
Where you know, something you might get angry about, someone's canceled on you. You get angry maybe to start with, which is fine. People can have whatever emotions they want.
But it's not your responsibility for them if they get angry, or if they get upset, or if they feel let down.
Let's face it, that adds to it. Have canceled on loads of people, and I've lost friends over. I have I've lost friends
over the years because I canceled too many times. And then they just stopped contacted me. And that was it. And then I lost contact with them. Maybe I change my telephone number they change their telephone number. Or maybe I left a message a couple of people have actually left messages with didn't get back to me
because I'd canceled on them too many times. So in a sense, they may have felt let down. By I feel that I lost out more than they did because I lost their friendship. But then I feel Why did I lose a friendship couldn't have been based on much could it couldn't have been a particularly strong, loving relationship. If my illness was stop them wanting to be friends with me. I can understand if my illness was such as when I went out with them into a restaurant went to a public place that I was swearing at everyone, and getting angry and aggressive. And, you know, I can understand how they wouldn't, why they wouldn't want to spend time with me.
Because who would want to spend time with someone doing that? Generally, is unpleasant, isn't it?
and dangerous. But I don't like that. And I'm sure most people don't.
In fact, I know most people don't have been around long enough. Been to enough places to know that most people act. Okay. I mean, just sociably. So I suppose, um, although I'm talking about some of my own experiences,
I'm also opening it up for you to maybe think about some of yours. And going back to the original start of this recording, I was talking about guilt. Really? When I mentioned the guilt, I'll talk about the guilt associated with that situation, that was not your fault. So you're feeling guilty? Or you may be feeling guilty? No, no, I have basically for for being ill. And In what world? Does that make sense? Show me any situation where someone should feel ill or feel guilty for being ill? Show me a situation where someone should feel guilty for that, for being ill. There is no situation I suppose the only situation would be if you knew you had a disease, and you purposely spread it to another person. That would be the only situation diakon in my brain right this second think about? So someone had HIV, and they purposely spread it to another person. And I'm very specific on the purposefully. And I guess that won't happen very often. Sometimes. It's really, really, really rare.
Sabean il First of all, why should we? Why should guilt an illness come in, even be in the same paragraph? In the same conversation, there's no logic to that. Again, that's not an opinion, that's a fact. Those they don't go together. And so people might say, you still mentioned about things we affects
quite a lot. It's just your opinion. I don't care. It's a fact. Nothing that anyone can say will make any dent in that. No one could tell me that someone who is ill deserves to feel guilty of being ill. No. I'm no scholar, or not a ....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/103-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-dont-feel-guilty-for-being-ill-jason-newland-26th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Please subscribe to this podcast. If you like what I do, you can send me a PayPal gift@paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, links on the website, as well as over 1500 free recordings, audio recordings to stream and download pletely free organized on there. So it's quite a lot of stuff. So this isn't gonna be a long recording. This is going to be fairly short, probably, maybe 10 minutes, 15 minutes max. And it's gonna be a bit of a weird one. While we're all a bit weird, but it's going to be based on sending healing to another person. And he might think, or say about healing. They want to heal other people. What's the word money here for? Well, she let me let me explain. Basically, it is somebody in your life that you feel perhaps not very kindly towards due to Pap, maybe their behavior towards you. So maybe an argument that put you down if being rude. Perhaps online, you've had someone say something to you. That's very disrespectful. And today, I had someone send me a message from my website calling me a fake. Not 100% sure what that means. I know what fake means. But I don't know, I'm
not really sure where they were coming from with that. So yeah, that hurt a little bit. You know, does just someone being cruel, saying something horrible is emotionally quite painful. For all of us. This is just natural. When it affects your well being, or when it affects
your life in the sense of maybe that person's at work. And I've talked about this before, maybe there's a reason you know, you perhaps don't want to go to work because of something that someone said to you or the way you've been treated. Maybe you don't want to go to a family gathering. Because as a member of your family that was rude to you last time you saw them or maybe you don't want to get on a bus because the bus driver was
unfriend unfriendly. Or, you know, whatever the situation could be is a million different possibilities on this one. So it's a case of focusing on one that resonates with your actual life. So what we're gonna do with this recording is actually send
healing to that person. And you might be thinking, why healing? First of all, how do you send healing? Well, it's just imagination. You just imagine in sending healing energy to that person. That's all it is. It's really that simple. So what I go through the process, I go through the process.
You can do it however you want to do. The outcome. When you see the outcome, you will experience the outcome. Swirl lights do to make sure you're comfortable. And you don't have to lie down to do this.
You can sit in a comfortable chair as long Unless you don't just on the off chance that you get so bored, that you fall asleep, make sure that the chair has sides to support you so you don't fall off the chair. So I said to me once years and years ago that they fell off a chair listening to me. So ever since then I've been telling people make sure that you've got support.
And it's more just using your imagination. So I want you to think of that person. where, you know, your stress levels, unfortunately, have a tendency tendency to rise, when you think of them,
it might be a new thing, you might have been getting on really well with them. And it might just suddenly happened. It might even be someone that you've not even met someone that you've heard about, you know, you're about to start a new job, or you may be new working with someone you've heard is a bit of a nightmare. Maybe someone else is about to start working there. And you've heard stuff about the mannequin, as against so many different varieties of possibilities here. So I want you to think about that person now. And ideally, I would say don't pick, like the most extreme situation, to start with. Maybe pick something that is clearly a stress, a stress inducing. person, you know, in a sense of that's your reaction currently. So, as an example, you know, if I think of those person that worked in the chemist or the pharmacy, and he was rude to me, I felt he was rude to me, I didn't like him.
Because and I didn't kind of want to go back in there, in case he was there.
And I was able to change my perspective, my feelings towards him. And now I get on really well, it really, is because I put a little bit of effort. And you know, it's almost, almost, it's weird, it's almost a joyful experience, picking up my prescription. Anyway. So I like to think of the person. And in order for us to see the difference, and the changes that actually occur so quickly, is to get in touch with the stress levels that you experience in your body. And in your mind, when you think about that person. One being very, very, very low. 10 being the highest it could possibly be on the Richter scale of stress.
And as you think about that person, just notice what level it's at, at the moment. And admittedly, there is a possibility that it might have lowered since she laughs thought about that person because now you're listening to me, you may if you listen regularly, there's that association with a sense of calmness and a sense of changes occurring, it's almost like your mind opens up to some of the possibilities of pause positivity, you know, positive positive possibilities, I could get the words out, that can arise. So you're there with an open mind. And you realize the things do change. And you realize that emotions can change quite quickly. So as you think about that person knows what level it's at, on the scale of one to 10 the stress level. Now you're going to do is imagine the from your heart area in your chest. There's a yellow Light, like a beam of light moving out of the middle of your chest. And you can imagine you have a person, you can even imagine them in front of you. And that beam of light going in to the chest of them.
You don't even have to visualize the person, just imagine you can feel it. Imagine that, because you can actually start to feel the middle of your chest. And it feels nice. Imagine that a healing being sent, even if it's just an idea of the healing, being sent and being received by that person. not consciously being received by them. But it's just going into their heart. It's entering their body, to healing the spreading around their body, healing spreading around their mind. And whatever the thing is that they did or said, or the behavior,
that healing is softening that up. It's softening that person, almost like it's internally correcting. So there was a blockage between the two of you before, but now that you've got that connection,
with that healing energy from your chest, into their chest, there's that connection which is flowing freely and easily. And you don't necessarily know where they are or what they're doing, it doesn't matter. You can imagine that that connection is there. That feed in in the energy of healing is leaving your body and connected with them. And the good thing about this kind of idea of given someone else love healing, wherever it might be, is instead of decreasing the amount you've got inside yourself, whether it be energy, whatever, actually increases it within yourself. So you're sending that person Well, you know, to feeling well into feeling, you know, happier, more relaxed. And in turn, you actually feel happier and relaxed within yourself on a more increased level. As that beam of healing energy still continues. Just let it be that just relax into it. You don't have to do anything. Nothing to do now is it's done.
You sent the healing energy to that person. So now what I'm gonna ask you to do is if you were, if you had your eyes closed, is to open your eyes. Maybe shake yourself off, maybe shake your hands, shake your arms, maybe stand up if you want to.
And now think of that person. And notice what level on that scale the we had before, knows how it's changed is how it's changed. And you might be surprised how easy it was for it to change
and how those feelings that were arising before in connection with that person. No longer are there. It's a different feeling. And imagine if you did this of everything, and everyone the freedom so I'm getting that sense of it with my chest feels really free and really light
almost feel like someone's given me some healing. Just I feel really nice in my chest area. It's nice. In fact, I feel pretty much completely relaxed. So I'm gonna leave you on that as a very short recording, don't get many short ones for me. So,
I'm going to wish you well. Remember to be kind to yourself, because you deserve to be happy. And I'll speak to you probably tomorrow. Thank you for listening. Lots of love bye....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/102-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-send-healing-jason-newland-24th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Please subscribe. And if you'd like to send me a PayPal gift, please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, and the links on my website. Now, I'd like to talk about ray is I know life knows brain plasticity is part of a little bit worried that I might not pronounce it correctly. brain plasticity. Now, not everybody listened to this may know what it means. And I didn't know what it meant, until probably about a year ago. So what it means basically, is the ability that this okay, you know, there's the old term that you know, you can't teach an old dog new tricks. Or what is the other one, a leopard never changes its spots.
Or
that secret and with this no smoke without fire, that just pathetic science, dumb, meaningless. And just passed on from generation to generation with based on people's horrible experiences, or just regurgitating what they've heard. Now I understand some people would say, well, there's no leopard doesn't change his spots. If they've experienced someone, and had a really, really horrible time with someone you know, and they fought the change, and they hadn't, I can understand how that would. Because it taints their minds, doesn't it take to change the way we see the world, when sometimes when really horrible things happen. So I can understand that thinking, but it's incorrect. In the sense of we all change. But not everybody changes the way that we would like them to change. And some people are our souls, when they're 16, and they still are souls when they're 60. That is true. There are some people like that. Some people are lovely when they're 16. And there are souls when they're 70. Some people are horrible when they're 1617. And they're lovely. By the time they get to 30. You know, they've grown out of it, they've they've changed. Some people are lovely, most of the time. But given some circumstances, they're horrible. They might have a horrible job going debt collecting, and be vicious. But when they go home, they're loving to their family. And they were, you know, church, church going person and might be lovely. But you know, when they're doing that job, they're not. So we've always changed it. And someone that decides to keep hold of that kind of aggression. And you know, that's the choice they've chosen to do. Whatever reason, even if they think that it's not a choice, as we know, everything is a choice. As far as everything changes. You choose what you do next. added on now people can argue or rely on, I can't help what I do next. Now when I say people choose what to do next, I'm not talking about someone who's going through a mental breakdown. course the person someone's got going through a neurotic time, I'm not talking about those extreme situations. Talking about general life. I can't cover all angles can't cover all possible scenarios. Although I do try to in my brain, but it's not realistic. I'm talking about the general population. We choose what we do next. Even if we don't believe it. We do. And it's annoying to be told that I know is it's annoying, I get annoyed. Even when I say to myself It annoys me a little bit. Which means I have to do this. I've got no choice. You know I've got someone coming around at about half 12 today and I didn't know they were going to Want to come into the flat, this friend meeting me, but I've not tidy it up or anything. And now I feel that I have to let them in to my messy flat, because Andre is messy. And I blame everything on him, even though a lot of the mess is mine. But in my mind, I think I've got no choice. Even if I say is I say it's here. I feel like a victim with no choice, I have to let them in. And it's going to be embarrassing and degrading. And while I do have a choice, I could tidy the flat, which are not going to I could not answer the door, which I'm not going to I could find them and say I could rearrange and meet them somewhere else. Which I might do, actually.
But there's a choice. Don't have to let them in. Don't have to answer the
phone. So there's always a choice. It's just it feels uncomfortable. Because, you know, I like I don't know, there's something very familiar about being being the victim, sometimes in a sense of like, you know, not able to be at all it's been done to me, life has been done to me. They're coming into my flat and it's, it's, you know, like, please feel sorry for me. Yeah, there's no one to feel sorry for me. So I want to feel sorry for myself. And is there something quite nice about feeling sorry for myself. And it's probably something really unhealthy about it as well. It's definitely not useful. It's nice sometimes to do that. To get in touch, I think to the reality. I mean, someone told me yesterday about something that happened to them, that also happened to me. And I didn't say anything. All I said is, ya know, he made. And so I relate to what you're saying, I understand what you're saying. I understand what it's like I just said, yeah. I hear I understand. I on. Yeah. And I was feeling it. And whether or not that was feeling sorry for myself didn't feel that way, it felt more like I was getting in touch with that part of me that I can okay. There's a lot of reminder that it's not, I'm not the only one that's had this it's happened to. And also the other people, some other people are way more open than I am. And I'm Look, I'm doing these recordings, and this person was way more open
about that particular thing. Which I'm not going to go into at all, obviously, but
but then I suppose in a way I wouldn't talk about it fit doesn't really fit in with this podcast, necessarily. Anyway. brain plasticity Kievan myself back to brain plasticity. Bring it back, bring it back, JJ. So what is it? The idea is that we've all guess been brought up to think that we learn when we're kids. And the older you get, the harder it is to learn. And the brain changes the brain kind of the idea that the brain just stays. it deteriorates over time. And that's it. But luckily we born with so many billions of neuron connections or whatever, that we've got loads and loads and loads were born with a lifetime supply and more to keep us going for 80 or 90 years. So if you live to be 90 your brain is not going to be working as well as it did when you was younger. Even if you've got no physical illnesses or any kind of anything if you're if you're physically and mentally well. is still you know the brain is going to be deteriorating as it were the body just naturally through age. Not many 90 year olds do marathons. Guess some do, but not many. And I noticed that my nan her brains slow We're down. And our body kind of just shut down with old age when she hit about 95. And she wasn't remembering things the way she used to, but it wasn't anything wrong with her it was we should just be wishes coming to the end. Because of her age, really, basically, just old age, and just old age. So the idea that we can't learn anything new. Well, first of all, that's wrong, was ridiculous. And we all know it's ridiculous, because we're always learning new things, aren't we? Always. You've learned new things this week. Something you never knew before. But you might not know what it is. You know, it might it might be something you saw on television might be something you read in a book in a magazine, something you overheard on a bus, or, you know, on a movie, it just it's just something a new thing, maybe something you learn about yourself.
Something that you're capable of doing. So I realized about myself earlier? The eight times table? No. Yeah, the eight times table, I remembered how to do it.
And it might have seen my kind of small child can do that. But yeah, fair enough. But it's not something to think about. And I just remembered yesterday, I just to kind of record the way to do it. So add in eight is basically the next will be 18. takeaway to 16. And next would be 26. takeaway. 224. And it's like, basically, up 10. But down to the last, you know, as I Oh, that's quite a nice feeling. Knock quite as interested in saying out loud as a thought he was when I was thinking about it. That's okay. So plasticity, basically, the discovery of this really was for people with strokes, brain injuries, they realized that someone with a stroke maybe loses the it's quite well known, isn't it, they might lose part of the movement in half of their body.
And then they learn through physiotherapy, to learn to use that part of the body again, see the people who were doing this. So we're doing a physical therapy. And for years and years,
they didn't really know what was going on inside the brain. They didn't realize that parts of the brain that weren't even
for move in the right hand, or move in the left left arm or left leg were being used. By the brain was plastic, the brain was able to transform itself and grow in a different way, in order to help the person to use the other part of the body to help to get speech back. And to how it was just, and they started doing brain scans on people. Because that's the only way to know what's going on in the brain is to actually look at the brain. which took psychologists and psychiatrists over 100 years to figure out blessum well over 100 years, yeah, 1900s 2000 was 2020. Now so yeah, yeah, well over 100 years, before they realized that the organ that they were actually studying, perhaps needed to be looked at. But of course, it didn't have the technology back then. In you know, Freud's time. And but yeah, now they can just put this helmet on Carn....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/101-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-brain-plasticity-jason-newland-21st-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks, and lots of other stuff as well. I should add that to the title should lie. And please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, and to do also please subscribe as well. So wherever you're listening to this, please subscribe, maybe leave a comment. All of my recordings are available on my website. Jason Newland comm there's over 1500 recordings on there for lots of different things, not just these, this podcast, there's lots of other stuff, I also do. recordings for chronic pain, stop smoking, weed noise and what other things I have got other podcasts are really regular that I regularly update that I do recordings for on a kind of a daily basis or throughout the week that let me bore you to sleep one where I just talk kind of absolute rubbish really for about an hour. You could say maybe I do that in this one as well. But that's that's arguable, I suppose. And the other one is the deep sleep whisper hypnosis recordings that podcast. There are a lot, they lost about 20 minutes each. And there's the weekly sleep hypnosis weekly. And that's once a week. And as you know, there's lots of other stuff as well. So, lots to choose from. And it's all free as well as So, if you like the service, and you'd like to support the free service, please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland. And as per usual, Andre, I can't believe it. Whenever I make this recording Andre pops out. Highly annoying. But hopefully you'll behave himself. So I'm going to do it this is going to be a technique. This is not going to be a long recording, is it going to be a technique? And is going to be a bit of a weird one. Okay, so I guess you could call it an interruption, you could call it it's lots of different things you could call it. But I want to call it the CD scratching technique. Or just CD scratching will be in the title. So you know, what if you want to come back to it. So hopefully I don't have to explain what a CD is. For anyone over the age of 20s is going to know that some people would have been brought up with mp3 ease. And maybe don't know, but I'm guessing most people would at this stage know, if you listen to this in 2030 years time, you might have to go online and google it or whatever search engine or processes used in the future. So in the old days, which wasn't that long ago, CDs, I'm not going to describe why CD is what away CD CDs, if you bought a CD, and it got scratched. It kinda was a big bucket. And I used to be a DJ back in the late 90s. And I kind of did the job for drinks really To be fair, I just did it just for a social, just a friend. Let me do it. But the I used to buy CDs and leave them there on a Saturday night. Come back on Friday night. And someone else had been using my CDs. So the bar staff Wednesday, Thursday night, maybe people during the day the cleaners wherever might be going in getting the CDs, playing it on the main CD player near the bar and then just chucking it, chucking it on a pile of other CDs when they put another one on.
So not truly in my CDs very very nicely. I saved my CDs but I was quite you know, I didn't own them. But you know, they were important, because I needed them for those two hours per night at the weekend. So when they were scratched it's very frustrating because it just doesn't work. A scratch song scratch CD does not work. Absolutely. miles will just chuck it out. say we have a DVD, a scratch DVD, it's even worse than a scratch CD. To be fair, if you've got a box set, like the old days, I used to get box sets from blockbusters. Again, if you're watching this in the future, you might need to Google that DVD and blockbusters two very popular things in the past. And, you know, I'd get through, I used to watch things like Prison Break or Sopranos or last or whatever. And then I get through and and, you know, the fourth CD DVD of the box set will be scratched. Be so frustrated. There's nothing I could do path and take it back. And then they'd refund me they blockbusters are brilliant like that there was refund me or give me another copy whatever they will call, but you ruined it. For me, it ruined the experience. Because I was really in the flow. Especially with lost I loved that show.
Anyway,
what this is, is the scratch in CD, or DVD. Or you could if you go back to vinyl, though vinyl is constantly fallen was one of those things that just keeps going. Vinyl will always be around because it's loved. CDs aren't loved, DVDs aren't loved. And I think mp3 is loved. There's something lovable about a vinyl record for some reason. So they will always be around. Even if they're not produced, the old ones always be for some reason. So you can use whatever you want to use, you can use an album, play your record player, CD or DVD for this technique in your mind. So you're not actually ruining anything. So wait to think about something, get in touch with something that has happened lately. There's really, really, it's just really got here. And it's affected you more than just being angry. But it's affected you in a sense of wanting to avoid doing something. As an example, maybe someone at work said something that you reacted to whether internally or externally. But now after the event, you kind of just don't want to go to work. Which is a big problem. To be fair, you know, something like that could cause the anxiety levels could just be horrendous for a situation like that. And I've had similar situations like that, we have not wanted to go to work because of someone. If that has happened, many, many, if not, I actually haven't gone to work, have left jobs over stuff like that in the past. But you know, that's why I've had about 50 full time jobs since I left school. But that's just me. So this is a way to maybe avoid the dress thickness of leaving a job or phoning in at all or being ill. So if you think about something it's not really about the thing. It's about the emotion. But the emotion is connected to the thing. The image, the memory, the thought, that's what the emotions connected to. I mean, you could say you could cut the umbilical cord. Cut the string of the balloon, the balloon blows off and you could do it that way. So but this is, this is another way of doing it, it's called it you know, it's there's lots of different ways to get to the same end. But there's that connection. When you severe or sever, sever the connection, cut the connection, disconnect the connection. There's no emotion connected to that thing to that thought to that memory, it's not connected anymore to anything. It's just a picture or just a little movie, or just a little memory. The content, he can't give you those feelings that you had before. Because a memory does not have power over you. A thought does not have power over here. I know it feels like it can do sometimes. But ultimately, it can't, if you decide that it can't. In the same way as if you got off, you got a five year old child telling you what to do. There are going to be times when you go along with it, because you just need a bit of damn peace. You just want that kid to shut up for a second. Even though you love that child of all your heart, you just okay, you can have a lollipop, you can have an ice cream, you can have breakfast cereal, Thea dinner, we just whatever just stop going on.
Which is okay now and then it's okay. But you can't do that all the time. Because then they're the boss. So sometimes it's easier to let them be the boss. But the more they do it, the more they expect to be able to do it. And we know that's the case with kids. The more you let them get away with the more they will try to get away with not even kids just human beings, I think. But kids don't know any better. They just assumed that they're the boss, right from the start. Because that's what happens when the baby's a cry, they get fed, they get changed, they cry, they whatever whatever they want, generally happens eventually. And they learn how to manipulate the parents. So you know, children are the best manipulators in the world. They don't get taught hypnosis, or any kind of things, ways to change the way another person's behavior. Children just naturally are able to do it. So inside my head and allow five year old, no matter how much you love them, to boss you around and control you all the time.
The same way you wouldn't allow or you don't have to allow a thought to have control of you. Just because something unpleasant happened. I'm not demeaning the situation and might be because might be horrible.
And perhaps leaving the job is the right thing to do.
And I'm saying this not saying don't don't leave the job because I've said do that. Obviously that'd be ridiculous. By left the job because I had a female who's in charge. I say female just it's not that relevant. But anyway, she was trying to bully me. And I left. And she was she was actually the manager of a charity Would you believe her children's charity. And she's basically started picking on me. So I left and I left myself in really bad financial situation. Which was really terrible. It was you know, it's really, it was a real financially bad decision. But I couldn't stay in Can you know, have that continue? And I suppose the reason I said it's a woman and I'm being honest, if it had been a man doing it, I don't think a man would have done it. To me, if it had been a man tree like that, it would have ended a lot quicker. It ended after the first blue first time, maybe I'd give the benefit of the doubt, the second time that the person was like that with me, I would have ....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/100-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-free-anxiety-jason-newland-19th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes.
And please subscribe to this podcast. Now I'm gonna do something topical today. So in the future, when you listen to this, it will be the future one. But, you know, in years to come, it might not
be, you know, he might not kind of the first bit might not make sense due to what I'm referring to. But at the moment I'm gonna mention suicide bomb, not going to talk about suicide, because I mentioned a celebrity that just just died. And and basically, it's a TV celebrity. And now there's a lot of these lie hashtag now be coined. aimed at trying to what I've looked at is on Twitter, aimed at maybe getting people to think before they post horrible stuff online about each other, or towards each other or aimed at each other or aimed at other people. is cool clear, including the press. And the kind of things that they write about celebrities, by would say it's not just celebrities get a hard time by the press. Basically, any wonders written about and sort of in the local press as well. His other newspapers are not famously known for getting things right, to gain correct information. And I'll tell you a little bit about my knowledge of the press in a minute, maybe, but we've got just got me thinking because I have talked about being kind in previous recordings, and I've been ending my recordings on Remember to be kind to yourself. You know, we do that for quite a while. So I'm taking responsibility for that word kind. Yes, I invented it. Of course not. But it got me thinking, okay. Perhaps I should I talk about being kind to yourself. I haven't really talked about being kind to other people
might have, but perhaps I don't know, maybe it's worth looking at. worth looking at the results that can come from cruelty to others, or how it feels to someone to being cruel to us.
And I've seen I actually was in the newspaper in is completely on is unrelated really to the topic, but it is in a sort of vague way. I used to do stand up comedy in the 90s. But in my 90s in the 90s, you know, between 91 and 98. I was in London doing stand up comedy, or at least attempting to. And the one night This was a new Act night where comedians were just trying out new material and all this there. It was Downstairs of the king's head, in other ways is LinkedIn. I forget where it was. Anyway, I am, this reporter came up to me and said and to another comedian, and said we'd like to do an article on you. But to do, you know, a newspaper article on you. I said, I like okay. And I'm not sure if it was at that place. But basically, they said, Where are you going to be where we can film you? For I said, well, you can come come to this next gig and I might be in come back the next week, next Thursday evening. Anyway, the report came along to photographs of me and the other comedian. And yeah, really friendly, did a little interview of us individually and said, Oh, it'll be in it'll be in the it wasn't this was like, a proper wasn't a local newspaper was the independent, which was a national newspaper. And they said, and it was clear more highbrow as well. It wasn't tabloid, it was. biased to read it. I used to read the independent because it wasn't biased towards we didn't seem to be biased towards any political, like, far right, far left kind of ideology. Just I thought more factual, you know, just gave the news as it was. But more in depth than would be maybe in some of the other papers, the ones with pictures. And anyway, the newspaper article came out. And it was a double. Yeah, it was kind of like the middle. I think it was double spread. Not the whole double split, but there's a big picture of me. For some reason, it's a picture of me, in that it's black and white picture. I had long hair ponytail, no smoking a cigarette. Really cool picture, actually. But the headline was, me Britain's worst comedian. That was the headline. or meet me Britain's worst comic. It was something like that. It basically made it Britain's worst comedian. And in the article, they were reading they were the they wrote, they actually were the worst comedian Paul was referring to the other bloke. With me, though, is saying well is we don't know what he's saying. But the audience laughing and so my, because I used to be quiet. Rude, you know, with the comedy I did. So that was the reporter's words while saying what Jason's saying is horrible. But the audience are laughing and so my house his words. Yeah, the headline was meet Britain's worst comedian. And this was in 1993. And I'd spent three years getting to the point where I've started to be doing quite well.
I say well, you know, for me, I started to get a little bit of respect and started to get people wanting to give me money to perform on Yeah, I knew a few people but still starting to kind of get okay. thought to have some really good gigs and everything and then I became the laughingstock of the comedy circuit. Because of that newspaper article now started off being a laughingstock at the comedy circuit when I first and then you know, eventually I started to become okay pre. I don't use Word goodbye. Okay. So that ruined pretty much ruined my comedy career and my confidence. I never, I never recovered from it. I still kept going for a few years but intimately. I didn't put the same energy into it after that, for still performed into 9495 96 a little bit 97 but you know it. There's something about that, because people start gossiping about me, and being cruel about me and saying horrible things and mocking me, the other comedians in the club owners and stuff.
And the, we didn't have internet then. But if we had, have had Facebook and Twitter, I would have been ridiculed by the other people, the other comedians. And I wasn't a celebrity or famous or anything, but I was known on the circuit because of the kind of actor did because we're young, but I was very rude and very, either no
memorable, I suppose, for being wherever I was. But anyway, this is probably giving you too much information. I have a little bit of understanding a tiny, tiny, tiny little bit of understanding of how a newspaper can really cause harm. Or a newspaper article can really cause harm. And that caused me tremendous harm, emotionally, and my I wanted my career to be in comedy and we ended up not being wherever it might identify it could have been, but I really you know, I believed in myself until that and then you know, everything kind of went a bit no so great. Someone to be a celebrity to be famous. And to be in the internet era to be in you know, I've seen people on Facebook be so horrible to each other. Like fishes not not not even tournament celebrities, just normal people like me. You know, people just generally put in on Facebook via list most horrible things about their ex boyfriend or ex girlfriend, or things like that really personal stuff. Which is just I doesn't think doesn't seem right. So I come on here and I talk about my personal life by don't talk about other people's personal lives. I don't go into detail about my family. And I go into detail about friends because it's not my right to do that is their you know, their purse, I say our personal life, our tallgrass stuff that's evolved me but at the same time, who's got the right to talk about me in my life? I haven't got the right to talk about you. I'm got right so be cruel to you in public online. So it's, I don't know that's what kind of comes off in my head when I think about the kindness be kind hashtag be coined. And it's going around at the moment. And it's really not about the celebrity that died. That's kind of that was the trigger in the same as the me to movement, you know, the hashtag Me too. And it started off with, you know, a very famous extremely famous case in the news, and then it grew to where the general public were getting involved. So that's kind of what seems to be happening with this is a completely done as a different thing. I'm not comparing the two, but I'm just comparing it in the sense of the hashtag, the
the way it spreads. The message and the message seem to start out from the other celebrities, saying it It's disgusting the way that she was treated.
And basically, for those in other countries is a celebrity that she got into some kind of domestic issue with a boyfriend and her Christmas. And so she got arrested or whatever and went to court. A boyfriend didn't even want charges pressed. But then she was hounded by the press. She lost a job that she had on telly. And she was thinking she's been improved. She's been in programs that I don't really watch, like celebrity Come Dancing or celebrity. Yes, Strictly Come Dancing. So they have another name of it, which is the most popular television program in England. I don't think there is a more popular program and celebrity Come Dancing as kind of the top one, I think. And she won that, I think a couple of years ago. She used to host the X Factor. And after party thing, she used to be on children's TV. So she was a lot of things that I didn't actually get to see. So I don't really know her as a celebrity. So if if Simon Cowell, you know, I know Simon Cowell, or Dermot O'Leary, you know, it's those, there's some people that are kind of, clearly, you know, we have our own celebrities that we like that we, that we kind of maybe relate to what we see on telly regularly. And it's the same as like, for example, Steve Allen, is someone that listen to on radio, on LBC. If he were suddenly to die, I'd be devastated. Or Nick Szabo, who I listened to on LBC....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/99-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-bekind-jason-newland-18th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast. So you can be notified of new episodes.
And if you'd like to support this free service, please go to paypal.me forward slash, Jason Newland, the links on our website as is, or 1500 of my recordings from your various podcasts and things stopped on since 2006. Quite a few things to listen to.
Now I'm going to talk today about prejudice. This might not be the correct word is probably better words to use, but I'll start with the word prejudice and see what comes. You know, later on in the recording, you know, something is a little bit more suitable for what I'm talking about. So start off basically with a diagnosis. Let's say you've had a diagnosis
of
abuse, depression, maybe it's anxiety disorder, general anxiety disorder, stress, panic disorder, maybe bipolar personality disorder, emotionally unstable personality disorder or something like that. All these things can include stress, anxiety and panic, they can all be, you know, Paul, that obviously, you know, general anxiety disorder would be specifically aimed at that. But, I mean, in my life, I have been, I've been diagnosed with quite a few different things on the mental health scale. I think 2019 95 it was depression 1995 it was stress 1997 it was depression. And I think 19 2000 or 2001, recurring depression disorder or something. And then in 2002, or 2000, or three, or 2002, it was anxiety disorder. That I think they decided his general anxiety disorder, Gad. And then in 2003, I think depression diagnosed with that, again, recurring depression. And then in 2006. I was diagnosed with depression again, this is from the GP, the doctor and then 2000 so depression a few times through the years 2011 diagnosed with bipolar disorder. And then I was also I kind of ignored it if I'm honest. Because I didn't want to. I didn't I didn't like it. If anyone likes it today, but I didn't like it didn't. I was working or self employed or as a counselor. I did not want that. hanging over my head. So I took some medication didn't like how it made me feel. So I stopped and I just can continue to work in which was the wrong thing to do because I got ill. Or ILA actually So 2013 I think it was, went back to psychiatrists and a re diagnosed me with bipolar, right again. But this time also
with
emotionally unstable personality disorder. The reason I'm telling you this is because the diagnosis itself can cause other people. In my experience, it might not be the same with you. But I do go on to a lot of the forums, groups on Facebook. And a lot of people do satisfying thing, that they're treated differently once they've been diagnosed. which, according to one of the psychologists that I've seen, is part of the reason why they don't like to diagnose people with such conditions like bipolar, or something that has a fairly negative connotation in public life. What I mean by that is, how often do you see a newspaper article where they mentioned the person's got bipolar? And it's a positive article. Man saves family from a burning building. And he has bipolar or anxiety disorder, that don't mention that. But if something bad happens, then I'll mention all and he's got bipolar. You know, this isn't about bipolar. This recording, I'm just saying as an example. So the prejudice, I suppose what I wanted to talk about is how do you deal with a prejudice? Have you experienced prejudice? Is prejudice the right word? And I guess also, maybe you haven't you thought you was the only one. Maybe you didn't realize other people also had that
experience. And it might be useful to know that. And also might be useful to get your head around the fact that that's other people's problems, if they have an issue with you.
And why should you be you know, why should you take that crap from them? If they've got an issue with your illness, then that's their problem. That's that's their stuff, isn't it? Ultimately, if you wouldn't tell someone thought you had diabetes, they wouldn't be saying,
oh,
that explains your behavior. Why explains why you are the way you are. And then every time you do something in the future, or must be the diabeetus
I think that's quite a crappy way to treat people personally. Yeah, to, to judge them. We judge people we judge each other as normal, to human thing. Anyone that says that they don't judge others is lying. Because we all judge maybe not in a cruel way, though. Maybe not in a spiteful harmful way. But always we charge we make judgments. That's how we function in life, we judge whether something is safe, we judge whether someone is worth talking to.
We make judgments, that's how we function. And we human beings and we judge but there's some people that really judge like proper full on.
And I my suggestion for me are kind of don't want to be like that.
Like to notice my judgments and so okay, well, is it true? In the same way as I say in previous recordings, when you have something that you say to yourself, and it's harmful or unkind Is it true? In the same way we could do that about judging others. Is it true that that person always does this thing? You know, because Gee, Realizing is also another way to function. Now we can't have our minds we have to group things, don't we? Makes it easier.
Otherwise, nothing, it would be harder. If we didn't generalize this notice in what we generalize in. So it's just, I guess it's just a case of notice in how we're thinking, question and not just accepting every thought that goes into our mind when it comes out of our mind.
But this isn't about stopping judging other people. This is about us being judged.
It's about dealing with other people. Other people's prejudices, maybe, again, I want a better word than their prejudice, it seems a bit harsh.
But suppose, stigma, the stigma of mental illness. So stigmatize something to whatever word you want to use, I think it's about the feeling that goes with it. Now, I remember when I, in 2011, pretty much all the way up to all the way through my adult life.
I never told really any of my family about what I've been gone through, you know, any of the depression, stress, anxiety, none of that, I didn't really open up about any of that stuff to them. So I put on a brave not brave face by just I kind of almost slipped left that behind. When I left my town, icon, his left it there, and sort of just didn't discuss it. Because I didn't really feel that they were in boobie interested. So I didn't tell anyone. And then 2011 December, when I was diagnosed with bipolar, it seemed such quite a big thing. It was almost too big for me to not talk about it. If that makes sense. It was something that I needed to tell people. Not everyone. I wasn't walking around to people in the street and saying, guess what? I don't know me, but I'm a bipolar person. Not just people that I know. A friend said to me, what do you feel like now that you've been diagnosed bipolar? I'm saying either No, no, up and down,
no
change in change changeable about it. And just the diagnosis is different, the symptoms are still the same.
That's the thing is that when you get diagnosed with something, nothing's changed. The symptoms don't change. So of anxiety, you get diagnosed with basically just telling you what you kind of already know, maybe, but they're given a label. And some people don't like the labels. Some doctors don't like the labels. Some psychiatrists and psychologists do not like those labels. Because they know about the stigma or the prejudice that the person may get. But without the label, that person can't perhaps get the help that they need. So it's kind of a double edged situation. I couldn't get psychology I couldn't get see a psychologist. I saw psycho psychotherapists for over a year. Now being seen as a psychologist for over a year as well. I wouldn't have got any of that. If I didn't have the label, bipolar, nd personality disorder which is two things acquired, they do go together sometimes. co calm coca mordan or something, there's a name for it. But I wouldn't have got any of that help, I would have got the medication. Because doctors will prescribe medication for moods to help the mood, you know, they'll give bipolar medication without actually diagnosing the person. psychiatrists, rather, you know, because doctors can't diagnose mental illnesses, or the maybe they can diagnose depression, that they can't diagnose things like bipolar has to be psychiatrist.
Maybe a psychologist as well. in that city, England anyway, so I don't know what it's like in other countries.
So prejudice, prejudice prejudice. When I told my dad, I'm not I'm not picking on my dad. So so when I told him and his wife I felt something changed. off. And that could have just been me. But I felt almost like I was no longer me to then I was an illness. That's how I felt. And I still feel that actually, if I'm honest, it's I've always been weird, I suppose it probably be. It's probably not nice to call myself weird, especially as I'm telling people not to be not to be nice themselves, and not to say horrible things to themselves. However, in the general scheme of things, as far as the society's norms, I don't fit in with that, and never have. I'll be okay with that. I just maybe, just, I don't know, maybe. Who knows, maybe it is because of the bipolar because of that. That's just I am how I am. Because of that may be or because of what's happened. We're all individuals, we're all different. But I think that unusual behavior, which has been n....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/98-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-evict-self-prejudice-jason-newland-16th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, I suppose I should mention something that's probably doesn't need to be mentioned to regular listeners. But this podcast is more than the title. Even if the title is pretty damn long, you know, relaxation, for hypnosis, for stress, relaxation, there's quite a lot of things in the title. But there's more to the podcast and that more to the recording standard. It could really be titled mental health, you know, kind of covering all aspects of and then to emotional well being or ill ease or, you know, problems issues and stuff. So kind of it does overlap into other things. Just for I'd mentioned that, for those that listen regularly, you kind of know that anyway. Because I do talk about different things. I also do talk about myself as well, because it is my favorite subject. I'm very self obsessed, observer obsessed, obsessed. Not really more kind of. But you know, for just mention it for the new people that are listening for the first time. And I try to give my own personal experiences. I also tried to maybe introduce some different ways of thinking, possibly. It's really just kind of my opinion, or my noise and such opinion, my my thinking around a specific subject, just why Think about it. What thoughts come into my mind what ideas come into my mind? And that's kind of what this is. It's a mishmash of different things. And yeah, so I like to thank everyone for listening. Those that listen regularly, the audience is growing continuously. So thank you. You're the reason I do that. If there's no audience, I wouldn't do this. There's lots to watch on Netflix. So yeah, I've there are other things to do. But I choose to do this because I'm hopefully helping people. Hopefully. Also, please subscribe to the podcast if it's useful, if you like it. also lets you know when the new a new recordings coming out. So if you're listening on Spotify or Stitcher or iTunes, cast box, you just press the subscribe button, maybe even leave a review a little comment. Something nice, that'd be lovely. And if you'd like to support this free service to help cover costs, you can send me a PayPal gift@paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, and links on our website. While I sort of boring stuff out away. No, it's not. It's loads more coming up. I thought I'd talk about worries. And worrying. Because I'll get a little bit sometimes get a little bit baggy about this. The idea because with stress and anxiety the amount of times that I've been asked, What are you worried about? What are you stressed about? And sometimes I can answer that question. Right now stressed about you. asking me that question. As annoying me that gets me stressed. Sometimes there's nothing obvious. The field I feel like I'm worrying about all I'm stressed about
yet. I have the physical symptoms of stress. My personal physical symptoms and it could be different for everyone. For me, I get heart palpitations, sometimes I get headaches, I get very tired. And sometimes hard to differentiate. My words are really working today but you know what mean differentiate between what is the stress? What is the bipolar? What is the you know what was kind of going on there. But part of the bipolar is my stress levels, kind of fluctuating quite rapidly at times.
And I am able to control them in various degrees of success. But sometimes, I'll be honest, I don't want to control them.
Sometimes I want to experience it, because it's almost like observing a play, just observing. So, what these symptoms got the physical symptoms, I can change the physical symptoms, using hypnosis using relaxation techniques, meditation, mindfulness, this ways to reduce it. Sometimes I like to kind of just observe it. Okay. So, you know, maybe a twitching finger, or I used to get twitching muscles, like proper, like my arm, my chest, my stomach sometimes. And that was due to stress. There's no other no other possible reason for it as physically, I've been ever medicals for years, checking me out, because I've been going to a doctor's and I've been checking to see if it's physically, you know, a physical issue and it never has been. Although I personally believe the depression anxiety is a physical thing. You know, it's not it's a brain isn't it? As I say that my, my right is started ringing, which is quite weird as strange. always feel like I'm a dog and someone's blow one of those weird whistles. So our brain affects our moods. And the brain is an actual organs a physical thing, isn't it? Just like our heart, just like your foot. Just like you know, your bum. Your hands is a physical thing. It's part of your body. And we kind of get, I think, with the mental health side of things, and get a little bit caught up in the mind.
When actually the brain it's the brain that affects the mind. And if the brain heals, or changes, I say heals. Because sometimes
brains, this this things I can do. Scientists now where they can retrain the brain, where they can kind of reactivate parts of the brain that maybe have been a bit dormant, or maybe been injured, heal parts of the brain had been injured by strokes by brain injury. And the behavior in the person changes. The moods in the person changes.
Sorry, so I'm quite a strong believer. Or I'm open, I'm open minded to the idea that mental illness or ill ease, stress, anxiety, mental health, whatever you want to call it. Whatever the condition may be, whatever the diagnosis is.
It's a physical thing. Yeah, it's an emotional thing and it's painful thing at times. And it could disrupt your life. I know mine disrupts my life. Bipolar has disrupted my life since I was a child. in a huge way, massive way, you know, if I just had a, what I would in my brain in my life would have called a normal brain, I would have had a steady job, had a wife had kids had a house had a, you know, probably grandchildren, by now, I'd have had a normal in mind, you know, my perception of what I was brought up to believe was normal, a normal life by having because of EDS, a chaotic mind, kind of bit of a chaotic life at times. So I actually said to my psychologist a couple of years ago, I said, if you ever get a chance, and you need people, patients, to do brain studies, where you, you know, do the, you know, they put the electronic things onto your head and scan your your brain for activity, not for activity, but to see what's going on inside. I said, I nominate myself to be part of that study. Because I truly believe that my brain is this damage there, this damage, everybody's got damaged in the brain, everyone's got brain damage. But not, not in the way that perhaps we blew up to believe what brain damages brain damage doesn't mean you're in a coma, or that you're unable to do anything. brain damage is just banging your head quite hard when you're four years old, falling down some steps or playing football and headwind the ball. Every single person has bashed their head quite a few times over their lifespan. You know, even some of the bestest childhood in the world where the No one's ever, you know, no one's ever hit them. And never been bullied at school, not nothing like that. There's still a bash their head have fallen over, been skating falling over. So we've all got damage to our brains. So maybe you should use Word brain damaged. But we've got because that stays very, is an emotive term, isn't it? So we all have parts of our brain that has been damaged. But it doesn't mean and this this isn't me talking? Well, it is me talking. But this is this is studies, I'm talking from the scientific studies that have been done. So basically, the way the brain is structured, there's no way that it can't be damaged by the way we live our lives. The only way is if we walked around with big crash helmets the whole time from being born. Because kids are always falling over and bashing again, you know, knocking into things. But it doesn't affect us in such a huge way, as obviously something like a car accident or someone been injured in a boxing ring or you know, saw a blood clot, or those kinds of things that that's on a different level, or someone with stroke. Where part of the brain may die, you know, just due to the lack of oxygen, or wherever during that period when they're waiting to be treated. Or a seizure or really bad seizure could have an effect to the brain. dementia, of course, Alzheimer's, those things where the brain starts to die, sites have basically deteriorate. And the expert the leading people in this leading scientific minds actually say that dementia and Alzheimer's starts 30 years before the the effects or even start to show before you even get the symptoms. It starts a long time before.
So then it started and then it kind of makes me think well it's about maintenance of the brain. What can we do to protect the brain to make sure that no more damage occurs what can we do to help the brain to repair itself to start activating other parts of the brain and listening to this is helping listening to music helps doing things or both your hands or both your legs helps because you're activating both parts of your brain reading, doing something new learning new information all those things help to create new neurological networks and connections and stuff like that. Diet I can't give any dietary advice. I can't give any advice on anything but dietary, you know, I eat too much chocolate drink too much coke. Um
I'm like five minutes away from diabetes, but that's my choice because I like drinking coconut chocolate. So....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/97-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-question-automatic-thinking-jason-newland-15th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland. So I'm laughing because I've just seen Andre, what he's up to JC My name is Jason Newland. This is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast, wherever you're listening to it, and maybe like it if you like it. And you can also help cover the cost of this free service by going to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, and the links on the website. All of my 1500 recordings are on my website and link to all the different podcasts I do. So I should do to get like a recording of that, shouldn't I just post it at the beginning of each each, each recording each session. Anyway, we shall do have the ability to do actually, by just
I'm too lazy. Now today I want to talk about noise sensitivity or sound, excessive sound sensitivity. But let's use the word noise sensitivity that would be the the correct term, I
think that most people would use or not enjoying noise. Now I realize this may not apply to everybody that listens to this podcast. And so I understand if it's not something you want to listen to.
In fact, you might cry, you might find it too noisy. So especially with this little fairy running around for some reason. So what I thought I would do is actually open up a bit tell you about my personal experiences with my I guess sensitivities this year if I use that term sensitivity to noise. And although technically you could say well, it's got worse I got to do with stress and anxiety.
It caused stress and anxiety in me. And it still sometimes does. But less so than it used to. So I don't think making recordings just about well, just to think of anxiety or stress as being something that happens
without anything else connected. You know, in the sense of maybe a panic attack, can you know I've had it happen in the past when I was in a bookshop looking at a book and there was no trigger there at all. So if someone was to say to me, which is kind of a standard thing for someone to say
something like what what's wrong? What's happened? What's causing you to feel that way? what's caused you to have this reaction? what triggered it when actually there isn't a trigger or not an obvious trigger you know, I suppose it's a bit in a sense like chronic pain
if someone's got chronic pain you don't ask them what what's what's caused. If you know that they've got chronic pain or the guy shoulder injury that's never that's healed but not properly healed, you know, in the sense of the stole nerve damage or the stool, you know, it's got ongoing
you got to accept Well, that's the reason but you know, almost it's like there needs to be a connection needs to be a logical explanation.
However, life isn't Carnival is as simple as that. So but there are other times when it is it is a
it's a reaction. So being sensitive to sound, and having loud noises would increase my anxiety. A lot, you know, I'm talking. It wasn't just anxiety and stresses or like anger as well.
And it's taken me What took a long, long time for me to go from being able to, to be able to get to the point where it doesn't affect
me nearly as much. That's not to say that if I'm in bed, and
like today, for example, downstairs, they were drilling, as electricians down there, drilling and making a lot of noise and of shaking the flat. I woke up to that and I wasn't,
wasn't madly impressed if I'm honest. And sitting there watching Telly and having that drill in, I wasn't enjoying it. But I wasn't angry, I wasn't fuming, I wasn't stressed. And I think part of the stress and anxiety came in the past is the anticipation of a noisy neighbor. So let's say had a noisy neighbor that maybe had lots of Music loud. So when the music was on, there'd be stress levels risen,
I'd get angry. But other times would not be sitting at home. And it'd be no no sound, all my stress levels would be rising thinking and expecting the noise to stop. And inevitably, why quite often did start? Because someone that's noisy. I don't maybe don't have that. There's a sense of consideration, it doesn't seem to be within their grasp, sometimes. Is that level maybe in other scenarios that they're, they're really sensitive and caring and considerate. But some people just think, well, I'll let my television as loud as I want. I should be able to play my own music as loud as I want, regardless of how thin the walls are. Still sound angry, the mind bomb? No, I'm not, you know, I kind of accepted it. I've lived enough places to realize you know, the ironic thing about this is as I'm making this recording, I've got Andre, my ferret running around, colliding into carrier bags and making way too much noise. And it's annoying me. That's kind of funny, isn't it? I'm talking about how your noise doesn't really affect me anymore.
Half light want to just chuck him out the window. But that's more because it wouldn't bother me who's just doing it because I'm trying to do recording.
Anyway, he's gonna do what he does. He lives on his ledger. So there you go. Right back to the recording. So I used to My first memory of having problems with noise was with my brother was on the top floor of our house. But two older brothers were living on the top floor with me. And my oldest brother was playing music very loud and kept knocking on his door saying you turn it down because I had to get up early in the morning to do my paper round. I was at school still. I was 14 and he was pretty that 880s we'd left school and his reaction was basically tough. So You know, my, my reaction was anger. And I wanted to gently I wanted to hurt him. I do not wanted to punch him. I didn't, but I wanted to. But because he just more because his attitude and because of the music. But from then on I just had a real issue with wasn't just the music, it was the attitude of the people that had to use it when I'd complain. Because ultimately, no one likes to be complained to. No one likes to be told what to do. And what I realized enough over the years, is when you knock on someone's door, saying can you maybe turn the music downplays themselves sorry. And pretty much guaranteed of in 20 minutes or 10 minutes, even the music really loud, perhaps louder than it was before. And, you know, Matt times overheard a conversation repeat afterwards saying How dare you knock on my door,
you know, sort of. So I cannot stop doing that after a while because it can get a little bit
heated. But I used to go off is to really, really
lose it. When I get disturbed. If that I got disturbed when I was disturbed, that makes sense.
And it was the anxiety, it did cause stress. In the moment it cause stress afterwards, because I felt guilty for what I'd done or what said,
I didn't do anything too bad too often. But I kind of felt guilty for what I wanted to do.
And there was that whole trial, try it time to kind of even out in my head. Because logically I knew that I was acting or over reacting. I mean, really reacting, overreacting. But emotionally, it didn't make any difference. So what I managed to get logical and managed to calm your mind down, I then felt guilty and felt bad and felt anxious. Pa partly because I'd gone against what I believe was real, what I believed was the right thing, or the right way to act is to not act violence or violent words or violent thoughts. And in the same way not to I just felt guilty, basically. And then it was the anxiety, of expecting it to happen again. And it did happen again over and over again for years and years and years. So all the different places have lived. And that's probably why I've experienced it so much because I've lived in many, many, many different places more than the average. And I've moved home nearly 50 times since I left school. So I've lived in lots of different places and experienced different types of people living with them or living in a room in a house sharing a house. And as a place in London, where the door kept slamming all of the doors. Almost like the head. I don't know what they were but they just slammed they closed on their own, which is a fire door thing was supposed to. But just because a door closes on its own slams, doesn't mean you have to let it slam. And this is when I was 18 or 19. And I said to the lady staff says can you stop laying your doors slam? No. And I did I used to punch the wardrobe in the wall in the room my head because I used to get so frustrated and then I'd be lying in bed thinking I'm gonna get woken up by that because sometimes it'd be late at night either early start. I get woken up by early in the morning. Before I had to get up. So that caused the degree of anxiety and stress. For me another time, even people that I get on with, I struggle a bit when they're noisy. So I lived in a place before moving to London. And there was a couple there, got on really well with them. Particularly loved playing loud, opera music really loud. And I was constantly asking them to turn it down. Because I had to get up at five o'clock in the morning. Because I had a little cleaning job guy to go to. They just but I liked them. But it's the whole identity anxiety from that not knowing that I can do it again tonight. Are they gonna? Is it gonna start up again in an hour? because it'd be up all night drinking and listening to music. And yeah, my nerves just, I was young enough for it not, didn't seem to affect me as much as it would. now living in that environment would be practically impossible for me. Just the whole constant barrage of loud sound is not. Although I can deal with loud sounds that happen occasionally. I couldn't, not constantly I'd hav....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/96-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-noise-sensitivity-jason-newland-13th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Please subscribe. And if you'd like to support this free service, please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland. Now, I'd like to talk about the know what the correct word in would be. Word relapse possibly might be correct,
or
Yeah, we use the word relapse, it might not be the correct word, I can change it later, when I actually make the title.
I suppose what I mean is talking about is, you know, when you think that everything's fine, you think you've done everything that you need to do in order to change your life, as far as maybe anxiety goes, stress, panic attacks, you think, Oh, I'm not going to have them anymore and you're cured, or you've healed, or you've completely overcome everything that you were suffering with, that you're having problems with, then two, out of the blue fellow with stress or have an anxiety thing with whether it's a panic attack, or just increased anxiety, because I have a tendency, I feel it physically, with stress and anxiety. I'm not saying that in a way that are unique. But
it's been ill in the past where it was due to stress, and I had no idea.
Until you know, I'd had lots of tests, medical tests that told me that I was absolutely fine, physically.
So what I'm talking about here is are looking for a better word than relapse. Because when I said when I see when I hear the word relapse, I think more of someone that's got drug,
maybe drug dependency or alcohol dependency, and they've managed to get off the drugs or the alcohol and they've been clean for a period of time. And then they kind of have a blowout of the weekend or they have a chi regress back to that behavior for a short period of time. And that would be perhaps labeled as a relapse. Now in that situation, people could view it in different ways. Personally, you know, view it in our own perspective, as in all that set, all the work I've done is being pointless. You know, I am a drug addict, I'll always be a drug addict. And there's no point even trying to stop that.
I know people have had that thought for that way. And it's a shame to hear it. Because it's not true. But they give themselves such a hard time for relapse in that they almost limit their own possibilities in life to move forward. So that there's other people might think, well, it was a relapse. It was a mistake, or
perhaps it was just something that they needed to do to To remind themselves that that's not the kind of life that they want for themselves. Or it's just a mistake, or it was a choice
that made the choice to take the drugs. And then they've now made the choice not to. I'm not going to focus on drugs or alcohol, because that's not what these podcasts are about. Other than drugs and alcohol, are used by many people as a coping mechanism, self medication, which is something that I did myself, and I'm not sure if I've really gone into that topic myself have really discussed it. But I've talked about drinking alcohol. And I used to drink excessively, every day pretty much for years and years and years. Wasn't excessive to start with was four cans of your weak lager and then ended up being eight cans of strong lager not the strongest you can get but, you know, stellar at that time was one of the strongest sort of mainstream loggers that you could buy in this country. You go up a little bit and you get to the tenants and the special brew.
That's a different level. That's awkward, never drink that stuff. I think one candidate would just make me ill. Actually, I don't think I've tried it. And it did make me just it's not just not me.
But and I've known a lot of people with alcohol issues. It was quite ironic. I'm just as an irony thing, life. I stopped drinking in 2004 for a whole year. And I moved into a building. And there was 123455 other people live in in that building with me. So as a house share, wasn't a house share, just always rented a room. And in that house at the bottom of the house, there was a crack then it got closed down by the place is literally it was I got really old and to be fair, but that's what he did. He he was a crack user, and which I said I'm not judging anyone. But the place got, you know, that room got closed down and police signs everywhere and all that stuff, which is a bit weird. Next to him, there was an alcoholic, severe alcoholic. Again, another really nice bloke that I've gotten really well with. Upstairs on the second floor. There was another alcoholic but I didn't really get to know him. Next to him was another ALC severe alcoholic, who I was really good friends with. And he was extreme extreme alcohol all day on on I kept drinking. And then upstairs was me and another person. And the person next to me was an extreme alcoholic. But not when he moved in. We was but he was he didn't drink when he moved in. And I think it's one of the worst place in the world that he could have moved into. Because he was on the wagon, he was refraining from drinking his choice to drink you know, no one made him drink but
he did and he lost everything because of it. Was the job lost you know, because of the alcohol. And there I was trying to not drink for a whole year
and I was surrounded by all these really extreme alcoholics. I say extreme because they were it was quite a weird situation to be in. By got on really well with not all of them really apart from one that I didn't really know.
So I've kind of seen to live in that life style seeing that lifestyle. I think what it gave me is an understanding that Actually, or the ability to sit a human being behind the illness
behind the addiction because they were all nice people. You could sell a lack of the drug drug dealer be a nice person, he was very friendly to me. And I know that goes against. It goes against people's idea of, you know, always he does this therefore, he's got to be the devil.
But actually, it doesn't always work out that way. Life isn't quite that simple. Before that, and after that year, I used alcohol to self medicate. I didn't realize I was doing it. I didn't realize that was the reason if I felt a high, like naturally high, or drink alcohol, because it would bring me down a bit.
It stable me out. If I was really low, I drink alcohol. Because it was temporarily bring me up.
But of course, alcohol is a depressant. So it's not. It's a depressant, but not initially. So I love the way the medical professionals like disable alcohol is a depressant.
Almost as if everybody that drinks alcohol gets depressed when they drink, which is a complete lie. Otherwise, there wouldn't be millions of people in my country, millions and millions of people every weekend going out drinking, and all the other millions drinking at birthday parties and Christmas. And you know, that's one of the biggest industries in the country. I would say the world but there are a lot of parts of the world where alcohol is not consumed. So I can't be that General. The guaranteed I'm sure in America, Canada, Australia, probably most parts of Europe. Alcohol is a big industry, huge industry. So it's these generalizations of Oh yeah, it's a depressant. Well, yeah, but not, not in the way that it sounds.
If you drink regularly, is going to have a negative effect on your body and your mind. And every high has a low the higher the higher, the lower the low.
And personally, I don't find alcohol never have done never found it to be a particularly high high. It's almost a nice bars until I become slow and lethargic and not really functioning. And then I feel more I drink. You know, if I get drunk, which rarely get drunk. I'd wake up the next day like most people with a hangover, feeling crappy. So every high has slightly drugs, you know, really strong drugs. Illegal stuff, though, of course Novus is supposed to take because illegal, but the higher the higher, the lower the low. And I used to take illegal drugs
during most of my life, actually, until Monday, smoking until I stopped smoking cigarettes and then stuff to put in the cigarettes to make joints. Stop doing that in 1999.
Part of the reason which I may not have ever mentioned is I didn't know anything. I didn't, I didn't connect it.
You're something that's so obvious that they're just practically impossible to connect. I started having anxiety. But I didn't know his anxiety because I didn't know what anxiety was. And it sounds really ridiculous. To me when I when I, when I say it myself, how can you not know what anxiety is? I didn't know. I knew that I'd been diagnosed with stress a few years earlier in 1995 because I'd had a whole year of feeling ill fit bad stomach pains really bad. fell ill every time I ate. I was bleeding out of one of my orifices. I was horrible, had about 10 months of that, and then diagnosed with stress after having medical tests, and in the end, they were even testing for cancer. Because they couldn't figure it out. It must be something really wrong with me. That's what they said. Now, wish they hadn't told me because I don't think doctor should tell you that. That give you a blood test. Oh, now we're testing for something really serious. Do we need that, that four week wait by head for the blood test to the results. And I remember saying to myself when I was waiting for the results before I always went to the hospital. Please let it be clear and I'll never smoke another cigarette again. And it was clear I was a first thing I did want to go out there or bummed a cigarette or someone so it's just shows how grateful I was. But I was grateful genuinely grateful. But at the same time I was annoyed because I just h....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/95-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-self-sabotage-relapse-jason-newland-12th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. Please subscribe for your money sometimes do recording. So it's very windy outside. So
if you're wondering what that background sound is, it's the weather. So, not a lot I can do about that. Now this is going to be a short recording, I can hear the chair can hear the chairs in the background,
a short one. And it might not be as short as I am expecting it to be.
It's, it's an exercise to do. But it's a really nice exercise that might seem really weird to do it. bikes in might seem, might seem, might seem. Yeah, just strange, you know a bit a bit. But it's okay. And of course, you don't have to do anything. You know, you don't have to do these things. But I would suggest to give it a try. Because it's nothing to lose. It's a win win situation.
There is nothing to lose. And I kind of feel that for all of the recordings. You can't lose anything, maybe a little bit of time. Yeah, but other than that. So this exercise is basically writing a letter to yourself. But specifically, writing a letter to yourself. Or through another way to describe this. If you knew somebody that was identical to you. If you knew somebody, let's pretend you know somebody that's gone through everything that you've gone through in life that has the same issues with a physical with mental health issues with emotional issues, relationship issues, whatever it is. As well as all the good stuff as well, you know, just imagine someone's an identical with the coolum dimpled toppers or something Deadpool is almost exactly the same shoe. What you want to do is reassure them. You want to send them a letter. And I say the word letter, it doesn't have to be written.
You can do an email, you could do a voice recording. You know, you're not actually going to send it to yourself.
No one else is ever going to hear it or read it. It's just a letter. So I'm used to I'm used to term letter, but as I said you can it can be however, whatever process you choose. I mean you could do on a what big whiteboard with a marker pen if that's what you wanted to do. And buys it. That's the entire exercise. It sounds simple. Well, it might sound complicated depends on how we'll have described and explained
what it is that I'm asking you to do. Basically, you're writing a letter to yourself a level of reassurance to yourself. But from a perspective of being another person, so that you can get rid of that block that you might have,
which perhaps has prevented you from being kind to yourself, you know, verbally inside internally internal voice, saying nice things, reminding you about your good qualities, about your positive attributes, about the fact that you're a human being. And you just need to take a break sometimes need to take you know, just be a bit bit more gentle on yourself. And also to remind yourself that things will be okay. Things are gonna be okay. Now, it's up to you what you write it, the only rule with this letter is it's positive. It's not a letter of, you're not writing down to yourself, all the things you don't like about yourself. That's the opposite. None of that is allowed in this letter. No put downs, not even as a joke. Even if it's a really fun, it's really funny. Don't write it down. Because this isn't that time. This is a time for being really, really gentle. Writing a really, really kind and gentle letter to you. And the reason I put it in a, in the framework of writing a letter to someone else that's identical to you, is because it might make it a little bit easier. When you start thinking of someone else suffering, or someone else having a hard time of it at times, maybe someone else that gets the sense of hopelessness, now and then. Or more often than you would like to. So this gives you an opportunity to write the letter that you would write in that situation was imagined you've just been with that person they've told you their life story.
And you are allowed back to them the same look. You know, you've been through a lot. you've actually done really well. I don't think you realize how much you've accomplished it in your life. Do you? Do you understand where I'm coming from with this? It's all the space now not part of the letter. This is me talking now.
It's about being really gentle. There's a person called Six Sigma who said he says he was a motivational speaker. And he said if you treat every single person you ever meet,
like this suffering inside then you'll be treating every single person correctly. Because everyone is suffering inside in to various degrees. I think I think maybe sometimes we use the word suffering in
to mean something extreme, which you can but it can also mean someone that's got some pain,
whether physical or emotional. You know, and everybody's got some of them. Everybody's lost somebody, everyone's bereaved. And what you know, it was last summer they cared about in their life. At some point, there might not even be a family member might be, it might be a famous person. That's, I mean, for example, I was watching a documentary about Whitney Houston earlier. And I just felt so sad. I felt almost. And I'm not going to judge myself for it. And, you know, there's part of me wants to mock myself and like, That's ridiculous. He never met. You know, why would you care, but actually, I do care. And I, I had love for Whitney Houston, the different kind of love, you know, it wasn't romantic love by was a big, big fan of hers. And as a young man, I really, she was my crush, my celebrity crush, if that makes you know, if that makes sense. So when she passed away, it was awful. And then just seen a documentary is, so there was some suffering there. It's not enough to, you know, it's not major, it's not going to affect my life, the level of suffering that I was experiencing earlier today. But it's still suffering. And that's what life is about, you know, life isn't what it's about, but it's part of life. As the Buddha said, life is suffering. This also pleasure, it's also love, it's also kindness. So laughter, I will go together, you know, the door needs to be open for all of those things. Otherwise, the doors close to pretty much all of those things. We don't have a different door for different emotions, seems they all need to be coming go through the same door. But if you leave that door open, they will come but they will all go as well.
They don't stick around. Because misery has his own home. Because if you there you know, if it doesn't get what it needs from you,
it will go elsewhere. He wants to stick around. The same I suppose happiness presents itself to you. But if you're not noticing it, you don't perhaps want that feeling. Which might seem strange, but have plenty of times in the past, had a feeling of like lightness and happiness and pushed it away because
I didn't want that. I want it to feel miserable. However ridiculous that might sound to some people. But that's how I felt at that time. enough times I embrace it. And it's a choice. What can doesn't always fit doesn't feel like a choice A lot of the time, but it is a choice.
So you know, some people, I try and get across the idea that we choose what we do. For example, if I need to go to the toilet, which I think I might do soon, which again, has got nothing to do with the recording. I seem to like talking about going to the toilet, but I guess I got no choice but to press the pause button and go to the toilet. But that's not true. I don't have to pause. I don't don't have to do anything. I could hold it in not indefinitely, but I could hold it in and I could cause a lot of pain. And eventually it's going to come out the United States life isn't it. Or I could walk into the toilet instead of a tape recorder with me continue talking. Which means you'd have a very echoey and you'd have boy, the back the wind in the background would continue but just a different type. And, or I could I could just go to a toll in my pants. Again,
it's ridiculous, but it's true. I have that choice. That's when I talk about choices. Because we limit ourselves. So I've got no choice. I have to do this.
Now you don't, it's a good idea to do something. Because the alternative might be horrible. You know, it's like not turning up for work, or not phoning in. I mean, that good. I could be the end of that job. But it's still it's still a choice. And I made that decision many times in the past, have lost loads of jobs from just not turning up in my youth, my 20s and stuff, or my teens as well. But there's a choice. There's about I guess, making decent choices for you. Just like writing this letter is a choice. Don't have to do it. But what set to lose? The worst case scenario is you read the letter.
And you read nice things about yourself. That's the worst case scenario. And that doesn't sound too bad, to me. Doesn't sound like a nightmare. sounds almost could almost be enjoyable. That's why I think that funerals should be held before we die.
But one will just we should have that ceremony, call it something different. But have that ceremony. We're all people, family, friends, loved ones, colleagues, whatever. Get together and say nice stuff about us.
I mean, how beautiful that would be to actually realize that that person really does care about you. And how many people care about you. My name used to say one of our sayings was if you don't visit me during if you don't visit me while I'm alive, don't visit me at my funeral.
As was a few divers, me Don't come to my feed. And if you don't visit me when I'm alive. And I said, ....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/94-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-reassuring-letter-jason-newland-9th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Please subscribe to this podcast. And if you'd like to support this free service, please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, the links on the website. Now, in this recording, I'm just gonna do a relaxation session, just standard, calm, relaxation. So I'd like you to get yourself comfortable, you can lie down on a bed, you can sit in a chair, comfortable chair, make sure support your body in the event of you falling asleep. Just make sure you're always safe and comfortable. I can't do relaxation sessions lying on a bed without falling asleep. I can't really do relaxation sessions generally without falling asleep. But I can stay awake easier if I'm sitting up. So I would say if you're just listening to this solely to have, you know, 20 minute relaxation, and you need to do other things afterwards, then maybe press pause and set your alarm to wake you up. Just in case you do not off because
he might just get bored and just fall asleep. It's very possible are very good at boring people who have heard any of my recordings, you might be nodding your head.
Thank you very much. That's what I'm going to ask you to do is first of all, just notice your body not ask you to close your eyes, I'm not going to do lots of thought try to convince you to close your eyes and make sure you know you can't open and all that stuff just close your eyes.
Notice what you can hear outside of my voice and it's okay for there to be background sounds. In fact, unless you've got a super soundproof The room
is likely to be background sounds of some kind. Even if it's just sound of the central heating or sound of the fridge, maybe the wind outside traffic in the background. Perhaps you've got family downstairs, you know this, it's okay to have those sounds. That's part of the process of relaxing is to be able to relax in a normal situations not a sterile situation. It's a nice sterile experiment where you be completely soundproof
because that's not a very natural environment for most people. And besides, this isn't about falling asleep. This is about we use intention, reducing stress, increasing your levels of relaxation and comfort, physical and emotional.
By closing your eyes, you may notice that your eyelids actually feel more relaxed just automatically. And that's a natural process, the natural reaction to close your eyes. I could tell you that. The reason your eyes feel relaxed and comfortable is because of the way I'm talking and all that stuff. Reality is when you close your eyes, it feels nice does not provide and you know, there's nothing in body issues with your eyes or anything. It's just nice. It's nice to close your eyes. And to just give your eyelids arrest to give your vision arrest. Give those muscles around your eyes some time l and that natural relaxation in your eyes seems to cause a trigger reaction to the other muscles and parts of your face. Like your forehead and your jaw, your mouth, your lips, your tongue, just those things to spread through. And just feel that much more relaxed. Naturally.
There's something about when you focus on what you can hear around you.
As well as focusing on how you're physically feeling as well. It causes a sense of comfort because the level of what you can hear and the level of what you can physically feel will change.
So you might be given 70% of your attention to what you can hear and then you have that 30% attention on what you can physically feel in this moment.
Then you become slightly interested in the comfort the Stein to feel. So that level of focus on your physical sensations naturally would increase and the focus on what you can hear decreases because it's less important and it doesn't really affect you or have anything to do with how you physically fell
apart that physical feeling is all sudden noticing the temperature of the room being aware of your surroundings. I know that sometimes I can be sitting down doing a relaxation session and I have the sensation of like a light breeze on my face. Yet there's no reason for it because there's no windows open. There's no one else in the room walking past me. There's nothing to cause that breeze. So my sort of light, relaxing, calming breeze, so gentle. Just about noticeable and it seems to relax my face even more. And it feels nice to just sit here not need and think about anything. not needing to do anything. So even though I've been noticing the temperature of the room. You can also notice the way your upper body feels. Maybe starting at the back of your neck, maybe the front of your neck and sides of your neck.
It's just there is no The neck is just there. The back of the neck sometimes can be almost like a little stone Reach for stress almost feels as if they're just when you focus on the pie your body is like the stress just floats out of it.
on its own, it's almost like likely if, by looking or focusing on that particular part of your body, you're pressing the release button for that stress to just float away in the breeze, and even though it might not make particular sense, doesn't need to because it's about how you feel right now is all a mess, all that matters. As you focus on your shoulders, you can notice that feelings from your face that calmness from your face, spread and down into your chest and your stomach. Just doing its own thing automatically. lacks in those pa see your body. Knees shoulders. As you focus on them, they may feel tense. So it's worth just focus on them. And then same way as the back of your neck. You could notice the stress just floating away from your shoulders being blown away by the breeze. The comfort in praise. That feeling of comfort, can spread down your arms, tops of your arms, elbows, all the way down your arms to wrists. Relax, relax in your wrists, relaxing the muscles in your arms and relaxing the skin covering and protecting your arms.
And even though we've not mentioned your hands yet, maybe you can already start to notice the relaxation that's already started to manifest in your hands and fingers
without having even paid any attention to those changes up to now.
And that sense of connection from your eyes all the way down to your fingers. It's as if the whole of your upper body is just evening out so that you can feel just as calm and relaxed in your lower back. As you do in your forehead. Just as calm loose the muscles upper back as you do Get your jaw just as calm middle of your back and all the way down your spine.
She feel your forehead and that sensation of relaxation and calmness spreads at 60 gets turanga a sense of comfort seems to really increase gaining momentum as it travels down your stomach, into your hips. Relax in the whole area of your hips, your buttocks, your groin, your upper thighs, a whole area feeling more and more relaxed. More and more. She starts to notice feeling your legs, your thigh, knees all the way down to your calf muscles and your shins
new ankles feeling more and more relaxed. More and more comfort. more of a sense of letting go completely. So almost like you can feel your feet on the bottom of the floor or wherever they are but they're attached to the energy from the earth. healing energy. Relaxing energy. covering your feet like a warm water gently healing clean in and soak in your feet. Jen healing your feet. so relaxed....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/93-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-relaxation-session-jason-newland-8th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast. Or if you're listening on YouTube, please subscribe to YouTube. Because I post all of my podcasts onto YouTube as well. So today's recording is going to be called you are not broken, you are not broken. That's I'm not gonna, I'm not going to maybe twice is just going to be you are not broken. This is kind of self explanatory in the sense of what I'm going to talk about. And the reason why I give the these recordings, I try and give them titles now, you know, per legal title in the you know, just to make it easier for people to find. Because someone contacted me a couple of weeks back and said, You did a recording. But I can't remember which number it was because I've done I think I've done 91 of these specific recordings on this podcast, also added a few others that I thought would be beneficial for people listening. And so but so I had to listen to a few of my recordings to find the one that the lady had was sort of asking about. So I've tried to start putting in law brief title, which will hopefully help people to find the recordings if you know something that you find useful. Also, you can download and stream all of my recordings on our website. I'm talking about all of them, not just this podcast, but there's over 1000 recordings spanning back 14 years. And I've got other podcasts that I do currently, pretty much every day. Let me bore you to sleep podcast. That's generally daily now, I don't know how I just developed into that. That's about an hour of me talking complete nonsense. Just just boring stuff for an hour. The other one is deep sleep whisper hypnosis. Why whisper for about 20 minutes, and it's sleep orientated. Also, God sleep hypnosis weekly, where the recordings a little bit longer, maybe half an hour, 14 minutes, 15 minutes sometimes. And that's once a week. Plus a few other podcasts but it's all on my website anyway. So you are not broken. So we just say that yourself. You say out loud, I'm not going to hear it. You might be at work. Or you know, you might be having your lunch listening to this. For example, you know, that maybe not say out loud if you're sitting on a train or bus or something. But it's up to you. You can but you say to yourself whether internally or externally. I the words I am not broken. those exact words. I am not broken. put emphasis on the knot. I or I'm not broken. So let's get rid of the N bit. I'm not broken. I'm not broken. How does it feel? Does it jar you? Does it does it feel wrong? Does it feel? Does it feel false? Does it feel like you just lying to yourself? Does it feel incongruent or whether the word is incongruent incongruent. Does it feel? Does it feel like you're just bullshitting yourself? You
might do. Because you might actually really believe that you're broken. So that's what this recording is about. Because at the end of this recording, you're going to be convinced.
I'm going to convince you, I'm going to hypnotize you into believing the fact
that you're not broken. You're not perfect either. None of us are. Doesn't mean that we don't need maintenance. We all need maintenance.
Bridges need maintenance. You see, so are maintaining the bridge. But you know, working on a bridge doesn't mean the bridge is broken. You work on your house, you maintain your house, Can God move out of your house while you're doing it? The house isn't broken, you're maintaining it, you're keeping it going. You're fixing things that need fixing. It's very rare when the whole house just collapses. Of course, it happens. But it's rare. Even in the most extreme situations, let's say someone's had complete mental breakdown, and they're hospitalized. They're still not broken. They may say, Well, also there must be if they're, if they're unable to function. But they're not broken do not. If they were broken, they'd be dead. That's broken. That's, that's diff broken. When nothing works. When that person that's going through an illness, going through really, you know, serious, serious illness. They're not broken. They're ill. Parts of them need to recover. Parts of them may not be working properly. But they're not broken. The heart still beating, the brain still working. The lungs, the liver, the kidney, maybe one of those isn't working properly. But the other parts are working. Someone that's in a wheelchair is not broken. enough if someone's just walking, unable to walk, have an accident. I guess we all know someone in this situation. It might be someone listening right now. I've got a good friend who jumped off a cliff when he was like 18 or 19 ended up paralyzed from his waist down. He believed he was broken. And we had a broken back. And then it healed. But he's been in a wheelchair for ever since. But for about two years, he believes he was broken. But he wasn't his heart still beats his lungs still worked. He just couldn't move his legs. I don't mean just couldn't move his legs as in a dismissive way that he could move his arms. He could move his shoulders, he could move his neck. He could talk he could see he could hear you have all the emotions that anybody else could have. He wasn't broken. But he believed that he was a fit when it comes to mental health issues. I never know what what to call it anymore. So you can't sort of can't call it mental illness anymore. Because people don't like it to be called that. Even though it's an illness, different levels of illness. That now in my country, everyone seems to call it mental health. I like to add the word issues at the end because physical health sciences I've got physical health. They're basically saying I'm feeling well. If you say about mental health is says so weird kind of terminology that's been taken up by anyone, let's say anxiety, depression. Panic issues stress may think that they're broken. Because for some reason, whatever's going on in their life, your life, my life, we're not functioning in the same way as we once were. We're maybe struggling with some things that used to be really easy. to us that were second nature I didn't give it didn't have to give it any thought we just did it. But you know, what, what I noticed with the anxiety, the extreme anxiety I got was,
it may cause me to, it seemed to cause me to be more sensitive. It was almost like I was noticing things, I almost felt like my skin layer, my skin had been peeled off.
So I was more. I wasn't quite as rough. With things you know, I was a bit more careful.
Maybe not physically, but just emotionally maybe just a little bit noticing things because if you add a layer of skin taken off all so if you've had a burn or mild burn even on your hand, you notice the sensitivity when you wash your hands. When that bit of skin scrapes up against even just your trousers, you know you just notice it. And it might not even be it might not even be like a profit burn. It might not be listed, it might just be a mild discomfort. You don't even notice until it kind of scratches against something, but the rest of your body wouldn't even notice it. In some ways, it felt a little bit like as far as stress levels when I had a callus the my stress levels, the anxiety levels were all kind of contained within a callus. And I wasn't eight nothing could trigger it. I could take huge amounts of stress. The reality I couldn't but for some reason I've managed to develop that callus in some circumstances, for example working working long hours it's doing a stressful job. Living unhealthily drinking excessively and being depressed really without even acknowledging it. So was the calluses protecting me from the pain? I wasn't feeling well, it was just I was protecting me from feeling it. Because not not all emotions are pain. But if you get to the point where you don't feel anything, because if you're a guitar player and I've learned to play the guitar few times or pet attempted and I ended up with calluses on my left fingers. So you could stroke it and it stays no field and really see you don't feel pain. But you don't feel any pleasure either. And my hands quite sensitive. I don't know maybe everyone says I don't know. But I quite like stroking my palms, my hands, the tops of my fingers because they're quite sensitive. I don't spend all day doing I'm just saying it's quite a nice thing to do before the callus on there. I wouldn't be able to feel I might feel it but it wouldn't be sensitive. So I could scrape it and not have any kind of discomfort, which is what calluses are built for and they decide to protect you from discomfort and pain. The fingers with a callus also protects you from will not protect you. It prevents you for feeling pleasure. So if you push this to the extreme, which I kinda like to do, but if you're thinking of You have a particular part of your body which is sensitive. So I'm just saying, as an example of not going to graphic details, if that part of your body had a callus on it, it would mean that it couldn't, you know, it's gonna be protected. It's not, you know, it's very unlikely to get hurt, because it's gonna be protected. a layer of like tough skin will be over protecting that part. So, you know, if you bashed it or whatever, it wouldn't hurt. But the same time,
there'd be no pleasure. So I think that's what maybe we build, which allows the stress levels to raise so high. If you don't notice the stress levels rising. And then suddenly, maybe the anxiety attack or that stress level gets too high, and the callus just drops off.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/92-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-youre-not-broken-jason-newland-7th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast. I would just like to before I start this recording, to thank you for to everyone that listens to it. Because it's now become one of my most listened to podcasts. So I've got the let me bore you to sleep, deep sleep, whisper hypnosis, sleep hypnosis weekly. And a couple of Insomnia, Sleep podcasts to have all my sleep stuff on. But on a daily basis, this is now the most popular podcast and had over 1000 downloads yesterday. So thank you for listening. So what I'm going to do, I feel inspired or feel inspired to talk about this particular subject. The first thing is, well, the fear I'm going to focus on is this.
Don't believe what you think? Or don't believe everything you think
they might see. might seem like an obvious thing. Andre stop running around. He just does whenever I start recording Andre mallow Farah starts running around. Don't believe every thing you think it's quite an obvious thing to say. It's not quite so obvious to do. So for me, that would be a case of question in question the things that you think to yourself. And I know this, you know, I try and focus on the stress, anxiety Patino part of things. But just for general, well being this can transform your life, to start questioning yourself, just in the same way as perhaps we'd like to question other people with their beliefs, but perhaps we don't. Because it's not it's just not the done thing. Maybe you're maybe don't want to be rude or you know, someone says something, and you know, you think you want about, you clearly lie in or make it up or exaggerating, or a bit delusional, or you're just regurgitating something you've heard before for someone else, and never questioned it. And we can all do that. We're all able to do that. I've done it loads and loads probably still do. However, if we start questioning itself, not a judging way. Because if we're constantly questioning someone, what do you mean by that? Is that true? And it could seem a bit, both very judgy. We're gonna do it in a kind, gentle way. So not in a harsh way. Not in what do you mean by that? Explain yourself. Not in that kind of tone. But more. Is that true? Is it? Is it really true? So I'll reel off a few things that I say to myself. I'm lovable. I'm unlovable. Is that true? Really, is it really true? Well, I have had people love me and expose you nice, not. Yeah. So maybe it's not true. You could you know, you could ask another question. What you getting out of saying that to yourself?
What's the best benefit of being cruel to yourself. Because if you set it someone else you're lovable you are. You're unlovable is a horrible thing to say, isn't it? It's not. It's not even a mile. It's not even mild. mean that's worse than the worst swear words.
You can call someone the C word. But to say that someone's unlovable. That's that's leagues worse than the C word. Even though people love to say, I don't like that word, the C word. Don't like it. You're not supposed to like it was called a swear word. But there's so much and saying it's someone else be saying it's yourself. Which kind of brings us back to something I said recently? Yeah. Would you say that to a small child? The question here is, would you say to anyone? So it was someone who calls himself ugly? Would you say that to another person? You know, provide new, not a teenager, full of anger, and hormones and find it difficult to control what you say and do for a short period of time in your life. Outside of that kind of weird state and weird stage in your life. We've heard you say to someone, oh, you're ugly. And if you did, you'd know it was cruel. Because one of the cruelest things you can say to someone? I mean, this is cruel, horrible, horrible things to say to someone, or you're ugly, you're unlovable.
Although I'm not loving Andre right now, with all the noise he's making. So why are you saying it to yourself? Why is it acceptable? So the question is, is it true? First of all? So I would say I'm ugly. Is it true?
Well,
something people might think I am. But some people might not. So to say something like, I'm ugly, is a universal fact, the way you saying it is? I'm like, Well, no, it's not a universal fact. It's not. It's not really factual. effect would be saying, if you've got one leg, and I've only got one leg, I'm five foot eight. I'm five foot eight. You know, that's the fact. Or, you know, I wear glasses. Why do you know those are facts? I don't have to wear glasses. Unless of course, I want to be able to see properly. But you know, those These are facts. But it's not an insult. If it's a fact.
Someone says to me, oh, Jason, you got a beer belly. Yeah. It's not an insult. How can it be an insult if it's a fact?
Watch not really a beard, but because I don't drink beard. It looks like a beard belly. just happens to be really muscular. That's just the way my muscles are shaped. So what is it you're saying to yourself? That's actually harming you. This causing suffering within your own mind. Which is hurting? cruel. Let's just use let's say as it is cruelty. How you being cruel to yourself. So before you get to the point of like, Why are you saying that?
Is it true to start with? Is it true? I'm unlovable. Is that true? I'm always going to be anxious forever and ever and ever.
Is that true? There's no way of knowing I had to move to a different room afraid.
Due to Andre what happens when I make recordings through the day? is following me now. We don't have to be unconscious to listen to this anyway.
So having him running around is fine. He can be part of the recording. He likes to participate.
You know what's weird, is I don't say horrible things to him. He's a ferret is a pharaoh. He doesn't understand what I'm saying. But I don't say horrible things.
Usually, but not definitely nothing horrible, horrible. Because it just feels cruel. And I don't want to be cruel to him. I don't want to be cruel to myself.
So coming back to you. What kinds of things do you say to yourself? bearing in mind, you know, the average person's awake for let's say 16 hours a day.
You know, someone sleeps for eight hours. I know. There's some people sleep for a lot longer. And I'm one of them. But it's still a lot of time every day. were we thinking?
And what do you say to yourself? What thoughts do you have that you're ignoring are actually harming you. Because although consciously, you're not maybe taking much notice. your unconscious mind is listening all the time. So that's that's a little secret of hypnosis is you don't have to be in a trance. In order for suggestions, positive suggestions to sink in. Because your unconscious mind is always listening. And the biggest hypnotist the most successful hypnotist you will ever know in your life is you
the person that has the most impact on your unconscious mind? issue. Things that you say? The things that you think affects your life effects, your brain effects, the development of your brain. And some people might think would you mean development? My brain was developed by the age of three or Well, no wasn't our brains continuing to develop? Our brains are elastic, or plasticity they call it continually changing and growing and healing. brain damage can heal. People who have had strokes can heal. People that have had brain injury due to playing sports or accidents. They can heal that part of the brain. drug addiction, alcohol issues, it can heal that part of the brain physically heal it which then changes The way that we behave, and the way that we think, the way that we act, the way that we feel, probably more importantly, the way that we feel. Because you feel happier. Because the brain is healing. And that's what these recordings are about. It's about healing the brain, sending that message, that positive message to your unconscious mind, to heal your brain. So if there's gaps holes in your brain, to heal them, fill them in and heal over
and make more connections. Which can only happen unconsciously. The more you think about wanting it to happen, the more it's going to happen. So the more attention you give, to thinking about your mind healing, so that you no longer have those anxiety, extreme anxiety situations.
So that you no longer worry about things that you don't need to worry about. So do you feel physically? Well, so you, you notice that actually, you're more positive in your Outlook, as far as the things you're saying to yourself.
Because we can act positive. And we can be positive. Being positive is how you're thinking can pretend to be positive. But if inside your mind, you're just basically having a go yourself all the time and being rude and cruel to yourself, in your own mind. Regardless of how nice you are to everyone outside, you're not positive, you're not being positive or to yourself, you're being kind to other people. And doing that should have quite a big effect on your own mental state anyway, we will have an effect. So if you don't, if you spent all your time being clients over people, chances are you'll be kinder to yourself, because you'll get used to that way of thinking. But there are people that spend all the time looking after others, and spend no time looking after themselves. And get ill because of it. I've known people like that. And you may do as well, you may be someone like that....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/91-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-is-it-true-jason-newland-6th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast. Now, I want to talk today about a hopelessness or pretty bad dealing with hopelessness. I think it's a fair a fair bet. A fair guess to say that every single person in the world has had the feeling of hopelessness at some point. But as per usual, I'm going to focus from this podcast perspective for someone going through anxiety, dealing with stress related illnesses,
panic and stuff like that. And from my own perspective, my own memory. I had a lot of hopelessness. When the anxiety was really, really at its worst. And I think the worst point really, for me, and it was, it was a few low ones.
But one of the first the worst moments was it was 2003.
No. Yeah. 2003 odd being on a retreat, a Buddhist retreat. And it was December is like over Christmas, basically. And I think it was from Boxing Day to new
to like, a week later. or the day after Boxing Day, something like that. So anyway, I went up there.
It was in Northridge and Norfolk, near Northridge. And I've been going through the periods you know, like, since for a year literally, of having anxiety, attacks, random times, anxiety moments, stress, I
was on medication. And I always just yeah, was it? Yeah, this is 2003 went on this retreat. Everything was fine. Everything was fine. He felt really good. Well, I feel okay. And the idea is, we're getting on a train which would take us to Northridge and then from the train would get a taxi. Simple, very simple thing. bots. When we got to the train station, there was no trains. It was a bus replacement service. Which meant instead of being sort of having a bit of room
because there wasn't that many people so there had been plenty of room on a train.
It meant that we really squashed together on this bus or coach. And as soon as I sat down and the drop bus took off for the coach took off, it kicked in, I had one of the it's hard to like gauge, give them marks at a 10 let anxiety take was a six that much, you know, but it was awful. It was really awful.
And I did not do We all felt trapped. And the way I managed to get there and and I just remember this remember, hopelessness, I felt hopeless. I was how many years ago now 2020. I was 33. I'm now 49. So it's a long time ago, is I think it's useful
to get in touch with the reality that it's not going to last. The reality that those feelings, whatever they are, however extreme they are at the time, they won't last. Just like the extreme feelings of pleasure, won't last. We're constantly having different feelings. So, back then, on the trip, I'm on the bus gets where I'm going. And I'm just a nervous wreck literally just shaking. But I wasn't physically shaking, I was shaking inside. But no one else could see. And which made it a bit worse, because I wanted people to know.
But no one could see. That was just talking to me like normal. And I was not feeling normal. So I get to this retreat center. It's a couple of people there that I know, I go with someone I know
as well. But there's a few people that I know. And it's it's his bunk beds. It's almost like, like an army barracks. And it was, I don't know how many people about 10 bunk beds in this room. So I'm on the bottom bunk. And someone else is on the top. And I'm just I don't know what to do myself. Because, you know, I paid a fair bit of money to go on this retreat.
A managed retreat to help with my stress. Meditation, or for that would be really useful because I've been doing meditation since November the previous year. So for just over a year, and I had found it beneficial. But they just came out as came out of nowhere. You know, and for, for at least five days, solid. And I say solid as a lie, because of course, we're always changing. We're never always feeling the same thing. But it felt like always in that zone of anxiety for five days. By experience a lot of anxiety during those five days, and it got to the point
I had to leave because it was getting worse. It didn't improve. He got worse and worse and worse. So in the end, I said See ya bye. Got a
taxi to train station. And if I remember rightly, it was a Sunday and it was New Year's Eve.
And on pacing around like a captured lion or like a lion in a cage in the zoo that hasn't been sedated.
That was almost like an out of body experience. I couldn't understand why the people that were working there were why when they come in asking me if I was okay. And then your love partner is thinking, What if they think that I'm up to no good? Because I felt like I was sweating. I felt like I was there's probably something wrong here. You know, I've got it's gonna look weird from the outside. All I wanted to do is get home and I think it would No matter where I lived, I couldn't live in the most horriblest room, or the one I lived in before I moved here, it is so grateful to get back home
into that room just to get away from the people get away from every everyone and everything. And the train journey was about 15 minutes long. And I got my god taxi back to home from the train station. And I just sat there on my bed, not knowing what to do. And that was one of the most hopeless situations or hopeless feelings of head. One of them in my life. Enough, I couldn't even go to a retreat, meditation retreat, which is supposed to, you know, in my mind, what could be more relaxing than relaxing? That's kind of how I was thinking about it. And I really, really, really worried for my mental health. For my state of mind, you know, was I going mad? I mean, genuinely, that's how I was thinking about it. I know, it's not great language to use, but that's how I was thinking about myself. Am I going crazy?
Am I losing it? Is this something really, really wrong? With me? Is my brain not functioning properly? I didn't think is a personality thing is a bipolar thing. Is it an anxiety thing, or just for a brain is not working.
And I came, I just came to this conclusion, I had to do something different. I had to make a change. So what I did is I stopped drinking alcohol. For the whole of 2004, I stopped drinking alcohol. I didn't eat meat. And with our finger, I was already vegetarian at that point.
And I went to the doctors again, I think I'd stop take my medication. The antidepressants, and the beta blockers didn't. I didn't find them helpful, myself. And I guess the reason why I stopped saying the medication
is because a friend of mine is talking on the phone. And he was going on and on and on and on about how bad life is and stuff. And I was trying to say to him that things will change. I've been saying this stuff for years, but it's true things change. And he said to me what's right for you? course, you're going to be calm because you're too drugged up on medication.
And it bugged me so much. I chucked the medication away. Which is not a good idea. Yeah, that's a whole new thing. Isn't it a whole different topic. I guess, you know, worrying about what other people think.
I feel hopeless, absolutely hopeless. By the here, I'm here now 17 years later, or 16. And a bit years later, I'm here. I feel hopeless loads of times. But that was almost a different level. A level that I just couldn't I couldn't see a way out of it couldn't logically see a whale. So made change. But part of that change was a determination, I decided, and I was determined to change the way things are, for me. I wasn't sure how I was going to do it. The first step was to not drink any alcohol because
you know, I've found it didn't reduce my stress levels. Well, maybe temporarily it felt like it. But I didn't know what else I was gonna do. But I had that spark,
that loose spark came into my head below spark which are grabbed hold off as almost like I suppose you may see people on sound tellico don't do this myself, but in a rubbing sticks together and they
get a spark and I've got blow on it. And they you know, in order to turn into a fire,
like a bonfire so they can cook some food and keep warm. I wasn't seeking it. So I did learn a little bit of that. But it's mainly from television that I see film films and stuff like that, I've got this spark and a blue on it. And I encouraged it to develop into something more. But I didn't know what it was going to be.
So what happened in 2004 I started to make changes. I started to go to the gym. I started to be this is I I'm just thinking about it now. And this goes together with some of the things I say, in these recordings. I started to be nicer to myself.
So I had a little bit of savings. Because I'd been working up to November so I didn't sign on, didn't like sign and unemployment and had a part time job
in a gift shop. So kind of I had enough of one needed. I had low rent. So I started getting myself a few few nice clothes. Not many, but your nice top. Nice trousers, maybe some shoes. I've started meeting up with friends for coffee, or me or go for meals, you know, just I mean restaurants were just you know, like for lunch.
Did something I hadn't done before I started going to blockbusters. And I know it doesn't really exist anymore base. The video shop when it was around. It was huge when I was around, wasn't it blockbusters
and we used to have them in every town in England, pretty much. Sometimes you'd have to in one town. I bought myself a television with a DVD player. Connected you know sort of in in in in it and I started getting DVDs out instead of because....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/90-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-hopelessness-jason-newland-5th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis with stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. And please subscribe to this podcast, so that you can be updated on new uploads or new episodes. Right, and this is going to be a short recording, which may come as a relief to some people, because I know some of the recordings Go on, you know, quite a long time, sometimes this is going to be a short exercise. And I'm going to be using the magic mirror, which is something that I've used many, many times over the years. And it can be used is basically a visualization technique. And it can be used for lots of different reasons. So I'm going to do is this is going to be something which you can use, it's a very short exercise in order to calm your mind. Because when your mind is karma, your body's karma. So all it really entails, you don't have to get into a relaxed state beforehand. Because this is part of that process. You can do at work, maybe, you know, take five minutes go to the toilets in a cubicle.
And you could do it there, maybe by only do it when you can safely Close your eyes.
It doesn't mean you have to close your eyes to do it. Some people can visualize that arise open. So I can visualize Andre, my little boy ferret with my eyes open, just like I'm sure you can visualize a picture of someone that you love the care about. Or maybe your front door you know, just your car, you know something. So you don't always have to have your eyes closed.
But I prefer it for doing any kind of visualization II stuff. And even if the visualization doesn't have to be some kind
of really clear picture, you know, it doesn't have to be high definition. It's more about the feelings anyway. So all it is is you take get yourself into a place where you're not going to be disturbed
for a few minutes. You could do this on a train on a bus
where you know, you can close your eyes for a couple of minutes. And all you do is you imagine in your mind that you're standing in front of a mirror the mirror is bigger than you are, it's just a bit higher than your own height. So let's say on five foot eight, and side of the mirror, that'd be about six foot tall. And it's wide enough for your whole body. So let's say it's six foot tall, five foot wide mirror for me know that I've got a five foot wide body but I don't know what it is they see you know, it's just a nice big mirror. And it's a magic mirror. The reason this particular mirror is magic is because you can step inside it. Then as soon as you step inside it, you feel instantly relaxed. So before you step inside, you can see yourself and you can notice these stones feel more relaxed in your body. Just being near the mirror doesn't necessarily make sense but there's an energy coming off of the mirror. This magic mirror the as you get closer to it, there's a warmth not like heat, necessarily but a warmth in a sense of comfort. Emotional warmth or relaxing warmth that shines from this mirror. So the next thing you do is in a second, we're going to step inside this magic,
relaxing mirror. And then we're going to get in touch of how we feel.
Okay, so I'm going to count 321 and say step inside the mirror. And then when I say step inside the mirror, just step inside. And notice how much more relaxed you automatically feel as you step inside that magic relaxation mirror. Now, three, to one step inside that magic relaxation mirror. Now a naturally feel a sense of comfort, spreading through your body. And your mind feels as if that stress and anxiety that was there before you stepped inside that magic relaxation mirror is starting to drain away out of your body. Drain in almost like this isn't visible energies suck in anxiety and stress and worry out of your body and out of your brain. And your mind, completely drained in your body in mind, of all those negative feelings and thoughts. Leaving your mind and your body feeling. so relaxed, calm. And you can stay as long as you want inside this mirror, this magic relaxation mirror and enjoy the experience. But there's an extra an extra thing. An extra bonus to this is because anything that the magic mirror takes away any stress, any anxiety. Any overload, you know any kind of problems or negative energy that the mirror sucks out of your body in mind. It stays in the mirror and it gets dispersed and disposed of by the mirror. that negative energy, stress and anxiety cannot leave that mirror. The Magic Mirror doesn't allow it to leave. The only thing that could leave that mirror is you
with a relaxed body in mind. Calm feeling good. So while you're in the mirror, you can feel wonderfully relaxed and
calm. When you're ready to step outside of the mirror, you will take those feelings of calmness, relaxation with you. So almost like being transported, you know, like in Star Trek, you've been transported from one place to another. But those particles that are negative stress anxiety of being taken out.
In the same way that blood can be cleaned by scientists taking out the bits that they don't want. So that's what happens with this magic mirror. You step out a mirror and all of that anxiety and stress that was there before
and negative energy that was there before it's no longer in your body or mind is left in that magic mirror to be disposed of. And you step out and magic mirror feeling completely relaxed as a count from three down to one and say step out Just step out of that magic relaxation mirror, taking those feelings of comfort, that have now become more enhanced, that sense of relaxation is stronger within you, your body, your mind, you feel my almost physically stronger, and your mind is light. Almost like it weighs less than it did before. Because that weight has been taken off of your mind. It's being sucked out by that magic mirror, leaving you feeling positive and re energized to energize it in other words that I'm not pronouncing correctly. regenerated. That's it. So, if you're ready to step out, I'm going to count for three dancer 1321. Step out now notice of use now that you stepped out knows how you feel. Now is how you feel right now. How much more relaxed you feel. And even as I was talking me through it, I was feeling more relaxed. didn't involve me when I mispronounced the word that I couldn't pronounce. regenerated, or re energized. Which is why I was looking for probably I ended up saying VG renovated. A nice Hey, Phil, how much Kami Phil? How much looser your body feels. So almost like your joints have been oiled. And you feel looser.
And your mind is lighter. And that magic mirror just disappears. Because there are millions of magic mirrors available for you.
And all that negative energy that was there before that the magic mirror took out of your body and mind has now been disposed of. So no longer important or necessary to you or your well being, it's gone. You can now enjoy the rest of the day. Feeling wonderful, and relaxed and calm. And you can redo this exercise as often as you choose. Because you've got an infinite amount of magic mirrors available for you....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/89-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-magic-relaxation-mirror-jason-newland-4th-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Please subscribe to this podcast so you can be updated when new ones are released. If you'd like to leave a review, please go to my website, you can actually leave a video review if you're if you'd like to. And also, if you'd like to support the running costs of this free service, please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, and the links on the website as well. It just as I started recording this, Andre, my little boy ferret runs out of his bag, and he gets into a carry bag. And he's got this new thing where it goes from one carrier bag to another. And he's got four carrier bags spread around the room, different corners. It does on purpose he does he waits, he waits till I start recording, and then he comes out. Anyway. That's just a belief, and probably wrong. So I wanted to talk about beliefs in this recording. And what beliefs do we have? Do you have the why have that are getting in the way of whether it be recovery or belief that's getting in the way of you feeling more relaxed. So I'm just gonna discuss it. juggle a few few ideas around. And that's it really, that's what I'm gonna do in this recording.
So ask the question. It's got your mind working now thinking, Oh, I wonder
what beliefs get in the way. And I think the finger beliefs is they can be
a little bit we can be blindsided by them. You know, they're in a we have blind spots where the beliefs are.
And the thing about blind spots is we can't see them. So there's, there's no way I'm ever going to blame myself for having a blind spot because it's blind spot for a reason. You can't see it. However, sometimes having a mirror, you know, looking at things from a different point of view from a different angle, you get to see some of those blind spots. And thinking in a different way allows you to see those blind spots.
So what's getting in the way of you relaxing? What do you believe about yourself? The, in some ways May, there may be lots of evidence that it's true. There may be lots of evidence to be used to be true, but maybe it's not anymore. But you've not re evaluated it lately.
You know, add a little clear out you know there's been no updates because I remember years ago and US News New Years ago I helped out someone and they were in a really really terrible place like the worst place
mentally, emotionally. And about three years after the event, sent him a message on Facebook. And I didn't I didn't mean it to come across his. I don't know I said something that didn't
how to word this but I was talking to her like she was still the same person as she was three years ago. Basically that was it
and she said often moved on from that I don't have those issues anymore. thing is I hadn't seen her for three years. I didn't really know other than kind of a Facebook pages and posts. I didn't know anything about her life really.
So I had to update my my belief about her instead of being someone that was vulnerable, that she was at a certain point, and we're all have been
to who she is now very independent person that is moved on with her life. And doesn't, he's no longer have those issues. Or they're no longer
You know, there's no longer a spotlight on them. It's a good thing of spotlight is you can move,
you can move. Just like you know, if you get a telescope, and you point it at the moon, which is a random sentence with a bet you didn't think I was going to say, by you. So telescope, when I was about 1312, something like that. And I used to point it at the moon. And it was fairly good telescope, I could see the craters and stuff, you know. But what surprised me What surprised me was how quickly the moon moved around the Earth. Because in the time it took me to put my pajamas on. And admittedly, I don't really, really move too quickly, apart from one doctor who was on an album really quickly, because I wanted to watch it. Or Wonder Woman and the moon, the moon moves, is changing, things are always changing even something as big as the moon seems as if we know it moves. You know, it moves. And we move around the sun, wherever, you know, we know that the moon's gonna move.
But we're not aware of how quickly it actually moves. On spinning around, just like all of the planets are spinning around.
So although I had the spotlight on this thing, huge thing in the sky bright. It changed, always changing. I mean, anyone that thinks so some people will have that pride that they are never going to change. No Man's gonna make me change, no woman's gonna make me change. I'm gonna stay the same forever. Like it's some kind of like it's an option. You don't have that option, you have to change. Some, this is never going to change. So in that case, there's a banana. So on the table, come back in nine weeks time, and eat that banana. They're not going to want to because it's going to be disgusting. You won't get to eat normally it's time. everything's changing all the time. So why would we expect everything else outside of us to change and not? us not to change? It doesn't doesn't even logically scientifically doesn't make sense, does it? You don't have to be a scientist. It's like everything's changing. That's why we have to redecorate the walls in our house. For we have to change the carpet every few years. Maybe we'll change the mattress on the bed. Every few weeks. Not every however often. Things change or cook things wear out. You know, elsewheres out beliefs. thoughts, limiting beliefs can wear out because somewhere you know it's not true. If something is incongruent and inconsistent with what you really know to be true. If you believe that it's it's not going to be stable. It's not going to be a stable belief. So for example, if you believe that yeah Can't get to sleep. For example, like I say, I can't I never sleep. can never get to sleep. I never sleep at night. Got insomnia. I haven't slept for 10 years. First of all, that's a lie. This is yes, you, you'd be dead. Probably, you know, we all you'd be completely. You'd be in psychiatric unit. Like on heavy drugs, which will make you go to sleep. Because we can't stay awake for huge amounts of time. The body in the mind, it just doesn't work. can't allow it just won't happen.
trouble getting to sleep fair enough. Even people have trouble getting sleep do fall asleep. Even if it is only for short periods of time.
It's like I've got a favorite. He sleeps for a good 2021 hours a day. Now, right now you might think, well, if he sleeps calm, he's not sleep now. How come he's running around and making noise. That's because I'm doing this recording, he seems to whenever I make a recording, he seems to pop up. When I run around to be part of the recording, I don't know why I'm standing up. So I think he wants my attention. He thinks I'm gonna chase him or something. Which I'm not. Because that's not one standing up Andre. So that belief that we don't sleep aka salad, I don't sleep ever. Oh, I had a sleep test. for sleep apnea, which I have. And the sleep test. I said to the person. I do apologize for the background sounds but I didn't know who's gonna be doing this. It's not usually quite this bad. I'll take you into another room. It will follow me. So this sleep test I had, I went to the place it in the morning, took it inside to take it in first thing in the morning. And I said I didn't sleep at all. He said I was asleep didn't sleep or didn't get a wink. It turned out I got six hours sleep. So the thing is, we can only be aware when we're awake. We can't be aware of sleep. I mean, if there are times you could be dreaming kind of be alert. But generally, we don't know when we're asleep. That's why it's called sleeping. followed me into the hallway. So with the belief system
of
I can't sleep, I never get to sleep. I can't sleep all ever. It's not true. That's an example of something that you kind of known in your diet, you know, on a level that is not true. But you might stick to it. Because she just got used to say in it. Maybe it's a little bit of attention. Maybe it gives you an opportunity to feel sorry for yourself. And I'm not condemning that because I love feeling sorry for myself. Sometimes I absolutely love it.
But it's not always necessarily useful. Surely rarely useful, but sometimes from an emotional outlet. Perhaps it can be a little bit useful just to get in touch with one thinking and one feeling, you know, but the belief what belief do you have that you feel is getting in the way of feeling more relaxed? What beliefs Do you have that's perhaps getting away of recovery, whatever that is. So you know, recovery could be no longer having those anxiety attacks. No longer maybe re re renaming it. Because ultimately panic attack and anxiety attack attack is a horrible term, isn't it? Because we're basically saying that we're attacking ourselves. We're at war with ourselves. And we're not your unconscious mind loves you. your unconscious mind wants the best for you. And it's waiting for you to tell your unconscious mind what you want. So it listens to your conscious mind. It listens all the time to what you're thinking, to the things you're saying out loud, to the things you're thinking about, to the things you're watching on television, even listening on a radio, music you're listening to. It's Listen, it's always taken all that in thinking that that's what you want more of....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/88-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-bath-floater-jason-newland-3rd-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, there's likely to be some background sounds, due to the time of the day that I'm recording this. So it's 726 on the second of February 2020. So there's sometimes a bit of activity outside Andre may run around, who knows. But that's okay, because this is not about being completely silent. And it's not about falling asleep, or anything like that. What this is about is I suppose it's a mindfulness exercise. But instead of being a body scan, it's a room scan. Say, be doing this with your eyes open. And you're going to be aware of your body. Because, generally, let's say you're sitting down on the chair, as I am right now, make sure you're comfortable, make sure that the chair can support your body if he wants to fall asleep. So you don't end up falling out of the chair. But as I said, this isn't about sleep, this is about it's about relaxing, it's about calming your mind and your body. The way we're going to do it is instead of doing a body scan, where you'd be focusing on the different parts of your body and how they feel, and just accepting how those different body parts feel the muscles and you're not trying to change them. But just being aware of those physical feelings, those sensations, we're going to do something different, where we're going to focus on what we can say, outside of your body. So I suppose on some level, it could be a dissociative kind of situation where you're distracting your mind on what's outside. As opposed to how you're feeling physically. It's also a mindfulness exercise, where you're focusing on what you can see, it's almost like bringing yourself back to reality back to this moment. I want to say the word reality, I don't mean that as a put down, but more as in. You know, when we think about something that might happen, that's quite awful. And it might happen and, you know, sort of that's not reality. So imagination. And imagination is powerful, as we all know. So this is not this has nothing to do with imagination. This is completely to do with reality, this moment, being aware of what is right now. Being aware of the seat, the chair that you're sitting in, you can be with how it feels to sit in a chair, but we're not even really focusing on the physical side of things with this. But you got to be aware of where you might be aware of how you feel more relaxed just generally by listening to me. Especially if you're a regular listener because then you Maybe associate my voice with feeling calmer, feeling more relaxed.
feeling more grounded, feeling you know more in the moment. That's what we're doing here now. Now, I don't know what's in your room. So I can't ask you to focus on. For example, the bookcase, because you might not have a bookcase.
So it is a limit to what I can actually guide you how I can guide you with this. So what I thought I would do is I would mention something that I can see in my room and then have a little break, you know, have a give you some time to focus on something that you can see in your room that you're in. So at the moment, I'm sitting in my living room, I'm sitting in a chair, to brown chair, this will be the chair that's in my that will be my recording studio once it's soundproofed and I've got a little table next to me. And I've got a drink on the side. And my phone's on the side of the wall, it's not inside of the table, it's on top of the table, the flat surface part because I have gravity in this room doesn't kind of doesn't lay on the side. And I can talk about what's in my room, you may be sitting in your living room, you may be sitting in your bedroom, you may be listening to this sitting in a deck chair on a beach, you may be sitting in your garden. So it's not about a room. Specifically. It's about what you can see. And for those that are listening to this, that maybe have visual issues, you can focus on what you can hear instead. Or you can imagine what you can see. So those sub people that maybe have had sight loss recently, but they they know what's there. They know what the garden looks like. So maybe you can just use your memory. And remember if that feels comfortable to do so. Or as I said, you can focus on your hearing what you can hear and so, you know, I try and cover all angles, but it's difficult to know who's actually listening. But I'd like as much as possible to include everybody if I can hope that comes across as well. So I already feel more relaxed. So even though I'm going to be focused on when I am focusing on what's outside, you know, my vision was outside of my body. I can also feel my body because there you know, the feelings in my body don't don't disappear. I'm noticing feelings of why actually pleasure in my forehead, my scalp, face, my shoulders, cross my chest and demo back. Arms. It's just sort of spreading through my body. Yeah, I'm not actually focusing on those parts of my body. I'm just aware of it. So probably this percentage of awareness. Perhaps I'll be 10% aware of my body 90% aware of what's outside of my body. So I'm going to start. And when I've told you what I can see, I'll just name a specific thing, then, then I'll say it's your turn. And I'll just wait a few seconds, as you notice the thing that you're noticing. And then I'll move on. And I'll notice something else I'll mention something else I can see. And this is this exercise, I would say would be useful for calming your mind, or calming your body.
Just to reduce the stress levels that you have, or that you had before you start to listen to this. So maybe after getting home from work, or it might be had a busy day, whatever you've been doing. Or it just might have been an interaction with somebody that's left you with an unpleasant feeling. So just to take some time, and you can spend as much time doing this as you like. So even though the recording may last for half an hour, you can spend five minutes doing this. You know, in your own times, you could say, Okay, I'm just gonna notice 10 things around me outside of my body. So I'm gonna start and then I'll say your turn. Okay, so first thing that I notice is on television. Now, I've actually got the television on the song mute. The reason why I don't turn it off is because as it cools down and lets off lots of clicking sounds, which is a bit annoying, so I've left it on. So walking is quite a obvious thing that's sort of there. I'm not watching it, or focusing on this, but I can see the telly is
your turn, what can you say? Now, next thing I can notice would be and just I realized that he might have had enough time, we might have had too much time, during the gap that I gave is no way for me to know.
But when you do on your own, you can spend an hour if you want, focusing on one thing, or you can spend three seconds, it really is your choice. So the next thing that I can notice would be my punch bag that I've got, which is attached to the wall. And you know, it's a bracket holding up. And yeah, just notice it's there. It's quite big, so it's noticeable. I'm just looking at it. So your turn, what is the next thing that you notice?
So now think of a look at something else. So there's a lamp. It's one of those lamps that has a base. It's metal. It's kind of an old fashioned style lamp. Quite nice actually. And also, it's like a desk lamp but it's high up so I can have it above the chair from reading some notes in there. Just looking at it. I'm just looking at the shape, the shape of it. Not something that I'd normally do and give that lamp much attention. Short turn. Now off notice is when I say it's your turn, and you're doing your side and looking at your object, or the thing that you're looking at, I'm still looking, we're still looking at the lamp during those 20 seconds or, or 30 seconds, whatever it was, we're still looking at that lamp and just just looking at it, looking at the shape looking at the way it's standing. So yeah, anyway, that was that was that lamp. So the next thing I'm going to note is is the radiator is to the left and needs on the wall, it's very wide. We've got a long radiator, a good probably six foot long, maybe Yeah. Maybe five foot six for other night is fairly long anyway. So I'm just looking at it realized No need to give it a clean actually notice in the color, the shape of the to certain bits, I don't really look at that radiator. Just looking at it now. And as I continue to look at it, just look in just noticing short term, you can find something to look at where you are now.
So I'm just going to now look at something else. And I find it's quite a strange kind of a strange thing to do. Not weird but kind of unusual. Yeah. Very common. I suppose in a way it's quite nice not to have
television or radio, internet or any kind of music or anything like that. It's quite nice to have a break from the rest you know officially to be looking at something that isn't on a screen. But essentially here now in this moment, something that's around you. So he was in a garden a tree or the grass. Have you indoors. If you're in your living room or if you've in your bedroom it could be your bed, wardrobe set of drawers curtains windows, the roof or the ceiling rather the carpets. If your new kitchen could be your cooker your fridge freezer washing machine in your living room or lounge, chair, tables, chairs, the wall, color of the wall lamp shade....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/87-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-focusing-jason-newland-2nd-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen to this. Or watch this video when you can safely Close your eyes. I say video because I make a podcast and I also put them on YouTube as well. Please subscribe. And if you like what I do, please go to my website, leave a review. And if you'd like to support this three service, the running costs, which are quite hefty at times, because of off quite a few podcasts, website and all that stuff. If you'd like to help me with those running costs, please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, the link is on my website as well. Now I'm going to talk about what to buy the birds inside that Bertie, I've got birds in the cavities of my walls. sort of kind of where the it's kind of the loft, wall partition bit. I just started making lots of noises I was talking, I got distracted me
amalco gasps brilliant. So I'm going to talk about gratitude, gratitude, gratitude. And I'm not gonna I'm not going to be all fakie with it. So, I'm not gonna sort of I don't know, sometimes I feel that you know, for read, I've read books and stuff. And this is almost
those that preachy gratitude, almost, kind of trying to put you on a guilt trip, you should feel grateful for what you got, because there's people starving in other countries. So you should eat all that slop that I've just given you. Like, Rob Woody, if it tasted nice, beer tastes horrible. In our feet, once I said, Well, why don't you send it to them, then I got in trouble for that. I was only not only Sony 32. So it's kind of that guilt trip. You should feel grateful. And you can't force someone to feel grateful. And you can't force yourself to feel grateful is it has to be natural, organic. It can be encouraged. It can be you know kind of manifested I suppose. via the way we think positivity lifestyle. Or I'm not going to focus on any of that stuff. What I want to focus on is what are you actually grateful for? But really grateful for and I don't mean grateful as in, Oh, I can't move on so much gratitude. I'm completely engulfed in gratitude. And, I mean, I don't mean that kind of extreme gratitude and just sort of just generally what are you grateful for? Of course, if someone's just giving you one of their kidneys to save your life that's the level of gratitude that I can't even imagine you know, that's it gives me tingles, just thinking about it the idea of someone doing something like that
but it's very unlikely that the majority of people have had anything like that
you know, that kind of extreme situation. However, lots and lots of people have been helped. Whether it's by the police by the ambulance by you know, even times that we're not going to be aware of you think how many times when you was a kid, well told MSL, how many times when I was a kid that I would have got her if it wasn't for my dad. So of grabbing me and stopping me from running into the fire as I said, I didn't want cooking. I just it just kept grabbing, you know, it's it stopped me once was in the car. It was the 70s, early 80s did not have to wear seatbelts. No one was, you know, it was just it was, in fact, I wasn't sure what the seatbelt was there for. We was in a van or my dad, someone pulled out in front of the car or the van, my dad stopped. And he plays big, massive arms and stops all three of men or two brothers from going through the windscreen naked so well as his job is supposed to do that. It doesn't matter what people are supposed to do. It's what they do do, isn't it? Double disposed to do it's one of those things, you know, people say, I've been out with people in restaurants.
And this sounds good service. Or she was really friendly, or he was really friendly. And
that's what they're getting paid for. By here. Yeah, but they don't have to actually do a good job. Just because again, paid. I think the all of us have had plenty of experiences of seeing people doing a really rubbish job, you know, doing a really bad or not caring about what they're doing or given no interest in their job. And I've been in that position many times where I didn't care about my job. Luckily, I was never a surgeon. I've always, you know, so I didn't have any responsible positions. You know, if I get if I get treated well by someone with a bus driver is friendly. I feel grateful for that it's quite nice. Or someone opens a door for me or leave, you know,
leaves, it pushes the door open in the garbage so I can get in. Not that I need physical help to get into the garbage. But
it's something quite nice. And I feel grateful in that moment. But realistically, I'm not going to lay in bed. Thinking about that. I think it all and trying to get in touch with my gratitude by thinking about someone to open the door for me. I won't be put into my gret gratitude and old journal. Because it's almost insignificant. But is it is it insignificant because it kind of flips on its side about you know, the people that we've helped you turn upside down. We've helped people without realizing it.
Well,
that person you open the door for or that person may be you friendly to the restaurant, and you give them a good service. All the waiter or waitress that you're friendly to, you know, however it works, you know, whichever way direction you want to go. They might be at their last, you know, holding literally their last straw. As the old saying goes. You know, they're kind of at their wit's end, whatever expression you want to use.
And one thing maybe the thing that pushes him over the edge I'm not talking about something dramatic. But it could be something like they might be rude to their boss and get sacked, which is very dramatic financially to them.
Or they may go to the pub and drink and they might they might have an alcohol problem. And they haven't had a drink for six years. But it's just being rude to them is not as you're not responsible for what they do.
being kind to them you've had an effect because They might actually come away from that interaction feeling. The I don't know, almost regenerated, you know, slight, you know, kind of getting back back to the level that they needed to be.
The amount of times, I've heard people say, not to me, by the way, just about someone else or about the situation that you've watched was the right word. You've I don't know what these do something about you've, you've given me trust in humans, again, in human kindness, almost like they'd given up on people. And they just expected the worst out of everyone. And in somebody kind to them and helps them. And they feel rejuvenated. And they start to think differently, or think the way they used to think that people generally are kind. You know, I think the reason why we know is wise is very, since we're quiet in my country anyway, and I've not done a survey of every single person. But there is a lot of negativity in this country. And I'll be brought up in a negative country is generally quite negative, doesn't mean that everybody's negative. And even negative people aren't negative all the time. No one's anything all the time. Oh, we botches think it can be hard to get out of that, if that's how you've been raised in that society.
It's very strange things. The whole feeling grateful for stuff. Realizing the maybe you can feel grateful to yourself, if you can't feel grateful, or maybe you can't get in touch with gratitude towards other people, for whatever reason,
at this moment, and I'm not going to ask you to get into in touch with any gratitude, I'm just talking about it. It is up to you. It's like washing over the bar for having a shower eaten going to the toilet, it's up to you, is that your responsibility? You You, you know, you can do that. You can choose to have a bath where you can choose to have a shower. You can choose feel grateful now, you can choose to ponder on it, you know, after the recording finished, it's up to you. I've got no control over what you do or say or think.
However, I think it's useful to get in touch with reality.
The one thing that maybe none of us really like too much, especially at certain times. Reality is not always brilliant. But the reality is that there's very likely Well, there is something for all of us to be grateful for. Even somebody that's very, very ill, very poorly suffering and everyone's suffering in some way. At certain levels. Everybody if they if they're not suffering with bereavement now, they will do. Everybody had everyone loses somebody. Somebody some people lose people when they're young, like grandparents, parents, sisters, brothers, you know, everybody lose so everyone goes through that process. And everybody also has been helped by other people. Everybody's got something to be grateful for. I mean, you could break it down to the bare bones Can you as simple as well, I'm grateful that I can walk. I love People can't walk. I'm grateful I can talk. If I couldn't talk, I won't be able to make these recordings. Some of you listening may think of pee pee pee, you can talk, because you make these recordings, but it's fine. Why are you listening then? So there's things that we can be grateful for. Even something as simple as maybe having had a bad stomach. And then now you haven't got that anymore. You know, my, I've had a bit of an upset stomach for a couple of days. And now it's all back to normal.
And I think maybe instead of having that big, huge gushy gratitude feeling, you know....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/86-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-gratitude-drip-jason-newland-1st-february-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Please subscribe to this podcast. That way, you'll be notified when a new one arrives, which at the moment is pretty much every day. Also, if you'd like to leave a review, please go to my website, you can leave a video review if you if you're feeling brave, to let me know how you feel and if this podcast is being useful. And also if you'd like to help support this free service, help towards running costs. Then please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, or go to the website and is a gift me page on their link. So his countless things of all of goes got I did is about what I'm going to talk about, I've got a few ideas, not always kind of just got one thing that I want to discuss or talk about less is going to be an actual exercise. But this isn't going to be an exercise this is going to be me say wobbling on but waffling on at night, just me talking. And I'm not quite sure how to approach this. But the main thing, the main point that I want to get across is for you to, to actually I guess self esteem is called self esteem. That's what the normal kind of term would be to get in touch. And to build up your own self esteem.
I probably use the word self worth. Personally, that seems more like an I see is more of an apt word. But they're both obviously important as pretty much the same thing.
The self worth let's let's focus on self worth. And you may think, what's that? What's that got to do with a price of cheese? You know, what's that got to do with stress and anxiety? It might have nothing to do with your situation. It might have everything to do with your situation. It might mildly have, you know, something to do. Because let's face it, some people are going through us extremely stressful and anxiety and anxious time because their partner is ill or their child is ill seriously ill or, you know, parent, brother, sister, best friend. So anxiety and stress doesn't, you know, it's not confined to just something that's happening to us, because someone else being ill is not happening to us. Well, that feels like, but it's not. It's happening to them. But we're being affected by it because we love that person. So this is not aimed. So the in this situation might be someone might have great self esteem, self belief, self worth, but actually it's more stress reduction, coping skills that are required. So maybe this recorded might not be useful, I don't know to everybody, but not every recording is going to be as powerful those are. But I like the idea that everything has it worth everything has. You know, I can read a book and there might be just one sentence in the entire book. Look, that resonates with me, and actually changes the way I think. And it keeps repeating. You know, it's it's like, like a spicy curry, you know, repeating on your slide, I keep tasting it, I eat like six hours ago and still tasted it. And it could be like that, you know, you hear a sentence. You know, for example, someone said to me, the idea that actually
being told I've helped other people. And I may never be aware of it. I help people that don't know have helped. really resonated with someone like you know, recently. sosus sometimes just a little, little idea, or big idea, depending on how effective it is to the individual person.
But coming back to self worth, self worth, what is self worth? Break it down? It's, is it feeling worthy? worthy? Why do we need to feel worthy? Or is it feeling that you're worth something? And personally, we are priceless. You can't put a value on a human being, we can't really put a value on any, any life. We were you know, so we are, say worthless, then we are priceless. So the word worth isn't really, in a sense, from a positive perspective is not valid. But from the negative perspective of how people might feel. Because a lot of people will feel worthless, then, you know, it's kind of looking at it from that angle. Instead of feeling priceless, they feel worthless, when we are all priceless. We cannot be replaced. Nobody can be replaced. We all have our own unique view of the world, our stance, our opinions, our faults, the way we look, the way we walk, the way we the way we taste food may be different to other people, sense of humor, all kinds of different things. And a lot of that stuff is hidden. Because there's a big, there's pressure to conform. You know, if like, if you see someone from let's say, a part of this country, I'm not going to say which part because it could be any part. But you find some format, a specific part of the country. And they go to another part of the country. And they will act the stereotypical, be stereotypical to what everyone thinks that they're those people, those people act like when it's not real. Because they're just human beings. And they take on behaviors from other people. And we all do, that's how we learn the inside doing individual. Some people don't come across as being very individual, because maybe they're not, they don't feel confident enough within themselves. However, my friend said to me, I'm unique. I'm a unique individual, just like all my friends. So it's kind of that pressure to conform. I kind of don't feel that pressure. But it's definitely gets easier with age. Because it doesn't matter anymore. But there is that pressure. I mean, I think when you're younger. Yes, when I was maybe my 20s I still didn't conform, but I definitely noticed the pressure to do so. To wear the certain kind of clothes and to have a certain kind of haircut and to even, you know, to date certain types of people. So to keep in your own lane, into your own little group. And because I've never had groups I didn't kind of conform to that. And it throws people off. So do you get your self worth from other people, that's kind of where I'm coming from for this. Because that's where we originally get it from. Our self esteem comes from others, our self worth comes from others. Initially, you think of a little baby, he's just done a done a poo on his potty. But because the whole family is clapping, and making such a big deal about it, because he's done on the pot, instead of on the table, the dinner table, everyone's happy as I walk down molten water, no, JJ, we're done Andre. And that little deload toddler, little baby little child thinks this means that I'm worth something.
It's not going to think cognitively logically that way. But emotionally, that's going to be the connection, the I'm worth something.
And in the same way, when a child misbehaves, and they get told off or smacked or worse, or ostracized by their peers at school, or college, or teachers or friends, because they don't, you know, act in the way that everyone expects them to. Then they're basing their self worth and self esteem, again, on the outside from other people. And we've all done it. We were brought up to do it. It's how we were raised. And maybe not everyone's raised like that, but I'm just I'm generalizing. I have to generalize in these situations. And some people keep that guy for the whole life until they stop and realize that actually, other people's opinions are not important. We're not as important as perhaps they used to think they were. See, I don't care what my dad thinks about me. Really, I do buy down. But at the same time, you know, I've got show respect is an elderly man. He's my dad. So I try and show a little bit of respect. I'm laughing because I'm not so I always pull it off for a while, but I conform when I'm with him. To a degree by don't conform to his lifestyle, or to his thinking, when I'm not with him. Because then that would be my self worth. It wouldn't be my self esteem, would it be his service? Here's a stain put onto me. Or his values put on to me, not my own values. Yet we share values. He's very against stealing. And I love to still not as nice wrong. No, he's against stealing. I am as well. You know, I don't steal I'm not a thief. It's just one of those things. That is, I don't even feel that is because I've been taught it although probably is rougher. But I can make my own mind up. And I can look at it and think no, taking someone else's property or belongings is actually pretty much a disgusting thing to do outside in an emergency. But put me in a situation where I've got no food. I will go into the supermarket and I will still sandwiches or food or no problem with that. So as a diffuse is, that's about self worth, or self preservation. Because actually the person that goes and you know, forces themselves to still suffer from a supermarket because it's they're all starving. Then their self esteem is kind of a bit more healthy than if they didn't do it. If they just lie down and didn't do anything to help themselves. Then that's a sign this self worth you is very, very low. And, but then it's also signed, they need help. So that's another thing. I think in those situations when people get vulnerable, when we were at our lowest when we really need help, the software seems to hide is at the nose almost feels a little bit like a regression. When I first when I was having the panic attacks, the anxiety back in 2003, it was really a whole pretty much, two years of it really. And I had, I think I had a couple of weeks off work. And I went down to the, to the reception because there was a reception of the building that I lived in. And I said, a comment what I said something about, or made a flippant comment about are probably going to go and talk myself. Something like that....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/85-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-self-worth-jason-newland-31st-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. If you like what I do, then please go to my website and leave a review. You can support this free service cover the costs of running it by going to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, the links on our website. And please subscribe to this podcast. Now, and also, I think you probably aware if you're listening to it on the day that is being broadcast, or uploaded. are making these more regular. It's getting to the point where I seem to be made well, I'm making them every day at the moment. Which wasn't my intention. But it seems to have happened, if that makes sense, when no one's forcing me to make them. But I definitely I think it's because of the amount of people listening to them and downloading them. That's motivation, motivating me to make more. Because at the moment I'm getting more downloads through, you know, throughout all my podcasts and I've ever had ever, ever, ever, ever. So I'm quite pleased, you know, it's getting it really doesn't go below 4000 downloads a day. Now, which is nice. And yeah, I think yesterday 4700 downloads, I think yesterday. So thank you for listening. And I'll stop talking now while I was carry on talking, but I'll get on with the recording. Now this is going to be a weird one. You probably noticed I'm not talking particularly gently. I'm not shouting, but
this isn't going to be a quiet recording. It's not going to be like loud, loud. So I've had to make the recording earlier. So this is early evening, Sachi the wrong You know, I won't be released until tomorrow morning.
And it's about 10 o'clock. But I couldn't make this recording during the night. Because of the the sound level that it might go up to. And, of course, it may be background sounds, there's more likely to be a few more background sounds due to it being you know, evening, rather than in the middle of night when this you know, there's a lot less going on, which is why it's when I generally make my recordings. So what we're going to do, if y'all want to is we're going to focus on how you feel. We're going to focus on how you feel physically focusing on the stress levels, the anxiety, any kind of panic. So not just physically but also in your mind. Okay, we're going to focus on that stuff. This is something that is something you can do when you're at home, or somewhere where there's no one else around. And simply because of what we're going to be doing. Makes it a little bit unsuitable for doing while you're on a train, or, you know, at work or in a lie library. Although you could do it internally, you could do it internally, but I quite like the idea of doing it externally because it uses a different type of energy uses a physical energy, which let's face it, stress, anxiety is energy. It's almost trapped energy. There's not being expelled, not being expended, not being used, or being channeled. So we're going to channel it into something ridiculous. so ridiculous because what we're going to do is not something you'd expect although the title of the record And we'll give it away a little bit before you listen. So you probably will know. But, you know, generally, it's not what you would expect from these recordings.
We're going to do some singing. And you don't need to be able to sing. You don't need to be classically trained. In order to do this, it makes no difference what you sound like when you say, because nobody else is going to hear. So that says not about sound in good. It's not about sound in, in tune, singing in tune, none of that that's not important. All it's about is singing. So you probably thinking about, you're thinking, Oh, really cottages through relaxation session. So I can lay down and just listen to you being calm. I've done lots of those. And I will do lots of those in the future. But this is going to be singing. So if it is not for you, I would answer, give it a try anyway. Because the worst case scenario is, you'll find it kind of funny. It'll be a bit weird, a bit funny bit strange. But nothing harmful, or bad or negative can arise from this is not possible. Because singing is a very positive, healthy thing to do. You know, it's, it's really good for you, it's actually really good for you to sing is good for your lungs is good for your body, energy wise, and also safe, you're able to walk around while you do. So I would say keep your eyes open. If you've got your eyes closed, make sure you're sitting down. If you're not able to walk around and Sit in a comfortable chair, or if you're in a wheelchair, sit in a wheelchair, or if you're sitting up your bed, sit up in bed, wherever you want to do. Yeah, it's up to you. But I'm going to walk around. And I'm not walking all the way around the building, I'm just still in the room, just I'll just walk around a little bit. Because it gives me a chance to move my body around. And just by moving my arms, I can actually feel sort of a tingling in my back. Like a really gentle, stretch, gentle. And this, I can actually feel distress leaving my body. So I'm going to focus on my body, you can focus on your body. as well. Obviously, you can't focus on my body can you So focus on your own feelings. I'm not going to know how you're feeling. So all I can do is tell you how I feel in and then you can kind of join me. So, for example, let's get it get in touch of how I'm feeling a little bit. I feel always stressed a little bit a little bit uptight today, or now feel a little bit uptight. I'm not sure if I feel it in my body, probably the back of my neck and my head. You know the top of my head I'm feeling my forehead as well. Now I'm noticing a bit of tension there. So I'm gonna do now and it's only do it with you or I'm gonna do it first. So instead of saying just sing, I'm actually going to do as well. So hopefully it won't make your ears bleed when I sing. And such is going to be something you could do it in the style of your own kind of song. So if you're a fan of opera, you could sing it operatic style if that's what you like or if you're a fan of I'm Bob Lee. You can sing in a style of him or Madonna we could just sing it style of a carol or like, you know anything doesn't matter. So I'm gonna focus on my forehead my forehead is feeling a bit tight now I sing better than that normally. So I want to focus my forehead head feels a bit yeah,
he
does a better version. So it's not about singing really well. It's about just singing doesn't matter Haider. The top of my head feels a little little tight. The top of my head, little bit as the focus on top my head is actually instantly starting to feel a bit lighter. I don't know it's because I'm kind of internally maybe it's up my head's laughing at my singing. Who knows. But now I'm gonna focus on the back of my neck. dance. I do Bob Dylan version in the back of mine knee. He on back of my neck, his feet. It's starting to feel and if you focus on the part of your body as you're singing that Gabon or dance or back on Monday, the food and dance tense now to be more relaxed. Oh, God happy? Feeling good. Oh yeah, we're good. So you could be you know, old style singing. So now we're gonna focus on the forehead again. My forehead is feels a little tiny glammy
Whoa, whoa.
Oh, my forehead wasted it felt a little bit shiny is see my forehead now feels a bit about my eyes. my eyelids are feeling stressed. or stressed like a bit achy.
I don't know why I didn't even notice it before. So now focus on my eyes. My eyes feel so heavy. I wish they were a little bit lighter.
Heavy, heavy heavy who I ever used is the MV MV I lifts in covered in ice, nice and smooth. Again, it's just doing a Silly Song. Do you own version you could do my version. There's no copyright on it. I don't think there's going to be any copyright infringements where I need to take you to court to get back all those millions of dollars that you know you've gained from copying my singing. I think we're safe there. So my eyes now feel better. So top my head is not stressed anymore, or forehead on the field a little bit but it's more inside my head. So it's kind of behind my forehead. So I suppose more like in the brain feels more which probably isn't in the brain but it feels kind of there. Sort of between my forehead and my top my scalp and between Yeah, between our forehead and the back of my head is a feeling just a feeling so I was gonna go I had the feeling in between between my Hey, it's just defeated. In in between my head, how about some bread? Why are you talking about bread? Because I'm hungry, I want some bread, I'm trying to focus on my head doesn't matter because I'd like a sandwich. I'm trying to focus on my head. The feeling that seen my head. Oh, oh, oh, and now is our focus for this fall good focus on my head on my head, if do is a bit different, different in my head, my head. So my admittedly if you if you got a headache or whatever, then singing probably might not be what you want to do. But that feeling in my head wasn't pain. It was a feeling. But now it's not there anymore. It's almost like my singing is scaring away all this stuff is hewn away. The stress anxiety does not want any part of my singing. It's not your boy. See ya doesn't want to doesn't want to be involved. So what you can do is you can focus on the bits to feel a bit stressed a bit tense. And you can actually sing to it and ask it what you want it to do....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/84-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-silly-song-jason-newland-30th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. If you'd like what I do, please leave a review. Please subscribe to this podcast. And if you'd like to support this free service, which costs me quite a bit of money to provide, then please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, and the link is on our website. Now a second ago, I said only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. However, I'm going to ask you decide to do something which revolves revolves involves you having your eyes open. So you may need to pause the recording for a minute. Not right now wait till I finish talking, I ask you to get a hold of some kind of ball that you can hold in your hand, like a you know, like a tennis ball. Or if you don't have a tennis ball, because I don't actually have a tennis ball. Because I don't play tennis, walked on his road to Sox together. Okay, so glasses off soccer, that's just the one doing. So if you press pause to get get hold of something like that, just something that you can hold in your hand and is comfortable, say comfortable, it doesn't have to necessarily feel blissful. Just you know, if it's in your hand, or something is too big for your hand or something that so small, you can actually see where it is just a nice size, couple of socks rolled together or a tennis ball or you know something similar. That's a press the pause button and then come back. When you're ready. Now we're going to assume that you've, you're ready. So what we're going to do, basically, this is an exercise, and it's very, very simple, has to be for me to do it. So I like simplicity. It's not my idea. Something I came across a few years ago. But the idea behind it is that when you're stressed, anxious, panicky, tense, whatever is going on. One part of your brain is more stimulated than the other part. That's the probably the most simplistic term I can give without going into the whole right hemisphere, left hemisphere. And therefore in order to really juice the stress, you need to have both sides stimulated.
That is a number of ways to do it. And number ways, this is just one simple way. And you can do at home. Another way would be to learn to play the piano or to play the piano if you know how to play the piano.
This a little bit different. Because, well, first we need to play learn how to play piano, which is probably not. That wouldn't reduce my stress having to learn to play an instrument you know, but playing a piano has a similar effect. But it's also a very destructive and focused thing. playing the piano is very focused. And this is another focused thing. Different just very different by the process is basically activating both sides of your brain, both hemispheres of your brain. the right and the left So instead of just one being perhaps overly stimulated, let's say the right side of your brain overstimulated with emotion, then you can even out and start activating the other side and the other side gets a little back to it. And then you activate the right side again. And then you activate the left side again, a bit by bit, the other side gets more activated by only takes the activation away from the other side. So it just disperses. Does that make sense? disperses the activation, and the stimulation between both sides. So that everything's more even. Everything's more relaxed. And how he should be really, in a sense of feeling calm, I say should be, there is no should be really, but it definitely evens it out. To be live, you think you sit in a seesaw. Do remember seesaw was I don't know if they even have them in playgrounds anymore. But seesaw is used to be you'd sit on one side, your friend would sit on the other side, and you jump up and you'd like push your legs up and down. And you'd see so up and down. It worked fine. If you were someone the same size as you, when you kid most kids generally kind of roughly the same. You're sewing at the gym in about the same way, size ish, some lot bigger, so I'm a bit smaller, but the you get an adult and you sort of five years old, an adult sits on it, or a 14 year old sits on it. They have complete control over the seesaw, you don't have a say in it, you might as well not even be there. Because you can't do anything, they decide when it goes down. They decide when it goes up. But when you lose someone the same weight issue, you push up and then a push up. But neither of you has control of the seesaw. It's a mutual exchange of energy. It's fun, you're playing with each other, it's fun, and you both got the same amount of leverage. So that's kind of what this is doing this little exercise, it takes away the power from one side. All that energy that's in one part of your brain, which is focusing on the stress and maybe causing that stress. And that panic and the anxiety, it starts to let's say, basically, you've got a big person there. And you've got a small person on the other side of the, of the seesaw. And the other side has no control. So the logic, you know, the logical part, which says, You know what, there's nothing to be stressed about. We don't need to be all, you know, hit up and sweaty and stressing and anxiety, we don't need this, we don't have to be because everything's gonna be okay. But because all the weights on the other side of the seesaw. Or you could say the other side of the scales if you look at it that way. So what we do is we evened out, sort of both sides of the seesaw had the same weight, both sides of your brain have the same amount of stimulation and activity,
which then evens out gently. And then is that stimulation, you can just have it balanced or can go up and down this, you know our minds change all the time standard stuff. But if you look at it from a scale perspective, scales are then balanced.
And in order to do this, if you look at the fact that the left side of your brain operates the right side of your body,
the right side of your brain opera Lights operates, operates always in charge of the left side of your body. Which means when you use when you move the right side of your body, it stimulates the left side of your brain, when you move the left side of your body, just like you, if you only get it right, if you move the right side of your body, it stimulates the left side of your brain, if you move the left side of your body, it stimulates the right side of your brain. Because those are the two, so if you would like a cross crossover, which means when you move your right hand, your left leg toes, your shoulders,
it stimulates the other side of the brain. So what we do, I mean, it's different ways you could do dancing.
Dancing can reduce stress. That's why salts are the thing people go running. Do, it has lots of different effects, health wise, but also, you're moving both sides of your body, you're stimulating both sides of your brain.
So same as with playing a piano, you use a left and right sides, you have both, you know both your hands.
And you know, for someone that maybe has a missing limb, use the other limb, you know, so obviously, someone's got a missing hand, you can't do the ball thing. But you could move your head, you can move through your feet. So tapping your feet, your right foot, then you lift the right for the new left for you can imagine, in fact, what you could do is the couldn't with this, what I'm going to do is, first of all, I'll show you how you can do it with your hands. And then I'll show you how you can do it with your feet. Some people don't have to use their hands, some people don't have to use their feet. You know, we've all all different kinds of people. So this gives you the option to do. So of whatever your situation is. Also, if you can't physically do it, for whatever reason, you can imagine it because your imagination is just as powerful, which is more powerful than physically doing it. There's nothing more powerful than your imagination is the most powerful thing, the most powerful tool that you have. Anyway, we're going to focus on the ball, which is going to be a sock. It could be a clean sock, I've got clean sock to clean socks. But doesn't matter any funny you can roll into a ball. Or if you've got a handy a tennis ball or something like that. And all you're gonna do is just hold in one hand. So I've got mine in my right hand. And I'm just, I'm gonna imagine there's a line going down the middle of my body, all the way down from the top, my head, between my eyes, all the way down middle of my chest, stomach, and pretty much get into my groin and then move down to the floor. So both legs, arms, or reverse side of the body, either side of that line. What all I'm going to do is imagine this, like maybe a little net, not going to just chuck the ball or the sock, in this case, over the little net, the imaginary net to the other hand and do it again. And I'm doing this standing up. But it might be easier to do it on a table because at least if it falls, you haven't got to pick it up off the floor. But it's all I'm doing unless you do it. I mentioned it's moving over the little net. But just focus move. Don't move your head, just move your eyes. So have you had you can look down obviously we don't have to do anything. But my suggestion is you've looked down sort of in the middle where the net would be You can see your hands. And you can see them in the peripheral....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/83-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-ball-or-sock-jason-newland-29th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. If you'd like, Why do please leave a review on our websites. And if you'd like to support this free service, please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, or the link is on the website under gift me. So I have been inspired to do this recording by watching a documentary on BBC Four, and it was about genetics and forget the name of it. But basically the genetic code and how they can manipulate it. Or how by changing the code changes the result. So a, for example, someone that may be born with an illness is because that genetic code is somewhat faulty. And they can correct that code. Therefore, cure the illness. By it's just not I don't know, I'm not doctor or scientist or anything, but I find it really interesting. And I started to think about, because I mentioned websites and the internet and stuff, because he was trying to explain it for people like me, without any kind of scientific background, to understand how something could be completely change with just a little bit of code. Different, you know, a little bit of a different code, because it's I forget what it's called. But basically, the codes are the same. And they're repeated over and over again. But they're connected by things that are different. And depending on what those is in that code, decides whether or not it works, whether the kind of electrical current kind of thing. Again, no one talking about I don't know anything about electricity, or dad's an electrician. So I should know a little bit but I know that it needs to be connected. I know that a light doesn't work, if it's not plugged in to the electricity socket, plug, or if it's not turned on, it's not going to work, it has to be connected. So that's a completely different conversation. Because that also can lead to changing and anxiety provoking memory, or thought, or image or something that may be coming up in the future. When you think about it. How you feel now can change depending on making these tiny little adjustments. I'll give you an example. Something I do know about is websites. And I used to build websites not not as a living but for fun, and I did it since 2000. I haven't really done it for a long time I build websites but not from code anymore. But I still know parts of the code. That makes sense, I can still go into the code source. And I can see parts of where things are or know more wait a little bit around it. So I know that if I go into the source code of this page website page, you can go into the code the code if you make one tiny change depending on what changes you make that entire page changes.
Just believe in a semi colon L by D in there or by D Leaving deleting something in a bracket, the whole page could change. And maybe not even work. If you change the hyperlink, which is the, you know, the thing you click on within the website, that takes you to another page, it's called a hyperlink. And if you change the code there, click on it, it doesn't take you anywhere. Or maybe if you change, you change the link to take you somewhere else, it takes you to a different place. Again, it's like you think of something, you click that picture. And instead of taking you to the emotions of feeling stressed and anxious, it takes you to the feelings that you would have lain in your garden on our beautiful summer's day, maybe with people that you love surrounded with you, and you're just enjoying the sun. So you know, it can like instantly transfer you somewhere else, by making a tiny change. cut and paste, cut and paste, that's the secret with building websites, in the old days, copy, cut, paste, where you want it to be. So you think in a sense, if our brains, bear in mind, websites, the internet computers, were all based on kind of how scientists believed the brain worked. They were trying to be tried to create something that operated like the brain in an almost an organized version of the brain. Because it didn't know really how the brain worked. And we still kind of don't, we're learning but we don't, you know, there's
still so much to learn. So if you think of something, we got an image in your mind,
have something that troubles you something, then you think about this image, maybe it's something that just keeps coming up, it might not be hugely serious. And, as always, I will say, when you practice with me, maybe choose something that isn't hugely serious, you know, maybe pick something that's annoying enough to want to change. So don't pick something that you don't care about, because it's kind of just pointless for me to pick something that bothers you, but does bother you to the extent of needing therapy for it. That's kind of what I'm aiming at. Because then, as I said, in previous recordings, sometimes you get rid of enough of those things that just bother you enough to just really annoy you, but not a high high level of anxiety, but annoy you enough to cause some anxiety. If you get enough of those. They're the legs under the table, big table holding that the really big stuff. And eventually the legs go, the weight of the table falls over. And those big things fall on the floor and just crash. And I just pretty much obliterated sometimes without even having to look at them, or go near them. Or focus on them. So you know. So that's, that's one way around it. That's one way into that. So I like to think of something right now. And whatever it could be could be something that happened yesterday or today. Something that's just caused anxiety, and you think about it. You feel crappy. Basically, you feel anxious, stressed, but not like hugely but enough to bother you. So maybe we're looking from a one to 10 on a scale, one being nothing. 10 being the most ever maybe we're looking at Kind of like a five of for whatever is like, okay with you to focus on without actually having someone there to support you in person, because I can't be there in person by him here in person, if that makes sense. And you know, was thinking. So I'm not really, really kind of spiritual or anything really. But that does seem to be like an energy which connects us, those of us that are listening to this recording me who talk in making the recording, but then the other know, six, seven 100 people, maybe they're listening to it today when it's done. So it's kind of there's a connection. And that number is growing all the time. So it's kind of fitness interesting just to feel like, okay, we connected in some way, there's that energy that is being shared. So when someone else listens, and they feel more relaxed, they feel calmer, they find that the chatter in their mind is slowed down. It almost feels like that energy is shared through other don't know who whatever, through the internet, through the air through shared like, towards other people. And that sounds very esoteric and spiritual. But
I don't really know what I mean by it just is a feeling just the feeling that I have the there's something shared by the people that listen to the recordings. And it's, it's just a positivity, which can only be a good thing. So as you think about that thing, the whatever it was, it might be something that you need to do tomorrow that you don't want to do. And or maybe you do want to do. But you've got a sense of stress or anxiety at a level that doesn't feel comfortable. But it's not like horrific or anything but it's uncomfortable. Like you just focus on that picture, a picture that represents that just a picture. And that picture is going to be a web page, a picture on a web page, on a laptop or on your tablet, or on your phone or computer, you know, whatever, whatever your your Chromebook, whatever it is that you use to look at the Internet or maybe your television, you can use the internet and television nowadays. So whatever it is, whatever screen the you would look at a web page, in your mind. Imagine that picture on that screen. That's the web page.
So now, now I go through this actually on the computer to show you what you can do. So you've got the page, and at the top of the page, you can click on the menu. So maybe there's three dots at the right hand top of the page. Wherever it is, let's just imagine is a menu there and click on the menu.
And it goes down and you can click on Edit. Click on Edit, and under edit. It says quit as this. So, okay. And it says Edit code sync click on that. click on the Edit code. And basically a big stream of code that makes absolutely no sense to you is on the screen.
Doesn't have to make any sense at all. So you can see the code So you can click back, just click on the Edit code again. And it clicks back to the picture. See the picture again, and click back to edit code. So as literally Click on a picture, it takes you to the Edit code, and then click back click on the Edit code and takes you back to the picture. It's as simple as that. Or just imagine it changing. It's your mind, it's up to you. So go backwards and forwards a couple of times. So you've got the picture, you've got the emotions connected to the picture, which is, whatever number it's maybe four or five, maybe higher, maybe lower, maybe it's moving around a little bit a little bit wobbly at the moment, maybe it's changed a lot. However, just focus on that and go back and forward this a little bit between the picture and the code. And the code is just a bunch of numbers, letters, as some writing here and there....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/82-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-web-page-jason-newland-28th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And although this recording isn't necessarily to help people to sleep, it's just good to make sure that you are safe to close your eyes in case you do fall asleep. Because I've got a very boring voice. And also, I do a lot of sleep recordings. I've got podcasts for deep sleep whisper hypnosis, let me bore you to sleep, sleep hypnosis weekly.
So probably 80% of what I do is sleepy stuff. So I think my voice is kind of perhaps suited to that.
However, I also do this also do chronic pain relief, and other like self development, self help recordings as well. And some stop smoking ones. They've got lots of different things. Now before I start, I'd like to give a big shout out to two people, I think I would just say, yeah, two people. Firstly, Vicki, who sent me an email, and it's on a review page on my website. Hi, Jason. I'll be listening to your Spotify listened. Once read it wrong. Hi, Jason. I've been listening to you on Spotify. Since I had a stroke in July 2019, age 34, which has left me partially sighted with severe anxiety, and depression. And I find your podcasts really helpful. So thank you, Vicki. And I've got left a video review from Boston Chickie. Which you can also view on my review page of my website saying thank you and she listens to these podcasts. And she's been listening from the start actually, from the not only from the start of when I very first started making this podcast back in. I think it was the beginning of 2017 might have even been 2016. But I think it was 2017 where I did 34 recordings. I think I did them every day for 34 days. And then I stopped and then I pick them up again last year. And now I've got this is the 81st recording. So I just like to say thank you to Boston cheeky. She mentioned some stuff on there about getting in touch with you know, remembering that you've helped people. And also, she reminded me that I've also helped people, which is nice to hear as well. So thank you for that. What I'd like to talk about and also leave a review if you like why do it rhymes. And Andre just appeared. He likes to do that when it started recording he likes doesn't like to be left out. like to talk about purpose. Purpose. Watch the video earlier. It was about procrastination. And it was Russell Brand. And he was saying talking about procrastination can be caused or is caused by not having a purpose. Or being lazy can be caused by not having a purpose. And it didn't sit too well with me if I'm honest. I think if you're not ever doing anything, then that's probably caused by depression. And it could definitely you know be caused by not having a purpose. Not being in touch with that purpose, or not one importantly not remembering what the purpose is.
Because that can be something that may be necessary is not just to have a purpose, but to remember it
every day, to have it with you wherever you go. Almost like a mole on your chin, you know, you take it everywhere you go, or your favorite hair, or your glasses, if you need glasses, make sure you take that purpose with you. And this isn't, this isn't even a suggestion. This is a must. This is a definite necessity, that all of us keep in mind and keep hold of that purpose do we have in life, the reason the big thing that we get out for and I know some people, they lose track of that purpose, sometimes they feel that they don't have a purpose at all. Or maybe the purpose they used to have is come to an end for whatever reason. So for someone may be the whole purpose of their existence may have been connected to raising a family. And maybe now the families left they're gone or gone to college or now they're married and or maybe they've you know, the relationship split up their purpose may have been might have been to support their partner, whatever purpose may have been connected to their job. But now the jobs gone for whatever reason, or they've retired. So there's so many ways to purpose can change or possibly dissolve, because it's no longer relevant. So in that situation, and I have dealt with people in the past clients in counseling, when I was a counselor who didn't feel that they had any purpose. And that's one of the worrying things with things like suicide. I don't think I'm it's I'm generalizing here. But I very much doubt that anyone would kill themselves if they felt that they had a really important purpose in their life with the Father there, felt that their life was purposeful. Because how bad things got that stick around as long as they could, even through ill health. Again, that is a generalization. Because each individual situation is different. The amount of people I've heard in the past tell me there's no point to anything. There's no reason for them to be here. Which means I have no purpose, that I feel that there's a purpose to their life, or that there's a purpose to them. Or that they're important or that they mean anything or their life has any meaning. Which is the main thing is it the word meaning. Purpose sometimes feels a bit like something you do, like I purposely do this thing meaning is it's deeper, it feels almost deeper. There's something to actually have meaning true meaning to you. So that's another must we must have meaning in our lives. We have to there's no option other than to have that we need to have that is just as important as eating, breathing. Drinking water you know those things we have to do. Some people might say I will never drink water was being squash and milk and juice. I don't care just you have to drink something done. You have to have meaning and purpose and I class those two is the same but purpose and meaning, I'm going to use that as the same word,
meaning the same thing. So these are things that we have to have. And it's not me telling you have to have it is me just pointing out that we all have to have it in order to survive in order to live a life, which, well maybe also to make sense of things that or at least accept things that don't make sense, but accept that that's part of being human. You know, kind of moving onwards, moving forwards? Because that's all we can ever do. We can't go backwards. It's impossible. I read something earlier. Let's see Andre run around in a plastic bag. Yes, good, good boy. While I'm making it recording, I read something earlier, which said, Today is the tomorrow that you were worrying about yesterday. Today is the tomorrow that you were worrying about yesterday. And worried about today, yesterday, which would be your tomorrow hasn't helped today at all. being concerned about it, making arrangements and necessary changes necessary can be useful.
But what
isn't? useful. Going back to this, this slight idea of procast Cresta nation, if I can say the word, the idea that procrastination means that someone's got no purpose or meaning to their life, I think is actually wrong. What horrible thing to say really. It just means that in that moment. And that moment, may last a few weeks or a few months even. But in that moment of their life. They're not maybe in touch with the meaning of their life.
So the question could be, how do you get in touch with the meaning of your life.
And I would suggest maybe having more than one meaning. Instead of putting all your meaning into just one thing.
Someone says, Oh, my purpose in life is to be a parent, my meaning is to be a parent. That will give mum that's what gives my life meaning. Brilliant, but it needs to be more than that for you. Because your children are never going to appreciate what you've done. It's never gonna happen. They're not going to know what you've done, where you sacrificed to bring the children into the world and to raise them. Just like we are never going to adults, who are adults now never really going to appreciate what our parents maybe did those ahead, you know, nice parents. So what meaning Can you give to your life That's for you, just for you, you alone, it's not connected to anybody else. And it's not about giving up the meaning that you already have the you know, the motivation that you already have to get out of bed.
Because you know if you're if your motivation to go into work is because you want to make sure that your teenage daughter or son has enough money to go to college. When they're, you know, in a couple of years time You've got a you sit in their breakfast and your teenage child is being attacked also, which teenagers do have a tendency to be, it's part of this space to be like that. Being a real, not very communicative. And you're driving to work thinking, or supporting me doing this work and all these hours where then he or she doesn't even respect what I do, doesn't appreciate what I do. That's in putting that meaning of your life. categorizing and putting in someone else's, or someone else's shoulders, almost blaming someone else for your choices. See, you need to be able to have that, you know, began to work for yourself as well. Unless maybe some people think that's selfish, or we shouldn't be thinking of ourselves, we should only think of our daughter, we should only think of our parents, we should only think of the mortgage forgot to pay or I should only bad, your whatever. Is that realistic, though? Is it healthy...CONTINUE READING:
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/81-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-meaning-purpose-jason-newland-27th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. I hope you're well. And listen to this, when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, this is going to be in, you're probably going to be grateful possibly, this is going to be a short recording. So I won't be going on and on and on and on and on. Like, sometimes
I may do. But this is going to be a short recording, asking you to do something. It's a five minute exercise. There's no physical exercise, that way, I'm gonna do sit ups or press ups,
I wouldn't ask you to do anything that I would not do myself. So I'm not going to ask you to do setups. Although, actually, if you have got a bit of a belly, or if you look at someone who's got a big belly, just remember, the stomach is one of the strongest muscles in the body, if not the strongest muscle in the body. So even people with big bellies have got strong abdominal muscles. So don't you know, just because I've got a bit of a little bit of fluff on top.
Don't be don't be mistaken. They are muscular. It's just well hidden. So everybody got very, very strong muscular stomachs. Today there. So this exercise has nothing to do with stomachs. it's to do with
your face. And this is something that I'm gonna ask you to do
every morning or whenever you wake up, doesn't have to be first thing in the morning. But it can be you know, for me, it doesn't matter what you asked me to do first thing in the morning. The first thing I'm going to do is going
to throw away as the first thing I'm going to do so nothing else and have a drink of water. Because you know my my my been eight hours since I last had a drink of water. So I'd like to have a drink of water.
So you can do this anytime you want. You can do before having a shower you can do after having a shower, bath, whatever, go into the toilet, have new breakfast, whatever, but ideally in the morning before you go and do what you're going to do for the day. Of course if you work night shift or if you're asleep during the day, like I am on my wake up during the day. I'm awake during the night asleep during the day through choice so if you if you like that I'm a night owl I suppose you would call me
you do it in the afternoon when you wake up. Right You with me so far. This is what I'm gonna ask you to do. That's gonna seem silly. But it's going to also be it's going to feel silly, but it's going to be humorous at the same time.
So I'm gonna do is ask you to just if I'm gonna do it myself, I'm gonna take you into the hallway, and I do it myself. So here I am. So it might be a little bit echoey here. So don't have soundproofing on the walls in the hallway, which I do in the living room.
So I'm standing in front of the mirror. I want you and maybe you don't need to do it right now because you might,
you know might be lying down with your eyes closed. But you can maybe pause and going sit in front of a mirror stand in front of a mirror or just decide to do a late stage but every morning or The time that you wake up in the morning or afternoon whenever it is,
look in the mirror. And it may not be a favorite thing is not really my favorite thing actually. I'm looking old mind, I am doesn't matter. at all I'm not gonna ask you to do is smile misses regardless of how you feel. This year, I'm asking you to fake smile, a fake smile. So even if you're feeling in a good mood, and you feel like smiling, I'm still gonna ask you to do a fake smile.
Like a real exaggerated. So I'll make myself laugh now just an exaggerated smile. Just hold just for a few seconds, just look at yourself. When you can relax your mouth, if you haven't got a valid speak to hold that fake smile for five minutes, because it's gonna feel uncomfortable, you know, is, you know, hold in your face in any particular position
for that allow amount of time may not feel very comfortable. And as you probably aware, I'm all about comfort, if at all possible. So looking in the mirror, to a fake smile. It could almost be a sarcastic smile. You know, you're meeting someone and you don't like them. Or they don't like you.
Maybe you've just given a fake smile. Hello. kind of silly smile. False, but silly. I just keep doing it. Maybe turn your head to the left. Maybe turn your head to the right.
Maybe if we got a hat, put on smile. And just keep doing it for five minutes, over and over again. The biggest smile that you can,
you can put, they might make you laugh. It's making me laugh a little bit doing it. Because I've naturally got a funny face anyway, but we need to it doesn't make you look funny. And but I don't want to laugh while I'm doing this because trying to keep the volume low. And you know, for those that are faultlessly to avoid suddenly waking you up. And you can extend this even further, you can make funny faces with the smile, you can contort your body, a little bit of moving your eyes shoulder down, lifting your hands up, like you're being held up by strings, or pretend to play an invisible violin, it could be anything, you do this stuff for five minutes. And my suggestion is to actually set a timer. So if you've got an alarm clock, or if you got a phone, most people these days have phones. And you if you got a timer on your phone, set it for five minutes Exactly. And just do this for five minutes. Smiling fakely to yourself in the mirror for five minutes. You haven't got to stand up doing it, you can sit down doing it. So this is available for anybody. Pretty much of any physical ability can do this, all you need is a mirror and to be able to move your face. So someone even in a wheelchair that maybe hasn't is not able to move past part of their body, providing they've got a mirror,
they can still do this. Also, you don't need a mirror to do it. You can just do it anyway. But it adds to the fun. doing it for the mirror makes it funnier.
It gives I don't know more of a context. You know, bunch of thinking if you've you know, you might be looking out the window and you're practicing your facial expressions and someone might walk past and see you and think you're making fun of them. But who was that person making funny faces of me for probably won't happen but just saying this, if you do it yourself, it's it's just more enjoyable. So just pretend to smile. Put a big E, smile on your face. I'd said doesn't have to be genuine. Don't stand in a mirror waiting to have the feeling of smile Enos, I'm going to wait until I have a genuine smile appear on my face automatically, naturally, organically. Just put a silly smile on your face. That's my, my voice I make on a mega silly smile. Just smile, big smile. As long as you know you got no issues with your jaw your face, you know, I try and cover all angles. But I hope that will just be an automatic thing.
You saw that, you know, if you've got broken jaw or something, then don't do this because it's going to probably cause problems. But then you can imagine yourself having a
really really silly smile in the most inappropriate situations. So I took that job at all about job interviews way too often. I don't know why. But maybe meeting someone important. important to you, perhaps you've got a new boyfriend or girlfriend.
Or you know, you mean their family for the first time or his family for the first time. Just imagine in your mind saying hello and put them on the biggest goofiest fakest smile
that looks fake. And how ridiculous that would look. Of course, you can do that in your mind. You don't have to need a mirror for that.
And in some, in some ways, it's even funnier. This The idea was smiling at the wrong time. Because not a real smile. But it's it's almost like you feel you should try and to give a good a good impression. Again, like a job interview sitting down, put the big fake smile on and then shaking your hand and saying so Jason, what is it that makes you feel you be good as a as a funeral director. And you've got another big money of fake smile.
Well,
I'm happy for that. Yeah. It's ridiculous. It's silly. It's supposed to be silly. It's supposed to be absurd.
Let's put on that big fake smile. for five minutes, set the alarm, do for five minutes. And as I said, Don't hold in one facial expression for
the whole five minutes. Play around with it, do not do a big smile. Maybe hold it for a few seconds and let it go. You find you face relaxes. And also when I do I noticed back my neck sort of tingles for tired as well but I kept really relaxed and the reason I feel tired is because it's nearly my bedtime. Seven o'clock in the morning. So give a big smile. That's That's the sound of me smiling. And then just let it go. Let it relax. The worst case scenario is it relaxes your body and your face. So relax your face to start with. Because you stretched your face a bit. You stretched your jaw a little bit and relaxes and that relaxation spreads for your body. Because your face is an important part of your body, you know, because I was not my body is my head is my face is connected. You know it's it's connected by the skin by all the other stuff and it it spreads. I can feel it in my chest, moving down my stomach, down my shoulders, my arms down my back into my legs. And if I'm standing up or feeling relaxation in my legs, there's not relaxation to the point of needing to lay down on the floor. It's just a nice relaxation. She can feel relaxed without being all floppy. You can feel relaxed without being unconscious or asleep, you know, there's different levels of relaxation. That's, that's the worst that can happen....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/80-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-smiley-mirror-jason-newland-26th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. All of my recordings are on my website. If you like, Why do please leave a review. And if you'd like to support this free service cover the running costs will help to cover those. You can go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland, and the links on my website. Now I've got an email with a Facebook message from Carrie. And I want to read it to you. And then I'm going to, that's what I'm going to talk about. So it says, Hi, Jason, I'll be listening to your podcast for about a year due to stress and anxiety. They've helped a lot helped me a lot. Quick question I've been following the law of attraction in. And so by I owe a fear that my negative thoughts will become reality. Why fear? You know, the negative thoughts become reality. From a medical
perspective, that isn't possible, right? So just read that last bit. I've been following the law of attraction. And I fear when negative thoughts become a reality? And from a medical perspective, that isn't possible, right?
Well, first, the first thing I need to do, I fought if you Kerry's listening to this, which I'm sure she is. I'm not a doctor. So the reason I'm saying that is I can't offer
like medical advice or diagnosis or anything like that. I can tell you what I know, or what I believe probably is more to the point. And so I'll do that. But as far as if you have any, any kind of mental health issues, and you're worried about it, get in touch with a mental health specialist, go see your GP doctor, if you're under the mental health team. See the psychiatrist, psychologist, whoever. Or if you've got counselor, speak to your counselor. And that's not just a carrier, that's to anyone who's concerned about stuff, you know, this, this podcast is a support, like an additional support for people that also already are also getting the help in other places. And I did a recording recently about ask, you know, ask for help. So this is an additional thing. Maybe while you're waiting for help, maybe maybe you've had the help that's available. Perhaps you've had all the counseling that you can get that you allowed to have on the you know, the NHS or with your health service provider. So my understanding that's what I'm not sure I understand the question correctly, the first part, even following the law of attraction, so I understand that part and I can talk about my understanding of it. The fear of negative thoughts becoming reality. So it depends, I don't have enough information on this particular situation to give my opinion because that's all it's gonna be would be an opinion. But not from as I'm not a doctor, I don't have a PhD and have a medical, you know, license or anything like that practices. As a medical person. I am a qualified counselor. I've got a degree in that. And I'm a hypnotist. Also, you could say I've kind of got a degree in Have a degree in anxiety in the sense of the amount that I experienced over the years, depression, anxiety, panic, stress, all that kind of stuff, which I've also talked about in previous recordings. But that was through life experience of having gone through it. And also being bipolar. And having also been diagnosed with emotionally unstable personality disorder, which I didn't even find out until two years after the bipolar manic diagnosis. So all I can do I want I like, I just need to be careful in these situations, because Carrie, and anyone else that's listening, go always get professional advice, professional help, is lots of stuff on the internet, you can find out about, it's not always going to be positive. I mean, you could literally if you've got, if you've got a sore throat, you go online, you can end up thinking you've got the worst disease in the world, when actually, it might just be a sore throat. In fact, it probably more than likely is just a sore throat. But if you concerned go to the doctors, is you know, get it checked out. So I'm going to I'm going to do this backwards. So I'm going to start from the last question about whether thinking about something. Woods, thinking about a negative thing would cause that negative thing to happen? Now I understand the reason for that question, I think, because the idea of the law of attraction is what you think about what you focus on. For example, you focus on positive things, you focus on what you do want in order to get what you do want.
So the logical thing is when you flip it on its side is if you focus on what you don't want, then you're going to get what you don't want. That's the logical that would be for me, that would be the logical kind of conclusion to that idea of what you focus on, you get. However, the law of attraction, my understanding and I have studied it, and to quite some depth. I'm not quite sure why. But I got really into it recently, the last put the last three or four months of last year, I was listening to a lot of audios of watching everything on YouTube, I could find reading books. And it wasn't just the case of watching the secret, you know, the video the secret the movie. And as I watched that, probably 10 years ago. And you can watch that and it gives you no information at all, pretty much. It's just a bunch of famous people telling you that how brilliant The secret is, but doesn't really give the US I watched it for about an hour and a half okay, but what what do I have to do? And then it became all this it was almost very mystical, you know, like dialing, dialing a telephone number and directly to the universe and asking the universe for something and it will just give it to you.
Well,
some some books will say that. But if you if you go to the breadth, and you look at the different things that people are saying, and the people that teach this for a living. The conclusion I come with from this is it's not about just thinking about something and just, you know, it comes through
actions needs to be taken as well. So I can think all I want about being rich
inaka think about having 10 million pounds in my bank account. I can focus on it. I can visualize it. I can think about it. Every waking day I can meditate Be on it before don't get out of bed, don't actually do something. And if I don't leave my house, how's that 10 million pounds going to arrive in my bank account? Well, it isn't, you know, it's not going to happen. So it isn't a case of just what you think about happening is going to happen. There's, there's more to it, there's more, it's kind of like, there's more chance of what you want to happen. happening. If you think positively. If you walk up to someone that you don't know, and you say hello to them. If you expect them in your mind, you're thinking that they're going to be friendly to you, or you're going to a job interview and you're expecting that they can like you. And you should assume that they can, unlike you, and you've rehearsed in your mind, for the last couple of days, that when you get into the interview, you're going to come across really well, you're going to feel confident, and they're going to like you and they're going to want to employ you,
there's more chance that that's going to go really well than if you did nothing. So if you made no preparations just turned up and just went to the interview and just went through the motions, I would say that there's a much higher probability that you will come across way better, you will feel a lot more confident. And you're probably going to like them better, and they're probably gonna enjoy your company more than they perhaps would have done. And they're more likely to want to offer you the job. But then if you go a little bit further back, and you imagine it going terrible. In you met and you rehearse or the worst case scenarios, are they gonna hate me, I'm gonna come across crap. And then you know, and the negativity which can happen, as we're humans, that when you go into that room, the energy, your energy, the way you're holding yourself, your confidence level, I'm guessing wouldn't be particularly high in that moment. And you might not actually come across very well. You may not like them. And they might not, they might not like you because of your energy, your attitude or you know, whatever it is saying you but you're not being genuine, whoever it was. So those things make a difference. And it's kind of basic psychology really from that aspect. So what we think about does affect how we behave, it affects our experience of life. Our attitude. This is Zig Ziglar is a speaker. He was a speaker very famous. He always used to be talking about get rid of your stinking thinking. I was like, yeah, if you think if you're thinking crappy faults all day, then you can have a crappy day. But the reality is, we're not thinking anything all the time. Our thoughts are always changing because we're fluid. So without having sort of more information from carries message. Fear and the negative thoughts becoming reality that seems to fit into the anxiety, pa you know, expecting the worst and it's Beckton the worst doesn't mean the worst is going to happen.
So you know, you'd going back to the job interview analogy, or my go for job interview. And I might go in feeling positive, confident, expecting them to like me, doesn't mean they're gonna love me, but they might, they might like me. But the chances more, more you know, it's very more likely that they will like me....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/79-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-25th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes.
Thank you for listening to this podcast because it's really growing in. I don't know if the word popularity is correct, but more and more people are listening. So that's, you know, just like to say thank you.
In fact, it's moving towards been one of the most popular podcasts that I do. So I'm kind of excited about that. Because I've got a few I do the let me bore you to sleep podcast.
I've got the deep sleep whisper hypnosis podcast. And I've got the sleep hypnosis weekly podcast. I've got two podcasts to have all of my sleep sessions on.
So every time I do a new recording I put on there. And I've also got this podcast as well. So those are the Emmys. Everybody sleep Deep Sleep, sleep. Really, this, so is six podcasts that are kind of at the most popular scale out of 30. I'm glad you got the five I think all together. So I've also got like self development, one, self help, chronic pain, smoking, all those kind of stuff. Excuse me. So this is growing. So I thought before I start the actual session, let me just let you know how things are going with this podcast. So I don't normally do this on this, you know, before recording here. But I just wanted to sort of let you know that. Have I got 74,585 downloads so far on this podcast, and yesterday had 648 downloads the day before 644. And today's so far 107 downloads, it's 546 in the morning, and I've not even have not made a recording since the 19th of January and it's now the 24th on the 19th of January. Okay, so yeah, so that's just want to say thank you because without you listening, there'd be no point me recording. So, thanks. And that's it. So I look forward to reaching 100,000 downloads for this for this podcast. And just to give you an idea. The other podcast hypnosis is sleeping deeply, hadn't 46,800 downloads. That's like the top one. But deep sleep whisper hypnosis 124,972 Let me boy to sleep is 93,560. So I want this. I kind of want this podcast. I just interested in seeing how it goes because I'm getting more downloads here than I am on some of the other ones daily. So yeah. Anyway, I just wanted to do a quick thank you
before I start the actual recording. And it kind of fits in with what just did just then
gratitude, gratitude. I find Now I'm not saying that everyone's going to find this in you know, old or the unspecial or anything like that, but I find mind that when I feel grateful, I mean properly feel grateful, sort of inside, naturally, feeling grateful towards something that I have or Yes, whatever it could be, I feel relaxed, I feel calm. And that, that feeling that emotion of gratitude seemed to trigger some kind of chemical in my brain. which sends, you know, that feeling of calmness and relaxation throughout my body. And in my mind, a mind feels karma. And I guess if you think about it, logically, we react that way to what we're thinking about what we think about affects our body. In the same ways how our body feels, can affect what we think about someone with chronic pain, or some would say, so as a broken ankle, then initially, that's probably the, that's going to be the focus of that person's attention. Like when I broke my wrist, fell out the barf, don't laugh. So a few years ago, when I first moved into this place that I'm living in, slipped out of the bath, and I broke my wrist, also hurt my shoulder. And, you know, luckily, I didn't hit my head on anything. So I didn't cause I don't know, if it would have made much difference to my head, but it's, I broke my wrist, I went to the hospital and had you know, just my focus was the wrist. But you know, what, what was weird about that is a kind of felt grateful. And this is going to be a weird thing that you may not kind of relate to. And I want to delve into it too deeply. But with or you might completely understand this, but from the other side, you know, it's it could is potentially damaging thing as well. So when I was sitting in the hospital with my broken wrist waiting to be seen, I knew is broken. I've had a few broken bones, I know the difference between a sprain or break. Just this basically, is as simple as the initial pain with a break stays off forever, but it stays with you doesn't subside that pain, maybe not the right initial pain, but basically, the pain stays
with a bruise. With a sprain, it does reduce you know within within a short enough time it does reduce maybe not
to do to the extreme where you feel fine. Because you still may need medical attention but it reduces a break in my experience stays that initial kind of pain level seems to stay for whatever reason. So I'm in the hospital. And part of me is I'm actually I'm in a really good mode. First of all I fall is funny the circuit the circumstances of falling out of bath and use me for some reason, I didn't find it funny at the time when it happened. And I really didn't because I couldn't get off the floor because the wireless position I had to pull my way on to the left wrist which is broken, so gone if you know it's a slight slipping slipping around everywhere. And I was naked as well. So that wasn't good. And I started feeling grateful and finally funny. At the same Time, because what if I had needed an emergency, you know, like an ambulance to come and get me, I'd have been there naked. And that would have been. Well, I could see the humor in there. As well as the the trauma to them seeing me naked, probably
the paramedics both I feel grateful that that didn't happen, which seemed to reduce my stress levels. I felt grateful that actually, first of all, it was only my wrist
it was just a break wasn't an open fracture wasn't you know, wasn't my shoulder, which would have been a lot more painful. I'm guessing. I've injured my shoulder before. And it's a lot more restricting because of, you know, the size of it and everything. But just my little wrist. I could deal with that as fine as my left hand. So I could always grateful that my left hand but my right hand because I'm right handed. So it meant I could still do all the other things that I normally do without having to go six weeks without being able to sort of do that stuff. Because I broke in my right hand twice in the past. And that's that's very restricted. left wrist, or not so bad. As far as restrictiveness so I felt grateful. And I kind of fought well, why am I feeling grateful? I should be feeling sorry for myself. Because that's my natural go to place. I love feeling sorry for myself a little bit of self pity. You know? Yeah, I've always kind of seem to have enjoyed that over the years. It's never helpful, really. It can feel competent at times. But ultimately not useful. It's a beer. Yeah, it's not particularly good. You know, being the victim. Even if you've been a victim, doesn't mean you have to be a victim. You know, it's it's not a 24 hour career, I don't think I think needs to be something that we do all the time. Because the only person that hurts is us. As to the horrible thing about it isn't it is because the anxiety, stress panic, it could be caused by trauma that's happened in the past that may have been caused by another person. And very likely, they don't care about it, they're not thinking about it. They might not even have meant it to happen. They might not know those caused trauma. You know, depending on what it was. So in a sense, the only way that a person is hurting
is us by you know, focusing on it which increases anxiety, stress and all that stuff. All that good stuff. The gratitude. And I don't mean false gratitude. Or the internet. You know, all so grateful I've got a carpet on the floor.
Well, yeah, I know some people can't afford to have a carpet. But you know, when I first got the carpet in air, I was very grateful. It was lovely. But then Andre, the ferret moved in, and he destroyed the carpet within about a week. So the carpet basically is going to go into details but he's his it's not line. I walk on it. He owns it on his ledger in his flat. But I feel grateful that I got him. So this is weird things. What are you grateful for? And what can you focus on the changes how you feel? Kind of instantly. What are you looking forward to? What's going to happen in the future. It could be something holiday you're coming up, pick my beer, a family event, I don't know could be a birthday could be, maybe you're getting yourself a new car maybe you're having, who knows, maybe you haven't liposuction or perhaps you're having you get married or put those two together liposuction and getting married. But you know, something is happening in the future, you're starting an educational course. Perhaps you're gonna, who knows, maybe you saving up to get your hair done a specific way. Or there's a dress or you know, a coat or a pair of shoes that you've been looking forward to get in, or wearing, or buy in. Or maybe you're looking forward to having a clean now and get rid of stuff. Maybe you're looking forward to your grandchildren visiting, or maybe you've got a baby inside, you're looking forward to give given birth, who knows what it is, you don't get to see your baby for the first time.
What's that feeling or that thought? The you can think of the changes how you feel, in a positive way. We've always something there's always something. And it might be looking at a photograph of a loved one. See, I lit a picture of what I pictured my mother, or grandmother, who's no longer here, but she's....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/78-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-24th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes.
Now we're going to focus on those times when maybe your anxiety level has risen. But you're in the middle of something, you're maybe at work, you're doing something that you can't necessarily just stop doing. The saying that there's very little that you can that you can't stop doing, you know, you should need to, even if it comes across as being rude, or, you know, in middle of a conversation, you can say, I go in this x, I need to go somewhere, and you're going, get some space or go outside, get some air. And you could literally just turn your back on them and walk away. You're allowed to do that. But of course, it may not help
with your relationships with those people. But it is situations where maybe you feel that you're almost kind of stuck there for a while.
Maybe like being in a supermarket queue. Maybe like being traveling somewhere. Being a party
being in a conversation with somebody way in a bus stop sitting at a dinner table, you know, in a restaurant or a family gephyrin or something like that.
So what do you do in a situation like that? How do you what do you do? Do you run out? Or do you get run out and get some air? That is an option. And that's something that I think it's important. It can really ease the tension. When you remember that you can do wherever you want to do.
You know, so if you decide I mean, I know this is gonna sound absurd. But if you decided Newser family dinner and you decided to climb out a window into the garden, you can do that. While I say I wouldn't fit for a window, but you know, as an example, you do have those options, you do have the option to put your knife and fork down and leave the building.
If you drive in, you have the option to pull over to the side of the curb, park your car and gal
and you also have the you can leave the car there and walk away. You may get in trouble for it. You know, I don't know all of the road laws but you might get a parking ticket. Or worse the call might get taken away. But that's an option you have that option. Which means it reduces the stress level because you don't feel trapped. When you don't feel trapped and you know you've got options. It feels easier. It can almost be the difference between having a closed door and unlocked door to being in a room of a locked door and you're in there on your own. Someone's Lock the door behind them as they've left. That's not a comfortable situation, I don't think for anybody really. But if they just closed the door, completely different, different feeling totally. Because you can leave, you can open the door, and you can walk out anytime. So that's kind of the difference between remembering that you do have those choices. You decide what you do next. Always, we all do. And it's a weird concept because it sounds ridiculous. But at the same time, we know it's true. We decide what we do next. But, you know, obviously, if we were rude to everybody, because we didn't want to talk to them, we'd have no friends. So we decided to take the time to talk to somebody, when maybe we don't feel like there is a choice. We choose to go to work on a day that maybe we don't feel too well. We choose to do that. And even though we justify by saying, well, I've got no choice, got paid a mortgage, got to feed the kids, all that stuff got paid or in called pay the, you know, the monthly payment on the car and all that stuff. The reality is you don't physically have to go to work on that day. Infant means homelessness, as an extreme situation was very unlikely to happen. If you have one day of work. It's still a choice. You just choose, you choose that you don't want that. But it's a choice. And I think that some of us include myself in this, maybe you've spent too much time thinking that we don't have the choice and we are stuck. And we are trapped. And I've expanded it to those situations, they've got nothing to do with stress or anxiety. And now I'm going to focus in on the situations where we do sometimes perhaps have feelings, which are very uncomfortable physically, mentally. And you kind of in a situation where you don't want to be rude, you don't want to walk away from the person because you actually like them. You don't want to just climb out the window during dinner. Because you know that there'd be quite a lot of explaining to do. I mean, I'd have to replace the window frame because of my belly. So there's there's times when we don't want to, we have the choice but we choose not to do things like walking out of the office where you work. Although I have walked out my office work worked more than once in the past.
I hung up on a customer once I had to do the sales call, had a panic attack and I just hung up on the call left my desk walked outside. No one even noticed. But I didn't care I wasn't thinking about that. So you have the option
to do that. What do you do when you don't want to do that?
So you can actually get in touch with what's going on. Moving out of your body because a lot of the space away weird one isn't it because if you think like my body scan in your body, you scan your body is a way to help relax you meditations another thing Be also focusing on your body with that are one of the things that I really didn't want to do. While I was at the height or the anxiety that I was going through, I did not want to focus on my body, because my body was screaming at me, the focus on it, give me all these feelings I didn't want to experience. I didn't feel it deserved any more of my attention. He was giving way too much of it. Which is why maybe the way meditation works, is because you meditate when you're feeling okay. And it's almost like training your body and your mind to be relaxed. So when those feel feelings arise in the future, where you're focused on your body, that body focus almost becomes more of a positive thing. Almost a meditative body scan thing. You'll notice in how you feel but your those feelings are not overtaking you the way that maybe they used to. So that's one thing you can do to prepare for future events. is by relaxing when you're feeling okay. or relax when you're feeling relaxed. Don't only relax when you're stressed. Relax when you feeling relaxed.
If like preparing your food, I was talking to a friend and he doesn't prepare his food when he's hungry. He prepares his food, knowing that he's going to be hungry. At a certain point.
There's an old saying he said don't go shopping when you're hungry. Because you'll end up buying possibly way more than you need. And also possibly the wrong foods. Because you're going to want to snack as soon as you get out of the supermarket.
So preparation prepper preparing to feel more relaxed in future situations of heightened stress. Kinda like a practical thing of filling your freezer up full of food and your fridge in your cupboards preparing, maybe knowing that next week you got snow forecast. So getting to the supermarket will be a little bit of a chore to get a little bit extra in just to cover you know, make sure that you have plenty of food to get through the next two weeks. Just in case it does snow.
This almost a practical thing. Preparing to feel relaxed. Preparing or rehearsing is another way to prepare to know that actually, when you're in a situation and you have those stressful feelings maybe it's okay to have that. You know, if you think about someone that's had gastroenteritis I had that last year I was horrible I was bad after I recovered to a week 10 days or something to recover from that. The next few weeks anytime got a stomach ache or had a very corner you know, a similar kind of feeling to what previously had with that illness.
I was thinking Ani is come back when they hadn't come back or sat with a set with the feeling that it wasn't just a bit of a wind
or basically a fart machine anyway. And it was just wind, it wasn't anything that needed my attention. But I gave it my attention anyway, I got my attention, but just enough for me to feel karma because I could feel my tension rising as a starting to worry, what's happened here, you know, I didn't want to go through that again. I might have to go through it again. But I funny only ever had it once in my life. And that was that was enough. A moment my washing machine and my toilet, neither of those want me to go through that again. I was in always on the naughty step with my wife, with my toilet for about a week. I had to buy flowers, chocolates, just almost like rehearsing in your mind. But with an attitude. I don't mean like a teenager attitude or everyone. I mean that with an attitude of pause positivity.
But also reality as well. Because most of the time we're okay. Most of the time, we're okay. Most of the time.
Even at the height of anxiety, the majority, the pirate the percentage who broke up into percentage, the higher percentage would be when we were okay. We not might not be like hugely relaxed. And, you know, which is hopefully where I can come in to help with that. But I was surprised An example of this is I had a sleep machine attached to me a couple of years back, because I have sleep apnea. And I thought I was funny. But I knew I had this machine put on me to test to what my breathing was like when I was asleep. And at the end of night, while when I woke up the next day. And I took the machine in the next day to the hospital and I said I've got no sleep bloody machine....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/77-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-19th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Just want to say a quick thank you, to all of you that are making this podcast a
success. I really appreciate the people that listen those of you that listen. Well, several and that's listening isn't really but I appreciate it because it makes what I do worthwhile. So for today, what I would do is want to talk about seven symptoms of anxiety. Or because say some of the symptoms of maybe having an anxiety attack or a panic attack. And the rapid breathing, that's the, or the hyperventilation kind of thing,
that and that was what I was looking to focus on. And before I continue, just to remind you, if you if you're not aware, I do other podcasts to help with insomnia, you know, to help you with sleeping.
That's one of the things I kind of you could sell specializing in a sense of I do a lot of that stuff. So I've got a few podcasts that have that are focused just on sleeping, so they might be worth checking out. If you go to my website, Jason Newland, calm, they're all on there. And I do new recordings. Most days for the deep sleep whisper hypnosis, the let me Boyd asleep as well. I usually do the new one, trying to do one every day
with those. So the whole breathing thing. I think it's important to kind of categorize in some type some ways, you know, someone's got asthma, or COPD, or some kind of lung issue or a heart issue, you know, someone's got a physical medical issue that maybe involves breathing,
then or not talking to those people. I'm not ignoring them, or not going to talk to people with heart problems that don't mean that
I in this recording is not aimed at people that have an actual physical illness or disease, which affects the breathing. Because they will be on medication they would have for asthmatic people would have an asthma inhaler, maybe to maybe also be on medication. Someone obviously, I forget the name of some of them might have guests, your guests cylinder and different things that they need to take. So that's a different thing.
And the reason I'm being specific for that is for someone that doesn't have a physical issue where the physically fine, I'm talking about heart, lungs, part of the body
when they're going through an anxiety moment, it could be a brief period of time, it could be a full blown panic attack or anxiety attack. And the breathing could change again I could become quicker or it could become harder to feel like it's harder to breathe.
Now the reason why I'm trying to separate the people who have physical issues and people that don't is if so has a physical, they've got asthmatics, however, then they need to address
the breathing very seriously and get it sorted and do take the medication and do what they need to do in order to resolve that issue in that moment, and then get medical help,
if required. If somebody doesn't have those issues, and you know, it's anxiety, that's causing the breathing, or causing the breathing disruption, or the feeling that your heart score coming out your chest, even though it's not,
then it's a different kind of way of looking at it. But saying that, and I'm going to contradict myself now
saying that, because I'm talking about ways of relaxing, ways of getting in touch with reality, the reality the situation is, you're going to be okay. And that can sound condescending, can sound like you've been talked down to. But I don't mean it to be that way. But you know what, in the moment, it's not necessarily helpful to someone to say you're going to be okay,
it can be really helpful. But if you get that idea, and you know, let it spread around your mind, when you fill in, all right. It's almost like you've prepared the way an athlete prepares before, you know, run in the 100 meters.
They prepare mentally they prepare for prepare physically as well. So when it comes to the, that burst of energy, and I'm talking like, I know anything about running 100 meters, it took me about three days.
But they're prepared. I think in situations like, with anxiety, if you if you know, that is a possibility, at least
of having an issue come up. When you prepared kind of go, it's like having a first aid kit with you. But a virtual one or one it's inside your mind, a bunch of things that you can
do. So you're not physically carrying around a big green bag, which I think is the color of the first aid kits these days. But in your mind, you've got these tools that you can use.
Whether it's meditation, whether it's counting the breaths, whether it's remembering that you're going to be alright. Remember that no one's ever died for a panic attack.
Unless the person was really ill, to start with. That's where the there's that line. Where if someone's got a heart condition, then it needs the person needs to mean serious it needs to work on relaxing and finding a way to relax quickly. hopefully find a way to not get at that level
where the anxiety is affecting the body to the extent of the heart racing too much. Because anxiety does make the heart race the pulse goes, but it doesn't go as fast as it feels that
is going when I used to get really, you know, at the worst time with the anxiety. I almost feel like did run in adrenalin was being kick started in like an engine or chainsaw or a boat engine
or something like bush and just instantly this big surge of energy that was not really needed or wanted was not welcome. And it was uncomfortable. Well, that's an understatement it was. So it was absolutely awful.
Then the heart's racing, pumping. And there's a whole ways to read his fight or flight, fight or flight or work on about fireflies reading books, is to fight or flight. Like you're being chased by a lion, or in the old days, chased by a dinosaur.
And you'd, you know, the blood would go and move from your
fingers stomach, to your legs, so that you could physically, you know, run fast. But if you've got that feeling, and you didn't do anything, it could cause you to feel really uncomfortable. And physically, like, really full of adrenaline, but not using it. I suppose an equivalent would all kind of an equivalent would be to drink coffee nonstop, and be sitting at a desk
looking at a computer screen, and I've done that as well, in the past, don't do that now. Based work. Sitting down in an office, drinking coffee. So that was almost kickstarting the adrenaline. But all I was doing was just sitting there gradually putting weight on actually, as well. But what it missed out what these books were missing out, is they
had the fight or flight. I didn't have freeze. More recently, the books are including that a little bit,
but a lot of them still don't. Fight flight. Freeze. Now I'm a freezer. Sometimes I'm a fridge advertiser, a washing machine, that's been selling, I'm afraid in the past, I've been a freezer. So I haven't fought. And I haven't run. I've just
been frozen. Not knowing what to do next. And I would say that's how I was with the first panic attack, I had the first major one. And others since then, sometimes I would run. So if I was in the bookshop, suddenly, it come over me and I'd run out of the bookshop and
I'd get out. But there's also part of me that throws a lot, what do I do? What do I do? This makes no sense. There is no Fred's. There's nothing that I'm scared of in this moment. Other than what's actually happening.
I spent two years when the only thing I was scared of was having a panic attack. The only thing I was scared of not increased the likelihood of me having them because it's almost at all I was thinking about. And we generally get what we think about. Because unconscious mind thinks that's what you want. If you're consciously thinking about doing something. So someone's always thinking about smoking cigarettes, or drinking alcohol. Chances are, that's all they're gonna want to do. And there's a very big chance, that's what they're going to end up doing,
if that's what all the thinking about. Or if you're carrying a tray full of glasses, and you're carrying them through a restaurant or whatever, or through your house. And all we're thinking about is I'm going to drop this tray, I'm going
to drop this tray. The chances of you dropping the tray have very, very high. If you're just walking through, not even thinking about it. You know just
confident that you're just going to get to where you're going and put the tray down.
The odds of you dropping the tray very, very low. Unless you got one leg shorter than the other, then that might cause a problem but you know, generally.
So with the breathing, it's not always as simple as some of the books I've read in the past some books who said, we'll just let yourself faint. If you feel you're going to faint, let yourself faint.
See what happens, you're not going to die. And almost Matter of fact, sort of mentality, which is true. Depends. Because if someone's got a heart condition or other issues that affect their breathing, or asthma, or an allergy or something like that, then ignoring it isn't necessarily a good thing. In fact, ignoring it is definitely not a good thing.
So it's worth making sure that you Okay, I'm not saying that everyone should go to the doctor.
Every time they have a panic attack, or an anxiety attack by and saying get yourself checked out, make sure you okay. Because one thing that I benefited from doing that is put my mind at ease. To know that I was there was nothing wrong with my heart, it was nothing all my
lungs have felt incredibly guilty for in my mind wasting the time of the hospital or the doctor. Or recently....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/76-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-18th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newlands.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation hypnosis for for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks.
I forgot the title of the podcast. It should be shorter shouldn't anyway should be short, just like me. So welcome to this recording. You might have a little bit of background, Rosslyn and
stuff from Andre running around and playing. For some reason he's become very active right now. That doesn't really need to affect the recording at all. By the way, Andres my my son is ferret. It's my little boy is five years old.
And five, is he five? Yeah, I think he is well. And he's a proper pain sometimes with like, he's gonna go to sleep now. So this is going to be a kind of a personal recording. And also an important subject, I believe. So only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. But this is not going to be a hypnosis session, it's just going to be me talking about a subject, as I often do with these recordings. But if you're, if you used to close your eyes, when you listen to me, then you know make sure that you only listen when you can close your eyes when it's safe to do so. I don't know how long the recordings gonna last for it might be a short recording. The subjects I'm going to cover is asking for help. So the reason I'm making this recording is because my neighbor the heads, head issues had problems that I don't really know much about if I'm honest. I know little bit but not a huge amount. But she needed help. And sometimes I'd knock on a door to see she's okay. And she wouldn't answer. And she's very insular and stuff. And she died two days ago. And she she was young woman. And she collapsed. And we also managed to get into the well managed to get into the flat and get an ambulance or stuff. But she died a couple of days later on Monday or Tuesday, something like that. So becoming thinking about asking for help. How many of us actually ask for help when we need it.
July, July, there was silence there. I don't think we do. I don't think like I sometimes ask for help.
But there's been plenty of times when I haven't. And that's that's kind of all I wanted to say is
if you need help, ask for because whatever issues you may have with asking for help, whether it's embarrassment, or showing your vulnerability or maybe you think it's shown weakness by admitting that you're Not some superhero. The difference between asking for help and not asking for help could be the difference between being alive. And being in the morgue. You really can, could be as serious as. And without being dramatic. is quite dramatic, isn't it? use the word morgue is sounds a bit dramatic. And on know saying that's the reason my neighbor is dead because she didn't ask for help. But there are lots of people in the situation in my situation, maybe in your situation that don't ask for help when they need to. And I know people like that, and maybe you do. And maybe you're one of those people.
sieves is one thing you can get out of this recording is, at the end of it, decide that you're going to ask for help. If that means calling up a helpline number. Whether it be for you know, anxiety for stress, depression, suicide, those, whatever it might be about whatever's going on in your life. Ask for help. And if for any reason you are at the end of your tether, you are kind of you need emergency help did ask for help straight away. And if you're not needing emergency help, ask for help straight away. Because there may be a waiting list. You might not get that help immediately. If it's not an emergency, but least to start the ball rolling.
And there is help out there. There are people out there that will help. Some of those people won't help because they don't know that you need help. Or they won't help because they don't know how much you need to help. Ya know how serious the situation is. I want to say about asking for help. I'm not necessarily just talking about an extreme situation like the one that I mentioned. It could be just asking for help with doing something maybe you want to go shopping but you can't don't feel you can face going out. maybe ask a friend to go with you.
Because I know some people would rather sit home and practically starve than go to a supermarket or ask for help. And you're not going to get any medals for that.
There is no prize. You won't become a martyr. There's no prizes for suffering when you don't need to.
In fact, all you get his punishment which is the pain that you experience. The mental anguish, the physical suffering. When you don't ask for help. When you do ask for help, maybe is embarrassment. But what is embarrassment ultimately, it's just a feeling just the feeling nowhere near as bad as hunger. I would suggest to pick up a phone Don't let people that care about you know, what's going on with you. And you know what, if you don't want them coming around your home every day, because that's not what you want,
you can tell them that. But you can still ask them for help when you need it. So maybe all you need is to see a close friend or family member, once a week or twice a week
that could change your life. It could transform your life, give you more confidence in doing things. This is just an example. I don't know what everyone's situation is. The bottom line is I'm gonna keep going back to it. If you need help, ask for help. Guaranteed nobody is sitting in a funeral. After you know, with their son, or the daughter or their parent or their brother, sister, husband, wife, best friend. You know, Uncle lon, no one's gonna be sitting in that church or that funeral with a coffin, they're thinking to themselves. I'm glad that didn't ask me for any help. I'm glad it didn't ask me for any help or any favors. Go merchants that have asked other people as well. And it was so embarrassing for them. No, no, we know that that's not true. Nobody's going to be thinking that
is any good? Is anybody can be thinking. I'm glad. I'm glad it didn't bother me. The last year with a life living in that flat on the road, drinking themselves to death, not eating any food not going now. Not having any contact with anybody. So glad. So glad you didn't bother me. No, nobody's going to be thinking there. Because those people in the church or in the, whatever services going on, maybe they're going to be heartbroken that that person they cared about didn't reach out. And they're gonna blame themselves, even though it's not their fault.
And it's really easy to get into the mentality of well, if people cared, then they would know that I need their help. It's not really realistic, is it? The other people spend all their time thinking about me or you. They live in their lives, dealing with their own stuff, dealing with perhaps other children, they've got all their own parts of their family, and other stuff, illnesses and life's stuff. Doesn't mean they don't love you or care about you. Doesn't mean they wouldn't be there for you, if you gave them a phone call.
And I know there's kind of an extreme tone to this. Because asking for help. Doesn't have to be an emergency situation. But if you don't ask for help, when things are
not going so well. What you're going to do if things get worse would you ask for help them to maybe have a little bit of a rehearsal. Ask for help when you need it. And the same ways you eat when you need to eat. You go to the toilet when you need to go to the toilet.
These are natural processes that we we need to kind of go with it's it's biological and needing help is also biological. We were brought into this world by humans. So doesn't it make sense that we can rely and ask other humans for help when we need their help.
In the same side, if you was walking down the street and you see an old lady, or an old man falling over on the pavement, you wouldn't just walk past them, which it helped them. Everybody, I'd say 100% of the people in the world would help that person.
Because it's a natural instinct to want to help a fellow human. Yeah, we can get so caught up in anger and hatred and frustration and all that crap to do with relationships. And
if you see a stranger, falling down, you can want to help them. We're not even going to want to help them, you're just going to help them.
There's no thinking involved. Which means other people also have that they want to help or they need to help. It's a human need to help other people.
It's not a choice. It's a need it's requirement is as important as going to the toilet or eating or sleeping is just not necessarily acknowledged in that way. We need to help others. Even if it's not in a big way, even if it's lend someone off the bus first on it, and so on onto the bus first. or stopping your car and then someone you know drive out.
Or someone drops their wallet on the floor or drops something out of their pocket. The natural need is to help them not because you want to. Because we have that natural need. It's there. It's in bill.
I believe we days just be born with it. And why is it there? We don't know. If we acknowledge it. And it turns it on its head a little bit more as well. Well, if that natural need
to help others is already within us. Then there's that natural need to help ourselves to do what we can to help ourself that natural need is there. And perhaps by recognizing that simple fact gives you that energy that perhaps you didn't feel you had before
and in energy is now there to push you into action. An action might be making a phone call to someone that you trust someone you care about someone who can help you
and just be honest.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/75-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-17th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. If you like what I do, please leave a review on the website, maybe written one or a video review, if you fancy it. And if you'd like to help towards the running costs of this free service, then please go to my website as well. Plus, all of my recordings are on there available to stream for free and to download. So, you know, I was thinking, you know, we're always thinking today was thinking is, was a question? Do we give yourself enough credit for our successes? Now, of course, I can't talk for you. I can't sort of answer that question. But what's your what's your answer to that? Do you give yourself enough credit for your successes? And some people may answer, well, what successes are not successful? I haven't got a job, I haven't got any money or whatever. But doesn't it depend on how you perceive success? Now if you've overcome a very difficult period in your life, if you've got through it got through the upper end, then isn't that a success? If you've had an anxiety attack, enter, managed to get through it. Which you clearly have because you're listening to this. That's a success. So that's really, that's the point of this recording. And I don't know, your personal stories. I don't know. You know, everybody's life and what they've been through. But I do sometimes wonder. Well, question, I suppose myself in some ways. The focus, what do I actually focus on? Do I focus on the successes have had? Or do I focus on the illnesses, the problems? So far, I think it's necessarily a case of just focusing on the success, but flipping it on its own is flipping on its back or its belly, whichever way you want to do it, turn it upside down. or start looking at what do classes failures. Now, I used to class myself as a failure, because I lost my job due to anxiety and stress, and depression and stuff like that. I used to classify myself as a failure. And sometimes I do still, because I've got no money 49 I got, I don't know 40 pound in the bank. 49 years to get 40 is less than a pound a year. I've saved during my life.
That doesn't make me a failure. It just means I've got 40 pound in the bank doesn't have to have an emotional connection. We could take a positive view say Well, I've got 40 pound that's 40 pound more than I'd have if I had nothing in the bank. Or, I could look at it and say, Well, I might have 40 pounds in a bank in 2002. I was earning quite good money. But I was ill having panic attacks constantly, for quite a long period of time. And I would have given any money in the world to get rid of them.
So what is success? What is failure. And some people can be quite harsh, not only to others, but to themselves as well. classes. So one is a failure because they don't own their own home, then they're going to be classed themselves as a failure, if they don't own your own home. Or if they don't have the correct kind of job. Or if they don't have the right a number of children, or the, you know, the kind of car they think they should be driving.
Work on moving away from the material aspects of this idea of success and failure. And I'm not going to focus on failure, I'm going to focus on success, our successes, the fact that we're alive, is a success story in itself. And lots of people that aren't billions of people that aren't alive anymore, but we are. I can walk. And you simply say, well, how's that a success, it's not something you've done, or something you've created yourself, it's not something that you've set your mind out to do?
Well,
on our car, get into the mindset of that. But guaranteed, everybody that's walking today, put a hell of a lot of effort into learning to walk as a toddler, as a young child, or someone when you've only got to look at someone that's had gone through an injury, or physical or brain injury, where they have to learn to walk again. It's really, really hard. But we went through that as a child. And some people might say, Yeah, but you don't have to go through the the emotional trauma that an adult would learn in. What are toddlers other than one big bundle of emotions, continuously churning around moving from one, like intense anger, hatred to laughter, love kindness. I only got to see a toddler, the frustration on their face, when they're trying to walk and they keep falling on their bum.
But they don't give up. So we are all success stories. And a lot of it is due to our own
attempts, our own work that we've done. Just because we don't remember it. Because we were only two or whatever age children start walking. We can talk and you might start thinking I'm not going to go through every single bodily function is going to start up torn down far
and in a minute. We can follow their formula of success. No one
might come too far in later if I choose but the fact that we can talk is an amazing thing. Because you think if you'd have been born anywhere in the world, you'd be speaking that language. And so as a successful brain as a successful mind, we all have the ability to speak any language. Because if you'd have been born in China, you were born in America, if you had been born in China, you'd speak Chinese or whatever local language that was different languages. Or if you're born in France, you speak French. And I'm not going to go through every country. But that's an amazing feat, really. And it's something we learn. Writing, been able to write, it's something we've learned, it's not something that comes naturally. It's not something that you have to learn to be taught. And it's, it's hard work. But it's fun when you're a kid,
you know, when you're little is see if it's enjoyable. So we're our success stories, all of us. And I don't want to sort of come all over Pollyanna.
But actually, there is something to be said on, not just looking on the brighter side, or to be positive about yourself. But look at the reality, it's not like just make belief. I'll just wave my hands in the air, by the way, just you know, a little marking that word out in the air. It's not make belief it's reality. You are a success. Your success story. You have skills that other people don't have. You know how to do some things that millions and millions of people are unable to do naturally. Some of those skills and talents you may not be aware of you.
We all have abilities. We all have special abilities that kind of shine. With whether it's art drawing, painting, dancing, languages, driving a car, some people are just brilliant at driving it just some people are great at making
movies, some people are great at conversation that just shine in different ways. We all have a talent. So we all have talents. We all have at least one thing that's just phenomenal that we're really, really good at to really, really shine and we find almost comes naturally, although hard work may also be required
in order to tune into to get the best result and to be the best that you can be in that particular field. Whatever it is, you might be the best drawer naturally. We still may need to learn you know how to draw may still need to practice to become the best that you can be or to enjoy the process.
So from suppose from a stress anxiety panicky perspective perhaps it's more of a self esteem issue. So instead of feeling or unjust this set up putting ourselves in a category of, I'm just an anxious person. That's reframing it to, I'm a person. I'm a successful person, I can do some pretty amazing things. I'm talented. This is something for you to say about yourself. I'm not just bragging about me to say something for you to say about yourself, you're talented person. And you have had anxiety issues in the past. But you're not the anxiety is more to you than that.
And you know that anyway. You don't need some stranger like me talking to you on a podcast telling you that because you already know it. Do you remember it? Do you remember how amazing you are? Do you remember? All the times you've helped other people?
Do you remember all the things that you've learned to do throughout your life, which proves that you are a success. And I think there's there's a degree of trust, that may be useful in this situation, to trust that you have made a difference. You've been successful in making a difference in other people's lives. Even though you may never, ever know about it, he may never ever hear or see any sign of that. But nevertheless, have trust that you really have made a difference. As well as those times that you remember. Bob talking about also those times that you don't remember times that you couldn't know about. Because it might have just been a kind word. a client's smile, maybe you let someone cross the road you stopped, let them cross the road. And actually, that made a big difference to their day, and to their life.
We affect other people, just like other people affect us. Of course, there's ways to, you know, limit. There is damage limitation available when dealing with people so that their negativity doesn't affect us too much. Or if it does affect us, we can reduce
that effect that they had, and just move on with their lives. Remembering that that's just what's going on with them. That had nothing to do with us. So how would your life be different? How will you be different as you think about the fact that you are a success and to maybe celebrate those successes, and I realized that it might be weird to say well....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/74-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-15th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes if you'd like, Why do leave review. Now I don't know if you can hear it. This background sounds to you very windy outside. So you might be able to hear that. And the fridge has just come on in the kitchen. So you may think why am I mentioning this? Well, there's something about some people find background sounds. Or maybe they use the word noise to be stress inducing. Let's say traveling on a bus or something standing in the supermarket queue waiting to pay or being our wedding or you know, being in a public space where maybe it's not just the the people, the amount of people but the amount of sound possibly a bit of too much can become too much for some people, and I class myself in that group
of people that sometimes can be affected by that. It's a bit of whatever the word is, you know, it's just it just over
over. overstimulation possibly, of my eardrums. Now I've mentioned in the past is different things we can do. One of the things I do is I wear headphones, but a sound canceling headphones, which I think it's really good, really helps helps me to yawn when I think about them. But we're not always able to use headphones in all situations. For example, when I was working in a call center, I realized technically I was wearing headphones because I was talking to customers on the phone. But they weren't noise cancelling headphones when I was sitting in the canteen at work, but didn't have headphones on they're waiting for a job interview, offer some kind of interview situation calls or wear headphones in that situation necessarily. Wedding can't wear headphones weddin or in a church says lots of places and times where wearing headphones is not really possible or perhaps socially acceptable. So what else can we do, what other things can be done to reduce the stress levels or the anxiety levels in those situations.
And this way, we ways we can prepare for it as far as rehearse in in our mind the events that are going to unfold and rehearse feeling relaxed
during that process so I used to do this When I was working in a club and the first part of the club was very, quite intense, quite intense couple of hours. The rest of the night was a lot easier. But the first couple of hours was intense subs, not always but quite often. So on the train I had about 20 minutes, maybe 15 minutes on the train. I sit down, close my eyes, and I'd rehearse the process, getting off the train, feeling relaxed, walking, to work, feeling relax, walk in, doing the job, the first couple of hours feeling relaxed during the rest of the evening, feeling relaxed. And then going home and a taxi, Get home safely go to bed feeling relaxed. And then I'd reverse it all the way back for the whole process, but backwards, feeling relaxed all the way there feeling relaxed all the way back to the club from my house, feeling relaxed from the end of the event all the way to the beginning of the event, feed and relax through those two hours at the beginning, feeling relaxed as I walk, you know going back to the train station basically is the doors open, feeling relaxed as I moved back into my seat that I'm actually sitting in in that moment. Sometimes I do a couple of times sometimes I just sit there with that feeling of comfort and confidence
that's gained from that then the train would get to where I was going the doors would open or get off.
And the journey felt familiar anyway because I was already making that journey regularly. But took on a different feeling to call a feeling of confidence in my ability to feel relaxed and to process correctly you know, because there was times before was for learning to relax that I find I'd get overwhelmed by the onslaught of customers say on slot there's just a lot of people coming in kind of at the same time and there was a lot to do a lot to focus on and I used to find that my stress levels would get a bit high so this is something that I did in order to relax those stress levels too feel confident that I could do all that stuff without without really too much effort reminding myself that I'd done it many times before and everything was going to be okay it's almost like watching back when I was sitting there watching back a little movie of what's already happened.
So I've already got the script in front of me already know what to do. So when I do get off the train I just get
off always slightly hurts in a play in your mind. And I felt confident and it made the evening a lot easier. And I did and did feel relaxed. Oh calm. So if you can find a way to rehearse before going into a situation Shouldn't may be a little bit overwhelming, or maybe a lot overwhelming. And that might not just be because of the excessive sound, you know might be because of the people, it might be because of the situation. For example, a job interview is not a normal situation, it's very different to sort of most other things, or going to a funeral, or go into a wedding. They're very specific types of things, which perhaps, may require a bit of a 10th bit of attention from you towards yourself, a bit of kindness, bit of gentleness. A little bit of preparation, beforehand, preparing to feel confident within yourself, to feel relaxed, feel confident within yourself to get through that particular situation. And I guess it's a different kind of confidence. As opposed to I think sometimes, when I think of confidence, almost think of cockiness or arrogance. In the sense of our now feel I can do this jumping up and down and a bit kind of false, perhaps, or excitable. But of course, confidence you know, can be far from there can be a beautiful thing and really help you to accomplish your goals and to improve your life in so many different ways. And this type of confidence is quite specific. Because it's about having confidence in your ability to feel relaxed to keep those stress levels at a minimum. Because you've done it before, we've all managed to deal with difficult situations in a relaxed manner. Probably not all the time. I know I haven't. But there have been times when we have maybe even surprised ourselves by how calm we were
supposed to rehearse in the event that's about to happen. They can be useful. This is going to be known as the windy recording. It's probably got gale force winds outside. And that was another thing I was going to mention is
you can actually use the sounds around you to increase your comfort to increase your relaxation. Especially like with the wind, because its nature. Nature is beautiful. Wouldn't particularly want to be out in the wind right now. Luckily on heavy enough, the no amount of winds gonna make much difference. To me, I'll still be on the ground. But rather listen to it. Be in it. Be like rain, a lot of sound of rain. But I don't want to be in the rain really. Although one day in the future, I have this little I'd like to have a private garden. No, no neighbors and not that. And then summer when it really really rains hard. I just want to run around and lay down naked in the garden have all arrangers hit me It's just a beautiful almost like a waterfall you know like in a natural shower instead of being in a bathroom and that's got nothing to do with the recording I just want share that with you just remembered just had this little fantasy of because that would be so relaxing because you know sometimes you'd only get in under a shower especially if it's a high pressure shower and when it hits your scalp you know top your head and the scalp it just to me it's a feeling not like no other it's just stimulates relaxes the same time all the different parts of your body it's just even just thinking about it. I get a little bit tingly on my scalp what might be nets no knives is definitely the thinking about it in Tingley. See got sounds around you with all unless you even if you're the top of a mountain, you still gonna hear birds farting. So you know, still gonna have some kind of sound, you still have the wind, the rain, the weather. If you're on a bus, you're going to have people talking. If you're in a church, you're going to have people perhaps singing or you can sometimes just hear and so on breathe is a lot of people breathing and it's good that they are breathing. You know, it's better to be on a bus sitting next to someone who's breathing heavily than someone is not breathing all you know, you definitely get to where you're going a lot quicker. Because you're gonna have to stop that bus, get an ambulance, you're never going to get to where you're going. Sometimes sounds that are annoying. Perhaps don't need to be annoying. That shrill, though maybe you hear if you're on the bus and school kids are getting on the bus in their high pitched almost you kind of have to check your ears to see if they're bleeding that that sound
it can be uncomfortable but the is reality isn't it that's just what's happened. Off expect the window to blow in in a minute.
But I can sit here I can listen to the wind and almost Breathe in. Live it relax my body and my mind. Because when you focus on just one thing the less things you focus on, the more relaxed you'll get.
So if you're in a public place, and there's lots of sounds or if you're on a bus, and there's lots of people talking,
maybe just focus on one person. Just focus on their voice. Perhaps don't take any notice what they're saying.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/73-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-sounds-jason-newland-14th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. I hope you're well. And if you like what I do, leave a review
just go to my website, all of my recordings are on my website, Jason Newland, calm. And then if you can hear, but it's a lot of rain outside. This was always gonna be a lot of rain when it's raining. It's not gonna be like five raindrops. But you know, I mean, it's quiet,
particularly rainy right now. But windy as well. And none of that is relevant to the recording. But if we took out all the irrelevant stuff, my half hour recordings of that TV about two minutes long. So you know, need a little bit of a filler to span the belt.
So
I thought I would just do another column have a similar thing to what I did in my last recording.
Another way to always get your audio whatever recorded and the reason for that is, I start to relax. My mind kind of gets into the zone, you know what I mean? Just
start to just let go of everything and just feel karma. And you may find that happens to you, as well. Maybe it's just hearing my own voice. Just that might be it might be a trigger. I mean, I've been doing these recording things for over 14 years. So I guess my my ears just become accustomed to feeling relaxed. When I talk. However, this is recording will require a little bit of focus. So what I'm going to ask you to do, it's nothing big, it's not going to be a big,
complicated thing, because I don't do complications. Want to think when you think about something, something that happened today. Or in the last, you know, couple of days. Something that you think about it. When you think about it, it increases it causes your anxiety or your stress levels to increase somewhat.
Something that just bugged you, when I wouldn't mention these things or not talking about something huge.
So I'm not talking about you know, if you've been to a funeral or something like that, I'm not talking about that kind of stuff. I'm talking about maybe an interaction you had with a work colleague, or a family member. That kind of situation where perhaps they said something and you left the conversation feeling a bit crappy. You know, or maybe you said something to them, that you regret can go both ways. And when you think about it, now, it causes levels of stress to increase. But naturally, that's just what naturally happens. At the moment, before, you know we do anything with that memory and only to kind of give it a judgement, you know, sort of if he was going to say your stress levels between one and 10, you know, one being nothing. And 10 being the most, the highest level of stress that you could experience as a way to gauge what the stress level is on this memory of this recent event. So, for example, maybe you give a full, maybe you give it to, maybe it's five, but hopefully it's a bit below that. But it might not be, I don't know, it's all this all down to our own personal experiences, our own personal feelings. So now I'd like you to focus on that feeling. So where do you feel it in your body? So you've got the emotion? You've got the memory? Where do you feel it in your body?
Is there a place where you feel it the most? By being a chest, maybe your hands, maybe in your face? Maybe your back, his stomach, your jaw, your neck, your head? shoulders. Or maybe I'm just giving you a few body parts, but you don't know that you can't tell me where you feel it because this is a recording. So I need you to focus on that body part that you physically experience that stress. And you may feel in different parts. But where do you feel the most? Where's the strongest feeling in your body? I'd like to focus on that. And I realized that focusing on it is uncomfortable. Yet pushing away is even more uncomfortable. So we're allowing it to be there. You're allowing it to be there. You're acknowledging it in a way you're welcome in it, you allowing it to be there. So you're not trying to distract yourself, you're not trying to push it away, not trying to deny it. It's just there, the feeling is there.
So what I'd like you to do is to focus on that feeling. And as you said, notice what number is and have that feeling with the the gauge of what number is two, one and 10. So if it's for example four, you can see that it's a four on that gauge. That measurement of your stress or anxiety levels surrounding dad vent that happened recently.
And just notice how it feels in your body. What I'd like you to do is something that is the complete opposite to what you would want to do that just go along with me. And it will all make sense. I'd like you to increase that level. So if it's a four, put it up to four and a half
if it's a three but after three and a half Just add a half a level, into that feeling sort of increases. Just notice how your, that part of your body feels.
As a stress and anxiety increases, put it back down to what it was before the original feeling, so maybe a four or three, whatever it was before, just put it back down to that level, notice a difference. Notice how just by putting it back down by a half on measurement, that there's a degree of relief there.
You weren't experiencing that relief before. I'd like you to raise it up again, a half point half measure, like you did before. And notice a difference in that stress level as it rises, slightly.
noticing a feeling and now lowered down. But this time lowered down not just to the point you have it before.
So it's safe, it's three and a half now lowered down to three, and then go down to two and a half.
Notice just how relaxed knives, noticing the relief you can get from that decrease. And technically, you've only decreased it by half a half a measurement. But actually,
it feels like a lot more than that. So what seems to happen here, though, is your mind has been comparing the difference in feelings, a difference in sensations. And your mind
decides which one it prefers. Your body decides which one he prefers
to experience. So you could try to raise it from for example two and a half back to the highest level it was three and a half.
Or your equivalent if it's four and a half back to five and a half. But he won't go that high anymore. Even by willingness been willing, the anxiety and stress to rise. Your body just won't allow it your mind just won't allow it because it doesn't want that anymore. Because with that event that happened that you were thinking about before which had that stress level anxiety level connected to it. You'd never experienced the lower threshold before you'd never experienced thinking about that and the level of stress being lower. And now that your mind and body has experienced that it prefers that lower feeling So now as you focus on that body part that represents that stress and anxiety levels for that memory, you allow it to just fall down another number. So if it's three, drop it down to two. If it's two and a half, drop it down to one and a half. So whatever number is that now drop it down to the next whole number below. Notice how that feels. Just sitting in the moment, sitting and experiencing the feeling
that level of comfort, relief relaxation that comes from just lowering that sensation. And again, what you can do is try to raise it.
But your body in mind doesn't want it to be raised your body in mind actually prefer the level that it's at now. does want to go higher anymore. If anything, is happy to stay where it is, or become even more relaxed. It's not even allowing you to raise it any higher. Because your body feels more comfortable, your mind feels more comfortable. Why would it allow you to raise it higher?
When it's experienced the feelings the comfort of that lower level stress and anxiety an increased level of comfort and relaxation
Why would they do that? I won't do that that's the thing. That was okay before because you didn't know and allowed you to increase it not really paying much attention other than just accepting that that's the level it was that accepting the pain, emotionally pain and stress
and that discomfort that was there was just naturally there. Your mind didn't question that your body didn't question. It accepted it. But now that you've shown yourself that you can indeed feel way more relaxed in your body and mind when you think about that situation occurred recently. That memory is no longer a trigger to cause anything because as you now think at that event that level whatever level it's at now just just starts to sink down.
sinking down water down a plug hole doesn't really make sense. So how can how can you think about something now has no effect emotionally on you? Yet before or clearly before it did? But now it doesn't. And I said interest in an interesting thing is that I suppose it's kind of like the you know when you go to the dentist or to fake and then he gets he gets to the dentist and You know, you can't remember which tooth was aching? I've had that happen in the past. It's, it's a little bit also, you know, when you, you hurt yourself, you hurt my finger or something. And it's Akin and then and then one day you realize it stopped her in butanna when it stopped hurting? Was it today was it yesterday was at three o'clock, you don't know because it's just stopped. Just not bothered about it anymore doesn't have an emotional impact at all, on your life on your mind or on your body. Because it's, it's almost insignificant. Just like you know, when you empty the remains of your food off your plate of your dinner plate you put into the bin. You're not thinking around six months later....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/72-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-13th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. It doesn't mean that every record I do is gonna cause you to fall asleep. But it's just best to be safe, if you know I mean, because if for example, you do listen to me on some of my other sleep recordings, like deep sleep, whisper hypnosis, or let me boil you to sleep podcasts, you might get used to what would you know, at the moment, you'd think, well, I've got quite an exciting voice, but it might, it might, you might get used to it boring you a bit and slowing your mind down and falling into a sleep peaceful sleep. So that's why I do this. So I always say, only listen when you can safely Close your eyes, because your safety is the number one priority. So what I'm going to do today is I'm going to do an exercise a in call it an anxiety, reduce an exercise, relax, you know, stress reducing exercise, whatever is basically, I'm going to do quite a few varieties of this in future recordings. So this isn't going to be a long recording. But it is something that you can test out for yourself something that you can do on your own in your own time. We'll go through it in the recording as well while I'm talking, but it's something that you can do. And I've got 1000 different ideas in my head at the moment. So I'm going to stick to the one that I
planned to do before I press record. Because I do have a tendency of going off on a tangent sometimes. Before I go any further, just let you know, if you like what I do,
please leave a review on the website. Also all of my stuff, all of my recordings are on my website to stream for free or to download for free. So I understand that you may use podcast hosts like Spotify, Stitcher, castbox wherever iTunes podcasts or Apple podcasts spreaker those links are also on our website. So everything's on there and so yeah, please visit Have a look and everything that all the new recordings are always
on the first page on the latest latest recordings now that the boring stuff out away so what we're gonna do I want to talk about
just bear with me while I do this as well because you might think What on earth are you doing? And also there may be background sounds, but we don't need silence for this this is not sleep this is not going into some big deep relaxation session below transistor stuff this is something a practical thing that we can do. Now, you think about applying like a little toy plane that you can remote control, you know, or it could be I suppose planes aren't used so much now or they could be or they called anywhere let's say plane but you know, anything that basically you can remote control from the ground and it flies doesn't go necessarily particularly high. Depending on you know, you you might have a really expensive Tip one, but let's say you just got a standard little remote control model plane. And connect that anxiety with that play something that you, whenever you think about it, he causes it like a trigger, you know, I'm not saying the plane is the trigger. But if you think about this thing, it maybe you have such a, or does cause you to feel a bit, or just physically an unpleasant experience. I'd always focused on anything big. That's that's to start with. When you start out with exercises like this, I would suggest you start with something that's annoying. Like my voice, something that annoying, something that causes a mild discomfort, not something that is traumatic, because you can build up to that stuff. But I saw the way I see it, you got a traumatic incident. We've also got lots of other incidences, anxieties, stresses, panicky situations and thoughts and feelings as well, that may not necessarily have anything to do with that,
you know, the big thing that might be there in the past, or something you're worried about in the future that may be big, you know.
So if you think of that, I think of it like a table. And you may think, right now talk about a plane, they talked about a table where you're going with this, bear with me, you've got the table top. But instead of just four legs, you've got 1000s and 1000s of legs, maybe hundreds, but let's say 1000s of various quality of stress, anxiety, memories, things that kind of mixed together. So what we do is, work on the lesser ones first, the weaker ones, the ones that aren't as strong. Because when you start taking the weaker legs away from underneath, big heavy table top, the rest of the legs start to get weaker. Because they're having to take the pressure of that big tabletop. So they start to get weaker. Because if you ever watched the world Strongest Man on TV, you might not watch it. But what is quite interesting to see is these are absolute monsters of men, they they can lift the house, it's ridiculous how strong they are. But as they do in the tasks like lifting big things wherever they get weaker, so they're strong. But there might be holding something up above them with two hands or to the sides of them. And they start to get weaker and weaker and weaker and weaker. And eventually they drop. Whatever is holding is a basically the thing if they're holding something up a barbell with the heaviest weight above their head. Eventually, their arms shoulders, body gets weak and weaker. And eventually they have to let the ball roll whites dropped to the floor. There's no way and these men are stronger than any any table leg in the world. You know these is absolutely monsters of men with strength. But even they have to let it go because they get weak. But if there was three or four men holding that to either side of the of the bar, and then one in the middle, maybe another one holding the actual weight bit on the bar. They could hold it for maybe 10 times a time. As soon as you take one person away, starts to get off balance starts to weaken, the other people start to weaken.
A good example of this was in London A few years ago, bloke on, trice was those big bikes with a bigger wheels, just pennyfarthing as pennyfarthing and most ridiculous thing in the world is to ride one of those on a busy road. But this person is doing it anyway. And unfortunately, he ended up under a bus. He survived. So it's not the width of what the reason it's a beautiful story is because all the public, all the public, someone, you can't lift the bus, none of us could lift the bus, maybe the World's Strongest Man could could lift but I don't know could like lift up, he wouldn't be able to lift all the way and push it over my sister, because it's super heavy. But what happened is loads of people got together and lifted the bus off the man something that would took firefighters quite a long time to you know, we've cranes and jacks and all that stuff to remove it, they physically lifted it. So on the internet, on YouTube, if you just put in boss lifted off cyclists by, by standards or something in London, together, they could do it. left it had been three people less, they might not be able to do it. Or if they lifted it. And then five people just said, Oh, it's lifted down as walk away. That bus might drop back onto that cyclist. So it does take a lot of people to lift that bus, it takes a lot of legs to keep the real big anxiety panic, you know, takes a lot of legs to support that. That's where I'm going with this. So I had no idea I was going to talk about buffs in a penny farthing bicycle when I started this recording, but the big ego. So we start looking at the legs that are underneath that table, that holding up the maybe there's lots of different ones, maybe this isn't just for just one thing, maybe there's lots of different tables. But let's work on each table at a time and go for the weakest legs first. And then the strongest legs start to get weaker. So the weak legs go first. And you're not one weak leg away. And it's only a matter of time before maybe a few more of the weak legs drop away anyway, without any effort, focus or doing anything, it just naturally occurs. And then the ones that may be stronger, but not the strongest, become the weakest. And then they start to drop. And you can start knocking some of those away. And eventually you've got the strongest legs that are no longer. They might be strongest, but they're now weak. There is weak as the weakest ones were before. And they're ready to go. There may be be a bit more determined, because they've stayed there. Do you know that they used to be in there or when one when one goes or not one goes. And you can just knock them away by doing different things, different techniques that I'm going to be discussing over the coming months. But when you think about it, though, if you start knocking the weak ones out away. It's almost like you don't have to do anything after that. Because the ones that was stronger than the weak ones become the weak ones. And eventually it gets too much for them because they were used to the support of the weak ones. So they can't handle it. And then they go, they just collapse on their own. And then the strongest ones, depending on where they are.
If this spread out, then it the support will stay for longer. But eventually they'll become weak, weaker and weaker, and then it will delts, some of them will collapse, and then the rest of them will just collapse. And what happens is that big heavy table, let's say it's made a marble comes crashing down on a concrete floor, breaking up to a million pieces. And then a wind comes and blows it all away.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/71-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-model-plane-jason-newland-12th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. Just want to say thank you for those of you that listen, or just all of you that listen, actually. And if you'd like why do leave a review and vote please myself with that little rhyme. I've started saying it on all my podcasts, on my website, all of my stuff. Apart from the color 100 recordings, I'm still in the process of uploading, or on my website. So you can stream for free. Or you can download for free all of my recordings. All of the recordings of this podcast are on the website. And as well as being on all the different podcast hosts as well. And if for any reason you're you know, you want to find out where the podcast is, like on Spotify or anything like that. There's a link as well. So my podcasts, my recordings have a link to where they are online. So for example, you know, for cheap iTunes, podcast, pod, I don't know wherever stitcher castbox, things like that. I'm not sure what that actually made sense. But it made sense in my head. As I was saying it, or before I started saying it and I want to say it out loud. I'm not sure if it really came across as since. So any Listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. What I thought we'd do today is something a little bit different from normal. Everything's a little bit different from normal really isn't it I suppose but I thought would be quite nice to get in touch with that part inside of our mind. That is calm. So I'm purposely making this recorded during the day where there is likely to be background sounds. I'm not expected anything like loud or anything but no helicopters taken off in the garden or stuff like that. There won't be any elephants running through the through my home. I hope or I'd be interested wouldn't definitely be an interesting story to tell
after quite a small elephant because the doorways aren't that big. So there's something about being able to get in touch with more beneficial, getting in touch with that part of your mind that we all have. We all have a place. Some people you call it a safe place where you just, you know you close your eyes. And regardless of what's happening, you know I'm sitting here in my living room on a chair.
The windows are open, not like wide open but they're open. So when anyone goes in now the garden gate, there's a sound. This sound of traffic on the other side, outside the kitchen window. Someone might knock on the door. Andre might decide to run around or climb up on me and you know, so it's the birds in the trees. There's also the physical feelings staff got my lower back is a just a little bit achy a little bit. My neck back my necks very achy. slept on it a bit weird couple of days ago, and it's still not really recovered yet. But it's a lot better than what it was. But I can notice it. And it's more noticeable when I focus on it, which makes sense doesn't ask, I guess. And the back of my head is a little bit thrombi, which is sort of, I would put down to the lower neck, the lower part, you know, the back of the neck. my right shoulder is a little bit achy, on base basically falling apart, because I need to be I need to be replaced with a new body, I think. But I'm noticing these things, but I'm not moaning about them. Or not feeling sorry for myself. And it's okay to feel sorry for yourself. I'm not judging. Sometimes my I love to feel sorry for myself. But it is of no use. Really, it can, I think it can have a little bit of a therapeutic benefit, sometimes, I think, a little bit of self indulgence, a little bit of woe is me.
Every now and then, perhaps been on a regular basis. And I think if we saw keep track of the reality that
this not useful. necessarily bias still, you know, I still go there sometimes. So, you know, none of us are perfect. And you know what, I don't want to be perfect or happy, having flaws, and trying to change things, maybe improve some things, except other things. So as I'm mentioning how I'm feeling because you might be thinking, why are you telling me how you're feeling? Or say God do me? How are you feeling? This is an invitation for me, to you to get in touch with how you're feeling? That's kind of the point of why I was telling you how I'm feeling. How do you feel right now? How does your body feel? Because, you know, people that have got chronic pain, I've got I've got better chronic pain, but it's not anything serious. But I know that people that got chronic pain, it can affect them emotionally. Why? Of course it does. I mean, it's standard, isn't it? It's emotional pain and physical pain, causes emotional pain, just However, sometimes, when you actually just sit with it, acknowledge it, but don't try and push it away. Which is the natural thing that we do is most natural thing in the world to want to push the pain away, and to keep it as far away as possible. Also, with emotional pain as well, it's just natural. And it makes sense to do that. I mean, you can't argue with her really well, who wants to feel pain? Nobody does really do they, apart from you know, when you're feeling sorry for yourself and it's almost like you invite the pain in when you do that. When you want it to be a victim for a little bit. That's when I sort of spent a couple of hours feeling like the whole world's against me and it's a kind of almost invite the suffering. Invited stuffing in it is funny. The idea of is funny but it's true. It's ridiculous buys true. What I sometimes do, and part of that might be because I do want to feel it, because maybe I've spent so much time trying to push it away. Maybe sometimes I want to just feel it. However, if you just allow the feelings to be there, you never push away, or really feel it either. Because once you start pushing you, once you stop pushing something away, it no longer has the pressure
that pat hats might felt really tense, really, like he was trying to break through the door, you know, this uncomfortable feeling? Once you take the door off the hinges, and leave that doorway open, what can it really do? It just flows just turns into a flow. And sometimes, for example, my lower back ache, other times, not even think about it.
Or not even notice in this recording isn't about chronic pain is kind of I suppose using it as an example, because
first of all chronic pain, a lot of people with stress, depression, wash, dispose turn him any other way. A lot of people who have chronic pain have got extreme stress and depression,
due to the pain and anxiety perhaps about what they're capable of doing, worrying about what their body will do in certain circumstances. So you know, if I was asked to help to move, you know, if I had a family member said, Can you help me move on moving house on Friday? Can you help me
and I'd want to help. But I would, perhaps while I definitely start thinking about my bag, with my back, doesn't hold up to it. So I'm strong enough to do stuff, but it hurts, it really hurts afterwards. So I can lift the washing machine with help from someone else can't do on my own. But I can lift a washing machine, which is really heavy.
But then I end up maybe I'm to sort of lay down for an hour afterwards because of the pain on the back. So knowing that there's a possibility that I might start getting anxious and worrying. And
the likelihood is that's gonna get my brain focusing on my lower back to an extent where I'm probably going to be suffering long before I even get to the
house to help my family member move. Which brings you back to this. But back to this safe place. Which we all have a belief that everybody's got a place in their mind. It doesn't have to be like a lovely decorated room with, you know, doesn't have to be a visual place. Doesn't have to have a doorway that you open and you go in and you see things it can be it doesn't have to For me, it's more about the feeling. Because that's what ultimately ends up as anyway. You see something that leads to feeling, you smell something that leads to feeling, you hear something that leads to a feeling. You touch something that results in a feeling like an emotional feeling. So this is kind of going straight to the
feeling where all the other stuff. So no bodily functions required for this. No senses required for this. It's a case of just going inside. And instead of searching for a doorway, or searching for something that made you think how big our brains are, and how big our minds are, all those billions of connections
stuff, where am I supposed to find this little room It's not like that. It's just a feeling. The feeling leads you there. That feeling is I guess it's gonna be different for everybody. But I can explain feeling my feeling to you that I have when I'm in that space inside my mind.
And I'm still aware of what's going on outside. It's, I suppose it's in some ways it's kind of trancey kind of hypnotic in a sense of focus. But the fact that I can still talk to you and explain what's going on and which, if I got more involved and more assertive more connected, I got to that feeling, the less I would want to talk but then that'd be no good for now for an audio recording with it. So I will continue to talk.
So I suppose it's kind of a meditative situation as well. So at the moment, I'm noticing I've got the breeze coming in for the window. The window is open just a crack, you know it's just open a little bit.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/70-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-safe-space-jason-newland-9th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. This is Jason Newland, my name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. And I've got dog pacing around the room copying me, because I like to sometimes kind of walk around when I'm doing these recordings, sometimes I sit down. But probably 99% of the time when I make recordings, I do sit down. But not for this recording. And sometimes you want to make these ones I like to, just depends, anyway. And this is the first of these that I've done in 2020. So Happy New Year to those of you that are listening to this at the beginning of 2020 because it is the eighth for January today. And Phil, I'm gonna have to keep pausing this just to shut this dog up. You started getting into the bedroom. As my neighbor's dogs I'm just looking after and for Carla was he's trying to get into the bedroom to get to one. And until I stood up, he was on the floor. And now for some reason he just wants to walk around basically just copying me. He's not used to people walking around it, you know? Well, I don't know if that's true or not, I don't know. I'm not with him all the time. I can't really say that he's never seen a human walking around before because that's probably not true. Anyway, happy new year two. If you like what I do, please go to my website, and leave a review as a review page, where you can leave a written review, review, or a video review if you if you're feeling particularly photogenic. So that'd be really great. So the reason really, and also, just to say that, I've got pretty much all of my content on my website, now, you can download or stream for free. So what's given me a little bit of a push to make this particular recording? Is friend of mine. needed to today this morning, needed to go somewhere. And had this had some issues, you know, sort of emotional, and can only go into that details because that's not my business to do so. But I started thinking, and I was talking to him and stuff that I was saying to him.
And the fact is none of us generally have to do anything. So that's the point to this recording. You don't have to do anything.
Now I know you could say yep, I've got a mortgage. I've got this. I've got to pick the kids up from school. You know, there are situations where there's an emergency situation, which this doesn't count. This doesn't include emergency situations. It could cause if you see someone on the street collapsing, you have to call an ambulance who is not like you don't have to, but you don't have to.
But it's the right thing to do. Obviously you don't have to you don't have to Pick your kids up from school,
you kind of really should, you know, this is the right thing to do, I guess. You know, you could find someone else to pick them up or you don't have to do it. And this is I think this is quite a weird concept to get our heads around. And I've spent years trying to get my head around this. To realize Actually, we don't have to do anything. Everything we do, we choose to do,
even though it doesn't feel that way. But the more you start to feel that way, the easier things become the tension, the stress reduces, because you realize that actually,
what I've decided to do this, have chosen to do this thing that you're doing. So I thought I do come back to attending the big events like a wedding or, you know, talk about those big public events, but because I'm not a huge fan of them myself. And, and there's a lot of people out there that don't really like to be in a room with hundreds of people necessarily. It's not the favorite thing. So you don't have to attend a wedding. You don't have to attend a funeral. Even if it's the closest person in your life, funeral or wedding, you don't have to attend the or know your your funeral, you have to attend your own. That's the only funeral and the only wedding you have to attend. You don't even have to attend your own wedding.
That you choose to attend it because you want to. But you have to attend the wedding if you want to be weird, obviously.
And this is very simple, very simplistic, yet very, very difficult for a lot of people to get their head around. Because I think the natural responses were you talking about you're talking complete crap course I have to do this.
But if you break it down, you don't. You don't have to. You don't have to, you choose to which takes away that. That victim mentality that we can all enjoy a times. And the same joy because
of us have loved being a victim. Not being a victim, but playing the victim enjoying, taking no responsibility for what I do, blaming other people off, I've had a lot of fun with it over the years. Not realizing that actually. It was hugely painful. And it wasn't really fun at all, but I chose to do it. I chose to be or play the victim. But on the other side, I was a victim at one point in my life. So a lot of people, you know the ideas, I'm not putting down the concept of being a victim because
millions of people have been the victim of something whether it's crime, or various different things. But afterwards, you're a survivor of that situation. No longer a victim, survivor. And I like that word because I know it's perhaps sometimes overused in some aspects.
It's very true. Someone that's a victim of crime survivors of crime. How you know, if you're still alive, you survived and so on. in a car crash, they either die or they survive. That's the two outcomes. Regardless of injuries or long term problems, there's two, two outcomes. So if you survive, you're no longer a victim, you're a survivor. And again, that's really, you could say, well as easy for you to save.
And it's not that easy to say, because I did, it's part of me that doesn't want to prescribe to this.
This part of me that wants to live my life, and blame, blame what happened when I was younger, for how I am now blame, having bipolar for my life, for my whatever. Of course, I want to do that. Blame this plane that this recording isn't really about blaming, it's not really about victim being a victim, as opposed to a survivor. But I think can hold that idea of being a survivor,
because that's used a lot in sort of abuse issues. But I think it can be used for other things as well.
So I've been bullied, at school, at home, at work,
to have overcome that you survived a medical emergency, you've survived. everybody listening to this has survived. Something. So we're all survivors. And everybody's gone through something. And that's another mindset to, I think that could be useful for all of us may be is to try and remember that because we ain't special.
As far as being the only ones to have suffered. If everybody, every single person you ever meet, why ever meet has suffered in some way or other it's just some people, you just wouldn't think they had the way they talk or the way they act. Or they don't, perhaps they don't let on. Some people come across as being perfectly happy. And they might even mock Some people even mock others, for not being able to deal with stuff. And you know, if it comes across like, Well, they've never, they've never experienced anything bad. So that's why they're, that's why they're mocking someone with, you know, stress or anxiety or depression or some kind of medical illness or disability. Or, you know, they're mocking them because they don't understand what it's like to, to experience that. That's not necessarily true. That person may be mocking someone for having stress. But they might be going home and drinking a bottle of vodka every night. In order to deal with their own stress. We don't know what other people are doing or what's going on inside their head or their life, but their head, people we don't know. And I think it's quite a good thing. I think I want to know,
necessarily. Sometimes, but not all the time. So getting back to you don't have to do anything.
There's certain automatic things that we have no choice in Breathing is one of those things. You ever try and hold your breath, you realize that
breathing is something that is automatic, it's not, you know, your heart pumping the blood going through your veins, do you know your lungs, all the different internal organs do the hair growth, the skin, all that stuff's automatic, we'd have no, it's not that we don't have any control over it, because we can.
But, I mean, obviously, there's drugs, we can take the can control various parts of our body, you know, people that have thyroid issues, they can take medication that changes the function of the thyroid and bipolar, I take medication that changes the my brain, no more. So there is things that can be done.
Also, things like hypnosis, counseling, cycles, psychotherapy, meditation, reiki, yoga, exercise, physical exercise, reading a book studying, just did this, you know, volunteering is just anything you do affects
how we are, you know, so we can affect the way we feel we can affect the wellness of our body, and our mind. So you know, it can be affected, but it is an automatic system. But it can be changed.
What we do is up to us, what we physically do, what our actions is up to us.
I want to tell that dog to shut up, but I'm not going to. Because he's annoying me because what he's doing in code.
Seven, just laying on the floor and going to sleep was what I want him to do. He's not doing that. Although he's just now lay down on the floor, which is weird.
So it's also not being able to control other people. Which is, I think one of the biggest problems that we have as humans.
Because don't, we have no control over what other people do? And it's frustrating to have to put....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/69-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-8th-january-2020

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. hope you're well. And before we start, just to let you know that there are no adverts at all, on any of my podcasts from now with I stopped them about a week ago or something, I had them on there to try and cover the costs of providing this free service. But the adverts were causing problems for people. They were much louder volume and they came on. They were only the beginning. That's why I thought at the recording only the beginning the recording. But for people listening on Spotify or for another place, podcasts, they might listen to the next recording and then that get
jolted out of however they were feeling by adverts that beginning of the next recording. So I've got rid of all the adverts. So
hopefully that will be make the listening experience more enjoyable. For everyone saw ago very simple message today a very simple message that things are going to be okay. Things will be okay. That's the message. That's the end of the recording. Now and you may think bold you may things are going to be okay. You don't know what I'm going through. You don't know what, you know, I know it's true. I don't. But I know what I've been through. And I know the amount of times that I really catastrophize about my life.
And I still do sometimes yet, everything always works out, okay. It doesn't mean everything's perfect. You know, doesn't mean that I'm never ill doesn't mean that people
don't die, you know, it doesn't mean that there's not bereavement doesn't mean that I haven't lost jobs, there's lots of things have happened. But everything always works out. Okay. That's why this figure and what is okay to you. And maybe drop in expectations a little bit about what is okay. moving it from perfection, which is very hard. Very hard thing to live up to, for anyone. So maybe having enough food in the fridge, in the cupboards in the kitchen, having somewhere to live. Feeling physically Okay, having enough money to do the things you want to do. Or just spend, I'll just have enough money to get by being warm enough in the winter, having a comfortable bed to sleep in. Maybe having friends that you enjoy spending time with or perhaps family members that you can tolerate. So it's about
remembering the things will be okay. And I didn't know this when I was younger. And I had this discussion with a friend of mine recently.
Thinking back to times in our lives, when we really thought that there was no hope. times of homelessness and hopelessness. You know, being evicted and thinking I've got three weeks to get out of this property. Where am I going to live? We're not going to live. I got no money or losing a job Why? Why am I going to work? How am I going to pay the
rent or being a University and struggling to, you know, do that essay. Or maybe again, a mark that wasn't good, you know, having to redo a bit of coursework or relationship ending. I am not going to get by without this person.
But we do. And that's the the thing that we don't give ourselves enough credit for as humans,
that actually we are able to adjust and to eventually be okay. Doesn't mean that we're okay with what happened. Does it mean that it's fine that it doesn't bother us, necessarily.
But it means that we've come out the other end just like going into have an operation. Very few people want to go ahead and have an operation. Some people welcome if it's to reduce their pain. Or if it's a hip replacement, you know, if it's going to mean they'll be able to have mobility or to have something removed that is causing problems. But the process isn't something that anyone I don't think
would really look forward to. But at the end, you're going to be okay. And you kind of know it. We all kind of know that. Generally.
You get put under anaesthetic and then you literally Wait a second later you'll be conscious again, even though it might have been 12 hours, completely unaware of what's happened. And you're now on the mend. Whatever physical pain you had, will go it will reduce. And I think a broken a broken bones really good example of that. It's awful, awfully painful. If I've ever said that before, awfully painful. So a portion. That was awfully painful.
But it is absolutely horrible. But it subsides. Day after day it subsides. And you can actually feel it subsiding. You can feel it.
And it can be like that with emotional pain as well. It subsides. Eventually it has to because no emotion, no physical feeling, or emotional feeling can stay. We're always changing always. We may not be aware, that will always change in how we feel.
We may not purposely be changing how we feel. But we are and even people that are deeply depressed have times when they're laughing. I'm not saying everybody does, but I've seen it in action. And I've had it happen to me as well have when I was counseling, I've had people in stitches laughing just because of the conversation we were having. Yet, they were clinically depressed. And they in their mind and the dialogue that they were having. And some would use the term storyline was there. I always feel this way. Which is untrue. Because none of us always feel any way. Always changing even the feeling of a broken wrist. When I broke my wrist a couple of years ago, I spent a lot of time focusing on it. I know how to reduce pain and how to control manage chronic pain or whether that's that's acute pain, broken bones. I know how to manage it just from years of age. experience
from using hypnosis and mindfulness and things like that. And when what by observing it I could feel it changing. I could experience the feeling changing you know, second by second. So I suppose almost like if you've got a puppy, you don't notice it growing. But if you've got a friend, it's got a puppy. And you don't see your friend for maybe three weeks.
Wow Bobby's really grown. Really? And then you see this you see your puppy thing? Oh, oh, yeah. Like, I've had that with pain in the past with chronic pain. Didn't realize that the pain would gone. Maybe was acute pain archive member. But there's been times when I've had an injury. I want him going. I've been so clumsy in the past, the amount of physical injuries I've had. I've literally forgotten about it. And I'm walking around thinking, Oh, wait a minute. Money doesn't hurt anymore. completely forgot about it. everything's changing. Just like when you go to the dentist. I've been to the dentist with a to fake got there. Which tooth is it? I couldn't tell the dentist which tooth it was, because there was no pain at all.
And it wasn't because I didn't want the pain. I wanted the pain to be there. Because I want the dentist to sort it out. I wanted him to take out the right tooth. But if I hadn't gone to the dentist, good chances are would not have noticed
that the pain was not there. At that moment. I would have just said to myself, Oh, it's always there. When actually it's not just like stress is not always there. Anxiety is not always there.
Two things will be okay. And I do realize how easy it is for me just to say that sentence. When this is your life, and What right have I got to tell you there is going to be okay when I don't know what you're going through. And
who am I to say that to you? Well, if something I believe it's something that I've experienced. You know, there was once when I was at Butlins working there.
I left couldn't take it, I was so anxious. This was back in 1995. And I was literally sleeping on the street just for one night. But I genuinely believed that was the end of my life. Like, as I knew it. I genuinely believed that I was going to be living on the streets for the rest of my life. That's what I believed at that time. It was untrue. Because I only spent one night on the streets, and I found somewhere to live. I came back to London, and my cousin hooked me up. So I was fortunate. If my cousin hadn't put me up, I would have found somewhere else. Something would have come together eventually. And then 25 years later is a distant memory. times in the past when I had no job nowhere to live on the standard on appear, looking out and thinking how am I gonna do what am I gonna wear? You know, what am I gonna do? And I remember thinking to myself, it was a very first time ever thought is picture myself in a year's time. And this is when I was 18. And I'd never read any books about this stuff didn't know anything about any kind of didn't mention about anxiety, stress, self help hypnosis counseling. I didn't know anything about this stuff. I'd read a book on Freud. I think at that point, as a buyer I pictured in the future are four, where am I going to be in a year's time? And the one thing
that came into our mind is, what the question, Will I still be able to breathe? And then another question came? Can you breathe now? Also, why am I thinking that? And then my brain kind of, it's almost like a conversations going on. And it came.
I started to realize that actually, yeah, I'd lost my job. I was actually a common what happened, I probably left the job and just didn't turn up. But anyway, I was jobless. And I was homeless.
At that moment. And I breathed, breathe in. And I fought, yeah, I can breathe. My heart's beating on breathing. I had enough money to buy food. You know, I could go and get a burger or something like that. It's not like I was, I didn't have enough to put deposit on our broom or flat or had you know, a little bit of cash in my pocket....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/68-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-14th-december-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And before I go any further, I just like to take this opportunity to thank all of you for listening. And being patient as well, because I hadn't released a new recording for a little bit. Yeah, I still, technically, this is probably one of my most popular podcasts now.
Bearing in mind, the amount of downloads I get each day. Yeah, I haven't done record many. So this is number 67.
And I've been thinking about making more regular recordings, possibly even daily. But I'll have to see how that goes. Because I'm not always able to do it. So my intention is to make more recordings. And, and included in those recordings would be some just general relaxation sessions.
So they're not all gonna be me talking, you know, like I am now. They're all gonna be me talking about my personal experiences, and maybe some ideas that might be useful. But there'll be some recordings are specifically a nice relaxation session, where you just close your eyes, and I just talk and
you just feel relaxed. You know, might be a body scan, where I focus on a different parts of your body, it might just be, it might just be me droning on and on, where you get bored, and he just drift away. Which may happen anyway. That's why I was say about, only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes.
So there is a chance I might repeat myself from something that I maybe have, have spoken about previously.
And that's just, that's just the way it is. Because I don't always remember what I've said, I don't prepare what I'm going to say I don't, I don't write down and don't listen to what I've said either. Because I've already heard it when I said it first time. But always remember what I've said. So today, I wanted to talk about something that I want to talk about something that happened to me lately. And I'm not sure if I've made a recording since it happened, because it was last week. So I'm going to just talk about a situation that involved in ambulance come in here. And just my experience of that my experience leading up to it my experience during my experience afterwards, and also my experience you know, sort of a week or so later. So as I'm said, I'm not sure if I've made a recording since that happened, I can't remember. And that so look on my laptop, which would mean getting out of the chair and but don't think I have but if I have then apologies if I'm just repeating myself. And because I've made the let me boy to sleep recordings pretty much every day. So I kind of lose track of what I've said and on which podcast. And so what happened is, and this may seem like a sound like maybe a familiar thing that perhaps has happened to you or someone that you care about and started having palpitations in my chest, heart palpitations, I just eat and just had a meal. And I'll start coughing as well. And I couldn't kind of figure out what was going on, it seemed a bit weird. And I didn't feel very well, he was not he was quite unpleasant.
So what I did is I lay down on my bed, and I did a relaxation, body scan, focusing on the different parts of my body. And I did feel relaxed or more relaxed that I had. Now, I just want to just point out, there's a couple of things.
before this happened, I didn't I wouldn't have told you, I wouldn't have said that I
felt stressed. And I got a few things going on, but nothing that's particularly out of the ordinary. So it didn't feel. First of all, it didn't feel like a stressy situation. Secondly, it didn't feel like a panic attack. And it didn't lead me into a full on panic attack either. Which in the past, it perhaps would have done some sitting with the feeling or laying down with the feeling. And then I start to think you know what, just because I've had panic attacks in the past, and ended up at the hospital, thinking it was my heart ended up not being It doesn't mean that I'm not immune to illness. You know, I'm still human being and having mental issues, mental health, panic, stress, whatever you want to name it doesn't you know, we're still humans, we're still we're still allow allowed to have physical illnesses as well, as part of being alive, isn't it? It's just standard stuff. But sometimes I kind of feel that I shouldn't you know, I should put everything down to the bipolar or the stress. Shouldn't you know, that I'm not like, I'm using all the resources that I shared already with our mental health issues. So I'm not kind of, I shouldn't take up the time of the NHS or the hospital staff or doctors with physical stuff.
Which is kind of ridiculous. Because we're human beings. I'm probably going to keep mentioning that we're human beings.
And we deserve as much say we absorb that people with stress, anxiety issues. We deserve to be kind to ourselves, and to treat ourselves the same way that anyone else would treat themselves. So if there's a physical pain, if there's problems physically, that you concerned about, get to the doctor. That's my advice on that one. But I'm not a doctor. I'm not a medical expert. So I can't offer like medical advice. But anyway, I was laying in bed and I had these feelings. And my heart was I felt like my heart was just pumping but not really kind of what was palpitations? It was unpleasant, and it kept happening nose coughing. And I laid in bed for probably about an hour or 40 minutes relaxing. And then I thought I'll get out of bed now. And then I start coughing even more. And what I realized is normally I've had a few like chest infections over the years, it seems to be a bit of a hereditary thing. Unfortunately, my nan said it, my dad has it. So I think I might have inherited a bit of a bit of a chesty kind of thing. But I know that whenever I've got a cough, if I lay down, the cough gets worse, can't lay down with a cough. Generally, that's how I find it. Yeah, I wasn't coughing, when I was lying down. I was gonna just kind of get to know yourself who do Don't worry, we get to know how we are individually in those situations.
So I get up again, and I'm coughing. And I can't leave at another hour. When I start thinking, I don't know what to do.
Should I go to the hospital? Or, you know, what, what if it is something that needs medical attention. So why do is go online and look up the symptoms. And it's not always a good idea because of the Google and and because of the, the internet, we'll come up with some quite serious stuff. But because I was focusing on my heart, and to get the symptoms of any kind of heart issues, coughing can be a part of it is not a routine part of someone having cardiac issue, but it can be. So that's when I saw that. I fought Okay, I'll call NHS direct, which is said National Health telephone number in England and EU, or Britain or wherever this is in this country.
So I'll find them. And I've just heard advice. And I said just is what's going on? Can you have you got any advice for me? Do you think I should go to the
hospital and get it checked out? Or do you think I'll just just leave it? And I'll find, you know, what do you think? And I said, you do need to be seen? We feel you need to be seen by a paramedic? And I said, Well, I can go to the hospital and they said, Well, we've already called an ambulance for you.
I told him I didn't want an ambulance. I've never in my life ever called an ambulance for myself.
And I hope never to have to but one day I might have to but Oh, I didn't want this. I didn't want that. It's not what I wanted. Anyway, they said it's too late. We can't cancel it. It's been booked. And we can't legally cancel it in case. You know, there is a serious situation. So I said, Okay, fair enough. There's nothing I could do then. So I'll just wait for them. And wait an hour and a half. hour and a half. And then they phoned NHS direct phoned up to see if I was still alive. While this probably not super still alive to see if I was okay. And they said the ambulance should be there soon. And then there's another hour. And then the ambulance turned up. So it's nearly is nearly two and a half hours. Wait for the ambulance. Which makes me think they couldn't have thought it was anything serious. which then makes me think why did they send you an ambulance? And because I was I was well, well, yeah, I was willing just to go to the hospital and get checked out. I'll just go a taxi there. And anyway, the NHS people were on the phone when I originally spoke to them. They said have you got anyone do you can sit with you while you wait for the ambulance. So I said okay, I'll go and speak to my friend. I was still coughing. Still heart palpitations still going. I could feel the stress now. before it happened, I didn't feel stressful. I didn't. I wasn't aware of my stress levels. But once I started talking to this person on the phone, I went downstairs or knocked on my friend's door. He he was about to go to bed but he came up and sat with me for the next three hours really. He was here until early hours. Good morning, three o'clock or something. And that period was waiting. There was a mixture of an increase in stress or maybe more of an awareness of the stress. But he was also a distraction. So having him was having him here with his dog was a distraction for me. And although often I'll feel anxious, I didn't feel like it was a panic attack. Because as I said to my friend, if this was a panic attack, I wouldn't be able to sit here and talk to you, I'll be pacing I'd be outside, I'll be you know, I wouldn't be able to function. Because previous panic attacks like the full on ones....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/67-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-12th-december-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. And if you'd like to support this free service, and please go to paypal.me forward slash Jason Newland.
Now, I hope you're well hope you're able to have a bit of time to spend with me to calm your mind down to just be in this moment. So I've been thinking about that lately. But actually just be in here. You know where you are, right now.
Just physically, but in your mind not thinking about the future, not dwelling on the past, not even thinking about the next 10 minutes.
But just being in this moment what I've noticed apart from it being quite peaceful, almost feels like time doesn't exist. might seem like strange sentence. When you're doing something, you're watching television. When I watch television, I can feel
time going by. When I'm outside, on a bus, I can feel time going by it because people are traveling around people are moving, they're doing
things. Even when I'm sitting in a chair, I'm thinking about the future. I can always feel the time moving. Sometimes, if I'm moving into the future, in my brain, in my mind. And then when I'm thinking about the past reminds me of the time that's gone past the time,
worse years have gone by since whatever is the unthinking
wave and sit in talking to somebody and get a sense of the time. move in. On I just said that my eyes closed or maybe I have my eyes open, wherever, whichever I want to do.
Just sit I like to do outside if it's a nice day.
Just sit there or stand. Make sure I keep your eyes open if you standing up. It'll be a good idea. Just get in touch with now. Not in an esoteric or spiritual level, just in a factual
way. Now how do you feel right now? Then ask yourself again. How do I feel right now? And that feeling of relaxation or there might be feelings of discomfort in certain parts of your body.
It changes and this that sense within us I think I feel that the it's almost like we don't change. We're somehow Fixed, fixed in us in a specific way, like walk up, I got pain in my stomach, therefore, that's all there is when actually, that physical to physical sensation, take away the word and it's physical sensation. And that physical sensation doesn't stay the same, it changes. And it changes depending on what you think about as well.
So someone's got a pain in their stomach, and they start thinking about all the possible worst case scenarios, then there's a good chance that pain in the stomach would increase, become one comfortable. If on the other side, you know, you think to yourself, oh, I'll probably just need to do a big fart, I'll just, I'll just wait for a while. And then I'll feel fine. Regardless of whether or not that's true, it actually feel different. Because that's how it works. It's how our bodies and our brains work. We were affected by what we think about. Of course, just saying stop thinking is a very easy two words to say. But for some, it seems practically impossible to do. I'm kind of lucky, because I haven't got much going on in my head. I just really slow everything, I'm already moving quite slowly, in some ways. And plus, I've got quite a few years of meditation practice behind me. And when I say I meditate quite a lot at one
point. And so I guess that has helped. But it's something about getting in touch with how you feel, but not not judging it. Because it goes against, I think it goes against our natural instincts
to focus on something that is unpleasant, whether it's feeling, or specifically a feeling really, or a thought. But the thoughts only a problem because of the feeling that comes up after the thought before that, something that wasn't very nice, but you felt great. I suppose you see a therapist, but other than that, it's not going to be a problem, necessarily.
So it's the feeling that arises, after the thoughts and the avoidance that we all have within us to avoid the thing that hurts. And it's natural, and it's completely understandable. I mean, most logical thing in the world is to avoid pain, logical and to avoid stress and to avoid anxiety at logic. However, on flipside, it's not realistic. Because always going to be situations, issues, problems, challenges. Even if you sit in your house and you never leave, there's still issues that come up
with physical issues that can also a lot of people that have anxiety perhaps is because of a chronic physical issue and condition. And some of that stress may come through trying to avoid that physical or trying to Avoid thinking about it or even dressing it. Because that's the logical thing to do is to avoid discomfort, and to move towards comfort. It's logic and it makes sense. But it's not realistic. Because in order to have comfort, and pleasure, we also need to be open to pain and suffering. It's not necessarily about welcoming it. Although I have mentioned that in previous recordings, when you say Come on, then give me all you got. Something changes the way we think and the way we feel the way we react changes. Because you're no longer scared. And I'm no longer scared.
It's almost like standing up to a bully. And it's rewarding as a reward that comes from that which is beyond measure emotionally, but then it opens up the idea of well, is my body bullying me? Because I've got
chronic pain? No, not really. But if you look at it from an angle of, you're not going to allow that physical sensation
to control you. Then you're standing up to your dressing. Just like with stress, with stressful situations with feelings in the body
by addressing it by saying, okay, not sure what this is. And something we're all mentioned this, there's probably some people listening to this that are perhaps my kind of age is going to be young people. It's gonna be people that are older, possibly. What I've noticed as I've got older, is some of the symptoms of stress. I personally have experienced, could have been something different. So to give an example, and I was ill yesterday, and I called up, NHS direct, didn't call up for the hospital or anything, then call up emergency services. I was having palpitations in my heart or my chest. I didn't feel as if it was a panic attack. I didn't have that. I did feel panicky, a little I was worried and concerned but not in a way that I have been in the past. And I was struggling with my breath. And I thought, okay, I left it for an hour did some relaxation exercises, and it did help. But they want to stop doing relaxation exercises that kind of came back towards this. So I called up NHS direct which is a national helpline in England. And they asked me questions and they said we send in an ambulance. I said well don't really want an ambulance. If you think I need to go to the hospital. I'll just get a taxi and go it's it's too late. We've already found an ambulance. We have to based on my age based on you know the details I gave Never in my life have I had an ambulance come to me. I've gone to the emergency ward at least twice, maybe three times with pain in our chest stuff and ended up being panic attacks.
But this felt different. I think that the point of this story is, don't ignore what's going on. So by actually addressing it, you're also not ignoring it. You can't ignore and address something at the same time. It might be something important might be something that you need to get checked out. It probably isn't. But it might be.
And just keeping that in mind could save your life. And I'm not trying to be dramatic. Just try and be real, you know, don't ignore physical issues, just because. And you might think to yourself, well, it's just stress, just the anxiety. Even though it may have been many times in the past, doesn't mean it is definitely there. So it's worth getting yourself checked out just to make sure. Okay, so that's important. I'm not saying everyone rushed to the hospital because it's not once or saying that at all.
But if it's something to do with your chest you breathe in. And it feels completely different from a panic attack. Another thing I would say is, and this is something I've only done twice, but it's really worth doing. Just turn it around advice, advice, recording this.
If you've got someone that lives near you, someone that you can knock on their door, or phone them up any time of the day. I know we've always got someone I've not got many people like that perhaps two people that I could phone up. And one of them might not have the phone number in his downstairs walk or knock on his door just to be with you. Even if it is on the phone or something sometimes just that distraction is the difference between the recovery time from the anxiety of that. So basically, the NHS direct person on the phone said was sending ambulance Have you got anyone you can contact to be with you for when the ambulance arrives. And I said well, I can knock on my friend's door downstairs. Bearing in mind this was core to one in the morning. I think it was and I did and he was awake and he came up and it did distract me. I still had some feelings. But it did start to subside. And it was about two and a half hours before the ambulance actually arrived. Because they're busy. And the paramedics were brilliant. They did a ECG thing you know the Paulo's label stickers on my chest in the stomach and check my blood pressure. Everything was perfect. Everything. He gave me a diabetes test perfect. So by the time that they'd finished examine me, and show me the results I felt fine. I felt guilty. I felt ashamed. I'll be honest, I did. I felt tearful In fact, I feel like a fraud.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/66-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-3rd-december-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And please visit a website. If you like what I do, maybe you could leave a testimonial just to tell others what you think. It's also a gift me page as well. And you can help me to support this free service. So I've been reading this book What's it called? Let me get the correct title. So I'm not giving you the wrong title. And it's a swear word. So if you're easily offended, then we do listening to me. Right? The book is called all anomic. So my I'm listening to the book. Okay. It's called I shouldn't take this long shoot at my library. Okay. It's called fuckit by john Parkin. Right. So that's the name of the book. So I've been read, I said, I've been reading I've been listening to the audiobook on Audible. So I like to listen to books as well as read them. I'm quite I'm a very auditory person. So if audit audit, audited if audible had been around when I was a kid, I would have listened to books probably more than read them because seems to go in you know. But anyway, I'm not advertising audible although it's is good but it's up to you if you if you want to join them or not. I don't get paid anything if you do. So fuck it is a book is spelt doesn't just say it's like, hyphen down the the FEC k bit on the title, I think is fairly famous book. And wasn't quite sure what to expect, by the way that this does fit in with what I'm about to talk about.
Something that he says whatever his name is that wrote it. Michael path it was talked about the word meaningful. The way you mentioned it, talked about it, I started to think about it differently.
Or think about it from a different angle. And he said, he says in the book that our lives. I'm not sure if I'm saying it in the correct terminology that he used.
But there's too much meaning is meaning full, like we're alive of full of meaning. But not in a spiritual way, not in necessarily useful or positive way. But just in an overloaded way. That's what I got from it. The overloaded meaning, the overloaded trying to please other people, your family, friends, bosses. husband, your wife, girlfriend, boyfriend, children. Customers even a guess if you've got your own business or you work in a place where it's customer service based your colleagues at work. Maybe even the bus driver, or the person sitting on, you know, sitting down giving you see up for someone always looking out to help others, which I don't think is a negative thing. But it could be a bit overpowering a bit too much sometimes. So that's what I'm talking about today in conjunction with anxiety and stress, because going back to when I, well, I talk about 2002 November, when I had my first panic attack. Well, in all honesty, that wasn't the first time that I'd had a panic attack. It's just the first time that I recognized and was absolutely terrified by what's going on. And previously, I'd worked in a nightclub. And I was at a party afterwards, going back to I don't know, probably 9099 2000. And I couldn't breathe. I had to leave the club couldn't breathe. I put it down to drugs. Again, something perhaps I shouldn't have not glorifying anything, but the fact is, at that time, that's why I put it down to that same thing happened another time when I was completely no alcohol, no nothing. Just I put it down to the place being too smoky. Because that was when you could smoke indoors in nightclubs.
It happened when I was watching a comedy movie. And this was again probably 99 Yeah, it must have been 9099 so still smoking and smoked a joint. Emma started laughing not couldn't stop laughing. And started choking.
I couldn't breathe, had to go in the garden. And I put that down to the joint. So I didn't realize at the time that me mi laughing had nothing to do with panic or anxiety. Me coughing probably due to the joint, you know, smoking my lungs choking a little because I was laughing so much. It was very funny scene in a movie. But in the past before that time, if I'd been laughing and I was like coffee and stuff. I would never in a million years think oh, I'm gonna die now. That wouldn't come into our mind. It wouldn't even wouldn't even bother me. For some reason on those three occasions that I mentioned all three occasions. I felt like I was gonna die. Cuz you know, I couldn't breathe. And relatively I've always been kind of healthy physically. Most of the time. I've been a bit overweight for the last 20 years but not like drastically overweight and I haven't got any I've got mental health issues. We've got no really physical stuff of any kind of major concern, you know. So I haven't I never I didn't have that thing in my head saying oh, we could be this My heart might be about to go or my lungs are kicking in or wherever.
So something changed. And I had these I panicked due to house feeling. And that's what was different. As it's so different from the actual the anxiety attack that I had, which kind of led to a panic attack, I don't know. But, uh, wherever you want to call it, in 2002, I was just on the phone, and my brain felt like it was melting.
Not everything just went weird. Like, really, it's almost like I was out of my own body. And I thought I was gonna drop down dead. That's why I really thought I felt my my I didn't, I was having a stroke what you know, I really wasn't sure what was going
on. All I knew this is weird. The one thing I didn't want to do was fall down dead in the office. Because even at that point, in the throes of mental anguish, I was still concerned about how other people saw me.
And I didn't want you know, the lady's perhaps one particular lady that I really liked. I didn't want her to see me fainting. Because in my mind at that time, that was a huge, a huge sign of weakness. That's how I used to think. I used to think it would be pathetic. The idea of having a panic attack would be absolutely ridiculous. And that's what weak people have. Of course, I no different now. But at that time, I was ignorant. I'm ignorant to many things now. But I was particularly ignorant to that. And sometimes the only way we can have knowledge of something is by experiencing it or see someone else experiencing it, or studying it. I remember my friend who used to be a bit RC with me, when I had panic attacks, when I was going through that two year period, really intense to 2000 by 2003 2004. And visiting them and my legs will go numb and it gets out with me. Because I traveled to London to see him. And we always used to sort of do something. And I couldn't do anything because I was
like a slave to the feelings I was having. Then a few years ago, he got diagnosed with depression. And it knew that I'd been through depression many times and stuff over the years. But he never had any
compassion really, you know, towards, or no understanding. Sometimes compassion may need a bit of understanding is you know, compassion isn't necessarily something that you can just create. I mean, there are meditation practices, and there are ways of increasing, you know, that kind of that part of your brain to think more kindly to others, you know, some people are born with it. I wasn't. I was nervous. I think I've really had much, and I've had much kindness in
me. So I'm not judging my friend. I was just the way he was.
I had another friend that had never, he didn't understand panic attacks. And then one day, he phoned me late at night, and it was having one it's a different friend. And I talked to him and I did my best to talk him down and just to calm him down. But he until that happened, he never understood it. And there's no reason for anyone to understand it. Not really. Unless it happens to them. I guess that would make sense. I suppose. I mean, why add more stuff that we got? That we got to know about it, I suppose.
And you may be thinking, What's the point of what you're saying? Well, one point is to say two kind of two, two kinds of kind of panic attacks I had, there was the ones before 2002 where the panic came from something that happened previously, which hadn't bothered me before. But then it happened a few times. And that's why I stopped smoking. Drugs. It was only weed, but I stopped because of that. Now, I didn't admit to myself that there was a problem by anxiety. I knew that I was, I was on and off antidepressants for since 2005, nope. Since 1995, rather.
So 20 I don't know how many years 24 years. But I didn't acknowledge it myself. I just figured it was the Wade was messing with my brain. And then, you know, I was attributed the environment to,
to the feelings I was having, like the coffin and kind of unable to breathe it and then then that would send me to a panic, and it's the natural course i'm going to panic. Why wouldn't someone panic if they were struggling to breathe? It's the net, it's the most natural thing in the world isn't really
what didn't give myself a hard time over it. Which in some ways, I think helped. Because I didn't expect to have them. So in a weird way, or maybe an unwed way.
I kind of plan not making a big deal about it. to myself, for me, I didn't worry that there was going to be another one come in.
So in a sense, I did say fuck it. But not realizing I was saying Fuck it. I didn't realize I was saying that. Let's use the word stuff. Just for the sake and just in case there are people that don't like the word or who cares.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/65-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-21st-november-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. If you like what I do, please visit my website. And you can if you want to leave a testimonial. And just to tell others how listening to me has been
useful to you. Right? I'm constantly looking for different ideas and ways. You know, read books and look at different kind of techniques for calming down, you know, calming down. In a stressful situation. There's a lot of breathing techniques that are offered. And this, a few issues with some of the breathing techniques. Especially when it comes to having, you know, in the midst of an anxiety attack, because I found
when I was really going through it. The last thing I wanted to focus on was my breath. Because I was I'd become too conscious, too self conscious of my breathing, and almost felt like I was
over breathing. Maybe I was hyperventilating. At times felt like I was struggling to breathe. So it was you know, the idea of actually focusing on my breath,
didn't really feel like the right thing to do at certain times. I found it useful. Outside of those times when I was stressed. For example, doing mindfulness meditation, counting the breaths.
But again, when you count the breaths during mindfulness meditation, or
you know those kinds of things, you're not controlling the breath. You're just counting the breathing, how it is. So it's not like one, two, it's it's just breathe in, in whatever way that you are at that time.
So that's one thing I've been thinking about when it comes to counting, because the old thing isn't there if you if you get an angry count to 10 before you respond, or react or say something or wherever,
or act upon how you're feeling. And I've been playing around with this. But it's sort of counting to 10 counting down from 10 down to one. Just in a stressful feeling. You know, when I'm feeling a little bit maybe a lot tense, stressed, anxious. And I've only ever done this. We're not being at home perhaps on a bus But I've never, never done it in a workplace or anything like that.
So, but I have done it when I've been here. And what I do, when I first started trying to do
this, I was almost trying to force the counting, you know, like 10 987654321. And then I was trying to like, do it slowly 10.
Nine, I seven, like that, and it felt wrong. Because I was trying to force it. But if I kind of felt I shouldn't be doing it quickly,
should be counting down quickly. That's, that's wrong. In my mind, I was thinking it's from counting down quickly, then. how's that gonna relax me. However, what I discovered is, if you count down, me, it doesn't have to be 10 to one, it could be 20 down to one.
But I just go for 10 to one, and they just repeat it. If you count down from 10 to one, what I do is I sit in a chair, close my eyes.
And I just count down, count out the speed that's comfortable for you right now. They're not trying to force it. Try not even trying to change the speed at all. Just counting down from 10 to one at the speed that feels right for you in the moment. So it might be 2987 654-321-1098 76543 to 10 987654321. And one noticed is it slowed down on its own.
This may be due to the focusing on accounting, rather than focusing
on how you were feeling before. So me or you could put it down to a distraction technique is almost like you're building rapport with yourself by counting by starting counting at the speed that your mind is currently traveling, say traveling but you know, moving around the thoughts may be very quick.
So you count in 10 987654321. Because if you minds very quick and you start going 10
nine, eight, it can calm you down. That's that's one way of doing it. If you go with the speed that it is already,
and then your mind calms and slows down naturally on its own. And then you just naturally you're tuned in and you start we continue to count from 10 down to one. And you notice how the counting slows down. But you're not forcing anything. You know there's no manipulation at all. It is literally just counting 10 down to one, you can do it out loud if you choose. If there's no one else around, ideally, you can do it in your head, you can just count in your head if you choose is completely up to you. But as you count from 10, down to one, whatever speed feels correct for you, in the moment that you're counting, you can also notice that sense of relaxation is almost like a release, like arcus, like a bike tire being released the valve and the air being let out of the tire, or a call call tie or whatever, you know, a wheel tire with air in it. And it's just gently release in the air. And you're not pushing on the tire to try and get more air out of it. Just allowing the air to leave in its own time. So the whole process really is fairly relaxing. Perhaps first few seconds, you know when you're counting, if you're especially if, if you know, if the stress level is a little bit high, and you are counting 10 98765432 110 987 654-321-1098 7654321 the first few times might not be hugely relaxing. It's fairly boring in some ways. And counting down from 10 to one isn't the most exciting thing to do. Which is why why we do it to relax. You wouldn't do if it was exciting. But it has, it's almost like we've got this inbuilt thing in our brain that recognizes counting down from 10 to one is a signal, a trigger for your body and mind to slow down and relax. 10 987 654-321-1097 654321 and with the breathing, not focusing on the breathing. We're not breathing in between each number. Don't breathe in after each number. We're not saying free numbers and in breathing in and in
free numbers and breathe now. There is no rule. But just breathe in however you breathe. So when I was counting down then 10 to one, I noticed that my breathing changed. When I was just doing it quickly. It was almost like I was trying to get from 10 to one without breathing. I wasn't purposely trying to do that. But my breathing was quicker. And the ironic thing was done FST right word but when you actually say if you count down from 10 to one really quickly, it automatically decreases your relaxation. You kind of eat creases tension a little bit 10 987654321. So if something is speeding up sainik quickly increases tension. Then when it slows down, it would reduce the tension and increase relaxation. Of course, you can go straight to the slow, the slow counting booth for this exercise, which is going to go with what comes naturally. It's almost like we're accepting and recognizing that this is how we're feeling at the moment. We're not dismissing it, we're not saying I don't want this feeling, I want to feel different. They're there. And this is what I'm going to do is I'm going to do something to make myself feel different. It can be a bit more gentler than it can be. This is how I'm feeling. It's not pleasant.
But let's acknowledge that that's how I'm feeling at the moment. And let's see how the feelings change, as I count down from 10 to one at the speed that feels correct with how you're actually feeling in the moment.
Which means you're not focusing on your breathing. You may notice the breathing, changing being not focusing on the breathing. You may notice your body relaxing, but you're not focusing on your body relaxing. You just accept whatever happens, you accept the relaxation of your body, just like you accepted the tension that was there before you began counting down from 10 to one at the speed that feels right with how you're feeling in that moment.
And then as you continue to count down from 10 to one, the speed of the counting naturally slows down. And there's no effort involved. From your part. You don't have there's nothing to do, you don't have to do anything.
You don't purposely slow it down. For this exercise, we just count down from 10 to one there is a chance you could fall asleep during this
because the relaxation that occurs could lead to falling asleep. So of course I only ever do it if it's safe to close
your eyes. And you know it's safe to fall asleep. But chances are you won't fall asleep. If you're doing it during the day and you've been doing it for a specific set of time. So maybe set your alarm. So you might say I would only do this for 10 minutes. set my alarm for 10 minutes time
and make sure the alarm is soft. Not some big loud alarm is going to start just gentle. That's the process that is he noticed you need to relax that your feelings that you've been having. were uncomfortable. Sit down in the comfortable chair. Make sure it's safe to close your eyes and then Just start counting down from 10 to one at the speed that feels
exactly how you feel. Whatever speed is right, don't try and control the speed. Don't try and make it slower. Don't try and make it faster, just count down at the speed that your mind is moving. And you acknowledge how you're feeling. You accept how you're feeling.
And you do something to change. And just continue to count down from 10 to one, observe. So observe how you fell differently. Notice how the counting slows down. But without really giving it too much attention. Just going with how you feel. Counting the speed that your mind is moving. could notice your breathing, we're not focusing on there. The only thing we're focusing on is the counting from 10 down to one at the speed that feels
correct. In that moment, the speed that your mind is moving in in that moment. And then just just continue....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/64-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-11th-november-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can
safely Close your eyes in may be the odd background sound. But that's because I'm in my living room kind of walking around Bob and just sit in the chair. And there's a helicopter outside, it's not actually outside, there's a helicopter in the air.
Don't over the head for some reason, Andres in the bedroom up to something, I can hear him moving around. So he might make an appearance. Check out the website, I did have a timetable when I've kind of got rid of it because I just not good at timetables, there'll be too much luck being school. So I'm just going to be producing new recordings when I can. And rather than on a specific days, this is the second one within a week. So that's pretty good, I think. Now this record is going to be based on something that I read.
I'll be reading this book on anxiety and stress and within two books I've been reading actually, once been on sleep because I do, I've got a few podcasts based on sleep. And
I've got a couple of I've been beating on anxiety and stress. And this is a book that has an approach called debt is the debt approach da r e. And I can't remember what it stands for because it's so bad kiddo. But kid does be charged up right now. So kind of to open up and look. However, it's interesting because or the reason being is a mentioned something that I used to get annoyed with when I was reading books on anxiety back in the early days of experience in
2003 time and I read quite a few books. And I also went online and did a bit of research. At the same time I was learning to meditate which was really, really useful. So some mindfulness walking meditation and she's one mentioned in the last recording
and it's something that you they used to say in some of these books
with an anxiety attack. And that is to say as I know it's reassuring not realize that's what those saying. And but it was very much repeated that an anxiety attack or panic attack won't. won't kill you. Stop Korea chances are you might feel you're going to find probably not going to find And on some level, it's brilliant to hear, you know, it's good to hear that I'm not gonna die from this thing. So you know, as a big positive for now. However, on the other side, it seemed a little bit dismissive or a lot dismissive maybe, to me at the time. Because I had been to the hospital, thinking that I was dying. And I wasn't, but that's how I felt. And so there's a fine lines now think when you dismiss somebody's feelings, even if you not mean it, in that way. Yeah, it's not meant in a dismissive way. It's meant in a caring, compassionate, empathic way, reassuring way, we can still almost feel dismissive. And I don't think anyone likes to be dismissed. So eyes struggled a little bit with that I struggled a little bit with the idea that, you know, just, it's almost like being told, don't worry about it. Don't worry about it. When actually, that kind of is exactly what's happening. Don't worry about worrying. It's an almost paradoxical thing, isn't it? Stop worrying about why don't like don't think about feeling hungry. Just carry on preparing the food for other people don't think about your own tummy. But no, I'm hungry. So that idea used to annoy me. But on another level, I understood that I understood it, but I didn't like it. I didn't like what they were saying, which is basically it's about acceptance. And acceptance is really important. And it's not like I was really young evos my 30s was 32 when this all started happening, so you know, I wasn't completely oblivious to psychology or therapy or anything like that, because I had been studying.
But just this was out of my very much out of my comfort zone. So I realized I need to get to the point really, but
I was reading this book recently, this Few days ago. And again, about acceptance. And you know, I agree with that, and I've probably talked about it myself.
Except in how things are doesn't mean that it's okay. You know, you acceptance is the first step maybe the second step is to do something about it to make changes and this book was saying going a step further than just is going to be alright. And no one ever dies of anxiety. No one dies of stress.
Well,
no one dies from the stress feelings necessarily. But stress can cause physical illness, if it's not addressed. And if someone's unhealthy, stress could lead to a very difficult physical situation. So it's not completely honest to say that stress and anxiety has never killed anyone. The results of it probably have many times, but not in a panic attack. Kind of a way may maybe in an unhealthy in an unhealthy body, someone that's very, very unhealthy. For whatever reason, whether it's through illness, disease, whatever. Having huge amounts of stress added on can cause heart disease, it can cause all kinds of problems. But in itself, it doesn't, you know, on its own, and it takes time for that stuff to happen. You don't just have a panic attack, and then suddenly, you've got a heart disease. And that's probably years of ongoing stress.
Which is why our body warns us so that we don't go beyond a certain level. And the body's warning is anxiety, stress, panic, anxiety attacks. So this book, keep going back to this book, the idea and I've been testing this out, by the way,
with other things as well. The idea really is to go beyond acceptance to actually welcome it which is the complete opposite to what anybody would want to do.
So I'm not aware of that. But the theory is this welcome in. Say Do your worst. Do your worst Come on. It's almost like taking our bully and the anxiety and panic is not bullying you It seems like it but it's actually there to help you
everything that happens in your body all the feelings you have is there as a warning or there to help you to get somewhere maybe a warning to let you know that you need to see a doctor or the you need to stop doing whatever it is you're doing.
Being aware of they're not always aware why but there's always messages continuously physical messages. Thoughts in our mind saying oh perhaps person don't feel like I won't do that thing. And then it's judging with a nice you know, how much of that is something to be listened to whatever it is is sabotaging those is the big nest of complications when it comes to thoughts and thinking and stuff sometimes.
This is a very simple thing. Welcome in even when it's not knocking on our door, leave an open invitation for the stress for the anxiety
an open invitation come see we got challenges. Now this can be done with pain, physical pain and you know what happens is the body The mind gets confused. Because when you're no longer pushing against that door, trying to stop those feelings from getting through that door, when you're no longer barricade in that door,
you've literally took everything away, took the locks off, even open the door, maybe even took the door off. So those feelings can come and go as they place like a fall in the wind. Something changes. Not science doing this is not a new idea. So very old idea don't know who first thought of her. It's not new. It's been repackaged various times. But the idea of just allowing something in is something that meditation, Buddhists mindfulness, it's been done for 1000s of years. To actually accept the feeling. Whether it's physical, whether it's emotional, just accepted. But further than that, inviting invited, which is the opposite. To the way we think. Because it sounds like the most prosperous I can't say the word. Sad. nil is prosperous. prosperous, prosperous. Silly. acid. prosperous, preposterous. You know the word. Can't believe I can't say a word. The first word I was ever able not to say. prosperous, prosperous, prosperous. Anyway. ridiculous thing. The idea saying Yeah, come on. Come on. Mr. Panic. Mrs. stress. Come on. Welcome to the PI. Meet Mr. Anger. and Mrs. jealousy. Come on, you're all invited. Mr. Chronic pain. Come on. You'd all come in. Welcome. Do what you want. And you know what happens is they don't know what to do. They don't know what to do. I like to use the analogy of farting quite a lot in my recordings. No one uses this analogy. A fart in the lift can be awful. or thought in an elevator can be awful. You know, not a pleasant experience. For most people in there, especially if you're on a way to a job interview. And you don't realize that the person interviewing you was actually sitting standing next to you
on the way up to the office. But if you go to the middle of a football field,
and you let off the biggest fight you've ever had in your life. No one's even gonna notice it won't cause a ripple nothing.
So this stress, this anxiety when we barricade that door, lock that door, don't anything in worry about what's the other side, all that stuff. That is like farting in a lift or an elevator or a small enclosed room. A greenhouse maybe when you open that door and barricade it, unlock it. take the door off the hinges just leave it leave the gap. The doorway just leave it open. is like going into the middle of a football field and letting it rip. The biggest smelliest far ever has no effect. And you can have 3040 people standing in that field thought in nothing
because of the area because of the spine. You've given yourself space giving yourself room and you've invited it in. You said open invitation. Come on, in you come. What you're going to do now? And that's right ain't gonna do nothing. Because they can't do nothing. Because they can't do nothing is because....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/63-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-3rd-november-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. I do have a new timetable for all of my recordings
and these will try to try and remember off the top of my head.
Monday is sleep hypnosis weekly. Tuesday is deep sleep whisper hypnosis. Wednesday is relaxation, hypnosis for stress anxiety, panic attacks. So this one is Wednesday, which is today thursday is let me bore you to sleep. Friday is deep sleep whisper hypnosis. Saturday is this one again? And Sunday is often lose track. Let me boy to sleep I suppose. So these recordings, this podcast is every Wednesday and Saturday. Yeah, it makes sense, doesn't it? Yeah. So you can check my website and that will have the timetable on there, as well. I'll try and stick to the pot to the timetable. But due to illness and other things that can't always stick to it, I will do my very, very best to stick to the days. Rather than leaving it for two weeks between the sessions. Which I have done this time, I think being a little bit poorly, I had a cough. So it's quite difficult to make sessions when I'm coughing. Now, thank you for listening, thank you for return and again for this new recording. And what thought and I do today, instead of talking going on and on and on, like sometimes can try to fit in perhaps as much information or ideas into one recording. For I'd have a very well hopefully they're all relaxing, but a much more mindful
session today. Particularly something that I'm a big fan of I have been for many years actually. And that is walking meditation. Now I'll describe what I mean by walking meditation. So I'm not gonna teach anything spiritual, I'm not going to teach anything religious.
I'm just going to teach I'm going to pass on my understanding of it in practical use and how I use it because I use it regularly. But not in a meditation practice as such. So, how I learnt it years ago, a long time ago back to 2003 properly.
And I was in a Buddhist center. And it was I was used to learn in the the we had two types of meditation that would involve sitting down, always tried to sit on a cushion, but my legs my hips do know, they don't play along with the sitting down on the cushion, even back then knows 30 or 32 now 49 and even then I just didn't and I've done martial arts and stretching and everything over the years but i can't i don't know have the right body for it. So eventually, after about two years, and yeah, probably fit, I think it was no 2005. So between to the end of 2000 to 2005, I tried to sit on a cushion. And eventually, I decided I was going to sit in a chair after being on a retreat. So what I take from that and why would pass on from that is it's no reason to put yourself through discomfort and pain in order to help you know, yourself, I think if anything that would hinder it. Because when I was sitting down on a cushion, quite often I was focused on my knees, or my hips. So why the thing I liked about walking meditation, because at this point, I hadn't give I hadn't attempted to meditate on the chair. Because I had in my mind, the only people who sat in chairs were the elderly, or someone who perhaps had disabilities. And there wasn't that many Jews to go around. So I felt kind of almost obligated to sit on a cushion. But no one made me do it.
I just felt that was while supposed to do. But it isn't was supposed to do. not supposed to do anything. But I think it's important that we take care of ourselves.
So when I got the opportunity, with the introduction of walking meditation, I literally jumped at the chance, walked at the chance, however you want to call it because I was able to move. And it felt so good, especially when I first learned to I was on a day meditation day where it was from 10 o'clock in the morning to probably seven at night. And it was meditation the whole time. Mainly sitting down with intersperses of walking meditation. And I kind of fell in love with the walking meditation. So here it is, it's very, very simple. And it's just walking, basically, it but focusing at the same time. So I'm standing in my bedroom, Andre is in the other room, because I'm just standing here with my socks on. And Andre would be biting my toes right now if he was in it. So I'm just gonna walk from one side of the room to the other. And that's all I'm going to do. Now, I don't expect you to do it with me unless you want to. And if you are going to do this, then I suggest you open your eyes while you do it. But it sounds like sounds like an obvious thing to say. But you know, you'd only be banging into things. And I never walked my eyes closed. I kind of do focus my eyes in a meditation situation. But if I'm out in the street, my eyes aren't D focused. I don't think you know, I'm still aware of what's around still aware of the traffic on the road from walking on the pavement or the sidewalk wherever you call it. I'm aware that there's people about I'm aware that you know, the weather, the temperature, but that's all part of it. It's not about being unconscious. It's not about focusing on just one thing. It's about reducing your focus on other things so that maybe the larger proportion of your focus is on your body. Particularly your feet. the bottoms of your feet. The movement of Your feet. And I understand that there may be people listening to this, that perhaps are unable to walk maybe through in wheelchairs or something, a situation like that. Well, if you are in a wheelchair, and you're manually pushing it yourself, I mean behind, I mean, with the wheels, if you're pushing the wheels, then you can focus on your hands. The way that someone is walking focuses on their feet. Because I know it's not the same thing. But from mindfulness perspective, it can be the same thing.
Because your hands, your arms, and your shoulders. You know, you've got that focus on the palms, your hands, or the nerve endings. There in the palms, your hands, and all the nerve endings during the soles of your feet.
It stimulates the rest of the body. It's very sensitive, not too sensitive, but sensitive enough for you to notice the movement when you focus on that part of your body. So if you're in a wheelchair, or you're in a position, maybe you're got crutches, or you've got a walking stick, maybe focusing a little bit on the walking stick, but at the same time being aware of everything else around you. Because I'm very conscious that if I was needing to use a walking stick, I'd have to have more awareness of the ground in front of me, perhaps need to be more aware of making sure that the payments call is straight. And you know, because you put in a lot of trust in that walking stick and to make sure that you're physically safe as you're walking. So it's going to be different for everybody. But I'm going to focus just on the walking meditation.
And you can adapt it for yourself because we're all different. And everybody's gonna experience it differently. It's personal, very, very personal. So what I do, I'll go through why I do and really a case of I'm gonna walk I'm just gonna tell you, so I'm just
I've got my eyes closed, there's a stand up. Again, that's just something that I like to do because
I find that I can get in touch with how I physically feel when I've got my eyes closed. Get rid of the the visual aspects of things. But that's that's just how I find it.
That's a focus on my body. I feel a little bit bloated because I just had me dinner about 40 minutes ago, half an hour ago so
I feel
I feel full of food.
I feel a bit tired as well. The rest of my body feels quite relaxed. my lower back that I have had quite a few problems with is feeling very calm as well. So there's no no pain there. My shoulders got no pain either which is good.
feel quite heavy, which is a bit strange is actually last to be away but Now 96 kilos I think, weighed myself yesterday off when I just put all the weight and focus on body all the way down and notice my ankles and my feet, that are actually supporting
the whole of my body. I can feel it doesn't feel unpleasant. It doesn't feel pleasant. It's just, it just is. It's not about feeling pleasure. It's just about experiencing the moment. And that's one of the good things I find with meditation. Whether it's walking meditation, whether it's sitting meditation, is if you're comfortable
and get yourself into a mindset of just not holding on to anything, not holding on to pleasurable feelings, not holding on to uncomfortable feelings.
No not craving the pleasure just accepting it if it comes, knowing that it will just subside and drift away just like every other feeling that we ever have in our life. In the moment the feeling comes and then it goes it's just a feeling so it's it's quite nice to take a break from being attached to those feelings. And I'm not talking just about physical feelings the emotional side of things thoughts, ideas, thinking about the past worrying about the future all that stuff that gets in the way of feeling relaxed feeling calm feeling centered. And I like the idea for me centered feeling centered is almost have this image of a little room literally in my center the center of my being I mean in a sense physically I would say it would be
kind of maybe in my chest you know this is space so wound I can sit in comfortably without anything it's literally almost like a go into that room of no longer God body
that you know, nothing there's nothing there. I don't you know any physical issues or might have had before I've gone into that room, that center....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/62-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-30th-october-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety,
and panic attacks. Please, and listen, when you can safely Close your eyes, I am intending to make more of these recordings more regularly. It seems to be I seem to be a bit sporadic at times. Some weeks I do, I don't maybe three or four or three at least like and then another week, I don't do anything. So
I'm going to try and do a bit more regular. As this is one of my most popular podcasts based on the daily stats, so thank you for listening. And this recording, I was thinking what I'm going to do is when I asked you to imagine something. So a way to, I don't want to think about it by going to how to word this, this something that what let's say, if there's something in your life, that when you think about doing it is anxiety arises. Or the sense of panic arises, it could be something you would class as a phobia could be something that you glasses, anxiety provoking. And it could be literally anything you know, it's not something that I can predict because it's your life and it's your, your experiences. But I can give an example. So let's say I'm trying to think of something other than standing up and talking in a
work meeting or going to an interview of some kind. Maybe for a job maybe full benefits interview, it could be sitting on a bus sitting on the train. So when I said phobias I'm not necessarily wanting to focus on spiders or you know things like that because although when it comes to anxiety, anxiety provoking someone with pretty much a phobia of anything is extremely painful for them. But most being generalization II here but most phobias wouldn't.
I hope wouldn't get in the way of a person living their life.
Hopefully. So I'm not focusing on that, necessarily focused on something that you actually do in your life or you wish you could do in your life, but you've felt that you've been held back or prevented from doing such thing. Due to your emotional response in the past so that's what this recording is for. is going to be kind of, I suppose a technique, what we're going to do is only to think about doing that activity. Whatever it is just what that situation would be. But what you're going to do is you're going to stand or you're going to sit on this side of the glass. And it's a bulletproof glass the thickest, most indestructible glass ever. Which is going to divide you from the other room.
But in the other room is you the other year there's going to be doing this thing. So you can in no way be affected emotionally, physically, mentally or anyway, because this thick, protective glass, even a missile wouldn't get through it. So is protecting you. So you're going to sit there in this room with me
watching yourself doing this activity. So whatever it might be, but that you is going to be doing it easily that you that you're watching is going to be doing it confidently that you that you're going to watch doing this thing this wherever it is probably doing it just naturally. No big deal is just the most net true thing in the world. To that you behind the glass, the other side of the glass, and you'll see in here with me completely protected everything and you can just observe knowing that you're safe. So even if it was a phobia and involved a spider or something, you could watch a spider and it wouldn't affect you at all because you know that you're safe. even safer than you would be if he was at a zoo with a tiger or a lie on the other side of the glass. Can't get to Karna factor at all. In fact, it's almost like watching a big screen television. He may as well not even be there. Part from with xuzhou got the extra smell. Which is nice ending expensive ice creams.
And before you do anything, I just want to what just notice yourself notes how you look.
Or you look when you feel confident how you look when you feel relaxed how you look when you look like you literally don't have a care in the world. You look really comfortable at ease and ready to do with whatever life presents to you. That's how you look that you on the other side of the glass.
And as you watch on this side, you know that that you on the other side could do literally anything and it wouldn't affect you on this side The glass wouldn't affect you or, or emotionally. Or Anyway, you could even see an event that happened in the past, that was quite awful maybe. Or that was, you know, difficult to deal with
maybe left, potentially PTSD or something like that really left a traumatic result. But you could watch that from behind the glass, and you feel removed from it in such a way
that doesn't have the effect, the you would think it would have. And then you change how you feel about it, almost like the things happening, what happened. But the emotion connect to that traumatic emotion, which may have been holding you back, since that event is almost just gone. It's almost like that glass partition, that window, that glass that you're sitting behind, has just come down and severed that emotional connection to that event. So that you can no longer be affected by it.
So that you can no longer be limited by it doesn't change the past. But it shows well can change your future. And it can change how you feel right now? Because that feeling almost just disappeared. And it doesn't. It doesn't feel real. Why would it just disappear? Why would it just disappear so easily. The logic brain the logical part of that brain? Because you're intelligent and you There's your brain can think well, it's illogical. For something that's been troubling you for a long time, maybe affecting your life negatively. And your decisions and you know your choices in life have been affected by this
too, suddenly almost instantly. transform that feed and from being painful to just not being anything slow, you know, cardboard, wet cardboard, or wet paper. Dry and bright on wet paper is it's impossible. Yeah, when it's dry, you can do so much with paper. origami, if you're that way inclined. You can do artwork, you can paint pictures, you can paint on it, write on it,
make paper airplanes, whatever you want, would pay As soon as it's wet, it's just mush. Can't do nothing with it. The only thing you can do with wet paper really
is maybe chuck it up at the ceiling and watch it stick. That's the main, it's fun the first couple of times, especially if you're about eight years old.
It's kind of similar what happens with those feelings. And the strange thing about it is, you don't necessarily have to go through the process of watching those old memories, reenacting themselves through the glass. It's like that you that's in the other room behind the glass that you're watching, that you holds all of those troubled memories, all of those issues that may have been causing anxiety and stress in the past, in even in the present, from stuff that's happened in the past, whether it's PTSD, whether it's whatever the issue is, and it could be multiple, that you there. And that connection between you on this side of the glass, and that you on the other side of the glass, the only thing connecting you was those emotions, those connected feelings towards the old trauma, the things that induced anxiety and stress, panic, all that stuff. But as soon as the blast came down, it severed those connections. Cut them, destroyed them. Literally just like an electric wire. If you cut a wire on a plug, nothing you do is could make it work. Put a new plug on, put a new wire on.
But that's it. You know in to do that is not going to work. If you've got a hose pipe and you want to water the garden,
you have to attach the hose pipe to the tap. Just holding one end of the hose pipe and just turning the tap on isn't enough has to be attached. And as soon as it gets unattached, which, in my memory with hose pipes, I used to do that the water stops coming because it's disconnected. It changes how you feel. changes how you feel. changes how you experience yourself changes how you think about the future. changes how you think about the prison because those connections have bled broken. So the past is happened. And the thing about spin spending time. Looking at the past is equivalent to walking backwards. You're going to keep banging into things You need to look into the future need to look where you go in, basically, is that one of the first things we get taught when we're young. Watch where you're going. Especially when you're little and you're banging into people are still banging into people, but it's partly on purpose. And that you are walking down the street, of course, you need to see where you are now. Where you were not really that interested, you know, that's behind you. Where you are now as you know, it's good to be aware of where you are now.
where you want to go, where you're planning to go. That's kind of where you're focusing. If you're traveling, if you're driving in a car, you know, focused on where you've been focused on where you go in.
You're aware of where you are now. But that's not your focus. Because where you are now, continuously changes.
Where you end up depends on where you want to go, what you focus on which direction you're focused in. So basically, which, wherever you're pointing, and you travel in that direction, that's where you're going to end up was the most obvious sentence that anyone's ever said ever.
is true. If you just stand outside, in a big massive Park, or golf course, or something huge like that, which....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/61-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-14th-october-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland. Our website is Jason Newland, calm. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. So if you like why do please visit my website, you can leave a testimonial.
telling other people, you know how you benefit. You can leave comments. All of my recordings are on the website, or organized by
category and all that stuff. And there's about 1087 or something like that recordings, including, of course, all of these sessions as well. And if you wanted to send me a gift, via PayPal or anything like that, it's also much appreciated. So this recording, has been inspired by an audio book that I was listening to earlier today. And it's the book is about positive psychology, which is a subject that I've been studying lately. I'm very interested in it, hoping to do a master's degree in the subject, as well as listening to the audio, but to be fair, it's easier than reading a light to listen to audio books. of all, I suppose. Maybe like you I like to listen, I get something different. I'd like to read as well. But sometimes it's nice to listen. And although I do say and listen, you can safely Close your eyes. When I listen to audio books, quite often on might be on a computer and doing other stuff. And sometimes I'll lay down on the bed and listen. But what was being said in this book, there wasn't concentrating necessarily on anxiety or anything like that. But it did touch upon the subject. And it was a statement that was made, which really grabbed my attention. And the statement was, apparently it's a famous statement. I've never heard it before, but is probably more in cycled psychology. places I don't know. But the statement is seperates don't get ulcers. Or zebras don't get ulcers. As in stomach ulcers I kind of my ears pricked up a little bit like what were they talking about? separates don't get ulcers. And then she explained the lady that was reading the book that she wrote
said please don't worry about stuff. They deal with it. When it happens, their fight or flight was his flight isn't what separates men are not going to take on a lion and have a fight with a lion.
That sense of urgency. You know we're all the muscles, the blood moves from the stomach to the muscles and you know the adrenaline kicks thoughts and that tunnel focus of getting the hell out of there. away from that lion only happens when a lion turns up. Doesn't happen with the time and that's the analogy. In the sense of the difference between a z I'm gonna say Zed prop because that's how I pronounce it. So we pronounce it in a But I know that other countries may call it zebras. So I just,
I can't keep changing it. So I'm just gonna say zebra. That's why I said, bro is compared to humans in the sense that we have that fight or flight response kicking in when we don't need it. Even people that don't have issues with stress or anxiety or panic,
I'm talking about the whole population pretty much in the human, not everybody brother. Thinking about what if worrying about stuff that might happen?
being ready for something bad to happen when there's not necessarily evidence that it will. And I know that that level raises a heck of a lot with people that are struggling with anxiety and stress and panic. Me clearly it's much, much higher level.
But as I said, in the past, on these recordings, when I had the panic, the panic attacks. My main worry, the main thing I was scared of was having panic attacks. In fact, I could pretty much say, that's the only thing I was worried about. I thought I was gonna die as well. Even though it was a panic attack, and I knew that was a panic attack. And I got medical advice got checked out, and was told that was fine physically.
And it was just a panic attack. Just that word, just it's very dismissive. I said it to myself. It's just the panic attack.
Well, if I'm dismissing my own feelings, why would I expect other people to take them seriously? So I started to think what if we became more like a zebra? Just the idea of a swan thinking. I don't mean physically. I mean, just that part of the brain that zebra has. It's not worried until it needs to be. Now I've known a lot of people that were very relaxed, very experienced meditators. I was involved in Buddhism for a long time and I've met some people that you think that nothing would faze them at all. Why not? Why wha knows was some of those people is there was zero urgency even at times when a bit of urgency was possibly required. Not in an emergency situation but just almost like the going slow motion. An odd wonder if they were actually as separate the if they saw lion, they might not actually run which would mean that get eaten. So though, being really chilled down relaxed and calm, practically vertical, may be an ideal goal for some
people. Because I think it's that thing of you know, when you're really hot
let's say in a summer Rarely in the winter is, in the summer, you really, really hot. And the idea of being covered in ice cubes actually seems appealing, when in reality being covered ice cubes would probably be horrible. You know, it might be nice for a second. But when you really cold, it might be outside the idea of stepping inside a sauna. And just
thinking all stainless sauna for hours, you wouldn't want to, once you go in there, he kind of would be too hot. So it's as if our brains want the complete opposite.
Which isn't really logical. It's not really what we want. I'm I'm suggesting. So the idea is, if you're extreme stress, extreme anxiety, the idea I used to think this, I just want to be
completely relaxed all the time. That is not useful. Being able to relax at will, is a great skill to have. Also, being able to, you know, act quickly, also is incredibly important. For example, if you're, if you see someone crossing the road, and there's a car coming, shout into them to move or they're in front of you grab them pull them out of the road. quick reflexes can be very, very useful, slow reflexes flexes, not so much sometimes. So this separate mind. And it's only the part of the mind. That part the worrying part. In fact, doesn't worry. on reality, zebra acts and responds based on what is actually happening in that moment. So of course, there wouldn't be much good for planning or preparing. So we've got the capability to prepare ourselves, which is a great skill, but a useful thing to be
able to do. When you connect, worrying to worrying about all those things, that probably one ever happened. I just fought about it, you know, I could spend the next 30 years of my life walking on the pavement scared, really scared that a car's gonna drive onto the pavement and run me over. That could be my
and just have an awful time every time of walking on a pavement for the next 30 years.
Or I can not care. even think about it not even give it any energy. If one day a car does come on the pavement and run me over,
don't see it then or if I see a car coming, then I can act then I can put all my energy into that.
But to just be continuously thinking as I have in the past on public transport and stuff something bad's gonna happen when big chance. There's no there's probably more chance of winning the lottery a few times in your lifetime, then being in a train crash
or bus crash course they happen every now and then. So rarely. So I wonder what Cipro would feel as they're walking down the pavement. no concern I imagined. be wondering why everyone's staring him. To have that lack of fear actually appeals to me. I think it's good to be cautious at times. How do you find the balance? I'm talking about a separate mind a separate brain. I could talk to you about a favorites brain, or dog's brain. A dog will happily run around the road run around the streets, in fields, completely unconcerned about anything. Don't care about the traffic because they don't know about the traffic.
And most of the time, they'll come home safely. But they're not worried about that kind of stuff. Kind of in the moment, loving and favorite. I've got a fair, called Andre is not interested. He doesn't worry about anything. I don't think I'm not a mind reader. But I've been studied in for four years. It's been a little psychological project to study in his behavior, his responses. I don't think there's any worrying in him. There's no panic. There's no fear. Doesn't have fear. Don't even that makes him jump his motorbike motorbikes. You know, they're really loud motorbikes that offer like a big bang. That makes them jump. to things like thunder fireworks, none of that stuff even affects him
doesn't even wake him up. Not scared of anything. This will lie him. He probably try and fight the lion. He will last long but it's not scared. So we know why that's almost ridiculous. Um, you know, being fearless. Is could be dangerous.
walking across the road without looking is a stupid thing to do. For anyone. You need to look before you cross the road. Just preparation but without fear. I'm not scared when I cross the road. I don't expect the car to hit me. Because I looked before I cross and there's no reason the car would hit me. The idea the zebra only act in what it needs to
actually enjoying itself the rest of the time. feeling relaxed the rest of the time. Not worrying. Imagine what that would be like to not worry, too literally, to not be concerned about stuff that may or may not
happen. And the only things that you actually focus on in the future are things that you want to happen.
The nice things and that's it. only focusing on the things that you're going to enjoy happening. ....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/60-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-4th-october-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason Newland calm. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen to this, when you can safely Close your eyes. Now the See, it's worth checking out the website for a couple of reasons, firstly, because I put a lot of work into it, so I want people to visit. But there's everything that I've done pretty much is on there. And yeah, it's got a lot of good stuff on there. No, not just these recordings, but at least you get a sense of other stuff that I've done. And also things that might be useful to you. Because I've got a lot of relaxation recordings I've made over the years, some short some longer. And I kind of specialize in sleep sessions as well. So I've got hundreds of sessions for sleep and insomnia, which, at the same time are also very relaxing. So there's a lot of things to choose from, that may be an addition to this, or this may be in addition to them. So I'm gonna start with what I want to talk about today. A couple of things, actually, this kind of come to my mind
is with anxiety. Anyone that's had anxiety for any amount of time. Very likely to have depression as well. With someone with depression isn't necessarily going to be having anxiety.
But for my own experience of having have had depression with anxiety, have it anxiety that led to depression, because I was depressed about the anxiety. And it makes sense really, because I don't think anybody's okay with it. And acute anxiety and stress, panic, and all that stuff is
is it can be depressing. Because it's so horrible. But what I wanted to talk about is, in some ways, flipping it on its head. Because with anxiety, I can't keep saying the word anxiety and stress, you know, you know what this podcast
about. So with these conditions, the advice is always about what you need to do, what you can do, what you may do to make changes, to reduce the anxiety to reduce the stress to help reduce the panic sensations, the you know, all that stuff. But what I don't think is necessarily focused upon is
what is actually missing. What's missing from your life. I'll be worth what needs not being met the year in your life bound, quiet big believer in making changes if they're needed. And I know it's not for everybody. And some people have got big financial commitments,
mortgages, children and stuff like that. Yet if you're doing something and you're profoundly unhappy doing it and then you start feeling anxious, and you start feeling, you know, panicky.
Maybe your body, your mind, your brain, your unconscious mind, whatever you want. It's actually giving you a message. It's send a new signal that something needs to be changed, that your needs are not being met. I don't know what those needs are. That's something gonna you can delve into. But there's basic needs that we all have. Being happy is you know, after the basics of eating, having somewhere to sleep, shelter, oxygen, gravity, not the things that I've talked about before, but those basic things, human contact, and that can depend. Some people feel lonely when they're not around people. I don't really I don't really have that. But a lot of people do. And some people need human contact. A lot more than others.
physical contact, just having someone tap you on the shoulder. A smile. A friendly voice. Words of concern. kind words. I mean, sometimes going out even if you don't see anyone to talk to just send a little baby eat an ice lolly or something. Just seeing the big smile and the little, little child's face or seeing a little dog.
How cute little dog tail wakelin give you something that perhaps you're not getting. But when I talk about needs, one needs are not being fulfilled. there be something deeper. Because if you're if you're unhappy, in whatever situation you're in. It needs to be looked at. It may be temporary. Everything is temporary but
it might need resolving. I had a job and I tried to stay with the job even though the panic started in 2002 was really bad. For a long time it seemed eventually at the end of 2003 I quit the job.
Because I couldn't do any more, I couldn't face going in there. So I lost my income lost friends that I had at the job because I didn't see them anymore.
But I think it was the right thing to do. Because of the level of unhappiness that I was getting to, when I was there
was too much. Now my needs were not being met, leaving the job didn't, it didn't necessarily give me the needs that I needed, didn't fill that gap.
But it reduced the pain, reduced emotional pain, which is what I needed. Almost like you know, when people have a boy have a spot and they pop it, and I just feel the the release, it's almost like they're
not comparing my job to Boyle. So what needs are not being met. And I would say we've all got needs, unmet needs.
From an angle of happiness, from an angle of anxiety, stress, panic, because if you're happy, and all your needs to be met, there wouldn't be any anxiety, not a level of illness. That wouldn't be the level of depression. And of course, going back to genetics, the brain environment, the past, all those things have an influence on
our mental states. So with my of my situation, I would probably attribute every, all of those to my situation,
the past, childhood and all that stuff. But also say genetics based on what I know about the family, and was seen with other members. So it is that genetic, I'm not the only one that has had problems. And then environmental, which you can kind of say is part of the past as well. But current environmental, that's something that can be changed. When we make any changes, this isn't just me saying this, this is scientifically proven stuff. Our brains change. Our brains are always changing. But our brains actually rewire. Our brains are elastic, in a sense of it has plasticity. I think that's the correct term. They're not in my head of elastic bands,
or plastic. But luckily not made of plastic because no one seems to like plastic these days have to be replaced with cardboard or something.
So we can't change the past. And the reason I talked about this is because we've not got anxiety for nothing. There's a reason for it. You know, it's not just it's not there for no reason. is sometimes feels like it can be there for no reason. And they can come on for no reason. I realize that. But it's not realistically you know that. I know that. anxiety, stress and In a mental health issue, which anxiety is stress is if it's causing problems, normal levels of anxiety and stress. It's not a mental health issue. But what normal for one person, a normal level, maybe different for someone else. Thinking back to when I first started having the extreme anxiety, I almost felt like a layer of my skin had been removed.
There's that level of sensitivity that things didn't seem to bother me or were able to even touch me before suddenly had an effect
of is hypersensitive. You know, if I'd be walking down a town, and someone just didn't just normally in some would walk a little bit too close to me, that made me jump. That's not how I am as a person. I'm not a timid, I'm not walking around. Worried about people generally, will have done, but is a kind of rule in my life, a normal, my kind of normal state would be someone to up be aware of what's around me.
Of course, if someone starts running towards me, I might be on guard obviously. I'd be jumping, I'd actually legit physically jump. I will be jumping up and down. But I would it would make me almost like having physical hiccups.
And I was awful. So that level of anxiety and stress that is a
mental health issue. And that's where I think some people get a little bit
confused or show perhaps I don't mean to but they show disrespect towards people. Ill because everybody gets stressed and everybody has anxiety at some point. But it's different gains, you know, having having some anxiety before your wedding day. Before you you know, or when you go to collect your diploma for your degree. And you gotta get on stage and collected or doing the best man speech at a wedding or you know, whatever do an oral exam at school. That can be anxiety and stress in inducing. That's normal. I would say for everybody. surgeons, doctors, fire fire people, you know, Fire Service, people in the army people. The first time they did something that they're trained to do. Guaranteed they were anxious and nervous. The first time a surgeon did an operation on their own. The first time a pilot flew a plane with someone on their own, they usually got some wisdom, but the first time they actually took off and were in control that plane. They lie and if they say they weren't anxious and nervous, and a bit stressed about it because human nature to be if they were the level of mental illness, the level of have in you know, acute anxiety. It would be dangerous for them to be in charge of a plane. So there's a big line. Big difference. And some people don't. I don't think they kind of understand that. Because everybody's had anxiety and stress. And you know, some people fell ill Pre stress, but they don't have an illness. They just had it at that time had an exam coming up, dry, often known people that had driving tests for the driving licence and felt physically sick bundle of nerves soon as they got the test over and done with got that marked and ticked off and, you know, successfully got their license. Or even if they failed at the end of it, though relaxed again. Once they've done it, they were fine. And of course, if they passed, they were happy....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/59-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-22nd-september-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And before I go further, I just like to thank Molly, for leaving a testimonial on my website. And today, so thank you very much that was lovely to see. And if anybody else would like to leave a testimonial to say, what you think of what I do, how it's helped, you can just go to my website, Jason Newland, calm and this testimonial page or write a testimonial. Now I was thinking about the content, sometimes when I do these podcasts I mix, I kind of get a little bit of a mixture between the two.
And was thinking about the sleep session, which might be able to move over to the anxiety, like for anxiety and stress.
And so this is going to be a bit of an afterwards and metaphysical is going to be a focus of meditation on because you know, meditation can be something where you gently focus on something. Usually, with Buddhist meditation, it might be focusing on a single point. But you can have a broad meditation you can ever I like the idea of meditation or an idea. So offer, offer some ideas that might be useful.
One of those things is the idea that we have everything that we need already, in order to reduce that anxiety, reduce your stress levels. Swear I'm going where I'm going with this is and a lot of is very obvious. Anyway. So I'm not I'm not making anything new here. I'm also not an expert on
on the subject as such. But we have everything we have oxygen. So oxygens there. We have it already. Apart from those individuals that have got breathing issues, then that's a different situation. But I'm talking about the general population. The majority of the people in the world have oxygen to breathe and are able to breathe. I say the majority and I think that's fair enough. Of course these days. There's a lot of people that can't but the population generally can. At no point do we have to worry about floating off because we have gravity and that might sound like a silly thing to say laws of gravity got to do with anything while trying go a minute without it. And then you see how it's how important is so great that these things are taken care of already for us. Things we don't need to give any thought to be you take one of those things away, you take away oxygen. You take away gravity. We've got sunshine every day of the year, regardless of whether it's cloudy even when it's dark, the sunshine still there. It shines through the moon. So we, you know, we've got sunshine, take that away. You take that away for a second. We're in trouble. We've got rain. Do you know where I'm going with this? Basically, we've got these things that we perhaps just take for granted. Or if flip it over, we moan and complain about or it's too sunny, was not sunny enough or it's raining again, Kamloops rain and again try and go a year without rain. We wouldn't be able to do it. I don't think the planet could last. And I know that that would be an impossible situation because the moisture in the earth is the same amount and it rains I realize that but that's besides the point is these things that we rely on that we don't perhaps give any credit to. And honestly, I can't stand it when it rains sometimes. So annoying. By never complain about gravity. Apart from when, you know perhaps when I was younger, I'd kick a ball in the air and kind of wish you'd go a bit higher. Like in Superman film, we kicked a football and it just goes for miles.
So we have a lot of things already sorted for us that we don't need to think about it I'm just thinking about the things that we worry about those concerns and worries that cause anxiety and stress. Then how many of those things are in as important as gravity and oxygen and water? Those things that it's been on your mind today maybe before you decided to listen to this recording and absorb the changes that naturally occur. What we worried about before we like was on your mind niggling moaning. Just you know. And as I said, I do it myself. So I'm not I'm not judging. I'm the best moaner in the whole planet I am. get me started Dr. Mone. Proper mon but you know, I'm trying I'm working on it. Worry cause almost felt feel like I was born to worry like as my special power. What a crap power to have isn't it was worrying about stuff is worked out as well. Some are working out the other day is the amount of things that we worry about. Like just general humans, all humans generally worry about stuff. It's not a special domain for people that have got stress or anxiety. Generally, people seem to worry doesn't always affect them the way in the same way. And it might not be to the same level. But worrying about stuff. The percentage of the past that we worry about the we can't do anything about this done. can't change it. You can make amends with the people possibly if it's possible to make amends with perhaps. I don't know if you've done wherever I don't know the situation but it's possible from that angle but you can't can't change The past the things we worry about in the future. Basically, that's just us being really, really creative. So the people who worry the most are the most creative people, I think. It doesn't mean that all people are really creative worry. Because that's not the case. Because some people that are really creative, they focus that creativity on building something amazing, whether it's a beautiful life for themselves, or a business, or a boat, or piece of artwork, you know, wherever. But there's a lot of creativity that goes into worrying. So that's something that I think you need to start grasping
that you are a very creative person, very intelligent, you're very creative. Which means you've got a lot of skills there. In fact, you might be one of the most creative people that you know,
he might be the most creative person on the planet, I don't know. But one thing is, it's impossible to have anxiety or panic, and all that stuff without being really, really creative. Because to think about all those different scenarios, that first of all, are never going to happen. But to be that creative, you're basically like a film director. Or a writer, you could write, can imagine, I sometimes thought, if I was able to put onto paper, some of the horrible thoughts I've had in the past, the different scenarios that I thought
might happen. It would equal anything that Stephen King's written. Just from the just the nastiness of it. Yeah, I don't want to focus on that stuff. I want to kind of move away from it. So I don't want to sit there writing it down.
Because, yeah, I don't think that really be helpful for me, but does show that creativity, that imagination, do you have to be able to think up all of these ridiculous scenarios with someone will be just so ridiculous? That would, you know, you're not even going to see it in a movie, it's so far fetched.
But actually, if you did see, the movie might be entertaining. because it'd be original. So if you're writing a movie, or if you're writing a book,
then this ability to think up the most obscure, outlandish, ridiculous scenarios would be an absolute blessing. If you're going to write a book, or if you're going to make a movie, television show, cartoon, wherever, if you're going to be able to put it, use that imagination, and use what comes up from your imagination. She's able to transfer onto a canvas in the form of art, or poetry or song, write a song, use those things from us, you know, there's lots of ways that you could express it. Which means that it's no longer a worry, it's a piece of art which is very different because then out there. It's almost I mentioned about the yesterday about the fast phobia cure is something about lucanus an event from a different angle from outside of the event. You know, we moved from it looks different, feels different. Or when you see it from that different angle, you're no longer emotionally connected to it. And it changes how you feel about that event, so that it no longer troubles you the way it did. And then the phobia or the anxiety connected to it before
disappears. In the same way, if you paint something, put it onto a canvas, it's no longer in your head. So on the canvas, when you look at it a few different ways. First of all, it's on the canvas, so you don't need it to be in your head anymore. Which is why people take photographs
of
either maybe a birthday cake that was made for them, or the wedding cake or something like that. So they can look at the photographs, and they don't have to remember, or they don't have to rely on their memory. So they can just look back and say, Oh, that was a lovely cake. Can't believe it all by myself. That's why I probably be thinking, I'm gonna have an ice cream cake, if I ever get married. I am and I'm just gonna dive into it, I hit him seriously, I'll have a big massive ice cream cake and literally dive into it. And then you start chucking bits of cake at everyone. Again, it's it's a fantasy, doesn't mean it's real. Doesn't mean it's happened, doesn't mean it's gonna happen. So if I take that literally, it's like, Okay, I'm gonna have a wedding. And they'll have a cake and I'll end up chucking cake everyone on no but then all those people that put in my give me their dry cleaning bills and some like angry and want to punch me in. And that will ruin my my wife, my new wife might be upset. And you know, plus I've got this tuxedo that I got to give back to the, to the shop that I got it from or hide it from....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/58-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-19th-september-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen, when you can safely Close your eyes. I hope you're well. And just to remind you that my website Jason newland.com has all of my recordings on there. And I know that this is probably a lot easier to use the podcast that you're using, whether it's Apple, Stitcher, Spotify, wherever. But I do have other podcasts that may be useful. Other recordings that I've been making since 2006, that may also be useful. I've got a lot of relaxation sessions. And sleep sessions insomnia, I've got a regular podcast I do called Deep Sleep whisper hypnosis. Where whisper is very, very soft, very quiet. And they normally lasts for about 20 minutes. I've done 145 of them, I think so far, I've got the let me bore you to sleep ones, which is just me, rabbit on on about nothing for an hour is 219 of those. And this the sleep at night is weekly, which I do that lasts a bit longer, but about 14 minutes, sometimes an hour. And that's once a week. As well as other sleep sessions that I've done. So out of all the recordings I've made over the years, I've got more sleep recordings than anything else. So you're never gonna run out. The benefit that asleep sessions have is they're all relaxing. So you don't necessarily need to only listen to them when you're in bed wanting to go to sleep, you might just decide to take an hour out of the day, sit down in the chair, lay back will have a lie down. And just feel relaxed. Just enjoy the feeling. So I just thought I'd let you know about that stuff. Now today, what I'm thinking of doing is, I'm pretty sure I've done it before. But it can't really be done enough. Because what I want to do is help you to deal with a fear something that you're scared of a phobia something the anxious about doing based on something that you're anxious because maybe you've you've had anxiety before or it didn't go as well as you wanted to. It could be a variety, there's just infinite amount of possibilities for that. So I'm not even going to attempt to imagine the different scenarios that could be possible. There's probably hundreds just for myself over the years. And most of them most of the things that happened in their lives don't have an effect. Like a huge effect. We almost it's like the wind just blows over us, you know, and we just keep walking and forget about it. You don't think about what the weather was like? Yeah, yesterday, necessarily. Less there was some torrential weather but generally the weather's gone. It was windy, so it was raining. Got it wet. Now
but then this occasion is that weather that is memorable, to say the least. I had a friend a couple of years ago, phoned me up and said my roof just blown off.
And I don't mean farted, I mean, it blew off a house. And I was actually in my flight, enjoying the sound of the wind.
This is weird how we have these different, she might have been enjoying listening to it as well.
But not since her roof blew off. She now associates the wind in her mind, possibly, or she could I don't know what she could associate with that situation that happened. That one off event that's unlikely to ever happen to anyone ever in normal circumstances. And I say that, I realize that some people live in places where they have typhoon seasons, or hurricane seasons, and we don't have that in my country. So just bear bear with me with my ignorance for that stuff. But we don't, it's unlikely to happen here. I hope it's unlikely to happen where you are as well. And if it did happen, it's unlikely to happen twice. I hope. So in life, as in the weather, we get through most of the weather, and it doesn't affect us. Maybe it affects us in a moment, maybe affects that day, you know, he gets to work is soaking wet. By the rain, when you get to work. And you're sitting there for a few hours with with socks. Not an enjoyable experience. And you can't dry them on the radio or in the office. Because all ever people complain. You get through it. So comfortable, you move on. But then there's that time that whether that does affect we had a hurricane here in 1987 think it was. And blue trees down, it was really a big deal because we don't normally have that kind of extreme weather affect a lot of people. And I'm always gonna remember that day. Not traumatically because it didn't cause me any trauma. But I found it funny because I looked out the window. And the window cleaner was still trying to clean the windows of the supermarket opposite where I lived. And the windows were black with from the wind. So I lived near the sea. So that all saved was being blown up. And he was being blown around still trying to wash the window that was dirty as soon as he washed it I took with me. And for other people, it was a really horrible experience. Suppose that's a benefit of staying indoors. So with like the weather, with those experiences were affected only sometimes more than others. So there's a thing that can be done. There's a technique. I don't do a huge amount of techniques, but this isn't my technique. And officially it's called fast phobia cure and it's an NLP technique. However, although NLP has taken credit for it, I've seen similar techniques in old hypnosis books from on, you know, 70 years ago, or longer, something similar. And the point of the whole idea of it is you've got this memory you've got this emotion attached to this memory and It's about changing the way you see the memory, the way you experience the memory
doesn't change what happened. You need a time machine for that. There are techniques to help you completely forget what happened and have amnesia for what happened. But I do stuff like this is about changing how you feel about what happened. So that you can break that pattern, which may be holding you back from enjoying your life in certain circumstances. So it might not be something that affects your whole life. I hope it isn't. However, it might, if something happened in the supermarket, for example.
And it could be something let's say going into supermarket and the credit card gets declined. I've had that happen to me.
And I was very embarrassed. Ever some people just brush it off, move on other people. It's causes trauma, emotional trauma. And I learned years ago. Never underestimate how to word this properly, but done and underestimate how something can cause emotional pain to somebody. Try not to. So if someone says to you that they're scared is something, my advice, and I've done this in the past myself, and I try not to do any more. My advice is don't don't mock them. Because it might seem trivial to us, but is not to them. And what is trivial to them might not be to us. When I was a kid, I was probably quite horrible. You know, I'd make fun of people that had phobias and stuff like that. But I was a kid. I didn't know any better
on now educated and still make mistakes but very surprised when I was you know, started out as a counselor.
Some of the things that youth if I told you you might even laugh, not because you're mocking anyone. But just because it's like seems so ridiculous. Does something like that could traumatize someone. Something so seeming seemingly small, seemingly unimportant. But to them, it wasn't unimportant. So and this, the other side of it is actually we've all been the cause of someone else's emotional I don't use our trauma, emotional problems all of us. Even by not meaning to be. We can't walk around tiptoeing around everybody all the time. So you say something to someone. You don't know their past. You don't know what their triggers are. You might say something as a joke, which I have many times. And I upset many people over the years. I didn't mean to be aware of that situation is you don't know what other people's baggage is or other people's emotional issues. Jews are. So that's why I have to be quite vague. When I make these recordings, apart from when I are doing a podcast, self help, self development, wherever it's called Podcast, where I focus on specific issues like nail biting, and maybe phobia, and a phobia of balloons and some other stuff. But this is like a general anxiety, a general, something that's stopping you from doing that activity that perhaps you used to do, or that you would like to do. Because it's a shame to allow anything, or any body to get an away, have you be unhappy. Because it doesn't matter what you're doing, as long as it doesn't hurt another person. If you feel happy doing it, then go and do it. If something stopping you from doing it, like a memory, a trauma, traumatic memory, or something has happened in the past, and you know, you're emotionally you're blocked from doing that thing that you know, will actually give you happiness and pleasure,
then I think it's worthwhile to make those changes. And I realized that this podcast is about anxiety, stress, panic and things like that. That's what this is, that's, you know, it's not just for people that are going through constant trauma and constant stress. It's also for people, regardless of how often they experience this stuff. A phobia is someone that's scared of something, or scared of doing something.
Whether it's rational or irrational, is equal to any panic attack. an equal deserves equal respect. I believe that somebody that's, you know, suffering with constant panic attacks and stress and anxiety, depression,
whatever it may be, because although that phobia, sometimes you can avoid it. If you got scared of flying, just don't fly....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/57-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-18th-september-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. There will be background sounds of birds tweeting outside in the garden. Because it's 625 in the morning.
If you don't know the sounds of birds, then I suggest you just maybe turn it off. But they're not going to be loud, but they are
potentially in the background a bit. I love the sounds of birds. And also got a little fairy running around as well. And he was asleep when I first started this recording,
and just laying on the floor looking at me or queue. So but none of this is really relevant to the thing that I'm doing. But just letting you know, there might be a little bit of background
sounds. But that's okay, because I'm just going to talk to you. Just at the beginning, I mentioned my website, Jason newlands.com. Every single recording pretty much that I've made since 2006 are on there for you to listen, you can stream or download for free.
There's also some other stuff on he can go and check it out if you if you wanted to send me a gift or
if you want to put a testimonial. You know write down what you think of why do yeah, so everything's on there. So I include in all of these recordings.
So I was just thinking, before I started doing this for press the record button, I do like to think beforehand. Because this subject is so yet so deep. There's a never ending supply of things that I could discuss. And yesterday, I talked about a lot about acceptance. I'd like to add to that might add that helped to word it really the not giving yourself a hard time for suffering with these conditions, whether it be general anxiety disorder, Gad, wherever it's you know, major stress, stress, panic attacks,
whatever. And even if you're not diagnosed is that need to be diagnosed with panic attack to know it's a panic attack. Although is very important to get to the doctor to check yourself out to make sure that it is a panic attack. That makes sense. Make sure that you will physically okay. I did that myself. Unfortunately, I also did at the emergency ward twice in hospital thinking I was having a heart attack but I wasn't it was a panic attack.
So and that guilt the guilt that I had was awful. Because if you go into hospital, especially if you have a little bit older,
I'd say probably over 40 the hospital take it more seriously if you got a pain in your chest. And they take you seriously I think at any age but much more if you're middle aged. So I went into the image emergency ward after 1011 o'clock, 12 o'clock in the evening. And I've got seen within about five minutes and the place. It wasn't full but there was Pretty good 25 3025 people waiting.
And I got seen really quickly, it was pretty much me and the child that God saw, because children get the sin quicker as well.
Straight away, I felt guilty, which worsened how I was feeling. And tell you what's really weird. Part of me hoped that it was a heart condition, rather than a panic attack. Because then I could have medication, and I could get help with it. And I could get it fixed. Instead of feeling like I was being controlled by this outside force, which is what it almost felt like a cause a puppet. Evil puppeteer, thinking all this we do now. Right is in a bookshop, looking at books, no reason to feel stressful anxiety. You know, bookshops, my favorite place. love books. Let's give him a panic attack. Now while he's looking at books, which happened to me. And
it felt I don't know about you and your situation almost feels or felt like I was being manipulated by a puppeteer. I was horrible. Now, when I say I actually felt guilty afterwards as well thinking or hope it's a heart condition, part of me thinking
rather than a panic attack, then I feel guilty for that. Because for those people that have heart conditions, what a horrible thing to be thinking. These people that are going through this. And here's me, almost minimizing it. So I was thinking in my head it's a weird, weird situation. I just didn't want to be in a hospital for no reason.
I didn't want to code already done it before. The first time I did it, it was horrible. But the second time I was thinking, and again, did the ECG blood test, heart monitor when or whatever it is they do?
I was fine. Just a panic attack. And admittedly, the panic attack kind of ended when I knew that it was a panic attack. Which is weird because previously other times when I knew as a panic attack, that didn't seem to be the solution.
But when I was in the holodeck, it changed. how I was feeling when I got told that I wasn't having heart attack. And I was fine.
So maybe there was something about having a professional doctor telling me that I was okay. Because I don't know about you or where you live. where I live. I've been raised to pretty much look up to doctors like this. All Powerful. know everything, kind of person. Someone that you can trust your life with someone that you trust your child's life with.
And, you know, like the they're one of the most important people in society doctors. They're the top of the list, you know that? So I've always had that trust. So maybe hearing the doctor say to me, you're fine.
You okay? You're going to be okay. helped me to relax. And I believed what he said. And I start to feel okay. tinge to with you know, the guilt, huge amount of guilt. It made it worse on the second time because I was sitting in a
lucky a bed where they examine you. Opposite me. So this is late at night, opposite me there was a man we're actually mopping a woman sitting in the bed, very elderly,
with the husband holding their hand which increased my guilt. Why was I taken up the doctors time when that lady required it much more urgently. And of course, everybody else that was waiting in emergency ward
in my mind needed it more than I did. And I remember walking out and walking through the emergency waiting room, seeing people that Connie glimpsed before when I was waiting there for five minutes, still waiting there. possibly been waiting for a couple of hours. And I was embarrassed. almost felt like walking through without me trousers on. I just put my head down and I just couldn't look at anyone. I felt like a fraud. Part. The reason I'm telling you this is first of all, you may relate to this. You may
have had similar experiences. Secondly, if you have or if you ever do in the future.
The fact is you're not a fraud. I wasn't a fraud. You have no reason to feel guilty. And I had no reason to feel guilty. You deserve medical attention as much as anybody else. So did I looking at it from a different angle as well. That experience could have kind of had the calls in my mind to avoid ever going back to the hospital. So happens you know in the future if I do have pains in my chest
and it isn't anxiety and I don't go to the hospital because I don't want to be wasting resources and waste in the doctor's time. I don't want to feel guilty or feel embarrassed. Which means I could end up well in a bad way. And I say no. no to that. No to that for me. No to that for you.
The hospital doctors, they're there for all of us. Just because anxiety can't be seen. Just because stress and panic can't be seen is an illness because you know a lot of people out there The guides hospital have a medical treatment. And their medical condition has been brought on by stress.
They don't know as being caught on by stress, the doctors don't know as being brought
on by stress. They've been treated and they're not feeling guilty. Hopefully, they're not feeling guilty and embarrassed because they've got physical condition that can be seen by the doctors through x rays or you know, for whatever however,
we can be saying someone working 100 hours a week, for 10 years solid might drop down and have major physical problems because of the stress
of doing that. But then may not you know, connect the two might have mentioned before the 1995 between October or when was October 94. To pre September 95, I was physically ill with stomach problems bleed in trouble eating all kinds of really awful and I've got tested or creamed on me in me medication. And in the end I got tested got organs or tested x rays blood tests.
And I was told to the end by two specialists sitting in a big office in hospital stress. Now for me, I knew a big guy for a really big depression in that in
that summer of 95. But part of the Depression was feeling ill
because I felt so physically sick most of the time. That match I lost quite a bit of weight as well.
And that's what I attributed to my depression and I said what can be done I've got this stress, you know, I fought on my seven also or something in there, you know, nothing, I had an ectopic thing where you know, down the throat and x rays camera right stuff. Nothing Nothing all me at all. I think I was annoying them but other than that, nothing.
Put me on antidepressants. Symptoms cleared up. And I put weight on as well. So very acutely aware that stress can cause physical illness. Not just physical illness that can be diagnosed but illness that doctors don't even know what's wrong. So as far as feeling guilty get rid of that feeling place not useful. It's not helpful. I think guilt just leads to more guilt. why should anybody be you anybody ever, ever feel guilty for being ill?
We're all allowed to be ill as your human right? We're allowed to sleep, go to the toilet, eat, be Ill feel well. Breathe, you know basic things. Everybody gets at some point. at different levels of course. We're allowed to be you without feeling guilty or feeling ashamed or feeling the Taking the
time....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/56-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-17th-september-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. This is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. I need to shorten the title of this thing seems a bit too long. Anyway, my name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes.
Now I'll admit to you that I actually give more thought, Yeah, probably give more thought before making a recording on this podcast than on any of the other ones that I do. I do a lot of sleep, sleep recordings. The let me bore you to sleep, the sleep hypnosis, whisper thing.
Sleep hypnosis weekly. And other things I do for this, because it's so focused, try and either before beforehand, so topic. This recording is going to be about caring. And that's it. So I'm going to continue talking about that, and maybe offer some ideas and just see what comes up. And when I say caring, I'm talking about not caring. Which might sound like a strange thing to say. But where I'm coming from with this is with anxiety or stress. With panic attacks, there is possibly way too much energy put into caring about situations about things. Because in order to worry, you need to care about the thing you're worrying about. In order to be
stressed about something you need to care about that thing that you're stressed about.
With panic attacks. part of the process of having panic attacks and anxiety attacks is to expect to have
it's one of those weird conundrums I think where logically Why would you expect to have something that you don't want to have? Because by expecting to have it you'll give your unconscious mind kind of given your unconscious mind the instruction to have a panic attack. Because that's what you think about because your unconscious mind can't really tell the difference between negative and positive. It loves you wants the best for you wants to do wants to do everything for you. When it does, you know, your heart pumps, blood flows around your body. So much goes on in the unconscious mind. Not all so much. When it comes to the stuff that seems unconscious, like panic attacks, it seems like it's coming from your unconscious mind.
Because I don't know about you but in anytime I had one. It didn't feel like a conscious thing. It was almost like having a pain in the stomach. Not something that I caused myself. Not something that I could control.
Of course you can take medications reduce the pain or go and see a doctor, you know that kind of stuff. But we've got to go to the toilet, sometimes it's what's needed. But all these sort of things out of my conscious control. And of course, panic attacks are in that category. Yet, yet yet yet, this is the the addition to that panic attacks are affected by a conscious thinking. And the first thing I think to say about this is it's not about blame. Get out right out of your head. No big fan of blame. not blaming myself or blaming others don't see the point in that is just, we can learn. Take responsibility for our own actions, but blaming, blaming guilt. I think guilt can be replaced with regret. Rule done stuff that we're not perhaps proud of in the past. Maybe her other people maybe didn't mean to, but the result was
the same. So instead of living a life of guilt, you can have regret for what I did. For example, I can add regret for it, and learn, learn from it. To never do that, never to repeat that behavior again.
And although this isn't about that, this isn't about regret. I think it's important to nip that stuff in the bud when it comes to feeling guilty about stuff when it comes to blaming ourselves. Because blaming ourselves or blaming other people doesn't help is just is just poison, which is poisoning ourselves with hatred and anger and all that stuff. But again, I'm not going to go into that effect, because it's more it's a different subject.
But this idea of what a conscious mind, we think about has a huge effect on our unconscious mind. And I know I've given us a lot of for
and coming from a hypnosis background 20 was it 21 years now nearly 22 years that I got involved in hypnosis.
And I never before in the past, I never gave enough credit to the strength and the power and the influence that our conscious mind has on our unconscious mind.
Because you know when someone's got let's say they've got an issue. They go to a hypnotherapist and the hidden they expect the hypnotherapist or they want the hypnotherapist to talk to their unconscious mind and to make changes ask the unconscious mind to make changes. They might not kind of know the ins and outs of it but that's kind of what the processes
when you think about it. In reality, we are our own hypnotherapist. Always they're talking our mind is always talking to our unconscious mind. But parents who have never realized it before. I've been very aware Over the years of things I've watched on television, audios have listened to things I've read in a newspaper. Things that other people say and how I'm maybe influenced by those words that other people say.
I never thought about what I was saying outside of self harm in internal dialogue. And by that what I mean is, if it's blatant, if it's something like telling myself that I'm ugly, and no one will ever love me in that kind of stuff, then that's an obvious thing that I need to address, like, wait
a minute. This is just harmful. You know, and I've said in the past, in other recordings that I've done over the years, and I've said it to clients, when I was a counselor, these things that you say to yourself, would you say that to a small child? Would you say that to your, to your little baby, your little child, your niece, your grandson? You know, whoever? And everyone says, No, because it would be abusive, it would be cruel, it'd be horrible. Why would you say it to yourself, because by saying it to yourself, you'll have a more of an effect than you would on that child. Because it goes in this, this, there's nothing blocking it. Although it could have a really bad effect on the child as well, of course, if it was repeated and stuff, but and that's where it comes in, isn't it where people, they hear something over and over again, they start to believe
it, which is the benefit of this, these recordings, the relaxation, sleep sessions, wherever it is, I'm doing this repetitiveness of it. And as well, so the variety, the variety, if I can say the word. So it's not just listening to
the same recording, it's lots of different recordings with a guest the same message just presented in a different way.
So what we say to ourselves, inside our mind, what we think about, there's not even so much about saying it as in a sentence, like internal dialogue, it's what we think about what we are expecting to happen. And in my last recording, I talked about the go into an appointment, and expecting it to be terrible. And it was terrible. I expected myself to get stressed and I got stressed. And some of you may think, Well, why am I listening to you then? If you got stressed at this appointment, and this is a an audio podcast to help me to reduce my stress and anxiety. Well, the answer to that is on a human being. That's the first kind of quick answer. Doesn't matter how, how old you get how well you get is to allow to feel stressed. Sometimes it's natural is to allow to feel anxious, sometimes it's unnatural. Nobody would be listening to this. If occasionally they felt a little bit anxious. Or they had an anxious at a job interview. And after the job interview, they fought all that was that was a very anxious situation. But if they don't normally feel anxious, they probably potentially wouldn't be listening to an anxiety or a stress relief session, recording podcasts, whatever you want to call this. So just reminds me when I had I had an ear operation when I was very young, about eight just before I was eight years old. I was partly deaf in one of my ears, and I kept having to earaches. And then I tested my ears eventually. And I was partly deaf. I don't know what level of deafness but it was, there was deafness there anyway, had her heart to hear it in one of my eyes. So I had an operation. And after the operation, I remember this for about a year later, of sitting there and my dad said something on I said, Sorry, About what? Or pardon partons pardon, sir. I said to my dad, because I didn't hear I didn't catch what he said, After watching television or doing something else that wasn't, you know, wasn't listening to what he was saying. or didn't know. He wasn't talking. He just said something. Didn't know he's talking to me. So it wasn't listening. And straightaway said, That's it, we're taking you back to the hospital to get us tested. We are allowed to miss hear things. Because we're human. You know, if you've had appendicitis nadji, Appendix owl, doesn't mean you're never gonna have a pain in the stomach in that area. Again. It means it's got nothing to do with your appendix because your appendix on in there anymore.
Even people I have sure we've all heard of phantom limb pain. People can have their leg amputated and still feel pain in their feet. Doesn't mean the legs there as she saw someone using years ago, or another going off topic a little bit, but this is about the whole point of this is accepting what is. And this person came to me being in a motorbike accident seven years before this back in 2007, I think so they'd had an accident seven years before that came to me he'd had his leg amputated. And he said he still felt these liquids in the same position as it was after the crash, which was very badly badly badly damaged. Because he had probably, I think he had a couple of weeks or maybe a few months where his leg was stolen. And they were hoping to do ....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/55-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-16th-september-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. This is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this, when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, this recording is going to be a bit different from previous ones. So kind of have a little warning, but just to let you know, at the start, just in case you might not want to listen to it. I'm going to discuss an event that happened this week, few days ago, where when my anxiety was very high. And I'm kind of going to discuss why what I didn't do that I could have done. How I didn't cope with it very well. So it's it is kind of the opposite in some ways to what I talk about normally, but at the same time showing that I'm just a human being like yourself, and that I actually, although I've got it under control a lot of the time. And occasionally I get really affected by the anxiety. Software talk about this, again, if this is triggering in any way, or if it's something you'd still want to hear, or is not something you won't find useful, perhaps, then I understand and
just click the off button. And I'm going to explore why could have done. And I've been thinking about it for a few days. This happened on Tuesday, and it's now Friday.
So an a few things. We mentioned in a few thoughts about mental health and anxiety and people's perception of it, especially professional people, studios, those in the mental health sector, perhaps as well as people that are there to help. They have maybe no knowledge of mental health, but are still helping people with mental health issues. Say, for example, Citizens Advice Bureau, or maybe charities that help with homeless people or support workers that just generally, you know, help anyone that you know, kind of general support worker. So I'm just kind of thinking it'd be useful for those people to have as a bit more knowledge, but then it's, you know, it's such an individual thing, but anyway, so um, I'll just start from the start. And as I said, it's not it's not really any therapy or hypnosis, but it is a might be useful to somebody. And I've really thought about whether or not to make this recording because I don't want to seem like I'm just coming on here to have a moan. Cuz that's not what I intend to do. I kind of want to have a moan if I'm honest. One loan, a good old moan about it. But that's not what I'm going to do. I'll give some of the facts. And I'll tell you how I was feeling. So nn is something you may relate to, it's involved in benefits, it's involved in the P IP, Pip, personal independence payments, for those of you in England, that may be dealing with that again, so that's money going to come from my perspective. Hey, guys, so that's what I'm gonna be talking about. In the next half an hour or however long. I say half an hour. But if you've listened to me before, I do have a tendency of talking efa and Fr. So here's, here's the beginning of the story. Three weeks ago, I received a letter from the PIP, which is the benefit agency place with a form telling me that I needed to do a change of circumstances form, fill it in and have it in by the other 14, no, 12 of September, which was yesterday. And so I've had a few weeks to kind of, it wasn't even three, it was the end of August. So it wasn't even three weeks ago, probably two weeks ago. And I went to the Citizens Advice Bureau. So I've got this form on a Saturday, the Monday went to the citizen advice. And for those that don't know, what it is, is basically it's it's a charity, that do you get funded by the government. And they you can go there with any most issues with legal, whether it's, you know, whatever is benefits. And they can have an advocate, and they can help to fill forms in and they can help to signpost for you in touch with someone else that can help. So I've been I've used them quite a few times, since I was probably 17 over yourself over the years. And the really good.
Two really brilliant service to have, it's free to use. So I'll make the appointment. And when I went in there first order said, Oh, we don't make appointments anymore. I said, but this is for the PIP form to be filled in. I had an appointment last time two years ago. And she said, Oh, yeah, we do make appointments for the platform. Which again, is I think it's I try not to criticize them. But I'm gonna because their first response to kind of make an appointment is no, you have to come in in the morning. Not ask him what the appointments for not asking not giving the person an opportunity to say I just happened to be quite forceful in a sense of telling them that I wanted an appointment. And reason I wanted it because I knew I couldn't just turn up in the morning and expect someone to spend two hours with me fill in the format. So and I saw them on this Tuesdays say the same thing to somebody else. They came in said can I make an appointment please note you have to come in in the morning at nine o'clock or 930. So that person might have had a form. So they would come in and then be told all you have to make you have to make an appointment for you. So yeah, I think some of the ways of operating is not great, but again, that's just me being critical.
So Andres just appeared out of nowhere. So I go in there, Kay, I go in Now I've got the appointment. So this is time for me on reflection, to prepare myself mentally for going in there. Because
I've filled in forms before with them the last homes two years ago, and I filled in a couple of other forms at different places as well, for benefits, and it's it's not something that I enjoy doing. I can't imagine anyone like loves doing it is something that raises my anxiety level. Very, very high. Indeed, very. So I knew I knew to prepare. Yeah, I didn't prepare, not in the way that would have been more useful to me. Excuse the background sounds as Andre climbing through his little tube.
He's just doing his thing. So I fought up, relax the weekend, relax. And not really think about it. By was thinking about it. It was almost like, underneath. I was thinking about it without consciously thinking about it. Which is a weird, kind of a weird thing.
And the Monday my friend asked me if I'd look after his dog on a Monday. And I said, Yes. She said, No. Because I needed the day to prepare for the Tuesday, needs to get myself ready. But I didn't think of myself I didn't put myself first. And this is a form that I fill in every two years. It's not like it's a regular thing.
So I ended up getting pretty much no sleep. Because I knew I needed to be up in the morning in order to have the dog and then he didn't end up eating and end up getting up. So I ended up didn't end up having the dog. So I was waiting around for hours. And technically, that's got nothing to do with Tuesday didn't spend the day doing what I could have been doing and as preparing. I don't mean spend your day meditating, or anything like that. But just maybe being a bit nice to myself, maybe being a bit trying to get a bit more relaxed. Rehearse in the day ahead. Imagining you know waking up feeling relaxed, feeling positive, feeling calm, rehearsing, get on the bus going into the, to the you know, to the place I was going, sitting down, going through the process of filling the form with the lady dolls with a feeling relaxed throughout that situation. And it lasted for about three hours, the form fill in. And I realized it was gonna take that long. And I just I didn't use the time before in a constructive way. In a preparatory that's the right word way. So that's one thinking. Now, in hindsight, I know. People say that hindsight and stuff is useful for future lives. I'm in. So what I could have done on the bus, traveling to town on that Tuesday morning, again, is feel relaxed, get myself calm, and rehearse in my mind going through the whole experience, and then we wind in back to sit in on a bus and go through that maybe even in quick motion. And do that a few times. Because that would have taken away the anxiety of the thought of doing it. Because I would have separated myself from it. It's, it's kind of a phobia. technique I could have, I could have imagined myself, sitting there in a clown outfit. Or mentioned, whoever was sitting there doing it for me wearing roller skates, and a big disco costume with flashing lights. I mean, I could have anything to take in the edge off of that anxiety that I was feeling. Be honest, on the journey, there wasn't feeling the anxiety, or I wasn't as aware of it. It was almost like I was separate from separate from how I was really feeling almost like I was pushing away, didn't want to experience it didn't want to feel it. Why would anybody want to feel it? Why would anybody want to experience an uncomfortable feeling. But by pushing away, it makes us stronger. So that's not useful in an emergency situation,
because it's very useful. You know, you need to get on and do what you need to do, and then
allow yourself to feel it afterwards. This wasn't an emergency situation. or sitting on a bus traveling there. And the feeling I had really at that time was dread. As I was walking towards the place, it was more I gotta do this, I got to do this. And I knew how to do it, get the form filled, and send it off, go to the post office, pay for it to be delivered, or needed to do it today, you know, on that Tuesday, it all need to be done. And on top of that I had three other letters from two different people that I was posting as well. So again, I took on other people's stuff
by choice. When I should have said perhaps no. or shouldn't have done no not shouldn't have but ....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/54-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-13th-september-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason Newland doe calm. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes.
And I'm going to be talking about trauma in this recording. So if you feel that it might not be something you want to
be listening to thinking about, then maybe just stop listening. Because I will be talking about trauma and possibly about my own some of my own bits and bobs, including. Now I'll be going into great detail about
anything as far as my own experiences, but guess what I'd give that little warning at the beginning. So a couple of things I've been thinking, which I just share with you. First of all, I just want to thank you for listening to this podcast. Thank you for listening and downloading these recordings. Because without you listening, there'd be no point in me making them. And another thing, reason why I make so many different recordings is because I suppose Firstly, that's how I work. I don't think everything can fit into one, half hour hour recording. When it's such a big subject as this, when everyone's so different. We all experience things differently in our own unique way. And although one recording is definitely better than no recordings. And, of course, there's people that are famous that do this stuff, and they sell them and they might just have like a one hour recording and it can be really valuable. My way of doing it is to try and maybe come at different angles. And those of you that listen to the other recordings that I do, you'll know that's on the Why do I like to
like to open it up, open up the subject. actually think about really give it some thought whilst I'm talking and to share some of my experiences. At the same time, some of those things may resonate within you. And some people might think, Well, why is it called hypnosis then if all you're doing is talking,
if you're not so counting me down and deepening me which a lot of hypnosis can be that, you know, get you to think of focus on each part of your
body and then you relax and then deepen, deepen that feeling by Avenue, walking down some steps, and feeling more relaxed with each step and giving you suggestions. And this is how you can feel when you wake up this Sagan to feel in the future
and encounter new back like 10 or one up to 10 that is a way of doing hypnosis, lots of different ways. Because ultimately, to me, hypnosis is is really just wrapping your mind around an idea which is the extra emotion that Milton Erickson gave us lots of different ways to do that. But ultimately, you're the one doing.
So, instead of me telling you what to do, or telling you what to think, which you don't need me to do, I offer suggestions and ideas that may be useful. And you can wrap your mind around those ideas. And the same ideas will be presented over and over again, in different ways, with different wording, at different times, on different recordings. That's how I work. And the aim is ultimately, for you. to benefit from this, and for your stress levels to reduce the anxiety levels to reduce panic attacks to reduce to the point, we no longer having them in a longer read and thinking about them.
So that you can feel more relaxed, and sleep better, feel physically healthier, feeling more positive, towards yourself, towards your life towards your future, and to not be so affected by the past. Something to become physically change, but not having the same response to it, or reaction to that you used to in the past, maybe. So there's a lot there to do in one recording, which is why I don't even attempt to try and do it in one record.
And everything I do fits in with the whole stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Because it's all connected. As far as I'm concerned, it's all connected. Because if someone has a panic attack, anxiety take, they might think, well, I wasn't stressed things were going really
well. Anxiety wasn't anxious, why they're heavy. Which is a fair enough question. There's someone that's had a few of them experiences huge amounts of anxiety. Not knowing when the next one's gonna come. Perhaps not knowing why it's happening. When I went to my doctor The first time I had a panic attack. He said there was a panic attack. I didn't
know what it was. And he said What did he call it? Oh yeah, after saw him a few times, because I had to keep going back every week to get sick note from a doctor's for the doctor for my work.
And he said it was trauma. He said it was trauma from the past. And he asked me a little bit about my past and
kind of made sense. Our new head issues about the past by didn't. I suppose I spent most of my life running away from it.
And not confronting it or not even allowing it to be there as kind of as a weird one. So true trauma can have a lot to do with anxiety, stress and panic.
Not just from well everything's In the past isn't obviously yesterday's in the past, but doesn't have to be from childhood. It could be something that happened last week or traumatic incident. And the reason why I feel I can talk about trauma to everyone that's listening is I can't imagine is one person listening to this that hasn't experienced trauma of some kind. I can't imagine I've never met anybody in my life that hasn't experienced trauma of some kind. And one thing I think is important is for it not to turn into competition. Because that that happened once I did a YouTube video talking about my childhood and the trauma I experienced, xR fall, it might be useful for people. And I don't know, if I've still got the audio, the video is gone, but I might have the audio of it somewhere. And I did another one about panic attacks,
my experiences of that as well. And one of my YouTube friends said, a throwaway line, as in Well, you didn't have as bad as me, to me, so he didn't have as bad as me.
And there was part of me wanted to argue it. Which would have turned into competition about who suffered the most, which is kind of really ridiculous.
It's a ridiculous thing to tell someone that they suffered less. Because we don't know how people experience things. To people can experience exactly the same thing. different results. One can just walk away, didn't bother him. Another person severely traumatized.
And there's no judgment in there. It is what it is. We're all different. We're all different. And I experienced that when I was counseling. And I noticed it cost counseling children and adults. And I realized that what we say to children really has an effect on them. Not just when they're little
all of you know any age. And how easily, so easily, but how something that someone else might not think is a particularly bad thing to say, could cause a lot of suffering for somebody. Yeah, at the same time. We can't go through life tiptoeing around everybody else, in case we say something that upsets them. So this is a weird one. It's, I've upset enough people over the years, no doubt, I've been upset by enough people or reacted to other people that may or may not have meant to cause that feelings within me. With this, talking about trauma, it can be whatever it is, whatever the traumatic experience from something. And there's a thing I don't know about you. And I do it myself. I try not to
try and catch myself. And I've even heard experts say the same thing. When they've been talking or lectures and, you know, there's a real sense of grading, grading levels of trauma. When actually, as I said a few minutes ago, it's about our reaction, our response mentally, emotionally, that has the is really the decider on whether or not Know what level of trauma that was.
And I'm not going to go into details about any traumatic experiences because we've all got our own stories. We've all got our own
things that have happened. I think when it comes to trauma, it's okay. It's okay to have it. It's okay to have these feelings. It's natural to have been affected by
it in the past, but you are not your trauma. dislike you are not your illness. I am not bipolar. I am bipolar. But I'm not. I am not the bipolar. That's not all I am.
If you're diabetes, diabetic, you're, you're weak. We'd call ourselves this time. I'm diabetic on knopper. Someone says, Yeah, I'm diabetic, as if somehow that's all they are. And they probably don't mean that when they say it. But their unconscious mind is listening to that. And I'm going back and I'll continuously go back to positive thinking. In a sense of what we say to ourselves, really, really has an effect really affects us. And you know, I mess around with some of the other recordings I do. The let me boys asleep ones, I just play around and I really say anything serious in that. This sentence, what you say to yourself, what you think affects you. What I think about affects me. What I say to myself affects me. Why tell other people about myself affects me. I've spent 30 I don't know how many years since I left school in 1986. All that time. I've been telling people that I'm rubbish at maths. I haven't spent all that time say I've done other things, but I must have said it so many 1000s of times. I'm rubbish at maths. Oh crap of that. I can't do that. On the level of a probably 10 year old level of maths. I've been saying for years and years and years. telling myself that telling other people they're not even attempting to apply myself with some of the most basic arithmetic because I've been telling myself that I can't do it.
And I know that that's had an effect. For years and years and years, I was told that I was stupid by a bite....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/53-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-8th-september-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. I haven't made one of these for a little while. And I do intend to make them a bit more regularly. In the future, if you wish to contact me, just go to my website, there's a contact form, contact details on there. And if you would like to help me in any way support me, gift me wherever. There's also information on the website there as well, as well as all of my recordings. Saying that they're not all on there yet, I'm in the process of doing that. But they will be very shortly.
Now I'm actually going to give this recording and title or kind of a title, basically breaking the pattern, breaking the pattern, wherever the pattern is, whether it's a pattern of anxiety, the pattern of stress,
the pattern of panic, breaking that pattern, in the same way that you would, you know, if you break a circuit, electrical circuit, you know, if you make a little gap, the whole thing stops working, because it needs the common needs to go through.
Now, electrician, so I know the very basics of that. But the flow needs to go through. Just like if you got a tap, and you got a hose pipe and you're at the bottom of the garden. Nothing can happen if the tap, if the hose falls off the tap, you're not going to be able to
water your garden not with the hose pipe anyway. Or if the hose pipe is tangled up. And in some ways, if you think about it, there's the old theory of breaking bigger things into smaller chunks, which makes it easier to digest
are easier to deal with. So you could have biggest sausage in the world. Or just a really big sausage. And you know, or big burger or big veggie burger or whatever, a big cookie, big massive cookie. He can't eat it as it is. You have to break bits off in order to eat it bit by bit.
Because it's impossible to swallow whole. And as we're not built like snakes, who can swallow things hope we have to break things down. So when it comes to things like stress and anxiety, and something that's coming up that's causing worry and concern which is anxiety provoking. It could be anything that's going to happen. Something it could be something that's not even if you told someone else that think or what you want about. That's not a big deal. But it doesn't matter what they think. It's about how you feel. It was regardless, it doesn't matter if it's if it's traveling on a bus for most people. That's a trivial thing that is meaningless.
But for some people is really not. And that's okay. To deal with that, in a way, in the same way, as someone might do with
having a major operation, and dealing with the anxiety, coming up with that situation, because I've seen people in different, you know, having the same theory, same reaction to completely opposite things. And I'll give you an example. I saw a lady who needed lung transplants, as she had to go into hospital one, I think it was the Tuesday. And I saw her on Saturday. And she was told she didn't go into the hospital to have the tests, then she wouldn't be allowed to be on the transplant list. because she'd attempted to go into hospital about three times. That might not be exact, but on a few occasions, they booked her in to have to tests to see whether or not she was compatible. Whether or not she'd be able to handle the operation physically in West stuff. And she couldn't Anglian the anxiety was stopping her from even putting her foot inside the hospital. She couldn't even walk through the front door. Because of her anxiety, and the stress.
I've seen that same reaction with somebody couldn't get onto a bus. I've seen that same reaction with somebody, when it comes to a balloon.
phobia of a balloon, the anxiety in case they might see a balloon. So it's really easy as humans to mock that, you know, especially if it's, if there's something that's not affecting us. I'm not an angel up, probably made fun of lots of things over the years. I like to make fun of myself more than anything else. The reality is this, like, Wow, it doesn't make sense doesn't logically make sense. But it doesn't have to. If we rely on everything to make logical sense, then we're going to be waiting a long, long time. Because emotions, always win over logic, and facts. facts and logic cannot compete
with emotion. So that's where we have to change, you have to sort of find a way into that emotion.
And of course, facts are in here. It's useful, because it can change the way that you think about something which then changes the way you feel. But ultimately, it's about changing the way you feel. That's the task. It's always the task. Whether it's a phobia, whether it's trauma, wherever it's pretty much anything, any kind of issue in someone's life, even a physical thing like chronic pain. And I'm not talking about the physical feeling, but the emotion behind it.
Because one person could have damaged ankle. And for them, it could seem at the end of the world
emotionally and there might not even be in huge pain, you know, their level of pain, maybe, maybe a four out of a 10 but emotionally, the pain is way higher, which means the physical pain feels way higher.
Someone else might be lying in Bad broken back. I have a different attitude. So you know, worse physical condition. And it's not about thinking that someone's also on worse off the New button, we shouldn't feel this way. Because
we're allowed to feel however we feel. The point is the, we have the opportunity to feel differently, emotionally, about things. Because if one person can do it, it means it's possible.
That's how I see if one person can do it, it means it's possible to do. Now, I'm not talking about a physical activity. Not everybody can swim the channel. Something that I would never attempt. Swimming isn't my thing. And I'd have to take swimming lessons just to swim. Now really, I'm not Swimming. Swimming the channel, I would never attempt it never want to never would. I'm not anxious about it, I just not going to do it. Because I want to. But I know it's possible for a lot of people to do it. I know it's a possibility to be done. Because 1000s of people have done it. 1000s of people have run marathons. That's another thing that I kind of, have crossed off a list of things that I'm never gonna
do. Because I don't want to. But these things emotionally, that perhaps we all can do this not based on a physical ability, not based on physical strength, or physical stamina,
or having a, you know, a really good heart. That means you can do lots of like, cardiovascular, running and swimming and you know, all that stuff. So even if someone's in a, in a wheelchair, or it's got asthma or is physically unable to do those kinds of things, emotionally I think he's kind of an equal. All right, equal field for all of us, are most of us more so than physically, physically. It's only you knows, there's a small percentage of the population are ever going to be a professional boxer is a small population of the human race that are ever gonna win a marathon or ever gonna be you know, a tennis Grand Slam champion, you know, apparently has been about 2000 World Champions, boxers in the world in history. 2000. That's what I heard recently, out of how many billions of people are like boxing, so I'm an armchair boxer, as me. But emotionally most of us have got the ability. We cannot imagine running a marathon. In our minds. We can imagine swimming across the ocean, or reaching the next land wherever it might be. In my case, it would be from here to France and your case, it might be from
there who knows wherever you live in. But in our minds and that's the thing in your mind. The The only limitations are what you allow there to be.
Physically we have physical limitations. course we do. I can't I struggle Why can't I can't touch the ceiling. I'm not tall enough to touch the ceiling without standing on something. And nothing in the world. And so jump up and down, of course, or wear high heeled shoes, which really don't suit me.
I'm not going to be able to touch the ceiling, unless I grow my fingernails really long, or even tiptoes. So it's just a physical thing. I can't get into 2022 inch jeans, waist jeans, we can probably get them up to my knees. So we've got physical limitations, which is fine, it's just part of being alive. And it's good that we're different. We're all got different bodies and different looks and everything. Emotionally,
we will have the ability to make changes, we can make changes to our bodies, of course you can,
people can lose weight they can put weight on put muscle on might never be, you know, might not ever be able to swim the channel pocket become a better swimmer than I am. That's guaranteed you can always become better than you are physically. If you choose to do that. depending on circumstances, of course, if someone's in bed and they can't get out of bed, course, they're not going to be able to do some of the things that maybe they used to do what they'd like to do.
You can think we can all think we can all have that emotion. We can all connect to the emotions and play with the emotions and change them. And also, I think part of it for me is to respect the emotions. So not to mock someone for
being scared of getting on a bus, for example. You wouldn't say to someone What? Why are you worried about getting on a bus? or Why are you worried about going into the supermarket to get you so many people who had Why are you worried about that? I know somebody that had to, you know....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/52-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-6th-september-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this, when you can safely Close your eyes.
I hope you're well and done something today. That was not bad, or done something today that I don't normally do.
But a little preparation for this recording. And I've even made notes, can you believe it? Only like headlines? Because I thought it might be useful to mention some useful things that you might be able to do. That might be helpful, you know. And I might have mentioned some this before. So if I have you ever listened to that, then please forgive me. Although repetition is useful. So I made a list of some stuff, and I'll make a few comments and tell you about some of my personal experiences with these things. Some useful actions that you can take to help with reducing your stress, anxiety, panic, and maybe also dealing with the issues surrounding it, as well. So I'm just going to go through them. So there's a few, a lot of this is really obvious, but I find it's sometimes the most obvious blatant stuff that that's useful. I also find and I don't know about you, sometimes when a friend or someone that I know, offers me some advice. I don't seem to like this. And again, it might just be me. But for example, they might say, Oh, you got anxiety, have you tried this, whatever this is, and stray away, I can't seem to have a wall comes up. And it's the same thing that happens when I meet someone new, and they tell me their name. I just stopped listening. Or if I asked for directions, which is a time when I really shouldn't be listening and I just for some reason blink out a bit.
So I thought maybe coming from somebody different. Because I think sometimes it might, it feels like they're not really interested.
Maybe it is saying if you try this in order to no longer talk about what it is that we're concerned with. Be it might not be the case though. So very obvious facts, the first one and this fits in with what I do, as with my hypnosis podcasts. So here's the first thing I wrote down sleep, decreases stress and anxiety. And that's basically decent sleep. And that fits in with what I do because I've got a few sleep podcasts which are pretty popular and Literally just read. Someone just sent me a message on Facebook saying that every time they listen, listen to one of the deep sleep whisper hypnosis sessions that he falls asleep straight away. So that just happens to be at the top of the list. I could go on about sleep.
Personally, when I was going through the hardest part of the panic time times I found the The only thing that I really felt I was able to do. Not always but a lot of the time was to just lay in bed on my own with quiet and just relax.
And it got to the point where when I've visited people, I'd sometimes say I just need to go and lay down. I can lay down for half an hour. And usually it was okay. I only did it with people that I knew well my family or like a good friend. I wouldn't wouldn't do in someone's house that I'd done. He just met. Oh, by the way can lay on your bed, please. You know that would sound a bit weird. There's one time I visited my friend and in London. And I got out there traveled up there. Probably on the Friday evening. Saturday morning, got up, everything's fine. We went to take his dog for a walk. And we couldn't have got more than 200 yards from his flat and my legs went numb. I literally couldn't feel my legs. I had a panic, big panic attack. I was like, No, you know, other stuff happened is like Oh, and I said to him, I can't go back. And what was annoying, he got angry. Because I traveled up to visit him to see him. And we will call it doing things we used to do before I moved away. But I couldn't. I couldn't walk down the street without being able to fill my feet and my legs. So I had to go back and lay down on on his bed for an hour or so. And then I was okay. If I had to push myself to keep doing it to keep walking there's no way of knowing. I mean, obviously I didn't do it on why I've been okay, I would have been okay, I wouldn't have wouldn't have died or anything I would have been okay that way. But there's this, some of the books and I did read quite a few books on anxiety and panic attacks, especially at that time. And someone said he's got to push through it. You got to you know, if you feel you're going to fail, you got to continue anyway. And you got to you know, continue through it and don't kind of don't let it be you which I understand the concept of that you don't give into something but
in the same way it's an illness and it is debilitating. And it is for me to say you know if someone says Oh,
don't keep going through, you can hold your hand on it kill. Eventually the kills gonna call down. But your hands gonna be in a lot of pain during that process. And I know once I went on, went on a retrieved Buddhist retreat, which you know, is supposed to be really relaxing and calm and I spent about four Live days in continuous anxiety, panic mode, not the whole time, but continuously going back there to that extreme anxiety. And I pushed myself because I'd read in a book called push yourself, don't get into it. And I ended up coming back. So I went there on the on Boxing Day. And I came back New Year's Day, or New Year's Eve rather. So however many days those are, might be the day after boxing days as well, five days and always absolutely drained. At the end of it, drained of all energy, and are almost felt like I'd gone back, I've gone backwards.
And I really, really felt like I was making a bit of progress. And then, but pushing myself like that was harmful actually, mentally and emotionally. To me. So I'm not saying don't, don't do anything, don't push yourself a bit, if that's what you want to do. But maybe be gentle. You know, figure out what's right for you. And don't give yourself a hard time if you're not perhaps doing what you might have read in a book. Because that book is not going to be for everybody. You know, everyone's different levels, everyone has different experiences. It's it's a guide guideline, these books on how to help with anxiety. It's not everything is going to be useful to everybody. Whether it's a podcast was a video, whether it's a YouTube lecture, wherever I snore is going to be useful to everyone, every single thing. And after that, I never pushed myself like that again. You know, it's if you if you break your leg, you stop walking on it. Even if you're not sure if it's broken, you stop walking on it. If you bruise your leg and it's really hurts. Basically, you start walking on it and to find out what's wrong with it until it heals you badly bruise your ankle or your foot you careful with it doesn't have to be broken, to be painful and to need gentleness caring kindness I could go on and on and on about every subject Bobby forever so I won't. But
going back to the sleep I found and I still do it's not even sleeping so much sometimes just laying down or sitting back in a chair to support your body. Maybe listen to some music acquired by listening to nothing. Just listening to the background sounds maybe the birds in the garden maybe just the sounds of people in the garden or the cars going past you know just sound to the wind. So other things so what else I got this and this and things you can ask yourself some questions you can ask yourself So when it comes to being stressed about something, worrying about something, you can ask yourself a question. And you can stick that question there, you can write on a piece of paper, carry around with you. And just ask yourself this question. Whenever your mind gets a bit too locked a bit too stuck. When those thoughts are causing stress and anxiety, ask the question. Am I going to get paid for thinking about this? Am I going to get paid money? But thinking about this? Or how much am I going to get paid? But thinking about this? I'm not gonna win a gold medal for thinking about this. You can reword it however you want. But how am I going to get paid with thinking about this? Which is another way of asking, is that any point? What am I gaining? from thinking, overthinking, worrying about this thing? which is causing distress? Am I going to get paid for thinking about this? If the answer is yes. Then it's up to you what you do? It's up to you what you do anyway. But if the answer is no, let it go. If the answer's no, let it go. So what's the next one? So these are different techniques and different things. Mindfulness against not something that I came up with this is a very, very popular thing has been for a while I discovered mindfulness, probably you want to go into Buddhism. Because one of the meditation practices was the mindfulness of breathing. But mindfulness, as I discovered, is much more than that. You can be mindful, whatever you're doing, with your washing up, you're just walking even. I like to do walking meditation. When I'm out, when I'm walking to the shops, by for me, it's not just focusing on my feet on the floor, the movement of my feet, moving on the floor, as I walk. Also, my hands sway in a body move in my spine, the feeling of the wind or the temperature of the air. just general things warm hearing, in the background, when in the foreground, and even what's happening right now, as a walk through the air, walk in and feeling that movement of my knees, my hips. And
also noticing what I'm thinking as well. just noticing the thoughts and just let them go. Let them just flow.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/51-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-29th-august-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland and this also involves Andre Dooley Nuland the ferret who has decided to jump on the bed
and accompany me by trying to be naughty I said don't worry he's not gonna be part of the
recording but he seems to want my attention for some reason and this does happen occasionally. hasn't happened many many times with these recordings but it does happen on my let me boy to sleep ones
quite a lot for some reason maybe it's because those ones last for about an hour
the likes he just likes to get coddled and stuff cuddles don't you? Yeah. So only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes
now I know I've talked in previous recordings or at least one of them about the benefits of can you sell for pet
Can you surf? It can be anything it could be a dog or a cat.
For me the benefit is the physical contact you know being able to just stroke him and cuddling and dogs definitely offer that show a lot of cats can as well. This all kind of dependent isn't cats. Cats kind of have their own
their own agenda. But my man used to have cats and it always be sitting on our lap. Always very loving.
But this recording isn't about pets. This is about fear. I was just reading Roosevelt President Roosevelt saying the only thing to fear is fear itself. And I can't disagree with that. In its in a way. What I mean by that is it's okay to sometimes be fearful. It's okay to sometimes be scared. It's okay to sometimes feel stressed. It's okay to sometimes feel anxious.
Just does it sometimes you know it's okay to feel blissfully happy. It's okay to be in love with it's okay to be angry. It's okay to have all those
emotional responses. It's part of being human. I think we try and start blocking out One emotion, or one part that we don't like, we may end up blocking out the good stuff as well. Which seems like a shame. Get down see what I'm holding Andre. And I'll talk sometimes he just looks at me and he falls asleep. And then he wakes up. And he looks at how did I get here? Who are you would you want please half is half asleep. I kind of think of it's like a drawbridge, you know, with cars, castles, you know, the old days when the be a castle was seen in movies and more recently, probably like Game of Thrones. Ball also in like the hobbit thing, you know, those kind of films with a beard drawbridge. And there'd be a moat, like a big moat, which is basically just a ditch with water in it around the castle, and the drawbridge would be pulled up, suddenly, nothing could enter.
Boss or nothing could leave. So that have that drawbridge pulled up. So no one could enter with weapons to hurt them.
But at the same time, no one could enter with food to feed them. Sick could it could end up being physically safe, but then starving, which would be kind of the equivalent of pulling our own drawbridge up putting a wall up, you know, so that we can't feel anxiety or stress, or any of that emotional pain that I can't get through the drawbridge, to affect us in the way that maybe it did before. And it makes sense to want to do something like that I really, you know, logically, of course, it makes sense to want to pull that tool per job to stop the arrows of pain, and the soldiers and the army, whatever, however you want to think about it. Which is actually quite a violent way to think about it because, ultimately, their emotions. They're neither good nor bad, and evil, and are wonderful. They're just, they're just feelings, ultimately are just responses. Because we're human, and that's natural to have emotional responses we all do. Yeah, if you put that drawbridge up to stop the
the feelings are uncomfortable. put it that way. The feelings that are painful. Whether it be panic, anxiety, stress, or emotional discomfort of any kind. At the same time, you're also blocking out the nice stuff, the lovely feelings feelings of well being, feelings of relaxation, feelings of peace of mind, calmness. And then a way if you keep that drawbridge up, no matter what you do,
it's gonna kind of have limited effect. In a sense of personal development, or trying to help change those situations, and help to change how you think and feel about things, if you're not alone in anything in
Canada would be the equivalent of me going to the gym. And sitting on an exercise bike, was he in the Big Mac, it just, it would just be very silly. Although now said, I feel quite hungry. But it's kind of pushing against yourself. Which is a choice. Because anything that I say, it's just ideas, it's just thoughts.
With this podcast, sometimes I do a relaxation session sometimes or talk about panic attacks. Sometimes I talk about anxiety, or talk about my own experiences as well.
And I went through a period, when I had that drawbridge up. One of the things I did to do that was alcohol,
fun time to block out the feelings. And the feelings I had was at that time was feelings of not so much depression, at times depression. I didn't realize I had bipolar at the time. But your mood swings, fulfill crappy, fell in a bad mood or drink to try and change your mood. I fell in a good mood, or drink, kind of to celebrate
drinking alcohol. Maybe not for everyone. But for, you know, it's kind of standard knowledge in the medical world that drinking alcohol
only increases depression. But again, it's not going to be the same for everybody.
It's so easy just to generalize, even the stuff that's useful that we can generalize it, but not necessarily going to be for everybody.
Which is why I don't make just one recording. And then leave it there. It's why I do more and more recordings because everyone's different. Everyone's got different perspective. Everyone's had a different life.
And if you get one thing, one sentence resonates with you. During this 30 minutes or so that I'm talking, then it's been worth it. Because if you like me when I hear something, and I listen to a lot of positive positivity, inspirational stuff,
sometimes I hear something and it just keeps churning around in my head. And that same process happens or has happened in the past with negative thinking as well. Maybe someone said something to me, which was painful. I had a painful emotional response and keep repeating it in my head, which is of no use.
And he just hurt me more, cause more pain for me. But that same process used with a positive statement. You know, a healthy statement. The same exact process of rethinking and keep thinking about
is transformational in a wonderful way and we all process things differently, our brains work differently. Our minds are all different. Which means some way of thinking that you may have. That may seem like digital detrimental to your well being by seem like it gets in the way of your happiness. It might actually be a really good way of thinking if you just fill that gap with something different. So for example, I'll give you an example. If I used to get told that one, yeah, but one thing that's bugged me for years that people saying to me, why is it free? One thing that people said to me in the past is no one appreciates, free stuff. They don't appreciate if it's free. And I've been doing this, this free recordings, videos and audios since 2006. And I've reached quite a big number of people over that time, with various projects I've done online. And that disturbed me that sentence, forgive you. That's an example of a sentence that upset me that I reacted. And I was told this the first time I was actually told this, that sentence was, I remember very clearly, because the day before I went into the hospital, to visit my friend's husband, who had stomach cancer. And he had to have met medical procedure. And he refused to have it unless I came and helped him to calm down. And to prepare for using hypnosis. So I did, I went there after work. I saw him. I did what he wanted me to do. I calmed him down. And he had the process, the procedure, and it went okay, you know, went a lot better, because the last time he had the procedure, it kind of traumatized him a bit, while a lot. So I would I was able to help him. Then I left. And you know, went home, went to bed, go out the next day went to work. I worked in insurance at the time. This is in 2006. And I'm now with a friend, a Buddhist friend of mine, and we had lunch in it was it was in a graveyard. But it was like a public place where people used to go and eat lunch and stuff. Sounds a bit weird, but it's like an old church. And he said to me, I was talking about my free hypnosis because either free chronic pain relief service that was offering locally, the free stuff I was doing online that I just started doing. And he said that nobody appreciates stuff that's free. And all I thought about was the man that I saw the day before offerings husband, and how that was free. I didn't charge him. And he really appreciated Why did or what we did together. he appreciated that. As one knew the that was wrong. You know what he was saying to me? It might be right with some people, some people don't appreciate anything. Some people do you know, it's different people are different. But to say they're everybody, nobody appreciates it. So that bugged me. And he was wrong. And then recently I was listening to a recording of a man called Dan piano. And he said one statement is Show me your friends and I'll show you your future.
Show me your friends and I'll show you your future. I've got a ring on my door, I actually wrote it down.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/50-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-24th-august-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, what I thought I'd do today is an exercise. Now that means sit ups. Trust me, if you saw me, you'd know that I didn't mean sit ups.
Although I do have a sit up bench, which is very, very handy for putting clothes on. I could it clicked in dust. So I was thinking about the way that maybe some of us are able to hold on to anxiety because, you know, a lot of anxiety. It can be due to something that's happened in the past.
I think the biggest, most extreme example was a client I had when I was a counselor. And there was this big thing that happened in a town. And it was I won't go into details, but it was it was basically something happened in the town. People saw it. And this this young lady, she was
a witness to what she saw. And it involved a vehicle and her friend was on the pavement and it was just horrible. But
I saw her probably a year after the event. And she didn't feel safe to walk on a pavement. She didn't feel safe leaving her house because she expected a car to come onto the pavement
and knock her over like it did her friend this so I could have spent six weeks talking I could have spent six weeks listening to her or she was prepared to do that was my job as a counselor.
However, the level of anxiety that she had I feel it was only it seemed immoral to not help her to reduce that anxiety if I knew how to seems kind of wrong to have not to not do that.
If you know how to help someone and you're done kind of sings with it no wrong especially in a situation like this. So I didn't do hypnosis with exactly but I did some visualization. I did some say played with a memory buy. That's kind of what we did. We had the memory I got to think back to the memory but in different ways.
And it's a version of the Quick quick phobia cue with a five minute phobia cure wherever NLP
which comes from hypnosis. So the idea of not reliving, because that would be the cause of the anxiety. The reliving it That's the cause of the anxiety. But to think about that situation, from a different angle, looking through a window, from the distance from a coffee shop,
watching it through binoculars, seeing it from the top of a bus just seen it, so you're not reliving it you're not
back inside your own body experiencing those feelings that you had at the time. Because that would be creating
anxiety which is the opposite to what any of us want. So what I was thinking is we can play around with this today. And when I say play around, I do mean you know not take it too seriously.
Think of it as an exercise as something you can kind of train your brain in a way it's always useful to start out with something that isn't particularly too serious. At the beginning why would advise When have you learned a new technique
maybe don't use it with the thing that is most traumatic for you. Ease yourself into it. Start off with maybe something has happened recently. with somebody maybe somebody said something and it wasn't pleasant. He didn't enjoy the experience. Or maybe whatever it was, it wasn't it's not the end of the world.
But it wasn't nice you know it was uncomfortable. And when you think about it still feels uncomfortable. And it'd be nice to be able to think about it and not necessarily feel wonderful about it. Because that would might be this strange he may feel neutral this almost like you know when you've got a bought a hot water in a bath. And I've done this so many times not had baths I mean put hot water in a bath and it's been too hot to get in. So turn the cold tap on and I've gone into the kitchen to be a tap dancing or wherever are doing their comeback in too much cold waters gone in. And now it's too cold. It's not cold, it's too cold to get in. It's no longer hot, or like bath temperature. And no matter how much hot water I pour into it doesn't seem to make any difference is if that cold water is just neutralized any ability for that water to heat up. It's very strange kind of phenomenon. Yet that's a similar kind of thing with the mind. When you add different dimensions to a memory add different feelings to an emotion. You play around with stuff like that. It changes it
actually changes the way you feel. And it can be quite surprising and there are unlimited why To get this result, I could make a new cordon every day, for the rest of my life.
Give me different ways to do this. Maybe I'll do that, I don't know. But you can start to come up with your own ways. Because that creativity
that we all have, you know, that creative mind starts to think, ah, I wonder. It's a little bit, I suppose, like you learn how to cook. You can do an apprenticeship with the greatest chef in the world. And you can spend five years training with that chef. And you can learn everything, the chef's that chef knows.
You're created minds gonna think of new stuff? Or what if I mix some mustard in well with that porridge, as an example, not probably a good example. And then you come up with something new, something creative. Even though you didn't need to, because you had more knowledge than maybe most chefs. Because you studied with the Top Chef chef in the world,
as just example. When people say well, I'm a perfectionist, not told me we're talking about themselves. It might be true in some ways. They can only be consciously because unconsciously they're not perfectionists. Otherwise they couldn't be creative.
Because creativity comes from in perfection. It comes from thinking about things in a different way mixing together things that shouldn't be mixed together fitting things together that don't belong in the same space that then leads to a completely new invention or creation but that perfection is mind wouldn't allow that process to occur I don't think it nipped in the bud straight away. Sweet and sour sauce sounds illogical. Sweet and sour sauce. nip that in the bud. When in fact actually is It's gorgeous. For those that like sweet and sour sauce.
Peanut bar. I'm not a big fan. Very popular in the world. And now as a mixture they came about from suppose that creative thought perfection is part of the brain. But are gone. No, that can't go together.
Butter and peanuts. I wouldn't put peanuts in a sandwich. tastes horrible. Therefore peanut butter wouldn't be right.
So that creative side of your brain actually appreciates. And I think if you give it a bit of a bit of space to rain, to Rome, to grow to play, it can have a lot of fun. And it can help you in ways that may be your your conscious mind. You know that that thing that maybe is so Serious, a bit bit too serious sometimes and but at the same time, you know, it's looking out for yourself and trying to keep yourself safe and protected and perhaps isn't maybe a bit too blinkered at times, which can be a great thing in some ways. To be other key, you know, if you're playing darts, you're playing sports, you know, if you're doing an operation, you can't have, I guess, needs to have that blinkered state where you're focusing solely on what you're doing. And I, I like to think that forever, I mean, I have to have an operation or whatever. I like to think that the doctor and a surgeon isn't thinking about what he saw she's gonna have for dinner tonight. When they're operating on me, I like to think that that's what they're thinking about. That's what they're focusing on. So they're not feeling creative and thinking, Oh, wonder why he's? No. It could be like, so I wonder what he looked like if he exercised as kind of the creative and he started thinking we might be muscular as he wouldn't have that big belly. So there's a time for that blink goodness. I think sometimes perhaps we get blinkered at the wrong times.
For example, I would suggest that possibly anxiety, panic can be very much a blinkered state of mind. That's so focus on this is what happened before. Therefore, this is what's going to happen again.
mentality or with that young lady completely focused on every car that went past while she was on the pavement. And you know, what? So understandable, the soul to feel that way. It's understandable. You know, if you see someone I saw my friend got run over when I was very young. And most of my life, I've been really careful when across the road. I look, and then just walk out. I know that most people will look before they cross by know people that don't. Then I think sometimes people can see over the cars because they're taller than me. So I'm like crossing over and just trying to look behind the car. I'm not three foot tall, but I'm not total. See, got that focus. And you got that creativity. Not exclusive. Me you can have both, I guess in the sense of being focused on being creative. Someone is painting can be very focused, and incredibly creative at the same time.
Just kind of mix in it. Like the paints, I suppose. So when you got that memory, for example, if you think about something now, that happened in the last two days or week, something that annoyed you, something that you felt anxious about and maybe feeling anxious about seeing that person again. And when you think about what happened, you had that stress levels increase. Now I'm not trying to get the your stress levels to increase. I'm here for the opposite to that.
And it's just an example. As you think about that mentioned seeing it from this stance. So you know, actually, in the moment, you're not in your body, you're watching yourself with that person interacting.
....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/49-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-23rd-august-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this, when you can safely Close your eyes. Just one notice just to let you know that there are no longer adverts on this or any of my podcasts. So you can enjoy the experience without people try to sell you toothpaste. And it's quite weird actually, as I just about to start this episode this recording, sitting on my bed, decided my bed. Andres asleep. And this and just just let you I'm not gonna be talking about this as a subject, but just a huge spider is calling up the wall, probably about one and a half. arm's length from me. And I can honestly say I got 00 fear, zero anxieties, zero panic, nothing at all. My only real concern about the spider is if Andre eats and because, first of all, I don't I never. I never kill spiders or anything like that. But on Andre gets a bit ill when he eats I found in the middle ages ago. And I didn't know what he was coughing up. And then I went to the bathroom there was these like legs on the floor, not his legs, spider legs. And I liked the spiders because they get rid of the flies. And the flies unfortunately do sort of I do like to land on. And you know, so kind of. But that's not really what this is about small boss bout flies or anything. But would be interested maybe to talk about fears in the sense of phobias, which is a huge course cause of anxiety, stress, panic with people I can be, well, let's say if anybody's got a phobia, if they come in contact with a thing that they have the phobia about. Or even think about it or see a picture of it. It can be a trigger. So I'm gonna talk about spiders, but not in a sense of trying to get rid of a phobia. And I realized that not everybody's gonna want to even hear the word. So if that's the case, and I understand if you need to stop the recording, but I'm going to tell you my story of spiders. It's not a bot isn't a horrible story. Okay, it's nothing bad. It's just how I came. How I came about the phobia because I had a real fear of spiders and how I overcame it. So this, I would say is possibly you useful for a lot of things. A lot of stuff in your life and my life has, has or does or will possibly get in the way of enjoyment, happiness, doing things traveling, you know, I mean I've I think my biggest phobia is probably rejection. So you know, I've been perhaps garland What the right word is but you know I have, there's a lot of women that I've met in the past I've not asked out
because fear of rejection. But I guess that's not a phobia by definitely filled me with terror. So spiders, I remember in 1987 I had my first flat while I lived on my own
and lived above a chip shop. No more. It's not a long story doesn't involve chips, or fish and chip shop for those who don't know what it is. It's basically it's this
is like a takeaway. We get fish and chips battered sausages at different things. So this is late at night, about to go to bed and I see this spider run under the bed. And on an absolute terror I couldn't get, I couldn't get to sleep until I found it. Completely terrified. I was 17 at the time. And I didn't know why I was so scared of spiders. It's only when I realized why I was scared and that the fear just dropped away. Like Like an overdue fart. I just squirted the fire out and has gone out the window and never to be seen again. And I just because in where I come from an England, we don't have dangerous spiders. We don't have crocodiles or sharp Well, we have a few sharks but not on land. We're gonna have a sharp climb under my bed. So don't really any logical fear, reason to be fearful. But I honestly I was terrified, absolutely terrified. And I spend probably about an hour trying to catch it before I go to sleep.
And I know that if I hadn't caught it, I would have gone into the other room and slept in a different room. Now a few years back I had a memory came to me, of my stepmom and my stepmoms mother who was my men, my grandmother at the time.
How terrified they were of spiders. And I realized that learn to and it was a way of being close to them. It was a way of being close to her.
Because she left when I was 17 and I kind of was 16 seven years or something like that. 16 Yeah. And I I just it's kind of like that. That part of me I was holding on to that wasn't really me. I mean, when I was a little kid I used to I used to eat Daddy Long Legs.
I wasn't scared of picking anything up. I was scared of spiders, or anything like that. wasn't scared of anything pretty much. So it's a learned thing, something that I learned, but I didn't know what learned to
and I didn't even know scared of spiders. Really until that happened until that, you know that event with that spider going under the bed. But then many, many years later, I kind of had this realization. And it was a memory, actually an image, like little video in my head of my stepmother screaming again, all agitated, because there was a spider on the floor. It didn't hurt her, hadn't done anything to her. She'd never had a bad experience with one, you know, nothing like that. Just, it was petrified. And I learned from that I learned to be scared of something that I didn't need to be scared of.
When I realized the kind of the silliness of it, actually, the pointlessness of it. The fact that it's kind of fake. It's not real, it's not a real scared you know, it's
in i got i remember i got mugged a cash point machine 20 odd years ago. So I'm young, I'm wary, when I go to cash machine and adore money out if it's a night. unwary make sure there's no one behind me. But that's from learning experience. And that's from either having experienced a situation that I wouldn't want to experience again, without being prepared. But I'm not scared of using cash machines, the ice water called ADM, AMD, whatever they call them, you know, where you get your money out, you put your card in the bank machines.
But that was something that I'd experienced in my life. So I had to at least some legitimate reason to have made some connections. So if I'd ended up with a phobia of cash machines, then that would have been something to work with, is a lonely being. Although it's not a useful thing. Not a useful reaction, especially when it's a place where you get money. But as you know, there's a logical kind of connection with what previously happened. And the response kind of logic, you know, made a little bit of sense. Sort of understandable.
But with this spider, absolutely no reason at all. To have any fear of a spider. Never. It's just a normal house spider. Some of them are big. But they're not tarantulas, or, you know, they're not like it's not, we don't have really bad poisonous ones here. If I was, you know, that's a different thing. So it's safe, it's not going to harm me. And in reality is the size of the end of my toe, about big toe. So I'm basically a giant on absolutely massive compared to that little thing. It's weird how it seems to be really big, but it's not really a tiny, tiny little thing.
So then I start to think what other things have I been like? Acting scared about, because this is acting. For me it was acting a role. Like I took acting classes and learn how to, you know, be scared of something that wasn't scary. I had no reason to be scared of it. But rehearsed it
so well, that I actually felt those feelings really felt them. Which I guess is a sign of a really good actor.
But when I realized that actually always just, it's not me, it's just faking. not faking. Like negative putting myself down kind of way. But just it's kind of fake fakery? Acting, taking on someone else's personality traits, which can be great if you take on the really nice personality traits. And that's what we do as humans, isn't it? Our kids, we model we copy. But then when we're kids, we don't know what to copy. We don't know which bits are the good bits, and which bits, rubbishy bits. So we might copy the the kindness, we might copy the the consideration may be that the parents have, may copy the wanting to do things for charity, or wanting to play a musical instrument that we might also copy the political beliefs, might copy prejudices, might copy fears, and the limiting thinking that the parents may have. So as a child, we don't know, we don't know what we How can we ascertain what is the correct thing to copy, there is no book for children to read, as far as I know, which tells them which parts of their parents personality is worthy of mimicking. Because, as is kind of common knowledge. If you mimic something and you keep doing something, eventually they'll just become you. So if you think positively, and you think you think well about yourself, and you believe in yourself, and you believe that you're worthy of being loved, and you believe that you're intelligent, and you can learn anything, if you put your mind to it. And you know, you really believe that you can be successful in whatever you choose in life. You believe that you can be happy, and you believe wherever difficulties may have arisen recently, will subside and you can overcome them. But then there's the other side isn't, is the other side. The flip side of the coin. I suppose a good thing about being an adult, or if there's people listening to teenagers. You're old enough, you're old enough to press the play button and you old enough to comprehend and listen to the podcast. Then you understand
that you have a choice. You can now choice, you can have choice. You can now choose what person Number two traits you take on. Because now if you've met someone that you think, wow, that's an amazing person, you know, maybe you're at work.
....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/48-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-21st-august-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Now I only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes I've been doing a little bit of write down a few little notes, which is very unlike me to do any, any preparation whatsoever before making a recording, but today I have and I just been looking at different ways different things, different activities, changes that you can make in your life that can have a beneficial effect for you for reducing anxiety, stress, increase in relaxation. So there's a few things, one that came to mind was something that I've been doing for many, many years. And it's listening to music for the sole purpose of relaxing Ford specify that for the sole purpose of relaxing, because I'm guessing everybody has listened to music. And I used to listen to classical music. Because I read books that told me that classical music was
you know, the best type of music to listen to, in order to relax. So I kind of believe that and I actually, I think I naturally do find Classical Music Relaxing. Specially there's a few instruments are really like the violin a piano they call it the two ones are like, trumpets are not quite as relaxing as
for me personally the triangle be but you know, there is a lie like, you know, an orchestra purpose. I like it being gentle, not really into the whole kind of going quiet and then being loud again, and then being quiet and being loud, and so on quiet, you know, that's just what I quite like. And then I watched a documentary on television. And it was by elfia. I'm not even sure what the name of it was. But the basic premise around it was does classical music help you to relax? So I watched it out of interest. And the head these specialists which will put in these, you know, those caps that they put on people's heads, which measure the brain activity and the different parts of the brain and the Can They can measure the stress levels, cortisol, whatever different levels of the person and that put them into a booth and they got members of the public and it get them to sit in the booth and listen to the music. It's like classical music, but then they decided to they needed to test it with other music To see whether or not classical music had made a difference over
listening to a different type of music with the outcome of this the this study was that basically makes no difference what type of music you listen to. It just has to be music that you love. Which might seem quite obvious. Somebody listening to their favorite album may get the same benefits as listening to a, you know, Beethoven concert. I'm quite a big fan of Joseph and the Technicolor Dreamcoat.
So it's something that oddly, I can listen to and feel really relaxed. Because, you know, it's lovely, all Greece. And technically, Greece isn't a relaxing record, the album of the film, The soundtrack. If you listen to something that you enjoy, it releases those chemicals from your brain into your body that relaxes your body and relaxes your mind.
And I thought back to times in the past, when this has been completely true for me. I remember when I was I don't know what year it was, it was 2000 and there'll be 2002 2003. And I moved into a little caravan because I needed to get away from where I was living because it was noisy and
just, you know, wanted some peace. And I remember I'll always remember this because it was a first beer piece I'd had for quite a while.
It was a Saturday afternoon. The caravan came with a recliner chair, way better than the one I've got here. And I remember just sitting back in the recliner chair listening to Craig David, one of his albums on CD. And just feeling that all those stressed just leave my body. It was as if it was just draining away
through the chair. Felt So Good. Then I think back to other times because I hadn't really made the connection, you know, for quite a while as for that being
Oh, it's you know, Scobie classical music or something. Really. I suppose in some cases, a bit boring. You know, perhaps be from when I was a kid, when I was young.
I remember I used to lay down on my bed. I was probably about 1213. I'd listened to madness, the best of madness on the tape, tape recorder with my headphones on. And just be laying on my bed and I just feel so relaxed.
It's really, in some ways blissed out really just felt so good.
But not in an excitable way. But in a I suppose in a sense, if you go into sleep, you don't want to have that necessarily blissed out excitability that might be there. And stress, you know, someone goes to a concert and sees their favorite band is probably is a level of with definitely a level of excitement, physically and mentally, it's pleasurable. So they're relaxed, but at the same time alert and just enjoying being alive. So listen to music can really have beneficial result for all of us. But it doesn't have to be classical music. It doesn't have to be any type of music. What it needs to be, is something that you love listening to. And I suppose in some ways, it doesn't even have to be music. It could be your favorite podcast. You know, could be someone talking they could be. It could be anything, anything that you like, have been audiobook. It doesn't necessarily have to be music. It could just stick could be the sounds of birds singing. Which is one of my favorite things, actually. Because I've got this garden with a huge tree in it. Technically, it's sin. No, it is in my garden. Yeah. It's big. It's massive. It's bigger than my house. It's just really big. Like, like a beanstalk. It's not nothing like a Bienstock. But otherwise, it's big tree. And there are lots of birds live in there. And I hear them. And it doesn't matter what time of the day or noi that they stop and singing and talking to each other.
I could always sleep with that sound. Even even a pigeon even the ones that sound like helicopters going past. But don't know why helicopters going past this time of night.
It's a little bit late. I'm gonna remember even younger, laid in a bed listening. Because my dad used to have albums, record albums. I forget what you call them this plastic things that people used to listen to. vinyl, vinyl. And because he is because he's a lot older than me, it has a different kind of type of music they liked. He grew up in the 60s. So he liked or grew up in the 60s is born in 19 I think 47 so I guess he grew up in the 50s and 60s. So he he liked the music from the 50s from the 60s and onwards 70s and this was in the early 80s that I'd be listening to this stuff. So he had albums, you know from Apple, the beegees he had this one album he had I'm really like listening to Which was the soundtracks of lots of famous movies at that time. Sort of like Star Wars, Superman. But it was all music. It's all the music soundtracks, like the introduction. Some of the spaghetti western films, close encounter to third kind of thing was on there. And I was just like, wow, I just I used to lay down. And I'd have the album on play in it. And I just listened to it and because I listen, I listen to so often. I kind of knew what was coming. And there'd be certain parts of it were just completely blissed out. Completely. so relaxed, it was almost as if every muscle in my body just melted. And even though I hadn't watched every one of those films that was on the album
I probably watch most of them but there was a few You know, there was just
like, I loved the Superman. If you ever listen to the Superman album, soundtrack from Superman This was very long long version of the Superman and he included the bit ways flying with Lois Lane where they kind of were whisper in what they're thinking and that you know at that time it was that it Superman is one of my favorite childhood films. They always will be by guests guess it has each favorite childhood films isn't really can changes that
I guess. But I think that connection to listen to a song, or an album of music,
or your mp3 album or however you listen. This connection. Like there's that connection, perhaps with listening to me and feeling relaxed. Which can give you the sense of comfort and calmness. Even though I'm just talking about listening to music, and
the main purpose, I guess, was to talk about that and to look at, think about how you could benefit from listening to your favorite album. And ideally, and I'm coming at this from a purely hypnosis perspective. And it is a personal it's a personal thing is I would say I did a listen to something that has some positive
lyrics. Because listening over and over to an album that has,
let's say negative lyrics would be the equivalent to listening to the hypnotist but from a different angle, because repetition, repetition has an impact, a huge, huge impact. So what we do regularly, what we do a lot
is the thing that we're going to do more of, it's a thing that has the biggest effect on us. Generally, of course, there are times When is that word of learning, you know that once that one thing that's happened that you learn from it straightaway. And quite often phobias can be caused that way. But as far as learning to relax more learning to feel karma within yourself learning to actually enjoy living in your own skin with confidence and the knowledge that you actually like can be okay. The relaxation is something that you can enjoy and that is not sure it's not test, it's not task.
It's just calmness. It's just natural to feel relaxed because it's something that doesn't really take much effort....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/47-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-20th-august-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to stress, anxiety hypnosis.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is the podcast, relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Please only ever listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. You can support this free service that I offer quite a few different ways you can share the share the recordings, on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, places like that. Or you can go to my website, and you can
help to support the covering costs of running this service. So thank you in advance. So as I was walking into my bedroom to make this recording,
because I'm sitting on the edge of my bed, probably more information than you need. Andres asleep in the living room, so I'm kind of in here, so that I don't disturb him. Because when sometimes when he's awake, he's wide awake. And sounds like the the end of the hiddenness hypnosis session, doesn't it? Why do I? Why do I? So I was thinking, what bout practical ideas to help with situations of stress, worry about practical ideas, not just all this hypnosis, see ideas of relaxation and ways you can prepare yourself, or how to change the way you feel about something that happened in the past or, you know, things like that, which is why usually do sort of mainly, obviously, not to put that down because it's just what I do. And it's what I believe if you listen to these, this podcast every day, maybe even if you listen to it as a particular record that you like, then, I mean, what I do in those situations is I listen to it every day. As well as listening to the next day's recording, or the new one. There is a particular recording that I listened to every day at the moment by Earl Nightingale. And it's called the secret that nobody ever told you or something like that. It lasts for 33 minutes. And I listened to it. While I while basically sometimes I'll close my eyes and listen to it. Sometimes I'll be doing stuff on the internet, going through my stats and stuff. But it sinks in, it sinks in. And it's transformational. So what I would say is, this recording is going to be based on practical stuff. And I invite you in the comments of wherever you watching this or listening to this. Maybe put in your own experience and your own suggestions, something that you found that works for you, and share that with the others. So if you go to the website as probably one of the best places to do it. Under each recording, there's a comment box you can leave a comment. This will also be on YouTube and various different podcasts that just lets you share with others, but also other people can share with you the way I am. So I'm going to talk mainly from my own personal experience. So there is no There's no relaxation involved in this session. There's no anything like that. It's really just me talking. Although it should probably still be fairly relaxing. Because I'm not shouting, I'm not, you know, not, not asking you to do anything, though, I will be making some recordings in the future, where I will ask you to do some stuff that might even involve standing up and moving around.
But not in this recording. And of course, if you do, when you do listen to those recordings, you know, you can obviously open your eyes, otherwise, you'll end up banging into things.
But even those still keep your eyes closed. Make sure you only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. So don't listen to anything that I do when you're driving. So where do we start? Where to start? How to practically help, too. You can say reduce the stress level? Or you could say what do you do to prevent the stress level from rising in the first place. So there's one thing that I've been doing lately, and I might have mentioned
is, of course in the headphones form so on iPhone, I had on a contract and that's all paid off now. So that's done.
But the headphones that came with it had wires. And I think my ears I think I've got an abnormally large every not every homeless as the nip was noted that the hole in your ear not to hold if you've obviously got piercings, you can say which hole I've got 17% I mean, the big hole, the one where the hearing happens, the hairy bit as you get older, and I think they're a little bit too big for normal earbuds. But anyway, what I do, I've got myself some berry buds, and I was going to get headphones. But the point behind this is it takes away background sounds is a two fold thing. Firstly, its focus gives a focus. And it takes away background sounds. The main warning for this is to be careful what you're doing when you're wearing them. So I wouldn't advise wearing them. If you were driving, or weren't aware were advise wearing headphones. necessarily, if you were crossing a road or anything like that, any situation where you need to be aware of what's going around what's going on around you, then, perhaps don't wear headphones. The things like sitting on a bus or sitting on a train, waiting for a bus waiting for a train. It can be quite relaxing in a situation that may not normally beside. And then there's little benefits. And you probably get more of a benefit. If you have big headphones that go over you is is nobody's going to talk to you. And it's obviously it's not going to be a benefit for everybody. But I don't always necessarily want a stranger to start talking to me. Especially if I've got 14 minutes to the next bus. I mean, that's not my thing, and there's some people would love that, but I don't not really for me. So if you've got headphones in, chances are they're not gonna start talking to you. I seem to attract really drunk people when I'm waiting for buses. And that's it. drunk people are annoying enough anytime bursts just in a pub in a waiting for a bus. But the only time I don't mind drunk people as well, I'm drunk. And that's it. That's the only time and I don't really drink much power from that junk people are lovely. But haven't had funds is a distraction. It's a focus because you're focused on the music, or I like to listen to motivational talks have I was a member of or audible asset. So I've got some talking books there from some motivational speakers like Zig Ziglar, Jim Rohn. And it's les Brown's number one, it's really, really good sometimes to listen to the radio. I personally listen to LBC, which, again, is talk, talking. Sometimes I listen to music, I've got amazon prime, so I've got to the music thing. And then you can download stuff onto your phone or your iPod or whatever, wherever it is you've got. So you don't use up data. But this is one thing that I've found, actually relaxes me. And I forgot about it. I used to use this technique back in the 90s, the early 90s. And I forgot all about it. Because I'll tell you why. I thought I'd go into Buddhism.
And I was so convinced that I should be aware of everything that's going on around me. And to not try and block stuff out. And to be open to all the sounds and to open to everything and not be trying to distract myself. By actually, sometimes distraction is really helpful thing. Not all the time, that sometimes. And listening to when I used to walk to work in the early 90s I'd listen to LBC radio, even back then. And it gave me an uplift. Sort of. Yeah, it just it was kind of mentally stimulating, more so than listening to music. Because with music if you listen to the same song, which I got a habit of doing, if I've got an album that I like, I listened to over and over again. But it's the same over and over again. With speech radio, every seconds different is Read Across is repetition they still different words different people talk in and basically distraction and it can also feel a bit like company listening to a conversation can be stimulating the not in a stressful life anxiety kind of a way. Because that's not something that would be at all useful. So having headphones listening to some music, listening to anything you want really as long as it's safe to listen to when you're walking down the street.
So other ways, practical, practical ways. Can you increase your sense of relaxation, decrease the potential of stress or panic? Well, what you wear can have an effect. Are you comfortable with the clothes that you're in? might sound like a kind of strange question. But how relaxed Can you be When you're wearing trousers that are just a bit too tight, or you're wearing shoes, maybe high heeled shoes that are nipping into your ankles or to your heels, maybe you've got blisters. How comfortable Can you be? Maybe if you've got your hair tied back? How comfortable Can you be with a tight top on
suits, things like that, that can actually make a big difference. Something as simple as making sure you got the right size bra,
the right fit price, so that actually, you're supported. I'm not an expert on profit ins. But your waist, your stomach, you think about if you were doing yoga, or if you're going to the gym,
you'd make sure that you had stretch, you had the ability for your clothes to stretch, so that you were able to relax doing it. And he may say yeah, but JJ, we can't all can't go to work, or go to a wedding in my yoga outfit, which is a good point. Of course you can do whatever you want to do. But you'd get some very funny looks no doubt. Unless it was a yoga wedding, if there is such a thing. But then it's like okay, what can you do is the little things. If you've got shoes that are too tight, change them, get some better shoes, get some more comfortable shoes even. I mean, I'm not the most fashionable person. I know that some people are very fashion conscious, like to the point of willing to....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/46-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-16th-august-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to stress, anxiety hypnosis.com My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. A very long title. Please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. Now, today's recording is actually a request. Somebody sent me a message on Facebook saying do they enjoy my recordings? And could I make a recording for that was that I have to remember what I'm doing now was it for hypochondria or kindness, a hypochondria in a sense of the anxiety and the panic that comes with thinking that you may be ill. So I kind of got a few things to say about this.
middly I don't have any information about the person that sent the message. As far as what they were hoping for me to discuss in this recording. Because although these sessions aren't, it's not formatted in a hypnosis kind of format that you may get elsewhere. In fact, I'm pretty sure that you won't find
probably anyone in the world that does it. The way I do it doesn't mean that I'm special or anything, it's just I just do it differently.
What don't do the formal trance or deep sometimes I do. Generally, I kind of think of it like this You got your unconscious mind you got your conscious mind.
And I would say that the conscious mind when the conscious mind is listening, sews the unconscious mind. At the same time. The unconscious mind is not ignoring just like your uncle, your conscious mind is not ignoring one saying but consciously you may drift off. You may have your eyes closed, which I do suggest only in the sense of so you don't
listen to me when you drive in or doing something that you need your attention for. But even if you're consciously drifting a bit, your mind is still listening. And it's still absorbing. Because if we weren't able to have changes occur by consciously listening, if we just relied on being in some kind of hypnotic trance where you just
practically zapped out then self help audios, self help videos, self development books would be of no use to people. But self development books really are useful. Life Changing effect or any book could be only takes one sentence that resonates with you. You know whether the subject is relationships or this subject that we're talking about now. Just that one sentence, that one paragraph that that one idea. My, my voice is going croaky for some reason. Hopefully, it'll start to go back now good. So that's kind of my description of what I do. So talk about things, talk about ideas. And you can just listen. And maybe something will resonate within you, something will change within you. I do I also try to discuss my own personal experiences with this subject, as well. Also, from experience, I've been doing this a long time now, making recordings is from the feedback that I've received over the last 13 and a half years of making these recordings. People say that just listening to me, actually is relaxing. without me even needing to mention the word, relax. And I suppose part of that would be the fact that I'm not shouting. Because that would be really unrelaxed. But just talking softly, discussing gently in a gentle way, the subject matter of panic, stress, anxiety, talking about this subject, which is a very broad subject. And it's very personal, for each individual, I believe needs to be discussed, gently. Because I don't necessarily think that where I say we but I'm gonna say this anyway, maybe I'm wrong. I don't think that we are always as gentle with ourselves as we could benefit from being more by that. I mean, just internally, the things we say to ourselves, the way we respond to ourselves, the way we perhaps respond to the outside world, perhaps the things we think and the things we expect and our way of observing the world. So we're not always particularly kind to ourselves, which I would advise I would suggest changing that would actually change your life. But being more gentle with yourself, change your life. It's not just the words that you say it's not just the sentences that you tell yourself the things
you say to yourself. Not just the criticism, the self criticism. It's also maybe the tone of it. The tone, the the energy behind it, the you can get the feeling your internal response to when you talk to yourself. And I don't mean like having a big full blown conversation.
I only do that with Andre the ferret ever talks back? He does squeak a little bit sometimes. But the the tone of how you speak to yourself internally. Self voice that self criticism, I think we all have to some degree. And even I've been thinking about this lately, even which is something I do myself, even if it's cloaked
in humor. My question there is, does that make it okay? If it's clothed in humor, does that make it okay? So I put myself down, you know, not just internally but outwardly to other people, or make fun of my weight and make fun of by
big juicy belly, but I got and the other day someone said that to me. And I didn't like I was walking in the park and a couple of
people are nowhere there and I said went solo and one of them said, I've you got Andre and your coat. I said no. And he kept repeating. It's a basic get I understood what he meant straightaway. But he was just trying to say that. I barely looked like I had Andre on my little boy, Andre the favorite underneath my jacket.
And I didn't enjoy it. I'll be honest with you. And that was done with humor. We attempted humor. And I do wonder maybe how useful that is. If we say stuff to ourselves like that, even in humor, and I'm a big fan of humor are a big fan of you know,
looking at things in a more light lights way, looking things in a humorous way to maybe reduce the stress and anxiety of the event. So it's a great way to do things, but is it cloaking in putting yourself down? Is it hiding? The fact that maybe you're not being very kind to yourself?
So that's one thing that I kind of was thinking about. Someone subject of hypochondria and his various different angles to look at this from it's kind of in the sense of anxiety, panic, you got hypochondria meaning the whole, the meaning of the word is to imagine that person imagines that they're all when they're not. If you have extreme anxiety, that is an illness. extreme stress is an illness. It's not permanent, it may be temporary may be really temporary, you know, might just be for the occasion, just for one occasion, it might be very debilitating. So when I was going through the extreme times of anxiety and panic, I think most of my time was spent thinking about
panic attacks. That was what I was thinking about worrying about when the next one was going to happen, worrying about where it was going to happen. So did that make me a hypochondriac being worried about something that was going to happen. Although it didn't have to happen, because worrying about it and expecting it to happen. made it much more likely to happen. comes back to that sentence, we become what we think about. So is that hypochondria? Because a lot of people that would be labeled hypochondriacs.
Maybe they need to be labeled or not labeled, or maybe they need to be began to have a diagnosis or get some help get help with that stress and anxiety. Because maybe, with someone labeled as a hypochondriac their anxiety and panic is focused on the worry of being ill, or the feeling that they are, or have got various different illnesses
is a very, very famous thing. Um, I say famous, but it's well known in the nursing world and Doctor world, not Doctor Who, but you know,
doctors and my have updated a few nurses over the years. And for some reason, I don't know why it just just happened.
And when you become a nurse, or as an example, we might be other professions as well. But when you become a nurse, you learn about lots of different illnesses, diseases, conditions, you know, it's like a big amount of knowledge presented to your brain and it seems to be a natural process that Not all but some trainee nurses and trainee doctors would start to think that they had these illnesses, these diseases. So in a sense, learning about all these different conditions caused temporary hypochondria and then they just move out of it you know, they move on with the next thing. But it seems to be like a standard thing that quite a few nurses go through. That's what I've been told.
So as it's temporary, and I would say that hypochondria is temporary. Some would say everything is temporary, which technically is it means that it will pass as every panic attack has passed, no panic attack lasts. sometimes feels like it's lasting forever, but it never does, eventually, is subsides. Because it's impossible to keep any feeling going. continuously. No feeling whether it's pain or pleasure, can continue constantly, the whole time at the same level for just continuously forever, can't not broken a few bones over the years. And difference between we know when you broken a bone basically because the initial pain
stays a diamond stays forever be still there. So if you fall, you hurt your hand, let's say I fell out of the bath a couple of years back and I broke my wrist. Now the Undo is broken because the initial pain didn't subside when that happens, that's a good clue. It's a very good chance that it's fractured or broken. And you need to get to the dock bar to the hospital to the emergency ward and get it checked out.
But you know what, even when I was in the hospital emergency waiting to be seen the pain did subside not down to the level of that it would do if it was bruised but it did fluctuate. And trust me I had nothing else to focus on. Because a broken bone gives you definitely a lot of it gives you a good focus or good focus....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/45-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-15th-august-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello. Welcome to this relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland. And please only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. And as we speak to you, I have a look for lying on my lap staring at me, weirdly, he's got his tongue out, he's happy. He's got that like little blissful look on his face. You feel happier in
here. And you may wonder why I'm telling you this. Well, it's not going to be for everybody. Don't worry, I'm not going to recommend getting yourself a ferret. But
having a pet can help with anxiety, stress, panic and all that stuff. Having to be a dog be a cat. I mean, there's different obviously, there's different kinds of pets. You know, there's some people have reptiles and different kinds of things, or maybe crickets or I had a friend who had a stick insect. And so it is the focus of attention that you give on looking after a little animal. Maybe it's a little job all or little mouse, or rat or you know, whatever. I personally, I like having Andre my favorite because of his personality, and because he's a little rascal. And he's always while he's naughty sometimes. Right now, he's falling asleep in my arms. So the kids that have a knack communication, have a new connection, which I don't think I could ever have. With a goldfish. bucket it was him with Andre. So it's about finding the pet or companion or family member, because they do. So what they become I mean, he is my son can actually change your life in a positive way. They could also be a pain in the ass as well. But so can humans.
So there's that kind of the two fold aspect, I think there's the commitment. Having to get out of bed. Having to you know, take the dog to take the dog for a walk. If you own a horse, you have
to go and you know, clean out the horses stable. Perhaps every day. It's cat he got clean the cat tray out. Of course all animals need to be fed.
Put him down, hopefully it'll behave you're going to behave wonderfully. And the other side of it is the emotional side. The the connection the and it could be even a case of it could be you could say it's a distraction. But it's a nice distraction.
So when I'm cuddling him or playing with him Fine with him whatever he wants to be doing. So he likes me to chase him and he likes to chase me and stuff like that. But right now he's trying to play with me. So he's biting my hand, not hard, but he wants me to get all rough with him and pull him around so we can be referred me. And he loves that nice. He really enjoys it. Because the rough ride with him, that gives him permission to bite me harder. But only give him permission to do that. It hurts. But he never does it hurt me it really is just playing. And it's a distraction. At admittedly shouldn't really be doing it while I'm making a recording. It just happens that he followed me into the bedroom. I've been waiting for him to go to bed, go to sleep. And he's following me in here. So before I talk about him, and I'll tell you what, how it's benefited me. So this is his, I can only be from my experience, my personal experience of connecting anxiety. A student was stopped saying the words anxiety, stress and panic because we all know what these recordings are about.
Benefit one of the main benefits for him or how he is now Tacuba fee, he wants me to chase one of the things I've really noticed about him bout my my behavior changes. My reactions change. So I'll give you a really big example. As big for me might not be big for you. But I would not talk to a stranger in the street. Generally, if someone asked me a question I'd stop, not give them directions. But quite often I'd I'd hope not to be stopped. And I definitely wouldn't have a conversation with someone at a bus stop. Or waiting for a train or in a pub or anything like that I just never that days has been stress inducing for me, I've always felt the anxiety there. And then perhaps the anxieties that happen in being out in public. And it's kind of prevented me from going out as much as perhaps I would. But once I got Andre, four years ago, before years ago, next month when I'm out I will stop and talk to people because people not everybody but quite a few people want to say hello to him or kind of asked me about him because I take him out for walks every day. And I don't feel even the slightest bit anxious or stressful when I'm with him.
It's not like I've got this big, messy, massive scary dog which means I can feel safe because these tiny little ferret so it's not a physical safety. I seem to get an emotional safety from him or a feeling of emotional safety. Which means that anxiety and stress can't even arise. They can't they can't live in the same place. emotional safety and anxiety.
The I think it's they can't live together they don't you know it's a bit like I suppose. Rain and drought you know, the two opposite things. And he asked me to save marriage and happiness but I'm only joking about it. So he and it's not him Is it it's not him that's making me feel that way because nobody can make anyone feel anyway
all days, it's just being reactive and it's less of an enjoyable lifestyle, being reactive living as a reactive person all the time reacting to outside experiences and the environment it's not to say that we're not affected by stuff because we're human. So I thought what is it about me having this little Ferrer that
changes I'm pretty much completely diminishes any anxiety or stress in me when I'm in public and not just when I'm in public, but when people that don't know are talking to me
I can stand there and talk and feel relaxed and laugh and feel completely at ease. I'm talking completely at ease. Not even part of me is got any anxiety or stress on a got him in my arms, or even knees on the floor walking. But the only the only thing I'm kind of heavy concern is just to make sure that he is safe. So if there's dogs around, I kind of like grab him up because he likes to bite dogs. And but even then, it's not it's not something I'm concerned or something on cars maybe a little bit concerned not worried just is the same as looking before crossing the road. I'm not worried or stressed I'm going to get hit by a car I look for across the road because I got a brain and I know that that's what I need to do in order to get across the road safely. Because once you look before you cross the road, it means you don't have to worry or be stressed
about getting hit by the car. It's only if you walk across the road of outlooking
then there's a reason to be worried because you can only do that so many times before car does hit obviously
unless you live here it's a private road and no one ever goes on it I've got this little ferret and maybe this isn't just for people that don't have a pet and thinking maybe consider getting one because that's not my it's not really my position to sort of advise someone to get a pair I'm not going to advise anyone to do that. But
I can tell you about my experience regarding the benefits that I have found with having Andre the ferret you in my life of course there's always going to be downsides to having a pet you know as far as if you've got a dog you know it's the responsibility going away holidays leaving it there is it gonna bark and distorted Do you know disturb the neighbors things like that? So don't have to worry about stuff like that with Andre because he doesn't bark because he's not a dog.
It can go it like that but it's not gonna be heard by anyone really. boy does scratch at the front door sometimes trying to get out
for the neighbors. I've heard that I'll just say it's not I'd say anything I was gonna say some way, but yes, they know it's him. Um, I think it's, it's me trying to get out. But is Jason is drunk again. weird because I don't drink. And I there's those obvious things, you know those things that might not fit everybody not might not fit everybody's lifestyle. So if you're traveling around a lot, then having a pet might not be ideal. Then again, you might have someone that you can trust to come and feed your cats or your dog or look after your animals. So just ignore all that side of it. That's the practical side that only you know about, because it's your life. The emotional side of having a pet. And this is the first time I've really had my own pet my own own classroom as a pet, but you know, my own animal living in home. I've lived with dogs and cats over the years. But they've always been the cats or dogs of the owner of the property. And I've just been a lodger. So I've never had that deep connection. But I have with Andre and it really helps. Sometimes one thing I don't feel alone within I really am, it's occasionally I'll feel a bit lonely, just you know, as a human being sometimes very, very rare. And I'm quite a solitary person anyway. But having him I talked to him, I have to clean up after him my golf feed and I've got to play with him and he's got all his toys all over the place. He's basically I'm his lodger, in this flat, this apartment is on his lodger, and he runs the place is his territory. And
I wouldn't have it any other way. This is a great way to live. For me. It's not for everybody. But for me. It's, you know, having him here is improves my life. And I think if I had him
2003 2004 when I was at the height of the panic, a might not have got to that height. or might not it might not have got that extreme. There's no way of knowing I know that. But I reading notice how he offers quite a few different ways to move from stress to to relaxation, or to humor. Because you know, sometimes....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/44-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-10th-august-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, my name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. I do have a new website for this podcast. But I can't, I can't remember the name of it. Which is terrible, isn't it? But hey, it's it will be in the description or something is weird because I've built I think four websites this week. And it's the only one I keep forgetting the name of it. It's stress. Think stress hypnosis.com or something like that. Which is quite unusual, because it's actually become quite popular very quickly. The websites getting quite a bit of traffic, for some reason, so I'll have to sort of learn it is 11 websites can always remember all the different ones. So thank you for for your support by listening to the recordings that I make. I haven't made one for about a week. I think so. jus a new one. And a new recording. So I thought recently, I've been, I've been working on my don't want to say positivity things, I've always had this negative image of positivity. And that sounds really silly sentence when I say out loud. But when I was younger, I used to hate people. And some people would say you should just be positive and pretend and pretend to be in a good mood when you're not. And as I've had bipolar for a long time, I only got diagnosed. Nine was it eight years ago. But my moods weren't really dependent upon what was going on around me always, you know, what they weren't,
sometimes it worked. But, you know, I could be a wedding and be in a horrible mood,
like a beautiful occasion. So I still get a little bit frustrated when I hear people say well just put a smile on your face. And you fake it till you're making that kind of stuff and but recently looking at it a different way. I say recently, I mean, over the last few years really
are probably over the last 20 years. But more recently, I'm 49. So I spent a lot of my life thinking it was silly. But start to look at it from different ways. And you may think what's this got to do with stress and anxiety and panic and
a lot? A real a lot. And because there's a sentence, I've got Andre on my bed, he's my little boy.
I'm going to walk into the living room if you I don't normally do this, I normally try and keep everything really quiet in the background. I've got a piece of paper stuck underneath the television, because a television unit and it's basically taped to the unit in big letters. And it says we become what we think about we become what we think about and That might seem like some kind of self help statement that you would hear from a motivational speaker.
And that's exactly what it is. And it's they're not my words. This is Bob Proctor is where I got that sentence from that particular thing. But just the sentence enough, that it's not enough, just those words,
is not enough. It's digging deeper into what it means for us individually, what it means for reducing stress or the creation of those panicky thoughts.
So basically, it is very simple to say, I understand this. It's very simple just to say something. And it's really easy for me just to say, Well, if you do this, this will happen. But I'm not living your life. I'm not living inside your body. I'm not experiencing what you're experiencing.
And I admit that I admit that I don't know what it feels like to be you. And that's a refreshing thing. To hear somebody say. It's usually the other way around. The amount of times I've heard people say, all I know what you feel, I know what you're going through. I know what you feel.
I know you feel like, I know. No, you don't know how I feel. Because we're different people. And I know that a lot of it is really well intention. But we are different. And I will never know what it feels like to be you. You will never know what it feels like to be me.
And that's not a bad thing. Because we're all individuals. But the idea is what we think about. And I've mentioned this in the past, what we think about
affects our life. It's just that particular sentence is a much better description than I give with one sentence. Here takes me 15 minutes to kind of put what is said in that one sentence. For me that 15 minutes is needed. Because I think it's something that needs to be absorbed, but also understood from various different angles. connected with reducing your stress, connected with how you think, what you expect to happen. Things that you say to yourself, your internal dialogue, the things that maybe you say been saying to yourself
for many years. The things that you think about. So I can't mind read you, I can't mind read what you think about. I can make a few guesses. I can talk about things that I fall about
in connection with anxiety, stress, and panic. But this is also valid for all aspects of our life. Because what we spend time doing, what we spend time thinking about what we spend time saying to others, or to ourselves, has an impact on us. So I guess in this perspective, I'm starting to think well, how can this fit in with looking towards recovery, from stress from anxiety, because even though it's different for everybody, it's horrible. for everybody. That's that words an understatement. And it's it's horrific, have an extreme anxiety, panic attacks, is this is a horrible thing. And I don't think anybody's going to be jumping up out of their chair saying, Wait a minute. I love it. Because of course, no one does. How could anyone? So there's that commonality. So I wonder, what do you do? What do you do in your life, that you could change for you something that you could do differently, that will improve the way that you think. And by improve on mean, change, the balance of negativity and positivity, to be in the positivity favor, to be more positive, top heavy positive without being fake, without pretending. And I'm not a big fan of pretending just for the simple fact that we have to pretend so much of our lives anyway. You know, if you go to work and you're in a foul mood, and we're all allowed to be in moods, we've all got emotions, we're human beings. You know, if you're going through a difficult time at home, why would you you know, you can
still going to your human being you've got feelings. But you can't necessarily show them when you're at work.
Or if you're going to school or college, or your teacher, for example. Twice your doctor majan if you're a doctor, and you've got you seen 40 people or 50 people,
patients a day, and they've all got, you know, well, most people don't go to the doctors because they're feeling well do they so and that doctors struggling. But they can't you know, they can't snap and they can't go in and be grumpy. Thankfully, I mean, that'd be horrible for the patient. So we all spend time pretending, putting on like a fake smile at times. Maybe even a fake sense of humor, or fake courage. Or just courage. Maybe. But when you in your own mind, Why be fake? This there's no one to lie to. You know, I can tell myself that I'm wearing a suit. I can say to you that I'm sitting there with a suit on tie, bow tie, bowler hat. And you might believe that you've got no reason not to fall you got no reason to care we've been telling you for not. But the fact is, why would I say that to myself? When I know that I'm just wearing some tracksuit bottoms. And a T shirt. What benefit would I get from pretending that I'm wearing a suit.
So there's that kind of sense of pushing away the reality. So which sometimes perhaps we feel we need to do in a situation like work or school or maybe in front of your children or in front of your parents. This may be that sense of not wanting to upset anybody or not wanting to disrupt other people's enjoyment. But you know if you've got someone that's close to you, parent child, especially like Parent if you're a young person, or if you've got a relationship with somebody, and you need someone to talk to them, build that honest relationship where you can be honest. Because to be used to realize that you can actually be in a really bad mood, and talk about being in a really bad mood with somebody, without being an asshole to them. It is possible to be angry, but have a conversation with someone and talk about the anger without being angry at them as possible to feel anxiety. And to talk about it with someone without feeling anxious. Because it's a safe space, because you're talking about something, in a sense, when you talk about something outside of it, you're talking about it as if it's a thing. As if you kind of observe in it, he kind of stepped away from it. So that anxiety that panic that stress is away from it and you observe it and that distance that you can have, just by observing that distance really means a lot. Now, if you think about an electrical current, you know, it could be the most powerful electrical current in the world. But once it's disconnected anywhere, any part of it stops touching the other part of the wire, everything stops, doesn't have the power anymore. That's the same with thoughts. Same with emotions that energy, stress anxiety. Once use that back and you disconnect just a little bit as I think or be an inch. disconnect your two batteries, you disconnect those batteries, put an inch between them, they won't work wherever it is that's been operated won't work.
If they're not connected in the right way to slides you've got the hose pipe it's connected to the tap maybe in the kitchen or you know maybe outside toilet and you're going to
you know hose the garden or the flowers at the bottom of the garden. And you've got that hose pipe in your walk into the bottom of the garden.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/43-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-9th-august-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this, when you can safely Close your eyes. Just to let you know, I've got six websites booked. The main one is Jason newland.com. And all of my recordings are on there. And I say that as I'm in the middle of uploading everything, so lots of stuffs on there. But probably by the end of the weekend, everything will be on there. So just want to say thank you first for listening to this. And thank you to those regular listeners. Because over the last few months, this podcast has actually become one of my most popular ones. And I've got 45 podcasts, varying from chronic pain courses to relaxation courses, sleep courses, and ongoing podcasts like the deep sleep whisper hypnosis, let me pull you to sleep, podcast. And sleep hypnosis weekly. And this one is also ongoing. So yeah, so I just like to thank you, for your support. Now been thinking about this, I don't normally give a lot of thought to sessions before I make them. Bobby thinking about this podcast in a sense of what is useful. What is something that may be I could have heard or been advised or been told or so something, you know, something that I needed to hear, but I didn't hear it because
there was no one around that I could ask for help from. Or at least that's what I felt at the time.
Although I did go to counseling, and yeah, in 2004. But the the real, like, the worst part of the panic attacks had calmed down by then.
So something that I may have said before, is something that I really think is important, too, to remember, if you if you can maybe not remember, maybe try and believe. And, you know, trust me when I say it, because it's true
that the panic attacks, anxiety attacks won't last. First of all, in the moment, during an actual panic attack, not only will it not last, it can't last. Nothing can last, you know, no feeling can stay with you. You know, feelings have to change. It's just like you can't, if you eat a meal, you can't always feel full. Eventually, you know, you might have the biggest meal of your life and be sitting there and you feel like you have thundu trousers because your belly is just bloated and you think are never gonna call it no more food are going to eat again for another year. That four hours later, five hours later. You might be sitting there thinking I need more Turkey. You know, you might actually feel hungry again where you will feel hungry again at some point. So it's the same with people to get drunk. And they wake up with a hangover and, or maybe there's laying over a toilet throwing up and saying I'm never doing this again, never gonna drink again. And but maybe the week, you know, a week later they're in the pub in the bar, the nightclub, sitting at home, maybe drinking alcohol. Because it didn't last, that feeling didn't last, if the feeling did last. They wouldn't drink again, they wouldn't be able to see if the panic attack the anxiety attack, if it lasted and just continued, we wouldn't be able to do anything else. But the same as if sleeping lasted and continued. We just spend our whole life asleep, we wouldn't be able to do anything. In fact, we won't be able to eat, because we'd be asleep, we won't get to go to the toilet. So which may be a bit messy really wouldn't. So nothing lasts nothing. Just like panic attacks, feelings of anxiety and stress, they can't last. It's a temporary feeling. And I think it's useful to hear it when you're not in the experience. Because joonie experience this might not go in, it might, it might be really useful to actually get a little bit of groundedness to introduce a bit of reality, into this distorted frame of mind, which is what a panic attack is what high anxiety is, is a distortion. It's not real. Generally, and I'll make the, I'll say generally, because sometimes high anxiety is real, and there's a real reason for having it. And, you know, if you live with someone that's being abusive, and you you've got a reason to be anxious, if you're going to work and you've got a bully, as a manager, there's reasons to be stressed and anxious about that. And that's something you need to change.
You can change the way you think about it. You can change the way you deal with it. So there's those few examples, where actually it's a damn good reason to have those feelings of panic and anxiety.
And I guess if you read any of the any anxiety books, you know, they'll talk about the fight or flight feeling you know, to have that same feeling of unlucky, a lion or a tiger chasing you. And I don't think many people would want to have a fight with a tiger. Most people would want to run away. But that feeling seems to get connected with the feeling of a panic attack. Yet the differences in a situation you'd be running away and you'd feel a feeling but it wouldn't be a panic attack. Because if you had a panic attack, chances are you won't be able to do anything. Because you know, I think if I had a panic attack with a tiger there, I don't know if I'd be able to run away. I don't know if I'd if my brain would even function. Once there was a thing going on outside where I lived, like a violent episode going on. So I went to find the police on my mobile phone, which in England is 999 I couldn't even function my brain didn't even function for me to press the right keys. Just three numbers that are the same 999 because I was so proud Key with what was going on. So going back to what I originally said, it will end the panic attack, the anxiety attack, the stressful feeling, it will end, it will come to an end. It has to there's no other choice. So when you know that it's naturally going to reduce that feed is naturally going to start to subside. You can realize the when a feeling starts to subside, it means that that feeling isn't as powerful as perhaps we may have given it credit.
You could even go so far as to say that how real? Is that feeling? definitely feels real? Of course it does. But what? What texture? Does it have? That feeling of anxiety? What is it?
What color is it? What does it feel like? Like physically feel like? Can you touch it? Can you hold it in your hand? Can you wrap it up and give it to someone at a birthday present? Which isn't? Obviously, you wouldn't do that to someone you liked? Does it have a sound? Does it? Does it taste of anything? Does it smell of anything?
And that's kind of a no, I imagined for most of those questions. Which means it's not real. It triggers a feeling a very unpleasant feeling. But the actual thing that triggers that feeling is just thoughts. I say just thoughts. The fact is thoughts are the most powerful things that we have.
However, it is just thoughts and expectation. And I've been talking a lot this week, and on my
Insomnia, Sleep hypnosis sessions about expectations. When I do those recordings, I do sometimes think oh, I need to remember that for when I do the do this podcast I'm doing now. Because what we expect and what we really really believe, I mean really believe is so much more likely to happen. So if I think about getting on the bus on Monday, going into town, and I spend all weekend thinking about it and imagining getting on there and just feeling anxious and stressful and angry and you know, maybe a bit too hot, maybe sweating, self conscious, all those kind of things that are of no use. Definitely not worth rehearse in, in my mind. If I do that, all weekends, think about that. There's much more chance that when I get on that bus on Monday down not gonna have a pleasant journey. And it's kind of obvious, really, it's obvious but at the same time, it's not. Because when you put it into really simple terms, like I just did you think, of course, obviously, what you, if you expect something to happen and you keep thinking about it, then you're going to taint your own experience. Which makes sense not to do that, but it makes sense that it would have that effect. Just in the same way, if you're going to see going to a concert, to see your favorite pop band or your favorite singer, or maybe you're going to the opera, or you're going, you go into something that you do see somebody that you've wanted to see for years and years and years. And you're so looking forward to it,
the chances of you haven't a great time, it's very high, very high chance that you're gonna really enjoy yourself. Because you're expecting to, is probably not one part of you, that thinks that it's going to be a bit rubbish. Or maybe the singer won't sound quite as good as they do on the album. Or maybe the singer won't come out on stage at the right time. Or perhaps the journey, there'll be traffic jams on the good chance, you won't even think about any of that stuff. Because the powerful emotion is the excitement of seeing whoever it is, in concert, that would be the overriding emotion, because that's the strongest emotion has the power to override all others.
I think with when it comes to emotions, I think maybe survival of the strongest could be a good term. Because whatever emotion you have, that is the strongest will win in a tug of war between all the different emotions. That's why people, I say people, some people they would rather die than be wrong. Some people are so important to them to be right. And they had their views and their beliefs. And they stick to that. And their views and their beliefs is so important that nothing including information which contradicts their beliefs, you know, facts we could say doesn't have a chance against how they feel. So it's kind of belief, belief is the most important thing that we could ever have.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/42-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-3rd-august-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello. Welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for anxiety, stress, and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this, when you can safely Close your eyes.
I thought in this recording, to focus on previous times when you've dealt with, let's say a panic attack or, you know, extreme anxiety or stress. And the reason I'm thinking about this is because it's natural to expect what has come before. It's it's a very logical thing to expect in the future, what has happened in the past doesn't mean it's going to happen, doesn't mean that it has to happen, or it needs to happen. Or they will happen.
Some something that could be useful to address. Because it's quite easy to get caught up in that way of thinking, that limited way of thinking that we're all capable of.
So I'm very careful to want to word this in a way that it doesn't sound like I'm being judgey or, you know, because we're all capable of negative thinking. We're all capable of cause catastrophe thinking. And I think when there's been perhaps too many, or too many, I think, is a good way of saying it too many experiences of anxiety, panic in the past, or maybe the recent past. It makes sense. To think that it's going to happen in the future, it makes sense for you logical, makes a lot of sense to expect it to happen in the future, more of the same. But it doesn't mean that it has to doesn't mean that you have to think that way. is a thing with many years ago, learning about stopping smoking, and you know, helping people to stop and I kind of studied it a little bit because I wanted to stop smoking myself at the time. This is no late 90s. And the idea was that actually we all didn't enjoy it, people wouldn't start smoking to the very earliest would be perhaps late teens or perhaps 15 1416. You know, of course, there's going to be the exception that has yet started very young, but most people wouldn't start smoking until they've been alive for maybe 15 1617 years, maybe longer. So The logic behind that was, well, if you can go 17 years without smoking, you can get through the end of the day without smoking.
So it's doing what we already do. And that is selective thinking, selecting bias, selecting focus on parts of the past. So if someone's going to go on a first date with somebody,
and the may have had a few really good dates with other people in the past, and maybe a few, not so good ones. Now, what that person focuses on, could have a big impact on the upcoming date. so far as to go on a date tonight. And all I do is focus on the let's call them mistakes that perhaps I made, or the feeling of not having gone well, I'll start to expect that to happen. And apart from possibly not even wanting to go on the date, and maybe pulling out and canceling. If I did actually go on a date, or might not be the best version of myself that I would like to be
for that date. I might be a little bit over sensitive or might
be tripping over my words because, you know, try and not to say the wrong thing, instead of just relaxing and being yourself.
So it's selective thinking. I could think of previous dates that were really lovely, and perhaps why would call successful. And it's been a few of those.
And then maybe I'll feel more confident in your ability to deal with the upcoming situation. Because you remember in the times when HD things when okay.
So when I had my first full, big panic attack, I say the first because I realized later that I had had them in the past, but I didn't know what they were. And they were there was quite a big distance between them. You know what they weren't. You know, once I was in a club, a nightclub. And it was so busy. It was so kind of claustrophobic. Everyone was smoking. And it was so hot. And I just you know, I had a panic attack. And I was struggling to breathe and everything was just really weird. But I didn't know what it was at the time. I didn't know anything about panic attacks or anxiety really know a little bit about stress by had no idea about anxiety attacks didn't never even heard of them. In fact, it wasn't it wasn't really talked about back then. Things like PTSD. And that was kind of still called shellshock All graphic. You know, I don't think even bipolar was, I was still called many depressants. So going back a while
I am in fact about 300 years old. I only sound 150. So something about what you focus on. So when I had the major panic attack, when I was at work in my office in 2002, November, remember,
I started afterwards start to expect to have them and I was thinking about going to work. And that's what I was thinking about. The fact that I was what 32 years old, been working full time since I was 15. So 17 years, never had a panic attack at work in my life, up to that point. I've been working at that place for 13 months. Never had a panic attack there until that time. So instead of thinking about all the hundreds of examples, maybe 1000s, we go through the the years of times when I've been at work, gone to work, you know, and everything has been fine. Instead of thinking of that stuff, I was focusing on the the one example. But then became two examples and five and 15 examples. bouts focus on them, not all the hundreds, and hundreds of examples of feeling fine. So I wasn't expecting to feel fine. Not saying that is just about how you think. And it's just about what you focus on.
But as an effect, readers, it always has and always will. Because what we think about affects our behavior. What we think about affects our experience of this world. What we think about affects our life just in a huge way because you know, you could have the worst night's sleep gap in the morning and find out and go buy a scratch card in the shop in the news agents and you win $5,000 or 5000 pounds.
You're gonna have a good day. Regardless of how little sleep you've had, you're going to have a good day regardless of how the management are. Regardless, you won't matter what the weather is like. You're going to have a good day because of the way that you're seeing the world. On that day. It's raining, it won't bother you. Why would it bother you just won five grand which is a nice little bit of money. Which could pay for a nice holiday. Beef pay for presents for loved ones it could whatever it is. It's something special. It doesn't have to be money. You get a phone call finds out that your your grandchild has just been born. You're gonna have a good day. Regardless, even if you, even if you've got a cold or you're physically unwell, you know, you're gonna have a good day. Because something special or magical has happened
in your life because it's nothing else has changed. The world is still the same. Everybody else is still doing their thing. But the way you're choosing to select how you see things, and how you think, and what you focus on,
changes. And it's that old issues you're put down, that people use, about people that are perhaps positive thinking, looking at the world through rose colored spectacles and stuff like that. As if it's a bad thing. As if feeling happy is somehow wrong, or something to be ashamed of, to actually feel good inside. to actually be in touch with one amazing person you are. And what you know how every day is a new opportunity to experience more of those pleasant feelings that you have experienced in the past. Where you can choose to focus on the unpleasant ones, if that is your choice, and it is your choice.
You can spend an hour and a half cooking a lovely meal for yourself. You put on a play and you can walk into the living room, you have a choice, you can drop it on the floor, or you can put onto the table and eat it. It's your choice. If you drop on the floor there's no point of feeling rubbish about it, or feeling angry or upset or blaming anyone
because you chose to do. And that brings us to the blame part of things.
Because I think we've anxiety, stress, panic. Just like most things in life. This this is a human thing. Basically. I guess we are
told this must be a taught thing. The need there's a need to blame. Never such a strong need to credit people to reward people to congratulate people, much stronger need to blame people.
And again, we've all got that in us. We've all been drawn into that silliness, of blame. thing I suppose when I had my first big panic attack. I can't blame the job. I blamed my bosses for pushing me to get the most sales in that week, which I accomplished. But then I knew that I was responsible for what I did. I was responsible for wanting to beat the sales record. I was with sponsible for doing all the extra hours. So I was able to blame myself. Instead of stepping back and realizing that actually, you're not to blame no more than you're to blame for any other physical or mental or emotional illness or disorder or problem, even if previous behavior has perhaps had a big impact on
the current situation. What possible use? Could there be to be blaming yourself to be punishing yourself? Haven't you punished yourself enough isn't enough is enough time to stop being kind to yourself. Time to start to be selective, but in a different way. be selective and start selecting those things that you appreciate about yourself.
start selecting those memories of times when you felt relaxed. Select those memories where you felt calm and capable of dealing with whatever comes your way. Selecting those memories, were you able to just let go of stuff and decided to put yourself first put your health first. Because your health and your mental well being is just too important to ignore. And let's face it, you can have the best call in the world....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/41-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-27th-july-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is relaxation, hypnosis for anxiety and panic attacks. The whole set out in a stress, anxiety and panic attacks. Such a long title, I sometimes forget some of the words anyway. Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. And just to let you know that, since the last recording, have uploaded a, I think, seven, maybe eight, maybe less recordings from the past that I thought might be useful, that were made specifically for me for panic attacks, anxiety, and stress. So
I'm not done hundreds recordings for relaxation. And it's on the relaxation hypnosis podcast. And that's on spreaker. It's available on various different podcast hosts
as well. So I do want to upload all of those just a couple that seemed really relevant to what I'm kind of trying to do here. So I hope that they were useful. Comments, remember what I said on those recordings, because I didn't listen back to them, I don't really listen back to anything I do.
But you know, there might be, there might be some repetition. But then repetition is, can be quite a good thing. If it's useful stuff. You know, you don't want someone keep telling you, always cloudy outside, it's cloudy
outside is cloudy outside, because you don't need to keep being told that being told that you will get through this anxiety, you will get to a point where you no longer have the panic attacks here in that repeated whether in those words or in various different phrases that is priceless. And you know what? It's what, in my experience, it's quite rare to actually hear somebody tell me that I'm going to be okay. It's very rare that anyone actually says, you know, Jason, that you're going to be okay. He says, you know, this is a short term, situation, this is this anxiety will reduce this panic attack, it can't last forever, it will subside and he will be okay. And eventually even though there may be regular now they will become less regular. Hopefully with my help, but also you know, that old phrase old, it's very, very old, over over said phrase at time is a healer. But it's true. You know, in some ways, it really is true. That time off is just another way of saying it sometimes healing takes time. healings, not always instantaneous. You know, if you break your leg, nothing in the world is going to heal that broken bone other than just time for the healing process to take its time to do it. So whether it's a few weeks or six weeks, however long it is that it takes for you to be able to walk on that leg again without the plaster or without walking on. I was gonna say stilts but the opposite wouldn't walk in with crutches or whoever
might take six weeks might take longer might take less. Time itself isn't the healer, the healing is the healer the healing needs time. And during that time best thing you can do and any of us can do is actually be nice
to ourselves, you know, give ourselves a break. I mean my brother years ago, this is a long, long time ago when I was at school, he was older than me and he he fell off his moped and he broke his arm within fall off his he crashed and if any broke his arm and he had a cast on you No one knows proper
you know, the things that put your friends right on and stuff I've never had one of those are broken a few bones but
they don't. I've never had casts. Even when I broke my wrist about three, four years ago, they offered me either a full cast or one I can just
put on had metal in it which wrapped around the wrist. And I could take it off when I needed to because it was in the summer and
the specialist said it was so hot, it was gonna get really itchy and uncomfortable. And he said as long as you keep on most of the time
like it possibly take off at night when I was in bed or your take off if I was just resting it after you know the first few weeks but he didn't let it heal. He was so determined that it was time for his arm to feel better to so active is really he was one of these like superduper physical people that could always won races at school. It's always top of the of everything he did. He was really competitive and really super fit and strong and everything. And he didn't want this broken arm to hold him back. And at one point, probably two weeks into having the arm brace on maybe less than he was trying to prove to my parents he didn't need it on anymore. He was doing press ups. And I just reminds me just makes you think well, not at the time but at the timer for here do more press ups have more pain, but that was because I was kid. I didn't mind him hurt himself. But stuck on it being impatient expecting something now, but it's different. So with a physical thing, a broken arm is painful, but your painkillers and you have it in us, you know, provided it's nothing too serious. It's just it's just a bit of pain and it subsides quite quickly after a few days and you know it's not a huge deal hopefully. But when you've got anxiety and it's like a panic attack full, full in and going on. There is no impatience. Because that's not the way we're thinking because logic and reality doesn't come into this journey. You can have 1000 people telling you balance specialists 1000 people that know everything about the brain and you know stress and anxiety you're saying to listen Bob, if your name is Bob Yeah, this will pass. This is just your adrenalin kicking in and you know your ears. You can't die from it. It's not gonna
it's just very uncomfortable. It's very horrible. To be fat I think horrible even sums it up. I
think it's it's kind of terrifying. Actually. But those who've never had a panic or anxiety attack, they don't understand. Even though we all experience it differently, I've spoken to many people that have had anxiety attacks. And he probably notice I use panic attack and anxiety attack, I use the same term meaning the same thing. It's
spoken to many people. And there's a lot of similarities. But then there's that level of, you know, some people managed to continue even when they're in the throes somehow. And I managed to do that a few times when at work,
when why perhaps should have done was, at the very least had a break, gone outside, explain what was going on to my manager, and just took a break or gone home. But then you got that problem of, he looked fine. Physically from the outside, to same with any kind of mental illness or disorder or, you know, health issue, including things like pain as well, chronic pain, people look fine. The only perhaps, indication that somebody is suffering is maybe the way that their faces the expression on their face, the way that someone's talking. Because somebody that's going through a panic or anxiety attack, they will not be talking the same as they would do. When they were feeling fine. There's a good chance they'll be perhaps sweating, or there would be even physically moving differently. But I think this stuff is taught to the general public. And I would say it's really important to be taught to teachers, and taught to managers, you know of companies, team leaders, not just in education, but just generally so they can pick up on it. Because then you look after somebody then you might have done might have done work in view for a long time. They might have to have three months or feel free months of work to recover, to you know, get to a point where they feel able to return to work. If you you know if that manager that company is being kind and really caring to the person that's going through the anxiety issues, the stress the what have you, you know, whatever's going on for them.
You feel safe to go back to that place. And I think that makes a big difference. With my last job I had I had all is having anxiety stress, and was also diagnosed with bipolar.
And I started to have been in a depression stuff this is going back 2013 and already been diagnosed bipolar previous today in 2011. So what I did is I told our toggle manager I've been diagnosed I've got I've got depression, I'm being put on antidepressants. But the antidepressants have actually made me feel worse for maybe a few weeks and then I started it just the anxiety really increased. So it's it was kind of a very weird I was going to happen. quite high levels of activity in my brain.
I was all over the place. And it turned out that after taking some time off work, everybody know about it. It is spread through the the office for some reason the I think he, someone
may be the manager told, told everyone, and then he told told everyone in my team and then spread out to other people.
I no longer felt safe to go back to that job. I tried to go back twice. But I just didn't feel that people treat me the way they used to.
Because I was, I was quite good at my job. And I've gone fairly well with pretty much everybody. But, you know, some people weren't talking to me. Some people were a bit too friendly, you know, like treating me or gentle when I'm not, I'm not someone that needs to be treated
softly, you know, kind of like to have a laugh, and I wasn't safe. And I realized I might have gotten off on a tangent here. I think some of these things are necessary to dress to think about and realize that maybe you've been affected by the way that you've been treated,
which hasn't helped you hasn't, you know, being beneficial to your recovery to your and sometimes recovery isn't recovery, it's managing. But I know some medical or mental health experts. First, my situation with bipolar day class, it is recovery. If you're not in a manic state, or if you're not clinically depressed.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/40-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-9th-july-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes.
Now I try and do different recordings every time. And can I just do a relaxation session here, so won't be really talking about anything
specific, necessarily more just going to be a full body relaxation, kind of a body scan, slash meditation, mindfulness kind of thing. And the reason I'm doing this is because I was talking to somebody the other day.
It was Thursday. And she asked me, boo talking about the time when I was dealing with excessive anxiety, panic attacks. And she asked me, Why did practically to help myself. And I thought about it because I wasn't sure quite how to answer it. So did a few things. Some things were
not forced upon me. But I ended up feeling that I needed to do. One was to stop working for a little while. Although I did, I did stick with the job for a year while I was having the anxiety and the panic attacks,
but eventually I just felt I had to get that job in so I did
bother other things are tried quite a few different things. And some aroma therapy and exercise. And the thing I think one of the things that helped me a lot was learning to meditate. And I went to a Buddhist center, near where I left. It was best to go somewhere near where you live, I think rather than traveling for seven hours. And they did two types of meditation. One was mindfulness of breathing. And the other one was the map of now, which is
I should know this should be creating loving kindness. And this is back in 2002. no end of the year, November time that I started going to the meditation. So I said to this, this person I was talking to on Thursday. I said I would do meditation. That's something that helped. And she said to me that focusing on your breath can really help. And then I remembered I remembered the actually focusing on my breath was the last thing that I wanted to do at that time, because when I focused on my breath, I find, you know, it was the breathing issues, it was the shortness of breath. And I found that I was too focused already on my breath, before I even started meditating. So why needed really was to maybe a different focus, or more overall focus. But at the same time, finding a way to be able to focus on my breath, without it, send me into some kind of panicky state of mind. So that was a little hurdle wasn't a major hurdle, it was slightly difficult. Because the person that was teaching me meditation, for me and in the group wasn't
aware of my condition. And I wasn't aware of the benefits of meditation for my condition. As soon as the kind of very experimental thing for me.
So I ended up doing because with the mindfulness of breathing, this few, a few stages and you, you count the outward breath for a while, maybe for five minutes or 10 minutes, and they ring a bell, and then you can't be in breath for five or 10 minutes to them in the bell, you count from one to 10, and then start again at one. And if your mind wanders off, you just come back and start one again. And then gradually, you stop counting and you focus on just your breathing on its own. So what I did in the moments when, other times when I didn't feel very comfortable focusing on my breath, because at times, it felt a little bit like hyperventilating. When you're hyperventilating. It's an over focus on your breath, isn't it? It's not the only reason for it, but is, is the anxiety that comes in with that. So why needed was not so much a distraction, although that can be useful. Why I found myself doing was sitting there and just being there just sitting. And there's a Zen kind of meditation called Zazen or Zen which is just sitting and then we have the rise open a little bit and then looking at maybe a carpet on the floor and I just started this 1994 but find some audio tapes. But again, this by focusing on the body, or being aware of your body as an overall thing, rather than focusing too intensely on a physical reaction on may have been having do too. My state of mind, anxiety, stress, whatever it may be. So it's kind of like we could say just watching the traffic just watching the traffic go by and not getting too caught up in any particular car. Just letting it go by. Just go But anyway, it's just a case of just just observing. So I found that was quite a useful thing to do. Until I was able to get to the point of feeling comfortable focusing and counting my breaths.
So that that brings up yet another potential misconception or misunderstanding, sometimes from maybe somebody that hasn't experienced extreme anxiety, but then we all experience things differently. So I just feel it's very important that you do what works for you. And that's just so important to find what is useful for you. And these recordings are, have multi layered reasons behind them. There's the relaxation aspect of the recording, even when I'm being conversational, about anxiety or, you know, my own experiences, which you may be able to relate to. which may mean that you perhaps feel less on your own.
Then, maybe you did before. I mean, luckily, with the internet, last night was a great thing with forums and Facebook groups, you can get a bit nasty illness sometimes. But
one thing that comes out of the internet as you can get to realize that actually, whatever you're going through, although other people won't know what it feels like to be you, they will have gone through what you're going through, there's going to be someone out there that has already walked that path. Whether it's the path leading to the illness, or the path leading to recovery.
And that can be quite nice. I think that's a benefit that a lot of people get from joining online groups for their maybe for someone has got fibromyalgia, for example. They'll join a group and see the other people also I have difficulty doing housework or difficulty getting out of bed at times in any relate to that and think, realize that they're not the only one. That is nothing wrong with them. As far as they're not abnormal. They're not they're just not just but they're all they've got an illness. And they share some of those symptoms with others that also have that particular condition. And of course, it's different for everybody. Yet there are always going to be similarities and with anxiety, stress, panic against different everybody. Of course is we all experience the world differently. The reason why it is millions and millions of different types of food available, because people don't all like the same stuff.
Some people love peanut butter I really don't. And I can't figure out how anyone could. And I'm sure as millions of people could never understand how
other people couldn't love it. But this is not about peanut butter. It's about uniqueness. So we're all unique. So we all experience anxiety, stress, panic, in a different way. Yet there will be similarities
when you read another person's description of how they were feeling. So that's part of what this is about. So that you don't feel alone. So that you realize that, actually, there's a lot of people out there that have dealt with this. There's a lot of people out there that have come out the other end and flourished. And I was thinking, another thing that there was a conversation going on between two people a few months back. And one was saying that he has anger, anxiety attacks. And his friend said, also, you have panic attacks. And the reply was no, I have anxiety attacks, I do not have panic attacks. Everyone's said, the same thing. And they, and they kind of had an argument, I didn't get involved because
I couldn't be bothered really. They seem to be enjoying themselves argument. Sometimes all people need is to just feel that they're right. And they're happy.
Yet they are the same thing. It's just a different description for the same thing. Because the word panic. I think about this. Panic is something you're fearful, you're worried about something happening. That would be like a panic, wouldn't it or something's about to happen. I think throughout the whole process of having anxiety, attacks and having extreme stress and anxiety. The only thing I was ever really worried about was having a panic attack. That is what I was panicky about.
So I was panicking about panic. I wasn't panicking about panic. I was panicking about anxiety. I was panic about panicking about having their ex extreme physical and emotional, exaggerated feeling that seemed to just manifest itself out of nowhere. And believing that I was going to die when I wasn't
and that was the thing I feared most have been one of those anxiety attacks. And then it brings the other side of things. What are you anxious for?
What just deal with the anxiety deal with wherever is you're anxious about therefore you are having anxiety attacks. And that's another thing that some people struggle to understand that actually you know, I've had panic attacks or anxiety attacks In the past, when I was in a bookshop, all I was doing was looking for a book to read. There was absolutely no stress involved. There was nobody in the shop, it wasn't busy. It was a carefree day, really, within suppose in the back of my mind, hoping that I wouldn't have a panic attack. And I did out of nowhere. And I had to run out the shop, couldn't breathe at the run out, I was sweating. And I caught my breath. And I did why at that time, I associated that shop with having panic attacks, as I started to do that time, associate in different places that....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/39-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-6th-july-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. This is his relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. Now try to make each of these recordings different. However, there is always going to be an overlap, because I'm kind of talking about the same subject each time, kind of and may repeat some of the stuff that I say. And part of the reason for that is because I forget what I've said in previous recordings. So if I do repeat something, try and pretend that it's I'm repeating it in order to solidify the idea. So that it goes into your unconscious mind and has therapeutic reaction. That sounds a bit better than just me repeating because I've forgotten why previously, he said. And before I go further, there's going to be some people listening to this or listening to me for the very first time. So just to let you know, the reason I do lots of different podcasts got about 35 the things that I focus on mostly, it seems quite often is sleeping, require few sleep, podcasts, relaxation, chronic pain, things like that. Yet, though, I'm probably very passionate, have been helped helping people with chronic pain. The thing that I've probably been affected by the most in my life is the anxiety, stress and panic attacks. So, this is much more of a personal project for me. Because although I do a lot of sleep sessions have generally sleep quite well. There's been periods in my time in my life that I haven't but generally asleep I can sleep during the day, you know, some pretty good asleep in
my life has been transformed by anxiety and panic attacks and stress in the past. So as I said I do I don't know what it feels like to be you. Nobody knows what it feels like to be you. But I do know what it feels like to be me and experience acute anxiety, stress and panic. I thought today I would talk about the physical side of stress because there's a lot of
think today's society in England Anyway, there's a lot more publicity around anxiety, or mental illness, or mental health issues. But now I hear a lot of people, including even famous people, and
therapists, calling it mental health. When they discuss someone that's ill, or they've got mental health, no, they call it mental illness.
You know, someone who is physically sick, you don't say, either or physical health. Now, they got physical sickness staleness, they're ill. And not everybody has mental health issues, we use that term are always some people, for myself, for example, of bipolar, and diagnosed twice, actually. And also emotionally unstable personality disorder with something else added to it, unstable and whatever.
So it's just a bunch of stuff, isn't it? It's a bunch of is labels. And some psychiatrists don't like to diagnose because they've unsure about whether it's a useful thing for the patient to be given that label. But from a patient's perspective, from my own perspective, rather, I'd like to know what's going on. So, if I've got a broken leg, I wouldn't know that I've got broken leg. I don't want to just to be called an injured leg. I want to know exactly what it is. You know, vagueness I don't think is useful. Always. When it comes to medical stuff, personally, for myself, and I never used to understand that our brain, the brain, can cause physical illness. I didn't know that thinking. Stress could cause physical illness. I didn't know that was even possible. I'd read studies years ago, I used to read psychology papers and stuff, but more on how thinking can eradicate illness. But I'd never thought of it the other way around. So thinking can eradicate an illness, by thinking and maybe using it places, for example, in reducing some of those issues involved in the illness. And it's illegal. To say that hypnosis can cure anything. You know, as far as a physical thing, you can say, cure insomnia, I can cure, you know, stop smoking and stuff like that. But someone's got a physical illness. He can't say, not allowed to say that. Hypnosis can cure that illness. But there are many cases of hypnosis helping somebody to the point where they no longer suffer from that illness. And it may be a roundabout way might be a simple case of reducing the person's stress levels, so that the body can heal itself. Or it can be even more focused attention on the healing process itself. imagining that the body is doing certain things, in order to heal your body, imagine playing a game where, you know, in your mind where you're healing and changing the processes within your body. I won't go into details, but it's quite fascinating some of that stuff. Not necessarily relevant to this, but
I didn't realize that at the time, I was 24. And I could stomach, stomach really, really bad stomach pains for but 10 months. September is probably October, October 94, to maybe August 95, something like that. So it's about 10 months. And I had you know, I won't go into like graphic details, but a very, very bad stomach, couldn't eat hardly anything. I was believed in, I was going to see the doctor regularly. And they couldn't figure out what was wrong with me. I had to scans, ultrasound things, you know they do for pregnant ladies, more pregnant people. To see the baby inside, I did that with my kidneys and my internal organs, I had a thing, camera down the throat into the stomach, and then still couldn't find any for ob. And then they can be blood tests. And they started to look for the more serious stuff. And then I went for the results of the test the blood tests, and they tested everything. You know, they tested all of my bodily functions. And I went to the hospital, into the the office and there was two specialists there. I was worried I was thinking, especially as my doctor told me what they were looking for, which was a serious, serious illness, which worried me. And they said to me, we can't find anything wrong with you. There's nothing wrong with you. And I think in their words, it was it must just be stress. Those those words always kind of stick with me, just must just be stress. But stress was nothing. And I couldn't believe I started laughing, which means stress. can stress one a stressed about I haven't worked for you know, the whole time of being ill. I haven't. What have I got to be stressed about? That can stress my meal. And they didn't have an answer for that. And they said we're going to give you some antidepressants. And I said all right. And I took took them and we by two weeks, the pains is stopped. I put on half a stone in white board in two weeks. But over like a month I put on half a stone in weight. All the bleed and it stopped, the pains is stopped everything. Everything kind of went back to normal. Just for these little pills are quite big pills. And I've only taken one a day wasn't they weren't even big. You know, I'll take four tablets a day at the moment. Which is still quiet. Not a lot really now, but he said take more. And that's when I realized that stress can have a huge effect on our physical well being Without even seeming like a stressful situation. Well, I did suffer depression during that time, but I was depressed because of being ill. If I'm honest with you, that was the thing that was upsetting me the most, not being able to sort of go outside the house without needing to get to the toilet, or the embarrassment of going to the doctor's and being examined intimately. And, you know, I hated
feeling ill all the time. Well, a lot of the time wasn't all the time but you felt like I couldn't work out how could I be ill with stress when I wasn't stressed. In my idea stress it would be something like being a policeman or being a firefighter or being married. But you know, just being in a stressful environment. I wasn't married didn't have children. I didn't have really anything to worry about. Yet my body or my mind was creating this stress in my body which caused my body to be ill physically, it wasn't just a feeling it was as I said it was bleeding it was I fought maybe I had an ulcer or something like that which I didn't and didn't make sense to me didn't make sense to the doctors or to specialists either.
So being at home in whenever I want sleeping whenever I wanted to watch television however whenever I wanted having enough money to live on well being was just benefits but it was still wasn't like struggling struggling it was still had enough to get by
Yeah, my body was reacting to my mind and I couldn't figure it out because it didn't just didn't fit together properly. This is my How could I be ill physically physically ill when
I didn't have anything to worry about. didn't have anything to be stressed about. And at that time, there was no help other than just here's the tablets. And go away. That was it. I wasn't offered counseling or anything. It was really a case of just there you go. Bye. Good luck calm. It was a case of come back if they don't work really.
And tip them for yeah to conform was September October two for about two and a half months I think.
And then I stopped taking them because I didn't like the slowness. They made me feel. I felt really lethargic and I put weight on which I was kind of glad about because I was very slimming him days very skinny actually. And by found that my thinking that slowed down a lot,
which I didn't like. So stop taking them and then goes back on again in January 96 So I was offline for about three months, and then I was back on them.
And the reason I'm mentioning this is because firstly, I think it's important that loud bird goes away till I finish this recording.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/38-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-27th-june-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. This is relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, did I just say that? Please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes. So I thought before I start this, today's recording, I just like to thank you for listening. And discipline podcast has grown significantly in the last month or so, which is really good. So thank you. And I'm glad that we're hopefully you're liking the new recordings I'm making. So I've made two new recordings, excuse me, and this is gonna be the third one. So I had 34, done to start with the 3536. And now this is 37. I do believe my mathematics is
great.
Now, what I've been thinking about is doing a podcast for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. And relaxation, of course, obviously, is a very wide spectrum
of
conditions, issues, situations. So it kind of does need a lot of episodes, I guess, in a sense of the various situations that you might be in, where anxiety may have been an issue. But it's not just that it's and I spoke about this earlier. I think we've all perhaps been in a situation where there's been an incident, maybe at work. Maybe within the family, it's someone you know that perhaps you've had a verbal, maybe disagreement, but you'd leave it at that it could be anything. It could be someone's just said something that's been annoying to you. And the thought of seeing them again, maybe, or may have been a kind of trigger for anxiety and panic or for stress to, you know, increase. So what I've thought, and I've had these situations myself, where I've just not wanted to go into work, because of a certain person who I just didn't get on with. And so long time ago, but it was definitely Yeah, it's difficult. And I've managed to work around it in my own way. But it's, you know, there's lots of different avenues to get to that point where you're feeling relaxed about the situation or maybe get to the point where you just don't care about that person. You don't care whether the person's going to be there and you decided you're not going to care enough to let
yourself be affected by them. Because I'm choosing my words here because the fact is, the way we talk about things sometimes is not useful. I'll give you an example. You make me feel this way. She made me feel this. He made me feel this.
Those are three sentences that actually don't make sense. And they're not real. And you may have been raised to talk like that, or no, I was. I'm in a society where that's how people talk. Because they haven't looked into it haven't kind of perhaps realized what they're saying. And the power of words, the power. So with hypnosis, you think about it, if you break it down to its very bare bones is being influenced by words being influenced by sentences. But the biggest statement is in your life as you the biggest hypnotist you'll ever have issue your mind. The things that you say to yourself, influences how you feel about things. So if you say to yourself, that person, I feel this way, every time that person's there, because that person makes me feel angry, or that person upsets me. Then the good chances are, you'll be prepared to feel that way. You ever ever been in a room with someone and they may be upset you in the past, say I'm using language myself and I, they upset you, you've been upset by someone, someone's actions someone's words. And then maybe a few months later, you're in the same room with them. And they're not doing anything. But you get annoyed with them. Just by the way they're eating their sandwich, or in their yoga or sitting in a chair. They're not actually doing anything they might have completely, you know, forgotten about you might not have you know, there might have been a one off communication months ago, and they don't even remember you. But you remember them and you're feeling wound up by them. But they're doing nothing. You're doing all the work. Basically winding yourself up. Don't say this in a blame situation, you must blame yourself. Because I don't believe in all that stupid stuff. I believe in being horrible to ourselves, you know, punishing ourselves that really I don't feel is useful. I prefer you know, being kind to yourself. That seems just a bit nicer bit kinder, obviously, it's a bit softer.
So if we were able to move that thinking just a little bit and correct ourselves but without it's a fine line correction. And you know, that that kind of feeling of likes is only correct you say you correct your spelling, or their correct your pronunciation. It's annoying. I find it annoying. Personally, myself.
So if I do it to myself, I'm going to find it annoying. So I need to do it in a way that's gentle. says more of a question in yourself rather than corrected. For example, He made me feel so
low
when he said that Okay, so good question in your mind. Did he make you How did he make you feel that way? How did he make you How can anyone make you do anything or feel anything?
Because physically if someone you know hit you with a whip, it's gonna hurt and that other person is responsible for that. You know, or say, Well, I I'm responsible for the pain feeling stuck in my heading because that would be silly. But this is different. This is something that you do have Saying, technically, you could say you have a say in the pain side of things as well, that's a different subject. But when someone's rude to you, first of all, they might not mean to be rude to this chart, so just a bit. Maybe you're having a bad day, or just you know that that's just the way they are. And they don't didn't mean anything by it. And they're used to being around people that maybe act the same way as them. That's a possibility. The other side is, if someone's being nasty, then good, chances are the reason they're being nasty, horrible, angry, vicious, whatever, is because they're suffering. They're unhappy, incredibly unhappy. Whether they're aware of it, or the aware of the cause of aware that actually, that's the reason they are acting out. And aiming at other people. is another thing and you don't need to know that. This is about you, not about other people. It's about your mind and your thoughts. You can't control other people ever.
cognito whenever person thinks. And that's a hard one. You could say well over bet hypnosis. Isn't that all about control?
No, not really. It's about offering, you know I can offer you or the idea that buffet, I can put a buffet out
lots of different bits to choose from, you can choose what you want. See if it fits right on the size, you know, same as if you go into a clothes shop. You can be in there all day and trying different clothes, we probably can't imagine that the staff would get a bit bit peeved off if you were there all day. But, you know, you can try Stein off stuff on if you like it, you can buy it, or choose not to buy it, it's up to you. It's about testing things. And that's what I do is about testing, offer suggestions. And some of those suggestions will just go in because your mind is open to them. Because you are perhaps used to listen to me, you trust me. And you know that I'm coming from a good place when it comes to this stuff.
Because I haven't been where you are. And as one of my little things I tried to
try to keep in my mind that I don't know how anyone else feels. I don't know. I had years of anxiety, panic, stress doesn't mean that I know how someone else feels. That's got anxiety, panic and stress. We're different. We experience things differently. For example, there's the I like boxing. It's one of my kind of favorite things to to watch. And Anthony Joshua, two weeks ago or three weeks ago, defended his world heavyweight title and he lost. And he looked really dazed at the beginning of the fight just before the fight even started, he looked glazed over his eyes. And it's turned out that he had a panic attack in his dressing room before the fight. And he's in America for the first time. This isn't an eye if you're not into bought boxing, that my bad ex is not about boxing. It's it's about he was an IED I guess he was anxious being America for the first time. And wherever pressures came with that, but having a panic attack and then going into the ring and you know, putting yourself in danger like he does every time I would have been, I would have begged him not to go into the ring. If I'd been there and seen that, having known I couldn't function during a panic attack, and always unable to function afterwards for a while, you know, it's never, I never fully recovered for a while, it took me a while to just get back down. And also, I had panic attacks that lasted for absolutely ages in the past. So how you know how on earth he got into the ring, and as I said he was badly hurt, because he wasn't, didn't have his game, he didn't have the reflexes or he wasn't there mentally. And after I heard that, I kind of broke my heart because I fought. You know, I struggled to even travel on a train, just to function, waiting for a train. And to get home from Northridge to Ipswich, which is only like a short way. It's about 40 minutes or something on a train. I struggled with that journey. And just standing on train station, waiting for the train, you know, that whole that a how someone could cope with something big do they have to do? And we're all different. Maybe some people could. But that goes against the being kind to yourself part. And some would say, well, he'd lost millions of dollars. Yeah, he would have done.
But he could lost much more than that.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/37-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-18th-june-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. This is relaxation, was it relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks, I think that that's the name of the podcast, I
think is, is something like that really should maybe pay more attention to the things I've devoted my life to. It's just I've got quite a few podcasts. But that's the gist of it. It's basically this is aimed at helping those of you, I'm going to say those of us because I'm included in this category of people who have been affected. Very, very, very much so by stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. My name is Jason Newland, and please only listen to this when you can safely Close your eyes, which is the same for all of my recordings. And I would also advise
if you have listened to any recordings, podcasts or anything like that, that hypnosis or that sort of thing, relaxation. Then make sure it's safe. And that's not really my job to
be the warning for other podcasts, but just simple, important, you know, safety, your safety is gonna be number number one, it's gonna be the priority. So if you, you know, if you pilot in a helicopter, then don't listen to stuff like this. It's kind of an obvious thing, but seems obvious, but I don't know. Oh, by the way, that's my creaky chair. My big black squeaky chair is very squeaky I need a new chair. And I don't mind this chair because it's fairly comfortable. But it's worn out. And it's creaky. And because I make lots of recordings, you know, sometimes two, three a day sometimes. It'd be nice to have something that didn't squeal every time I moved. So there you go. This is kind of a mixture of thing. It's a mixture of things. So hypnosis doesn't have to be you lie in there with your eyes closed. asleep. because technically hypnosis. It's got nothing to do asleep by hypnosis is relaxing, which can lead to sleep. And I do a lot of sleep hypnosis recordings, and I've got quite a few podcasts which guide you to that point where you just completely zapped and zonked out. And I've been doing that for a long, long time.
So these recordings may have that effect on you. And some of the relaxation techniques may also have that effect as well. Because when you relax your body, your mind relaxes and when you're Actually bind, your body relaxes. And it's like a continuous.
perpetual, is it perpetual motion just continues. And it grows, the calmness, the sense of safety increases. And those levels of stress, anxiety that may have been there before decrease. Now I'll also just talk, sometimes I'll just talk about things connected to this subject. And some may think or psycho do with hypnosis. Really, and I'm not here to give her a lecture on hypnosis. That could be it would be very boring. And might also be wrong, some might not do justice.
But for me, hypnosis is very basically focusing on an idea you know, wrapping your mind around an idea. And c don't have to be unconscious in order to benefit from words which is evident. I'm sure in your life as well as mine. There's been times
when I've been wide awake, have heard something, whether it be a friend of said maybe I've heard on the television, on radio, maybe even in a song maybe just overheard it on the bus. And something's stuck with me. You know, there was once years ago and someone gave me a postcard or like a card. Not a greetings card though just to kind of a general kardi card or the no unit call you had on the inside, what might be on the health side of again.
It was you can either be right. Or you can be happy. So you can you can choose to be right. Or you can choose to be happy. Anaconda hit me. It's like, Okay. I didn't, didn't kind of get I got it. I didn't start thinking about it. Start to grow, you know, the idea or mind started to wrapper around the idea.
I started think about examples in my life where I really needed to be right. to the exclusion of perhaps friendship, especially to the exclusion of my own happiness. And I've experienced other people who were unable to back down for something that they believed they will write about and seeing the suffering that they've gone through because of it. Such as That simple idea. Really, my mind really wrapped itself around that idea.
And it stuck with me. Doesn't mean that I don't want to be right. But it's opened up a choice, it's made me realize that it is a choice
whether or not I pursue that need to be right. And let's face it, no one ever wins an argument.
Because when people argue even if the argument ends with both of them agreeing, you know, purse, you know, Bob agrees with Steve that Steve was right. Bob still not going to be happy at the end of it.
So, Steve hasn't really one. So this idea of wrapping your mind around something. So what I do is I try not offer ideas. I'll be like how I did when I did my hypnotic buffet podcast.
Except this is going to be focused solely on helping with stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. And I've been thinking about that. Because I had a conversation with a friend was to two people talking to each other, my friend and his friend.
And they were discussing the difference between anxiety attacks and panic attacks. once said that he has anxiety attacks, and have one said doesn't mean panic attacks. He said no, they're anxiety attacks. Think? I don't know but I think what was going on there is the person that said that he had anxiety attack attacks, didn't like the connotation of the word panic. The idea of panicking and being scared so kind of gravitate to the word anxiety attack, because it feared more with his sense of toughness or his sense of who he feels he is. When they pull me into the conversation, I said it's just two different terms for the same thing which didn't, wasn't enjoyed by either. Because they're neither were able to be right. Where they both felt there, right? is a big topic here. Isn't there being right? By NUAGE, right suicide K.
And STI thinking about it. And I fought from my own experience when I had panic attacks, which is why I called them
didn't feel anxious beforehand. When I just started popping up nowhere. And I did panic. Because I didn't know what it was. And then when they became more frequent I really got anxious About when the next one was going to happen. And, you know, what is this is something wrong in my brain, you know, that's how I was thinking at the time.
So I'm always quite stressed in the job I had. I felt good. You know, I didn't, I wasn't stressed as in dreading going to work or you know, any of that stuff. I was actually excelling in my work.
So when I had the first full blown proper attack, or, again, is the word attack, it's like somebody else is attacking us. And then we think, no, it's not someone else's us. And that feels even worse, like what you were attacking ourselves. That's just disgusting. behavior, why would we attack ourselves as self harm. So it's those things that I kind of struggled with. Because it didn't make sense to me. Didn't make sense. And the word panic really fits in with what happens when I had them. Because I ended up going to the hospital at least three times, thinking that I was having a heart attack.
By it wasn't. And then because it's generally late at night, I was there. But there was other people there as well. And I got saw pretty much straightaway. Because pains in the chest get seen quickly. Plus, always. I was 32 the first time I went. So I wasn't middle aged boys, not young young. Before the been 19 or 20, they perhaps wouldn't have took so much notice, but might have been the beard, I don't know. But then when I had the tests, and the chair gave me a tested my heart and blood pressure and all that stuff. And everything came back absolutely fine. I felt guilty. And the first time I started, you know, when you talk and you start crying, but I didn't cry, I kind of kept it in. Because I was so frustrated. I didn't want anything to be wrong with me. But at the same time, I didn't want to be wasting the time of the doctors. Within a doctor says that's what they're there for. But in my mind. I didn't deserve to be there because I wasn't ill then I didn't realize that it was an illness. Anxiety is an illness. It's a mental illness, which presents itself mentally and physically. space it is a physical assisted illness. very debilitating for a lot of people when untreated. And by untreated I mean when the person who's going through this it's not getting any help or not doing something to help themselves. And some people can't face doing that stuff. They don't know where to go. There's gonna be some people that would never listen to this ever in a million years. Because
that I believe that listening to some weird man on a podcast would be of any use. And you know what? I probably fit into that category myself a little bit.
back then. A little bit, I was a lot more open minded towards hypnosis because I already knew hypnosis by really struggled to help myself, which was very unusual, I didn't understand that. Such self hypnosis for stopping smoking, I used it for lots of different things over the years. And then to suddenly have this and I felt like I'd lost control of my brain of my mind.
And you may think, why am I telling you all this stuff? Why don't I just get on with? Why don't you do your magic transy hypnosis stuff. Or this is part of that. For one thing, those listening, this might be the first time you've listened to this. First time you listened to me, first time you've ever listened to any audio recording podcast, regarding anxiety, panic, stress, those kinds of things. And this might be the first time that you've heard somebody say something that you could perhaps relate to....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/36-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-14th-june-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is relaxation for stress, anxiety and panic attacks or relaxation hypnosis for stress, anxiety, panic attacks. Now this is Episode 35. And there has been quite a time between the 34th and this the 35th episode. So, I originally made this podcast or made this hypnosis course. But 34 day course back in 2017 and I uploaded it as a podcast in November 2018 about six months ago or seven months ago and it's become more and more popular. Again, more and more daily downloads. So I had a similar thing with my sleep hypnosis weekly podcast which was originally a seven week course which was around the same time as this one. And that became popular the podcast since November so I decided to make some new episodes, some new recordings weekly on that one just to see whether or not that's what people wanted. And it was and it's grown even more over the last six or seven weeks and I've been watching this podcast grow and thinking Shall I make some more sessions for this and so this is a bit a little bit of a board introduction but
I'm going to be in boring relaxation session. It's not supposed to be excited. And though the power of your mind responsible for feeling karma the power your mind responsible for being able to deal with situations that previously were stressful and problematic and turn in feeding and change In that response within you in a way that can transform how you feel. So I guess there is a bit of an excitation if that's a word an excitability, a stimulation of those parts of your mind an activation trying to think of some other words that have Asian at the end. So what I've decided is to start making some new recordings for this podcast and I've changed the title, I've taken the word daily out of the title.
So I can, you know, maybe I'll do them daily, maybe there'll be every few days
but just takes the pressure off. Because in order for me to make these recordings I also need to feel relaxed otherwise it doesn't work. Imagine having a massage from someone who is really uptight and angry
I can't imagine coming away from that message feeling ticularly calm by as you did have a massage years ago, that lots of massages
over the years I actually did a massage course a college bar went to this massage place is a health spa. And the person was talking all the way through all about their problems all the bad things that were on their mind. And you know, other than a towel, I was practically naked, so I couldn't run off. So in the same way when I make these recordings, when I'm talking to you I'm feeling calm. I'm feeling relaxed. You can hear the background sounds birds in the garden and actually just stand it sounded like
a lot of seagulls with my eyes closed, which they are almost felt like I was by the beach, which I'm not
sad good thing about closing your eyes can allow your imagination to just play. And before we talk about imagination, I need to just mention only listen to this. When you can safely Close your eyes, even if you're sitting in a chair, or lying down with your eyes open, you're not necessarily not commanding you to close your eyes. Not that I can command you to do anything. That's up to you. But you know, don't listen to any of my recordings or any relaxation, hypnosis, audios by anybody. Unless you can safely Close your eyes, for your safety, and others as well. If you're flying a plane, then stop this recording. That's kind of where we're out with that one. So I feel like I've got a lot of kind of catching up to do. In some ways, you know, regarding the 34 episodes that I've already recorded, two and a half years ago. However, I've still been making more recordings, I've still made hundreds of recordings since that time, just on other podcasts. So I haven't I've not been inactive. In fact, last year, have made more recordings than any other time since 2006. When I started making online hypnosis recordings, for free, but generally do at least one, sometimes two, sometimes three recordings
a day, usually at least one. So average for about 10. Less than 12 recordings a week, sometimes more. And the way I see these recordings going is to build upon what's been already said by me in previous recordings, but I'm also aware that some people will be listening now to me for the first time. So each episode needs to stand alone by itself as well as connecting to previous and future sessions. So this is kind of a re introduction, as it were,
to what we're doing here. What this podcast is about and what it will be about moving forward. And the one thing the only thing but a very important thing that I learned
when it came to panic attacks, and I'm sure I mentioned some of my own experiences. In the past episodes been 2002 when I first really started having regular panic attacks, I changed my life absolutely changed my life. And I did not know what to
do about it. And there was no in seem to be any help out there. For me, they probably was. And I bought books. I did go to some therapy. But there's probably more stuff out there than I realized.
I just didn't know where it was. I didn't know where to look. Because I didn't understand what was going on. I literally felt like my brain was dysfunction. Are those actually something seriously wrong with my brain. And as for the word panic, panic attack. The first one I had first major one. I was just in the office working on a telephone. I wasn't in a panic. I wasn't particularly concerned about anything. I was just doing my job.
The level of stress was pretty high. And I was drinking a lot of coffee. And I was working long hours. And it was sales I was in a sales job. And
it was the week where I broke the sales record. And it's been all week focusing on breaking that record and you know, winning the prize. So it's kind of a memorable week of my life.
But even though it was so obvious, like now looking back It is so obvious that I had pushed myself too hard. And the hose just pumping caffeine and sugar into my system.
And I was probably getting very wound up with the customers at times frustration that comes with doing call center work can be quite frustrating job sometimes. As is for the customer as well, I'm sure but still couldn't figure out. You know the word panic couldn't fit. I didn't have anyone chasing me wasn't running down a road with a lion chasing me I couldn't get my head around that. But anxiety, yes, a stress attack, a stress response over response, whose if my adrenalin, it just being kicks died. Put on overload. I had all this energy but not nice energy. And I know that it's different for everybody on the we all experience things in a different way, whether it's physical or emotional, mental, spiritual, even we've experienced things differently. Eat when it comes to taste. Some people like peanut butter, some people can't stand it. Some people like a certain comedy film, another person might sit for it and think, what a pilot.
And it can be weird to try and get your head around it sometimes. Why don't they like it? I like it, why don't they like it?
And that's why it can be so difficult not just for other people to understand what we're going through what people have anxiety, again, through this also equally can be as difficult for us to understand to comprehend what we are going through. Why? Because it doesn't make sense. Sometimes, because unlike phobias, which can seem even sang, you know, phobias, rain is just really, really extreme anxiety towards a specific thing. And some phobias seem really logical or at least understandable. So someone's got a phobia of a crocodile? Well, first of all, it's not something that most of us would see on a daily basis, or something that we would need to avoid or to prepare ourselves for. And also, if you did say a crocodile needs, ideally, to keep as far away from it as possible. So a lot of people could relate to that. Think, yeah, that makes sense. Then, if someone is got a phobia of butterflies a lot People just laugh at that literally out loud laugh in the person's face. saying it's just ridiculous. How could you be scared of a little beautiful butterfly? When the reality is that that person may have the exact same response to a butterfly as they would
a crocodile. Someone is scared of a crocodile. And the third may not make sense. Doesn't have to make sense. have to know the cause of an illness? In order to take the medication just need to know what the illness is. Nikolas can help to prevent in the future. But in the now it's about the cure. It's about getting better. And you may think, Well, why am I mentioning phobias and crocodiles and whatever go against butterflies, I got nothing against butterflies, or crocodiles.
Once you ever tried to catch a crocodile on you, butterflies are quite difficult as well, the flying
not I would catch a butterfly. But you know when I was younger, and as a little kid, so little butterfly in there
to catch it and just hold in the hand and just let it fly away. wasn't much on telly that day. And another thing is being able to just laugh at yourself. Not in a cruel way. But just in a humorous way in a light hearted way, in a sense that this doesn't have to be quite as serious. A shoe allowed it to be in the past. That kind of loosens things. it loosens you your mind. Because we will have those little set things. Those set ideas in our minds that they're almost like a war that ideas a brick in a wall and has been
concreted in with cement. But that idea it's not needed. It's you know, the rest of the walls kind of okay....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/35-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-12th-june-2019

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason and this is your Daily relaxation hypnosis session. It's what the idea behind these sessions is that each day is different. But at the same time each day grows upon the last day, even if session is different from the day before, it's still a momentous feeling, it's still growing, it's still becoming part of your mind and your life. These senses of increased comfort, relaxation, that you feel when you hear my voice and see my face on the video, you can just have that connection where you instantly and naturally feel more relaxed. And that sensation, that trigger can then be extended to not just my voice, not just watching the video of me, but also the trigger of seeing somebody that may be used to be problematic in your life, maybe, or walking into a situation that used to be difficult for you to handle. But now, the trigger of that situation is to feel more relaxed, to feel calmer. So that still trigger but it's a healthy one, it's healthy reaction to a situation, which gives you more options gives you more of a sense of control over your own destiny, your own life, and how you respond to situations. So instead of feeling like you're being controlled from our side, which sometimes we can feel like switches around and you realize that actually, you're the one that's in control. But at the same time you're a human being with emotions, feelings, you know, you're a sensitive person, and it's okay to be affected by those things that occur around us. Because that's natural. You know, we're not robots. It's natural, to be affected. In fact, it's healthy, to be affected. And it depends upon how we're affected and what level of being affected.
that determines how we feel. So you can allow yourself to be who you are. You can allow yourself to be sensitive. And at the same time, also have the flexibility of being able to say, wait a minute, these feelings that I'm getting are not really Same kind of level, in response to what's happening. So maybe you're getting more discomfort than is necessary. That's when the control or the becoming your own Guardian comes in. You can observe what's going on. And you can maybe say, wait a minute,
I've grieved enough, wait a minute, I've experienced what's going on. I've had these feelings. Maybe I don't need them anymore. Maybe they're not useful anymore. Because that situation has changed.
There's a lot of people out there that walk around, or not walking around with anger is something that happened many years ago. It's done. There's no reason to have the anger anymore. It's wasted energy. It's also unhealthy. could even be harmful. It's like taking daily poison. And it's pointless. It's a part of the process of being able to have more
relaxation in your mind and your body is also by eliminating those feelings of anger, hatred. And inadequacy, those whatever you want to give the names of those feelings that are harmful to they need to go they need to be let go. So when you let go of tension, anxiety, any of that stuff connected to that is all that nasty little horrible, hanging, hangers on stay, hang, hang on, hold on to and they just, you know, you're dragging them along for years and years and years, and they just don't seem to want to let go. Because they've got nowhere else to go. Because the only meaning in their life is that specific thing. So if there's anger in you because of something that somebody said to you, five years ago, and you've got that anger towards them, that little bit of anger is clinging on to you. Because that anger, the whole of that angers world is based around that one incident.
And it gets energy and power by reminding you of it. And you feed that anger by thinking about that time in that event. When you let it go. It's no longer connected to you that can no longer feed off your energy can no longer get any power from you. Just vanishes. It just disappears. On the flip side, you've got these feelings of relaxation and calmness, that connected to your body and your mind. But they don't drain you they don't take any of your energy. They give you energy. They give you relaxation.
Because it's love instead of hate and anger, this is love and kindness. The fills your body, all the different parts of your body,
allowing those parts to relax deeply. And that love is what causes us to feel completely relaxed and calm. Not just in your body but also in your mind allowing you to have a clear mind unobstructed by pointless stuff like anger and hatred and all that stuff that just clings on and it's of no use. It's just obstructive, destructive.
I mean, it's really is as simple as you know, if you go shopping, food shopping. And if you don't like peanut butter, you know, peanut butter, the spread on your toast or wherever, if you don't like peanut butter, don't buy it. Don't have in your house. You never need to sit there. As opposed to if you really don't like peanut butter and you buy it, you put it into your cupboard. And every time you open your cupboard, you see this jar of peanut butter, and you get reminded of how much you don't like it. And I'm using peanut bar as an example. I know, I know that millions of people love it, I'm just saying, as an example, is always something that people will buy different tastes. But why put yourself through that. Seeing this thing in the cupboard, which makes you feel ill maybe maybe you just have a natural responsive. Don't buy it, don't put it in the cupboard. Don't carry it around with you. That's why we have toilets. For peanut butter, we're toilet toilets, so that we can empty our bodies at the waist and flush and move on with our lives. First of all, if we didn't empty bodies of the waste, we would die eventually. So that waste has to be removed from our body. Because it's harmful. Just like the stuff in our head, the waist there, although we can't physically remove it as we can with a toilet
is just as harmful. It can be anger, hatred could also make us physically ill as well. So in the same way, when you go to the toilet, you flush it away, you don't put in a bag
and put it in your backpack. backpack. You don't carry around with you. And then every time you open your bag, you're grossed out because it's full of
waste human waste is like oh is this disgusting? It smells is horrible. What are you carrying around then? Let it go. So that's how this works with relaxation. Because even non talking can notice how you physically feel calmer, more at ease. Ease Lean naturally, more able to just experience that sense of accomplishment when you can just let go. I mean, when I was just talking just a second, then just before I started talking again, that gap that I had there, after talking about letting go, my mind felt so calm, I still does a real lightness in my mind right now. Although parts of my mind do need to be active because I'm talking but there's still a real sense of calmness, real sense of serenity, safety as a real sense of connection between us connection of calmness. physically, emotionally, but also a sense of relaxation is like calm energy is moving. In the future, just gently move in forward as we travel forward, but just before us clear in the way what someone might clear a forest, the pathway for the forest you know, getting rid of the leaves and clearing that, that path for us to walk. clearing it with relaxation and eliminating anger and hatred and all those poisonous emotions and feelings limiting us. Instead, creating a way carved by love and calmness, deep relaxation and the walls as you walk through the walls are made out of options, numerous options that you can continuously choose whatever you decide to do next.
I wonder what else you could have on that path as well as safety, the energy of deep relaxation so that every step of that journey into the future, you feel more relaxed and calm, physically and emotionally and each step as a step of healing. Each step is a step of forgiveness. You're surrounded by love, love and safety and self acceptance. Because the power of really accepting yourself allows you to have more relaxation. The power of accepting yourself releases all those tensions and stresses and anxieties from the past. Just let them flow away. disappearing. The power of forgiving yourself allows you to move forward in your life. That constant sense of freedom thanks, safety this really is an amazing place for you to be able to let go and enjoy knowing that you really have made the most of your opportunity to feel completely relaxed, calm and serene. Allowing you to notice all the choices that you have available to you. Open up your mind to a whole new world of opportunities filled with love laughter and kindness. And this brings us to the end of this session.
Remember and....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/34-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason, new land.com My name is Jason,
this is your daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, creaky chair anxiety and panic attacks can't do much about the creaky chair because pop up, maybe lose some weight and they probably make it less creaky. So I've been doing these videos for over a month now. And I'm never really sure what to do next with them
if I'm honest. Because there's lots of different techniques and different hypnotic interventions when it comes to things like stress and anxiety, panic attacks. And it would be easier if you were here with me, because then I could do whatever I did to suit you specifically. Makes sense, doesn't it. So if you had an issue in a specific situation, then I could run through that situation with you. Because I can't do that individually. And also, if I was to focus on a specific event that might occur, it might not suit you might not be right for you, it might even jolt you out of the, you know, the state of relaxation. So what I thought about doing today is rehearsing for the future, this is something that I would do with a client, this is something that I have done with clients, where, after the, let's say therapy is done, or the interventions being completed, we test it, we can't always test it here now. For example, if it's a phobia, or if it's
a stressful event, they're going to be feeling calm, because they're with me.
And I'm a relaxing person, so they're going to feel calm and relaxed with me. But if it's they got an issue with horses, for example, or you know, I don't have access to a horse can't just bring a horse into the room. And therefore, it's a case of using your imagination, to rehearse a situation in the future, and to test feeling relaxed, and to practice feeling relaxed in that situation. So that's what we're gonna do today. But you're the one who's going to choose the situation, I'm pointing at you now you're the one. So it's important really, if you can to think about the situation now before we even start the session. So that you've already got it in your mind. And then you can go into that situation in your mind in the future. And just notice how it feels different with this sense of comfort and relaxation in your body and in your mind. Hope this makes sense. So the first thing to do really is just for you to have that in your mind where you're going to be going into where you're going to be transporting yourself and remembering at all times that you're safe. It is just your imagination. So for example, in the case of panic attacks, if there's something that was called maybe in the past as being a trigger for anxiety, stress or panic, then if you choose to go into that situation in your mind, I'd like you to remember that there's a chord, you know, you're attached to me, in a sense, okay, as a safety. So if it gets too much, you can just come back, you know, you're always holding on, you can hold on to my hand, in your mind, hold on to my hand, which reminds you think you're safe at all times. Okay? So that's what we're gonna do. If it feels weird, hold my hand. And of course, you don't have to hold my hand. But, you know, it's in your mind anyway, not literally holding hands. But in your mind, you can hold my hand to have that safety, of going into that environment into that potentially motional situation, that maybe you've always in the past had problems with. Supply, you know, and the thing is with the mind, the mind doesn't necessarily know the difference between a real event and an imagined event. So in the same sense, as if someone's got a phobia for something, let's say, spiders, or whatever it might be, that person can imagine a spider and they might still get exactly the same insults. As they would if the spider was actually in the room. They get the same physical and emotional reactions. Because the mind doesn't really know any different because the mind is just waiting for you to let it know how to react, how to respond. It's waiting for you to basically tell it, what's right, and what's useful. So I think it'd be good for us to get into the relaxed state
of calmness in your body and in your mind. And so we do that, remembering you've got this event that we're going to think about, but you're going to be holding my hand throughout. And I know for some of you, just hearing my voice has already sent you into a sense of really deep relaxation, naturally and easily. And instantly, you feel calm and just happy inside. Like you know, a trigger has just triggered that. That feel good sensation to spread through your body and into your mind. And that's natural. The more you watch these videos, listen to my audios. The more of an impact they can have on your life in a positive, transformational way, leading you forward towards the kind of life that you wish to have. More happiness, more contentment, more flexibility, more choices. Choices already there anyway, but it's not a case of just having the choices is knowing that you have the choices, being aware of the choices. Having a bunch of choices in a cupboard so you can't see them and not knowing they're there
is of no use to anyone. Need to open the cup. Get up and get them out. And be aware of those choices all times. Just as you are aware of my voice you're aware of how you physically feel right now. Maybe aware of the calmness that is naturally spread through your body, just instantly food
listening to the words and you know that feelings really can quickly change your mental states get transformed by how you physically feel calm and relaxed, your mind and your body these feelings just happen naturally. Nevertheless, I'm going to count down the body, different parts, just so you can feel more relaxed in preparation for stepping into the future and testing out how you feel. In that situation in your mind, when you feel completely relaxed and calm and safe, hold in my hand. Just start at the top your head. I just relaxed feeling the top of your head and as we go down your body that feeling is going to grow. That
feeling of comfort and relaxation is going to grow and expand. It's already started to grow and expand to your forehead and your eyes. You can just notice how your eyes feel as that feeling of comfort, safety and relaxation spreads down to your jaw, mouth, your tongue and your jaw unless that feeling of comfort increases and expands down to your throat, your chest all the way down to stomach and spreading round from the throat to the sides of your neck to the back of your neck. Relaxing each individual muscle in the back of your neck is that feeling of comfort increases and expands the safety spreading will weigh down your upper back, your middle back and your lower back. Also spreading across your shoulders all the way down your arms into your hands and fingers.
And that feeling of comfort, safety and relaxation is even stronger now as it moves down your hips down your legs into fate and toes
the countdown from 20 down to one Your body and mind will become 10 times more relaxed with each number 20 relax 19 relax 18 relax 17 relax 16 relax 15 relax. 14 relax 13 relax 12 relax 11 relax 10 relax. Nine relax. Eight relax. Seven relax. sakes relax. Five, relax. For relax. Three, relax. Relax. Relax. Now, your body and your mind feeling calm and relaxed and safe. I'd like you to just think of that time in the future and then faint when you cancer really need this feeling of deep relaxation in your body in your mind that you are currently experiencing.
When you've got that thought in your mind. I'd like you just to take my hand in your mind taking my hand for safety and stepping into that event in your mind.
Noticing as that event unfolds in your mind, notice how differently you feel compared to how you used to feel when you thought about this thing happening.
Just being aware of the comfort, calmness, relaxed feeling. And that safety you have connected to me. And I'd like you to step out of that situation. Become aware of your body and your mind and feeling of comfort. Maybe that feeling of comfort is actually in priest. So you feel even karma, even more relaxed. And before, I'd like you to think about another time in the future. Something that may be worth looking forward to. But now you can feel safe and comfortable, to step into that thought in your mind, whilst holding my hand for safety. And you can just play that scenario out in your mind. experiencing those feelings of deep relaxation and calmness in your body and in your mind.
With that added safety of holding my hand, the whole time. Notice how different it feels fear. Notice how much more in control you feel. medicine that those choices maybe you weren't aware of before, and now they're in front of you all the time, reminding you
that you choose whatever it is that you do next. You choose what you do next. You can come back, getting back in touch with the sensation of your body, that deep relaxation
and also the calmness, the stillness of your mind and also the sense of accomplishment of now knowing that those things that maybe you thought were going to be difficult in the past when you were looking forward into the future.
Now you can see that having experienced being full of calmness, relaxation, and safety you'll be able to deal with so much more than you ever imagined possible.
In a calm, relaxed lace men are constantly being reminded. You have choices. Always. You have choices. And you can choose to continue to experience these feelings of deep relaxation in your body and your mind for the rest of the....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/33-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason and this is your Daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. And yet again, I'm trying to get the setups so that you know the sound is better, a bit louder. So I've got this microphone just very close to my mouth, my face. And with the hope that the quality will be improved, and also the the sound volume as well. Because I guess one of the
problems with the way I talk is that I talk very softly. So the volume is really there to start with. And so I do need the microphones quite close to me. But it's, it's a work in progress. And you probably said enough about that now. Close the curtain a little bit. Oh, there we go.
So this is number 32. I think so far in this series of daily videos. hope you're well. I hope that these sessions are of use a quiet Like, comment that Kenneth Gibson left yesterday, calling me the master destructor quiet like that. So I just I appreciate also everyone that leaves comments. I know it can get a little bit limiting in the sense of well, what should I What should I comment now because if you comment in every day, it's you know, it can be a case of just saying hello. And that's fine. Excuse me, that's, it doesn't have to be anything. In particular, I just say nice just to see who's watching really, when you leave a comment and kind of see that you've listened. Or you've watched the video and yeah, it's quite cool. So as always, I'd like you to get yourself into a comfortable position lying down on a flat surface or sitting in a comfortable chair. And I think I'm going to get a video I'm going to get a little intro for my videos. Just have that in there. Only Close your eyes when you can. Yeah, only Close, close your eyes when it's safe to do so. Again, it's enough sentences worthwhile putting in and I'm just gonna talk to you. So you can just sit there with your eyes closed or lay there. with your eyes closed, I'm just gonna talk.
And there's nothing for you to do is nothing. It's not really anything ever for you to do but
just allow my words to sink into your muscles of your body caused them to relax naturally. And I'm not going to focus on any particular parts of your body. I'm just going to talk to those parts even though I'm not going to focus on which parts in particular will pay attention and become more relaxed. Just as a standard process. Really Without any involvement from yourself, because you can just relax and calm your mind, allowing yourself to just observe how you feel more relaxed, easily and naturally. There's nothing consciously, really, that is needed or required from you at this moment, because it's a case of just allowing those natural senses of deep relaxation to overcome and to integrate. Within your body, within your mind, that part of your mind, which is responsible for all those parts of your body to deeply relax, can be triggered, a part of the mind can be triggered, just by the words you hear right now. It's like switching on that feeling of comfort, and relaxation. In a sense, you given yourself permission to feel completely relaxed in all parts of your body naturally, instantly, and safely. enjoying those feelings of comfort as they grow. Again, I'm not going to focus on any particular parts of your body. But it doesn't mean that you can't. It's your body to do with as you choose. And you have the right to focus on whichever parts of the body feel the most relaxed, the quickest. That might be a question for you to focus on, if you choose to notice which parts of your body feel the most relaxed now as you notice, the other parts, which are also catching up with that feeling of incredible relaxation and calmness. And there's ever feelings of your body that maybe aren't quite as relaxed as the other parts just yet. But continue to grow in comfort and relaxation. And you just know that they will also feel just as relaxed, and calm as those parts of your body that feel the most relaxed within you now enjoying those feelings of calm and comfort. Because relaxation is a reward for letting go. Comfort is a reward for letting go. giving yourself permission to feel relaxed. is quite an amazing thing. Really. It's a very generous thing. It's a very loving thing to do for yourself, to give yourself permission to let go to just be with yourself in a very calm, natural, soft way with no judgments. No internal dialogue that's negative or any of that stuff that maybe was there in the past because when you let go, you let go of all of that. stuff, you let go of anything that's no longer useful to you.
And you invite those things which are helpful and healthy, into your life allowing you to move forward towards more happiness moving forward towards more relaxation moving forward towards a sense of approval appreciation for who you owe real appreciation for all the amazing things that you have done throughout your life, through the love that you show others for the love that you have within yourself that maybe nobody else knows about how wonderful you truly are. Maybe don't need to keep a secret. Maybe feel ready to let the world know about all the love that you have inside you. And when you think about the sense of deep relaxation within all those parts of your body, double in strength your whole body feels so loose, completely relaxed and your mind slows down. Knowing that it's not really needed at this moment. You can just let go completely and safely. Totally allowing your body and mind to absorb all that healing energy from the core of this planet. You can feel that moving up through the earth through the chair or through the bed or wherever you're lying on or sitting on into your spine. That healing energy of love from the planet and just notice how that feels as it moves through your spine. From your spine, that feeling then gets transferred to every single part of your body.
So that you can experience that feeling of healing love in every part of your body feel so calm and relaxed, loose and healthy calm in your body and in your mind sir, so calm to be here right now and you can just be with this feeling. Just observe it. Just enjoy it. Enjoy feeling completely relaxed in your body and in your mind and enjoy moment for as long as you choose. And I won't count from 123 tried to get you to become alert and all that stuff.
I'm just going to leave you with this feeling. And you can open your eyes and move on with the rest of your day when ever you feel ready to do so.
And you can keep these feelings of deep relaxation with you for the rest of the day and every time you hear my voice....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/32-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason, this is your daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. I've got a little bit of a different setup today. So I've got the camera, I'm not sitting at my table, so I've got the camera just there, I've got the microphone, just here, it's practically in my mouth. With the hope that the sound quality will be a bit louder. Yeah, that's kind of why I'm doing it like this, hopefully. So I've also got a different introduction to the video. So I'm kind of gradually developing the videos. Anyway, what I thought I would do today is just get straight into it, and do a relaxation session, which they all are, but this one, I'm just gonna ask you to close your eyes, if you're comfortable to do, so it's safe for you to do so. I'm just gonna talk. And as quite often we do, I thought it'd be good to get in touch with how you physically feel right now,
in this very moment, how you physically feel. And noticing the different parts of your body. Noticing those parts that maybe feel a bit more tight. Some of the muscles do feel more tighter than others. Notice in those parts, those muscles that feel
looser than others. So just get in touch. And just noticing the difference between the different parts of your body. noticing how you feel, being aware of how you feel. And although this session is about relaxing, being calm, letting go becoming loose, leaving the past behind. Getting in touch with feelings of comfort and relaxation. At the same time, it's also an opportunity to gain some acceptance about how you feel right now to gain that acceptance. We're not always going to be walking around with pleasure in our bodies and in our minds. That's an unrealistic expectation. And in some ways, walked around with pleasure all the time would actually I imagined it would become a bit boring, a bit tedious. But dare I say unpleasant. Because you wouldn't be in touch with reality with you won't be in touch with what's really going on
with your body, with your mind. So it's good if you can to be able to just be with yourself be aware
without you angry or being annoyed or wanting to change, just having a bit of acceptance. So as you do a scan through your body, just notice which parts of your body feel the most relaxed, you can kind of just log it in your mind or just keep a little tick sheet may be in your mind those parts of your body that feel the most relaxed. And then maybe those other parts of your body that feel less relaxed, maybe those parts that were holding tension, or stress, you know, of course, the goal of every session that we do is for those parts that were holding the stress and attention to just let go of that tension and stress so that more of your body more the parts of your body and your mind can feel that
sense of comfort and relaxation, as you let go of those feelings and just accept the feelings that are there. But at the same time
letting go of those that perhaps you don't want. allowing yourself to embrace those feelings that you do wish to have more of that relaxation.
So with that in mind, you can really appreciate your own ability to just be with yourself. You can appreciate your own ability to be kind to yourself and allow yourself to have this space where you can just relax and get to know yourself better. Allow yourself this space to just let go of any issues from the past, letting go of any feelings or thoughts that were holding you back.
Anything that was getting in the way of your comfort can just be dissolved can vanish away leaving space for more relaxation leave in space for more comfort looseness and the feeling that you deserve to experience more physical comfort and also more emotional comfort. You deserve to experience this release. Release of all those little bits and bobs and quirks and eight niggles and just pointless stuff on their own, can't really do anything but when they mount up and pile up and they managed to have an effect, which isn't useful. So by letting Have that stuff that blockage. In the same way. If you had a river and it was blocked by locks or by rocks, you need to move the logs or move the rocks. So the river can flow smoothly and easily. That's what you're doing by moving those minor stresses and strains and irritants within your body and mind are of no use to you. And by letting go of those things thing you will allow yourself to get in touch with more comfort, you will allow yourself to get in touch with more
relaxation you allow yourself to get in touch with more serenity and you allow yourself to let go in such a way that it transforms how he feel in this very moment, he felt instantly different in this very moment, you feel instantly relaxed in this very moment, you feel instantly calm in this very moment. feel so relaxed, not just in your body, but also in your mind.
You can experience a sense sense that you really can experience change. so easily. You can experience a sense of well being, comfort and deep relaxation
in a heartbeat. The time it takes to say the word relax your entire body and mind can feel more relaxed because of the power not just that particular word but the power of your mind to adapt. How you feel is such an easy way so quickly. So naturally because the intention behind the words is what causes the powerful responses because you wish to feel relaxed and when You hear the words relax, and be calm. And let go and be loose. The intention behind those words gives those words the power to cause that effect in all the muscles of your body so that you instantly and naturally feel more relaxed instantly and naturally feel calm instantly and naturally feel looser and you let go so easily, instantly because that's how the mind works. That's how the body works. Because you'll feel him relaxed. Because that's what you want to fail. That's how you wish to fail. So it's not challenge. It's not sure it's the most natural thing in the world to feel completely relaxed
and calm. The most natural thing that you ever do to just completely and totally let go. So that every muscle in your body just melts. With every breath you take and your mind just becomes slower and quieter. It's so easy. And it's so natural. You can just sit or lie down. experiencing this natural comfort in your body and in your mind.
For as long as you choose. Remembering the every time you hear my voice, or you see me on a video. You can naturally feel relaxed and calm. Every time you hear my voice or see my face on a video even the think about me.
You can feel wonderful inside because you deserve to feel wonderful because you are wonderful. That brings us to the end of this session today. I won't count up from one to three. But just open your eyes If you wish to do so. Or just continue
enjoying this feeling of comfort in your body in your mind. And when you do open your eyes, you can....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/31-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason and this is your Daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. So the aim of these sessions is to give you a different video, or mp3 every day, you can watch these YouTube videos on my YouTube channel. And also go to my SoundCloud Podcast, where the audios you can listen to or download. It's all available on my website. So I think this is the 30th video that I've done 30 days in a row, which is more than I kind of expected did to be able to manage it's quite a lot every day. So trying to do something different and offer something useful each day. So I'm trying to. So today, I thought I would kind of get back to basics, you know, just do a relaxation guided session. So if you feel uncomfortable, you're in a comfortable chair that supports your body, or lying down flat surface that wherever fit me and makes you feel comfortable. And only watch or listen to my sessions when you can safely Close your eyes. Close your eyes if you are ready to do that. And I'm just going to focus on the body, I'm just going to focus on my creaky chair as well. So I'm just going to focus first of all on my breathing, so maybe you'd like to join me on this just focus on on your breathing. And just being aware of it not not trying to change it or force it or you know, just not even commenting on it or judging it. Just being with it, just noticing it observing the sensations. I mean, what I noticed just then is
because I'm breathing in through my mouth. noticing the cool air on the tongue. It's quite, it's quite nice constituent I'm in a room, that's how it's safe, fairly warm. But it's a definite feeling of coolness
on my tongue. And I can actually feel because I've got a T shirt on I could feel the coolness on my arms as well as well as the backs of my hands a bit. Just like there's a gentle breeze even though there isn't really as far as I'm aware. This is really kind of like an invisible, gentle breeze of they're just gently touching my skin or my arms, my hands and also on the forehead and my eyelids and the rest of my face. Maybe it's just by being aware of that part of my body. I'm aware of the feeling of the temperature may be aware of the tiny hairs may maybe being affected by the movement of air because the air is always moving around especially as I'm breathing in and breathing out. So I'm going to be affecting the air and I've got a laptop over there which is got a fan in it. So that's gonna be affecting the air as well. I suppose every time I gently move my body, I'm affecting the air in the room.
Now notice in my throat such as swallow than just the, the sensation of my throat, just being aware of it. And there's not really anything happening there. It feels Okay. Then there's that connection with my throat, not just the part that swallow but also the neck, the sides of my neck.
Just being aware of how my neck feels. And my stomach, as I focused on my stomach is not growl and that is making a little bit of sound
which I wasn't aware of before. I don't feel particularly hungry or anything. So maybe it's just the awareness. But I'm getting to my stomach. That's why I was making that sound, maybe, maybe it was making a sound before but I wasn't paying any attention.
Now become aware of the back of my neck. Just notice in the field in the back of my neck. I like to move my head around just very gently just to give back my neck an opportunity to I guess both stretch. And also to allow it to get in touch with how it feels.
And then some movement neck I could feel my upper back just the sides of my back there not the whole of the upper back but the sides were not far from when my underarms so I guess the other sides were my chest is that skin leading to my back. Just as it kind of starts into the muscle, my upper back to steel in there and being aware of it. noticing that feeling just being there. It's slightly tingly for me. At the moment. I'm not sure why it's not. It's not uncomfortable. It's just
it's quite nice tingle. But it's kind of like a little like awareness thing. It's okay. And that feeling stop now really is notice in the back of my neck. Again, my tension is gone back to the back of my neck.
So I'm just moving my head gently. Just allowing feelings with the back of my neck to just be available and just to be open to whatever feelings arise.
I've just noticed that now focusing on my fingers I'm noticing that my fingers not as loose as perhaps like them to be as far as I put them together making fists and then just let them go and I just feel a little bit stiff. So I'm just wondering what's going on there. But not to the point of worry or anything like that just allow myself to just focus on my fingers and my hands. Not trying to cause them to feel relaxed and loose in the joints. But just being aware of those feelings of stiffness, and it's a focus on those feelings in my knuckles and in the joints of my fingers, just being aware of those feelings of stiffness and any other feelings I can focus in on in my hands.
Do I can feel a sense of looseness into in my hands, a sense of looseness entering into the joints, my fingers. She feels quite nice. And again, I'm focusing back on my brain and just noticing the breathing in and out. And how it seems to be a lot calmer than it was before.
Just but in some ways it feels somewhat Fuller, as well as if I'm perhaps breathing in more, gaining more oxygen. But without trying. As if maybe my lungs have relaxed, my chest and back relaxed and
so everything's working a bit easier. My whole body may be is just performing somewhat easier. Naturally, these are they say that again, I'm noticing the feeling of my mouth. The air the cool air on my tongue. Just being aware of it. Now, feeling in my lower back, joining in to my hips, that kind of whole area around the groin, the buttocks, the hips, and my lower back. That whole area is just I can feel it can really become aware of that area.
Just being aware of my lower back. So just gently move our body around very, very slightly and very, very slowly. I can feel my lower back. Just gently stretch in feeling in the top of my head, some kind of connection between the top of my head and my lower back.
Maybe it's the signals of relaxation, moving down my spinal cord to my lower back causing that feeling of increased comfort in my back Have seen in spreaded now up my back all the way to the top to see if the whole of my bag is just one muscle even though it's not as may have lost different muscles and feels like it's just one very calm part starting from back in the neck which feels really relaxed tops my shoulders which feel calm and loose all the way down to my lower back. And again, it's a feeling the top of my head so I could see it and the pleasure
that I'm experiencing a feeling of calmness feels really nice. And then notice in my thighs, very tops of my flies at the side. So my legs when connected to my hips.
Just being aware of that feeling and just moving my body gently from side to side very, very gently and slowly
given by hips a little bit of a stretch and they descend, smart advised. I become in the focus as I move down to my knees, all the way down to my ankles, my feet, my toes, I can really feel some sensations in the bottoms of my feet, those nerve endings
just being aware of them. So I'm gonna do I'm just gonna just move my feet and toes very gently,
very slowly. As I do that the bottoms of my feet seem to kind of thank me in a way but is often this feeling of pleasure and relief. I'm now experiencing in my feet, a bottoms of my feet
has a real release and comfort. bit like you know being on long walk and going home and taking your shoes off. And just sitting down, resting your feet. That sense of relief and pleasure.
Again, feeling the sensation at the top of my head. It's like a sensation is inside my head. One of pleasure.
So now focus on my chest. Moving down to my stomach. Just being aware of those feelings there's a real sense of calmness in my stomach. Complete, completely relaxed. I can feel that in the back or lower back as well.
Sense of increased relaxation and in the back of my neck again I can feel that sensation of comfort seed of awareness, acceptance and letting go. And as I breathe, I can feel my stomach rising gently
and it really feels like there's no tension at all in my stomach. As if every every part of my stomach is just relaxed. It's a nice feeling. Focusing now my eyes, my eyelids feel very light my eyes feel quite deep. As if they've kind of gone deep into my skull and kind of gone to sleep. Calm for a little nap. Very relaxed, my eyelids and my eyes, those muscles around my eyes. Very, very relaxed right now.
Very, very calm. very loose release. There isn't really anything to do at all. Nothing to say nothing to do. You can just allow yourself to enjoy feeling. However it is that you naturally feel within your body and mind naturally in this very moment. I'm gonna leave you with these feelings of comfort. You can just enjoy them.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/30-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello,
and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason and this is your Daily relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. The idea of these sessions is to give you just a different idea or a different session each day to allow you the opportunity to let go for maybe 20 or 30 minutes. Allowing your mind and your body to get more in touch with those feelings of comfort, which you can experience
more
readily. As you welcome those feelings into your life. Welcome in feelings of comfort, feelings of serenity. Allowing that joy into your mind allowing those feelings of calmness to spread from the top of your head all the way down to the tips of your toes, like having sunbathing, and relaxation. So each session even may find that you become even more relaxed naturally, every time you hear my voice see a video, you just find that you naturally have that trigger, which triggers you to feel calm and relaxed in your mind and your body straightaway and instantly. The moment you hear my voice, or see me on a video, you just naturally feel more comfortable and calm both in your mind and your body. And it's as if your mind just starts to wind down and slow down. And your body in a sense as if those parts of your body that are maybe tense or tight, just start to just smelt and it's natural for the shoulders to just filled lighter. But at the same time, they just move down a bit as your arms, chest and your stomach and your back your hips, legs, arms, hands, feet, a whole lot just starts to transform from how it was before to how it will be completely relaxed and calm.
And one of the good things you can do with hypnosis is not only can you complete, please relax your body and mind easily and naturally. You can also set up and maybe we could call them posthypnotic suggestions. But you can set up a safeguard or something for future situations to allow yourself to really feel calm in the future, as well as now. So to something you can have, which we all have in our baths in our toilets in our in our sinks, we have a thing called an overflow so that when the sink or bath gets too full, there's an overflow where the water goes out, hopefully stopping it from flooding over. And the same with toilets at the same thing have to stop them from overflowing. So this is something that we can put in place in your mind to stop the mind getting too over stressed or anxious in In the future, you can have this overflow in your mind. Not only do we put it in, we can, you know, put it in today. And
we can also test it. So I just like you to imagine from now on the top of your head, this this whole, it's an invisible whole course. Then whenever the stress or tension or anything gets too much in your head, it can just be released from the top of your head,
like steam just released, sort of the pressure can never build up. The pressures always being controlled, always being monitored, so that you are constantly relaxing and releasing that tension for your mind. So just imagine that in your mind, focus in on your brain, focus in on your mind, focusing on the emotions in your mind. And a way to test this, now it's been placed there is to think about something that would normally push you over, maybe push your limits so that the stress was too much, maybe you're just a little bit too much. And notice what happens, notice how it's now released. And just think of something maybe from a day to day perspective, maybe at work or with family.
Just notice how now you've got their vent. In your head. That pressure is relieved instantly and naturally. No matter how you force those feelings or try and experience those feelings of stress or anxiety, they just won't
happen. Because there's a level they won't go above. Because they naturally release those feelings of anxiety naturally release any feelings of stress naturally release into mind remains relatively calm. Even when there's a lot going on, you able to more easily manage and function within any difficult situations that may arise. You'll be pleasantly surprised at how you're able to manage and easily deal with those situations.
With those challenges, you can just allow those feelings maybe think of another thing and just allow it into your mind. And notice what happens because there's a level of anxiety and stress that can't be reached anymore because that vent. That overflow won't allow that feeling to rise above a certain measure which means you'll always be able to function. Always be able to notice how you feel. Be aware of how you feel.
Be able to enjoy confidence that comes with really knowing that you will be able to deal with whatever life presents to you. Knowing that your mind has this protective filter available for you. Because this is your mind, this is your life. Do you have the right to put in place safety measures to protect yourself in the same way, as we put a seatbelt on when we get into a car in the same way, you put oven mutts mitts on or use a cloth when you get out of the oven or hot tray.
We put safety measures to keep ourselves safe, healthy and being able to function. And that's what you're doing with your mind. When you set up this overflow, this vent, allowing you to feel whatever you feel, to experience whatever you experience, but knowing that you're safe, because no feeling will overwhelm you. Going forward will now be able to deal and process with whatever life presents to you in a relaxed and calm, manner. loose and serene. And the more relaxed Your mind is. The more relaxed your body is. The more relaxed your body is. The more relaxed Your mind is. It's a continuous flow of comfort and calmness between your mind and your body. And you really can enjoy knowing that these feelings you experience right now are yours to own. The your feelings that you're comfortable, relaxing feelings. That your sensations of safety, your feelings of well being. Feelings of happiness, feelings of looking forward to the future, a future that you decide to be happy. A future where you can deal with whatever life presents whatever challenges come your way. You can handle you can deal with a new will
feel relaxed and calm and loose. He slowly and naturally. Would every second of every day. These feelings of calmness become embedded within you these feelings of relaxation become a part of you attached to you is your skin. Allowing you to feel relaxed and calm. When ever you choose to enjoy feelings of comfort and calmness in your body and in your mind knowing that you really, really do deserve these feelings of pleasure and safety because you deserve to feel safe. It is to have the opportunity to experience living life
feeling calm and relaxed. You just have the opportunity to experience living life, calm and relaxed. You can say these words after me all at the same time I'll repeat them twice I deserve to live my life feeling calm, safe and relaxed. Again, it is to live my life feeling calm, safe and relaxed. And notice how you feel in your body or different parts of your body. Notice how that feels. Now, as those words transform those feelings in your body and today de relaxation with feelings of calmness, serenity and accomplishment knowing that you really have made these changes yourself deep inside deeply relaxing in every aspect of your life. From now onwards you will experience more safety. From now onwards you will experience more confidence in yourself. From now onwards, you will experience more love towards yourself. From now onwards, you will experience more relaxation in your body and in your mind and in your future. These feelings of comfort, safety and relax sation belong to you, you now own these feelings of comfort. So that whenever in the future life challenge gives you something to deal with and your mind gets worked. And you're trying to deal with something that may be that level of stress raises, they can't raise the level they used to. Because it naturally is released through that fence, it's naturally released through the overflow. Something about actually knowing that it's there, which takes away the level of discomfort that might have
been there in the future, in the past, but now, in the future, as you look towards the future, you realize,
with these changes, the future looks different. Because the future has left, the past behind. The past is gone. And the future office you a new opportunity to experience a full life full of happiness, full of love, full of kindness, full of safety for you to experience these feelings moving forward in such a way that it may surprise you. Just how bright the future really does look. It may surprise you just how amazing your life is going to
be. From now onwards. Now that you have this in place, in your mind. So no longer can your mind get clogged up by that negativity that might have been there in the past. But now and in the future, that vent, that overflow in your mind would just allow those pressures to just be eliminated. It's like opening a window in the air and allowing the fresh air into your room. It's your building your home wherever you are. It changes the air, it changes the temperature makes a difference instantly. So that brings us to the end of this today's session. I hope you enjoyed the session. I hope you've enjoyed all the sessions so far. And I think this is the 29th one. So tomorrow will be like the first I suppose the first full month based on a 30 day month. So you have a brilliant day. Enjoy....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/29-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason and this is your Daily relaxation session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. So, this is I think, day 28. I'm trying not to touch the microphones I just did, because they're very close. So basically, each day, I try and do a different session of a different route, as it were, into a sense of comfort, and a sense of relaxation, which you can just enjoy being in that moment, you know, in that energy, where you can let go of any issues that were in your mind before you decided to let go of them and listen to my voice sized, it's kind of like, stepping out of whatever you were doing before, giving yourself some space to enjoy just being yourself. And at the same time, allowing that healing energy into your life, into your mind and into your body, to heal you to rejuvenate all those cells within your body, and to just make correct those parts of your brain and body that may be need a little bit of fine tuning. You know, so that everything works easier, is kind of like oil in the engine, as it were, so that everything moves more easily, you know, that parts your body just fill loose, as does your mind, your brain. And even the thinking processes involved in your day to day life when you think about something and I know that sometimes that can be quite labored quite stressful even to try and focus your mind on certain things may be the problematic. But now, as you let go, you find those things, those issues, those situations just seem to somehow feel easier to think about. Easier to allow those changes within you to just do its work to do what is necessary, so that your mind and your body can feel more relaxed. So that you're able to deal with those issues that are maybe challenging in the future in a much easier and manageable manner. Allowing you to have more enjoyment and more sense of pleasure, opening your mind up to future opportunities of happiness. Looking forward to future events which can bring joy and laughter into your life which allows you to relax even more. With the thought that actually sometimes just by listening to my voice or watching the videos, there's really, really no thing to do.
Somehow the words and the voice, the tone, the energy has a calming effect upon your body, your mind, and there's nothing really logical about it.
It's just a case of this feels right? It doesn't matter what sounds have in the background, doesn't matter what's happened in the past, or what might happen in the future. What happens now is just this,
you
listening to my voice and allowing whatever happens in your body and your mind to just happen naturally. And you can observe those changes in relaxation, caring and reoccurring. And as those feelings of relaxation become stronger, and I suppose feelings of relaxation become deeper, you really can have more appreciation for yourself more appreciation for your own ability to self heal more of your own ability to feel this love for yourself more of this healing love directed towards yourself. This healing beam of light, amen, your mind filling your mind up with this healing light. And then move in that beam of light slowly down your body. Cross your face down to your neck or chest filling up or your body with this healing energy of relaxation. As it moves down stomach, all the way down your legs, your arms, your hands, your fingers, your feet and your toes all the way down your back and your spine. You can just notice that feeling of comfort fill your body with deep relaxation completely and totally relaxed in such a way that there's a new kind of looseness there that you weren't experiencing before. It's a nice feeling. A real feeling of comfort and calmness and it's just natural energy. It's you being in touch with how you naturally feel and what an amazing opportunity. You have to be in touch with these experiences. Always allowing yourself to gain more comfort and to gain more release to experienced Feelings of your body just eliminating any feelings that are no longer necessary. just float away like moths flying out of the window. Leave in your body and your mind forever. unless those moths head, you can see them flying towards the moon.
Maybe you want to say goodbye to them. Maybe say thank you for all that you've done. And goodbye forever. And notice how you feel when you said those words. Goodbye. Whatever. What's your natural reaction, after saying those words to yourself, directing them at those morphs which contain those feelings that are no longer, necessary nor needed. view in your mind, body or life. Being aware of precisely how you feel, in this very moment, really, really being aware. Completely noticing your breathing and at the same time noticing how your body feels when you breathe in and out. Noticing those feelings of deep deep comfort that you are experiencing throughout your body and mind. Feelings of comfort feelings of looseness. Feelings of deep deep love relaxation spreading through all the different muscles of your body and not in any particular order. But just allowing each muscle in your body to just relax deeply. This is if you can just take a big sigh of relief and let the ad exits your body contains any of the stresses and strains from your muscles to just be blown out of your body and let those issues and problematic feelings just float away and disintegrate. She feel you need to do another sigh just take a deep breath touching all those feelings that you want out of your body
nothing go just how good it feels. to rid yourself of that useless baggage. Shoot, enjoy the feelings of freedom that you can experience when you decide to just to let go, just move on with your life. And those feelings that maybe used to get in the way of you, enjoying your life to the fullest. have now evaporated or now vanished forever gone. And knowing that in your heart that those changes have already occurred. Now allowing you to enjoy this moment. enjoy being here. Now enjoy being you enjoying, knowing that you have made these changes happen. You have allowed these changes to occur. You've basically given yourself permission to be happy. You're giving yourself permission to feel deeply relaxed. You've given your body permission to let go and relax every single muscle in your body. Now you've given your mind permission to switch off those parts of the brain that were causing discomfort allowing those to vanish. Allow allowing you to feel more comfort and not just deep, deep relaxation throughout your mind and your body
but also feeling feelings of contentment also feelings of accomplishment. Knowing that you have done this yourself, you have chosen this course of deep relaxation for your body and for your mind and for yourself. Because now, as you look forward into the future, you can start to plan a life full of love, kindness, a life full of laughter and happiness,
a life full of relaxation with a body that is calm and deeply relaxed. With a mind that is calm and deeply relaxed. Allowing you to move forward step by step in a direction that suits you best moving you forward, step by step towards the type of life that you long to experience
a life full of safety and contentment, a life with many opportunities for you to really make a difference to other people's lives. Opportunities to help others in so many different ways. Opportunities to find more inner love towards yourself. opportunities for you to really enjoy being yourself. But you can start to actually appreciate being you knowing that you really are one of a kind, full of love, energy and positivity. g have made a difference to so many people's lives. Many of those people possibly never tell you. And you may not find out about hardly any of the people that you've affected positively. But the fact is you have you have transformed other people's lives in an amazing, positive way. And it's really important that you are able to accept that you are an amazing person. You really do make a difference and you can continue to enjoy being yourself. You can continue to To enjoy loving yourself now and in the future, every second and every day, every moment of your life increase Sydney feels happier. Your body finds easier to relax. And your mind can just let go and wind down when....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/28-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason, this is your daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. I do these sessions every day, each one is different, some are perhaps similar, some are very, very different. It all really just depends on how I'm feeling when I do them, I guess the main objective of these sessions is so that every day, there's a progression towards having more comfort, more relaxation, being able to be less encumbered by the past issues that may have got in the way of your happiness, letting them go, you know, and just gradually, having more comfort, being able to sleep easier at night, having just more of those feelings that you like to have more self acceptance. And I realized that would be a really, really long title. And YouTube wouldn't even allow the title that big
said is, you know, that's why I don't have that all in the title. But that is my goal. That is why I'm doing it. And
I don't always make it clear that that's my intention, I do just start pointing out these stress relief and, you know, reducing anxiety and all that stuff, but there's a bigger purpose to it, there's a much bigger goal. Because when you do something like this, every day, you listen to every day you watch the video every day, and changes are going to occur. There's pretty much a guarantee, you know, I'm not guaranteeing anything, but it's just a standard guarantee that if you do something every day, it affects your life. So if you do something negative, it affects your life negatively, potentially, if you do something positive,
it's gonna affect your life in a positive way. You know, it's the same thing with food, if you eat healthy food, it's going to have a positive effect. So on and you know, if you're, if you're doing something that's unhealthy, it may well have another, you know, negative effect. It's just standard stuff. So these sessions are all aimed at positive tivity. And not in a false way, not in pretending to be something you're not. I don't really buy into the fake it till you make it. Philosophy myself. I mean, it's, it has been useful in the past. For me, I've used it. I don't use it in my sessions. And that's why I do a daily session so that every day is a step forward. Every day, we step forward together, you and me, we step hand in hand forward. And each day, we're addressing certain things from the past. And not directly not by talking about a specific event that happened in the past, but just by adding the resources into your life into your mind into your body that can help you to move forward. You know, so those resources, that healing energy, which enters your mind, into your brain into your body, that you have, perhaps as soon as you start listening to my voice, as soon as you start watching my videos, listening to my voice, if you listen to me on SoundCloud, or watching on YouTube, or on my website, of course, you can have that instant feeling of comfort, which just automatically happens. And it's normal for that to happen. It's just a connection. It's all is it's just instead of a negative trigger that some people have when they might see see something that they don't like. And they have like a feeling, this is the opposite to that this is a positive feeling. Because when you see me, there's that connection, when you hear my voice, there's that connection, to feeling more relaxed to feeling comfortable, physically, to feeling confident, within yourself, to know that you've got some time. In the next 20, or 30 minutes, when we're together, where you can be yourself, where you don't have to put in any false front, you don't, you know, you don't need to pretend to be anything else or anybody else. You can just be completely yourself, you can be at ease, you can be relaxed with yourself. And we can just travel on this journey together. That's what these videos and hypnosis sessions are about. It's about a journey. And it's about just allowing yourself to let go. It really is a very simple thing. Simple, verbally, you know, just to say, the saying something, you can say, well, let's climb Everest. That's three words, let's climb Everest. Sounds simple.
Good luck.
You know, just because you say the words doesn't mean it's that simple. So saying, Let go. Let go of the past, let go stress, anxiety, panic, let go that stuff. Of course, just me saying that's what we're here for. You know, I don't want to simplify, I want to acknowledge that you're listening to these sessions, because that stuff has had a big impact in your life. You know, if you didn't have the need to relax deeply, then you wouldn't be watching this, you wouldn't be listening to this. And you know, there's other things to do in life, there's more, you know, exciting things you could be doing. So this is here for a reason, you're here for a reason. And I'm here for a reason. So we traveling together on this journey is a journey of self discovery journey of self love. So
once you get yourself
comfortable, I would advise always, before you turn a video on, make sure you're seated or lying down comfortably. And also, so you know, never watch or listen to the sessions unless you can safely Close your eyes. That goes for all the sessions that I ever do in anyone else's sessions that you listen to. So if you close your eyes, just like you to get in touch of how you physically feel right now. Just be in touch with it and notice how you are just overall. I'm not going to focus on any particular part of your body. I'm just going to allow you just to do a little scan. So that we're not focusing and I'm not pointing your attention towards any part of your body. You can do that yourself. You can just notice various physical feelings in parts of your body, just being aware of it. I mean, at the moment, I'm very aware of how my scalp feels
on top of my head. not gonna do anything about it. It's just there. I don't need my scalp. But of course
that's just there as well but the feeling is just a feeling. You may have been focusing on your back or your legs or your stomach or your arms, your shoulders, your hands, your face of feet, you know your toes, it could be focusing on any part of your body. But just noticing overall, how The overall feeling that you experience in your body, you know, from the top of your head all the way down to
your toes, just noticing how you feel. Just being aware, we're gonna do something a little bit different. Just like you just notice how you feel when you say the words. I love my body. So just say the words, I love my body. And notice what feelings you have in your body. Because, you know, experts have said that when you talk to a plant, or flower, actually talk cliente that is, say nice words and speak softly. The plant grows, it grows more flowers, and it blooms and it's
more healthier than another plant that's maybe ignored or it's spoken harshly to. In the same way, I've heard farmers say the cows produce much nicer milk. Nice, much nicer tasted milk, and more milk. When that cow is loved, and petted and coddled and spoken to with love, on a regular basis daily. In the same way, a baby You know, if you take two babies, one baby is his loving kind words of gentle tone. Another baby has harsh words, with a harsh tone. You don't need to be an expert in body language or psychology or anything like that, to see for yourself. That the baby who hears the loving kind words in the gentle kind tone is the happier baby out of the two is the more contented, baby. The baby that feels the safest. In the same way, when you say things to yourself, it affects instantly how you feel. I'd like you just to say something else to yourself. say the words. My body, my body is beautiful. My body is beautiful. That's you saying they're not talking about me. I already know my body. My body is beautiful. So just say those words. You can say out loud where you can say it to yourself. Focusing on your body when you say it. My body is beautiful. just noticing how that feels. noticing the instant natural reaction that instantly occurs. Like you say, to say this next sentence, because you may experience as well as experiences of pleasure, like maybe his various different feelings going on in your body, that might also be a bit of a version to a bit of a wall, there may be a part of you saying what you're talking about my body is beautiful. And you know that that negative side that maybe has been dominant for so long that it does, you know, has had a power it has had the strength in the past, maybe it's had the final say, in any internal arguments that you've had. So now you've got this new fresh energy entering into your body into into your mind, this new energy, of positivity and kindness and love. And it's perhaps going to annoy part of you, you know, it's part of the thinking what you're doing. You know, it's like a contradiction. So something needs to be addressed, that needs to be addressed. And you can address that by saying the words I forgive my negative thoughts. I forgive my negative thoughts. Just notice how you feel physically, and emotionally. Maybe repeat it again. I forgive my negative thoughts. Notice how your negative thoughts what those parts feel when you've injected that feeling of compassion, and forgiveness into your body and mind.
As we focus on our mind now noticing how your mind is right now noticing what's going on? Maybe there's a few thoughts there that maybe contradict how you're physically feeling. But just accepting it's....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/27-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason and this is your Daily
relaxation session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. I don't know why I said the word stress like Stress Stress. But that's how it came out a
bit of a mouthful for a title. I've actually thought of other things I could have added to the title, such as depression, bereavement, you know, things like that were including bit of relaxation, or introducing some relaxation, some calmness, some serenity, into your life into your mind into your
body will actually be beneficial in order to allow you to think more clearly when you are awake, to get in touch with how you feel in that moment, you know, allow you to have more mindfulness.
So these are some of the benefits that are gained from regular hypnosis sessions. Which is why I do a daily walk. Of course, my save course but I also do a weekly chronic pain relief session on a Tuesday, every Tuesday and a Thursday sleep hypnosis session
every Thursday. So because see those on YouTube and on my SoundCloud podcast also. So I've got no idea what I did yesterday or the day before
I forget them as students have done them really. So what I think I'm going to do is just see what happens. So I'd like you to get yourself comfortable into a chair,
lying down on a flat surface bed or whatever is suitable for you, as long as you're safe
and comfortable. And remember that, you know, you haven't got to stay in a particular position physically. You know, for whatever reason, if your necks like that, you know because you relax, but then
your neck starts to get a bit uncomfortable then you smooth. Hypnosis isn't paralysis, hypnosis isn't being unconscious ideal, your unconscious mind is not uncaught be an unconscious Of course, if you fall asleep, then
fine. This relaxation session is a mixture of gradual relaxation of different parts of your body and your mind. But also at the same time, given suggestions, I I guess I don't call them suggestions, I call
them ideas. giving you some ideas about different ways that you may choose to think about things. And when you're in a really relaxed situation, really, really relaxed state of mind. Similar to that point between when you're asleep and waking up. And maybe that point when you're awake, but you're kind of on the verge of falling asleep. That point is very much kind of like a hypnosis feeling. So you're not asleep, you're not awake while you are awake, but you're not fully awake and fully alert the way you would be in a sense of everything firing on all cylinders and your brain all active and thinking about what's going to happen next and being aware of things that maybe aren't that important, all relevant to your time at that moment. Being hypnosis you can be focused your focus can be a lot stronger
than It would normally be, because you're focusing on a lot less than you would normally be. So there's a clue really in there, that if you want to increase your focus, you can decrease the quantity of things that you are focusing on.
which then allows that focus of attention to zoom in, and magnify, allowing you to make changes in your life in your mind and your body that maybe he really didn't believe was possible before. And now you realize it is. So possible to really make changes these easily because you choose to not because I tell you to, or because I suggest, you know something, because you choose how you live your life, and you choose what you do next. choices. And that's something that's very important to remember that actually, you're choosing to watch this video, you're choosing to listen to my voice, you're choosing to absorb my words into your mind.
Therefore, you're choosing to accept those ideas. If you choose to, of course, I offer the ideas as a choice. That's why I like the word suggestion is quite nice.
Because if someone says, Would you, you know, would you like that, they're not saying you have to have it, it's just a suggestion. So, in the same way, I just offer ideas, ideas of comfort ideas of deep relaxation ideas, such as, the more you watch my videos, the easier, you will become deeply relaxed, pretty much instantly, the moment the video starts, you will start to feel calm, loose in your body. And you feel that familiar sense of comfort throughout your body for the muscles. In your mind, as your mind slows down. calming, relaxing. And there's a real, real feeling of just letting go. That's a nice thing, as sure, isn't it? a nice thing to be able to just say, you know what, I'm
just gonna let go. Just gonna have a nice, relaxed time. No worries, no stresses, no anxieties, no panics, no nothing. Because none of that stuff is invited to this party. And that's what this is, in a sense, it's a party, not a party where you're dancing around drinking alcohol or doing any of the things that maybe people do at parties. I can't remember it's been such a long time. This is your party celebrating you. celebrating your life celebrating your accomplishments, celebrating you
who you are, which means no one else needs to be invited just yourself. But as you get to that door, you know you've got the doorman standing there, and they won't let you into the party unless you hand over certain things. Maybe things you got in your backpack, things you've been carrying around and your shoulders, you know, maybe suitcases full of stuff. And maybe you didn't even realize you had that stuff with you. I should get to that doorway of that. Maybe that nightclub that magical nightclub that's yours to the party that's celebrating you and you're the only person invited. Because that's all it's needed. Because during this time, it's all about you. Jet you're standing there at the doorway wanting to enter. But the doormen, one man, one woman that's stopping you insane? No, you can't come in, unless you hand over that stuff. But you say to them, What stuff? Do you understand? Would What? What are you talking about? And they say must hand over your stress. So you look in, you see a bag, and it's got the word stress on it. you hand it to them. You just know that it's got wheels on, it's a suitcase, it's got wheels on, it's got big word stress on it. you hand it to them. Because you're not allowed in there. With stress, so they've taken it off you. When you say a cow go in there. And they said, Wait, wait, you can't go in yet. So what why can't it go? Now? I've given you the stress where you asked for. They said, Yeah, but you still got anxiety. You can't go in with anxiety, you have to leave anxiety out of the party, you must give the anxiety away. So you hand in the suitcase, it's got the words anxiety on
and then you take a step forward, you know, thinking great, I can go in now. And they said sorry. You can't go in Yeah, that's why I've given you stress of let go stress, you've let go of anxiety. Now, what else do you want for me? And they say to you, you need to get us to panic to give us the panic attacks. So he decides, okay, I've got to let go the panic attacks as well. I've already let go of the stress, you've already let go the anxiety. Now you're going to let go of the panic attacks. So you hand over that case, it's got the word panic attacks on it. And you think that's fine. Go go through now got rid of let go of stress. You've let go of anxiety. You've let go of panic attacks you've let it go. It's gone. So now you can step inside to this party if you're celebrating your accomplishments and how amazing you are. But again, you're not allowed in yet as like why why am I not allowed in yet? And they say we need to let go of the the self hatred the self anger and I'm like Do I really have that I really have still have self hatred and anger towards myself. And assets you know, in in day cyber while Do you ever think bad things about yourself? Do you ever say things to yourself? call yourself names in your head maybe and maybe call yourself stupid or an idiot or you know, blame yourself are things to clearly not your fault. Do you ever criticize yourself? Do you ever do any of that stuff? blame yourself? You ever cruel to yourself? I was okay. Yeah, I do do that is true. never really thought of his self hatred before. as well. It's an eye opener. So they say we need to hand that over before you can go into the party celebrating yourself.
So I'll hand it over. But there's more than one bag. There's there's a few of them. There's self anger, self hatred. Denial is all clustered all together. Saying horrible things to yourself or things we've written almost all cases. I've got these written on the sides. So I hand them all over, hand them all over and
go to take a step inside, surely that is got to be it now you feel so light, you feel so relaxed. You've let go so much. And more than maybe ever thought is possible to let go of in such a short period of time. And you can feel so calm knowing that, actually, that stuff's no longer dragging you down. There's a sense of release where you can you just, you know, it just feels so good. And it's a real pleasure, but it's, but you're not sure what to do with it. Because there's a sense of familiarity with the suffering, which was involved in those things that you've let go. The familiarity of having that stress, anxiety, panic, self hatred, anger towards yourself, that internal dialogue, being cruel to yourself, there's a familiarity that you had connected to that stuff that you've let go. And it's as if there's, there's a gap left, there's a hole left, where that stuff used to be is now gone, because you let go....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/26-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. This is your daily relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. The idea of these sessions is to just over time by listening, or watching these daily sessions, parts of your mind, which is change naturally and easily
allowing you to have more comfort in your day to day life. And also, to allow you to do much easily with things like panic attacks, and stressful situations, hopefully to the point where things like panic attacks happen less and less
frequently, to the point where I just don't happen at all, to the point where something inside you actually monitors your level of comfort. Making sure that always throughout the day and throughout the night, your level of comfort is at an optimal level.
A level of that you're happy with, that you're comfortable with, that you're relaxed with a level where you can function. Be aware, Be alert. And at the same time, be productive and be happy. At the same time. feeling relaxed physically and emotionally. The same time having a feeling of content and achievement. At the same time being able to allow yourself when you choose to really deeply feel relaxed. In those moments, when you choose to completely let go. allow your mind to just switch off allowing your body to just calm down. So once you're in a comfortable position, lying down on a flat surface or sitting in a comfortable chair, likely to close your eyes if you haven't already done so as long as it's safe to do so.
And just going to get in touch of how you physically feel.
Just be aware of your body being supported by the bed or the sofa or the floor or the chair.
However, you're sitting online. Just being aware of the shape of your body. Maybe you're curled up, maybe you're sitting in a chair, maybe you're flat
just being aware of the distance between your feet droichead being aware of the distance between your knees and your elbows being aware of the distance between your hips and your shoulders. Being aware of that distance between the top of your head and your belly button. Being aware that distance between each of your nipples being aware small gaps and distance between each finger being aware of the distance between your eyes, just that small gap between your eyes
being aware of the gap between your teeth, the tops of your teeth and the bottoms of your teeth. Maybe your teeth are closed, your mouth closed, maybe there's a gap just being aware of that. Being aware of the gap between the tongue and the roof of your mouth being aware of the gap between your ears. The roots going through your head from one ear to the other. That connection that intimate passage between your head notice in connection with your nose and your mouth, your throat all connected at send distance between your shoulders. Let's send that connection between your shoulders, the back of your neck, chest, your upper back those muscles all connected, being affected by your shoulders. Well as a course the feelings of your upper arms
the connections to elbows, connections to your forearms, the connections to your wrists being aware of your knees, the distance between your knees
and focusing on each knee and notice and how Each one feels noticing any differences between your knees. differences that you can feel as one knee feel different are the differences and how comfortable each knee is. Now notice in those connections to your knees, your calf muscles, new shins by descend distance between each shin. Being aware of the physical energy that you are just that space that you take up in the universe. The space that you inhabit your legs, your arms, your back, your torso, your neck and the head, your buttocks, your feet, toes, your fingernails, your eyeballs, your jaw, your spine. Imagine in your mind. Just allowing all those parts of your body to separate. Gradually just separated in your mind as you see the parts of your body safely
just separating from each other. Baby seeing your spine, just removing itself from your back. John's just being removed but still there, but not longer parts of your body. Your feet also just moving away. Floating there. You your head. just float in your chest and your stomach separates it from your body and just float in there to lower back, your upper back, your middle of your back. Separating all those different muscles just individually also separated. just floating in the air. Maybe moving around. Doing that kind of a dance. deep relaxation. Notice the muscles in your stomach just separating your jaw just separating from your head who is separating your eye, nose or mouth. You can just open the scalp and removed the brain floating there as the rest of your body just continues to open up and just divide and separate but at the same time still be in there. Out fields when everything is just separated. Everything's been taken apart. Even the toes and your feet, the fingers in your hands all separated. Know your internal organs just separated from your body. completely relaxed. You can really, really enjoy the sensations and when I count to three up wide awake jiofi so relaxed and that's our count from one to three. Your body will become whole again. You'll feel like you've been on holiday. You feel so calm. so relaxed, so reenergized. One to use your body or assimilates feeling all the different parts of your body at pace, relaxed and calm. feeling really wonderful.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/25-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason, this is your daily relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. I'm recording this in the afternoon, very full tomorrow morning, which is when you'll see I'm very aware of that the sounds in the background. But it's in the trees. So what I thought I would do is start this session just by being aware. Or once you get yourself into a comfortable position, lying down on a comfortable bed, on a
flat surface or sitting in a comfortable chair, one that will support your body throughout this session, and we're going to focus on background sounds. closing your eyes if it's safe for you to do so.
Of course, I don't know what sounds that you have in the background. But I'm going to focus on those sounds that maybe
you can hear in my background. For the moment, the most prominent thing that I can hear
is the pitch in the distance singing his sounds from neighbors, distant sounds. I can hear talking and conversations but not HD. Being able to hear the words or just the sounds. And that's one of the good things about mindfulness is it gives you an opportunity to actually hear what's there without adding any kind of emotion to it without giving that sound and emotive word like noise instead just allowing it to remain just the sound. Just a sound can't really have the power to disturb you. Just comes and goes. Just like the breath in our body. Come in and go. And I can actually hear of course, my own voice here and Alice sound maybe the old coke in my voice because the sound of a voice isn't just one continuous sound. It's actually
lots of different noises that break in the same way that the air it's just full of time. Tiny molecules. So when I hear the background sounds on a day like this, maybe here, the neighbor might be watching football, soccer, maybe here in the schoolchildren, hearing the birds and the trees, maybe it could be the weather, maybe it's windy, maybe it's raining, you can hear the rain against the glass of your windows. Maybe you can just notice your own breathing notes and how that feels. The breathing and your body might just send the sound of that breath. And it sounds different. Maybe when you're breathing in to how it sounds when you're breathing.
And there's a difference, the sound of the breathing. Also, once it enters your body, you can still maybe hearing
or at least feel that vibration. And then it turns from sound to a feeling. And that's the thing about sound is is a vibration. And the vibrations can be felt. And ultimately, that's what sound is doing to your ears. your eardrums. They're reacting to a vibration, React into a feeling which then gives you that sound that sound has a feeling. And as you breathe in, you can notice that feeling in your body. At least the air goes into your mouth or through your nose, all the way down your neck and into your lungs. You feel your chest rays in
you can feel your lungs filling with air can also feel your stomach rising naturally and maybe your shoulders as well. In a sense, just the act of breathing can stretch the muscles in your body in your back and your shoulders and in your chest. Your stomach, in your neck, maybe in your jaw, and your face, your throat, all those muscles being used, being stretched being exercised. So in a sense, you've got this regular fitness procedure continuously going on, over and over. Every time you pray. You're using your body in a productive and healthy way. And as you feel that sensation of that breath and you feel the sensation of those muscles in your shoulders and in your chest and your stomach, maybe in your throat. Something about noticing those parts of your body that then allow you to get more in touch because you can also feel the back of you in the back your upper back where your lungs are, you could feel how those muscles are stretched out when you breathe. And of course, those muscles affect the middle of your back, which then affects your lower back. So this procedure, just breathing in and out naturally is also a way for you To get in touch with those different parts of your body that maybe you hadn't connected together before, with breathing easily and naturally allowing you to really experience being aware of how you feel and just stand as always breathing in and notice the sensation of Bhutan.
Because when I breathe in my mouth, I can feel the cold air on my tongue and in my mouth, on my lips. When I breathe in through my nose, I can feel that same cold air
just on the outside of my nose, my nostrils, just gently cooling inside my nose
as the air goes down through my throat into my lungs, down the windpipe. So notice that air that cold, cool air that was in my mouth and on my tongue, the cool air that was brushing against my lips
and my nose. I noticed that same color on my eyelids.
Notice sin sensitive comfort comes over my eyelids, my eyes. Although my eyes don't feel as if they're stuck, closed.
The same time. I don't feel like I'm asleep. By feel so comfortable. My eyes feel so loose completely and totally relaxed naturally without any effort or without even attempting for my eyes to feel relaxed, they just naturally are relaxed
and cool.
Now just notice as I'm talking to you notice mature and that coolness spreading over my jaw and into the sides of my cheeks into the jaw. They're
basically just sinking deep into the jaw bone. My jaw just feels so relaxed, calm effortlessly. Not trying to be relaxed or calm just it's just how it is. Just seems to have naturally happened to be that way
to feel relaxed. And that same cool air is now just brushing against my forehead. I can feel that sensation in my forehead and it see fit. I know it's there. I know I've got a forehead and I know that this skin cover in it.
But at the same time it's just vague. It's just safe. It's transparent. So cold and so calm. This is if there's no muscles to relax, it's just there. And so I just mentioned that the idea of maybe my forehead feeling transparent kind of visualized mouth face somehow being safe Pray before the muscles just disappeared no the bones just disappeared notes left in my face it's just the outline and though I can see my face in my mind I know it's there of course
just feel so cool and calm just as I said that my focus became really strong on my actual scalp and my brain
just noticed that coolness also caused my brain to be transparent as well. My mind just feel so close. Just feel so calm. Really, really. So this so transparent. So if I could see through my head by and every part of my face, my head, like is my eyes, my scalp or brain,
my mouth. Everything's just so relaxed. Just notice the back of my neck who calm transparent feeling spreads down my neck all the way down the back. So see if I can just see this big gap.
This transparent hole will lay down my back. No muscles. It's nothing but just coolness. relaxation, all the way down. occlude my lower back. When I focused on my lower back just then just from my lower back just gave a sigh of relief.
It felt like my lower backs stretched, just stretched too. It's how it's supposed to feel like it was your turn to sign off. Thank you. It's my lower back really feel so comfortable. This is really nice. It's not just comfort and relaxation. And call this also pleasurable. That sense of the more than anywhere else in my lower back. Moving down.
There's a sense of pleasure. Just a style. My hips just really feel loose and seem to be stretching. Sat calmness, cool feeling of relaxation. The then transparent through my buttocks, groin and my hips. just completely make that area totally transparent. Feel so nice. Being able to just look through that area and know that
there's no muscles to feel there's no anything to feel. But just being
just noticing just allowing yourself to feel relaxed and calm feeling the same feeling happening my front feet it down my throat, my chest, my stomach becoming transparent. This time it seems to be happening so much quicker. That cool feeling of deep relaxation that's my body. The whole of my upper body is completely transparent. Which means my shoulders lie down my hands or fingers and of course my arms down feel cool and relaxed as that didn't really work, relaxation spreads and covers my shoulders, arms and the hands and fingers. With that relaxing, feeling of being transparent being able to see through my arms and the hands
of those muscles just vanishing as a focus just on my fingers and how my fingers feel just so loose and is so unusual feeling of pleasure from my hands, palms of my hands generating a generating some kind of pleasure that I don't really recognize. It's a real sense of natural energy being transmitted from my palms of my hands is just a lovely feeling. A calm, serene, loose feeling. It's an overall feeling of acceptance. But really, that's feels so calm. My attention now goes to the remainder of what's left of me to feel relaxed and calm and transparent.
My thighs, my knees, my legs, and of course my ankles, feet and toes. The whole area just naturally becomes transparent and deeply relaxed. so easily. That part was even quicker than the others just becomes so naturally, deeply relaxed have a real sense of connection between my hands and my feet. Same feeling come in from the bottoms of my feet, by having my palms of my hands, feelings of comfort,
feelings of serenity, and that feeling atop my head now. This fidence it's a different type of feeling kind of feels like a feeling of completeness, feeling of wholeness a feeling of my mind and my....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/24-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason. And I don't say way too close to the radiator.
It's very hard, it's making me feel tired. I don't know if it the radio has made me feel tired, but it is hot.
So this is your daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks, just try and make myself that's the idea of these videos is to give you a daily thing, a daily session to listen to some of them.
I will talk about stuff other other ones, I'll give you a technique which you can do like I did the other day, which was a two minute technique where you can reduce your stress. And other times I'll just just do a relaxation hypnosis session, which will last about half an hour. So that's what I'm going to do today. I did one like that yesterday, I'm going to do one like that today as well. So I'd like you to close your eyes once you get yourself comfortable. Only Close your eyes if it's safe for you to do so. And I'm going to be talking for about 30 minutes ish. And at the end, I will count up to three. And I'll ask you to open your eyes, if you wish to do so. Okay, if there's something important that you need to do, just to make sure in case you fall asleep, then maybe set your alarm. Okay. So also, there's always a chance I could go on over half an hour, because I'm quite good at rambling on. So I say good. I mean, I'm a Rambler rambling kinda guy. So there's lots of ways that we can start a session or relaxation session lots of ways into the same, you know, to get onto the same direction. So different routes, lots of different entrances. In a sense, possibly the best place to start is from where you are now, of course, everybody's going to be in a different position, everybody's going to be feeling differently to each other. Because you know, we've all got different lives. Hopefully, what you do all have in common is you listen to these and watch these videos regularly, every day. You get used to hearing my voice. So of course, I might have a different accent to you, you. If you're in Australia or in America or South Africa, Canada, France, wherever you may be, there's a chance you're going as you know, I'm going to sound different to you. And once you get used to that my voice then becomes kind of like a trigger to getting into that level of relaxation that you've already experienced in the past with me, listening to me or watching a video. So the more sessions we have, this is like 23 number 23 I think day 23 something like that and the quicker you'll feel more relaxed. So if you've listened to the last 22 days, then just by hearing my voice you naturally feel more comfort in all the different parts of your body and your mind and your mind will just naturally start To just slow down, he'll start to wind down. In the same ways, you know, at the end of a day's work, you start to clear up whatever kind of job you have, it's usually a bit of, you know, maybe half an hour clearing up. If you work in a factory, if you work in office, there's winding down period, you know, we tidy the desk, put stuff away, turn the computer off, make sure everything saved. Or if you work, what is so many different kinds of jobs, maybe you got a job where you're physically getting dirty, you might need to wash your hands, change your clothes, you know, there's a winding down period, in all jobs that we do. And that's kind of the brain is the part of us doing the most work out of every other part of your body. Even if you're walking around all day long, the brain still the part that's doing the most work because the brain, the legs wouldn't be working.
So the brain is the part that does the most. So that is like a full time 24 hour a day job. The brains always always working.
So I think what could be nice is to give it to let it just shut down for a while.
To just without, it's not going to shut down completely, because it still has to keep going, you know, the whole 24 hours. But it can be as if you're swapping over to a different shift. So you're clearing up your bids, you're going home, someone else is gonna come in in half an hour. And then they'll be able to take over. So in the meantime, your brain can just calm down. If you're working in a place of machinery, maybe you turn the machinery off for half an hour, maybe turn the laptop off for half an hour, turn the television off for half an hour.
Have that 30 minutes of calmness at rest. Because we all need that every single one of us needs that time to just let go. By just by talking about it, you just automatically feel more relaxed. It's not always a case of just me saying the different part of your body and part your body is now going to be relaxed. And I don't use not always about that.
Sometimes just talk in listening to the words I say, even though it might not seem as if I'm trying to cause you to feel completely relaxed throughout your whole body and mind.
It just seems to happen naturally. Your body in mind automatically feel more comfort. It's as if there's a trigger in your in your brain. And when
you hear my voice, it triggers that part of your brain, which then gives the command to release that magic liquid. Maybe it's inside your mind. Relaxation liquid, that magic healing glow that then just starts to spread throughout your body, relaxing every single muscle and bone. Every tissue of your body just gets naturally and instantly relaxed. It's effortless. It's easy. And it's yours. This feeling is yours, it belongs to you. You were born with the right to feel relaxed as you're human right to be able to just let go To be able to be kind to yourself is such a gift, a gift to be so aware of your own ability to really let go and enjoy knowing that you're the reason that you're feeling so relaxed. Because you're allowing yourself to the more you get that into your mind, the more you allow that idea to sink deep into your mind. allow those connections inside your mind to spread. So there's not just unconscious, but also consciously, you become more aware of your own power, your own power to suggest to yourself, feelings that you can experience, your own ability to adjust how you feel, ability to really let go. And to feel completely relaxed, is your choice to allow yourself to feel relaxed and calm and loose whenever you choose. Because you are the person and makes this happen. You are the cause of your relaxation. By talking, I can trigger it. But you're the one the experiences. That experience of deep healing, relaxation comes from within you doesn't come from outside. It's already there. It's already in you. ability for every part of your body to continue to relax. As you listen to my voice. It's already there. Your mind is letting go becoming more loose as his parts of your body calmer and looser and more relaxed. Because you're allowing this to happen. You're allowing yourself to feel completely relaxed.
You're the one that gives yourself permission to feel wonderful.
This idea this knowledge will transform the way you see and experience future relaxation. Because it means that it's not something from outside. It's not something created by somebody else. The secret to your complete, physical, mental and emotional relaxation is you allowing it to happen. wanting it, expecting it and allowing it so that you can really really feel amazing inside and out. Sometimes, just by a trigger, the thought of feeling relaxed can be enough for you to really experience your shoulders feeling heavy And your bag just fit in looser and mixed in with that relaxation is the pleasure, the physical pleasure
and also the emotional pleasure of knowing that you're taking care of yourself that you're allowing yourself to feel calm and loose. And you're making that choice yourself. Because you know how good it feels right now to feel completely relaxed in every part of your body.
In fact, you can just focus on a part of your body, yourself about me even mentioning it. Just notice now, how much more relaxed it feels, parts of your body. Any part that you focus on not only does it feel relaxed, but as you focus on it. Notice how it just feels like the muscles just melting. just completely
calm
and serene. Things are quiet your sensations just been turned down. Apart from the sensations of pleasure and relaxation, which have been turned up just so aware of how you feel physically. But at the same time
just know that there's nothing for you to do. Since if your body is just taking care of itself. It's as if that relaxation that's been spreading throughout your whole body since we started this session
has been getting stronger all by itself naturally and easily. Feeling Lisa completely letting go. And then no mind. You can notice that feeling of calmness, that feeling of things moving more slowly and you can enjoy that feeling as your mind and body can share those feelings deep the relaxation, maybe for a few minutes. As you focus on your mind, then you focus on your body.
Then you focus on your mind again, just how relaxed your mind feels and then being aware of just how relaxed To body fails and comes to a point where may be difficult to tell them apart. It's a system body is the mind and the mind is the body and all you feel is really deep, deep relaxation and there's nothing to do there's nothing to say you can experience No, you can just observe these feelings of Total Comfort in your body. And in your mind says if the two mix together form some kind of
energy that surrounds your body protecting you not just keeping you safe. But you you're feeling....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/23-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason new land.com. My name is Jason, this is your daily relaxation, hypnosis session for stress. And other stuff. I wish I hadn't given it such a long title, anxiety and panic attacks. That's it I should do is call it daily relaxation. That would have been easier. But anyway, this is, I think, day 22 that won't be any appearance from Andre, my favorite, my boy, because he's in the upper room eating his dinner. So we can have some space to just do this without him jumping all over me and causing havoc. I don't know if you noticed. As we progress with these sessions, there's certain changes that happen. For example, the picture is different than the actual picture itself. But the framing is different to what it was previous videos, because I've now got my webcam on a tripod, built specifically specifically for that webcam. So now it's behind the laptop instead of on the laptop. Just little things like that, it's gradually to be 10 years, but 11 years, gradually,
you know, moving towards making the videos a bit better. So yeah, I will be doing more editing as well as the videos before I
produce them before I upload them. But I have to learn how to use that software. So down to the session. Please get yourself into a comfortable position, lying down on a flat surface beds, or maybe sitting in a comfortable chair, making sure that you're safe, comfortable. And, you know, if you do fall asleep for whatever reason that you're supported by whatever chair or bed that you're in. And only ever watch or listen to these sessions, when you can safely Close your eyes. That's a really important thing. Because even if you were to listen to it with the intention of having your eyes open, you might, you know, get tired, and your eyes might close. And then obviously, if you're doing something that you need your attention for, then it could be very dangerous. So please don't make sure that you can safely Close your eyes. Remember, think use 2007 when I had this conversation with this man who worked for this charity that I used to lead relaxation sessions in and we might see these people so they could take them home relaxation CDs. And we were trying to think what could we come up with that would encompass everything you know, so to warn people about you know, do not use heavy machinery, do not drive do not pilot our plane, you know, don't play darts when you're listening to this. And we just hired what can we do so just basically, only listen when you can safely Close your eyes. That one sentence really does encompass everything, hopefully because you shouldn't be driving if you got your eyes closed. Yeah as an example.
So I think today's session is going to do a nice old fashioned one where were just gonna go through your body parts and there's no body scan is gonna go straight into the relaxation.
Starting with your eyes closed, starting with your forehead and I'm going to ask your forehead to relax. Moving down to your eyes, your eyes relax. Allow your mouth, your tongue and your mouth to relax. Allow your jaw to relax. Allow your throat to relax. Allow your chest to relax. Allow your stomach to relax. Allow the back of your neck to relax. Allow the top of your back to relax. Now the middle of your back to relax. Allow your lower back to relax. Allow your shoulders to relax. Allow your upper arms to relax. Allow your elbows to relax. Allow your forearms to relax. Allow your wrists to relax. Allow your hands to relax. Allow your fingers to relax. Allow your groin to relax. Allow your hips to relax. Allow your buttocks to relax. Allow your thighs to relax. Allow your knees to relax. Allow your calf muscles Relax. Allow your shins to relax. Allow the tops of your feet to relax. Allow your heels your feet to relax and allow the bottoms of your feet to relax. Allow your toes to relax. Allow all the bones in your body to relax. Allow the skin covering your body to relax. Allow every hair on your body to relax. Allow the air around your body in the room where you are allowed that to relax. Allow the air that you breathe in to your lungs to relax, allow your heart to relax. Allow all the parts of your stomach internally to relax. Allow all the veins in your body to relax. Allow your ears and the word hue here to relax. Allow your brain to relax. allow any background sounds to relax. allow any sounds that your body may be making. To relax. Allow your memory to allow your past to relax. Allow the president to relax. Allow the future to relax Allowing every connection in your brain to relax. Allow the blood in your body pumping through your heart
to relax. allow those tiny molecules in your body work tirelessly to keep you healthy to relax, allow your emotions to relax. Allow your feelings towards those who you may dislike or have problems with. To relax. allow those people in your life you feel emotionally neutral towards to relax and allow those feelings you have towards people that you feel positive and feel love towards to relax allowing the energy that surrounds your body to relax. Allow your spinal cord right from the top all the way down to the bottom to relax. Allow your reps to relax. Allow your armpits to relax sitting or lying down with the feeling you have right this second just being with yourself allowing yourself to feel relaxed. Just imagine he know that you're going to feel even more relaxed in all those parts of your body.
Increased feelings of comfort and calmness will overtake your body anjaan mind leading you into a sense of complete relaxation maybe on a level that you're not used to feeling so calm so easily to just let go because there's nothing for you to do can just enjoy knowing that these feelings become stronger as the parts of your body becomes looser let's see if we can imagine holding oil can and just pumping whereas old fashioned dole cans and pumping oil into your joints
loosening up the various joints of your body which only cause even deeper relaxation. So we're going to start with oil in of your eyes, just a little bit of oil in the corner of each eye. And you can just raise your eyebrows up to get a sense of their increased comfort and relaxation in your eyes
as they feel looser with that magic oil of relaxation and there's that feeling of comfort in your eyes continues.
You can just focus on your jaw and the beside Nagel is is where the jaw begins. Maybe move your jaw around and you can feel the sensation of your ears. So just imagine sprinkle a bit of that magical healing relaxation oil in each part of your jaw, either side and maybe move in your jaw around just gently a little bit so that you can enjoy noticing those changes in sensation. As your jaw feels even more relaxed. I move in to the back of your neck healing magic relaxation oil to either side of your neck. And if you feel like it, you could gently move your neck to seek and get more in touch with that feeling of comfort and relaxation that you are experiencing. As it increases with time. Notice in the pleasure that you can have the feeling so relaxed, calm and loose in your eyes, jaw, back of your neck would come to your shoulders. Pulling that oil in both of your soul shoulders now healing magic relaxation oil. You can just if you choose, gently moving your shoulders around just enough so you can experience that feeling of continuing relaxation in both shoulders feeling relaxed and calm, increasingly loose as we now focus on your elbows and in the same way that you listened and oiled your eyes
loosens your jaw deeply relaxed the back of your neck lubricated and completely relaxed your shoulders. We can now focus on your elbows using that magical, healing, relaxing oil in both of your elbows and if you choose you can just gently move your elbows around very very gently.
Just enough to notice just how good it feels. To have that feeling of calmness and relaxation, spreading deeply into your elbows. There's that feeling in your elbows grows pleasurably and relaxed. can now focus on your wrists. Just being aware of your wrists. She sprinkle that magic healing, relaxing oil into your wrists, you can just if you choose. gently move your wrists around feeling that sensation of increasing relaxation and looseness and just enjoying it. allowing it to be there the same way as the feelings of increased relaxation that you're experiencing in your eyes and your jaw or in the back of your neck or shoulders. Enjoy elbows, your wrists. And now as you focus on your fingers focused on your knuckles focusing on the joints in your fingers and farmers just sprinkling oil into each one. Maybe you can move your fingers around very very gently. Just enough for you to appreciate that sensation of comfort and deep relaxation.
And just allow it to be there. Allow yourself to just enjoy the looseness that you can experience now.
And as you move down to your hips. such an important part of your body which is being used continuously. You can oil up your hips all around your hips in all the different joints or the different parts that you can visualize. Just experience that sensation maybe it's a tingling sensation of relief You care when you put that oil, magic oil of healing and deep relaxation
into your hips, spreading that deep loosening, feeling all over your hips increase in not just relaxation and pleasure, but also movement
allowing you to move your hips very gently if you choose to do so. So that you can really, really experience the sensations of D deep relaxation and looseness for yourself, here and now. Now....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/22-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason new land.com. My name is Jason. and this is your Daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. During these sessions, I don't talk a huge amount about panic attacks. I guess one of my main aims is that each session by aiming at ways to relax, mix together with other sessions will give you an opportunity to reduce that level of anxiety, which would maybe trigger a panic attack. And I know that sometimes why in my own experience, that didn't always seem to be much make much sense about when a panic attack would start, sometimes it would just start for no reason. At least, that's how it felt. But with gradual relaxation, meditation, mindfulness, I did notice I was able to have less of them. So it's not, it's quite a good place to be if you can have the feeling of panic, but not have the panic attack. Because the feeling of panic, then you can do something with that. You can then use, you know, reduction technique, technique to reduce your anxiety. Or you can just sit with the feeling. Because when you sit with a feeling it changes. So what I'm going to do is show you an example of what I mean, and how things change because even when we don't do anything, if things change, or not, I'm not being philosophical here, although it's true in life, everything changes. Everything changes, but you that's what take that said, but everything changes in your physical situation, as well as your mental situation sometimes feels like it doesn't change, like, Oh, it's gonna be like this forever. And I'm going to feel this way forever, and it's never going to get better, you know, those kind of things can be in our minds. The fact is that nothing stays the same. I remember seeing clients when I was a counselor, I was still a counselor, but when I was practicing,
and one particular person used to come in and say, I never laugh, and depressed the whole time. And we'd spend like half an hour hour 15 minutes laughing
means together, you know, it'd be laughing. But it seemed like immediately after he'd been off in here, get that because that wasn't his focus. His focus was on the times when he felt miserable and unhappy. And you know, the depression part of it. That's what his focus was on. He didn't even notice when he was laughing. We're constantly changing, our feelings are constantly changing. And this is something that I've done with people face to face. So I want to do it is something you can do on your own. When you have a feeling of panic or anxiety, or stress. And
one good do I did a technique with you now, so you don't have to focus on any like major thing but just I want you to focus on whatever part of your body
or doesn't have to be in your body. Just notice the stress do you have in your mind at the moment Okay, and just focus on it. Focus on that stress. And I'm not going to call it stress anymore, I'm just going to call it that feeling, okay? Because the feeling is going to change, not because I'm saying it's going to change, not because you wanted to change. And not, because that's kind of the whole, maybe the whole point of watching his video is for feelings that you perhaps don't want to have, you know, to transform into feelings that you do want to have, or to at least reduce, maybe disappear altogether.
That's not the reason why it's going to change, it's going to change, because
that's what happens when you don't hold on to it, when you just observe it. Because to have a feeling stay the same for any length of time, you have to really work hard, and put all your energy into having that feed and stay there. And it might seem like, you're not doing that. But actually, that's what's happening. So when you have a feeling of discomfort, and you've still got that feeling of discomfort, and you still got it and you've still got it and it's like feels like it's never going away. Because that's what you're focused on.
So what you can do with this is you can actually focus on that physical feeling so knows where it is. Maybe it's in a part of your body, maybe it's in your neck, maybe it's in your head, maybe it's in your mind, for now, maybe
it's in your chest, your fingers, who knows, just focus where it is where that feeling is, a feeling of discomfort was stress, but just focused on that feeling was going to call it that feeling. Because that's what it is. And just focus on it. Don't try and hold it, don't try and hold on to it, don't try and push it away. Okay, see what you're trying to eliminate it, not trying to dissolve it, not trying to just, you know, allow it just to break down, chop up into little bits and just, you know, chuck it away and allow it to be gone. You're not trying to do any of that stuff, you're just
allowing it to be there. And what happens is the feeling changes. And it moves, that as it changes it moves to a different part of the body. And there's no necessarily a reason for this. It's just what happens when you focus on it. In the same way, if you turn the light off, and you had a torch or flashlight,
and you kept it completely still on the dark wall, the light would start moving around your optical, your eyes would make it look like the light was moving, even though it wasn't moving at all. So in that same way, this sensation changes, it moves. And by just observing, not doing anything at all, not trying to change it not trying to hold on to it. just noticing where it is
by just where it is now. Just being aware of it. Notice and how it feels. noticing any changes that have occurred within it naturally without you doing anything at all. Now noticing where it is now. What's it moved to what part of your body is in now?
And what strength is it got? Is it the same strength as it was before? What does it feel lighter feels less than before? Maybe there's some kind of sound connected to it. Maybe that sounds changed. Maybe there's a feeling that just a certain feeling that you can't perhaps give a name to, but that feeling is maybe just moved into a different feeling. readjusted itself finely tuned itself into a different frequency, kind of as it moves to a different part of your body. And every time it moves, it seems to just be less. This, the gain is no reason for this other than, I guess a dilution dilutes itself by moving. Because every time it moves, it proves to you that actually that it's just a feeling. It's not a fixed thing. It's not something that you can hold in your hands and show somebody you couldn't wrap it up in prayer, you know, as a present and give it to someone for Christmas. It's not an actual thing, it's just a thought, a feeling. And that feeling changes continuously. And dilutes. The more you realize it isn't what you thought it was. To the point where it's actually hard to hold on to that kind of thought and feeling because it then moves again, maybe to a different part of your body.
This is if it becomes smaller as well. I guess the dilution of it as it moves. And as it becomes smaller in your head, just like a memory.
You know, the house when you were a child and you go and revisit their house and the house
is just so much smaller than it used to be. You know, it's a tiny little house now, now that you're an adult, and you're big in when you were little It seems so
such a huge house of two big rooms. And now you can see it for what it really is. says if the house has shrunk the same way as if this feeling has shrunk and
diluted. And as it moves again to maybe another part of the body.
The sensation feels different. And how does it even feel anything like how it did before? Can you even recognize it? The change can be so profound, this unrecognizable, you could look at anything. We got a feeling there. It's a very faint feeling. And in some ways it's quite difficult to hold on to that feeling. Without a bit of work, you know, need to sort of put a bit of energy into keep it going. It's like trying to keep a plate spinning on a stick. Eventually just let it stop and it falls down and breaks. And that feeling's gone with a feeling gone so open your eyes and if your eyes are closed, just
where is it? And that's what happens when you focus on a feeling it's just a feeling so give it a go. Let me know how you get on.
Excuse the noise in the background. That's Andre. This is the second video you've been in. These little Andre so if you have got your eyes closed, you might want to open your eyes. I say hello to little laundry.
Normally I am keeping them my bedroom when I do this and so he doesn't come out and disturb anything. But luckily, we finished a session so it's okay.
You doing.
So just give that another try on your own, test it out, maybe find another feeling that you have and just follow it, don't try and hold on to it, don't try and you know, eliminate it. Don't give it any power, just allow it to just be there. It's like a, like an old star, it's just naturally just burning out anyway. Like a candle, you know, the last little embers of a candle where it's a tiny little bit of wax, and you know that the candle light is going to go out any second. So you just watch it. That light changes. You know the sensation that the light, the heat of the light, that candle, the color, everything changes, even a smell. The sound, they just sound as it goes out, or gets on a sound.
And as long longer candle that thing that you might have had for months. That candle that may be of use 3040 times is no longer a candle. It's gone. You wouldn't call that candle now would you? See if he was quiet all the time like this. And just later then I could do sessions with him. But....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/21-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason, this is your daily relaxation session for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. This is not trying to fit what they is sending things about day 20 or 21. Anyone, anyone anyway, rather, I like to follow on from yesterday's session and do another short one. Because I got to thinking about the the things that would have been useful for me. In the past, before I knew maybe about some of this, these techniques, or maybe some of these ideas, what would have been useful for me to do? When only had a few minutes, because I didn't smoke, I wasn't able to go outside and have a cigarette break. Because I stopped smoking many, many years ago. But if you hear any clicking, by the way, this is the radiator, it's coming on. You probably hear it now. Now I mentioned before, you might not have noticed it before.
But
it's really useful to have something that you can use to change how you feel very, very quickly. And it's not about necessarily Transforming Your Life in two minutes. It's about transforming how you feel in that moment, in two minutes, or however many minutes that you have available. So ultimately, it's about using what you can, in what limited time you have. Per Personally, I have a lot more time than I used to, to do this stuff. So which is why I'm able to make these videos for you. But there's been times in my life when I was working long, long hours, you know, and didn't give myself myself the time to have a break. And when I did have a break, I'd go make a cup of coffee. And I'll be drinking caffeine. And that's just fueled the adrenaline, so I wasn't really helpful for me, I didn't realize it at the time. So here's another short technique, still managed to Jabra on lots of talk lots before I tell you about the technique that I but this is kind of an extension of what I did. Yesterday, we're kind of like in a similar kind of thing.
So we're going to use the magic mirror like I used yesterday. Okay, but we're gonna miss out some of the bits, it's going to be a different kind of technique, but it's going to use the same kind of idea if you watched yesterday's, you know what I mean? Otherwise, you might not watch yesterday's so you don't need to watch yesterday's to do this. So I'm going to ask you to do is to close your eyes if it's safe for you to do so. Of course First of all, get yourself into a comfortable position, lying down on a safe you know comfortable bed flat surface or sitting in a comfortable chair one ideally was side so that you know support shoe just in case you did fall asleep. And so I'm going to imagine that you've got a couple of minutes in order to do this. So something that you might want to be able to do on the bus, on a train. Obviously not if you're driving the bus or the train but if you're a passenger and or just waiting somewhere where you can close your eyes for a couple of minutes without being disrupted or anything but if you are interrupted It doesn't matter. Because you just wait until that situation is gone. And and you Find another couple of minutes to do. So I don't normally do this for these sessions. But wait a second. Right. don't normally do this when I do the relaxation sessions or any hypnosis sessions. But he's just woken up and he popped in and I thought I'd say hello to people. So I know that as a few of you used to watch the videos, I used to do the vlogs. And he used to be in them. You start with a naturally and afford just having a little guest appearance. His name's Andre
Lowe.
And he's my son is my little boy. Not even the most beautiful boy in the world. Daddy's little boy.
So he's he's a polecat or a ferret, if you want stats in his body quite long. And give me his beautiful face. He's come in here, because it's time for his dinner. So you want me to get on you. So I can hold him while I do this. So I'd like you to close your eyes. And just imagine yourself looking into this mirror. So this time, you don't have to get in touch with how you feel. First, it really is a case of just stepping into the mirror straightaway. Stephanie into the mirror. Because it's a magic mirror. It allows instantly, full all of those parts of your body, which have stress and anxiety, and any panic connected to just dissolve. So this magic mirror, whilst you're in, it allows all those muscles, all those anxieties, stresses, pains, whatever they are, to completely dissolve instantly. In fact, it's like you can visually see it, even though it's, you can't see it. But you can like feel the melting of that sensation in all the different parts of your body. And this happens very quickly. It's not something that happens slowly, doesn't take long. It just happens immediately. The second you step into that magic mirror.
And then when you feel the most comfortable that you feel, and you really feel relaxed and calm, just step out. And you step out, leaving all of that anxiety, stress, strain, pain, everything in the mirror, you leave it in there, and you walk out. And you can look in the mirror. And all it's left there is just like these shapes.
Left.
Maybe it's a shape of your body, but just the shapes of where the stresses and strains were in your body. It's like he's left a mark in the mirror. But it's inside the mirror and he can't get out of the mirror is gone. And you can just open your eyes. It's dark, quick, it's that easy. And the more you do it, the easier it gets, the more quickly it happens. So I go through again you just find us you know a nice quiet place where you've got a minute or two to yourself. Close your eyes. Imagine that magic mirror in front of you. Step inside it immediately notice how all the stuff responses and anxiety, all different parts of your body just melt in. And when you feel completely relaxed, step out and mirror, leaving those feelings in the mirror, and you can look at it and see it. Maybe you can see your body, in your shoulders and your neck where your neck was the few stains of where the tension was. And you can open your eyes and feel relaxed and calm and move on with the rest of your day. And the more you do this, the easier it becomes. And I would suggest doing it every day. So that's the end of that session. And Andre wants to go say goodbye, Andre. Think Bye. So this wasn't the most professional session because Andre was here was probably the most fun one for me. I love it when he's there with me. He's always there with me. But he's normally
right now he's looking for his dinner. He's actually gone into the kitchen. It's preempted me. He's just waiting in there for me to go and get his dinner. So I'm going to go get his dinner now.
So thank you for watching. And again, like yesterday as a short session. But it's something that you can do something that you can practice, build upon. It's also something that you can adapt to your own personality, you can make changes, you know, because it's your mind, it's your, you can adopt it. yourself is evil, it belongs to you. You own it. So you can do whatever you want with it. And in the same ways, every time you hear my voice, you'd naturally feel more relaxed. Every time you see my face on a video, you naturally feel calmer and more alert and more open to ideas, new ideas, maybe old ideas that you've all I've already said in the past, knowing that it all interconnects in a way that can transform your life. So that's the end of this session. Thank you for watching. And ....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/20-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, hello. Welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason and this is your Daily relaxation hypnosis session for what is it? stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. So sometimes I do these sessions and I'll talk about sometimes How do these sessions and I'll talk a lot, today, this is going to be a technique that you can use. So it might be a bit shorter than some of the other sessions. But it's good going to be something that you can use in a short period of time, so maybe you're at work, and you need a break. So you go to the toilet, the bathroom, whatever you call it, and give yourself five minutes to reduce the stress, anxiety, and any panic feelings that you might be having. So maybe you've only got five minutes to do this. So I think it's very important that I include as many of these types of sessions as possible, because you don't always have half an hour to sit down and listen to me talk in or watch the video, there's going to be times when you're done if you know, you just got five minutes to yourself, and that's it. And something needs to happen, maybe there and then something that you can instantly change how you feel. So I lose track of what I've done in the past the sessions that I've done. But this is going to be something that I've done before. I've probably done a session like this as a video before. I've definitely done it with clients in the past when I used to do private practice. So with this, I'm just gonna Imagine you're sitting down, okay, you probably haven't got an opportunity to lay down. If you're at work, but you might not be at work, you might just, you might be at home and want to sit down or lay down. So whatever. Just make sure that you're safe. And if for any reason you did fall asleep that you you know, you're safe and you're not going to fall off or anything. So I'm gonna ask you to close your eyes, if it's safe for you to do so.
All I'm going to ask you to do is do a very, very quick body scan. It's very quick, so it's literally and it takes you know, 30 seconds to just focus on the top your head,
your forehead, your eyebrows, just focus on them. Don't do anything, don't try and cause them to relax. focus in on your cheeks, your mouth, your tongue, your jaw, your throat, the chest, your stomach, back of your neck, your upper back, middle, back and your lower back. shoulders, your arms, elbows, wrists, hands and fingers, your hips, your groin, your buttocks, your legs, ankles, feet and toes. Just remembering to focus on his stomach again, such an important area that often holds tension and stress. And just imagine looking into a mirror seeing your reflection in a mirror. We call this the magic mirror. It's in your mind, seeing your reflection in the mirror. seeing yourself as you are now let's like you to imagine seeing yourself starting to disappear. Starting at the top of your head, maybe starting your toes whichever feels right for you. just noticing those parts of your body Starting to vanish and only count from 10 down to one. When we get to one, your whole body will have just disappeared in the mirror and you won't be able to see anything 10 no 9876543 to one banished, I'd like you to step inside the mirror in your mind and feel how it feels to be completely relaxed.
To have all those body parts just vanish. without stress and anxiety gone on to count from one to 10 and want to get to 10, I'd like you to step out of that mirror,
bring him back that feeling of comfort, deep relaxation 1-234-567-8910 and step back out and bringing that feeling of complete relaxation in all parts of your body. You can see yourself in the mirror again. This time, you can see how relaxed you look. And you keep this feeling of relaxation for the rest of the day. counting from one to three when I get to free, open your eyes fill in wide awake 123. Open your eyes, snow to safe. Notice how quickly you can change how you feel. Just by doing a quick body scan, noticing how your body feels imagining the magic mirror in front of you with your eyes closed, of course. And then as you count down from 10 to one in your mind, you can just see the different parts of your body disappear in the mirror, as well as stress and strain and panic just disappears and vanishes from the mirror. Knowing that that mirror is just complete serenity and relaxation. Nia down to one, step into the mirror. Feeling that sense of complete lightness and relaxation as every part of your body is completely relaxed.
Thing count from one to 10 and step out a mirror noticing how relaxed and calm you feel. looking into the mirror, again, you can see yourself but really, maybe 1000 times more relaxed. Counting 123 open your eyes being wide awake, full of energy and relaxed.
Give it a go.
The only thing you got to lose is your stress and anxiety, anxiety as well. And any panic feelings because all goes or reduces. It's quite an amazing technique to use when you've only got a few minutes to yourself. In fact, I reckon this could probably be done in about two minutes. Maybe even a minute. Because the more you do it the quicker it happens. You get to the point where you look in the mirror and you might even get to the point reading enough to count Because all parts of your body just vanish instantly. And that stress and anxiety completely transformed into relaxation and calmness. Like an emptiness I can an empty cloud and you just step into it. So you don't need the counter maybe after that, step into it, feel the feeling. Then you can step out, see yourself feeling completely relaxed. And move on with the day. feeling calm and relaxed. I'd really notice in my back, how much more relaxed on backfields. So thank you very much. Let me know how you get on.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/19-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason, this is a daily relaxation session for
stress,
for anxiety, and for panic attacks. And for just general day to day reduction of anxiety and stress so that every day that you watch or listen to this session, you can gradually discover and notice that your stress levels are somewhat reduced. And it could be surprising sometimes to see how it gradually transforms how you feel and think and experience the world. And you can be listening to these or watching these sessions every day for, let's say, a couple of weeks, and then you realize that actually, your level of stress maybe was very high, and now it's a lot less. And that can be a nice thing. A nice thing to notice. And please let me know, you know, if you have these situations arise in and you know, post post a comment on the video. But these sessions are varied and different. And I was going to take a little break from doing sessions, because I've got a bit of a cold. But I'm going to try and get through this without coffee and sneezing. Now thinking of confidence needs, it might end up coughing and sneezing. So say, sir, so I've got one water, I'm
gonna drink
if I need to. So for any reason you don't like seeing people drinking water, then maybe turn off now because I might end up having to drink some water, just to soothe my little throat. Can't suck anything while I'm talking to you. You know, like a lozenger or something like cough medicine thing. So let's start by doing a body scan. It's always good to start with that, I think, because you can get to, I don't know, if you're anything like me, sometimes. I'm not actually aware of how I feel. And until I get in touch with how I feel. It's it's kind of strange, I think, more so. This is just an idea. It might not be true. But I feel it might be more so for people like myself who live alone. And don't have any, like regular contact with people when I'm at home. So I'll wake up and I'll get ready for going out or wherever I sometimes I'm not aware of really kind of what mood I'm in until I meet with another human. And then I realized, let's say if I get to work. So I'd arrive at work and realize that actually I'm not in a very good mood at all. I wasn't aware of that before. Had I been living with somebody which I have done in the past only with friends and stuff but I've lived and waking up and seeing somebody instantly I kind of get a gauge of what level of mood I'm in. Because I see that person and if I have a reaction to the more to what they've said or to what they've done, or maybe not even to them, just add them for how I'm feeling. So by doing the body Scan by doing the mindfulness exercises, about another word exercises because it reminds me too much of school and I just don't want to do it. But they're not real, they're not the hard, it's actually pleasurable, it's fun. And just before
they help you with it,
I don't know where you're gonna do videos. earlier on, I was laying on on my bed. And I was just being mindful, I was listening to the right to the birds singing or whatever they're, you know, making their sounds. I love the sound of birds. pigeons not so much. But you know, the, like the nice sounds, the pigeon seem to kind of overtake everything, but it's still nature. I like him in the nature. I like you in the wind, the tree blowing and yesterday, it was raining. Specially in the evening, it was raining, quiet, but heavy but like regular. And it was nice just to hear the rain. And for me that's like a mindfulness process where I can not particularly focus in on my body. I'm not particularly focusing on how I'm feeling. But I am also not focusing on problems and worries things I'm concerned about. Things that I'm upset about, I'm not thinking about relationship issues or financial problems, you know, at that moment, I'm focusing on the sound and at the same time is focusing on the sound. I'm also focusing on my body, the bed supporting my back, my hips, my lower back, and my legs and my feet and my arms as well. If my arms are on the side of me and my hands and it feels quite nice to just get in touch of how I physically feel. As well as listening to the sounds around me whatever those sounds may be even if it's cars in the distance, or the helicopter going past you knows wherever it is I can just it's happening. I'm in the moment. And a Gemini close my eyes during this time because I don't find that I get any kind of mindfulness with my eyes open. When I'm perhaps at home. By do when I'm out let's say if I'm walking somewhere in nature. The visual side of it is just as powerful in some ways as why here why smell and why I feel you know if the the feeling let's say I'm walking on the grass to feel that the grass underneath my feet the smell of the grass the smell at the mud may be the smell of the farms because I live in a countryside the sounds of the traffic but also maybe the sounds of the children playing or the sounds of cars going past sounds or the wind sounds of the birds and trees all that stuff it kind of is soaking in but then the visual side seeing the results of the wind you know the trees blowing maybe plants and flowers blowing in the wind. Maybe there'll be people being blown around by the wind
you know let's go wait for the camera to come back. Well the camera when all foggy there when I was talking
and the sometimes by absorbing that in to my eyes, just noticing without making any judgments or criticizing it or Doing some kind of internal commentary on what's happening. Unless, of course, something out of the ordinary happens. And of course, I'm going to go We'll come into awareness and like all I need to do something about this situation. But generally what I'm outside I like to
walk
is called like walking meditation. I'm a slow Walker, by my very nature, I'm a slow Walker, I'm a slow talker, I'm a slow Walker, I can talk fast sometimes, and I can walk fast sometimes. But my general status, you know, my general kind of normal, my normal kind of mode, if you want to call it that would be fairly slow. fairly slow, kind of, with weidu, I'm not I'm not like a Russia, I don't rush generally. So mindfulness, walking, meditation, you know, walking meditation, I find is really useful. And something that I've been doing since I was a child, I just didn't realize I was doing it. So I'd be walking home from school age, let's say 10. Long, long walk. Everyone is probably a half an hour walk really. I'd take maybe an hour, hour and a half to walk it. I just walk one foot in front of the other, but really noticing how my feet felt on the ground, noticing the wind, noticing the temperature of the air, on my face and on my hands. And maybe on my head, blow my hair. Being aware of whatever smells are around wherever I could hear somebody walking past people's houses, sometimes I could hear television, maybe they're watching television. Other times there's the big other place there was a he had an Avery and it was these little parakeets or budgies tweeted another house further up would have little bells, you know, the blow in the wind and probably annoy the hell out of their neighbors at night.
Then there's the smells. The smells of people cooking their dinner because I left school at half free, but I didn't get home till
you know, nearly dinnertime. So I could smell the different smells of people cooking food. Maybe some people were having a big cook dinner, maybe I could smell toast burning. Maybe I could walk past and smell the smells. If the drain being washed out by the Council, you know washing the drain out and all the sewage gets smelled out or further up, there'd be a road being tarmacked and I could smell the the freshness of that tarmac and has been delayed and always like that smell. And being aware of walking on the different types of pavement. Sometimes parts of the pavement would wobble you know, so I'd have to be careful not to trip. Maybe if it's winter and it's icy. certain parts of B with snow some parts of B have salt on or sand you know so it would be safe to walk out and about slipping. Maybe you'd have to walk in the bit of the road just to avoid it. Maybe they'd be flooded with flooded pavements or flooded part of the road have to walk around. So I have to watch physically how I was maneuvering myself. being ready really careful with my feet, how I traded but also being aware of how it felt on my Fate as I walked, and I already did this when I was a child. And it was my way of suppose of, I wasn't purposely being mindful or purposely trying to be meditative, because I didn't know anything about that stuff that age. I think what I was trying to do is just have an opportunity to be myself, to be with myself, to be with the only person that actually got me, which is me, the only person said, he got me. And maybe we're all the same, maybe we're all the only person that ever gets ourselves, maybe. But that was a special time. I could walk, sometimes I'd sing sometimes, I guess it's the opposite to be mindfulness mindful, I'd have a look good old sing song. Maybe sing some of the songs from Greece,
or
Adam in the ends. So because that was around that time, early 80s. So that's something that can be incorporated in your life. And it really helps. It can help you to just get in touch with how you feel, to get in touch with
just
that sensation of being alert of being yourself. You know, I'm not trying to be anyone else, you're not trying to adapt, or fit into other people's ideas of what you should be, or your idea of what their idea is of what....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/18-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason, this is a daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. So this is the 17th I think. So thank you for everyone who supported me so far in this series of hypnosis videos and mp3 is just let you know you can listen and download the mp3 is on my SoundCloud podcast, there's a link on my website, Jason Newland, calm.
So
that's the first time I have you on all day. I don't know why I'm telling you that because it's true. So I'm just trying to think back to the sessions I've done previously. So that I can do something a bit different.
Right?
Here's something that it's kind of a, it's an old hypnosis technique, also used in NLP as well as near linguistic programming. And I would say it was an old technique with hypnosis, going back a long time by NLP, maybe expanded it to, like a new level, possibly. So what I'm going to do not to go into the whole idea of it, I've kind of briefly mentioned it. So when I studied in NLP, Richard bandler, talked about the control center in your mind, as if so if you were sitting in a cockpit of a plane, or a spaceship, or something, not really, I suppose a bit like Star Trek or something, you know, not everybody's into Star Trek, but you get the idea of being in a place where you've got all these controls. I mean, you could say, it's like a mobile phone now, or a laptop or an iPad. Where you can control things just by pressing a button, you can move the volume up, and you notices, you can do a lot of things just by turning little, little nozzles that aren't actually even there, it's just a screen. But by going out touching the screen, you can change the volume, you can change the the tint of the picture, you can move to a different screen, maybe you know, I suppose all the kind of things that you can do on computers. Now.
The idea, and this, this idea was long before the iPad came out,
is the idea of enough to do this in your mind. The idea of being able to have a control center there, where you can close your eyes, go into your mind and make those changes. however small, they may need to be at the time, you can make that Fine. Fine tuning, I guess. So you know, if you had, for example, if there's an image that's just annoying you you know maybe it's an image of a memory or it's somebody said something new to you earlier in the day and you keep replaying it. Why would you do that, but you notice is there's no point to it. But it's it's human nature to do that. There are ways around it or ways you can change that memory.
The your response to that memory anyway. So what you can do is, you can still have it playing over and over if that's what you choose to do. You can go into your control center of your mind, and you can play it on the screen. So let's say your bosses said something to you that's
caused
a reaction from you some kind of emotional state Which were not pleased about
trying to be as vague as possible with this because it could be anything. As an example, that was, it could be any situation. So as you play it play that little soundbite, that's that was sound clip, little MPEG law video.
So what you could do is actually imagine it's like a television set or a little, you know, your, your phone, you're watching on your phone. First of all, by watching on your phone, instead of on a big television screen, or a big laptop, or an iPad, everything smaller, everything's have to, it's not quite as dramatic. got quite as powerful. I would argue that watching a movie, especially with, let's say, Star Wars, or Santa, like, I'm some kind of science fiction maniac, but I'm not. But you know, if you watch Star Wars at the movies, is probably I'm guessing, going to be more impressive visually, maybe also auditorally. Now, if you are ears with your eyes, or your ears, then when you watch it on your television set, when it's released on DVD, or, you know, on streaming, in the same way, the television set might have more of an impact on your senses, then a laptop or an iPad. And then the telephone would maybe have less, because the screens very small, the sound isn't as good as what you would get on a, on a television, perhaps, maybe it is it depends where you've got.
But it's a different experience. You could actually do that in your mind. And just notice the change. So see this situation, we're gonna think of a situation, right. So this is going to be a little bit different to what we normally do.
I'm going to get, I want you to think of a situation that's caused stress for you, that has, when we think about it, it has a stress reaction within your body. And in your mind, something has happened recently, that's causing us stress Now, something that you feel is causing anxiety and stress within you right now. Okay, or before you start watching my video series, something small, something happened. I say something small, I mean, the fact is, if you get in a reaction, and that reaction is causing you harm, ie, anger, frustration, anxiety, stress, panic, all those things, which are actually no good for, you know, used to, but also no good to you either. Because it's not good stuff to have that it's good to have stress in certain secured situations. If you're being chased by a bear, then having stress and running, having more adrenaline, and if you can escape good. Being day to day life, the stress isn't needed. In the same way. It's always good to have a degree of stress because we do need to have that to move around for legs to work for our body to be up right and that spine to be straight and all that stuff. You know, there's a degree of stress going on in the body, which keeps up right and keeps us going forward. And you know, make sure that we turn up to appointments and meetings and get to where we're supposed to be. But that doesn't have to be more than just general lower living. It doesn't have to have the word stress connected to it. We're not talking about stress, I'm talking about harmful, horrible feeling that you have or that you might have in your body when your mind that actually feels some more like an illness feels more like being being held than than just a feeling. If it was just a feeling, which you could argue it is just a feeling but if it if it didn't have a negative effect, if it wasn't problematic to us, then I wouldn't be making this video you wouldn't be watching this video. But stress can lead to all kinds of illnesses, and problems. So that's why I'm here to try and help to resolve those things. So instead of having that issue that happened today, maybe sitting there drinking, maybe drinking lager, or whiskey or whatever, trying to move past it, or maybe overeating or eating the wrong food, or get an angry with loved ones, you know, that maybe in your own way trying to deal with or trying to cope with that situation, which is, we all try our best to cope with stuff, it might not be the best way to cope with stuff. But I think most people are aiming to try to deal with things, even if it's harmful to themselves, or others. So if there is something that's happened today, for example, or yesterday, recently, that's affected you affects your stress levels to heighten to, you know, an uncomfortable level
instead of just ignoring it. And carrying on to another day tomorrow. And ignoring what happened or not addressing it. And then adding more stress onto that and more stress every
day, new things coming up. If you can learn to deal with each day as it comes in at the end of each day, or when it happens, deal with that stress your stressful situation, as it happens, or at the end of the day. The next day will be easier. The next day, it will be a new day. Literally, I know that's a cliche. But every day is a new day, every, every second of every day you choose what you do next. So what you can do now, if you choose, this is your challenge. So I'm not going to do any kind of relaxation technique, but this will reduce your stress for that situation. Okay. So I want you to notice now when you think about a thing that happened, whether it's a boss or was a loved one, your wife, your husband, your children, your parents, you teach your boss, maybe a stranger, something an interaction maybe, or maybe something you saw or something you've seen on television, maybe it's a political thing, you know, whatever it is, that is really bugged you that's got your stress levels, too high. way to think about that now. And in your mind, just play it in your mind Play, play back to yourself, as you do anyway. And I'd like you to just notice, if you open your eyes again, notice if you if you close your eyes eyes, some people don't need to close your eyes to do this, but I'm going to ask you to close your eyes because just makes it easier for me to just like guide you notice what scale you are from zero to 1010 being the most stressed, you could be zero being completely not bothered at all. I'm guessing it's gonna be relatively high because it's maybe fresh and it's something you focused on. So you wouldn't necessarily focus on a tiny little thing. So something that's really bugged you so notice what number it is you can write it down on a piece of paper or you can just remember that number. Zero being doesn't bother you 10 is like the highest amount of botheration that you can gain from it. So I'm going to do now is when it goes through that whole process, starting off with the cinema screen,
moving it to a television screen, moving it to a computer screen, moving it to a tablet or iPad screen. Even if you don't have an iPad or tablet, you'll have seen them either on television or seeing other people use them....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/17-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. On is Jason and this is your Daily relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks, try and do a different session every day to give some variety you know, so that you can hopefully get to
a level of relaxation through different means so that you're not dependent upon one Pacific Pacific specific technique. And also you may find yourself coming up with new techniques, new ideas of getting to the same place, maybe something that suits your internal world more
because I can do a session with the hope that you'll follow along. And, you know, I can't know what your internal world is like. Because we all experienced the world differently. We all have different thoughts going on inside our minds. So if you was face to face with me, I could find out a bit about you and adapt what I do accordingly. But I'm not able to do that in these sessions. So I'll try and do something different with the hope that I can reach more people. That's really what I just mentioned that. So like you if you can to get into a comfortable position, sitting down in a comfortable chair. Ideally, one was sides, you know, armrests, so that if you do fall asleep or safe,
or lying down in a bed, or some kind of comfortable, flat surface, close your eyes, if it is safe for you to do
so. With this session, we're going to do is just focus on what kind of do the opposite maybe to what sometimes hypnosis,
tapes and videos and CDs do. So instead of focusing on what is perhaps wrong, or maybe a feeling that you don't want to have, and then trying to transform it into feeling that you do want to have I'm not going to do it with this session, I'm going to actually focus or we're going to actually focus on a part of your body that actually has a feeling of relaxation or feeling of pleasure, something that some kind of feeling that you
enjoy that you you know, feel good. So it can be anywhere in your body, you choose that part.
So instead of trying to cause the back of your neck, your chest, your arms, your forehead, your legs, your feet, your hands, all those different parts, his stomach, your back, you know, those parts that will perhaps we would normally focus on in order to cause some kind of relaxation reaction. Today, we're just going to focus on a part of your body which is already relaxed, or the most relaxed part of your body. And that's all Gonna do not gonna do anything else. Okay. And as you focus on that one part, you can then notice what happens to the rest of your body. So we will be focusing on our parts of your body with just as a gauge just to see how it's changed. But most of the focus is going to be on a specific part of your body. So if you choose a part that feels relaxed, with your eyes closed, it could be, it could be your right shoulder, it could be your left knee, it could be your eyelids, it could be whatever part of you that feels the most relaxed right now out of your entire body, the most relaxed, so you might need to do a kind of a body scan to start with. So I'll go through your body, starting at the top your head, moving down to your toes, and just focus on each part. When we get to your toes, you'll have chosen a part that feels the most relaxed. So just gives you an opportunity to really just get in touch, firstly, with how you feel in this moment. And also, you can notice which part of your body feels the most relaxed. And if it's a part of the body, which I haven't mentioned, or don't mention during this session, you can still focus on that part. Because when I talk about the part you focused on,
I won't be naming a part because I won't know what it is. So with your eyes closed, just slightly to focus Firstly, on your breath. You know, we breathe from the moment we born, our entire life. Breathing is kind of the one thing that we do for our entire life. It's also something that quite a lot of the time we're unaware of. Because it happens automatically. So they can be quite benefit from being a mindful of your breath, just being aware of it.
But you're not trying to control the breath. See if you were jogging like I used to go running and jogging and I used to kind of control my breath. So it was very even saw Pat's breathe out on certain times. Or if you're in the gym, you'd breathe out when you lifted away. You know, so it's certain times we do control our breath. Or if you're smoking, if you smoke, they control their breath, people that use inhalers.
So there are ways that we do control over F. Try to slow it down and try to speed it up and those kinds of things, maybe try to catch your breath at times. But in this instance, there's no control needed. It's not needed at all. It's all about just accepting your breath for how it is.
There's no stress or pressure to do anything. But be aware of your breathing. And I do realize that sometimes when you concentrate on your breath, you breathe in, you know, going in and going out.
It's natural to sometimes try and kind of control the breathing in and breathing out to maybe take more oxygen in to maybe breathe out more and there are breathing techniques connected with relaxation, breathing techniques can connected with Yoga, even with meditation, I guess, various other kinds of things, exercises and techniques that breathing is used for.
But this isn't one of them. This is just being with your breath. Because your breathing happens naturally, you don't have to do anything for it to occur.
Just have to be alive. That's it. As you notice the breathing as the oxygen enters your body, your lungs, you could feel the rise of your chest, maybe the rise of your stomach as
well. Maybe you could feel your shoulders lifting up. Know when you breathe out. You can feel your chest maybe going inside a bit, loosening the stomach, loose Nan and maybe your shoulders moving down a little bit. And just by focusing on your breath, there's a calming sensation that naturally arises in your mind. Because giving your mind a little break, just a little rest. Why will your mind has to do is just focus on the breath. You're not counting the breath, you're not trying to do anything with it. You're not saying any words as you breathe. Just breathe in.
Remember to only do this as long as it's comfortable. You know, anything that I say that we can do. You don't have to do anything. It's just a suggestion. As you focus on your breath, you can just be in touch of how you feel. And you breathe and we'll continue to be there. And in a way, there's kind of going to say 80% of your attention can go on the different body parts that we're going to mention. The 20% can still be focused on your breathing, just being aware of the breathing. Again, not trying to change it not trying to control it. Just monitoring it just watching observing the end breath and the out breath. As you focus first of all, the top of your head, your skull your scalp. Top your head all the way down the sides of your head where your ears are back of your head which leads to the back of your neck.
Spin aware of how that part feels. That decide the back of your neck feels. That is how your forehead feels I'd say stain how your eyelids and eyes feel. noticing how your mouth your tongue feel noticing how your jaw feels moving down to your neck and your throat. That isn't how your throat feels.
noticing how your chest feels and your stomach as well. noticing how your stomach feels. noticing how your shoulders feel your arms, elbows, moving all the way down to your wrists, notice side of your arms feel completely all the way down the full extent of your arms, moving into your hands and your fingers. noticing how your hands and fingers feel.
Being aware of that feeling from the top of your neck, moving all the way down to your hips. That whole area of your back, which includes your spine, your upper back, the middle of your back and your lower back. Notice how that part feels. noticing your hips, how do your hips feel? your buttocks and your groin. Notice and how you're going feels. Notice in your legs, your thighs, your knees. Moving down to your calf muscles and your shins. your ankles. So how do the two legs feel the whole entirety of your legs right from the top all the way down to where your feet start? How do they feel right now? How does your feet feel? the tops of your feet, the bottoms, the heels and your toes? How does that feel now in your feet. And then turning your attention back to your breathing 100% back to what you've focused on before being aware of your breathing. Not trying to change it and not trying to do anything with it. But just being aware. just noticing how your mind feels.
Now
Now I'd like you to just think back to the different parts of your body that were focused on. And choose the part that feels the most relaxed. Maybe there's a part that we didn't focus on that feels the most relaxed. Part maybe gives you pleasure or maybe feels pleasurable right now. We're going to focus on that pile and the breathe and we'll just continue on its own without any attention.
Focus on that part of your body. Now the part that has that natural, relaxed feeling in abundance. Just be aware of that feeling. With 100% of your awareness, focusing just on that part of your body. Just being aware of it. noticing that the more awareness you get, the stronger that sensation becomes more relaxed, giving you more pleasure. And then you gain more confidence in your ability to relax deeply. Because if you can do it in one part of your body, you can feel relaxed and calm in every part of your body easily and naturally. Focusing again on that path, noticing how....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/16-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason and this is daily relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. So I've done a few of these. And I try and make each one different. Of course, there's, there's a crossover, there's a lap, you know, it's gonna crossover and be fairly similar in some ways to some of the others. That's just normal. As the subject matter, the topic, the goal is kind of the same for every session, which is to help you to feel more relaxed and calm, to help you to reduce your stress, to let go of the worries of the day, to help enable you to deal more comfortably with life's challenges. So it's, it's a mixture of different things. In the same way, it's hopefully, in its own way, will lead to a squeaky chair which my chairs just start to squeak. So I bet that it will lead to less stress during your union during the normal day. It will hopefully also lead to less episodes of panic, panic attacks, anxiety attacks, all those things associated with anxiety, including phobias, social phobias, you know, all those kinds of things which anxiety stress is part of so someone's got a phobia of flying, or they used to have a phobia of flying in a plane. So once you learn, and start to incorporate ways of relaxing ways of just daily, allowing yourself more time to calm down and to feel more in touch with your own physical feelings and also more in touch with how you are thinking, and how you emotionally feel. That in turn, allows you more space to actually make decisions, gives you choices ultimately, and choices can really transform your life when you realize that every second of every day, we actually can choose what we do next. And there's quite a it's quite a responsibility, I guess, in some ways. So the important thing, personally is to try and get to a situation in your mind where you can accept that you meant choices continuously. We're always making choices all through the day.
And but to go gentle on ourselves, you know, to just give yourself a break now and then to be just karma gentler, kinder to ourselves to be more forgiving. Be nice if you're able to be more forgiving towards yourself. It will Transform the life that will change things, it will be harder to get back into that mentality of anger and hatred and self lovin or whatever is going on that kind of negativity, that kind of poison thinking is reduced so much, when you're able to just have some forgiveness, you know, inside you, you know, they say in your heart, but I say everywhere, have forgiveness in your fingertips have forgiveness in your toes, you know, and it's not about forgiving other people, it's just generally having that available. Being able to just not give yourself such a hard time being able to just relax, and enjoy, accept that you're a human being. And no one's perfect. But we do have an opportunity, every second of every day, to change every second of every day, we can change we can
make a decision. No more that guy do this now. So it gives you your power back. It means you're not affecting. You are Victor. You're victorious, because you've chosen to take control of your own life. And it's not controllers trying to be controlling. Like someone might control and control another person. That control as in choices, allowing you to have more choices.
So by relaxing your mind and your body, gives you that space and opens up opens your mind up to new possibilities of living, new possibilities of thinking.
new possibilities of feeling opens up new options. It literally can transform your life. Why should say you can transform your life. Because you're the one doing it. You're the one deeply relaxed. You're the one that is making the most of this opportunity of being alive.
And you're the one that can make those decisions. every second of every day, you choose what you do next.
every second of every day. You choose to feel relaxed and calm, alert and open to the possibilities of the kind of life that maybe you've always dreamt of but never really believed before. But now, as you look into the future, you can see something different. But there's something there that maybe he didn't really believe before he didn't perhaps think was possible before. But now as you look into the future, you can see a different future.
One with more kindness a future With more love a future with more choices. A future with happiness. When you know that that futures there, when you know that, you can have that, because whatever you imagine,
it can be possible. Because your mind has now got it there, it now knows where it's heading towards its aiming. There's an old saying, with the darts player doesn't matter how good the darts player is, if you blindfold him or her, they're not going to be able to do much that they need to be able to see the future. I don't mean just visually. You know, if, if, for whatever reason you're visually impaired, I'm talking about seeing in your mind, feeling the future feeling a level of comfort, relaxation, serenity and happiness that maybe you've never thought was possible in the past. But now as you just imagine a future for yourself, and maybe for loved ones also.
You can see for yourself that and feel for yourself that there are possibilities available to you are amazing, are really, really life transforming. And these sessions can help you to move forward towards that future. Because relaxation can be the key to transformation. So if you're in a comfortable position, sitting down or lying down,
making sure that you're safe in case you fall asleep. So that you're supported. Close your eyes, it's safe to do so. I'm just going to focus on the different parts of your body, starting at the top of your head. Moving down, forehead, your eyes, your cheeks, a jaw, your mouth, your throat, your chest, just on the back of your neck, your shoulders, your arms and your hands fingers. The whole of your back from the top all the way down to your lower back. leading into your pelvic area. Your hips, your thighs, knees, moving all the way down to your ankles and your feet and your toes. Now starting at the top of your head, and imagine that you would just pour in liquid full of deep relaxation and is pour it down and can give it a color if you want. Maybe make the color sparkling. Maybe give it some sound. But just let it just pour deeply inside the hole in your scalp. Moving right the way down your body. starting to like your body was hollow, starting to fill up your feet. You can visualize it as if watching from outside but at the same time You can feel that sense of relaxation. Feel your toes, your feet. Moving up your ankles, feeling your shins and your calves and your knees. Healing relaxing liquid, filling up your thighs. You're growing your hips, your buttocks. Now filling up even more as it fills up your stomach and your lower back. The rest of your back as it moves up, including your chest. And as it continues to move up to your shoulders, it starts to overflow down your arms.
filling up your fingers, your hands, your wrists, your arms, elbows, your upper arms, your armpits, his shoulders, your throats in the back of your neck. Filling up full of deep relaxation. your jaw, your mouth, your tongue back of your head, the sides of your head, your eyes,
your forehead. And you can see it starts to overflow as it fills right to the top of your head and it starts to overflow of you face of your head, your hair on your skin, starting to cover all of your skin moving down your chest, the back of your neck, your back your shoulders, your arms, not heat and liquid covering your skin, your stomach, all the way down your legs, your feet, your arms and your hands. completely covering your body with a healing, calming relaxation, liquid. Naked notice that liquid starts to soak into your skin starts to soak deep in moving into all the different muscles. soaking into the muscles deep. relaxing in every single muscle in your body. The muscles on your toes, your feet, your legs, stomach, your chest, your back. muscles in your fingers, your hands, your wrists, your arms, your shoulders. Every single muscle being soaked. This heel in common, relaxing liquid soaks and relaxes each and every individual muscle so deeply in your shoulders, back of your neck or throat, the sides of your neck, your jaw, your tongue, your eyes and your forehead. Your entire scalp as the healing, relaxing liquid soaks deep into your muscles. And then notice how it soaks even deeper into your bones. Relaxing each and every bone completely with that relaxing liquid starting as you find Focus on your toes and your feet is that relaxing liquid sinks deep, deep into your feet into the bones, your feet, your ankles, your legs, your knees, your fingers, your hands, that relaxing liquid, deeply relaxing the bones of your fingers and your hands and your wrists, your arms, your ribs, your shoulders, the bones of your face, completely relaxing, even more than they were before. Your eyes sockets, your scalp, the whole of your head deeply, deeply relaxed. Now you can just feel that relaxing, liquid, soak even deeper, deeper, going deeper into your major organs relaxing all those parts of your inner body, the parts that you don't have access to
the parts that you trust completely to keep you safe, to keep you alive. The parts that you love and need to express that love towards because they're so important for you and your life. Focus on their healing, relaxing liquids soaking deep, deep inside you internally soaking into all those different organs, your liver....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/15-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to this daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks, this is I don't know what day is, is day 14 I think, which means I've been doing it for two weeks to two weeks, which I'm quite pleased about. The idea behind these sessions is to give yourself some time out every day for however long it is, whether it's 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 20 minutes, half an hour, whatever you can gather, you know, whatever time you can get together, to just allow yourself to relax, and to take that time out every day, guaranteed without fail. Even if you don't really do anything with that time. Just, it's a case of allowing yourself to have your own space, your own part of the day, where you're undisturbed, where you can just let go of door thoughts, feelings, memories, you know, anything that's going on in your mind, you can just let it go. For this period of time, the benefit of listening to these sessions is that you can actually just start to relax from the very beginning. From the very start, when you hear my voice, and you see my face on the videos, you can just instantly start to relax.
And there's something quite nice about this. Giving yourself some space to really let go. Just allowing yourself just some time to notice how you're feeling physically and emotionally. So I'd like you to get yourself into a comfortable position.
lying down on a comfortable surface, maybe a flat surface like a bed or sofa or sitting in a comfortable chair, one that will support your body. And also, in the event of you falling asleep, you need to be sitting in a chair that will support you. It's safe for you to fall asleep. And although this session isn't necessarily aimed at cause knew to just drift off into deep healing natural sleep. That may be the results of you letting go. Because what we sometimes notice is when you actually get in touch with how you physically feel letting go of that tension that maybe you didn't even know was
there. Can we really have an extremely calming effect and you can sometimes end up just dozing off, falling asleep. drifting away. And it's natural first step to sometimes happen or died that isn't necessarily what we're here for.
This is about relaxation. And then whatever happens after that relaxation is really, for you to find out I guess or for you to experience. At the end of this session I will count from, I don't know, let's say, one to three. And I will ask you to open your eyes at the end of it, and to be fully alert. But of course, you can ignore those suggestions if you choose and just drift off or continue to drift and sleep. It's up to you. So once you're in a comfortable position, please close your eyes if it's safe for you to do so.
I'd like you to get in contact with your body. just noticing the weight of your body against the bed. Not just that a bed or the sofa. Wherever you're lying on or the chair supporting the full weight of your body. You can notice how that feels. So if you line down you can feel the bed or sofa on your back, your buttocks, backs of your legs, supporting your feet, your ankles. And you put your arms, maybe your arms on your body or maybe their sides of you. Of course your head being supported maybe by a pillow or cushion if you're lying down. And if you're sitting in a chair, you can feel your body being supported by the chair, support supporting the buttocks, backs of your thighs. Maybe you can feel the bottoms of your feet against the floor and the chair support supporting your back. You feel your back resting against the chair as your back is straight and supported.
Maybe resting your hands on your lap, which is what I'm doing right now. allowing my thighs just to take the weight of my hands. Allow my shoulders to feel relaxed and calm. And you can just be aware of your eyes, your eyelids. You can be aware of not just the outsides of your eyes, but actually, you can follow that feeling. You can follow that sensation of where your eyes begin and follow it all the way inside your eye. Moving inside your eye socket and moving inside to a place that you can feel but you can't quite point out where that feeling is because it's inside your head. So you don't have access. But you can feel it you have the sensation. sensation can really lead to your eyes feeling more relaxed, uncomfortable. And you can push your eyebrows up. Which in turn not just only stretches your eyelids causing him to relax even more, but also to stretch your forehead. This Again, if your forehead gets stretched, which then puts that focus on relaxing your forehead and moving down to your jaw, you can really focus on your jaw. Maybe it's a little bit, open your mouth maybe just slightly. So you're not trying to do anything but just allowing it to relax gradually. And like your eyes, I'd like you to focus on where your jaw begins the first physical sensation of your jaw. Maybe that's triggered by the air near your face. Or maybe when you move your mouth around, you can really get more of a sense of the outside of your jaw. But this time, I'd like you to follow that physical sensation of your jaw and go deeper. Following that feeling. Of course, jaw contains your mouth, your gums, your teeth, your tongue. Just being aware of that feeling as you really follow it deep into the bone. just noticing, noticing how much more relaxed your jaw becomes. When you focus deeper, it's as if those muscles those unseen, hidden muscles start to relax, causing your jaw to relax even more. And with every body part that we focus on during this session
as we focus on that part, becoming more relaxed, all the other parts that we've already mentioned, such as your eyes, and your jaw will become even more relaxed continuously throughout the entire time that we spend together today. That can really trigger more feelings of relaxation in your body than maybe you're prepared for a deeper level of comfort, calmness with the intention of really appreciating this opportunity that you have to deeply relax those parts of your body that you choose not only on the surface, but deep, deep inside as you focus now on your shoulders, but not just the outsides of your shoulders and not just the muscles of the shoulders. We're going to focus more deeply traveling deep inside the shoulders, through the bones noticin where the feeling of the shoulders starts just allowing yourself to follow that physical sensation of your shoulders, deep into the muscle and deep into the bones of your shoulders
because more aware of how it feels for you now and how you can experience these feelings of relaxation. The deeper you delve, the deeper your focus the deeper the relaxation that is triggered by you. Now moving to the back of your neck.
And as we focus on the back of your neck, your eyes, your jaw, and your shoulders will continue to feel even more relaxed, both on the surface and into the muscles and the bones of your eyes all the way into the eye sockets inside your skull causing a sense of relaxation and calmness which may feel different from previous times where you can feel relaxed naturally. And instantly, every time you hear my voice or see my face on a video is a trigger for you to naturally feel more comfort both emotionally and physically. As you focus on the back of your neck. You can feel that connection with your shoulders. And it's as if that relaxation from your shoulders is spreading from your shoulders into the back of your neck as well as the back of your head as well. Moving into your scalp
not just relaxing the muscles on the outside. But digging deeper, deeper, deeper into the muscles inside. And moving all the way from the back of your neck into your spine, relaxing the spine and relaxing all the muscles of your spine.
remembering how important the spine is as it moves from your brain all the way down your body connecting everything together.
by relaxing your spine the rest of your body has no choice but to feel relaxed. Rest your body must feel calm. deeply, unnaturally letting go of all stresses and strains and issues from the past. And then only focusing on now focusing on how you feel as you move down your spine
right from the top of your spine. You can actually get a sense of how far the spine actually goes up as it connects to your brain. sense of connectedness that you knows there can now be experienced in a physical way, and an emotional way with awareness
and imagination, as you imagine what it feels like to travel through your spine. Moving from the top all the way down and then back all the way up to the top again, into your brain. And those sensations of your spine lead to just complete, complete relaxation for you entire back. Those feelings of relaxation also spread down your arms, your hands, your fingers, all the way down your chest and your stomach, your hips, your legs, and your feet. As you imagine each part of your body with that connection from your spine, a sense of deep relaxation, moving from your spine to age and every part of your body triggering deep healing, natural relaxation. You can just notice those feelings in your back from the top of your back all the way down, including your middle of your back. And of course, your lower back
part of you which is connected to your hips, parts you that possibly takes the most strain at the entire back possibly does the most work your lower back responsible for taking the weight of your upper body responsible for helping you to walk. responsible for keeping you comfortable. For moving your body from side to side. your lower back can really be a focus of attention when it comes....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/14-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason new land.com. My name is Jason, this is your daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. The idea of these sessions really is to not just give you techniques where you can reduce anxiety and stress in those moments that you require them. It's also an opportunity to daily, do something different, to take a few minutes out your day, maybe 20 minutes, maybe half an hour depends on how long the session lasts. Giving yourself some space out of the day, given yourself, you time, you know, just for you, where you don't have to think about anything else. Don't have to think about any body else. Don't have to plan anything, don't have to do anything really is just some time for you. And I think that's important that we all have that we don't all put the effort in to make that time. Back can be just as guilty as anyone else for forgetting to take that time out.
But it is important for you for your health, for your mental well being for your physical well being. So although it is a choice, of course, like everything else,
is a choice. It's something that is important for you to do. To take time out of your day, just for a short period. One of the benefits, one of many of listening to these videos, these mp3 is is it everything goes into your mind. Even those things that maybe didn't really take much notice of or wasn't particularly interested in, goes in there, it all sticks in there. And then your mind uses what is necessary, what is needed, what is helpful. What is useful to you and your life is then processed is then used is then put into action. For those moments that you need, it just makes your life a little bit easier to deal with. Because you're then ready for whatever
happens naturally and effortlessly. Something in your mind just kicks in and you're able to deal with things in a more relaxed
way. Allowing you to feel karma within yourself regardless of what's going on. Because the most important thing is that you're able to hold on to your own sense of self. No matter what's happening around you, outside you in your life with people you care about and love. You still need to be able to hold on and be in touch with yourself. Because ultimately, you're the person who's responsible for your own well being.
You are your own guardian. And as I think quite an important thing to remember.
You need to take care of yourself. I'm not talking about eating well or all of those things because I guess
Let's start with that is obvious, but also taking care of yourself emotionally, for me, is possibly the most important thing you could ever do.
By watching these videos by listening to various different sessions that I've done, it all fits in together, it's all connected in some way, which moves towards allowing you to have more freedom. more freedom, to think, for yourself more freedom, not just to think for yourself, because we all can think. But it's being able to have that space in your mind, where you can just step back. That space, which is yours, nobody else can get inside there. It's your space, it's your mind, no one can control your mind,
you have the sole access to your mind. When you listen to my sessions, you give me permission to be part of your mind, for the time that we're here together. But ultimately, it's your mind. You're in control of your mind, you're responsible for your mind.
So you need to be able to just take that time, out every day, to rejuvenate yourself, to love yourself, to show yourself that you care. Because sometimes, we can be so busy helping other people that we forget, and we neglect ourselves.
And that's not fair. It's not fair on you. There's enough love to go around for everyone. There's enough kindness in your heart, for yourself and for others. But it must be for yourself. There's no point being kind to everyone else. Unless you're being kind to yourself.
Because ultimately, if you're not being kind to yourself, that's just abuse. That's unkind and it's not on telling you off, I'm telling you off now, be kind to yourself waggling my finger, you must be kind to yourself, you must show yourself love. It's not an option. Nearly everything I say is an option. Nearly everything I say is you can feel this way you can do this. When it comes to being kind to yourself, and loving yourself as a must. not an option. There's no conversation needed for this. It's not a case of you must and let's talk about it is a case of you must, and how can you do it? If you're not loving yourself already, how can you get to the point where you are loving yourself, or where you are showing yourself more kindness. And you can start by giving yourself some time every day where you can reflect where you can meditate where you can be mindful, you know, all those kinds of things. It's kind of a mixture. These sessions are a mixture of lots of different mental states mental states as in thoughts as in feelings as in energy within your mind and your body connected as it is. to a point where you feel different. That's the whole point is when you watch these videos and you listen to these videos or the mp3 is you feel different. You may not know why you feel different. But ultimately, you feel different in a positive way you feel something's changed in your mind. And in your body, something, a feeling of comfort in your chest and your stomach, a lightness. And do shoulders can feel looser as this. I know it's an old cliche, but as if you actually have less something off, like you're carrying something around before, and now you've just dropped it. You let it just roll off your shoulders onto the floor, and you just walked away. And your shoulders feel so much more relaxed. Because sometimes you don't realize how stressed your body parts are into you relax those body parts. That's when you you can think Wait a minute. They really were stressed. It's like we're so a massage issue. If you someone said aren't, you want to massage your massage your neck or your back, and you say, No, fine, I don't need a massage. And then they, they sort of want to do it anyway, and you let them and you realize then how tense your muscles are. You didn't realize before. Because you're so used to be in that way to use, you're accustomed to it. But when they start digging their fingers into the muscles and massaging the different tissues and your back and in your neck and your shoulders, and you start to have that experience of comfort and with pleasure isn't it, even if it hurts a little bit when they're doing it as the tension starts to get released. In your shoulders, your back and your and your neck. There's a degree of pleasure is there that relief? You know, it's simplistic way would be when you've got gas and you've managed to relieve the gas, by burping or whatever. There's that comfort you have. And even though most of the time you feel not getti when you do get their guests out,
you feel nice. But isn't it funny how we don't appreciate necessarily as much that feeling when we had it most of the time. Certainly when you take away the feeling that we realize that that feeling was nice. And we want it back. You know the feeling of comfort, the feeling not of not having gas. The same way as a headache. You know, perhaps we're not so conscious and aware and grateful of our head when it's fine. But when you have a headache, you really really want that headache gone. Or when it does go. Maybe you take some headache tablets or maybe you do some hypnosis for a headache, pain. Maybe you go to sleep and you wake up and it's gone.
And you just feel wonderful, is a wonderful feeling of relief and release. And it can be quite a weird sensation really, in a sense of it feels really nice because your heads loose and light.
But before the headache, probably most of the time your head was in the same position, maybe the same feeling but you didn't notice it didn't appreciate it. didn't enjoy that feeling because you won't focus in on the nice feelings that you have. And the more often you focus on those comfortable feelings, those comfortable parts of your body, the more relaxed you'll feel. Because the more you'll have those feelings because you get used to it. You're consciously start to really expect to feel more comfort in expectation is such a powerful thing. So if you expect to wake up feeling relaxed, calm and alert if you really expect that There's a good chance that's what's going to happen. When you listen to my sessions, when you, before you press play on any of my videos, really, you can expect, if you've watched them in the past, you can expect to feel relaxed, to feel calmer, both mentally, physically and emotionally. And it's natural, because that will happen. Even if it's not a relaxation session, even if it's a session for chronic pain, or tinnitus, or it could be anything something about eating, diet or smoking, you're still going to have that level of relaxation naturally occur, because that's what you expect. Because that's what you've got as your normal reaction to watching or listening to my voice. Something changes in your brain, something kicks in, it's a trigger, to just calm down to just let go. or not, although I can't give you permission to relax and let go. You've given yourself permission to relax completely, and your body and your mind. Whenever you hear my voice. You're the person that's giving yourself permission for that
to happen. So what else could you give yourself permission to do? Give yourself permission to take time out every day. Without fail. Every day, even if it's only for five or 10 minutes, allow yourself that time.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/13-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason. This is your daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. So I'd like to start by just getting in touch of how you physically feel. So before we start the session, I'd like you, if you can please find a comfortable place to lie down or Sit in a comfortable chair. Making sure that if you do fall asleep, the chair will support you. So, and also the bed or sofa
wherever you decide to lay down. And now close your eyes if it's safe for you to do so.
Another watch or listen to my sessions if it's safe to close your eyes. Just get in touch of how you feeling the top of your head. Your forehead, your eyelids, eyeballs, muscles around your eyes, your mouth, tongue, your jaw, your throat, sides of your neck and the back of your neck. shoulders. tops of your arms, your elbows, your forearms, your wrists, your hands and your fingers. Your chest, your stomach, up the back. The middle of your back. your lower back. Your hips, your buttocks, your groin, thighs, your knees. shins, your calf muscles, your ankles, the tops of your feet. The bottom of your feet, your heels and your toes. Just being aware without trying to cause or force relaxation because relaxation can't be forced. It can happen naturally. It can be caused Of course by using various relaxation techniques. But it needs to be gentle. Need To Be kind to yourself. showing yourself love Again, I'd like you to focus from the top of your head all the way down to your toes. This time, I'm not going to mention the individual parts. I'm just gonna focus on the main chunks. So focus on your head, the top your head to your neck. Now focus in trimmer neck all the way down to your hips, all of your torso including your arms and hands. Now focusing on your hips, all the way down your legs, your feet and toes. Just noting, just being aware, mindful of how you feel. No matter imagine there's a small hole in the top of your head.
You can just go inside your own head. And notice how your brain fills as you move around your skull, just notice how it fills maybe you can visualize being gentle and kind and loving. just noticing how your brain is inside your skull. And now you can leave your skull sealing up the hole on the top of your head.
Now you can just make a small hole in your mind making in your back on top of your back and you can just go inside your body, your torso.
You can just move around your body with your lungs, your heart,
kidneys, your liver, your spine to send your mind just traveling around your abdominal region. Just being aware of how those parts feel.
She's just gently lovingly explore the contents of your torso is being aware of your heart beating and pumping blood around your body. Healing liquid gives you life. Maybe you can just stand to inside your heart. Just feel what it's like to be connected to the power of your body. A power source as you gently observe and lovingly become part of yourself Maybe flowing with the blood being part of the blood as it flows
to the different parts of your body. You can travel with that blood
traveling down your legs, until fate. Just seeing how it all connects how your heart and your toes Connect. You can travel now from your heart into your fingers. noticing how your heart in your arms, your hands and your fingers Connect. Now you can travel to your brain, the place where you already were before. This time, instead of being outside your brain, you can travel into your brain
with blood that healing nectar of life which is your blood, which is you, you are your blood traveling inside your body, traveling into your brain inside your brain.
just observing gently and lovingly inside your brain noticing we can see canister you can experience as well as being aware of the connectivity of everything within you.
Mind, your brain, your heart, your feet, a toes, your fingers. And everything is all connected within you. Everything has its place and its role. And you're part of the fact you're all there is this is you know, amazing, are you to have all this happening for you. all day, every day. From the minute you're born, your body is working just for you. To give you life. This kind of awareness is maybe a bit unusual in some ways. But there's something about being aware. And acknowledging that there's more going on than perhaps we notice on a day to day basis. There's so much more happening
can be quite a wonderful experience to actually take some time out and notice and acknowledge and maybe even thank those parts of your body. So that's what we're going to do now. And go from the top of your head, all the way down to your toes. We're going to think that parts of your body just say thank you and acknowledging and thanking each part of your body for doing all that it does for you each and every day and has done from the moment You're born. So this is an opportunity for you to show your appreciation and love towards yourself. Starting with the top of your head, thinking your skull, top of your head, the sides and the back of your head hole of your skull that protects your brain.
Just say thank you focus in on your eyes. such an important amazing thing to have. So thank you eyes now. Thank you. Moving down to your nose, thank you in your nose for the ability to smell and to be able to breathe for your nose. To thank your nose for all that it does for you.
Thank you, thank you in your mouth. And your tongue, the teeth, the jaw, your gums, the whole of your mouth. Thanking it for allowing you to eat, allowing you to chew, allowing you to swallow allowing you to talk allowing you to sing and communicate and to taste. Thank you in your mouth. Now. Thank you moving down to your throat. And thank your throat for all that it does pay allows the oxygen to move from your mouth and nose into your lungs also allows the food and liquid to move from your mouth into your body to be used for energy and to heal your body. So think in your throat now. Thank you for focusing on your ears. Being aware of just how important your ears have been from the minute you're born and thanking your ears for being able to hear being able to communicate, being able to enjoy music and other auditory things. And you can say thank you now to your ears.
Thank you Now as we focus on your chest focusing in on your lungs and your heart. Those things that give you life oxygen and blood. lifeforce which allows you to enjoy being alive and also enjoy helping other people. So, you can say thank you, to your heart and to your lungs and your chest.
Thank you. Now you can move down say thank you to liver to kidneys and all the other major organs in size your body, you can thank
thank you for keeping you alive. Thank you for allowing you to be healthy. Now, thank you, we can move down to your stomach, abdominal region, the digestive parts such an important path, you digest the food, or the food is converted and moved around
and also moved to be removed from your body. Thinking that parts of your body the keeping you alive all these years for allowing you to live allowing you to digest your food allowing the waste to be separated and removed from your body. Allowing that food that you eat to be converted into energy
used to heal your body. And to keep all of the major organs functioning. You can say thank you now. Thank you moving down to your groin. This is a part that quite often is left out in relaxation sessions just because of it being connected with sex and adult topics, you know. But the fact is, if it wasn't for this part of your body, the human race would be extinct. So let's thank this power. Let's fact not just for the sexual part, the sexual function involves so being able to urinate,
being able to get rid of that waste allowing you to have a healthy life also to experience pleasure, physical and emotional pleasure and closeness well as reproducing and creating more human beings to love Moving down to the part of your body, lower part your legs, your fate. Although this isn't internal organs, your legs and feet are just so important
for your life and hopefully, you've lived a life with full ability to use your legs and feet.
Of course some people haven't. So therefore, we can feel lucky to have the ability look and feel grateful for having the ability to walk
and to feel and maybe use your legs for more things and just walk in, maybe you're involved in some kind of sport which requires the use of your legs so you can be thankful of that as well. So this Thank you legs now. Thank you. Lastly, let's think your spine that part of you that connects everything together connects your brain to all those parts of your body. Thank you spine. Now for all that it's done for you from the moment you were born.
Thank you This something quite nice about taking a bit time out to just think those parts of your body and know that have focused on every single part. So maybe you can do that yourself. You can fill in the gaps if there are any. You can notice what parts you wish to focus on the parts you wish to think the most. And I'll be quiet for 30 seconds. And you can do that now. Go through the different parts of your body that you appreciate the most.
Focus on them. And then just thank them now Okay, This now brings us to the end of this daily relaxation session.
I'm going to count from one to three. When I get to three, you can open your eyes feeling alert, aware, full of energy and completely relaxed. One to becoming more aware of your surroundings and how you physically feel knowing that every time you hear my voice or see my videos, you will naturally and instantly feel relaxed....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/12-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason new land.com. My name is Jason, this is your daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. So, before we start, I'd like you to get yourself into a comfortable position. Whether it's lying down on a flat surface comfortable one, maybe it's a so far or your bed. Or maybe you decided to sit down in a chair. Make sure it's a safe chair with sides, ideally. So, you, if you did fall asleep, you wouldn't fall off here, secure. Allow yourself
maybe 20 minutes or so of time for yourself, to allow yourself to let go and have a break, you know, from the day to day, hustle and bustle.
So, I'd like you to close your eyes if it's safe for you to do so. And quite often, I'd start off by focusing on your body, getting in touch with how you physically feel right now. But I think today I'm going to focus on your mind is focused on your mind, let's just ignore the body for now. Because as we all know, everything is controlled in your mind. So any feeling you have in your left foot is created in your mind. Not as a thought but as an actual stimulation. You know, and, but also there's a thought because what I've mentioned your left foot Where did your focus go? Went to left foot. So everything comes from the mind. Pleasure all kinds of different pleasure whether it's intimate, sexual, physical, whether it's just emotional. You know, it's it comes from the mind. Of course, there's more going on than there is outside triggers and stimuli is and you know, everything else. And you know, all depends on what's going on around you and the situation you're in the thoughts that you're experiencing. So, I guess I'm just wondering what's going on in your mind right now? Maybe you're just thinking, What's this bloke talking about? He just waffling on about my mind.
Maybe you're just thinking about something that you will think about before. Maybe there's something on your mind. There's just been bugging you or pestering you or just one of those things that just clings on and and your mind goes around around in circles. But no solution seems to come it's just it seems to stay a problem. nothing more than a problem. And then turns into discomfort I guess is a light word to use. The what happens if you actually do take some time out. And you allow yourself to just focus on your mind. You can realize the expanse of your mind just how massive It really is. Because instead of focusing in on one thing, let's say the thing that may be was on your mind previously, the It was maybe bugging you or worrying you or it's something that had your concern and your attention. When you focus in on something like that, it's sometimes feels and seems and looks bigger than it actually is. If you were in a satellite with, or if you had a telescope and you're in a space station or something, you could focus down onto the double decker bus, or went to a car. And if you didn't know better, you could say, Oh, that's, that's what the plan is, it's a car. That is the planet. Because your telescope is so powerful, maybe so you in that space station using the most powerful telescope in the world, or in space. And you focus in on a planet and you want to say, Well, I want to see what's what the planet is, want to see what what Earth is, what's enough what's on the earth. And you end up focusing on a Ford cortiva car
or on a rhinoceros,
you know, you managed to go to a zoo, where you see a gorilla, or you see, you know, whatever it is. You think, oh, that's what the that's what the plan is. It's a gorilla. It's a rhinoceros. It's a Ford Cortina. It's a car or it's a double decker bus. It's a letterbox. And that's what we do when it comes to things like worrying and concerns and
pain and suffering and all that stuff, when in fact, actually the suffering is a result of that. We have a tendency of focusing on one thing, and it's an amazing ability to be able to focus because, after all, hypnosis is about focusing. So I'm not down in the idea to be able to focus because it's a wonderful ability that we all experience and all possess. But to be able to pull back, not D focus, but just change the focus, pull back, so you can actually see
more
than just that one thing. And if you're in space, you can change how the magnification of the telescope is to the point where you can see more things. spatially, you can not just see the the double decker bus sort of Ford car, you can see the other cars near it. It may be you can see the houses, the trees, as you pull back your focus, you can see more and more. So no longer would you think to yourself that the earth is a call in the same way as your brain, your mind and your life. It's not just this issue. This worry that you might have had this thing that might have been stressing you Your mind is much more than that your life is way way way more than one thought. No matter how their thought may have affected you in the past. Your life is bigger than that. Your mind is absolutely massive. I'm trying to think of I suppose the only two comparisons really with the mind would be space you know infinity
in a sense your mind Creating thoughts like planets like stars, creating continuously creating more ideas, more connections within your brain. Improving your knowledge, improving your education continuously, every day that you're alive, you learn more about the world about yourself. And your brain grows, your mind expands, whether you wanted to or not, your mind is continuously growing. And you're continuously learning to deal with certain aspects of your life that you could deal with really easily. Just think about it. There are things now that you can deal with really easily, that maybe 10 or 20 years ago, or when you were a child, seemed impossible to deal with. But now you can just deal with it quickly, precisely. And effortlessly. Because you know, the integrate scheme of things, you know, that those things are not all encompassing. those thoughts, those issues, those problems, do not define you as a person, because your mind is bigger than that.
And this is something you can do with stress, with anxiety with panic attacks, of all the, you know, the reason why these sessions are made. because your mind is too big. For those things to have any control. From now on, you won't be able to allow stress, to bully you the way it used to. Because that's all it is really in a sense that something is controlling your life or you feel like something is controlling your life in a negative way. Then that's bullying, isn't it? It's not what we classed as a bully. Something that makes us do, or act or believe or experience or feel something that we dislike. It's uncomfortable, that hurts, it's painful. Think about that. Things you can change. You realize with an expansive mind, an ever growing mind. Quite the opposite happens. Instead of that thing being so big. And all encompassing that issue being there. Like the only thing that you could see before, now you have to really focus to find it. Because there's so much more space. It's like you've just readjusted your mind, the telescope maybe in your mind. Your perception, just gradually, in instantly, just finely tuned. So that you experience your mind differently, but not in a fake way or in a made up way. But in a natural way, in the way that your mind really is. expansive, huge, full of wonderful things. full of wonderful memories. full of possibilities. Creativity,
you are
creative. As a human being. Your mind is one big creative bubble. Continuously creating ideas. Every time you have an idea it's a creation.
And you know when you create something you also have the choice to destroy it as well. If you choose. You can draw a picture you've created it. But if you decide to rip the picture up and put in the bin, you can Because you know that you can draw another picture. Or maybe you've made a mistake and you want to do it again want to do another one, you can do that with your mind. So if there's something in your mind, it's causing you distress. That's something that you've created, you created that thought in your mind. So maybe you can create something else to take its place.
And get rid of that one. And I wonder what it feels like. As you experience your mind expanding noticin maybe for a second, without really paying attention away from your mind. But just noticing that you notice
in your peripheral, your body is now much more relaxed than it was before.
Notice how easy that was. By having to focus on any part of your body. Just allowing yourself to just be inside your mind without having to focus on anything, but just be in there is a healing experience. Just being with yourself. accepting yourself can really give you something quite special. It's a gift. Because the best present best gift that you ever receive
is what you've had your whole life. Your mind is the most powerful thing in the world, your mind. By trust in by being kind to yourself. By allowing your mind to just relax and let go. You can transform your life and your future will be much happier than it would have been otherwise.
Because you deserve to be happy. Because you're a wonderful person full of kindness and love. Do you have the ability to not only transform your life but you can transform other people's lives. Just through being kind just through showing love just from being yourself. Come to the end of this session today. I don't know about you but I'm feeling really relaxed.
Really, really relaxed. This is if my body and mind just one. Just one thing, just one piece of energy. Just sit in here. You know if there was any worries in my mind before I started this session, they've completely disappeared.....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/11-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason. and this is your Daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. That's a mouthful, and it really should have come up with a shorter title. Anyway, the idea of these sessions is just to have something new every day focused, ads really just relaxing. Because what's more important than that, it's pretty much a life changing thing, if you're able to do it, if you have trouble relaxing, or any kinds of problems of stress, or anxiety or panic attacks, it's very, it can be very limiting, emotionally and physically at times. So the idea of this is to offer some something just on a daily basis, which you can use, listen to, and can offer something a little bit different from what you would normally get. So you know, I'm not one of these people that just does a relaxation hit hypnosis session, and then that's it. I don't do any more, I do loads I like to give choice. Besides, there's so many different things that can be done, it's impossible to do it in one session, to do it in one video. And also, it's nice to offer different ways, different angles of looking at things that might be suitable for some people that others might not be suitable for. Because we've all got our own likes and dislikes, and those things that benefit us the most. So that's what this is about, trying to help people. So I've done a few of these, I think this is the 10th day now of these daily sessions. And what I'm going to do is just get straight into actually just do a very basic, very basic, very simple relaxation technique, we're going to use the counting. So basically, use counting down for every body part. And so we're going to start if you can find yourself a comfortable place to sit or sit or lie down somewhere where you you know, a comfortable remembering that you can change how you physically move in, you know, you can move yourself around if you need to. You don't have to stay in one position, and be uncomfortable because that's pointless to do that. The idea is for you to feel relaxed. If you're sitting in the chair, make sure that you Okay, in case you fall asleep, so make sure you don't fall out the chair, so you're safe. So if you'd like to close your eyes, if it's safe for you to do so. Give yourself a few seconds of just settling in being aware of how you feel. That's how I'd like you to first of all, start by noticing how your eyes feel. I'm just going to say the words relax, counted down from 10 down to one just for your eyes. Now and you can count along with me, or you can just follow the instructions and allow your eyes to relax. And every number I count down you'll find yourself feeling
twice as relaxed. 10 relax your eyes. Nine relax your eyes. Eight relax your eyes. Seven relax your eyes. Six will relax your eyes. Five relax your eyes for relax your eyes. Three. Relax your eyes to relax your eyes. One relax your eyes. Now focusing on your jaw and every time I count down from 10 down to one, each number your jaw will feel twice as relaxed. Now 10 relax your jaw.
No
relax your jaw. I relax your jaw. Seven. Relax your jaw. Six. Relax your jaw. Five. Relax your jaw. Four. Relax your jaw. Three. Relax your jaw to relax your jaw. One. Relax your jaw. Now we're going to focus the back of your neck count down from 10
all the way down to one of each number your back of your neck the muscles in the back of your neck will feel twice as relaxed. Which each number by countdown.
Now
10 relax the back of your neck. Nine relax the back of your neck. Eight. Relax the back of your neck. Seven relaxed the back of your neck. Six relaxed the back of your neck. Five relax the back of your neck.
For
relax the back of your neck to re relaxed the back of your neck to relaxed the back of your neck. One relaxed the back of your neck. Now we're going to focus on your shoulders. Every number we count down from 10 to one. Your shoulders will feel twice as relaxed. Now 10 relax your shoulders. Nine. Relax your shoulders. Eight. Relax your shoulders. Seven. Relax your shoulders. Six. Relax your shoulders. Five. Relax your shoulders. For relax your shoulders. Three. Relax your shoulders to relax your shoulders. One. Relax your shoulders. Now I want you to focus on your hands. Every time I count from 10 all the way down to one. Your hands will feel twice as relaxed with every number you hear. Now 10 relax your hands. Nine relax your hands. Eight. Relax your hands. Seven. Relax your hands. Six. Relax your hands. Five relax your hands. For relax your hands. Three relax your hands to relax your hands. One relax your hands. Now I'd like you to focus on your stomach. Your lower abdominal region. Every time I count a number of 10 down to one. Your stomach feel twice as relaxed now 10 relax your stomach nine Relax your stomach. Eight relax your stomach. Seven relax your stomach sakes. Relax your stomach. Five relax your stomach for relax your stomach. Three. Relax your stomach to relax your stomach.
One.
Relax your stomach. Now I'd like you to focus on your lower back. And as I count down from 10 all the way down to one. Each number you hear will cause your lower back to feel twice as relaxed.
Now 10 relax your lower back. Nine. Relax your lower back. Relax your lower back. Seven relax. your lower back sakes. Relax. your lower back. Five. Relax. He will lower back for relax, he'll lower back. Three relax your lower back to relax your lower back. One relax your lower back. Now I'd like you to focus on your legs. Counting down all the way down from 10 to one and each number you hear me say who cause your legs to feel twice as relaxed now 10 relax your legs nine relax your legs. Eight relax your legs. Seven relax your legs. Six. Relax your legs. Five. Relax your legs
for
relax your legs. Three. Relax your legs to relax your legs. One, relax, show legs. Now, I'd like you to focus on your feet including your toes, tops of your feet and the bottom of your feet
and your heels. That's a count down from 10 all the way down to one. Each number you hear me say will cause your feet to feel twice as relaxed instantly. Now to relax your fate. Nine relax your feet. Eight relax your feet. Seven relax your fate. Six. Relax your feet. Five relax your feet. Four. Relax your fate. Three. Relax your fate. To relax your fate. One. Relax your fate. Now Now we're going to focus on your spine. Starting inside your brain, moving all the way down your body.
such an important part of your body connecting everything together. apart that needs to be loved and cared for. And you can show this love by giving it some relaxation and as a countdown from 10 all the way down to one. Each number you hear me say will trigger deep relaxation to double the sense of comfort that your spine will fail in steadily and naturally. Now to relax your spine nine relax your spine. Eight relax your spine. Seven relax your spine. Six. Relax your spine. Five. Relax your spine. Four. Relax your spine. Three. Relax your spine to relax your spine. Why? Relax your spine. Now we're going to focus on your skin. The biggest organ of your body is your skin covering every part of you. As I count down from 10 all the way down to one of every number you hear me say your skin in every part of your body will relax twice as deeply allowing you to feel amazing. All over
now
10 relax your skin. Nine relax your skin. I relax your skin. Seven relax your skin. Six. Relax your skin. Five. Relax your skin for relax your skin to re relax your skin to relax your skin. One relax your skin. Now the last thing we're going to do is to now focus on your mind. Although your mind will now feel deeply relaxed, same as your entire body. Now feels deeply relaxed.
I'm going to count down from 10 all the way down to one ah number you hear me say would trigger your mind to become twice as relaxed instantly and naturally.
Now 10 relax your mind nine relax your mind I relax your mind. Seven relax your mind. Six relax your mind. Five relax your mind for relax your mind to re relax your mind to relax your mind will relax your mind. Now we're at the end of this deep relaxation session. I'm going to count from one to three. And you can wake alert. Eyes open, feeling wonderfully relaxed and calm.
Fees yeah stick to enjoy the rest of your day. Feeling amazing.
One to becoming more aware of your surroundings, your body feels completely relaxed. Knowing that any time you wish to feel comfortable and calm you can just do the same as what we've done here. What you can read listen to the video or mp3 session. Every time you hear my voice or see my face on a video....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/10-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason, this is a daily relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. When I say stress, anxiety and panic attacks, I'm just trying to cover like a big spectrum of situations where someone might need or be helped by a relaxation session. And the other reason I put that title is because I myself used to have extreme panic attacks when I was younger, and I still have them sometimes I still get anxious still get stressed and stuff. So I have, I have ways of dealing with those things. But there was a time when my whole life collapsed because of it. Because, you know, this is back in 2002, ended 2002. And it lasted for quite a while. My what I learned from that is a few things. Don't ignore what your body's telling you, you may not understand what your body's telling you, but don't ignore. So if you're, for example, example, if you're feeling dizzy, or feeling overwhelmed, physically struggling to catch your breath or something like that, stop what you're doing, he can if you're driving, pull over if you're if you're working, and you're doing something and you'll tell your boss, team leader or if you are the team leader, tell someone you work with the you're taking some time out, even if it's a case of just sitting down for 10 minutes, and just getting aware of how you feeling. If you have trouble breathing, if you had trouble with your chest, any pains or anything, get that scene straight away. Unless you know the cause of it, if you know that it's muscle, then you know if you know what the call is, and it's fine, then that's okay. Or if you've got angina, and you know, you just need to take tablets to help that. But find out the cause find out if there's something going on other than stress or anxiety or panic. With my situation, I did that I went to the doctors and was told there's nothing wrong with me. I was told it was just stress. And I was put on antidepressants. I was first of all put an anti war blockers, beta blockers off in the cold and antidepressants, which have been on a few times before. So if you do going back to if you do have those kinds of feelings, take a step back from what you're doing. Have a break from what you're doing. Don't just battle through regardless, you're not worse at it unless you are on the battlefield. You know, I was gonna say we're not on a battlefield or in the trenches or anything but of course, some people are there are people out there that are in the Army's in the armed forces. So unless you're in that kind of situation, where you've got no choice but to go forward, do stop and take a step back. Give yourself space. You know, if you are in the armed forces and you're having these feelings, then I would say it's really important to also let other people know and contact whoever your Sergeant is or whatever. Because it could be really damaging not just for you for others as well. But I'm not here to talk about the military Armed Forces because I don't know much about that stuff. why I'm here to talk about is no panic, anxiety, stress, anxiety and panic. They're all intermingled, they're all part of the same. Same little gift.
The can the gift that nobody wants. It's it's a powerful thing. It's a powerful package. And it's very unusual because I remember when I first had my first Panic Attack I didn't know as a panic attack. And then also realized later on that it wasn't the first one I've ever had. I just hadn't recognized what they were. Because I just sold it through and ignored it. Thinking it was just shortness of breath. You know, I remember I was in a nightclub back in 1999, or 2000. And I was I had to come out because I couldn't breathe. I just put it down to people smoking because I've given up cigarettes, I put it down to that and it was on I was overwhelmed by the smoke. And I was struggling to breathe and booze. Not in a didn't have any pains or anything, it was just you know, and it was a panic attack. And I was all fuzzy and dizzy in my head and, you know, thoughts racing and stuff like that. But with the bipolar, which I have, I have times when my thoughts are racing, a million miles an hour, might sound weird, considering the house quietly, maybe how slowly I talk. But don't always talk this slowly. Generally, I think this is kind of my demeanor is to be quite slow. But at times when I'm just like, really everywhere, but less, less less than before. So it's a case to start with, I would say, of just being aware of where you are. That's why some of the mindfulness techniques or sessions that I've done so far, can help you to be more in touch with where you are. Because for me, I think the things that helped me most with the panic attacks, the steps that I took what we said these are things that actually didn't help and made it worse. But I did some things that helped I, I left the job I was in. I'm not sure if that was a very good idea if I'm honest. Because what I did is, I was also at college at the same time, I was working part time, I could have stayed working part time and left college and just got through it, I think it might have been the best thing, by the time wasn't thinking very strangely, if I'm honest, I was my head was all over the place. And All I knew is that I had these feelings coming up whenever I was at work, and everywhere else really. But it seemed to really be quite bad while I was at work. So I left my job.
I
got myself a little part time job. But it was just less hours, just a few hours a week, a couple of days, few hours in a little shop. But one of the things that helped was meditation. So I got involved in meditation long for I lost that I left my job, you know, because this went on for a couple of years while I left my job. And I found being able to get in touch with how I felt physically. Choosing to get in touch of how I felt, gave me a little bit more power over it. Instead of the feelings being forced upon me, which is how it felt at the time is like suddenly I had all these physical feelings and I didn't know where they were coming from, or why they were there. To to actually sit down on a cushion or in a chair and focus on different parts of my body. Focusing on my breathing, not trying to force my breathing to be calm or slow, not trying to force my muscles to be relaxed. Notice in my mind, noticing when I wasn't meditating, noticing when our mind did take me off to a different place when I'd lost concentration that really helped. really helped and which is why I try and pass it on. I try to include it in the hypnosis sessions that I do. Try includes the mindfulness.
I don't call it mindfulness in the sessions. But if you look at the oldest hypnotic hypnosis script of, you know, techniques and how to do it.
For many, many years ago, I bought books for a long time ago, no sight, you know, look at the different parts of the body individually. I don't mention mindfulness, you don't mention meditation or don't mention Buddhism or anything like that. So, you know, Buddhism has been around for what, two and a half 1000 years, meditation has been around for longer than that. Meditation fact, there's documents saying that Jesus used to meditate, he was a master of meditation. And meditation was used in pretty much all religions back in the early days. And then there's a fine line between meditation and hypnosis. When it comes to the alpha beta, feature Ray, you know, parts of the brain levels of awareness or whatever. During the hypnotic and meditational. Time, there's, there's kind of a part where it's kind of shared was hard traveled down the same road as it were. So I guess this is more of a guidance dinner dinner session today. But the things that I found one of the things that I found the most benefit was meditation. I also exercised and I've always, apart from the last couple of years or so, but
I've been quite an
exercise quite regularly, whether it's different martial arts, whether it's boxing, whether it's running, whether it's in the weights in the gym, I like to exercise and try and keep fit. And generally, what I did during this period is first of all start off in the gym. And then I tried to work my way. I started doing kung fu Wing Chun Kung Fu, back in 2004. And, and it was during the year, when I didn't really work, hardly any anything. I just had it lit a few hours a week. And I focused just focused on me meditation every day. Doing Wing Chun twice a week, I wasn't eating any meat at all. I was a vegetarian during that time. But that's, I wouldn't say that's related. The only thing I would say about the vegetarian ism is I lost weight.
Yeah, I lost weight, I went down to 11 and a half stone at the moment on 15 and a half stone. So I lost. And I suppose I was about 13 and a half before that. So I lost about two stone. So I think that helped as well. But I didn't feel very strong, which is quite weird. I felt quite not weak, but just still a bit jittery. But that was just part of the whole thing. I guess. I'd stopped eating sweets, or stopped eating chocolate candy, whatever you want to call it. Because I was trying to reduce the sugar inside me from pushing my level of energy, I guess too high and then dropping because we're sugar. Yeah, it's a big boost, but it's synthetic. And then it dropped down again, the energy wise and with the panic attacks, it felt like someone was outside of me was starting my adrenalin like a you know, like a chainsaw. But those just like kick started my adrenaline. And it just started banging I was suddenly kind of on focused and completely on edge and everything. And this could happen on its own anyway....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/9-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason new land.com. My name is Jason, this is your daily relaxation, hypnosis session for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. So each day is different to different session. And within each session Some are very much technique based others is me just talking. And then others still is like a mixture of the two. So, with this session, I'm just going to get straight into the actual relaxation, I'm going to ask you to close your eyes if it's safe for you to do so. And if you're lying down on a bed or sofa, make sure you're safe and you're not going to fall off or anything, make sure that's fine. Also, make sure if you're sitting in a chair, a comfortable chair that if you do fall asleep, that it's got, you know, it's safe and it can hold your way in, you know, it's no chance you've fallen off the chair, these important things that you're safe
at all times. And because that's simple. So, with your eyes closed, I just like you to focus on your eyelids. And notice as you do focus on your eyelids, your eyelids
actually start to feel heavier. It's just a natural thing to happen. And no matter how relaxed you get, or how deeply sleepy you may feel, you can still hear my voice. You don't necessarily have to listen to each and every word that I say, even though you hear each and every word that I say be unconscious mind will absorb the words and parts of your brain will actually integrate certain ideas that are useful to you and your well being now in for the future, helping you and allowing you to feel more relaxed in the future as well. From this moment forward. Everything that I say is aimed at helping you to feel more relaxed. Now, every second onwards for the rest of your life. You can find ways to feel karma feel more relaxed, more able to deal with life's challenges. So as you focus on your eyelids, just notice the small muscles around your eyes, maybe in the corners of your eyes,
maybe just underneath your eyes. My eyes are focused on my eyes, I can also I can notice the feeling in my ears as well. It's not
any kind of a weird feeling. It's just feeling the sensation of inside my ears, the opening may be inside my ears and the skull or whatever, wherever it leads. And now I'm focusing on my throat. The inside the throat is just you know where I breathe and where I swallow just that part of the throat. Now focusing on my tongue, and if you'd like to join me on this journey of just focusing on a different parts of the body, I can tell you the parts that aren't focusing on my view just like to join me. So we can just have a you know, a session of connection where we can both experienced the same feelings. So as a focus on the tongue kind of has a broadened sensation including my mouth. And I realize I'm talking to therefore I am moving my tongue in my mouth, and perhaps I have more access to feeling it. So maybe you'd like to move your mouth around a little bit if it's comfortable and safe for you to do so. Maybe move your tongue around just so you can maybe have the same or similar relaxing sensation that I currently experience as I speak right now. And for some reason, I've now come back to my eyes are now focused on my eyes. And at the same time focusing on my forehead, noticing, as I move my eyebrows up and down the effect that has both on my eyeballs and feel my eyeballs and sort of a relief, some kind of a slight gentle relief. Even like, a gentle kind of pleasure, nice sensation in my eyeballs. As I move my eyebrows up and down. I can also feel in my forehead, because by moving my eyebrows, it also stretches the muscles and the forehead stretches that skin.
And now, I kind of noticed in my cheeks on my face, like either side just below just above module.
Sort of parallel to where my mouth is. So my lips. As I mentioned, my lips are now focused on my lips.
But at the same time, probably 5050 on my lips, and also on my cheeks, not just the outsides, also the insides of my mouth, the cheeks and the inside. Kind of moving between the inside to the outside. And it's weird because I started thinking that the analogy between a mouth and a cave because inside your mouth is such a such a precious place. such an important place for your life, you know, for breathing oxygen and eating, life given food is such an important part of you your mouth, or sofa talking, communicating. So it really is like a treasure, a cave of treasure. But more important than any amount of treasure in the world. And just the idea of actually, it's such a precious place, as well as being a very personal place as well. A place where you know your teeth, your tongue and the opening leading to your throat, which is the opening to your body. One of the few openings that can actually reach inside your body is for your mouth. course you got your nose as well. The mouth is a much bigger area. And I was thinking that I suddenly had this feeling I think because think about the the tubes going down the mouth, you know from the mouth into the maybe the stomach also got the tubes going into your lungs. I started having the feeling down my chest, just a feeling of noticing wasn't any great sensation necessarily just an awareness that the feeling from the neck, down the middle of my chest to the middle section maybe to where the diaphragm is. So really that that part between the collar so the collarbone in the diaphragm, that section there, which is kind of the middle of the chest. I'm now beginning to be aware of The outside of my chest on either side, sort of the fat the side of my body underneath my arms, that area near my chest, but underneath my arms, the sides of my body lead into the chest. So that skin there, I thought it was going to move my tension to my chest, but it's actually gone to my back. starting to really notice the middle of my back, maybe it's because my back is against the chair, the back of the chair. So I could feel that I could feel the chair supporting my back. So maybe you can feel your chair supporting your back also, maybe if you're in a bed, you can feel the bed or whatever flat surface should lie on supporting your back safely and comfortably.
That feeling has moved back again, to the sides of my back.
Because where the back ends and a chest starts, is very vague. So a vague kind of maneuver vague kind of vague sensation because the chest is connected to the back.
So sometimes what you feel is the back is in fact, the chest. And especially if you're female, you can actually have your chest feel like it's in your back. So your breasts can be there in the breast tissue, and she does reach into the back.
It's more obvious than with men with men got the pictorials there. And the I forget not deltoids whatever the back muscle is. bolts in it, it's all connected by skin. Which means you can actually touch one part of your body and feel the sensation in another part of your body.
Because it is all connected. every part of your body is connected. Your lips are connected to your toes, by skin.
And of course there's a nerve endings as well. And talking about lips, I can now feel my lips again, noticing
I was licking my lips, I didn't even realize I was doing it. And the sensation of just licking my lips. It's kind of a weird one, in his sense of there's nothing quite like it.
There's not much of my body that I can actually lick maybe my hand, my arm. But the rest of my body is kind of out of reach. I used to be able to lick my toes when I was a little kid but I don't have that flexibility. Don't want to anyway, to be fair. But it's that sensation of the lips. Just being touched and I'll just touch my little my finger. Again, it's a different sensation and it's it's pleasant. Relaxation can feel pleasant. It doesn't have to be pleasure though. It's not about giving yourself pleasure. It's about you giving yourself what you need. Which is relaxation. Relaxation is something it's not just there is something to do to distract you from other things maybe that you don't want to do with don't want to think about relaxation is a necessity.
This is important as eating necessity. I just said that, as I said the word necessity,
I immediately became aware of my breath, both through my mouth and through my nose. On alternating. throughout this whole process, I'm not trying to feel relaxed, I'm not trying to force myself to have any specific physical, or emotional or mental sensations, really is just about being with my body. And noticing whatever it is, I notice, telling you what it is that I'm noticing, and then allowing you if you all you allowing yourself to just follow me on the journey, just to accompany me
side by side. And maybe focus in on those parts that I focus on.
So that we can just share this time together. Notice in the back of my neck, and also as a smaller than a notice that but
I focus really is back on the neck at the moment. And I didn't realize but there's tension there. I'm just going to observe it. Notice what happens to that feeling what what changes as I just observed it not trying to cause anything particular to happen, but just allowing whatever happens to happen. And just
being aware of it. Just being accepting to however I feel. And just as I say those words, I can feel
back of my neck really feel lighter. A smite sound like a strange thing to say but it feels almost almost like how I would the feeling old give to a cloud
a cloud just floating by just just a normal white fluffy cloud just floating away I feel the top my head now. In fact, I could feel the whole of my scalp really mainly the top of my head but also the bottom of my head....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/8-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, welcome to off think it's day seven, this daily relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. Before we start, I would just like to give a shout out and thank you really, to those of you that have been posting comments over the last week. First of all, say thank you to Ken Gibson, Leslie batch, Daniel Smith, Boston chicky. And I say Chesterfields, James Andrews, Lynn boisvert, Terry tanktop, Derek folds, and Jeff jolly. And again, Boston cheeky. So I just wanted to say thank you to those of you. There's more people, but those of you that have regularly commented, I really do appreciate it. And out of those people, Boston chicky is one of the people that it's actually been following me for a long, long, long, long time. And we both used to make vlogs, like regular. In fact, Boston chicky, used to make a daily vlog, when I first met her online, I think she was near the end of the year, or an interview, middle of doing a year vlog, like a daily vlog every day for a year. It's quite a few years back, anyway. And I'm going to do this session. So that's what I'm here for. each session is different, yet, each session is going to have a crossover, because relaxation is relaxation, ultimately, and you can find different ways to get to the same place. But then, if you're used to hearing my voice, and you used to falling into a degree of relaxation, both physically, mentally, emotionally, then that happens naturally, when you hear my voice, so even if I'm about to do a session about helping you with tinnitus, or chronic pain, or whatever it might be, when you hear my voice, you just naturally feel more relaxed.
It's just a natural thing that happens. Because it's just it's a trigger, isn't it, I guess. And in previous videos, I've talked about triggers and how to set
up a trigger. And there's lots of different ways where you can do there lots of different ways that you can get to a feeling of complete relaxation. And that's why I decided to do this series of daily relaxation sessions, because the amount of techniques and the amount of ways of getting there are just so numerous, that it can't really, I can't express it in one session.
So I just do different one every day. And it's nice sometimes I think, to have variety, to have choice, you know, to listen to something that's a bit different, even though it's
highly the same, but not the same. It's you know, has a different content, but maybe the same result, or maybe an even more profound than deeper sense of relaxation for you. Every time you hear my voice see my face on a video, you're going to become more relaxed anyway. And then every session you hear more information may be more ideas are then offered to your unconscious mind to absorb those suggestions of comfort, relaxation, calmness into your life and into your mind and into your body. So you really do have a choice. It's said this in the past So it's very much like a buffet, where you can just choose to try on something, maybe you see something on a table, a buffet, you know, food buffet you've never tasted before, and you think you know what that tastes like. But because it's like tiny little bit of food, stock, not big meal, you can just test it and say, Well, that's all right, quite like that. Mister choice, it's a choice. So you can test it. And that's all I'm going to say about everything that I do is just test it and see how it works for you how beneficial what I do is for you, and even when I'm talking like this, there's still method in what I'm doing, this still gives your mind an opportunity to relax, to calm down, to slow down, and your body naturally will feel more relaxed, when I've been talking. So you may notice that actually, you feel physically karma now than you did, when you first started listening to this session, and that's natural, it's just absolutely natural thing to happen. And kind of a climatized and get used to my voice. And as you would with anybody's voice. Not special for me, it's for anybody anybody's voice that you listen to, you get used to it, and you get used to having that feeling. And with me, it's a relaxation, calmness or whatever feelings you have. In the same way as when you to someone you care about, you see them coming towards you see them walk in, they see their face, and you have a feeling ever, whatever the feeling is you have, that's the feeling and response you have. And quite often it will be the same response, as you would have had last time you saw them. That sense of familiarity, that sense of trust, that sense of calmness, and, you know, like the opposite to be an on guard. You know, I suppose I said it the sense of safety, there is a sense of trust, that being able to just let down your guard, drop those, you know, things that you use to protect yourself with, whether it's a shield of armor or wherever, you know, that invisible thing that you use quite often it's just the attitude, maybe that we have the mindset maybe of protection of self protection, self regard, keeping ourselves protected and safe.
Well,
you are safe. At all times, you are safe when you watch these videos, or listen to the the audios, you're safe. And the good thing is you can always listen back to what I said, listen back to the words I've used. And you can know that every single session I do is going to be with your self interest at heart with your your potential healing in mind, to new view, not just to feel relaxed, but to actually help you transform your life towards the kind of life that you wish to have. which involves feeling calm and relaxed, and moving away from stress and anxiety. And you know, things like panic attacks, which I used to have myself a lot in the past. And I had a lot of illness with stress and anxiety. When it first happened, I didn't know what it was I didn't know really about stress and anxiety 20 years ago, I didn't understand really my 25 years ago didn't understand about it until I got ill and then realized, oh, when I was 25 I was told I was stressed. And that's why we know for a year couldn't understand it. It didn't really understand how stress or how the effects of stress can really you know have such a negative impact on our bodies and our minds and our lives. And so finding ways to relax and to calm down is actually is one of the most important things you will ever do in your life
finds a way to just reduce any anxieties or stresses, and it's normal for stress to be presented to you.
All of us have stress presented to us, maybe stressful situations, or situations that may have caused a rise in certain uncomfortable feelings within our body in the past. But now we're presented with it. Just like everybody else is just part of being alive and some situations are challenging, day to day situations can be challenging. But when we use the challenging that word challenging, instead of stressful, it transforms our attitude, it also transforms a situation because the situation doesn't have any power, it's our own response to the situation. That is the important thing. Therefore, if our response is to actually be able to just take a step, backwards or side woods, or just cause a gap between the situation and your response, so that you choose to respond, instead of just reacting, because we don't choose to react
reaction is something that just happens naturally. But when you decide to convert, reacting to responding, you cause a gap. And anything you do, anything you respond, any action you take, when you're responding
is a choice. So when you respond in a certain way, whatever way that is, you don't have the excuse of saying, I have no choice. So that's just how I naturally responded. Because you choose how you respond. Reacting is a different thing. And I'm not saying that there's not going to be times when reaction is a natural thing. Of course it is. But the idea is to reduce the amount of time we spend being reactive.
And transforming that some more times of being responsive, or non responsive dependent, you don't have to respond to every single thing that happens.
You know, we can look out the window and see it's raining. We don't have to respond in a negative way saying Oh, it's raining and moving or whatever. We can just say it's raining and be unresponsive to it. Because it's just weather and you cannot control the weather. Unless you've got some kind of superhuman powers. Please contact me because I'd be very interested in seeing in action. So I'd like a little bit snow today. Be nice to service. So basically, these sessions or the sessions you listen to in the past, or the sessions that you will listen to in the future, including this session is about that gap. The more you listen to me, regardless of what I say, regardless of what words I use, regardless of how long the session is, even if it seems like I'm just rambling on
deepens that gap makes that gap more profound, more visible. So that you you know, you're always aware of that gap. without effort, no effort involved in this. It really is a case of instead of reacting you respond and responding takes thinking takes thought reactions is based on emotion. Responding is based on awareness it on Logic maybe, but not necessarily on logic just on taking a step back, on taking responsibility for what we do next, and for how we feel, it's not always about,
necessarily about how we physically or verbally respond to a situation in the sense of feelings of relaxation, stress, anxiety, all that stuff. Those instant reactions are used to have now transformed to responses....CONTINUE READING :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/7-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason, this is dadey relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. So today, I thought I would do a calm session, like a meditative type of session using some visualization. So with this session is going to include imagining, of course, imagining lying in the bath, surrounded by candles all along the bath edge the waters at a safe level. And, of course, if you don't like bath, not like don't like baths for my feet, you're scared of being clean. But if you don't, if for any reason you don't like baths, and it's you know, it's an issue, then, you know, don't watch turn this off and watch something else. Because I don't know, the whole point of this is for you to feel relaxed. So it's gonna be based upon lying in a bath with the water, covering your chest. And maybe your shoulders, but you know, so it's enough for you to feel safe your heads above the water, but your body can feel relaxed in the water at a temperature that you choose. Okay. So before we start, I just like you to get in touch with how you physically feel at this moment. You don't have to do anything. Of course, to gain the most benefit from this session, you could follow my instructions when I actually say them. But ultimately, you know, you could actually feel more relaxed. But doing nothing by just laying there and listening to me talking, I can have positive, relaxing effect anyway. You don't necessarily have to do anything. course you don't have to do anything. But if you do follow what I say it can lead you into levels of relaxation, that maybe you weren't aware, it was possible to feel so relaxed so quickly. so easily. So let's get started. So if your eyes closed, if it's safe for you to do so, I'd like you, of course, first of all, get into a comfortable chair, the kind of chair that if you do fall asleep, you'll be fine. And you know you're safe, not to fall out of it or anything. And also, maybe you will like to lay down on a bed or a flat, comfortable surface. Anywhere where it's comfortable, safe. And remembering that at all times. If you need to readjust your body then just do it. It's absolutely fine. You don't have to stay in any particular position. Do whatever you need to do. This is about your comfort, and your safety, about you feeling good. So I'd like you to start first of all just getting in touch of how you physically feel. So it was a good start actually to do that. Like a mindfulness process. Starting at the top of your head.
just noticing at the top of your head feels your forehead. just noticing how it feels, not trying to cause it to feel relaxed and calm. But just being aware of how it is. So if there's any tension or anything like that, you can just say Except that it's there, you're not trying to push it away. At the same time. If there's feelings of comfort, there, you're not trying to hold on to that feeling either. You're just being completely at ease with whatever your body presents to you, where the feelings are just naturally there. You just allow it to be there, you accept that that's how you're feeling now. Because you know that those feelings will change. Because when we do the relaxation in the bath, your whole body will relax deeply. But it's a case of just getting in touch how you feel. And just by doing that, you naturally feel more relaxed anyway. Because it's a mindfulness process, which does result in relaxation. Even though we're not specifically aiming at it, we're just allowing your body to be however it is and acknowledging it by focusing on those different parts.
So as you focus on your eyes now, medicine, how your eyes fill your eyelids, or the tiny muscles around your eyes. Maybe the muscles just above your eyelids, where your eyebrows are, maybe you could raise your eyebrows and feel it stretch
through that stretching. Notice in your mouth, maybe your lips, you could lick your lips and just notice how your lips feel. With your tongue, you can touch the top of your mouth. Maybe move around your teeth, just notice how your mouth feels with your tongue.
Maybe the bottom of your mouth and your lower teeth. Notice how your tongue feels itself as it just lays there in the bottom of your mouth.
Now as you focus on your jaw, notice how your jaw fills the jaw is a part that we often can hold tension. So without trying to cause your jaw to feel relaxed and loose, you can just notice how it feels right this second. And just accept that that's how it is. And if you choose you can just move your jaw around from side to side. If it's comfortable for you to do that, focusing on your throat, just being aware of how your throat feels. Maybe move your head around it, it will be if it's comfortable to do so just to feel the stretch of your neck, front of your neck and sides. And then you can be aware of the back of your neck and the muscles in the back of your neck that lead down into your shoulders, the top of your back.
Just notice that feeling like a wave moving down from the top of your back all the way down to your lower back. Just being aware of those feelings all the way down that area. If you choose you can just turn your body slightly maybe move you know lean forward or lean back a little bit if it's comfortable for you to do so, just to stretch some of those muscles in your back to become a more mindful of them. You focus on your shoulders and the muscles in your shoulders. lever down your arms or elbows, your forearms, your wrists. If you choose you could just move your hands around moving your arms around as well. Just Getting more in touch of how your arms feel. And as you do that, you can also become focused on your hands, the backs of your hands, the palms of your hands.
Each individual finger. If you move them around, you can feel the the air can even feel the coolness of the air in between your fingers. She now focus on your chest, moving all the way down to your stomach.
Just being aware of how your chest feels and how your stomach feels. Maybe there's some tension in your stomach. This is another place where we sometimes have a tendency of holding stress. And if there is any stress there, just allow it to be there.
Maybe you'd like to stretch those muscles in your stomach to see you can get a clearer
feeling of those sensations in your stomach as you move down to your hips. If it's comfortable for you to do so you can move your upper body from left to right, just turn in gently.
So you can feel your hips and your lower back. Just notice how it feels. She now focus on your thighs, the tops of your thighs, the sides of your thighs, the back of your thighs. Maybe if it's comfortable for you to do so you can tense the muscles in your thighs for a few seconds and then just let go.
That is how that feels. As you notice your knees. Notice in any sensations you may have in your knees right now.
Being aware of your calf muscles and your shins just allowing them to be however they are. Maybe you'd like to just tense the muscles in your calf muscles, just gently for a few seconds. And then just let go.
Notice the sensations when you do let go. focused on your ankles. Maybe moving your feet around. If it's comfortable for you to do so, just turn in and gently
you feel a sensation leg joins the feet by the ankle. It goes also move your toes if it's comfortable to do so. giving you more sense of how your feet feel as they connect together. the tops of your feet, the bottoms of your feet, your heel and your toes. Just being aware of how they feel. Not trying to cause them to feel more relaxed, just accepting. However they feel just being aware of those physical sensations as they arise. So now that you've gone through the different parts of your body, just being aware of them, a calmness genuinely comes over you spreads over your body like a wave of pleasure a wave of acceptance. Unless that happens your mind. Just be however it is. You can notice how your mind feels, how you feel emotionally, what emotions are there, not trying to push them away, not trying to reduce or increase any specific emotion. But just being aware of it and accepting it.
acknowledging it just being here, now, in this moment, now, I'd like you to imagine you're walking in to the bathroom. And you see the bar full of warm water, just the right temperature for you to relax in. Maybe there's bubble bath, maybe there's bubbles everywhere. Just imagine you take a dressing gown off or your towel, whatever is covering you. Or maybe you're just naked, and you just get into the bath
gently and safely sitting down in the bath and allowing that water to cover your body. Maybe with the bubbles, maybe there's some spare special sea salts or something like that in there.
Which actually starts to phase and starts to relax your body naturally anyway. And then she lay down your head above the water at all times. But the water is covering the whole of your body.
All the way up your chest. Shoulders, into your neck. And of course your legs. Toes, feet, stomach back. Oh, under the water relaxing. When you notice the lights in a bathroom starts to them of its own accord.
And only small candles appear. One by one. A light and shining all around the rim of the bar. The top of the bar fall around and there can be 10 of them. numbered one to 10 You can just notice those candles maybe there's a smell a nice pleasant smell connected to the candles. Maybe it is a lovely aroma connected to the bath, maybe some kind of oil cinnabar for the bubble bath. This smells lovely, smells nice, and you feel calm and relaxed.... continue reading :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/6-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. This is your daily relaxation hypnosis session for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. The idea of these daily Sessions is to give you a progressive way to calm your mind on a daily basis. So that when you're not listening to me, when you're not watching these videos, something inside you changes. So those situations in the past where maybe a trigger during the day would cause you to have some kind of anxiety reaction. But now, since you've been watching my videos, listening to my audios, something changes and that is no longer that instant reaction, there's a gap. There's like a softening. So you know, that's just what happens naturally, as well as having the techniques, which you can learn through these sessions, which you can do on your own in those situations. And I thought what I would do today is quite as short session beats, setting up the trigger, because we've got all these triggers anyway that are out there, you know, the maybe trigger us into having a specific emotional response. We all have it, it's just natural, and it helps to become aware of it. Because then you can do something about it, you can actually say, well, you can make a decision about whether or not you are going to allow yourself to be affected by an outside force. And so this is something that I learned when I first learned NLP. And it's basically setting up a trigger between a finger and farm, which is a trigger of feeling relaxed and comfortable
and calm.
So that in a situation in your daily life, or just have to be during the day, any situation, maybe in a relationship, maybe it's your boss that said something and you have a normally you'd have the instant trigger of feeling a certain way, which is uncomfortable and not very nice, you know, unpleasant. So you can change that feeling. So with your trigger, if that trigger triggers off anger. And what you can do is set off your own trigger, to combat to take over to replace that feeling that you don't want anger, feeling upset, feeling whatever it is you're feeling. Also remembering that it's just a feeling. It's not taken away the importance of you, it's not not taken away the the fact that actually you know you're a human being just like me, and we are affected, and it's normal to be affected by someone who's being
rude or something like that. But on the same side, there are things we can do.
And there are ways where we can be less affected by that. There are ways where you can change how you feel. Instantly, by using this trigger, it could be your left or your right finger. Don't want taught you what it is yet. You don't touch do it. Now it's like produce not working, because I haven't gone through the process yet. But the more you use it, the easier it is to use. The more instant you have that reaction and this is something that I've used myself. I used to work in sales, quite a high stress job. And, and, you know, all based on targets, and you know, had a lot of it was on the phones, so had quite a few abusive, verbally abusive people on the phones fairly often. And so I had to, didn't have to, but I chose to use the trigger the relaxation trigger to just calm a body, calm my mind. So I could just move on to the next call, because I might, you know, at the time, I didn't really have the time to just leave the phone and go and sit down for 10 minutes. Because another call was waiting to come through. So I needed to relax myself there and then calm my mind there. And then in the instant, in that particular moment. So for this technique, I don't know if I like the word technique, but for this procedure, this thing that we're gonna do, all it requires, simply is just getting into a state, physically feeling relaxed, and calm, which you've done many times in the past, you may have even done it yesterday when you listen to my yesterday session, as an example. And then you connect that feeling to push your finger and thumb together. Simple as that. I've used this technique in the past with people having life saving operations, you know, they were very, very ill, and are able to reduce their anxiety. A huge amount just by doing that. And you know, the rest of why tell you. So what I'd like you to do is to close your eyes, if it's safe to do so. First of all, of course, make sure you're in a comfortable chair, or lying down on a on a bed or comfortable flat surface, make sure that the chair is safe for you, just in case you fall asleep, so that you don't fall off the chair. Okay, make sure it's a stable chair. So you're okay, just in case you fall asleep. Because I, I do have a boring voice. So sometimes people fall asleep listening to me, even if it's not an insomnia sleep session. So, again, that's a trigger, that's a trigger, because a lot of people, they watch my videos specifically to fall asleep. And then I watch a video that isn't about sleeping, and they fall asleep because that's what they used to doing when they hear my voice. And so if you close your eyes, it's safe to do so. I'm just going to ask you to focus on your body. Normally, what happens when you first start hearing me and during the last eight minutes of me talking, you're going to feel more relaxed now than you were before anyway, even though we haven't actually started the obvious relaxation session. But there's that connection between my voice and you feeling relaxed. It's just something that happens naturally. And it's especially especially if you watch my videos regularly or listen to my audios regularly and you get used to. Again, a trigger. trigger is a word that's very much coming up in this session. It's a trigger for you to feel relaxed, as is pushing your finger fun together. a trigger for you to feel relaxed instantly and naturally.
So with your eyes closed, I'd like you just focus on how you physically feel. Not trying to cause yourself to feel relaxed to just going to notice how relaxed you naturally feel right now. Starting with the top your head moving down your face, your neck, your throat and the back of your neck, your shoulders, your arms, your wrists and Your Hands, fingers. Your back from the top all the way down to the bottom of your back. Your hips. Then chest all the way down to your stomach. Again, down to hips again, moving all the way down your legs, your knees, calves and shins, your ankles and your feet, the tops of your feet, the bottoms of your feet, the heel of your feet and your toes. And then focusing on your mind, noticing how your mind has slowed down. Notice how your eyelids feel differently, feel more relaxed now. Maybe notice any sounds that you can hear in the background, either your side or mine. There's not a lot, a lot going on here I can hear the traffic in a very very distance. There's not much else going on. Apart from my voice.
I wonder what you can hear maybe you can hear the weather. Maybe it's a bit windy, day breezy.
Maybe you've got a clock in your room, you can hear that. Maybe you can hear the fridge in your kitchen. By maybe you have a cat or a dog, you can just hear the heathen walking around.
Maybe you got a neighbor and you can faintly hear them. You can hear your own breathing, being aware of the sounds that you make naturally. And you can be aware of the temperature of the air on your skin. Something that maybe we're not usually aware of the temperature of the air on your face. It's like this little bit of breeze on your face even though there's no reason for that to be a breeze because there wasn't one or at least you didn't notice one before. The Now you may be notice a very slight breeze there on your face, maybe on your hands. Then the other parts of your body that have not got clothing.
You can be aware of the physical sensation of resting, maybe if it's you're sitting on a chair you can feel the chair supporting your weight or the bed supporting your weight. Again, if you're sitting on a chair, maybe you can feel your feet resting on the floor. your buttocks resting against the chair and your back maybe also resting against the back of the chair. If you've got an armrest on your chair and maybe your your arms resting on them, or your elbows and you can just feel that sensation maybe your hands resting on your lap when your stomach if you're laying down, you can notice how your hands feel against your body if they are resting on your stomach or your chest.
If your hands are holding each other and your fingers when to Twingo, you know like that, just maybe just undo them. Let your hands relax on their own. If If you want to do that if you feel comfortable to do that, because you want to be able to move either your right or left fingers and thumb together at some point in the very near future. Just good just to have that hand free. As you notice the feeling of your back and your whole body being supported by the bed by the flat surface. Whatever is supporting you at this very second. Notice the back of your neck I'd see head being supported either by the bed or by your neck. But at the same time your head and the neck can feel loose
We're going to do is like you to imagine you want an escalator why same kind of escalator maybe you'd have in a shop or a shopping mall or
train station tube station. You know, something like that. Maybe a big building. And just imagine you're at the top of a long, tall escalator and you're safe at all times. And you start to go down. From 20 all the way down to one, you become 10 times more relaxed. As I count down. As you traveled down the escalator, you can actually see the numbers on the wall
next to you, as you travel down, maybe the numbers will light up pointing downwards. When you get to one, you feel so relaxed and calm. And you'll...CONTINUE READING:
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/5-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-1

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason, this is your daily relaxation, hypnosis for stress, anxiety and panic attacks. This is the fourth day, I think so far that I've done these. And it really is just an opportunity for you to relax, to feel calm. And to take a break from the day, maybe you can end the day with this session, maybe you want to start the day with this session, or maybe just have a break in the middle of the day, whatever suits you best is fine. Because it is about you, it's about you giving yourself an opportunity to take some time off. So I'll ask you to close your eyes if it's safe to do so. Ideally, get yourself into a comfortable chair. or lying down on a comfortable surface like a bed. Make sure that the chair you're in support your body. And if you were to fall asleep, that you're safe, and you're not going to fall out of the chair or anything like that, just make sure that you're safe. I'd like you to focus on your body, starting with the top of your head, moving down to forehead, your eyelids just focusing on those parts of your body, not trying to cause yourself to feel more relaxed, because I guess that will happen naturally. Because whenever we focus on a particular part of the body relaxation naturally occurs, this is what happens. Not really sure why. focus in on your mouth, including your tongue. Notice noticing how your tongue is lying in your mouth is it just lying on the flat part of your mouth the bottom or is it touching the top of your mouth. noticing how your teeth fill your gums just not trying to change how they feel just being aware of how they feel and kind of accepting it. As you focus on your jaw. This is a part that can often hold tension. Because it's something that's used a lot, especially with someone like me who talks a lot. But we also have a tendency of you know, kind of holding the jaw tense in it even when we're asleep sometimes. So just allow that just to be how it is you're trying to cause your jaw to relax naturally. But if that's what happens when you focus on it, then that's okay. Focusing on your throat, just being aware of how it feels being aware of the feeling of the oxygen, you know the breath as it goes in and out of your throat as you breathe in, and then when you breathe out. Maybe you swallow and you can just feel that sensation of swallowing in your throat as you focus on your chest. Just being aware of your chest not trying to cause a chest to feel naturally relaxed but just being aware of how it feels. And then moving down to your stomach. Just being aware of how your stomach feels. Notice noticing any discomfort when you bloatedness that you might have in your stomach. And you know when you do these relaxation sessions and when you do focus on you know your body even if it's like a deep hypnosis sleep hypnosis session. If you feel the need that you want to move a part of your body to increase your Comfort, and do that. There's no rules, there's no reason why you should feel anything but comfort when you listen to my voice, because that's what I'm here for.
So just, you know, focusing on your stomach, allowing it to be however it is.
And now focusing on the back of your neck, just noticing what the back of your neck feels like.
And as you focus on the back of your neck, I have a, I have a tendency of then feeling my entire scalp, you know, from the back of my head up to the top of my head. Because that skin is very much connected to the back of the neck. And then you've got the muscles in the back of your neck, which are very strong because they hold up your neck, they hold up your head. And your neck is such an important thing. Because obviously, all the connections, the spine, the air, the food, you eat all the blood to your brain, you know all the controls from your brain to control your body all go through the neck. So it's such a vital part of your body and needs to be looked after. So things like headaches can be caused by the back of the neck being tight, in fact, is practically impossible to have a headache. If you have a relaxed neck. If your neck is really really relaxed, then Sally's your brain so is your head as you notice the top of your back, moving down from the back of your neck to the top of your back. And you can just move down your spine noticing as you move down his spine slowly, just focusing on different parts of your spine, and then outwards from your spine. All the muscles because it's quite a big area of your body, the back is also incredibly important area because your back is what supports your whole body.
And it's the part of you it's constantly being used those muscles that support and protect your spine. And it's such a delicate balance. And as you move down to the bottom of your back
where it leads to your hips, the bottom of your back is again such an important part. Because whether you're walking, whether you're lying down, whatever you're doing, your lower back is generally being used in some way. Even if it's just moving your body read just in how you are lying down when you're in bed. While you're sitting in the chair, to hold you up, hold your upper body up straight, your lower back has been used, the muscles are being stretched. And there's pressure on your lower back from your stomach. If maybe, you know you're like me I'm overweight puts more pressure on my lower back. So you can just focus on that part of your body. Just be aware of it. Not trying to cause your lower back to feel more relaxed but just allow it to be however it is as you move down your legs, from your hips all the way down your legs, including your knees, your shins and calves all the way down past your ankles. The whole part of your legs, all those muscles, just be aware of them. Allow them to be however they are.
Just be aware of how they feel right now. Now focus on your feet. your ankles, the tops of your feet, the bottoms of your feet, your heel,
and your toes. Just being aware of and maybe if you want to just move your toes a little bit if you feel like doing that, maybe move the feet around. But just be aware of them. Again, a part of your body that's used so often, your feet
of vital and so important, but often forgotten. So it's good to focus on them, to just acknowledge them.
As you focus on your shoulders, both your shoulders and you can maybe just move them around a little bit, if you choose to do so. And just focus on your arms, write down your biceps, the triceps, the back of your arms, your elbows, your forearms, your wrists, and then your hands, including the tops of your hands, the palms of your hands, the tops of your fingers, the bottoms of your fingers, and your fingernails. In fact, you can even move your fingers around, feeling the air around your fingers. Because you're that focus now, your focus has increased so much more than it was before you decided to listen to me today. And just be aware of that feeling. I'd like you to think back to a time in the past, when you were really relaxed. It could be maybe you're on holiday, maybe you were lying on a beach, maybe you were lying in bed, maybe it's it could be anything could be your honeymoon, it could be just you know, it could be that you're a few hours after giving birth to your baby and, or maybe your sister laying down with your baby in your arms. And how relaxed you feel, or maybe your grandchild. Or maybe just sitting on a chair. watching television, even it could be anything, any time when you really, really felt relaxed. Maybe you've been working in the garden, doing garden all day, and then you're so tired, physically and you just sit down in a chair and you can feel your whole body just melt into that chair. both physically and mentally, completely relaxed. And just think of that time. I'd like you to see yourself. See yourself sitting there or lying down or wherever you are. Of course only think of a happy time, a time that brings back good memories. And you see your face and notice how relaxed and calm you look how contented you look. I'm gonna count from three down to one and you're going to take three steps. When you get to one you can step inside yourself. That old you from the past, that relaxed you. Were just going to step inside your own body
So three, take your first step. Just that first step, feel somewhat more relaxed because you know when you're near somebody close to somebody that's in a good mood or feeling well feeling happy feeling content, that energy seems to rub off it seems to have a positive effect than those people that are around
to take a step closer so you're right near that you from the past that relaxed, calm content, and serene you want to say one, I want you to step inside yourself and re experience those physical feelings of relaxation. instantly. One and just notice how you feel in all the parts of your body. Your forehead is relaxed you feel in your eyes. Notice how relaxed you feel in your jaw and you say relaxed you feel in the back of your neck and your throat. Notice how relaxed you feel all the way down your back metopic your back all the way down to your hips. All the way down your legs. Notice I'm relaxed you feel in your legs and your feet and your toes. Notice how relaxed you feel from your chest. Your stomach and your entire upper body. So calm, so loose. Notice how relaxed you feel in your shoulders, and your arms, wrists and hands and fingers. Notice how relaxed you feel in your mind. I'm gonna count down from 10 to one and every number I count down it can become twice as relaxed in your body and in your mind. Every time I count down each number you become twice as loose in all the...CONTINUE READING:
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/4-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-1

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason new land.com. My name is Jason Newland, and this is a daily relaxation, hypnosis for anxiety, stress and panic attacks. So this is the third one so far. And no doubt on our lose count of how many days I do. So at the moment, it's all kind of fresh and new. The idea behind these sessions is to offer you a short break, you know, maybe a 10 minute relaxation session, so that you can just take some time out of your day. Or maybe this can be the start of your day or even the end of your day. Just allowing yourself to just let go for a short period of time. So I'd like you to close your eyes if it's safe for you to do so.
Get in touch with how you physically feel right now. Starting at the top of your head, your forehead, your eyes and your eyelids. your jaw, your mouth, your tongue, your throat, the back of your neck, the chair chest, your stomach, your spine, going all the way down from the top of your neck, all the way down to the bottom of your back.
And all those muscles either side of your spine. Reaching out to the muscles of your back, your upper back, the middle of your back, and of course your lower back. Just being aware of how you feel in your hips. Being aware of how you feel in your shoulders, your upper arms, elbows, your forearms, being aware of your wrists, your hands, being aware of your fingers and your fingernails. Maybe just move your fingers around gently if it feels comfortable to do so, allowing you to get more in touch with your hands. Maybe move your hands around. And just notice how heavy Your arms are naturally and easily just by listening to my voice just by focusing on how relaxed you naturally feel. In your upper legs, your thighs, the front and the back.
The outside in the inner thigh. Being aware of your knees and being aware of your shins and your calf muscles.
your ankles. been aware of your feet, the tops of your feet, the sides of your feet.
the bottoms of your feet, the heel and of course your toes. Maybe wiggle your toes around a bit. Just getting in touch of how
they feel. Each individual toe including the toenails. We're gonna do now who can pull a liquid which is pure relax We're going to pull that into a hole, which is in the top of your head.
It's going to start flowing in right now. You can give it a color, whatever color comes naturally. whatever color you connect with deep, deep relaxation. Maybe it has a sound, a humming sound, maybe sounds of nature something positive and healing. And what does it feel like? It's that relaxation liquid moves through your body. From that hole in the top of your head, moving all the way down,
reaching every single part of your body causing each part of your body to feel even more deeply relaxed. Notice in first of all the top of your head filled with that relaxation liquid as it moves down to your forehead caused your forehead to feel deeply relaxed. Moving down so you can feel the back of your head
and the sides of your head feeling deeply relaxed. And this that relaxation liquid fills your eyes relaxing every single tiny muscle around your eyes and your eyelids. so deeply relaxed. Moving down to your jaw mode seen how your jaw fills up with that relaxation liquid deeply loosening the jaw naturally and effortlessly allowing that relaxation liquid to move into your neck. Notice it in your throat, relax in your throat deeply and you can feel it in the back of your neck is all those muscles
relax so deeply including the muscles in the sides of your neck. If you feel like it, you could maybe move your head around a little bit gently and only if it's safe to do so. Feeling that relaxation liquid pour in through the top of your head, filling your head completely with relaxation
and your neck, the back of your neck and your throat completely relaxed and just allow that liquid to fill your shoulders completely relaxed in both of your shoulders deeply Naturally, just observing the feeling of deep relaxation is that relaxation liquid reaches every single muscle in your shoulders.
If you choose, maybe you'd like to just move your shoulders around gently, if it's safe for you to do so, allowing you to just experience that particular sensation that this relaxation liquid is giving you. The relaxation is moving through your body. Now down each arm all the way down to your hands to your fingertips, fill in each arm, each muscle within each arm, completely relaxing, heavy and calm. Letting go of every single muscle in your hand. Unlike before, maybe you'd like to move your fingers around to see you can get in touch with that deep relaxation liquid that's filling your fingers full of calmness and healing energy.
And just allow your entire torso to fill with that relaxation liquid, your chest to stomach, your back. All fill in was big, major muscle groups relaxing so much. And so easily. So calmly. Made maybe if you choose, you can just move your upper body around gently. If it's safe for you to do so, just so you can really get in touch with that real sense of relaxation that you can experience right this second. And now you can allow that relaxation liquid to move
into your hips, your buttocks and your groin. And then move on all the way down your legs,
your thighs, your knees, your calves and your shins. Allowing that energy, that healing relaxation energy to feel your legs and then your ankles and feet and toes. All those muscles letting go allowing you to feel so relaxed. I'm going to count down from 10 down to one. And every time I count down you can feel 10 times more relaxed 10 987654 so relaxed 321. I'm gonna say the word now all that energy or that deep relaxation liquid will double and it will move into your mind. Calm in your mind completely and in a way that maybe you've never experienced before. So that you feel absolutely wonderful, relaxed and calm in your mind.
as wonderful as you feel physically now do you can appreciate and enjoy these physical sensations and emotional freedom that you're experiencing now.
And this brings us to the end of this session when it count from one to three, when I get to three, you can open your eyes, feeling wonderful, keeping these feelings of relaxation with you.
One too, every time you hear my voice will see my face on a video, you will naturally and easily feel
this relaxed naturally and easily. Transforming Your Life in a positive way. Allowing you to have the type of life that you choose... CONTINUE READING:
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/3-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-1

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason. And this is a daily relaxation hypnosis session specifically to help you with stress, anxiety, and panic attacks. So this is the second day in this series. yesterday's video was a bit longer it was that over half an hour, and it was describing what I'm doing and like an introduction. So let's say refer to that video if you want to know a bit more about what these videos are about. The short description is their daily video aimed at helping you to feel more relaxed
now and with every day that passes, you can gain more comfort. And there isn't really much to do. The session lasts for about 10 minutes. And I'll start by just asking you to close your eyes.
If it's safe for you to do so, I'd like you just to get in touch with how you physically feel.
right this moment. Starting with a top your head, your forehead, your eyelids, becoming aware of your jaw, your mouth and your tongue, your throat, aware of the back of your neck, your shoulders. Being aware of your back from the top all the way down to the bottom to your lower back. end your hips. Being aware of your arms, by the way from your shoulders all the way down
to elbows and then down to your wrists. Being aware of your hands and your fingers, being aware of your chest and your stomach leading down to your groin. lead to sin how your buttocks feel. And being aware of your thighs leading down to your knees.
And then down legs to your ankles. And being aware of your feet and your toes. Just being aware of any sounds that you may hear whether on this session, maybe my side, you might hear some of the traffic that I can hear in the background.
Some of a faint background so I'm not sure if you can hear it. There might be something that you can hear where you are. Just be aware of they're not trying to push the sound away or give it any kind of energy just allow it to be there. Just an acknowledgement and awareness. Be aware of how you physically feel. So if you're sitting in chair, just notice the weight of your body against the chair Maybe notice your buttocks, maybe the chair against your legs.
If you go back on the chair, maybe you noticed the chair pressing against your back. But just what kind of material The chair is made of. So
if it's plastic, or face leather, or if it's wooden, just notice the physical sensation of your body against that chair. Oh, if you're laying down on a bed, notice the sensations of that bed supporting all of your body. Notice how it feels as it supports your head. Maybe it's a cushion or a pillow support in your head and neck. But sin the feeling of your shoulders and your back, resting on the bed being supported. Not to say the whole of your back feels against the bed. your lower back, lead into your buttocks and the backs of your legs. And your feet just rest in on the bed. As all of you are as your arms, maybe they're on the bed, maybe they're lying on your body, resting. Wherever your arms and hands are resting, just notice the sensation underneath your arms and hands.
If you're lying down on a sofa, also notice that it so fulfills underneath your body as it supports your back your head, your hips, legs and feet, your arms and your hands. And maybe you can notice the temperature of the room
being aware of how it feels the air against your skin. But seen how it feels that air against your face and
your hands and any other parts of your body which is uncovered. Maybe there's a brace that you weren't aware of. Before I mentioned that. Maybe there's some smells. Possibly you can smell cooking from earlier in the day. Maybe you have flowers, or plants in the room that you can smell or perfume or deodorant. Just a subtle smell, you can actually notice that maybe you weren't noticing before.
You can notice any tastes that you have in your mouth. Maybe it's the taste of some food you ate earlier.
or tea or coffee or maybe you've seen a suite or had some candy or chocolate or mint. Or maybe there's just the standard taste of your mouth
as it is when it feels relaxed when you're in the state of relaxation. You can become aware of how easily you can feel
easily relaxed. And it takes no effort, it really is very simple to just let go and allow your body to just be here now and to just accept that this is how you currently feel. And the more focus you give, the more awareness you allow yourself to have, the more
relaxed, you naturally feel calm and serene. And there's something about being able to just give yourself permission
to let go. Even if it's just for a few minutes, you really can just let go. Giving yourself this opportunity to build that gap between being triggered by an outside event and actually having any kind of feeling or reaction by building that gap of relaxation, it allows you and gives you space and time to decide what you do next. So instead of just reacting, like you may have done in the past, without thinking now you can just take a few seconds to reflect on what you decide to do next. Because every second every day, you decide what you do next. You have the choice. And by listening to this session, you've made a choice to take back that power for yourself. That power to be able to just live your own life the way you wish to live happily
and without trying to be controlling. You can just take a step back and look around and then make an informed decision about what you choose to do next.
feeling relaxed and calm. Every day. From now onwards, you will feel more relaxed And every day from now onwards, you will start to really appreciate yourself for the amazing person that you are and you can feel wonderful every day just knowing how easily you can make these changes in your life so that you can lead forward was the relaxed and calm future that you deserve. And you find things that maybe were difficult in the past
now seem somehow easier to deal with. And those times in the future that you may have struggled about in the past. Now you'll find you feel even more relaxed and able to deal with situations in a much more creative and manageable way than you ever thought possible. Because From now on, you will find that feeling relaxed is really easy. Really easy. And I'm gonna count from one to three. And when I get to three, you can open your eyes if you choose to do so. You'll feel wonderful. In fact, you feel twice as relaxed as you do now, when you get to three. And every time you hear my voice, you feel instantly relaxed. And every time you see my face on a video you instantly feel calm and relaxed. One too and every day you will find yourself becoming more relaxed. You will notice changes positive, healthy changes occurring every day. You'll feel wonderful three You can open your eyes if you choose. Thank you for watching this video. You could feel wonderfully relaxed for the rest of the day. Onwards... continue reading:
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/2-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-1

View Details

TRANSCRIBED BY https://otter.ai/referrals/T1UKO5K7
Hello, and welcome to Jason newland.com. My name is Jason Newland, this is the beginning of a new series, which is going to be daily relaxation. So I'm going to be doing a different video every single day, specifically aimed at relaxation, for anxiety, stress, and
panic, as well as like panic attacks. The reason I'm doing these is because it's very close to my heart, it's something that I have
more in the past and now dealt with or struggled to deal with, especially the panic attacks. sighs it's an issue I've dealt with, or had to try and cope with, for many, many, many years. I don't have so much the panic attacks anymore, as I used to, but when I did have done, it affected my life so much that I lost my job lost, kind of lost everything go into debt, because I was ill. I couldn't work. Yes, very, very difficult time. I thought I was losing my mind, I thought I was dying, ended up in the a&e or the emergency ward and hospital thinking I was having a heart attack on at least two occasions. It affected relationships and affected everything. Because I wasn't able to function, you know, I'd go out with a friend and I have to come home. Because I couldn't feel my legs, my legs just went numb, or because I was struggling to breathe. And excuse me, it's quite a strange thing to have gone through. So I thought I'd do a brief introduction like this. And then for the rest of the
daily sessions, I'll probably just get straight into it. And as I said, there'll be different every time. But this is day one. Also, they're going to be different from the other sessions I do because they're going to be short,
or may mean about 10 minutes per session. This might be a little bit longer because of the the waffle at the beginning. But ideally, I'm looking for about 10 minutes per day. So it just gives you a break from your day or maybe a start your day, maybe it's a good way to start. Maybe a way to finish your day, something to listen to before you go to sleep or, you know, whatever, however you want to use these sessions is up to you. But ultimately, the point of these hypnosis Sessions is that any stress that you have will be reduced. Any anxiety that you have will be reduced. Any panic attacks that you might be having will reduce so that you have less of them, hopefully so you'll end up having note no more of them over time. So that you find easier ways to relax, you find it so that you can actually have a gap like a space between the trigger and the actual reaction. So if you're triggered by something which normally causes you to, you know, feel stressed about it and go into anxiety. that gap can give you a bit of breathing space. And the more you listen to me, the bigger the gap becomes to the point where the only way across the gap is if you put a bridge over and you have to kind of take the bridge up every time like a drawbridge. So you have to actually put it down. You have to wait and It's a decision then, is a decision whether or not you allow that trigger to trigger you into those uncomfortable feelings and unwanted feelings that have messed with your life and have not been helpful generally? Or are you going to say no, I'm not putting the drawbridge down, I'm not going to allow those feelings, you know, it's a decision becomes a decision. The moment may not feel like a decision. But it will become a decision with mindfulness and with noticing how you physically feel, emotionally feel throughout the day, not just when you're listening to my voice, but throughout the door, the day you'll have an opportunity to make those small decisions. So I'm going to do something to start with, which is going to be probably the weirdest thing ever done, why I'm not going to
dress up as a clown or anything like that. What I'd like us to do is to actually thank the stress, thank the anxiety, thank the panic attacks. And I understand that it probably seems like a really, really weird, strange, odd, unusual
thing to do. But there's something about moving on from that. There's something about actually acknowledging it. Because the anxiety actually gets your attention, the stress, get your attention, the panic attacks, get your attention. This is a case of what are they trying to communicate to you, what are those feelings, trying to communicate to you. And in a lot of cases, it's they're trying to communicate, for you to listen to your body. Listen to your thoughts, listen to how you're feeling. Notice your stress levels, to respect your body, to respect your mind, and to have respect for your life. And to really realize that your human being and there's a level that maybe you shouldn't push yourself beyond. There's a level that you need to take control of how you feel maybe noticing how you're feeling. And that's what
hypnosis can give you as what daily meditative mindfulness, whatever you want to call it. Hypnosis can give you is by just taking 10 minutes out of the day,
to allow yourself to just let go. But at the same time, you can kind of hold and support yourself. So you're not ignoring how you feel. You're not pushing away how you feel, you're not trying to hold on to some pleasurable feelings. Or if you like most of the people in the world, you're not trying to hold on to unpleasant feelings either. seems weird, any of us would try and hold on to those but there is a comfort and familiarity. It's not always useful, though. So that's what these sessions are about. These sessions are a gradual process of gradual progress, a gradual moving forward each day at a time. And of course, you can always revisit any day that you choose. And go back and listen to this session. Go back and listen to session 10. If you want session 14 for example. Just keep going backwards and forwards. And if there's a particular session that you really found, most useful, then you can you know, put that in your favorites and revisit re listen rewatch, as many times as you choose to, it will be here on YouTube. It also be on SoundCloud.
podcasts as well. The links are on my website, Jason newland.com. So you can listen to them on Soundcloud or you can watch them on YouTube.
So this is going to be a daily hypnosis session for relaxation. Every day, this is day one. I don't know how long for, I don't know how long the daily relaxation sessions will last. But my intention at the moment is to keep it going as long as possible. Which is why I'm not going to try and commit to an hour long session every day because that would be possible, possibly a mistake to try and commit to that 10 minutes a day. Yeah, I can do that. And relaxation is pretty much the easiest thing in the world to do with hypnosis. Because well don't you don't need relaxation with hypnosis, in order to do hypnosis for other things. You know, you don't need the person to be completely relaxed. In order for them to gain benefit from a hypnosis session. I find it helps. And I find it always happens. Relaxation causes hypnosis causes relaxation. It's just the two go together. So what this does, is your whole body just feels more relaxed. And what will happen is, the more you see me, the more you see my face on these videos, the more you hear my voice, the quicker you'll become relaxed to the point where you'll just press play on the new video wherever they is. And you'll already feel relaxed just by pressing play on the video. Or just by seeing that there's a new video there. Or maybe just by thinking about me thinking about, you know, the hypnosis sessions and maybe wondering in your mind, I wonder what today's session will be like. And you can feel relaxed there. And then instantly, just by thinking about me, just by imagining my voice. So there's that connection, there's that link. And that's why we'd call a positive trigger. There's no need for a gap. No need for drawbridge for that one. Because you can allow that trigger to naturally trigger good feelings, happy feelings, healthy feelings. And to have more of those kinds of feelings, not just connected to me, but connected to all kinds of things in your life. Maybe being able to have a positive, relaxed feeling connected to the drive to work, or the train journey to work compared to maybe what you currently have, if it's not that just small things can make a huge difference to your life. So I've been talking for nearly 14 minutes, but I'm gonna do relaxation session now. And I wanted to do this introduction, because I think it's important to really tell you where I'm coming from, and to tell you what my plans are for each session. And, but my intention is to just get down to it every day and just do a new session and just start by asking you to close your eyes, it's safe for you to do so. Which allows you to do now what we're going to do is just an awareness session. And I don't know if you heard just as we were talking or as I was talking to them, there was some background sounds, which is really not not all I can do about there's not a huge amounts of background sounds here. I've got the windows closed. I've got the door closed. I've got you know, I try to make it as soundproof as possible. I closed As a tool, make sure Andre is not coming in and running around.
It's my little fairy, it's my son. Because if I have him in, it will be climbing up to
the microphone stand. And that's not really ideal. So if your eyes with your eyes closed. And I'll start off every time with asking you to close your eyes, it's safe for you to do so because I don't see the point in trying to coerce you into closing your eyes, you know, trying to lead you into some kind of eye closing scenario and trying to trick you into it or trying to kind of, you know, force you to close your eyes and all that stuff. It's much easier... continue reading :
https://jasonnewland.com/collections/relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-221/products/1-relaxation-hypnosis-for-stress-anxiety-panic-attacks-jason-newland-1